UNDERGRADUATE CALENDAR Mmadikolo

UNDERGRADUATE
Academic Calendar 2019/20
welcome to the premier tertiary institute of higher learning www.ub.bw

UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2019/2020
University of Botswana Public Affairs Office Student Mail Produced by:

Private Bag UB 0022 Private Bag 0022 Private Bag UB 00709 Department of Public Affairs,
Gaborone, Botswana Gaborone Botswana Gaborone Botswana Design and Layout: Onkemetse Mogae Publications
Tel: (+267) 355-0000 Tel: (+267)355 2284 Tel: (+267)391 3420
(Switchboard) Fax: (+267)3912420 (Direct line)
(+267) 355+Extension Fax: (+267) 395 6591
Fax (+267)395-6591
Website: www.ub.bw
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
2
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
5 INTRODUCTION
4 Introduction 109 School of Public Health

5 Principal Officers 109 Department of Environmental Health
6 Almanac
112 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES
10 GENERAL INFORMATION 114 Department of African Languages & Literature
11 Historical Note 117 Department of Chinese Studies
11 University Organisation 120 Department of English
12 Student Financial Procedures 123 Department of French
12 Student Admissions 127 Department of History
14 Schedule of Fees 131 Department of Library & Information Studies
15 General Academic Regulations 144 Department of Media Studies
20 General Education Courses 147 Department of Theology & Religious Studies
3021 Regulations for Awards & Fellowships 156 Department of Visual and Performing Arts
25 Examination Regulations
26 Academic Appeals and Procedures 162 FACULTY OF MEDICINE
163 Departments
29 FACULTY OF BUSINESS 163 Entry Requirements
29 Department of Accounting and Finance
38233 Department of Management 168 FACULTY OF SCIENCE
170 Department of Biological Sciences
38 FACULTY OF EDUCATION 172 Department of Chemistry
39 Department of Adult Education 176 Department of Computer Science
41 Department of Educational Foundations 178 Department of Environmental Science
54 Department of Educational Technology 184 Department of Geology
54 Department of Family and Consumer Science 187 Department of Mathematics
55 Department of Languages & Social Sciences Education 191 Department of Physics
58 Department of Mathematics & Science Education
62 Department of Physical Education 196 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
63 Department of Primary Education 197 Department of Economics
198 Department of Law
70 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY 199 Department of Political & Administrative Studies
73 Department of Architecture and Planning 205 Department of Population Studies
82 Department of Civil Engineering 206 Department of Psycology
89 Department of Electrical Engineering 207 Department of Social Work
94 Department of Industrial Design & Technology 209 Department of Sociology
99 Department of Mechanical Engineering 211 Department of Statistics
104 FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES 216 ACT AND STATUTES

105 School of Allied Health Professions
106 School of Pharmacy
107 School of Nursing
3
INTRODUCTION
Vision
To be a leading centre of academic excellence in Africa
and the world.
Mission
To improve economic and social conditions for the
Nation while advancing itself as a distinctively African
university with a regional and international outlook.

Specifically, the University will:
• Provide excellence in the delivery of learning to ensure society is provided
with talented, creative and confident graduates
• Advance knowledge and understanding through excellence in research and

its application
• Improve economic and social development by high impact engagement with

business, the professions, government and civil society
Values
To achieve its vision and fulfil its mission the University of Botswana values the following:
• Students by creating a holistic environment • Staff by fostering a University community through • Academic freedom by upholding the spirit of free
which ensures that learning is their central encouraging, supporting, developing and empow- and critical thought and enquiry, through the
focus, and by establishing and developing a ering all individuals and groups to achieve the tolerance of a diversity of beliefs and understand-
range of learning, social, cultural and recrea- University’s Goals ing, as well as the open exchange of ideas and
tional opportunities that will facilitate the full knowledge
realisation of their potential for academic and
personal growth • Professional and ethical standards by upholding • Public accountability by ensuring transparent de-
the highest professional and ethical behaviour and cision-making and open review as well as the full
• Academic integrity expressed in creativity, objective through openness, honesty, tolerance and respect participation of stakeholders in the development of
analysis, experimentation, critical appraisal, inde- for the individual the institution
pendent thought, informed debate and intellectual
honesty • Productivity through the setting and rewarding of
• Social responsibility by promoting an awareness high standards of performance underpinned by a
• Cultural authenticity by ensuring that the diversity of, and providing leadership in responding to, the dedication to quality, efficiency and effectiveness
of Botswana’s individual values and cultural herit- issues and problems facing society throughout the institution
age forms an important part of the academic and
organisational life of the institution and reflects its • Equity by ensuring equal opportunity and non-dis- • Environmental Sustainability by deepening
distinctiveness as an African university crimination on the basis of personal, ethnic, awareness and ensuring environmental issues are
religious, gender or other social characteristics incorporated into student learning and teaching
• Internationalism through participation in the and research, the development of environmentally
global world of scholarship, by being receptive • Autonomy as an institution that is, through its sustainable campuses and through contributing
and responsive to issues within the international self-governing structures, independent in action to the environmental sustainability agenda in
environment as well as the recruitment of an while being responsive to societal needs Botswana and beyond
international staff and student body
4
P R I N C I PG AE NL E R A L INFORMATION
OFFICERS
Chairman of Council Chancellor Vice Chancellor

Dr. Joseph M. Makhema Ms Linah K. Mohohlo Prof. David Norris
Acting Deputy Vice Chancellor Acting Deputy Vice Chancellor Acting Deputy Vice Chancellor
(Academic Affairs) (Finance & Administration) (Student Affairs)
Prof. Oathokwa Nkomazana Mr L.opang Mosupi Prof. Happy Siphambe
5
2019-2020 ACADEMIC YEAR ALMANAC
SEMESTER ONE 2019
JULY AUGUST
Registration for Semester 1 Begins (All Students) 14 June New Graduate Student Orientation 31 July
Last Day of Classes (Faculty of Medicine) 21 June Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 1 August
University Research Committee 2 August
SENATE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE Registration for Semester 1 Ends (All Students) 2 August
(Approval of Medicine Results) 28 June DE-Business Degrees Residential Session 1 (Level 3,4,5) 3 - 4 August
Supplementary Exam Registration Period 14 Jun - 12
July Classes Begin 5 August
Sir Seretse Khama Day 1 July Late Registration and Course Add/Drop Period Begins 5 August
Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 4 July Late Registration and Course Add/Drop Period Ends 9 August
President’s Day 15 July DE-Business Degrees Residential Session 1 (Level 1&2) 10 - 11 August
Public Holiday 16 July
Supplementary Exams 17 - 19 July SENATE 15 August
New Student Orientation and Registration
(New Undergraduates) 22 July - 26 July First Year Student Banquet 16 August
Arrival and Registration (New Graduate Students) 22 July - 26 July DE-Business Degrees Test 1 (Level 3,4,5) 17 - 18 August
DE-Registration Period 22 July - 26 July DE Business Degrees Test 1 (Level 1 & 2) 24 - 25 August
CCE Board 28 August
SENATE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE Last day to withdraw and receive a refund 30 August
(Approval of Supplementary Exams) 26 July
Final Supplementary Grades Published 26 July SEPTEMBER
Winter Session Ends 26 July Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 6 September
DE-New Student Orientation 26 July COUNCIL 7 September
DE-New students Library Orientation 26 July DE-Business Degrees Residential 2 (Level 3,4,5) 1 - 2 September
DE Business Degrees Introductory Session (All Levels) 27 - 28 July DE-Business Degrees Residential 2 (Level 1 & 2) 8 - 9 September
DE-Diploma Residential Session 1 27 July - 3 August DE-Diploma-Residential Session 2 and Test 10 - 16 September
Arrival (All Continuing Students) 29 July - 2 August Mid-Semester Break Begins 24 September
Botswana Day 30 September
SEMESTER TWO 2020
JANUARY Classes Begin 27 January

Classes Begin for the Faculty of Medicine 6 January Late Registration and Course Add/Drop Period Begins 27 January
University Opens 6 January Late Registration and Course Add/Drop Period Ends 31 February
Supplementary Exams Registration ends 14 January
Supplementary Exams 15 –17 January FEBRUARY
DE-Registration period 18 -19 January DE- Business Degrees-Residential Session 1 (Level 3, 4, 5) 1-2 Feb
Registration for Semester 2 Ends (All Students) 24 January Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 6 February
University Research Committee 7 February
SENATE EXECUTIVE
(Approval of Supplementary Exams) 24 January DE- Business Degrees Residential Sessions1(level 1& 2) 8- 9 February
DE Diplomas Residential Session 1 25 -26 January DE-Business Degrees Test 1 (Level 3,4,5) 15 - 16 February
DE Business Degrees- Introductory Session (Levels 1-5) Last day to withdraw and receive a refund 21 February
25 - 26 January DE-Business Degrees Test 1 (Level 1 & 2) 22 - 23 February
6
OCTOBER DECEMBER
Public Holiday 1 October Final Examinations Period Ends 4 December
Classes Resume after Mid Semester Break 2 October Semester 1 Ends 4 December
DE-Business Degrees Test 2 (Level 3,4,5) 2- 6 October Faculty Boards /School Boards of Examiners/CCE Examiners Boards
10 - 13 December
Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 3 October Final Grades Due by 6 pm 16 December
University Research Committee 4 October Registration (Faculty of Medicine) 16 - 20 December
Semester 2 Class Schedule Information due 4 October
Graduation Ceremony 9,10,11 October SENATE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 19 December
DE-Business Degrees Test 2 (Level 1 & 2) 12 - 13 October All Final Grades Published 19 December
Registration for Semester 2 Begins (All Students)19 December
SENATE 23 October Supplementary Exams Registration begins 19 December
DE-Business Degrees Residential session 3 (All Levels)26-27 November Last Day of classes for the Faculty of Medicine (Phase 2)20 December
Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 27 - 28 October University closes for Christmas 20 December
DE-Diploma residential session 3 30 October - 3 November
NOVEMBER
DE-Diploma Examinations 4 - 8 November
COUNCIL 8 November
DE-Business Degrees Examination 11 - 15 November
Last Day of Classes 15 November

Reading Days (No Classes, Assessments, Examinations Held)
16-20 November
Final Examination Period Begins 21 November
SENATE 27 February APRIL

DE-Diplomas Residential Session 2 and Test 29 Feb - 1 March Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 2 April
University Research Committee 3 April
MARCH DE-Business Degrees Test 2 (Level 1 & 2) 4 - 5 April
Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 5 March
SENATE 8 April
COUNCIL 6 March
DE-Business Degrees Residential Session 2 (Level 3, 4, 5) 7 - 8 March Good Friday (Public holiday) 10 April
DE Business Degrees Residential Session 2 (Level 1 & 2)14 - 15 March Easter Monday (Public holiday) 13 April
Mid-Semester Break Begins 16 March DE-Business Degrees Residential Session 3 (All Levels)18 -19 April
DABS Classes Resume after Mid-Semester Break 23 March DE-Diploma Residential Session 3 18 - 19 April
Classes Resume after Semester Break 23 March DE-Diploma Examination 20 - 24 April
Semester 1 Class Schedule Information due 27 March DE-Business Degrees Examination 20 April -4 May
DE-Business Degrees Test 2 (Level 3, 4, 5) 28 - 29 March
7
2019-2020 ACADEMIC YEAR ALMANAC
MAY Registration begins (All Students) 11 June
Labour Day 1 May Last Day of Classes (Faculty of Medicine) 19 June
Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 7 May
Last Day of Classes 8 May SENATE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 26 June
Readings Days (No Classes, Assessments, Examinations Held) 9-13 May (Approval of Medicine Results)
DABS Examination Period 9 - 10, 16 - 17 May
Final Examination Period Begins 14 May JULY
Ascension Day 21 May Sir Seretse Khama Day 1 July
Final Examinations Period Ends 27 May Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 2 July
Semester 2 Ends 27 May President’s Day 20 July
Winter Session begins 28 May Public Holiday 21 July
Winter Session Ends 28 July
JUNE
Faculty Boards/CCE Board of Examiners (Examination Results)1- 5 June
School Boards of Examiners (Examination Results) 1- 5 June
DABS Examiners Board 4 June
COUNCIL 5 June
Final Grades Due by 6pm 8 June
DABS Grades Due by 6pm 8 June
SENATE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 10 June

All Final Grades Published 11 June
8
DABS ALMANAC – 2019-2020
SEMESTER ONE – 2019 SEMESTER TWO - 2020
Supplementary Exam Registration 14 Jun - 12 July Supplementary Exams Registration ends 14 January
DABS Supplementary Exams 17 - 19 July Supplementary Exams 15 - 17 January
DABS Registration Period 22 - 26 July DE-Registration period 18 - 19 January
DABS Classes Begin 29 July Registration Period 20 - 24 January
DABS Last Day to Add a Course 2 August Classes Begin 27 January
DABS Late Registration Period Begins 2 August Late Registration and Course Add/Drop Period Begins 27 January
DABS Last Day to Add/Drop a Course 9 August Late Registration and Course Add/Drop Period Ends 31 February
Last day to withdraw and receive a refund 23 August Last day to withdraw and receive a refund 21 February
DABS Mid-Semester Break 16 - 20 September Mid-Semester Break Begins 16 March
DABS Classes Resume after - DABS Classes Resume after Mid-Semester Break 23 March
Mid Semester Break 23 September
DABS Examination Period 9 – 10, 16 - 17 May
DABS Examiners Board 4 June
DABS Classes End 8 November DABS Grades Due by 6pm 8 June
DABS Examination Days 9 - 10 November All Final Grades Published 11 June
DABS Examination Days 16 - 17 November
Final Grades Due by 6 pm 6 December
All Final Grades Published 19 December
Supplementary Exams
Registration begins 19 December
9
GENERAL INFORMATION
10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Historical Note three governments and the University resulted in agreement on June 11, 1975, known
as the ‘Luyengo Package’ which was accepted by all parties.
The opening of the University of Basutoland, Bechuanaland and Swaziland (UBBS) on Following student unrest at Roma, and strained relations between the central UBLS
January 1st 1964 was the outcome of an agreement reached in mid-1962 between the administration and the Lesotho government over implementation of the ‘Luyengo
High Commission Territories and the Oblate of Mary Immaculate of Pius XII Catholic Package’, the Roma campus was precipitately withdrawn from UBLS and constituted
University, Roma, Lesotho. Pius XII College of Roma, 35 kilometres from Maseru, was as the National University of Lesotho (NUL) on Monday October 20, 1975. This occurred
itself the product of the desire for an institution of higher learning for Africans by the at a time when a working group on further devolution of UBLS into three University
Catholic hierarchy in Southern Africa. It opened its doors to students in 1946, with five Colleges was preparing its report for the Council of the University. The nationalization of
students and five priest-lecturers. In 1950, it was taken over by the Catholic Order of the all facilities, monies and files in Lesotho meant the central administration of UBLS could
Oblate of Mary Immaculate. By 1963 there were 180 students, both men and women, operate with only limited effectiveness from premises at Malkerns during 1975-1976,
and several buildings, including a science block, refectory, administration complex and and considerable autonomy was devolved onto the Botswana and Swaziland campuses.
workshops. Courses followed at Pius XII College were taught and examined under a Students from Botswana and Swaziland were immediately withdrawn from the Roma
special relationship entered into in 1955 with the University of South Africa, which campus on the appropriation of all UBLS property in Lesotho by NUL. Part II teaching for
awarded students its degrees and diplomas in Arts, Science, Commerce and Education. students was resumed within a few months in Botswana (Economics and Social Studies
Pius XII College experienced difficulties over finance for the expanding institution and and Science) and in Swaziland (Law). Following the acceptance of the Hunter Report
over racial restrictions on student residence required by the University of South Africa. and further negotiations between the University and the Governments of Botswana
Negotiations with the High Commission Territories to transform the University College and Swaziland, the University of Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland (UBLS) became the
into a fully fledged University were therefore initiated during 1962. On June 13, 1963, University of Botswana and Swaziland (UBS), with two constituent University Colleges
a deed of cession and indemnity was signed by the Oblates and the High Commissioner of Botswana and Swaziland (UCB and UCS respectively). The new University structure
of Basutoland, Bechuanaland and Swaziland. The new University, with Ford Foundation was dedicated to maintaining and intensifying service to the ideals previously laid out
and British Government funds, purchased the assets of the Roma Campus for an for UBLS by the Botswana and Swaziland Governments. The ideals were summed up
indemnity of half of its value, in exchange for guarantees of a continuing Catholic in the Second National Development Plan of Swaziland, which saw UBS as playing
presence on the campus. an ‘increasingly important role in National Development not only through providing
the educated manpower needed, but also through (the university’s) great potential as
UBBS became UBLS (The University of Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland) in 1966 on a focus for the academic and cultural activities of the nation.’ The ideals were also
the Independence of Botswana and Lesotho. From a total of 188 students in 1964, identified as the beginning of the devolution phase of UBLS development into Botswana
the University grew to 402 students in 1970, of whom 145 were from Lesotho, with and Swaziland by the then Chancellor, Seretse Khama, in his graduation speech in
lesser numbers from Swaziland, Botswana, Rhodesia, South Africa and elsewhere. May 1970, on the Luyengo campus. “The University must be a committed institution,
UBLS conferred its first degrees in April 1st 1967 after a transitional period during committed to the fulfillment of the ambitions and aspirations of the communities it
which the former Pius XII College students continued to take University of South Africa was created to serve. One of these is rapid development, another is nonracialism, and
degrees. UBLS offered its own four-year undergraduate degrees and diplomas in Arts the third is simply pride in ourselves and in our past, which in turn would lead to a
(including Economics and Administration), Science and Education, with Law students greater degree of self-confidence, which is one of the very basic ingredients of true
following a five-year degree, including two years tuition at the University of Edinburgh. independent nationhood.” The years 1976 and 1982 saw both constituent Colleges of
Students seeking specialised degrees in Medicine, Engineering, etc, proceeded to other the University develop their physical resources and their academic programmes in close
universities after completing Part I (Years 1 and 2) studies in Science. The number of cooperation with each other, with a view to the eventual establishment of separate
academic staff grew from 31 in 1964 to 78 in 1970. Staff members were recruited from national universities on the 1st July, 1982.
many countries, but the University pursued an active localisation policy from 1971.
UBLS was equally funded by the Governments of Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland, The formal inauguration of the University of Botswana was performed on 23rd October
but had comparatively little presence in Botswana and Swaziland in the first phase of 1982 by His Excellency Sir Ketumile Masire, President of the Republic of Botswana. The
its existence during 1964-1970. The only substantial ‘devolution’ of UBLS from Roma University of Botswana and Swaziland continued to cooperate for a further six months
Campus came towards the end of this phase of University development and was the to 31 December 1982 for the purpose of examining and awarding degrees, diplomas
association of the Swaziland Agricultural College of Luyengo with the University, as and certificates. In terms of an agreement between the Governments of Botswana and
the Swaziland Agricultural College and University Centre. This College, built for the Swaziland, the National Universities in Botswana and Swaziland were to continue to
Swaziland Government with Oxfam and ‘Freedom from Hunger’ funds, had been opened exchange students and to cooperate in certain areas and to that end a consultative
in 1966. In 1970, the Swaziland Government agreed to hand over the College to UBLS, machinery set up to advise on how best to cooperate.
together with the Research Division of the Ministry of Agriculture and its experimental
station at Malkerns near Luyengo. From 1972, these together constituted a new Faculty
of Agriculture. In Botswana, the UBLS presence was limited to the energies of the The University Organisation
Division of Extra Mural Services and the School of Education, and a small Short-Course
Centre built during 1969. With independence, the three countries began to take a The University of Botswana was established on 1st July 1982 by an Act of Parliament.
closer look at the colonial inheritance of education, including their joint University, The University campus consists of that part of the two former universities (UBLS and
and began to identify the role of UBLS in higher and middle-level training. A series of UBS – see Historical Note above) which was situated in Botswana and was sometimes
academic planning reports for UBLS produced after 1966 culminated in the second referred to as the Gaborone Campus. The University is closely involved in the national
Alexander Report of 1970, which combined, ‘The major recommendations of previous development process of Botswana. In this regard the special functions of the University
reports for the development of university campuses in each country and the unified are to engage in improving the quality and in expanding the quantity of the human
development of higher education and vocational and teacher training’. The report resources needed for development, and to act as the repository of the collective
recommended that Part I studies begin in Botswana and Swaziland, with eventual knowledge and experience of the nation and the world. The first of these functions is
division of Part II (Year 2 and 4) studies among the campuses, and the consideration of fulfilled through the teaching programmes offered by the University and its affiliated
‘polytechnic’ arrangements for technical and vocational courses. The second Alexander institutions, leading to the award of degrees, diplomas and certificates. The second
Report was accepted by the University and by the Governments of Botswana, Lesotho function is carried out individually and collectively by the staff of the University and
and Swaziland, at a meeting in October 1970, on the Luyengo campus. It heralded the its affiliated institutions, through the research and development, consultancies and
second phase (1971-1976) of UBLS development. Plans were immediately drawn up to information services which they undertake. Like any other complex organisation, the
spend about one million Rand for campus development in each of the three countries. University has established certain patterns of authority and specialisation, systems, and
In Botswana and Swaziland there were to be campuses respectively within the capital rules of procedure, in order to perform its functions in an orderly and effective manner.
of Gaborone, and at Kwaluseni adjacent to the national high school of Matsapha. These regulate day-today work within the University.
Funds were obtained from the United States, British, Canada, Danish and Netherlands
Governments as well as from the Governments of UBLS countries, the Anglo American The Council
Corporation and other bodies. Teaching of Part I began and temporary accommodation The governing body of the University is the Council, which has the ultimate responsibility
at Gaborone and Kwaluseni campuses became fully operational in 1971. In Swaziland, for the work and progress of the University towards the achievement of its goals. Its
the William Pitcher and Nazarene Teacher Training Colleges were affiliated to the membership includes leading figures from the national and international community
local university centre, as were the Francistown, Lobatse and Serowe Teacher Training as well as senior personnel within the University. The Council has wide powers to make
Colleges in Botswana. Plans for specialised Part II and professional studies on each statutes, lay down policy, approve programmes and plans, and to establish working
campus were dramatically advanced by the devolution of Part II Humanities teaching procedures governing the organisational life of the University. It also provides and
to Gaborone and Kwaluseni, as well as Roma, in 1974. Further negotiations between the controls the resources required to support both the academic activities and the physical
11
GENERAL INFORMATION
development and maintenance of the University. But as a mainly policy-making body 2.26 Should a student leave the University without having paid the prescribed fees,
the Council cannot, and should not, be engaged in the day-to-day administration including fines due, or without returning any library books, the academic results
of the University. Clearly it could not carry out efficiently all its wide responsibilities and transcripts and/or final certification for which a student is otherwise
by itself. On academic matters it consults the Senate; on many other matters, while qualified, shall be withheld until such fees, library books or University property
retaining overall control and responsibility, it delegates much of the detailed work to have been recovered.
the officers and committees.
2.27 Any registered student who decides to withdraw from the University must
The Senate give notice of his/her intention to do so in writing to the relevant Head of
The chief academic authority of the University is the Senate, whose membership Department and Dean’s Office. All students shall be eligible to get 100% refund
includes the VC, DVCs, Faculty Deans, Faculty representatives and Heads of academic if they withdraw within the first 30 days each semester. Any registered student
support units as well as student representatives. Under the Council, the Senate has the who withdraws from the University after the first 30 days shall be eligible for
responsibility for the general control and direction of teaching and research activities, only 50% of tuition fee refund up to mid semester and any student withdrawing
examinations, the conferment of degrees and award of diplomas and certificates. from the University after mid semester break of each semester shall not be
Much of its statutory authority is exercised through its approval and, from time to eligible for any refund of fees.
time, amendment of various sets of academic regulations, all of which are published
for general information in the later sections of this Calendar. They include general 2.28 Once a student has accepted an offer to reside in any hostel and has been duly
and special academic regulations, admissions and examination procedures, degree registered for accommodation,(s)he shall remain so registered for the rest of the
structures, programmes of study, syllabuses, library regulations, etcetera. Regulations semester. Application or request to move out of the hostel during the semester
in any organisation may appear to restrict freedom of action, but are necessary for shall not be acceded to.
the orderly conduct of affairs. Additionally, in a University context, the regulations are Where a student moves out of the hostel on their own accord no refund of
the means by which the Senate ensures that the academic standards and quality of accommodation fees shall be made irrespective of the period of hostel
teaching are acceptable not only to the University and the nation, but also to the wider occupation.
academic community of the world. Senate also delegates much of its detailed work to
committees, reviewing the recommendations they bring forward for its approval. Where a student is allocated hostel space during the course of the semester,
accommodation fees shall be charged on a pro rata basis.
Faculties and Departments Student Admissions

Below the level of the Vice Chancellor’s office, the University is divided broadly into three Prospective undergraduate applicants, may obtain application forms and information
types of specialised work: academic affairs, finance and administration, and student from the University Admissions Office located in Block 139 on the Main Campus. The
affairs. The academic side is represented by the Senate, Faculties, Schools, Departments forms must be returned directly to the Admissions Office at the University. For graduate
and Institutes. Specialisation and the best use of staff expertise are achieved on the programmes, admission applications are made direct to The Dean, School of Graduate
basis of the division of the academic areas into departments. Each department has a Studies. It must be stressed that application for a Government or other scholarship
special focus, involving it in teaching and research in particular subjects or disciplines. tenable at the University does not take the place of application to the University for
These departments are responsible for the day-to-day teaching and research work of admission. However, prospective applicants need not wait until they are assured of a
the University, and they formulate the programmes of study. A number of departments scholarship before applying for admission to the University; the two applications can
and similar or related disciplines are grouped together to constitute a Faculty. At present go forward in parallel. Similarly, students are free to simultaneously apply to other
there are eight established faculties: Business, Education, Engineering and Technology, universities or educational institutions. For the admission application to be processed,
Humanities, Science, Social Sciences, Health Sciences, Medicine and a School of all the forms and other requirements outlined in the Admission Regulations must be
Graduate Studies. The Faculty of Health Sciences was formally established on 1 April submitted.
2006. Currently, the Faculty of Medicine is the newest faculty and it includes the School
of Nursing, the School of Allied Health Professions and the School of Public Health. In
general, departments in the same faculty work closely together in offering Degree, Fees and Scholarships
Diploma and Certificate Programmes. In many cases there is a similar cooperation It should be noted that statutory fees, and expenses do not include the costs of books,
between Faculties. Faculties are headed by Deans, who represent the Faculty on other notebooks, stationery, personal laboratory equipment, medical attention, repair of
bodies and who have general responsibility for coordinating the work of the Faculty. clothes, dry-cleaning and living expenses. The cost of travel to and from the University
Faculties work through their Faculty Boards and a variety of committees established by is entirely the student’s responsibility. Many governments are prepared to offer
the Boards. Proposals from departments are brought to Faculty Boards for discussion scholarships or grants to prospective students; information about these scholarships
and may then be submitted to Senate and, when necessary, to Council. Decisions and should be obtained from the appropriate authority in the country concerned. Some
directions are then transmitted back to departments through the same channels. industrial trusts and corporations also offer awards, usually through the appropriate
government, and information about these should be sought accordingly. Although
every effort will be made to ensure that no student is deprived of the opportunity for
Student Financial Information study by lack of money, acceptance by the University does not imply that a scholarship
Student Financial Procedures is available.
2.21 Reporting to the Finance Office is an integral part of registration; until financial
clearance has been obtained from the Finance Office, registration will be deemed Bank Payments and Procedures
to be incomplete. 1. Existing Students
1.1 University students may pay fees at any branch of First National Bank of Botswana
2.22 All fees must be paid by the first day of the semester. Sponsored students have to to University of Botswana bank account number 57110069096. To pay into
produce satisfactory evidence of the award of sponsorship. this account a University student needs a valid student ID . The University
accounting system has been interfaced with that of the bank so that immediately
2.23 Where a scholarship includes a student’s personal allowance, the University may upon payment a student will be un-blocked for registration at the University.
advance up to one half of it, at its discretion. If a cherub is not honored, a After paying your fees you may proceed directly to your Faculty for academic
student may be asked to cancel registration immediately. registration [i.e. University students who pay fees in this manner need not queue
again at Financial Services department for financial registration/clearance].
2.24 Scholarships administered by the University shall be awarded on the understanding
that any monies received by the University and disbursed to or on behalf of the For international payments, students can pay into our Standard Chartered Bank
student, will be repayable by the student, should he or she withdraw during the Account details of which are as follows:
course of the academic year without permission of the University.
Account Name: University of Botswana
2.25 Students who damage University property or equipment will be charged the cost Account Number: 0100110109600
of repair or replacement of the item(s). An annual caution fee is held to cover any Branch code: 662167
such charges which are not otherwise settled upon demand. Before registering Swift code: SCHBBWGX
for a subsequent academic session, the caution fee must be restored. Unless
an account for damage is settled immediately a student may be requested to Copies of proof of payment, (with full student names and student number noted on
withdraw. them) must immediately be sent to the attention Manager Student debtors at fax
12
GENERAL INFORMATION
number 00 267 3959 390 or e-mailed to Studentpayments@mopipi.ub.bw 1.2.2 Each application shall consist of:
i) The application form to be completed by the applicant himself/herself, in ink,
1.2. Students who are in receipt of sponsorship letters must deliver copies of the same clearly and in capital letters;
and get financial clearance from Student Debtors office before proceeding to ii) Academic transcripts;
their respective Faculties to complete their registration. iii) Certified copy of Secondary School certificate;
iv) Appropriate application fee.
2. Prospective Students
2.1 Candidates or Prospective students who wish to apply for admission may pay 1.2.3 When returning the application form, the applicant must enclose a (non-
application fees at the following banks: refundable) application fee.
• First National Bank of Botswana to University of Botswana bank account number 1.2.4 Applications will not be considered until the University has received the application
62130787601 form, relevant academic transcripts and certificates, and the application fee.
• Barclays Bank of Botswana to University of Botswana bank account number 3761645
• Standard Chartered Bank of Botswana to University of Botswana bank account 1.2.5 In addition, an applicant who has attended another university or other
number 0100110109604 postsecondary institution must submit a certificate of good conduct, and a
transcript, duly signed by the competent officer of the issuing University.
For payment of application fees from outside Botswana please deposit the fees into
the following account; Account name, University of Botswana; Account number, 1.2.6 Unless an applicant is notified to the contrary, the closing date for the receipt
0100110109604; Branch code, 662167; Swift Code, SCHBBWGX2.2 A copy of the of completed application forms and accompanying documents will be the
deposit slip [with your name & ID written on] should be attached to application forms last working day of March immediately preceding the commencement of the
when these are submitted or sent to the Admissions Section of the Academic Services academic year for which application is made. (The Academic Year starts in
Department. Applicants who pay fees in this manner need not queue at University August.)
Cashier’s Office for payment before submitting application forms. This method of
payment also avoids acquisition of post office Postal Orders for onward transmission to 1.27 Graduate Degrees
the University as a form of payment. 1.271 Application procedures are as for undergraduate study (1.2.1 to 1.2.6 above).
1.272 Admission to a programme leading to a graduate degree must be approved by the
Travel and Residence School of Graduate Studies on the authority of Senate.
International students accepted to the University of Botswana are required to be in 1.273 On receipt of the completed application forms, the Dean of the School of Graduate
possession of valid travel documents, visas and residence permits (where applicable) to Studies shall send one copy to the relevant Head of Department who shall
enter the country. submit his/ her recommendation to the Departmental Board for consideration.
The Board shall in turn forward the application with its recommendation to
Basic Entrance Qualifications Senate via the Graduate Studies Board.
1. Admission Regulations
1.274 Permission to pursue a graduate degree programme as a part-time student
1.1 Qualifications for Entry shall be granted only to persons who can show that they are able to devote a
1.1.1 The normal basic requirements for entrance to Undergraduate Degree and Diploma reasonable proportion of their time to the work prescribed.
programmes shall be the Botswana General Certificate of Secondary Education
(BGCSE) with a grade C or better in English Language, but other qualifications 1.275 Registration for Master’s Degree programmes by coursework and dissertation
may be accepted on their merit as alternatives. Entry into the Science Degree shall normally take place at the beginning of the first semester of each academic
programmes shall be on the basis of BGCSE Science and Mathematics aggregates year but may, in special circumstances, and on the recommendation by the
and a grade D or better in English Language or equivalents. (For further details Graduate Studies Board, take place at the beginning of the semester following
see General Academic Regulations covering the programme in question.) that in which the application is approved by the Senate.
1.276 MPhil and PhD applicants may be accepted and registered anytime during the
1.1.2 For all programmes, only the results of examinations taken before March 1st in Academic Year with permission of the relevant department/unit.
the year of application will be considered in assessing an applicant’s entrance
qualifications. 1.3 Notification of Acceptance
1.31 The Admissions Office for undergraduate applicants and the School of Graduate
1.1.3 Full particulars concerning qualifications must normally be available to the Studies for graduate applicants shall notify each applicant whether or not he/
University before 1st March. It is the responsibility of the applicant to ensure that she has been accepted for admission to the University.
all examination results and other documents are forwarded to the Admissions
Office before the deadline. 1.32 No applicant should come to the University of Botswana unless he or she has
received a formal offer of admission.
1.1.4 Candidates who are awaiting the issue of a certificate following the results of an
examination shall normally be required to provide legal proof of qualification 1.4 Conditions of Acceptance
from an examining body, stating the level of the subjects passed, before an 1.41 Acceptance of an applicant by the University of Botswana shall be on the
offer of admission is issued and registration to programmes of the University understanding that the applicant undertakes to be bound by and to observe the
is effected. Applicants admitted and registered under this provision shall not policies and regulations of the University. Acceptance to the University will be
normally be permitted to register for, or write final year examinations before subject to the production of a satisfactory medical certificate.
submitting the certificate.
1.42 Academic Transcripts
1.2 Admission Applications An official transcript will be provided to each student free at the conclusion of his/
1.2.1 Unless other specific instructions are given, applications are availed and her studies. Extra copies thereafter shall be issued at a cost to be determined by the
submitted on line through the “STUDY AT UB” link on the University of Botswana University from time to time.
Website: www.ub.bw.
1.2.2 Each Application shall consist of:

i) The online application form to be completed by the prospective applicant.
v) Certified copy of Omang (for citizens) or Passport (non-citizens)
1.2.4 Applications will not be considered until the University has received the
application form, relevant academic transcript(s) and certificate(s), application
fee receipt and Omang/Passport.
13
GENERAL
G E N E R A INFORMATION
L INFORMATION
Schedule of Fees
PROGRAMMES FEES 2019/20

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES FEES IN PULA

ANNUAL FOR ONE CREDIT PART-TIME PROGRAMME
Diplomas( DABS) 4 040
CERTIFICATES (Excluding cost of book)
Science & Engineering
Resident Students 37 200 1240
International students fee
Non-Resident Students 74 700 2490
(Undergraduate/Post-graduate)

Other Faculties
Resident Students 28 200 940 Administration Fee
Non-Resident Students 56 100 1870 Students from Africa 4 480
Students from other Continents 6 610
DIPLOMAS
Science & Engineering Group Study Abroad
Resident Students 37 200 1 240 Students from Africa 1 130
Non-Resident Students 74 700 2 490 Students from other Continents 1 780
Other Faculties Group Study Abroad (Special Service) = 20%

Resident Students 28 200 940 of the cost of activity
OTHER FEES
BACHELORS Supplimentary fee per Subject 240
Science & Engineering Graduation fee 220
Resident Students 37 200 1 240
Non-Resident Students 74 700 2 490 Application Fee
Resident Students 350
Non-Resident Students 690
School of Medicine
Late Application Fee
Non-Resident Students 82 500 2 750
Resident Students 520
Non-Resident Students 1030
Other Faculties Student Life Fee 130
Late Registration Fee/Day
(Returning Students) 210
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES (maximum 14 days)
Postgraduate Diplomas
Late Registration Fee/Day (New Students) 120
(maximum 14 days)
Masters Programmes
Science & Engineering Transcript Fee 50
Non-Resident Students 49 680 2 070 Identity Card Fee 70
MBA
ACCOMMODATION FEE
Non-Resident Students 57 120 2 380 Under Graduate Full Time Student/Annum 7 740
School of Medicine
Under Graduate Hostel Fee
During Holidays/Day 40

Other Faculties Under Graduate Hostels For Non-Students
Resident Students 26 160 1 090 During Holidays/Day 260
Non-Resident Students 39 360 1 640 Graduate Hostels/Annum 13 080
Graduate Hostels/Annum(Including Holidays) 18 720
MPhil Science & Engineering Graduate Hostels Fee during Holidays/Day 120
Graduate Hostels For Non-Students

During Holidays/Day 580
Other MPhils (Other Faculties)
Non-Resident Students 39 360 1 640 Laundry Fee/Annum 830

PhD Science & Engineering

PhD (Other Faculties)
* Based on normal load of 30 credits for undergraduates ,

24 credits for post graduate students and 8 credit for DABS 14
GENERAL INFORMATION
General Academic Regulations as defined in regulation 00.230. A student shall normally register for a major subject
either in the third or fifth semester.
2 00.0 General Provisions
00.220 Minor Subject:
00.1 Preamble
A minor subject shall comprise courses where the workload shall have fewer credits
00.11 Senate reserves the right to alter, amend, replace or cancel any of theAcademic
than those of the major subject as stated in regulation 00.232.
Regulations and shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these
regulations.
00.230 Types of Programmes:
00.12 Senate has the power to exempt any student from any of the Academic
Possible programme formats shall include single major, combined degree (major/minor,
Regulations.
major/major, multidisciplinary).
00.13 In addition to these general academic regulations, special faculty and
departmental regulations, which must be approved by Senate, shall also apply.
00.231 Single Major:
00.14 General regulations shall take precedence over special faculty and departmental
A single major is a programme of study composed of core and optional courses from
regulations unless Senate has otherwise provided
one subject (normally chosen either in the third or fifth semester), as well as electives
00.15 Faculty regulations shall take precedence over departmental special regulations,
and general education courses.
unless Senate has otherwise provided.
00.16 Should a regulation, according to which a programme has been compiled, be
00.232 Combined Degree (major/minor):
amended, a student who has started a programme under the old regulation and
A combined degree (major/minor) is a programme of study composed of core
who has not interrupted studies, may complete such a programme in accordance
and optional courses from two subjects normally in the ratio of major to minor of
with the old regulation on condition that a faculty board may formulate special
approximately 70:30, as well as electives and general education courses. A student’s
transitional requirements in order to enable that student to complete studies in
major and minor cannot be from the same subject.
accordance with the new regulation.
00.17 A student who has been admitted to a programme and fails to register for
00.233 Combined Degree (major/major):
such a programme in the ensuing two semesters; or is re-admitted to such a
A combined degree (major/major) is a programme of study composed of core and
programme, is deemed to have interrupted studies and forfeits the right to
optional courses from two equally weighted major subjects which are independently
continue studies under the old regulation.
studied, as well as electives and general education courses.
00.18 Senate shall establish procedures for the approval of all academic programmes
of the University
00.234 Combined Degree (multidisciplinary):
A combined degree (multidisciplinary) is a programme of study composed of core and
00.2 Definitions of Key Terms
optional courses from more than two subjects (for example a combination of three
In these regulations, the following terms shall be used as indicated.
equally weighted subjects, or a series of individualised courses resulting in a programme
constructed by negotiation between a student and a personal tutor, and approved by
00.211 Academic Year and Semester:
Heads of relevant Departments and Deans), as well as electives and general education
The academic year shall comprise two semesters, each consisting of 14 teaching weeks,
courses.
a one week mid-semester break, and two weeks for examinations.
00.240 Types of Courses:
00.212 Programme:
Types of courses shall include core, optional, elective, general education, pre-requisite,
A plan of study made up of core, optional, electives, and general education courses,
co-requisite, winter, project, service and audit.
lasting over a specified period, which leads to a Degree, or Diploma qualification.
00.241 Core Courses:
00.213 Subject:
Core courses are those courses which must be taken in order to meet the requirements
A collection of core and optional courses in a given discipline of study that will
of an award, that is, they are compulsory or mandatory.
constitute a major or minor component of the programme.
00.242 Optional Courses:
00.214 Course:
Optional courses are those courses which may be selected from an approved list of
For the purpose of teaching, each subject shall be divided into one or more components
courses within a subject of study and which count towards the requirements of an
called courses. A course is a basic building block of teaching and learning activities with
award.
content designed to meet particular aims and objectives. Each course will normally
be assessed within the semester in which it is offered, except for a year-long course,
00.243 Elective Courses:
teaching practice, internship, industrial training or any other attachments.
Elective courses are those courses which may be selected from a list of courses outside
a subject of study and which count towards the requirements of an award.
00.215 Course Code:
A course code is an identification of a course with a prefix of three capital letters
00.244 General Education Courses:
followed by three digits. The first of the three letters shall normally be the same as the
General education courses are those courses taken for the purpose of broadening
first letter of the subject, and the digits shall indicate the level, with 100 to 599 for
the knowledge of a student and count towards the overall credit requirement for the
Bachelor’s Degrees, and Diploma programmes.
award, but are not part of the core courses of the programme.
00.216 Lecture Hour:
00.245 Pre-requisite:
A lecture hour is a period of instruction of a duration of 50 minutes.
A pre-requisite is a course that must be taken and passed in preparation for another
course.
00.217 Lecture Hour Equivalent:
One lecture hour equivalent shall be equivalent to any of the following modes of
00.246 Co-requisite:
teaching and learning: One lecture hour; Two to three hours of practical/laboratory
A co-requisite is a course that must be taken concurrently with other courses to
work/activity defined by the department; or any number between one to four weeks
enhance learning in the programme.
of teaching practice, field work, industrial training or any other attachments or other
academic work outside the classroom.
00.247 Winter Course:
A winter course is that which is taken during the long vacation, such as, teaching
00.218 Credit or Credit Value:
practice, industrial training, field work, internships, and attachments. The curriculum
The number of credits (or credit value) is assigned to a course in relation to the work
and methods of assessment for these courses will be specified in special faculty and
done. In any course, work entailing one lecture hour or one lecture hour equivalent per
departmental regulations.
week throughout a semester shall have a credit value of 1.
00.248 Project Course:
00.219 Major Subject:
A project course may be taken in a major subject and the requirements of such a course
A major subject shall comprise courses where the subject is treated in depth during the
and its method of assessment will be specified in special departmental and faculty
entire programme of study; and the workload shall depend on the type of programme
regulations. A project course may be taken as a semester course or as a year long project
course.
15
GENERAL INFORMATION
00.249 Service Course: 00.32 Responsibilities of Students

A service course is a course taken in a major or minor subject of one department but is 00.321 While the University strives to give students proper academic advice, it is the
taught by another department. responsibility of the individual student to know and follow all the regulations of
the university.
00.250 Audit Course: 00.322 A student registered for a course is expected to fulfil all requirements prescribed
An audit course is a course taken by a student, but no credit is earned in such a course. for that course.
00.323 A student who is unable to attend classes due to illness should notify the
00.251 Attempted Credits: Director of Academic Service of this fact within twenty one consecutive days from
Attempted credits are the total number of credits a student is officially registered for the day the student misses classes. Certification from a recognised health officer will
in a given semester or in all years/levels of study. They exclude audit courses, non - be required in support. Prior permission or supporting evidence will be necessary for
credit courses a student may take, and courses which a student has officially dropped. circumstances other than ill health.
Attempted credits are used in the calculation of the grade point average (GPA). 00.324 A student who enters or returns to the university late shall not be entitled to
extra tuition.
00.252 Earned Credits: 00.325 A student may have access to their academic transcript and has the right of
Earned credits are the total number of credit values of the courses a student has appeal on any matters concerning it, to Senate through their Faculty Board.
passed in a given semester or in all years/levels of study. Earned credits are used in
the determination of a student’s year/level of study and minimum number of credits 00.4 Exemptions, Credit Banking, Credit Transfer, and recognition of prior learning.
required for graduation. Audit and non - credit courses do not count in credits earned 00.41 Permission for exemptions shall be sought in all cases from the Director, Academic
within a particular programme. Services, and exemption shall be subject to the approval of the relevant Head(s)
of Department. Exemption from taking certain courses may be granted under the
00.253 Academic Good Standing: following conditions:
Students are in academic good standing at the University when their cumulative grade a) A student who has been registered at UB can bank credits up to a maximum of
point average is 2.00 or above. Such students are considered to be making satisfactory ten consecutive semesters. Exemption may be given to a former UB student who
progress toward a qualification. subsequently rejoins UB if such a student has banked credits. Once such exemption
has been granted, the programme for which the student is currently registered
00.254 Academic Warning: will be credited with the original marks obtained for the credit course(s) and the
Students may be placed on academic warning for failure to make satisfactory progress corresponding grade points.
toward a qualification. Students whose cumulative grade point average is between 1.99 b) Exemption(s) may be given to a student if such a student took a course or courses at
and 1.51 (the actual lower limit is dependant on the number of attempted credits a another recognised university or institution with which UB has a formal articulation
student has as indicated in regulation 00.9) may be placed on academic warning for agreement, within ten semesters prior to registration. Once such exemptions have
their subsequent semester of enrolment. Students on academic warning may not enrol been granted, the student may transfer up to a maximum of one-half of the total
for more than 16 semester credits. They are encouraged to seek appropriate advice and credits required for the programme. However, grade points for such students are
services from relevant offices. not transferable, and the cumulative GPA shall be computed on the basis of the
work done at UB only.
00.255 Academic Probation: c) Exemption may be granted to a student if such a student took a course or courses
Students may be placed on academic probation for failure to make satisfactory progress at another recognized University or institution with which UB has no formal
toward a qualification. Students whose cumulative grade point average is between 1.90 articulation agreement within ten semesters prior to registration. Such exemptions
and 1.21 (the actual upper limit is dependant on the number of attempted credits shall be based on course to course articulation and once they have been granted
a student has as indicated in regulation 00.9) may be placed on academic probation a student may transfer up to a maximum of one third of the total credits required
for their subsequent semester of enrolment. Students on academic probation may for the programme. However grade points for such students are not transferable,
not enrol for more than 14 semester credits. They should seek appropriate advice and and the cumulative GPA shall be computed on the basis of work done at UB only.
services from relevant offices. (d) Exemption(s) may be given to a student for relevant work experience and recognised
prior learning upon satisfactory performance in assessments of their knowledge,
0.3 Students skills and experience in the area as outlined in Section 6.0 of the policy organised
00.31 Registered Students by the Department. A student who has performed such tests shall be awarded an
00.311 Full-time Student: A full-time undergraduate student is one who is registered appropriate grade, and may be exempted in the relevant courses up to a maximum
with the University and carries a minimum workload of 15 credits per semester, unless of one-sixth of the total credits required for the programme.
officially exempted.
00.42 Articulation agreements between UB and other institutions resulting in de facto
00.312 Part-time Student: exemptions shall be applied to general admissions to diploma, higher diploma
A part-time undergraduate student is one who is registered with the University and and degree programmes as well as to satisfy programme specific internal
normally carries a workload of less than 15 credits per semester. requirements.
00.313 Transfer Student: 00.5 Entrance Qualifications

A transfer student is one who is registered with UB after transferring academic credits 00.51 Normal Entry Scheme
deemed to be equivalent to UB credits. Such credits may come from another recognised 00.511 The normal requirement for entrance to Diploma Programmes are specified in
university or equivalent, or be the result of various articulation agreements between UB General Regulation 10.2.
and other institutions. Such a student can only transfer up to a maximum of one-half 00.512 The normal requirements for entrance to Bachelor’s Degree Programmes are
of the total credits required for the programme, and must complete the remaining specified in General Regulation 20.2.
one-half in the university. The total credits transferred are subject to acceptance by the
relevant Department(s). Grade points are not transferable, and the cumulative GPA of 00.52 Mature Age Entry Scheme for Undergraduate Programmes
transfer students will be computed on the basis of the work done at UB only. 00.521 Applicants of at least 25 years of age on the first day of the semester of entry
who have BGCSE with grade C or better in at least three subjects and grade D or
00.314 Visiting/Exchange/Audit Student: better in English Language or equivalent but lack the qualifications for entry into
A visiting/exchange/audit student is one who satisfies the University entrance the undergraduate programmes may apply as a mature age applicant.
requirements and is registered for a selected number of courses for credit or audit. Such 00.522 Subject to regulation 00.521, any additional entry requirements shall be
students may be from within the country, from abroad or under exchange programmes. specified in the appropriate special faculty and departmental regulations.
00.523 Subject to regulations 00.521 and 00.522, a mature age applicant may use the
00.315 Special Student: direct entry route if such an applicant possesses BGCSE or equivalent with grade
A special student is one who satisfies the University entrance requirements, but does not B or better in two subjects and grade C or better in four subjects.
have immediate plans to enter a programme and wants to take courses with approval
from the department. Such a student shall be limited to register for a maximum of 00.53 Transfer Students
fifteen credits overall. 00.531 Transfer students from other recognised universities or institutions may be
accepted for undergraduate studies if they have at least a cumulative GPA
16
GENERAL INFORMATION
of 2.00 (on a five point scale) or equivalent and are eligible to return to the 00.7 Withdrawal
university or institution last attended. 00.711 Withdrawing refers to withdrawing from all courses for which a student is
00.532 Transfer students with a cumulative GPA of less than 2.00 (on a five point scale) enrolled for a given semester, and therefore the student is no longer enrolled.
or equivalent shall be subjected to the provisions of general academic regulation The withdrawal application should be lodged through the relevant Head of
00.9 to determine their admissibility for undergraduate studies. Students Department and Dean’s office.
admitted under such provisions will have an academic probation status. 00.712 A student may officially withdraw from the University by voluntarily
terminating enrolment during a semester which is in progress. Such a student
00.6 Registration shall not receive any credit for courses taken during the semester. If such a
00.611 The normal workload for a full-time undergraduate student shall be 15 to18 student subsequently enrols in the University the courses previously taken shall
credits per semester. be treated in accordance with regulation 00.41 (b) on credit banking.
00.612 A full-time undergraduate student may carry 12 to 14 credits per semester if 00.713 A student who withdraws prior to the end of the eighth week of a semester or
such a student has approved course exemptions or is on academic probation. who withdraws after the eighth week of a semester where there are documented
00.613 Subject to the provisions of regulation 00.912, a full-time undergraduate student acceptable extenuating circumstances, will receive a grade of “W” (withdrawn)
may carry 19 to a maximum of 21 credits if such a student has a cumulative GPA otherwise a zero mark will be recorded for any graded component not taken.
of at least 3.50. 00.714 If a student is obliged through illness or any other cause to be absent from
00.614 No student shall be registered for any programme one week after the classes for a continuous period exceeding three weeks, the Dean, in consultation
commencement of classes. Any exception to this regulation must have the with relevant Departments and in light of an appropriate medical report, shall
written permission of the Dean of the Faculty who may consult with the Head of decide whether such a student shall be withdrawn from theUuniversity for the
Department and shall not extend beyond the end of the second week after the duration of that semester.
commencement of classes. 00.715 A student who has withdrawn from the university may re-enter the programme
00.615 A student may register for a course only if the official class timetable allows the subject to quota restrictions and compliance with existing programme
student to attend all the classes. requirements. The University does not guarantee to offer the same courses as at
00.616 No student shall be allowed to add a course or courses after the first week of the the time the student withdrew from the University.
commencement of classes.
00.617 A student may drop a course or courses up to the end of the second week of the 00.8 Assessment
commencement of classes. 00.81 Continuous Assessment
00.618 A student who has been admitted to the university can register for a core,
optional, elective or general education course offered in any of the university 00.811 The continuous assessment component of each course may include one or more
programmes, subject to pre-requisites or any other approved programme of the following: written assignments, written tests, practicals, projects, research
restrictions. exercises, essays, open book tests, independent study, dissertations/ theses, oral
00.619 An undergraduate student must, during the first two semesters at the University tests, plus other forms of continuous assessment as shall be determined by the
of Botswana, register for at least ten credits in level 100 general education instructor and approved by the Head of Department.
courses in areas 1 and 2, except where exemptions have been provided. 00.812 A student is required to fulfil all requirements prescribed for continuous
00.620 In addition to the requirement of General Academic Regulation 00.619, an assessment. Failure to do so without valid reasons will normally incur penalties
undergraduate student must register for a minimum of an additional nine as prescribed in special faculty and departmental regulations.
credits of elective and/or general education courses. 00.813 Progress Reports: Each faculty shall report continuous assessment marks
00.621 The total number of credits earned by a student from elective and general for all undergraduate students by the end of the eighth week of classes.
education courses shall not exceed one third of the total credits gained in the Progress reports are made available to students and to the students’
entire programme. advisors through the computer system at UB.
00.622 A Dean, on the recommendation of a relevant department may cancel the
registration of a student or the registration for a course during a semester, 00.82 Final Examinations
if the student does not meet the programme requirements or prerequisite Where the assessment of a course includes final examinations, the following regulations
requirements for the course. shall apply:
00.623 A registered student shall have access to an official registration record printout
detailing the course(s) registered for. It is the student’s responsibility to ensure 00.821 All final examinations shall be held during the scheduled examination period at
that the registration record is correct. Any registration record amendments the end of the semester in which the course is taught.
should be made by the end of the add/drop/late registration period. 00.822 A paper in a final written examination of a course shall be of one to three hours
00.624 A student should not attend a course unless such a course is officially registered duration.
for as indicated on the official registration printout. 00.823 Other forms of examination of a course shall be as prescribed in special faculty
00.625 A student cannot earn credit for a course unless such a course is officially and departmental regulations.
registered for as indicated on the official registration printout. 00.824 A student must take final examinations at the scheduled times. Failure to do so
00.626 Any student registered for course which is abandoned or not attended will be without valid reasons will amount to a candidate being awarded a zero mark in
recorded with a zero mark for any graded component not taken. Such a course that particular examination.
will be included in the calculation of the student’s cumulative GPA. 00.825 Special final examinations will be considered on an individual basis for students
00.627 The minimum number of students required in order for an optional course to who miss scheduled final examinations due to exceptional and extenuating
run is 15 students for levels 100 to 200 classes, and 8 students for classes above circumstances.
level 200 except as permitted by Senate. 00.826 Once a student has sat for an examination, the student may not afterwards
00.628 The maximum number of students permitted to be enrolled in each course shall apply for a special examination on the basis of unforeseen circumstances or
be determined by the Head of Department in consultation with the Dean. illness.
00.629 Cancellation of Classes: If no class cancellation notice is posted on the classroom 00.827 In the week preceding the final examinations, all lectures and tutorials
door, classes are officially considered cancelled if an instructor is 15 minutes will continue, however, no assignment, test, examination, field trip, or any
late. All cases of cancelled classes must be reported to the relevant Head of assessment work may be scheduled.
department.
00.630 A visiting/exchange/special/audit student may register to take courses for credit 00.83 Quality Assurance
or audit. An application to take courses for credit or audit should be made to the 00.831 Senate shall determine the system of quality assurance of programmes of the
Director of Academic Services. The application will be subject to approval by the university.
relevant Head(s) of Department(s).
00.631 A student may, in addition to their normal academic programme, register to
audit courses up to a maximum of three credits.
00.632 A student on audit courses shall not be subject to assessment, but such audited
course(s) shall be recorded on the student’s academic transcript.
00.633 A visiting/exchange/special student who register for credit course(s) and
subsequently enrols in an academic programme of UB shall have their courses
treated in accordance with general academic regulation 00.41 (b) on credit
banking.
17
GENERAL INFORMATION
00.84 Overall Course Grade table in regulation 0.842;

(Applicable to undergraduates entering from August 2011 deferred from August 2009) c) Obtain the weighted score by multiplying the credits and the grade point for
00.841 In any course, the weighting between different components of assessment shall each course;
be specified in the special faculty and departmental regulations. d) Obtain the total weighted score by adding the weighted scores for all the
courses;
00.842 Overall performance in a course shall be assessed on a percentage scale, a letter e) The cumulative GPA is given by the total weighted score divided by the total
grade, and a grade point as follows: number of credits. The cumulative GPA shall be computed to two decimal places.
Marks (%) Letter Grade Grade Point 00.862 Where there have been exemptions for credits as per regulation 00.4, grade
90 – 100 A+ 5.0 points from other institutions are not transferable to UB, and the cumulative GPA shall
85 – 89.9 A 4.9 be computed on the basis of the work done at UB only.
80 – 84.9 A- 4.7
75 – 79.9 B+ 4.5
70 – 74.9 B 4.0 00.87 Supplementary Examinations
65 – 69.9 B- 3.5
60 – 64.9 C+ 3.0 00.871 Supplementary examinations may be permitted to enable a student to
55 – 59.9 C 2.5 obtain the minimum mark required in a course to satisfy any additional
50 – 54.9 C- 2.0 requirements as specified in the Faculty and Departmental special
45 – 49.9 D+ 1.5 regulations in order to proceed to the following semester or pass the final
40 – 44.9 D 1.0 semester of study.
35 – 39.9 D- 0.5
0 – 34.9 E 0.0 00.872 Except as stated in Faculty Special and Departmental regulations a full-
time student may be allowed to write supplementary examinations in a
00.843 When letter grades are used, they shall represent the following: maximum of three failed courses in any one Semester, or the equivalent
number for part time study.
A+ Outstanding
A Excellent 00.873 In determining whether a student shall be permitted to supplement, Senate
A- Excellent shall first of all satisfy itself that supplementation will enable the students
B+ Very Good to obtain the minimum mark required to pass a course, before satisfying
B Very Good any other requirement as specified in Faculty Special and departmental
B- Good regulations.
C+ Good
C Satisfactory 00.874 In order to be permitted to supplement a failed course a student must have
C- Satisfactory obtained the following final mark in the course:
D+ Poor - Fail
D Poor - Fail Undergraduate: 40-49%
D- Poor - Fail Graduate: 50-54%
E Very Poor - Fail
I Incomplete 00.875 If a student is permitted to supplement in order to pass a course, the
W Withdrawn maximum course mark awarded shall not exceed the minimum requirement
AUD Audit Course. No credit granted to pass that course as specified in Faculty Special and Departmental
regulations.
00.844 An Incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when some assigned work comprising
continuous assessment, for example a project, has not been completed with valid 00.876 In recalculating the final course mark, the original continuous assessment
reasons. The I letter grade has no grade point. The I grade must be converted mark shall be used.
to an appropriate mark within the following twelve months; otherwise the
00.877 If in a given course, a student obtains a supplementary mark that is lower
incomplete work will be awarded a zero mark.
than the original mark, then the original mark shall be retained.
00.845 Passing a course means obtaining a mark of at least 50 percent.
00.878 The original mark and the supplementary mark obtained in a course shall be
recorded on the student Academic Transcript.
00.85 Completion of Credits in a Programme
00.879 A fee to be determined by the University from time to time shall be charged
00.851 A student shall only be awarded a qualification after completing a minimum
for each course to be supplemented.
number of credits in a given programme as follows:
a) A minimum of 60 credits in a Diploma programme with a duration of 4 semesters;
00.880 To sit for supplementary examinations, a student shall be required to
or
register for all courses they intend to supplement.
b) A minimum of 90 credits in a Higher Diploma programme with a duration of 6
00.881 Any student who fails to write supplementary examinations after registering
semesters; or
for them shall be awarded a 0 (zero) mark for supplementary examinations.
c) A minimum of 120 credits in Bachelors’ Degree programmes with a duration of 8
semesters; or
00.9 Progression from Semester to Semester 00.91 Proceed
d) A minimum of 150 credits in Bachelors’ Degree programmes with a duration of 10
00.911 To remain in academic good standing, a student must pass at least half the
semesters.
attempted semester credits and attain a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00.
00.852 To be awarded a qualification, at least two thirds of the total credits must come
00.912 A student proceeding on academic good standing who fails a core,
from core and optional courses prescribed in the programme, and the total
prerequisite or co-requisite course must retake the course. Such a student
number of credits from elective courses shall not exceed one third of the total
shall carry a semester credit load not exceeding eighteen (18) credits.
credits. Where there have been exemptions, general academic regulation 00.862
shall apply.
00.913 To proceed on academic warning (AW) or academic probation (AP) a
student must pass at least half the attempted semester credits and attain
00.86 Calculating Cumulative GPA
a cumulative GPA of at least 1.21. Such a student shall be subject to
00.861 Cumulative GPA associated with courses at UB at any time during the
student’s programme is obtained as follows: regulation 00.92 below.
a) Identify the credits for the course;
b) Identify the marks (%), corresponding letter grade and the grade point using the
18
GENERAL INFORMATION
00.92 Academic Warning and Academic Probation

00.921 A student must pass at least half the attempted semester credits and 00.97 Academic Standing
attain a cumulative GPA of at least 1.21 for the status of academic 00.971 At end of each semester, a student’s academic standing shall be reported using
warning or academic probation to apply. the following symbols:
00.922 The status of academic warning shall apply to a student whose
cumulative GPA is less than 2.00 but higher than the academic probation P Proceed (Academic Good Standing)
level as indicated in regulation 00.923 below. AP Proceed (Academic Probation)
00.923 The status of academic probation shall apply to a student in accordance AW Proceed (Academic Warning)
with cumulative GPA performance levels as indicated below: FD Fail and Discontinue
FE Fail and Exclude
Attempted Academic Academic W Withdrawn with Permission
Credits Warning Probation
Up to 30 21.99 to 1.51 1.50 to 1.21 00.98 Minimum Cumulative GPA Required for Graduation
31 to 60 1.99 to 1.61 1.60 to 1.21 00.981 A student should attain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00 to be
61 to 90 1.99 to 1.81 1.80 to 1.21 considered for graduation. If the cumulative GPA is below 2.00 after
More than 90 1.99 to 1.91 1.90 to 1.21 passing the course retakes, the student shall take additional courses to
bring the cumulative GPA to at least 2.00.
00.924 A student on academic warning status must retake any failed core, prerequisite
and co-requisite course(s) when next offered. Such a student shall carry a 01.0 Aegrotat Regulations
semester credit load not exceeding sixteen (16) credits. 01.01 If a student in the final semester of a programme is prevented by illness,
00.925 A student on academic probation status must retake any failed core, prerequisite or other sufficient cause, from undertaking some of the requirements for
and co-requisite course(s) when next offered. Such a student shall carry a assessment (continuous assessment or final examinations), Senate may,
semester credit load not exceeding fourteen (14) credits. upon written report of the Department(s) concerned, and upon any other
evidence as it shall deem fit, recommend to assign an aegrotat award.
00.93 Fail and Discontinue
00.931 A student who fails more than half the attempted semester credits or attains a The student’s illness or incapacity must be reported to the office of the
cumulative GPA of 1.20 or less shall be put on fail and discontinue (FD) status. Director of Academic Services within two weeks of the date on which the
test(s) or examination(s) should have been written.
00.932 A student with two (2) consecutive academic probations shall be put on a fail
and discontinue status. 01.02 The aegrotat award shall be unclassified.
00.933 A student with any combination of three (3) consecutive academic warnings 10. General Regulations for Undergraduate Diploma and Higher Diploma Programmes
and/or academic probations shall be put on a fail and discontinue status. 10.1 Diploma Programmes
10.11 Diplomas
00.934 A student who fails a course thrice shall be put on a fail and discontinue status,
even if the cumulative GPA is above 2.00. Programme titles appear in Faculty and Departmental sections below.
00.935 A student on fail and discontinue status may apply for readmission to the 10.12 Higher Diplomas
programme after a lapse of at least one (1) semester. To return to the programme Programme titles appear in Faculty and Departmental sections below.
the student must apply and be accepted for re-entry/readmission.
00.936 A student on a fail and discontinue status may apply to change to another 10.2 Entrance Qualifications
programme for which the student qualifies and can enter in the subsequent 10.21 The normal entry requirement for Diploma programmes is at least six
semester(s). subjects not below grade D in the BGCSE or equivalent. English language
shall be one of the required subjects. Five subjects may be accepted. A
00.94 Fail and Exclude grade of C shall be required in at least three of the five or six subjects.
00.941 A student who is placed on fail and discontinue status twice in one programme
shall be placed on a fail and exclude (FE) status. 10.22 Other entry qualifications for entry to Diploma programmes may be
accepted on their own merit as alternatives. In particular, attention is
00.942 A student who has been unsuccessful in two programmes shall be placed on drawn to the regulations governing Mature Age Applicants in 00.52 and
fail and exclude status. the regulation in respect to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) General
Academic Regulation 00.41.
00.943 A student placed on fail and exclude status may apply for readmission to the
university after a lapse of at least two (2) academic years. 10.23 Subject to Regulation 10.21, any additional requirements shall be specified
in appropriate special regulations.
00.95 Retaking Courses
00.951 A student shall not retake a course already passed with a minimum grade of 10.24 The entry requirements specified in 10.21, 10.22 and 10.23 do not guarantee
fifty (50 C-). admission.
00.952 Subject to regulations on academic warning/probation, fail and discontinue,
and fail and exclude, a student may retake a failed course up to two (2) times. 10.3 Programme Structure
00.953 A student who has failed a core, prerequisite, co-requisite course or a core 10.31 Curriculum and Assessment
general education course must retake the course. The curriculum and methods of assessment for the undergraduate Diploma
programmes shall be specified in special faculty and departmental regulations.
00.954 A student who has failed an optional, elective, a non-core general education
course may retake the course or take a substitute course. 10.32 Duration of the Programme
10.321 Diploma and Higher Diploma Programmes
00.955 When a student retakes a course, the series of retakes with their grades shall The normal duration for Diploma or Higher Diploma programmes shall be as
appear on the student’s official academic record and count in the cumulative
GPA. However, in satisfying the minimum number of credits required for
graduation the credits shall count only once where a passing grade is recorded.
00.96 Prerequisite Courses

00.961 A student must achieve at least fifty
(50 C-) in a prerequisite to enrol in the specific course(s) for which the course is a
prerequisite.
19
GENERAL INFORMATION
follows: 4 to 6 semesters on a full-time basis; 8 to 12 semesters on a part-time Classification Cumulative GPA

basis. First Class: 4.70 – 5.00
Second Class, Upper Division: 4.00 – 4.69
10.4 Classification of Results Second Class, Lower Division: 3.00 – 3.99
(Applicable to Undergraduates entering from August 2016) Pass: 2.00 – 2.99
10.41 Subject to regulations 00.85 and 00.98, the overall result of the Diploma or
Higher Diploma shall be classified based on the cumulative GPA (computed General Education Courses
to two decimal places) that includes all attempted credits as follows: The aim of General Education is to provide the University of Botswana graduates with
broad-based knowledge and skills that prepare them for life, the world of work and
Classification Cumulative GPA citizenship in the context of the University’s Vision, Mission and Values. The graduates
Distinction: 4.70 – 5.00 are expected to have certain general attributes, alongside the knowledge and skills of
Merit: 4.00 – 4.69 their specialist discipline. In accordance with the Learning and Teaching Policy, these
Credit: 3.00 – 3.99 graduate attributes are as follows:
Pass: 2.00 – 2.99
- Information and communication technology knowledge and skills
- Self-directed, life-long learning skills
- Critical and creative thinking skills
20. General Regulations for Bachelor’s Degree - Problem-solving skills
- Communication skills
Programmes - Entrepreneurship and employability skills
- Organization and teamwork skills
20.1 Degree Programmes - Research skills and information literacy
Programme titles appear in Faculty and Departmental sections below. - Social responsibility and leadership skills
- Interpersonal skills
20.2 Entrance Qualifications - Cross-cultural fluency
20.21 The normal entry requirement for Degree programmes shall be at least six subjects - Accountability and ethical standards
not below grade D in the BGCSE or its equivalent. The grades obtained in five
of the subjects shall be grade C or better from one examination sitting. Grades Graduate attributes are infused in core, optional, elective and General Education courses;
obtained from two (not more) examination sittings are acceptable, provided the and through pedagogy, engagement, and policy implementation. Communication skills
applicant has grade B or better in two subjects and grade C or better in four are offered in Area 1; and Information and Communication Technology knowledge and
subjects. English language must be grade C or better for non-Science based skills are offered in Area 2.
programmes and grade D or better in Science-based programmes.
Area 1 Communication and Academic Literacy Skills
20.22 Other entry qualifications may be accepted on their own merit as alternatives. Courses in Communication and Academic Literacy are open to Certificate, Diploma and
In particular, attention is drawn to the regulations governing mature age Degree students. The level 100 courses with the prefix COM are compulsory:
applicants in 00.52 and the regulation in respect to recognition of prior learning
general academic regulation 00.41. COM101 Communication and Academic Literacy Skills (Medicine
and Health Sciences); 3 credits.
20.23 Applicants possessing an acceptable Certificate qualification with grade C or COM102 Health Communication (Medicine and Health Sciences); 3credits.
better in at least 4 subjects and grade D in English language in the BGCSE COM111 Communication and Academic Literacy Skills
or equivalent may be considered for entry to Level 100 of a related bachelors (Humanities and Education); 3 credits.
programme. COM112 Academic and Professional
Communication (Humanities and Education); 3 credits.
20.24 Where entry is on the basis of a Diploma qualification, the Diploma shall normally COM121 Communication and Academic
be two years or more and one acceptable to UB. Entry on the basis of a Diploma Literacy Skills (Business); 3 credits.
of less than two years in duration may be considered if the applicant has a COM122 Academic and Professional Communication (Business); 3 credits.
previous related Certificate qualification. COM131 Communication and Academic Literacy Skills
(Engineering and Technology); 3 credits.
20.25 Subject to Regulation 20.21, any additional requirements shall be specified in COM132 Academic and Professional Communication (Engineering and
appropriate special faculty and departmental regulations. Technology); 3 credits.
COM141 Communication and Academic Literacy Skills (Science);
20.26 The entry requirements specified in 20.21, 20.22, 20.23, 20.24 and 20.25 do not 3 credits.
guarantee admission. COM142 Academic and Professional Communication (Science); 3 credits.
COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy Skills (Social
20.3 Programme Structure Science); 3 credits.
20.31 Curriculum and Assessment COM152 Academic and Professional Communication (Social Science); 3 credits.
The curriculum and methods of assessment for Bachelor’s degree COM161 Communication and Academic Literacy Skills (Education); 3 credits
programmes shall be specified in special faculty and departmental COM162 Academic and Professional Communication (Education); 3 credits
regulations.
Area 2 Information and Communication Technology knowledge and Skills
20.32 Duration of the Programme Courses in the Information and Communication Technology knowledge and Skills are
20.321 The normal duration for Bachelor’s programmes shall be as follows: 8 to 10 open to Certificate, Diploma and Degree students. The level 100 courses with the prefix
semesters full-time or up to 16 to 20 semesters part-time respectively. ICT are compulsory:
20.322 A student may register for a combined degree programme (major/major, major/ ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1; 2 credits
minor or multidisciplinary) or single major programme as shall be specified in ICT122: Computer Skills Fundamentals 2; 2 credits
special departmental and faculty regulations.
20.4 Degree Classification General Education courses available to all students

(Applicable to undergraduates entering from August 2016) (Students should consult relevant departments on availability of the GEC’s)
20.41 Subject toRregulations 00.85 and 00.98, the overall result of the Degree shall be GEC210 Introduction to Legal Language (2, CSSU)
classified based on the cumulative GPA (computed to two decimal places) that includes GEC211 Advanced Writing Skills (2, CSSU)
all attempted credits as follows: GEC212 Advanced Oral Presentations (2, CSSU)
GEC213 Advanced Communication Skills (2, CSSU)
GEC232 Critical Thinking - A Life Tool
20
GENERAL INFORMATION
(2, Theology and Religious Studies) Selection Committee.

GEC233 Logic I: Introduction to Logic iii) If the proposed fellowship is to be named in honour of a particular person or
(2, Theology and Religious Studies) organisation, the donor should not inform the person(s) or organisation he/she
GEC330 Introduction to Research Methods wishes to honour before the Fellowships Committee has considered the proposal.
(3, All Faculties) iv) Prospective donors of fellowships should state the intended time span of the
GEC333 Logic II: Logic and the Sciences (2, Theology and Religious Studies) fellowship, the amount of money they wish to donate to the University, and the
GEC334 Epistemology: Theories of Truth (2, Theology and Religious Studies) value of each fellowship.
GEC441 Introduction to Wetland Research v) As a general principle, current members of staff may not have fellowships named
after them.
GEC141 Fitness through Physical Education (2, Physical Education) vi) When the Fellowships Committee has satisfied itself as to the suitability of the
GEC145 Introduction to Swimming (2, Physical Education) proposed fellowship and its administration, it shall make a recommendation to the
GEC148 Health and Wellness (2, Physical Education) Senate.
GEC247 HIV/AIDS Education, Prevention and vii) Before making a recommendation to the Senate, the Fellowships Committee may
Control (3, Nursing Education) request the prospective donor to supply more detailed information on the financing,
GEC248 Human Nutrition (3, Biological Sciences) nature of conditions for the fellowship, and may advise the donor of the need to
GEC249 Human Sexuality (3, Biological Sciences) increase the donation value of the award.
GEC371 Personal Development and viii) On the recommendation of the Fellowships Committee, the Senate shall review and
GEC441 Special Education (3, Biological Sciences) set the minimum amount which a donor shall be required to pay to the University
GEC250 Earth Processes, Mineral Resources and Development (2, Geology) in order to establish a fellowship.
GEC251 Ground Water and Society (2, Geology) ix) A fellowship shall be established or terminated by the University Council on the
GEC252 Origins of the Universe (2, Physics) recommendation of the Senate.
GEC253 Energy and Society (2, Physics)
GEC254 The Environment: Our Home, Our Resource (2,Environmental Science) 90.22 Procedures for the Award of a Fellowship
GEC350 Environmental Change in Southern Africa (2,Environmental Science) i) All proposals for the award of a fellowship to any student shall first be made to the
GEC255 Electrical Energy and RuralDevelopment (2, Electrical Engineering) Fellowship Selection Committee, which after careful deliberation shall recommend
GEC256 History of Technology (2 Mechanical Engineering) the name(s) of the recipient(s) to the Fellowships Committee.
GEC257 Ancient and Modern Structures (2, Civil Engineering) ii) If the recommendation for an award of a fellowship is received and approved by the
GEC258 Art and Science of Design (2, Technology and Educational Studies) Fellowships Committee, the Vice Chancellor may approve the award on behalf of
GEC355 Telecommunications in Society (2, Electrical Engineering) the Senate.
GEC356 Renewable Energy (2 credits Mechanical Engineering) iii) No award of a fellowship may be approved before the donor has paid to the
GEC357 Advances in Technology (2 Technology and Educational Studies) University the minimum amount required to establish a fellowship.
GEC261 The Languages of Botswana (2, African Languages and Literature) iv) All awards of fellowships shall be made subject to the Special Regulations for the
GEC262 Introduction to Cultural Studies (2, African Languages and Literature) individual fellowships.
GEC263 The Politics of Gender (2, Theology and Religious Studies) 90.23 Special Regulations for the University of Botswana Alumni Fellowship
GEC264 Religion and Development (2, Theology and Religious Studies) The Alumni Fellowship was established in 1996/97 as a result of a donation by the
GEC268 Literature of Liberation (2, English) Alumni of the University of Botswana Development Trust (ALUBDEV) to promote
GEC362 Africa and Its Past on Film (2, History) Master’s Degree studies and research on some aspect of Botswana culture in any field
GEC270 Accounting for Non- Business Majors (3, Accounting and Finance) of study. The Alumni Fellowship will cover the following fees: tuition, book and caution
GEC271 Basic Cost Accounting and Control (3, Accounting and Finance) fee, Identity Card and fieldwork for both part and full-time students. For full-time
GEC272 Basic Finance and Taxation (3, Accounting and Finance) Students, residence, refectory and laundry fees will also be covered by the fellowship.
GEC371 Small Business Entrepreneurship (3, Management) i) The Alumni Fellowship shall be tenable at the University of Botswana and may be
GEC275 Basic Concepts in Marketing (3, Management) awarded by the Senate to citizens of Botswana who qualify for Master’s Degree
GEC276 Contemporary Economic Issues (3, Economics) studies in any field.
GEC277 Law and Society in Botswana (3, Law) ii) The maximum period of the fellowship shall be two years for full-time study and
GEC278 Population and Society (3, Population Studies) three years for part-time study.
GEC279 e-Governance (2, Political and Administrative Studies) iii) The Senate shall satisfy itself that the focus of the intended Master’s Degree studies
GEC273 The State and Society (2, Political and Administrative Studies) by the proposed recipient is on some aspect of Botswana culture.
GEC372 Migration and Globalisation (2, Population Studies) iv) The recipient of the Fellowship shall be required to maintain a satisfactory
GEC441 Special Education (2) performance during the course of study.
SWG101 First Year Experience (3, Social Work) v) The UB Alumni Fellowship Selection Committee shall include two representatives of
the Alumni of the University of Botswana Development Trust (ALUBDEV).
Regulations for the Award of Fellowships, 90.30 Scholarships

Scholarships, Studentship, Exhibitions and Prizes 90.40 Studentship
90.50 Exhibitions
90.60 Prizes
0.10 General
90.11 The following Regulations are approved as per Statute 42d. 9
90.61 Procedures for Instituting Prizes
90.12 Special Regulations shall be approved to govern each fellowship,
i) All proposals for the institution of prizes shall be forwarded to the Director, Academic
scholarship,studentship, exhibition or other prize established as a result of a
Services.
donation, bequestor a financial convenant accepted by the University Council.
ii) Proposals shall include the suggested name of the prize, full reasons for making the
90.13 Special Regulations shall only be amended with the written agreement of the
proposals and choosing the particular name, and the conditions under which the
donor or executor (unless the donor has since died or after due search cannot
prize may be awarded.
be traced).
iii) If the proposed prize is to be named in honour of a particular person or group,
90.14 No award of a fellowship, scholarship, studentship, exhibition or other prize shall
the donor should not inform the person(s) he/she wishes to honour before the
be made in any year in which the accumulated special funds for that award are
appropriate University authorities have considered the proposal.
less than the annual value of the award.
iv) Prospective donors of prizes should state the intended time span of the prize, the
amount of money they wish to donate, and the value of each award of the prize.
90.20 Fellowships
They may also indicate the nature of the prize.
90.21 Procedures for Instituting Fellowships
v) As a general principle, current members of staff may not have prizes named after
i) All proposals for the institution of fellowships shall be forwarded to the Fellowships
them.
Committee.
vi) When the Department or Faculty has satisfied itself as to the suitability of the prize,
ii) Proposals shall include the suggested name of the fellowship, full reasons for making
it shall make a recommendation to the Senate.
the proposals and choosing the particular person, and the conditions under which
vii) Before making a recommendation to the Senate, the Department or Faculty may
the fellowship may be awarded, including the composition of the Fellowship
request the prospective donor to supply more detailed information on the financing,
21
GENERAL INFORMATION
nature of conditions for the award of the prize, and may advise the donor of the 6. PriceWaterhouseCoopers Prize
need to increase the donation value of the award. This prize was established in 1990 as a result of a generous donation to the University
of Botswana by PriceWaterhouseCoopers. The prize may be awarded annually by the
90.62 Procedures for the Award of Prizes Senate to a second year Motswana Bachelor of Accounting student with the best overall
i) A prospective donor may suggest a person who qualifies to receive an award for performance in any particular year. The prize will be in the form of books worth P500
consideration by the Department or Faculty. chosen by the winner and a floating trophy. The winner will also be attached to the Firm
ii) Any proposal for the institution of a prize may include the composition of the during the vacation periods and will receive an allowance. The Firm will also pay for the
awarding committee. student’s registration with the Chartered Association of Certified Accountants in the
iii) All proposals for the award of a prize to any student shall first be made to the U.K. or other approved body.
awarding committee, which after careful deliberation shall recommend the name(s)
of the recipient(s). 7. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Education
iv) Subject to the Special Regulations for individual prizes, the award may be in cash This prize was established in 1984 and was funded by members of the academic staff of
or in books to the value of the prize, and the award may be made jointly to two the Faculty of Education in 1993. The prize may be awarded annually by the University
or more persons in any one year in which case its value shall be shared equally Senate to a final year student(s) adjudged academically the most outstanding in the
between them. Faculty of Education who should have obtained at least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should
be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the form of books worth P200 chosen by
90.63 The following Special Regulations apply to individual prizes: the winner and a shield. The name of the recipient will be inscribed on the shield to be
placed in the Dean’s office.
1. Roderick Ross Prize in Administration
This prize was established in 1982/83 as a result of an annual donation to the University 8. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Science
by Roderick Ross, a former visiting Registrar (1978) to the then University College of This prize was established in 1984 and was funded by members of the academic staff
Botswana, to mark its attainment of full University status and to encourage studies in of the Faculty of Science in 1993. The prize may be awarded annually by the University
Administration. The prize may be awarded annually by the Senate to the student with Senate to a final year student(s) adjudged academically the most outstanding in the
the best marks in the final examinations in the subject Public Administration for the BA Faculty of Science who should have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should be
Degree. The Senate may in any year award the prize jointly or, exceptionally and on the of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the form of books worth P200 chosen by
recommendation of the Board of the Faculty of Social Sciences, make no award where the winner and a shield. The name of the recipient will be inscribed on the shield to be
an insufficiently high standard has been achieved. The prize shall be in books, chosen by placed in the Dean’s office.
the winner, to the value of 15 Pounds in Pula.
9. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Humanities
2. Isaac Schapera Prize This prize was established in 1984 and was funded by members of the academic staff of
This prize was established in 1983/84 as a result of a donation to the University of the Faculty of Humanities in 1992. The prize may be awarded annually by the University
the royalties accruing from the sale of the book “Land Reform In The Making”, edited Senate to a final year student(s) adjudged academically the most outstanding in the
by R.P. Werbner. The prize, which is in honour of Professor Isaac Schapera’s major Faculty of Humanities, who should have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should
contribution to the Social Sciences in Botswana, may be awarded, as income permits, be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the form of books worth P200 chosen by
by the Senate to a final year degree student with the best performance or project in one the winner and a shield. The name of the recipient will be inscribed on the shield to be
of the following fields of the Social Sciences; Sociology, Environmental Science, Law, placed in the Dean’s office.
Public Administration and Political Sciences. The Senate may award the prize jointly
or, exceptionally and on the recommendation of the Board of the Faculty of Social 10. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Social Sciences
Sciences, make no award where an insufficiently high standard has been achieved. The This prize was established in 1984 and was funded by members of the academic
prize shall be in books worth P150 chosen by the successful candidate. staff of the Faculty of Social Sciences in 1992. The prize may be awarded annually
by the University Senate to a final year student(s) adjudged academically the most
3. Vice Chancellor’s Prize outstanding in the Faculty of Social Sciences who should have obtained least 4.0
This prize was established in 1989 as a result of a generous donation to the University CGPA. The student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the form of
of Botswana by the Honourable Mr D. N. Magang and his family. The prize may be books worth P200 chosen by the winner and a shield. The name of the recipient will be
awarded annually by the Senate to the most outstanding full-time first degree inscribed on the shield to be placed in the Dean’s office.
graduating student(s). This student(s) should have made a significant contribution
to student life, should be of good conduct and should have consistently outstanding 11. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Business
leadership qualities during his/her period as a student. The prize will be in the form of the This prize was established in 2001 and was funded by members of the academic staff
following: a miniature trophy on which the name of the recipient will be appropriately of the Faculty of Business in 2000. The prize may be awarded annually by the University
engraved, a scroll duly signed by the Vice Chancellor and the donor during his life time, Senate to a final year student adjudged academically the most outstanding in the
and a shield on which the name of the prize and the recipient’s name will be inscribed. Faculty of Business who should have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The student should be of
The shield will be placed at a conspicuous place on the University Campus. The Senate acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the form of cash to the value of P400, a shield
may award the prize jointly or make no award at all, if there is no candidate qualified and a Certificate of Outstanding Performance signed by the Dean of the Faculty. The
for the prize. name of the recipient will be inscribed on the shield to be placed in the Dean’s office.
4. Michael Hamlyn Prize 12. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Health Sciences

This prize was established in 1987 by the staff members of the Faculty of Science The prize was established in 2014 and was funded by members of the academic staff of
in memory of Mr. Michael Hamlyn, a South African refugee student who was the Faculty of Health Sciences in 2014.The prize may be awarded annually by the University
only member of the University of Botswana killed by a South African Government Senate to a final year student adjudged academically the most outstanding in the
commando force that invaded Gaborone in the early hours of Friday 14th June 1985. Faculty of Health Sciences who should obtained at least 4.0 CGPA. The student should
He had just completed the Degree of Bachelor of Science, First Class when he was killed. be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the form of cash to the value of P500.00
The prize may be awarded annually by the Senate to a student who studied and showed and a shield. The name of the recipient will be inscribed on the shield to be placed in
considerable ability in Mathematics and Physics in the second year of the BSc Degree the Dean’s office.
programme and who demonstrated maturity in his/her relationship with other students
and staff. The Awarding Committee, comprising the Dean of the Faculty of Science, 13. BOMAID Excellence Award
the Head and an elected member of the Mathematics Department, and the Head and The award was established through a generous donation of P5, 000.00 to the University
elected member of the Physics Department, will make a recommendation through the of Botswana by Botswana Medical Aid Society (BOMAID). The prize may be awarded
Science Faculty Board to the Deputy Vice Chancellor. The prize will be in the form of annually by the University Senate to the most outstanding final year degree student in
books worth P200 chosen by the winner. the Faculty of Health Sciences. The prize will be in the form of P1000.00 cash.
5. Bank of Botswana Prize 14. BPOMAS Prize for Best Graduating Student
This prize was established in 1989 and may be awarded annually by the Senate to The award was established through a generous contribution to sponsor three prizes
a Motswana graduating student with the best marks in Accountancy and Business each year for the next 10 years to the University of Botswana by Botswana Public
Administration and Economics. The recipient will be invited to attend the annual the Officers Medical Aid Scheme (BPOMAS). The prize may be awarded annually by the
Bankers Banquet. University Senate to the best graduating students in each of the following; School
22
GENERAL INFORMATION
of Allied Health Professions, School of Nursing and School of Public Health. The prize P200 chosen by the winner.
will be in the form of cash worth P1500.00 each for the first year. Subsequent years,
BPOMAS will tailor make these awards to be a prestigious award. 24. The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) Prize:
This prize was established in 1996/97 through a donation made to the University
15. Deloitte and Touche Prize of Botswana by the Botswana Branch of the Chartered Institute of Management
This prize was established in 1994 through a donation from the Deloitte and Touche Accountants. The prize was initially awarded annually by the Senate to the best final
Accounting Firm. The prize may be awarded annually by the University Senate to the year student in the Certificate in Accounting and Business Studies (CABS) who should
best final year all round Accountancy student. The prize will be P1,500 cash. have obtained at least 4.0 CGPA. When UB phased out CABS, this Prize was changed
to be awarded to the best final year student in Strategic Management (MGT400).
16. De Beers Private Sector Trust Prize The student should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the form of books
This prize was established in 1996 through a generous donation from the De Beers chosen by the winner, and a plaque retained by the University in which the name of the
Botswana (Pty) Ltd. to the University of Botswana. The prize may be awarded annually recipient, donor and prize shall be inscribed. The Senate may award the prize jointly or
by the University Senate to the best graduating degree MBA student(s) who have make no award at all if there is no candidate qualified for the prize.
obtained the highest overall minimum average of 70 percent. The recipient should
have had a clean academic record and also should not have repeated a course or have 25. The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants Prize: DABS
been the subject of disciplinary action while a student. In the event that a graduating This prize was established in 1996/97 through a donation made to the University
student with the highest overall average is disqualified from winning this prize because of Botswana by the Botswana Branch of the Chartered Institute of Management
of disciplinary action, the prize will be awarded to the next best graduating student Accountants. The prize may be awarded annually by the Senate to the best final year
with the best marks. The prize will be in the form of books worth P1,000 and a floating student in the Diploma in Accounting and Business Studies who should have obtained
imbua plaque on which the name of the recipient(s) shall be inscribed. at least 4.0 CGPA. The student should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in
the form of books worth P200 chosen by the winner, and a plaque retained by the
17. British High Commissioner’s Prize University in which the name of the recipient, donor and prize shall be inscribed. The
This prize was established in 1990 through a donation from the then British High Senate may award the prize jointly or make no award at all if there is no candidate
Commissioner Mr. Brian Smith. The prize may be awarded annually by the University qualified for the prize.
Senate to a final year degree student(s) adjudged academically the most outstanding
in either the Faculty of Education (Department of Mathematics and Science) or the 26. Botswana Institute of Engineers Prize
Faculty of Science. The student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be a This prize was established in 1996 through a generous donation to the University of
floating trophy. Botswana by the Botswana Institute of Engineers. The prize may be awarded annually
by the University Senate to the most outstanding student(s) in the final year of the
18. The Builders World Prize Bachelor of Engineering Degree programme and the student(s) should be of acceptable
This prize was established in 1995 with seed money donated by Builders World conduct. The prize will be in the form of P1000 cash.
Botswana (Pty) Ltd. The prize may be awarded annually to the most outstanding final
year BSc Degree female student in the Faculty of Science with a degree classification 27. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Engineering and Technology
of at least 2(i). The prize will be in the form of books worth P200 and a floating shield This prize was established in 1996/97 through a donation to the University of Botswana
engraved with the donor’s and winner’s(s’) names. by the 1995 Maintenance of Engineering Facilities (MEF ‘95) Conference Organising
Committee. The prize may be awarded annually by the University Senate to a final
19. The John Cooke Prize for Environmental Conservation year degree student(s) adjudged academically the most outstanding in the Faculty
This prize was established in 1993 in honour of Professor John H. Cooke (Founding of Engineering and Technology who should have obtained at least 4.0 CGPA. The
Head of the Department of Environmental Science). It was established with money student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. The prize shall be in the form of books
collected by the Department. The prize may be awarded annually to the best graduating worth P200 chosen by the winner, a scroll given to the recipient on which the name of
student in Environmental Science with a degree classification of at least 2(ii) and a the recipient, donor and prize shall be inscribed, and a shield retained by the University
record of active interest in environmental issues. The prize will be in the form of books on which the name of the recipient and prize shall be inscribed. The shield shall be
worth P200 selected by the winner. placed in the Dean’s office.
20. Botswana Institute of Accountants Prize (BIA) 28. The Lady Olebile Masire Prize
This prize was established in 1994 through a generous donation to the University of This prize was established in 1996/97 as a result of a generous donation to the University
Botswana by the Botswana Institute of Accountants. The prize may be awarded annually of Botswana by Lady Masire. The prize may be awarded annually by the Senate to the
by the University Senate to the most outstanding graduating Bachelor of Accountancy best final year degree student(s) in the Faculty of Engineering and Technology. The
Motswana student(s) who must have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The prize will be in the student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. The prize shall be in the form of a scroll
form of books worth P300, a shield for the winner with his/her name inscribed on it and given to the recipient on which the name of the recipient, donor and prize shall be
a floating shield on which the name of the recipient(s) shall be inscribed. inscribed, and a shield retained by the University on which the name of the recipient,
donor and prize shall be inscribed.
21. CISNA ‘93 Information Technology Prize: Computer Science
This prize was established in 1996 through a donation from the CISNA ‘93 Conference 29. The BDF Prize for Physical Education
Organising Committee. The prize may be awarded annually by the University Senate This prize was established in 1996/97 as a result of a donation to the University of
to the best final year degree student in the Department of Computer Science with at Botswana by the Botswana Defence Force. The prize may be awarded annually by the
least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the Senate to the best final year degree student(s) in the Physical Education programme.
form of P500 cash and a floating shield on which the name of the recipient and prize The student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. The prize shall be in the form of a
will be inscribed. trophy given to the recipient on which the name of the recipient, donor and prize shall
be inscribed.
22. CISNA ‘93 Information Technology Prize: Engineering and Technology
This prize was established in 1996 through a donation from the CISNA ‘93 Conference 30. Setswana Prize
Organising Committee. The prize may be awarded annually by the University Senate to This prize was established in 1998/99 through a donation to the University of Botswana
the best final year degree student(s) in the Department of Engineering and Technology by the National Setswana Language Council. The prize may be awarded annually by the
with at least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will Senate to the student(s) with the best performance in African Languages and Literature
be in the form of P500 cash and a floating shield on which the name of the recipient(s) in a single or combined major with a cumulative GPA of at least 4.0. The student(s)
and prize will be inscribed. should be of acceptable conduct. The prize shall be in the form of a symbolic cultural
artefact, depicting Setswana culture, given to the recipient. It will bear on it the name
23. Michael Crowder Prize for History and Archaeology of prize, prize winner, donor and year of award. The Senate may award the prize jointly
This prize was established in 1996 and was funded by members of the academic staff by using the interest money to purchase two or several cultural artefacts.
of the History Department, well-wishers and supporters. The prize may be awarded
by the University Senate to the best single or double major graduating student(s) in 31. The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants Prize in Management (ACCA)
History Or Archaeology who should have obtained a degree classification of 2(i), and This prize was established in 1996/97 through a donation to the University of Botswana
who should have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The prize will be in the form of books worth by the Botswana Branch of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants. The
prize may be awarded annually by the Senate to the most outstanding Bachelor of
23
GENERAL INFORMATION
Business Administration Management final year student(s) with at least 4.0 CGPA. The 45. IASTED 2006 PRIZE
recipient should not have repeated a course or year of the programme and should be of This prize was established in 2006/7 through a donation to the University of Botswana
acceptable conduct. The prize shall be in the form of a scroll on which the name of the by the IASTED 2006 Conference Organizing Committee. A prize is awarded annually
recipient, donor and prize shall be inscribed and a plaque retained by the University on to one graduating student in the Faculty of Engineering and Technology with a final
which the name of the recipient, donor and prize shall be inscribed. cumulative GPA of at least 4.5. The student should be of acceptable conduct. The prize
will be in the form of P1000 cash
32.The Indian High Commissioner’s Prize
This prize was established in 1997/98 as a result of a generous donation from the 46. ITALTSWANA CONSTRUCTION COMPANY PRIZE
High Commission of India to the University of Botswana. The prize may be awarded This prize was established in 2008 through a donation to the University of Botswana
annually by the Senate to the most outstanding post-graduate student in the Faculty by the Italtswana Construction Company (ICC). A prize is awarded to the graduating
of Humanities. Preference will be given to a student(s) who undertook studies on some student in the BEng Construction Engineering and Management degree with the best
aspect of Asia, particularly of India, if any. The student(s) should be of acceptable Cumulative GPA of at least 4.5. The prize will be in the form of P1000 cash.
conduct. The prize will be in the form of a momento worth P170 bearing the name of
the prize, the achievement and the recipient’s name inscribed on it, and cash or books 47. BOTSWANA TELECOMUNICATIONS CORPORATION PRIZE
worth P300 chosen by the winner. This prize was established in 2007 through a donation to the University of Botswana
by the Botswana Telecommunication (BTC). The prize may be awarded annually by the
33. The Ernst and Young Prize University Senate to the most outstanding student in the final year of the Bachelor of
This prize was established in 1998/99 through a generous donation to the University of Electrical and Electronic Engineering Degree programme and the student should be of
Botswana by the Ernst and Young firm of Certified Public Accountants. The prize may acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the form of P2000 cash.
be awarded annually by the Senate to the overall top three Bachelor of Accountancy
programme first year students and the best Financial Accounting and Auditing third 48. MASCOM PRIZE
year student(s). The student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the This prize was established in 2010 through a donation to the University of Botswana by
form of cash worth P350 and P750 per student for first year and third year students the Mascom Wireless Botswana. The prize may be awarded annually by the University
respectively. Senate to the most outstanding student in the final year of the Bachelor of Electrical
Engineering Degree programme and the student(s) should be of acceptable conduct.
34. Media Communications (Pty) Ltd Prize The prize will be in the form of P2000 cash.
A prize awarded to the student(s) with the best performance (not below 70%) in
each of the courses: integrated marketing communications, international marketing, 49. FMA Architects Prize
marketing ethics, product and brand marketing, retail management, services marketing, This prize was established in 2010 through a donation to the University of Botswana
contemporary issues in social marketing, strategic marketing. by the FMA Architects. The prize may be awarded annually by the University Senate to
the most outstanding student in the final year of the Bachelor of Architecture Degree
35. Probe Market Intelligence Prize programme and the student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the
A prize awarded to the student with the best performance (not below 70%) in course form of P2000 cash and certificate of achievement signed by the HOD and the Dean.
Marketing Research.
50. Botswana Development Corporation Prize
36. Sharma and Associates Prize The prize was established in 2005 through an endowment sum of the P10000.00. It is
The prize was established in 2002. It is awarded to a Motswana student with highest awarded annually to the overall best graduating student in the BBA (Marketing). The
grade in Taxation in the undergraduate programme. In addition, the winner must not prize will be in the form of cash.
have failed any course in the programme and must also have a good conduct record.
The prize will be either a cash award or books. 51. Dr M. A. Chamme Prize
The prize was established in 2009 by the Department of Marketing as a gesture of
37. Annual BOCCIM Award appreciation of the contribution made by Dr Mbaki Andrew Chamme to the department.
The prize was established in 2005. It is awarded annually to the overall best Motswana It is awarded annually to a student with the best course grade in Advertising
3rd year student in Bachelor of Business Administration (Marketing) with a CGPA of at Management. The prize will be in the form of a floating trophy.
least 4.5. The prize will be in the form of a special BOCCIM shield and a cash worth of
P2000.00. 52. Choppies Group of Companies Prize
The prize was established in 2009. It is awarded annually to a Motswana student with
38. IEE Region 8 AFRICON’04 Prize the best course grade in Entrepreneurship and New Business Formation. The prize will
This prize was established in 2004/5 through a donation to the University of Botswana be in the form of cash.
by the 2004 IEEE Region 8 AFRICON Conference Organizing Committee. A prize awarded
to the most outstanding graduating Electrical and Electronic degree student with a 53. Moores Rowland Award
Cumulative GPA of at least 4.5. The prize will be in the form of P2000 cash. The prize was established in 2009. It is awarded annually to a Motswana student with
the highest grade in Auditing. The prize will be in the form of cash.
39. M.L.A Kgasa Longman Prize
A prize awarded to the best dissertation or research project (With a cumulative GPA 54. Fleming Asset Management Prize
of at least 4.0). The prize was established in 2009. It is awarded annually to a Motswana student with
the highest grade in Investment and Analysis and Portfolio management. The prize will
40. English Prize be in the form of cash.
A prize awarded to the best graduating student in English Language and Literature
(With a cumulative GPA of at least 4.0). 55. Stanbic Investments Award
The award was established in 2005 through a donation of P10000.00 to the University
41. Chibanda, Makgalemele, Ngcongco Prize of Botswana by the Stanbic Investment Management Services. It is awarded annually
A prize awarded to the best graduating student in the Department of Law to the best graduating Motswana student in Bachelor of Finance with at least 75%
aggregate in years 3 and 4. The award will be in the form of a floating trophy and cash.
42. Law Society of Botswana Prize
A prize awarded to the best graduating student in Clinical Legal Education. 56. Mathata Gasennelwe Prize
The prize was established in 2010. It is awarded annually to the overall best graduating
43. Helfer & Co Prize Motswana student in Bachelor of Business Administration (Marketing) The prize will
A prize awarded to the best graduating student in Conveyancing. entail books to the value of P1000.00 and a certificate.
44. The Lady Ruth Khama Prize 57. Mascom Prize

A prize awarded to the graduating student(s) in Social Work with degree CGPA of at The prize was established in 2009. It is awarded annually to the best graduating
least 4.0 and who performed exceptionally well during fieldwork placement/community Motswana student in Bachelor of Information Systems (Business Information Systems).
service. The prize will be in the form of cash.
24
GENERAL INFORMATION
from the University, an appeal may be made to the Council and the student shall
58. Cresta Hospitality Excellence Award
be informed of his/her right to appeal.
The award was established in 2010. It is awarded annually to two best graduating
vii) On receipt of a memorandum of appeal, the Vice Chancellor shall bring before the
students in Bachelor of Tourism and Hospitality. The award will be in the form of a
Council, which shall meet in special session if the Chairperson deems it necessary,
trophy, cash and internship for both students.
without delay, a statement of the reasons for the decision, together with a
summary of the evidence on which that decision is based, and the student’s
59. Peermont Global Botswana Limited Prize
written memorandum of appeal. The case shall then be decided by the Council
The prize was established in 2010. It is awarded annually to the best overall graduating
on the basis of the material thus presented.
student in the Bachelor of Tourism and Hospitality. The prize will be in the form of a
viii) Such appeals may be considered by the whole Council or a Committee of not
trophy and cash.
less than three members appointed by the Chairperson for the purpose. Council
or its Committee may make its decision on the basis of the minutes or records
60. Botswana IFSC Prize
of any previous hearing and students shall be given seven clear days’ notice of
The prize was established in 2009. It is awarded annually to the best 3rd year student
the day and time when the appeal will be heard and, in any case in which oral
in Bachelor of Finance. It will be in the form of Cash.
representations of any kind are heard, shall be given the opportunity to hear and
cross examine any person making such representations. I
6.1 Residence Regulations
x) The decision of Council shall be final.
3.1.1 Full-time students normally live in approved Halls of Residence on campus.
However, because accommodation is not enough for everyone, some students have
4.3 Criminal Proceedings
to live off campus. Accommodation, where available, is offered by the Department of
4.31 A finding of guilt or an acquittal in a criminal court shall not preclude proceedings
Student Welfare.
against a student in respect of the same incident, but any sentence or order pronounced
shall be taken into account in the imposition of any penalty. Further, the finding of a
3.1.2 Students who are accommodated on campus are required to follow regulations
criminal court in respect of any incident which is the subject of proceedings against a
and guidelines for Halls of Residence.
student, may be used in evidence in those proceedings.
3.1.3 Off campus students are not allowed to lodge in Halls of Residence without
permission from the Department of Student Welfare. This also applies to non-UB Examinations Regulations
students. 4. Discipline Regulations Pursuant to Statute 8(ii) of the Statutes of the
University of Botswana, the following are and shall be, until amended, the Discipline 4.41 Information and Guidance for Candidates
Regulations. All candidates will be assumed to have read the following rules and regulations.
4.1 Misconduct Under the Statute 4.42 Examination Venues

4.12 A student shall be guilty of misconduct if he/she: Examinations are normally held in the University and its Centres. The venue of each
i) Engages in conduct (on or off the premises of the University) which discredits the examination will be specified in the examination timetable. Candidates are responsible
good name or is prejudicial to the peace, good order and good government of the for knowing in advance the rooms in which they write examinations.
University;
ii) Fails to comply with any Statute of the University; 4.43 Examination Numbers
iii) Willfully destroys, damages, defaces, alienates or appropriates to himself/herself You must write your Student Identity number and full names on the cover of your
any property of the University; iv) Infringes the regulations of the University for answer book and any other materials used. Make sure that you write your ID Number
the control of Library materials, examinations, class tests and assignments or any and full names on the examination materials clearly and correctly. Candidates must
other approved regulations; produce a valid Student ID card at each of their examinations and display it on the
v) Fails to comply with such instruction relating to his/her conduct as a student as examination desk/table for checking by the invigilator.
he/she may receive from any member of the University staff in the exercise of his/
her duties; 4.44 Time of Arrival
vi) Infringes the traffic rules of the University; Examinations commence at times stated in the examination timetable. Candidates
vii) Is convicted in any court of law of an offence which in the opinion of the Vice must confirm the times of each of their examinations. Candidates will be admitted into
Chancellor is serious enough to warrant disciplinary action. the examination room approximately 20 minutes before the start of each examination
session. Candidates will be given 10 minutes reading time prior to the advertised time
4.2 Disciplinary Procedures of exam commencement. Candidates must not make notes or commence writing
4.21 Any charge of misconduct shall in the first instance be laid before the Vice during this period.
Chancellor.
4.22 i) The Vice Chancellor may decide the case after taking such advice or seeking such 4.45 Absence from an Examination
evidence as he/she considers desirable or may refer the case for investigation to a i) If a candidate fails to take an examination for no good reason, special papers will
sole investigator or may appoint a Disciplinary Committee with such membership not be set and the candidate will be deemed to have failed the particular examination.
as he/she deems appropriate. Losing, misreading or failure to consult the examination timetable are not acceptable
ii) The Vice Chancellor may forbid such student to attend lectures and/or participate reasons for absence or late arrival at an examination.
in any student activities whilst the charge against him/her is being investigated. ii) In the case of absence from an examination through ill health, the candidate (or
4.23 Where the Vice Chancellor refers the case to a sole investigator or appoints a someone acting on his/her behalf) must submit a relevant medical certificate which
Disciplinary Committee and refers the case to the same Committee, the following must relate to the day or period of the examination. Evidence of illness will not normally
procedures shall be followed: be taken into account unless substantiated by a medical certificate. Such evidence must
i) The student shall be given at least two clear days’ notice in writing of the time be received within 14 days after the day of examination in order for it to receive full
and place of the hearing and of the nature and substance of the charge against consideration.
him/her. iii) It is the responsibility of the candidate to arrange with his/her doctor for any
ii) The Vice Chancellor may designate a member of staff to be present at the hearing medical evidence to be sent to the relevant Head of Department
to present the case against the student. The sole investigator or the Disciplinary iv) In the case of absence from an examination due to serious causes (other than ill
Committee may call witnesses and interrogate them concerning the matters at health of the candidate), the candidate (or someone acting on his/her behalf ) must
issue. submit to the relevant head of Department: (a) evidence of the cause, where possible
iii) The hearing before the sole investigator or the Disciplinary Committee shall be and, (b) a written explanation of the absence.
conducted in private.
iv) The Secretary of the Disciplinary Committee who shall be appointed by the Vice 4.46 Entry into the Examination Room
Chancellor, or the sole investigator, as the case may be, shall ensure that an Candidates will be told when they can enter the examination room and silence must be
accurate record is kept of all the proceedings and of the evidence pertaining to observed on entry and whilst in the examination room.
the case. The Director, Legal Services Office shall have custody of records.
v) The sole investigator or the Committee, as the case may be, shall prepare a 4.461 Seating Arrangements in the Examination Room
written statement of the decision together with a brief summary of the reason(s)
thereof.
vi) When a student is rusticated for a period longer than a semester, or is dismissed
25
GENERAL INFORMATION
Invigilators and exam assistants will guide candidates to their seat. Candidates in the room should then remain seated until they have filled all the details
required on the answer book and the scripts have been collected. It is the responsibility
4.462 Special Arrangements of the candidate to ensure that all the additional loose sheets, charts or papers and
Candidates who have a disability or suffer from any illness or condition that will require supplementary answer books are enclosed in the first answer book. Candidates may not
special examination arrangements should inform the Faculty office well in advance. take any examination materials, used or unused, out of the examination room other
Where feasible, special examination arrangements will be made. than:
a) The material they brought into the examination room;
4.463 Procedures During the Examination b) The question paper (where permissible).
Candidates must immediately on taking their examination seats fill in the attendance
slip provided.. Answer books and other requisite stationery will be provided. Candidates 4.472 Penalties for Infringement of Examination Regulations
should carefully read the instructions on the front cover of the answer books and then All candidates will be assumed to have read the above Regulations. The following steps
enter their candidate’s ID number and other details required. No part of the book may will be taken to impose penalties on any candidate who infringes upon examination
be torn off and all books used must be left on the desks. Rough work must be done in regulations.
the answer book and should be crossed out to show that it is not part of the answer.
i) Any candidate who is considered by the invigilator to be committing an infringement
4.464 Starting the Examination of the rules will be reported and appropriate action taken. The supervisor has the
You will be told by the supervisor when you can start the examination and you should power to dismiss a candidate from the room and compel him/her to surrender the
not look at the examination question paper before you are told to do so. script if deemed to be guilty of serious misconduct.
ii) In all cases of misconduct, the candidate will be warned that his/her conduct
4.465 Late Arrival will be reported and that the decision as to whether the work will be accepted or
Candidates who are more than one hour late will not be admitted into the examination disciplinary action taken rests with the authorities.
room. Candidates who arrive late will not be allowed extra time to complete the iii) When it is determined that the student has committed misconduct calculated to
examination. affect improper examination performance:
4.466 Examination Reading Time a) He/she may be refused credit for any courses or examinations completed or
On being told to start reading, candidates will check that the question paper is the attempted;
correct one, all questions are legible and all pages are attached. Discrepancies must be b) The results may be withheld;
reported to the invigilator for attention. c) He/she may be suspended from writing the examinations;
d) He/she may be dismissed from the University for repeated misconduct;
4.467 Temporary Withdrawal iv) A candidate who wishes to appeal shall follow the procedure set out in the
A candidate leaving the examination room temporarily for personal reasons will Disciplinary Regulations.
be accompanied by an invigilator or other authorised person. (NB: Smoking is not
considered a suitable reason for leaving the examination room.) The candidate will not
take the question paper, answer book(s) and other materials and must not consult or Academic Appeals and Procedures
attempt to consult any materials or persons outside the room that may assist him/her
in writing the examination. A. Continuous Assessment
Appeals student may request a review of continuous assessment mark(s) and decisions
4.468 Leaving the Examination Room during the course of the year.
Candidates may not leave the examination room during the first hour of the
examination session unless they feel unwell. Candidates must also not leave during the Steps in the Process of an Assessment Appeal
last ten minutes of the examination and must remain seated until all the examination 1. Course Instructor
scripts have been collected and checked by the invigilators. First discuss concern with the course instructor promptly upon receipt of the assessment
If a candidate has completed his/her paper before the specified time and wishes to mark or decision in an attempt to resolve any differences. The student has the right to
leave, he/she must do so as quietly as possible, so as not to disturb the other candidates. take the matter directly to the Head of Department if need be.
Such a candidate will not be allowed to re-enter the examination room. Permission to
leave at any time must be requested from the supervisor. 2. Department/Programme
If the complaint has not been satisfactorily resolved at Step 1, the student may approach
4.469 Illness During Examination the Head of Department (or Dean if the Head of Department is the instructor, or DVC/
Candidates who fall ill during the examination should inform the supervisor or AA if the Faculty/School Dean is the instructor) for review, mediation or resolution. The
invigilator who shall act or advise as appropriate. student should attach to the written complaint all relevant evidence as is available
to substantiate the complaint. The Head of Department shall investigate and may
4.470 Misconduct endeavour to resolve the matter, or may seek further advice/ recommendation from the
The following will be construed as misconduct in an examination: Departmental Board or other persons as he/she thinks fit. The Head of Department may
a) Taking into the examination room, or possessing or using whilst in that room direct that corrective action be taken when justified.
any unauthorised materials or items. Misconduct is presumed from the fact of
possession unless an innocent explanation is obvious or is established by the 3. Faculty/School
candidate; If the complaint is not resolved at Step 2, either the Head of Department or the student
b) Aiding or attempting to aid, obtaining or attempting to obtain aid from another will refer the written complaint to the Dean of the Faculty/School for investigation,
candidate. Misconduct is presumed from the fact of communication unless an review and resolution. The Dean will review the appeal, discuss with the student,
innocent explanation is obvious or is established by thecandidate; the Head of Department, and any other persons concerned, and may refer it to the
c) Consulting or trying to consult during the examination any books, notes or other Faculty/School Executive for further advice/ recommendation. The Dean may direct that
unauthorised materials, or another candidate while temporarily outside the corrective action be taken when justified. He/ she will report his/her decision to the
examination room; student and the instructor.
d) Impersonating another candidate or allowing oneself to be impersonated;
e) Attempting to influence the examiners or other University officials; 4. Academic Appeals Committee
f) Failing to obey or comply with any of the examination regulations, or instructions Should the complaint not be satisfactorily resolved at Step 3, either the student or
of the supervisor/ invigilator acting within the scope of his/her authority. Such Dean may refer the written appeal to the Senate Academic Appeals Committee for
repeated behaviour as may in the view of the supervisor prejudice the performance review and resolution. The Committee will review the appeal and the appeal decisions
of other candidates. It should be noted that the supervisor is empowered to made at earlier steps of the appeals process. The Committee shall determine its own
discontinue the examination of a candidate suspected of misconduct and to expel procedure. The student(s) and the instructor concerned may attend the hearings to
him/herfrom the examination room. hear and answer allegations and to present their arguments. The Committee shall not
itself re-mark/re-grade the continuous assessment script but shall direct that this be
independently done where appropriate. The Committee’s decision shall be binding on
4.471 End of the Examination all parties, may not be appealed, and takes effect when issued.
Candidates will be told to stop writing at the end of the examination by the supervisor.
26
GENERAL INFORMATION
5. The Committee may refuse to proceed with an appeal or complaint if it concludes

that the appeal or complaint is vexatious or malicious. 6. The HoD or Deputy Dean or Appeals Committee may refuse or accept the appeal.
If the appeal is accepted, the appellant’ examination script shall be re-marked. The
6. Appeals which challenge the professional academic judgement of individual original marker or a second marker shall be asked to review the examination script
examiners or Boards of Examiners on the examination performance of students will along with a representative sample of all the examination scripts in the course. The
not be permitted. appellant’s scrip shall be identifiable. If the review leads to a lower grade/mark the
7. Victimisation or harassment of students who lodge complaints is prohibited. original grade/mark shall not be lowered.
Procedures relating to Sexual Harassment are dealt with separately below.
8. No fee shall be paid. C. Complaints Relating to Individual
Course Instructors
B. Examination Appeals A student who has a grievance relating to a course instructor (e.g. unsatisfactory
Students may request a review of their examination marks, results and academic teaching, unsatisfactory relationship with the course instructor) may follow these steps:
decisions. However, examination appeals against externally moderated examination 1. Raise concern with the course instructor as soon as the problem or difficulty arises.
marks will not normally be considered unless evidence exists that errors/omissions/ Most grievances can be resolved amicably and quickly in this manner. The student
irregularities had occurred or new evidence exists which necessitates a review of the may take the matter directly to the Head of Department if need be.
mark, result or decision. 2. Concerns related to an instructor that cannot be resolved at Step 1 should be
discussed with the Head of Department (or Faculty Dean, if the Department Head is
Appeals are heard on the following grounds: the instructor, or DVC/AA if the Dean is instructor).
1. New evidence: i.e. evidence of circumstances affecting the student’s examination
performance that, through no fault of the student, could not reasonably have been 3. If the complaint is not resolved at Step 2 above, the student may follow the Steps
presented at an earlier date. as in 1.3 through 1.5 under Section 1 above. The complaint review process is
accomplished in a collegial nonjudicial atmosphere rather than an adversarial one
2. Procedural or other irregularities in the conduct of the examination. and allows the parties involved to participate as appropriate. Complaints must be
raised and resolved promptly and as soon as they arise during the course of the year.
3. Procedural irregularities in the marking of the examination, e.g. evidence that the The student and instructor may enlist the aid of a neutral third party (e.g. counselor,
scripts have been insufficiently or incorrectly marked. academic advisor) to assist.
4. Evidence of prejudice or bias on the part of one or more examiners.
For further details of the appeals procedure, please contact the:
5. Inappropriate advice from members of administrative or academic staff on matters Department of Academic Services,
affecting the student’s examination candidature or performance. Tel: (+267) 355 2018/2016 Fax: (+267) 3585 103.
University of Botswana
6. Failure of the University to implement its agreed procedures and regulations.
Grounds for appeal must be specific. Reasons such as ‘I deserved a better grade’, or ‘I
thought I did better’ are unclear and unhelpful. Appeals which challenge the professional
academic judgment of examiners on the student’s examination performance will not be
considered. Appeals or representations are allowed as a way of ensuring that as far as
possible all relevant circumstances surrounding examination performance are brought
to light and taken into account in formulating results and decisions. Appeals should be
lodged with the relevant Head of Department. Examination appeals must state clearly
the grounds for appeal and should include all relevant information. The burden of
proof is on the student, and the written appeal should state and support with available
evidence the grounds for appeal. The Examinations Appeals Committee will consider
the details of the appeal and decide whether the appeal is valid, and if so, what relief
should be provided. The Committee does not usually hold hearings. The examination
script may be re-marked only if the Committee so directs; there is no automatic re-
marking/ re-grading of scripts. However, for all appeals and queries received from
students, the marks and/or results will be checked for errors, omissions and conformity
with regulations, and a correction made where necessary. The Committee’s decision
is final and takes effect when issued. Examination scripts and the marks awarded for
individual examination questions/answers are not shown to students.
Procedure for Handling Queries and Appeals on Final Course Grades and Marks
1. Students shall submit queries and appeals within one month from the official date
of the publication of Cumulative GPAs and academic results. Queries and appeals
received after the deadline date will not be processed except where the delay was
caused by factors reasonably beyond the student’s control.
2. If a student feels that a final course grade/mark is inaccurate, the student may
lodge a query with the Head of the Academic Department/Unit concerned. The
Examiner(s) will check the continuous assessment and examination marks for errors
and omissions, and if an error is detected, submit to the Head of Department a
change of course grade or mark in the approved Course Grade/Mark Change Form.
3. If the student feels that a final course grade/mark was unfairly assigned, the student
may submit a written appeal of the grade/mark to the Head of the Department
(HoD) concerned. The HoD shall process the appeal within one week of receipt of
the written appeal.
4. If the complaint is not resolved, the HoD shall forward the student’s appeal to the
Deputy Dean. The Deputy Dean shall process the appeal within one week of receipt
of the written appeal.
5. If the complaint is not resolved, the Deputy Dean shall forward the student’s appeal
to the Secretary of the Senate Academic Appeals Committee. The Committee
shall process the appeal within two weeks of receipt of the written appeal and its
decision is final.
27
FACULTY OF BUSINESS
Accounting & Finance
Marketing
DEAN
Prof. O, Othata
B.Com (UB) MA (Essex) PGD, PhD (Sheffield Halaam)
DEPUTY DEAN
Prof J. Pansiri
BA (UB), MA (Essex) PhD (Ballarat)
FACULTY ADMINISTRATOR
B. Paledi,
BCom (UB), MBA (UB), MA(Development Studies)(UB)
MANAGER, HUMAN RESOURCE

M. P. Tshebo,
BA (UB), MSc HRM (Salford)
28
Programmes are categorized as follows: Part-time DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING & Semester 6
A – Accounting Stream
• Diploma in Accounting & Business Studies BUSINESS STUDIES (DABS) DAB315 Financial Accounting (3)
DAB316 Management Accounting (3)
Full-time and Distance mode Entrance Requirements DAB317 Auditing (3)
• Bachelor of Accountancy 1. The entrance requirement shall be as specified in DAB318 Financial Institutions & Markets (3)
• Bachelor of Finance general regulations 10.2.1
• Bachelor of Business Administration 2. A pass in CABS will be exempted from some courses B – Management Stream
(Management- Old Structure) in DABS. DAB319 Human Resource Management (3)
• Bachelor of Business Administration (Marketing) DAB320 Organisational Design and
Programme Structure Development (3)
Programmes offered only on full time basis The programme will extend over a period of six DAB321 Small Business Management (3)
• Bachelor of Information Systems (Business semesters. Students will take four courses in each DAB322 Fundamentals of Materials
Information Systems) semester. Except the General Education Courses, Management (3)
• Combined Major in Accounting as part of BA all courses of this programmme are core courses
combined Degree which must be taken and passed for the award of the C – Marketing Stream
• Bachelor of Tourism & Hospitality Management certificate. Each core course consists of 3 credits DAB323 Sales Management (3)
• Bachelor of Business Administration (Management and each General Education Course consists of 2 DAB324 Consumer Behaviour (3)
- for those to enrol from August 2012) credits. The total number of credits for the entire DAB325 Marketing Management (3)
• Bachelor of Business Administration programme is 68. DAB326 Purchasing Management (3)
(Entrepreneurship and Enterprise Development - for
those to enrol from August 2012) Assessment NOTE: 1. The students will choose one of the above
• Bachelor of Business Administration (Logistics and 1. Two pieces of continuous assessment tests for each streams A or B or C in the 6th Semester at
Supply Chain Management- for those to enrol from semester course DABS Level 300
August 2012) 2. The continuous assessment to final examination is
• Bachelor of Business Administration (International in the 2:3 ratio.
Business- for those to enrol from August 2012) 3. There will be a two-hour end of-semester DEPARTMENT OF
examination for each course.
Full-time, Part-time and Modular
ACCOUNTING & FINANCE
Master of Business Administration Progression from one Level to the next
1. The General Academic Regulations 00.9 will BACHELOR OF ACCOUNTANCY
Special Regulations for the Faculty of Business apply in this case.
Subject to the provisions of General Academic
DEGREE PROGRAMME
Regulations 00.0 to 20.4, the following special Award of the Certificate
1. A student must pass all the courses in three levels Level 100
regulations shall apply.
with a minimum GPA of 2.0 Semester 1
2. The Classification of results will be in accordance Core Courses
Entrance Requirement
with general regulation 10.4 COM121 Communication and Academic Literacy
a) Admission shall be as stipulated in General Academic
Skills (3)
Regulations 20.2, 20.21 and 20.22 with the specific
Level 100 BIS 100 Introduction to Information Systems (3)
requirement of a grade C (60 percent) in English
Semester 1 ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3)
and Mathematics. Subject to the General Regulation
DAB111 Business Mathematics and Statistics (3) MGT100 Principles of Management (3)
00.52 in respect of the Mature Age Entry Scheme,
DAB112 Basic Accounting (3) PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3
applicants to the Bachelor of Accountancy, Bachelor
COM021 Communication and Study Skills (3) STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social
of Finance, Bachelor of Information Systems
ICT121 Computing and Information Skills I(2) Sciences I (3)
(Business Information Systems), Bachelor of Business
Administration (Management) and Bachelor of
Semester 2 Semester 2
Business Administration (Marketing), Tourism &
DAB113 Principles of Management (3) Core Courses
Hospitality Management shall undergo an aptitude
DAB114 Introduction to Marketing (3) COM122 Professional Communication Business (3)
test.
COM022 Communication and Study Skills II (3) ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3)
ICT022 Computing and Information Skills II (2) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3)
b) Students with a Diploma in Accounting and Business
MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3)
Studies (DABS) or equivalent with a cumulative
Level 200 STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social
GPA of 2.00 or above can be admitted in the first
Semester 3 Sciences II (3, pre-req. STA101)
semester of the Degree programme. Subject to the
Departmental Regulations, a student with DABS or DAB211 Intermediate Accounting (3)
DAB212 Microeconomics (3) Level 200
equivalent can be admitted in the third semester of
DAB213 General Psychology (3) Semester 3
the Degree programme of the Faculty, provided he/
DAB214 Business Statistics (3) Core Courses
she has secured a cumulative GPA of 2.8 or above in
ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3,
the DABS or equivalent examination.
Semester 4 pre-req. ACC100)
DAB215 Macroeconomics (3) FIN200 Business Finance (3,pre-req. ACC100)
Assessment
DAB216 Business Finance (3) ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3, pre-req.
Subject to General Academic Regulation 00.8 and the
DAB217 Business Law (3) ECO111)
Departmental Regulations, the ratio of continuous
DAB218 Taxation (3) LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3)
assessment to final examination shall normally be 2:3.
MGT203 Quantitative Methods (3, pre-req. STA101 /
Level 300 MGT 101)
Progression from Semester to Semester
General Academic Regulation 00.9 applies. Semester 5
Core Courses Semester 4
DAB311 Quantitative Methods for Business (3) Core Courses
DAB312 Financial Management (3) ACC202 Ethics in Accounting (3, pre-req. ACC100)
DAB313 Cost Accounting (3) ACC206 Financial Accounting for Manufacturing
DAB314 Management Information Systems & Alternative Entities (3, pre-req. ACC100)
BIS205 Information Technology (3, pre-req.
BIS100)
29
FACULTY OF BUSINESS
Option (3) BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE Semester 2

Elective (3) Core Courses
(ECONOMICS & ACCOUNTING COM122 Professional Communication (Business)
Optional Courses REVISED) (3)
Students to choose any one of the following; (Courses offered through the Department of Accounting ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II
ACC204 Government Accounting (3, pre-req. and Finance) (2, pre-req. ICT 121)
ACC100) ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3)
ACC205 Special Topics in Accounting (3, pre-req. Level 100 ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3)
ACC100) Semester 2 MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3)
Core Course STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social
Level 300 ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) Sciences II (3, pre-req. STA101)
Semester 5 STA114 Business Statistics I (3)
Core Courses Level 200 Level 200
ACC309 Principles of Auditing (3, Pre-req. ACC206) Semester 3 Semester 3
ACC308 Cost & Management Accounting Core Courses Core Courses
(3, pre-req. ACC201) ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting
ACC311 Introduction to Company Accounts (3, pre-reg..ACC 100) (3, pre-req. ACC100)
(3, pre-req. ACC 206) FIN200 Business Finance (3, pre-reg.ACC 100) ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics
LAW351 Introduction to Company Law (4) LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3 (3, pre-req. ECO 111)
MGT301 Organisational Behaviour FIN200 Business Finance (3, pre-req. ACC100)
(3, pre-req. MGT200) Semester 4 LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3)
Core Courses MGT203 Quantitative Methods
Semester 6 ACC202 Ethics in Accounting (3, pre-reg.ACC 100) (3, pre-req. STA101 or MGT 101)
Core Courses ACC206 Financial Accounting for Manufacturing GEC Area 3 (2/3)
FIN 300 Financial Management (3, pre-req.FIN200) and Alternative Entities (3, pre-reg.ACC 100)
ACC305 Taxation Principles (3, pre-req. ACC311) BIS205 Information Technology (3, pre-req.ICT122) Semester 4
BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3, pre- Core Courses
req. ACC206, BIS 205) Level 300 ACC206 Financial Accounting for Manufacturing
MGT302 Business Research Methods (3, pre-req. Semester 5 & Alternative Entities (3, pre-req. ACC100)
MGT203 Core Courses ACC202 Ethics in Accounting (3, pre-req ACC100)
Option (3) ACC308 Cost & Management Accounting BIS205 Information Technology
(3, pre-req. ACC 201) (3, pre-req.ICT122)
Optional Courses ACC309 Principles of Auditing I (3, pre-req. ACC 206) ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3, pre-req.
Students to choose any one of the following ACC311 Introduction to Company Account ECO 112)
ACC310 Auditing Application (3, pre-req. ACC309) (3, pre-req. ACC 206) MGT200 Organisational Design and Development
FIN301 Financial Institutions and Markets (3, pre- (3, pre-req. MGT100)
req. FIN200) Semester 6 GEC
FIN304 Principles of Risk Management and Core Courses
Insurance) ACC305 Taxation Principles (3, pre-req. ACC 311) Level 300
Level 400 ACC310 Auditing Applications (3, pre-req. ACC309) Semester 5
Semester 7 BIS309 Accounting Information Systems Core Courses
Core Courses (3, pre-req. BIS205, ACC206) ACC311 Introduction to Company Accounts (3,
ACC410 Financial Reporting (3, pre-req. ACC311) pre-req. ACC 206)
ACC404 Taxation Applications (3, pre-req. ACC305) Level 400 ACC308 Cost & Management Accounting
ACC443 Industrial Attachment (3) Semester 7 (3, pre-req. ACC201)
MGT400 Strategic Management (3, pre-req MGT301) ACC404 Taxation Applications (3, pre- req. ACC 305) FIN301 Financial Institutions and Markets I (3,
Elective (3) ACC410 Financial Reporting (3, pre- req. ACC 311) pre-req. FIN200)
MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3, pre-req.
Semester 8 Semester 8 MGT200)
Core Courses Core Courses Elective (3)
ACC409 Management Accounting (3, pre-req. ACC409 Management Accounting IV (3, pre-req. GEC
ACC308) ACC 308)
ACC411 Accounting for Groups (3, pre-req. ACC410 ACC411 Accounting for Groups (3, pre-req. ACC410) Semester 6
ACC408 Current Issues in Accounting (3, pre-req. Core Courses
ACC410 BIS309 Accounting Information Systems
ACC444 Research Project (4, pre-req. MGT302) BACHELOR OF FINANCE DEGREE (3, pre-req. ACC100)
Option (3) PROGRAMME FIN300 Financial Management (3, pre-req. FIN200)
FIN302 Financial Planning and Forecasting
Optional Courses Level 100 (3, pre-req. FIN200)
Students to choose one of the following; Semester 1 FIN303 Financial Statement Analysis I (3, pre-req.
ACC405 Accounting Theory (3, pre-req. ACC206) Core Courses FIN200&ACC 311)
FIN405 Seminars in Finance (2, pre-req. FIN200) COM121 Communication and Academic Literacy MGT302 Business Research Methods
Skills (3) (3, pre-req. MGT 203)
ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (2) GEC
ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Elective/Option (3)
MGT100 Principles of Management (3)
PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Optional Courses
STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social Students to choose one of the following;
Sciences I (3) FIN304 Principles of Risk Management
STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) and Insurance
ACC305 Taxation Principles (3, pre-req. ACC311)
ACC310 Auditing Applications
ACC405 Accounting Theory (3, pre-req. ACC206)
30
ACC409 Management Accounting FIN200 Business Finance (3, pre-req. ACC 100) Systems (3)
LAW 251 Foundations of Business Law (3) BIS406 Financial Information Systems (3)
Level 400 MGT203 Quantitative Methods (3, pre-req. STA101 or BIS407 Electronic Commerce II (3)
Semester 7 MGT 101) BIS408 Systems Development Methodologies (3)
Core Courses Option BIS409 Advanced Database Systems (3)
ACC410 Financial Reporting (3, pre-req. ACC311) GEC BIS410 Manufacturing Information Systems (3)
FIN402 International Business Finance (3, pre- BIS417 Information Systems Auditing (3)
req. FIN 301) Semester 4 CSI312 Expert Systems (3)
FIN400 Financial Theory and Analysis (3, pre-req. Core Courses CSI314 Decision Support Systems II (3)
FIN300) BIS204 Data Organisation Methods (3, pre-req. CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3)
FIN443 Industrial Attachment (3) BIS201) CSI462 Distributed Systems (3)
MGT400 Strategic Management (3, pre-req. MGT301) CSI252 Operating Systems Concepts (3) CSI471 Object Oriented Systems Development (3)
GEC CSI272 Computer Communications Networking CSI472 Social and Professional Issues of
Elective/Option (3) Fundamentals (2) Computing (3)
MGT200 Organisational Design & Development (3,
Optional Courses pre-req. MGT100)
Students to choose one of the following; Option REVISED BACHELOR OF
FIN305 Principles of Real Estate Finance (3) GEC
ACC309 Principles of Auditing (3, Pre-req.ACC206)
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
ACC404 Taxation Applications (3, pre-req. ACC305) Level 300
Semester 5 (BUSINESS INFORMATION
Semester 8 Core Courses
Core Courses BIS301 Business Process Re-engineering (3)
SYSTEMS) DEGREE
FIN401 Financial Statement Analysis II BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) PROGRAMME
(3, pre-req. FIN303) BIS303 Electronic Commerce 1 (3) (those enrolled from August 2014)
FIN403 Financial Institutions and Markets II BIS343 Industrial Attachment (2)
(3, pre-req. FIN301) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3, pre-req. Level 100
FIN404 Investment Analysis and Portfolio MGT200) Semester 1
Management (3, pre-req. FIN300) Option Core Courses
FIN405 Seminars in Finance (2) GEC ISS101 Information Systems Foundation I (3)
FIN444 Research Project (4, pre-req. MGT 302) COM121 Communication and Academic Literacy
GEC Semester 6 Skills (3)
Core Courses ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3)
BIS307 Project Management Information Systems(3) MGT100 Principles of Management (3)
BACHELOR OF INFORMATION CSI362 Database Concepts (3) PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3)
SYSTEMS (BUSINESS MGT302 Business Research Methods (3, pre-reg. STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social
MGT203) Sciences I (3)
INFORMATION SYSTEMS) DEGREE Option/Elective (3)
PROGRAMME GEC Semester 2
Core Courses
Level 100 Level 400 ISS102 Information Systems Foundation II (3,
Semester 1 Semester 7 pre-req. ISS101)
Core Courses Core Courses ISS112 Introduction to Programming (3)
COM121 Communication and Academic Literacy MGT400 Strategic Management (3, pre-req. MGT301) COM122 Professional Communication (Business) (3)
Skills (3) CSI461 Computer Communications Network ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3)
ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (2) Management (4) STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social
ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) BIS443 Industrial Attachment (2) Sciences II (3, pre-req. STA101)
MGT100 Principles of Management (3) GEC STA114 Business Statistics I (3)
PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Option
STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social Level 200
Sciences I Semester 8 Semester 3
STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) Core Courses Core Courses
BIS420 Strategic Information Systems (3, pre req. ISS211 Intermediate Programming
Semester 2 BIS 307) (3, pre-req. ISS112)
Core Courses BIS403 Information Systems Security (3) ISS221 Data & Information Management I (3)
COM122 Professional Communication (Business) (3) BIS444 Research Project (4, pre-req. MGT302) LAW 251 Foundations of Business Law (3)
ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II Option MGT203 Quantitative Methods (3, pre-req. STA102)
(2, pre-req. ICT121) Elective FIN200 Business Finance (3, pre-req. ACC100)
ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) GEC
ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Semester 4
MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) Optional Courses Core Courses
STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social BIS 205 Information Technology (3) ISS202 Information Technology Tools and
Sciences II (3, pre-req. STA101) BIS304 Management Information Systems (3) Productivity (3, pre-req. ISS211)
STA114 Business Statistics I (3) BIS305 Systems Development II (3) ISS212 Advanced Programming
BIS306 IS Research and Practice (3) (3, pre-req. ISS211)
Level 200 BIS308 Marketing Information Systems (3) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3)
Semester 3 BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3) MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3)
Core Courses BIS314 Multimedia Systems (3) BIS210 Introduction to Systems Architecture 3,
BIS200 Systems Development I (3, pre-req. ICT122) BIS401 Current Issues in Information Systems (3) pre-req. ISS102)
BIS201 Foundations of Business Information BIS402 Information Technology Productivity Tools
Systems (3, pre-req. ICT122) BIS404 Small Business Information Systems (3)
CSI241 Structured Programming (4, pre-req.STA102) BIS405 Legal and Ethical Issues of Information
31
FACULTY OF BUSINESS
Level 300 BACHELOR OF BUSINESS Semester 8

Core Courses ADMINISTRATION(MANAGEMENT MGT400 Strategic Management (3, pre-req. MGT100)
ISS321 Data & Information Management II (3) DEGREE PROGRAMME MGT405 Corporate Governance (3)
ISS323 Information Systems Analysis (3) MGT418 Management Consulting
ISS331 Network Management (3) Level 100 (3, pre-req. MGT100)
BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3, Semester 1 Option (3)
pre-req. ISS102 or BIS 100) Core Courses Elective (3)
Option / GEC COM121 Communication and Academic Literacy (3)
BIS100 Introduction to Information (3) Optional Courses
Optional Courses ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) MGT402 Operations Management (3)
Students to choose one of the following; MGT100 Principles of Management (3) MGE321 Business Risk Management (3)
BIS308 Marketing Information Systems MGT101 Introduction to Business Mathematics (3) MGE415 Managing Growing Enterprises (3)
(3, pre-req. MKT100)
BIS309 Accounting Information Systems
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS
Semester 2
(3, pre-req. ACC100) Core Courses ADMINISTRATION (LOGISTICS AND
BIS310 Electronic Business (3, pre-req. BIS100 COM122 COM122 Professional Communication SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT)
(Business) (3)
Semester 6 ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) DEGREE PROGRAMME
Core Courses ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3)
BIS344 Business Web Application Development I MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) Level 100
(3, pre-reg. ISS211) STA114 Business Statistics I (3) Semester 1
ISS324 Information Systems Design & Core Courses
Implementation (3, pre-reg. ISS323) Level 200 COM121 Communication and Academic Literacy (3)
IS3S32 Systems Administration Semester 3 BIS100 Introduction to Information (3)
(3, pre-reg. ISS331) Core Courses ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3)
ISS334 Information Systems Security ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3, pre- MGT100 Principles of Management (3)
(3, pre-reg. ISS331) req. ACC100) MGT101 Introduction to Business Mathematics (3)
MGT204 Business Ethics (3)
Elective (3) LAW251 Foundation of Business Law (3) Semester 2
Level 400 MGT203 Quantitative Methods for Business (3, pre- Core Courses
Semester 7 reg. STA101 or MGT 101) COM122 Professional Communication (Business) (3)
Core Courses Elective (3) ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3)
BIS401 Business Enterprise Information ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3)
Systems(3, pre-req. ISS324) Semester 4 MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3)
ISS443 Information Systems Research Core Courses STA114 Business Statistics I (3)
(3, pre-reg. ISTA114) MGT208 Research Methods in Business (3)
ISS441 Information Systems Project MGT207 Management of Quality (3) Level 200
Management (3, pre-reg. ISS324) MGE204 New Venture Creation (3) Semester 3
ISS302 Industrial Attachment (3, pre-reg. ISS202 MGT210 Foundations of Leadership (3) Core Courses
or ISS211) Elective (3) ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3)
Option/Elective (3) MGL201 Introduction to Logistics Management (3)
Level 300 MGL203 Principles of Purchasing`(3)
Optional Courses Semester 5 LAW251 Foundation of Business Law (3)
Students to choose one of the following; Core Courses MGT203 Quantitative Methods for Business
BIS417 Information Systems Auditing (3) (pre req MGT300 Human Resource Management (3, pre-req. (3, pre-req. STA101 or MGT101)
ACC100) MGT 100) FIN200 Business Finance (3, pre-req. ACC100)
BIS414 Business Web Applications II (3) (pre req MGT320 Organisational Development and Change
BIS344) (3, pre-req. MGT100) Semester 4
BIS400 Business Enterprise Information LAW351 Introduction to Company Law (4) Core Courses
Systems (3) (pre req ISS323 or iss212) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour MGL204 Management of Inventory (3, pre-req.
BIS411 Advanced Business Programming (3) (3, pre-req. MGT100) MGT101)
Option (3) MGL202 Introduction To Supply Chain
Semester 8 Management ( 3)
Core Courses Optional Courses MGT208 Research Methods in Business (3)
ISS446 Strategic Information Systems MGT306 Public Sector Management (3) Elective (3)
Management (3, pre req ISS102) MGT304 Industrial Relations (3)
ISS402 Business Systems Project (3, pre req Levels 300
ISS212,ISS321,ISS324) Semester 6 Semester 5
ISS442 Information Systems & Society (3) Core Courses Core Courses
Option / Elective (3) MGT321 Corporate Social Responsibility (3) MGL303 Logistics Management
Option / Elective (3) MGT313 Managing In a global Business (3, pre-req. MGL 201)
Environment (3) MGL301 Reverse Logistics (3, pre-req. MGL 201)
Optional Courses MGT323 Negotiations and Conflict Management(3) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour
Students to choose one of the following; MGT445 Research Proposal (3) (3, pre-req. MGT 100)
BIS409 Advanced Database Systems Elective (3) MGL305 Warehousing and Cube Utilization (3)
(3, pre req ISS321) Optional Courses
BIS415 Information Technology in Forensic Levels 400 MGL309 Procurement and Contract
Accounting (3, pre req ISS202, ACC100) Semester 7 Management(3, pre-req. MGL 203)
BIS418 Business Intelligence & Data Analytics Core Courses MGT321 Corporate Social Responsibility (3)
(3, pre req BIS3021) MGT450 Internship (12) MGT204 Business Ethics (3)
MGL202 Introduction to Supply Chain MGT446 Research Report (3, pre-req. MGT445) MGT 323 Negotiation and Conflict Management (3)
Management (3) IDB515 Occupational Health & Safety (3)
32
Semester 6
Core Courses
Semester 4
Core Courses
DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING
MGL304 Supply Chain Management (3, pre-req. BIS205 Information Technology (3, pre-req. BIS
MGL202) 100) BACHELOR OF BUSINESS
MGL306 Transportation Management (3, pre-req. MGE210 Business Plan Development (3)
MGL 201) MGE204 New Venture Creation (3)
ADMINISTRATION
MGL308 International Logistics (3, pre-req. MGL201) MGT208 Research Methods in Business (3) (MARKETING)DEGREE
MGL444 Research Proposal (3) Elective (3)
Elective (3)
PROGRAMME
Levels 300
Course Requirements
Level 400 Semester 5
MKT100 is a prerequisite for all MKT courses.
Core Courses LAW351 Introduction to Company Law (4)
MGL443 Internship (12) MGT300 Human Resource Management (3, pre-req.
MGL445 Research Report (3, pre-req.MGL444) MGT 200)
Level 100
MGE315 New Venture Financing (3)
Semester 1
Semester 8 Option (3)
Core Courses
Core Courses Elective (3)
COM121 Communication and Academic Literacy
MGL446 Strategic Supply Chain Management
Skills (3)
(3, pre-req. MGL304) Optional Courses:
ICT121 Computing and Information Skills
MGL447 Logistics Systems Management Semester 5
Fundamentals 1 (2)
(3, pre-req. MGL303) MGE205 Franchising (3)
PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3)
2 options (6) MGL203 Principles of Purchasing (3)
ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3)
Elective (3) MGT304 Industrial Relations (3)
STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social
MGT320 Organizational Development and
Sciences I (3)
Optional Courses Change (3, pre-req. MGT 100)
STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4)
MGT418 Management Consulting
(3, pre-req. MGT100) Semester 6
Semester 2
MGT405 Corporate Governance (3, pre-req. MGT100) Core Courses
COM122 Professional Communication (Business) (3)
MGE314 Family Business Management (3)
MGL304 Supply Chain Management (3, pre-req.
Fundamentals II (2, pre-req. ICT121)
MGL202)
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS MGE444 Research Proposal (3)
ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3)
ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3)
ADMINISTRATION Option (3)
MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3)
Elective (3)
(ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social
Sciences II (3, pre-req. STA101)
ENTERPRISE Optional Courses
MGT405 Corporate Governance
DEVELOPMENT) DEGREE (3, pre-req. MGT100)
Level 200
Semester 3
PROGRAMME MGE415 Managing Growing Enterprises (3)
MKT202 Distribution Management (3)
MGL306 Transportation Management (3)
MGT100 Principles of Management (3)
Level 100
ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting
Semester 1 Level 400
(3, pre-req. ACC 100)
Core Courses Semester 7
FIN200 Business Finance (3, pre-req. ACC 100)
COM121 Communication and Academic Literacy Core Courses
LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3)
Skills (3) MGT400 Strategic Management
BIS 100 Introduction to Information Systems (3) (3, pre-req. MGT100)
Semester 4
ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) MGT418 Management Consulting
MKT204 Integrated Marketing Communication
MGT100 Principles of Management (3) (3, pre-req. MGT 100)
Strategy (3)
MGT 101 Introduction to Business Mathematics (3) MGE414 Innovation and Entrepreneurship (3)
MKT201 Consumer Behaviour Theory and Practice (3)
MGE416 Business Project Incubation Plan
STA114 Business Statistics I (3)
Semester 2 (3, pre-req.MGE444)
Elective (3)
Core Courses MGE445 Research Report (3, pre-req. MGE444)
Option (3)
COM122 Professional Communication
(Business) (3) Semester 8
Level 300
ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) Core Courses
Semester 5
ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) MGE450 Business Incubation and Implementation
Core Courses
MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) (12, pre-req. MGE416)
MGT300 Human Resource Management
STA114 Business Statistics I (3) MGE451 Business Incubation Report
(3, pre-req. MGT200)
(3, pre-req. MGE 416)
MKT300 International Marketing (3)
Level 200
Options (6)
Semester 3
GEC / Elective (3)
Core Courses
LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3)
Semester 6
MGT202 Small Business Management (3)
Core Courses
ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3, pre-
MKT310 Marketing Research Methods (3)
req. ACC100)
MKT315 Pricing Strategy (3)
MGE212 Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship (3)
Option (6)
MGT204 Business Ethics (3)
GEC / Elective (3)
33
FACULTY OF BUSINESS
Level 400 Semester 2 FOREIGN LANGUAGE COURSES

Semester 7 COM122 Professional Communication (Business) (3)
MKT443 Industrial Attachment (3) MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) FRE 227 French for Special Purposes II
MKT409 Brand Management (3) ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) CHN101 Basic Mandarin I
Options (6) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3)
GEC/ /Elective (3) Option (3) Optional courses
INT303 Export administration, Transport and
Semester 8 Optional Courses Logistics (3, pre-req. INT200)
MKT444 Research Project (4, pre-req. MKT 310) Students to choose one of the following; INT403 Globalization and Business (3)
MKT410 Marketing Management and Strategy (3) BIS205 Information Technology (3, pre-req.
MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business ICT122) Level 400
Development (3, pre-req. MGT202) MGL202 Introduction To Supply Chain Semester 7
Options (6) Management ( 3) Core Courses
GEC/Elective (3) INT443 Industrial Attachment (12)
Level 200 INT444 Research Report (3, pre-req. INT442)
Optional Courses Semester 3
Students can take any of the under-listed optional Core Courses Semester 8
courses at levels 2, 3 or 4. The number of optional courses INT200 Introduction to International Business(3) MKT411 Global Business Strategy (3)
offered shall depend on availability of staff. ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting INT402 Cross-Cultural Business Marketing (3)
(3, pre-req. ACC100) INT400 Export and Investment Promotion (3)
MGL203 Principles of Purchasing (3) FIN200 Business Finance (3, pre-req.ACC100) Option (3) Elective (3)
BIS205 Information Technology (3, pre-req. LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3)
BIS100) MGT203 Quantitative Methods Optional courses (As available)
MGT200 Organizational Design & Development (3 pre-req STA101 or MGT101) HIS445 Globalisation & Third World Economies in
(3, MGT100) Africa, L. America & S. E. Asia (3)
MGT203 Quantitative Methods for Business Semester 4 INT401 Cross-Cultural Marketing Research (3)
(3, pre-req. STA 101 or MGT101) Core Courses ECO421 International Trade
ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics For Business INT201 International Business Environment (3) (3, pre-req. ECO211 and 212)
(3, pre-req. ECO111) MKT201 Consumer Behaviour Theory and Practice INT404 Contemporary Issues in International
MKT303 Strategic Sales Management (3) (3) Business (3)
MKT304 Advertising Management MKT204 Integrated Marketing Communication MKT406 Marketing Ethics (3)
(3, pre-req. MKT204) Strategy (3) MKT415 Tourism and Hospitality Marketing (3)
MKT309 Internet Marketing (3) MKT310 Marketing Research Methods (3) MKT409 Brand Management (3)
MKT311 Strategic Retail Management Option (3)
(3 pre-req. MKT 202)
MKT312 Public Relations Strategy (3 pre-req. Optional courses
MKT 204) INT300 Export-Import Marketing (3 pre-req. BACHELOR OF
MKT313 Services Marketing Theory and Practice (3) INT200)
MKT314 Business to Business Marketing Practice(3) INT301 International Trade Institutions 3 pre-req. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
MKT406 Marketing Ethics (3) INT200) (TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY
MKT408 Contemporary Issues in Marketing (3)
MKT411 Global Business Strategy (3) Level 300 MANAGEMENT)DEGREE
MKT412 Managing Marketing Relationships (3) Semester 5 PROGRAMME
MKT413 Applied Marketing Research Core Courses
(3, pre-req. MKT 310) MKT300 International Marketing (3) 2. Regulations
MKT414 Social Marketing (3) FIN 402 International Business Finance (3) 2.1.1 Entrance Qualifications
MKT 415 Tourism and Hospitality Marketing MGT300 Human Resources Management (3) 2.1.2 Normal Entry Scheme
Prerequisite MGT 200)
*A Foreign Language (3) Admission shall be as stipulated in the General Academic
Elective (3) / Option (3) Regulation 20.2 for Bachelor’s Degree Programmes, with
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS the specific requirement of a grade C (60%) in English
Optional courses
ADMINISTRATION INT302 Costing and Pricing for Export (3)
and Mathematics.
(INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS) MKT309 Internet Marketing (3) 2.1.3 Mature Age Entry Scheme
MKT202 Distribution Management (3)
DEGREE PROGRAMME Admission shall be as stipulated in the General Academic
Regulation 00.52.
Foreign Language courses
Course Requirements
MKT 100 and INT 200 are a prerequisite for all MKT and 2.1.4 Articulation
FRE217 French for Special Purposes I The new articulation policy as may be approved by
INT courses respectfully.
CHN101 Basic Mandarin I Senate will apply.
Level 100
Semester 6 2.2 Assessment
Semester 1
Core Courses 2.2.1 Assessment will be as stipulated in General
Core Courses
MGT303 Entrepreneurship & New Business Academic Regulation 00.8.
Management (3)
Skills (3)
LAW252 Specific Business Transactions (3) 2.2.2 There will be variations in the mode of assessment
BIS100 Introduction to Business Information
INT442 Research Proposal (3) in order to allow for more flexibility. In practical-
Systems (3)
*A Foreign Language (3) based courses, continuous assessment shall have a
ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3)
Option (3) higher weighting than the final examination.
STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social

Sciences I (3)
MGT100 Principles of Management (3) 2.3 A student shall undergo 6 months of supervised
STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) Industrial Training: January -June (6 months)
semester 6 of Level 300.
34
2.3.1 Industrial Training course code shall be as CHN101 Basic Mandarin (6) FOOD AND BEVERAGES
follows: PHR420 Leisure and Youth
MGT200 Organisational Design and MANAGEMENT
THM344: Industrial Training Development (3) SPECIALISATION
(6 months, 15 credits, core course) ENH322 Food Technology and hygiene (3)
During the course of Industrial Training, students shall be FCS306 Food service management (3) Semester 7
subjected to such codes, procedures, laws, rules, and ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues (3) Core Courses
other regulations as applicable to the industry. MKT313 Services Marketing Theory and Practice (3) THM408 Gastronomy (3) (3 pre-req. THM104,
THM208)
Subject to the Regulations Governing Admissions, Fees, Semester 4 THM428 Tourism and Hospitality Sales and
and Discipline Regulation 4.0, and Regulation 6.2.5 Core Courses Marketing (3, pre-req. MKT100)
above, a student who receives a final warning for THM208 Food and Beverage Operations II THM402 Strategic Tourism and Hospitality
misconduct during the course of Industrial Training shall (3, pre-req. THM 206) Management(3, pre-req. THM101,THM104)
be subjected to Discipline Regulations. THM307 Front Office Operations Option (3)
During the course of the Industrial Training period, (3 pre-req. THM 104) Elective (3)
each student shall be visited twice at the location of BIS205 Information Technology GEC
placement to be assessed. (3, pre-req. BIS 100)
THM304 Event and Conference Management Optional Courses
A student’s performance will be assessed by means of A (3 pre-req. THM 101) THM421 Safari & Camp Management (3)
visit by University of Botswana Supervisor Option/Elective (3) THM404 Contemporary Cuisine
GEC (3 pre-req. THM 104 THM208)
Industrial Training report and logbook submitted by the Optional courses THM409 Food Safety (3 pre-req. THM 104)
student at the end of the Industrial training period, and PHR312 Leisure and Tourism Development(3)
Oral Presentation. ENH323 Occupational Health, Safety and Hygiene Semester 8
(3) Core Courses
THM344: Industrial Training shall be evaluated PHR141 Recreation and Leisure (3) THM415 Corporate Social Responsibility in
as specified in Regulation 2.3.5. The ratio FCS210 Foundations of Food Preparation (3) Hospitality and Tourism (3)
of Continuous Assessment to Industrial FCS211 Introduction to Interior Design (3) THM424 Food and Beverage Management
Training Report to Oral Presentation shall be FCS102 Introduction to Nutrition (3) (3, pre-req. THM 208)
1:2:1. MKT313 Services Marketing Theory and Practice (3) THM444 Research Project (4, pre-req. THM 303)
THM418 Fast Food Operation and Management
Programme Structure Level 300 (3 pre-req. THM 104 THM208)
Level 100 Semester 5 Elective (3)
Core Courses THM305 Tourism Planning and Policy
COM121 Communication and Academic Literacy (3, pre-req. THM 101) ROOMS MANAGEMENT
Skills (3) THM310 Tourist Behaviour (3 pre-req. THM 101) SPECIALISATION
THM101 Principles of Tourism (3) THM403 Food and Beverage Control
ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) 3 Pre-req. THM104) Semester 7
MGT100 Principles of Management (3) THM303 Research Methods (3) Core Courses
STA116 Introduction to Statistics I (4) Option/Elective (3) THM312 Hotel Sales and Guest Relations (3)
BIS100 Introduction to Information Systems (3) THM428 Tourism and Hospitality Sales and
Optional Courses Marketing (3, pre-req. MKT100)
Semester 2 FRE114 Basic French Language (3) THM402 Strategic Tourism and Hospitality
Core Courses PHR420 Leisure and Youth (2) Management(3, pre-req.THM101,THM104)
COM122 COM122 Professional Communication MGT200 Organisational Design and Development Option (3)
(Business) (3) (3) GEC
ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) ENH322 Food Technology and hygiene (3) Elective (3)
ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) FCS206 Fundamentals of Food Science (3)
THM104 Fundamentals of the Hospitality Industry FCS210 Foundations of Food Preparation (3)
(3) (3, pre-req. THM101) FCS211* Introduction to Interior Design (3) Optional Courses
MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) FCS306 Food Service Management (3) THM421 Safari & Camp Management (3)
Elective (3) ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues (3) THM412 Front Office Management
(3 pre-req. THM 307)
Level 200 Semester 6 THM413 Housekeeping Management (3 pre-req.
Semester 3 Core Courses THM 210)
Core Courses THM 344 Industrial Training (15) THM414 Loss Prevention Management (3)
THM210 Housekeeping Operations (3 pre-req. THM
104) Semester 8
THM202 Tour Operations Management (3 pre-req. Core Courses
THM 101) THM415 Corporate Social Responsibility in
LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) Hospitality and Tourism (3)
THM206 Food and Beverage Operations 1 THM416 Hospitality Management
(3 pre-req. THM 104) (3 pre-req. THM 104)
THM215 Tourism in Botswana (3 pre-req. THM 101) THM419 Hospitality Facilities Planning and Design
Option/Elective (3) (3) pre-req. THM104)
THM444 Research Project (4, pre-req. THM 303)
Optional Courses Elective (3)
FRE217 French Language (i) (3)
35
FACULTY OF BUSINESS
TOURISM MANAGEMENT
SPECIALISATION
Semester 7
Core Courses
THM421 Safari & Camp Management (3)
THM428 Tourism and Hospitality Sales and
Marketing (3, pre-req. MKT100)
THM402 Strategic Tourism and Hospitality
Management (3)
Option (3)
Elective (3)
GEC
Optional Courses
THM420 Tourism in Southern Africa: Cases and
Issues (3 pre-req. THM 405)
THM308 International Tourism (3, pre-req. THM101)
Semester 8
Core Courses
ENS468 Tourism and Development (3 pre-req.
THM101)
THM415 Corporate Social Responsibility in
Hospitality and Tourism (3)
THM427 Contemporary Issues in Tourism
THM407 Destination Management

CULTURAL AND NATURE-BASED
TOURISM SPECIALISATION
Semester 7
Core Courses
THM410 Cultural Tourism (3, pre-req. THM 101)
THM428 Tourism and Hospitality Sales and
Marketing (3, pre-req. MKT100)
THM330 Community-Based Tourism
(3 pre-req.THM 101)
Option (3)
GEC
Elective (3)
Optional Courses
THM400 Tour Guiding (3)
THM411 Management of National Parks, Reserves
and Sanctuaries (3)
ENS402 Natural Resources Management and
Economics (3)
THM421 Safari & Camp Management (3)
THM422 Pro-poor Tourism (3, pre-req. THM 101)
Semester 8
Core Courses
THM415 Corporate Social Responsibility in
Hospitality and Tourism (3)
THM429 Sustainable Nature-Based Tourism
ENS401 Environmental Policy Analysis (3)
Elective (3)
36
37
FACULTY OF EDUCATION
Adult Education Educational Foundations Educational Technology Family and Consumer Sciences
Languages and Social Sciences Education Mathematics and Science Education Physical Education
Primary Education
DEAN
Professor Lily Mafela
Bed (UBS) Med (Bristol,UK) MA (NorthWestern) USA, MBA (DeMontfort)
PhD (Northwestern) USA
DEPUTY DEAN
Professor T. L. Maruatona
BA (University of Botswana), MSc (Wisconsin), Phd (Georgia)
ACTING TEACHING PRACTICE COORDINATOR
Dr R. S. Masene
Mr G. F. Gaogane
BAcc (University of Botswana), PGDAcc, MSc (Birmingham)
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGER
Mrs B. Machacha
BCom (UB), HRM (Sheffield)
38
The following Departments are housed in the Faculty of
Education:
PhD. The department offers service courses for Bachelor
of Education (Secondary) and Post Graduate Diploma
DEPARTMENT OF ADULT
in Education (PGDE). Also the department has an in- EDUCATION
Department of Adult Education service unit that provides workshops and seminars to
The Department of Adult Education is responsible for the school teachers and supports schools to strengthen
training of adult educators through full-time and part- the structure of computer, mathematics and science
time programmes. Programmes of study are Diploma in departments in these schools. DIPLOMA IN ADULT EDUCATION
Adult Education, Diploma in NGO Management, Bachelor
of Education, Master of Education, MPhil and PhD. In Department of Physical Education, Health & Recreation
1.0 Departmental Special Regulations for the Diploma in
addition to academic programmes, the department also The aim of the Department of Physical Education is
Adult Education
offers in-service training including the Basic Extension to provide high quality academic and professional
2.0 Subject to the provisions of General Regulations 000
Skills Training (BEST) course. programmes in Physical Education, Recreation, Exercise
and 100, the following Special Regulations shall apply:
Science and Sport Studies with broad applications in
Department of Educational Foundations various career settings such as coaching, teaching,
1.1 Entrance Requirements
The Department of Educational Foundations offers administration, rehabilitation, health and fitness,
The normal entrance requirements shall be as follows:
courses in General Methods, Psychology, Philosophy, recreation, parks, marketing and academic research.
a) For Level 100, a minimum of 3 credits in the BGCSE or
History and Sociology of Education, Educational Research The undergraduate programme of study is the B.Ed
its equivalent or requirements as specified in General
and Evaluation, and Planning and Administration in in Physical Education, Health and Recreation. The
Regulation 10.21, with preference given to those
selected career areas such as Teacher Education. The Department also offers the MEd and PhD in Physical
with some experience in Adult Education.
Department also provides training in Counseling, Gender Education with specializations in Sport Management,
b) For Level 200, a Certificate in Adult Education or its
Education, Curriculum and Instruction and Special Adapted Physical Activity, Sport Pedagogy & Coaching,
equivalent in a related field.
Education, and the education component of the Design Sport Science and Sport Psychology.
and Technology Education Program. The programmes of
1.2 Programme Structure
study are: Bachelor of Education in Special Education, Department of Primary Education
1.2.1 The Programme shall extend over two full
Bachelor of Education in Counseling, Post Graduate The Department of Primary Education provides in-
academic years.
Diploma in Education and Master’s and Doctoral service programmes to upgrade the skills of primary and
Programmes in Counseling and Human Services, secondary teacher educators, such as teacher training
1.2.2 Course Listings
Curriculum and Instruction, Educational Management, college tutors, education officers, members of the school
Level 100
Gender Education, and Research and Evaluation. management teams and teachers. The Department offers
Semester 1
a Bachelor of Education (Primary) and a Bachelor of
Core Courses
Department of Educational Technology Education (Educational Management) Degree. Masters
DAE100 Principles of Adult Education (3)
The Department of Educational Technology provides of Education degrees in Arts and Music Education are
DAE101 Introduction to the Psychology of Adult
guidance and assistance in the design and implementation still on hold pending recruitment of senior staff.
Education (3)
of teaching methods and materials, and offers courses in
DAE102 Introduction to Planning Programmes for
the use and development of educational resources for 10.0 Faculty Regulations
Adult Learners (3)
other departments of the Faculty of Education. All programmes in the Faculty shall be governed by the
University General Academic Regulations. Any other
Optional Courses
Department of Family and Consumer Sciences relevant information pertaining to the programmes shall
Students shall choose one of the following:
The Department of Family and Consumer Sciences is be as stipulated under the appropriate department in the
DAE210 Psychology and the Adult Learner (3)
responsible for the training of Family and Consumer following pages.
DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises and
Sciences specialists to teach in the formal education
Economic Projects (3)
system, as well as to serve in extension and other non- 10.20 Teaching Practice/Practicum
DAE214 Vocational Education and Training (3)
formal education programmes. The programme of study All pre-service students enrolled in a Bachelor of
DAE216 Adult Education and Special Groups (3)
is the Bachelor of Education in Family and Consumer Education Programme shall undergo teaching practice
Sciences. . The department is also offering Bachelor as specified in the Faculty Teaching Practice/Practicum
General Education courses
of Education in Early Childhood Development and Regulations, obtainable from the Teaching Practice office
Two 2-credit GECs are to be taken from the
Education which is housed in the Department of Primary and Faculty website.
university wide menu:
Education.
COM161 Communication and Academic literacy
Skills (3)
Department of Languages and Social Sciences Education The University General Regulations shall apply.
The Department of Languages and Social Sciences
Fundamentals 1 (2)
Education offers undergraduate, postgraduate diploma 10.40 Assessment
and graduate level courses in the areas of Languages For courses taught by the Faculty of Education,
Semester 2
and Social Sciences Education. There are two graduate continuous assessment shall comprise a minimum of
DAE103 Adult Education and Society (3)
programmes: M. Ed (Religious Education) and M. Ed 2 components of work per course per semester. Each
DAE104 Adult Education in Practice (3)
(Social Studies). Plans are underway to introduce M. Ed course shall be examined by an associated paper of
EFR220 Introduction to Educational Research (3)
(Moral Education), M. Phil/PhD (Social Studies), M.Ed. duration between 1 to 3 hours. Some courses will be
(Language Education and MEd Environmental Education. assessed by continuous assessment only, depending
Optional Courses
on the nature of the course. The ratio of continuous
Students shall choose one of the following:
Department of Mathematics and Science Education assessment to formal examination shall be 1:1. For
DAE212 Participatory Development Methods (3)
The Department of Mathematics and Science Education courses taken in other Faculties, the ratio of continuous
DAE213 Adult Basic Education and Training (3)
provides programmes in computer studies, mathematics assessment to examination results shall be as determined
DAE215 Computer Applications in Adult
and science. It offers a wide range of courses including: by the Faculties concerned.
Education (3)
The theory and practice of teaching school computer
DAE217 Lifelong Learning (3)
studies, mathematics and science education; curriculum 10.50 Progression
development, research and evaluation; contemporary The University General Academic Regulations shall apply.
General Education Courses
issues in computer, mathematics and science; issues
Two 2-credit GECs are to be taken from the university-
in computer, mathematics and science pedagogical 10.60 Award of Degree
wide menu:
content knowledge; the impact of ICT on teaching- The University General Academic Regulations shall apply.
learning processes; and the philosophy and psychology
COM162 Academic and Professional
of computer, mathematics and science teaching. The
Communication (Education)
programmes of study are the Bachelor of Education
(Science), Master of Education, MPhil, and
Fundamentals II (2)
39
Level 200 4.2 Entrance Requirements (Plus any two per level of the following Optional Courses)
Semester 3 DAE202 Programme Planning & Evaluation in Adult
The normal entrance requirements shall be as follows:
Core Courses Education (3)
a) For Level 100, a minimum of 3 credits in the Botswana
DAE200 Historical and Philosophical Foundations DAE217 Lifelong Learning (3)
General Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) or
of Adult Education (3) DAE206 Supervising Adult Education Programmes
its equivalent or requirements as specified in General
DAE201 The Psychology of Adult Learning (3) (3)
Regulation 10.21, with preference given to those with
DAE202 Programme Planning and Evaluation in DAE227 Community Based Tourism Projects and
some experience in NGO work settings.
Marketing (3)
b) For direct entry into Level 200, candidate must have
Adult Education (3) DAE300 Organisation and Management in Adult
obtained a Credit in Certificate in Adult Education or its
DAE208 Rural Development and Rural Extension Education (3)
equivalent in a related field and other NGO work settings.
(3) DAE302 Principles of Human Resource
c) A Pass in Certificate in Adult Education and in a
DAE206 Supervising Adult Education (3) Development (3)
related field will be considered if candidate has work
Optional Courses DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises and
experience in NGO work settings for a minimum of three
Students shall choose one of the following: Economic Projects (3)
years after earning the Certificate.
DAE210 Psychology and the Adult Learner (3) *DAB319 Human Resource Management (3)
d) All students who gain admission with a Certificate in
DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises and *EPI224 Foundations of Environmental Education
Adult Education or its equivalent in a related field and
(3)
other NGO work settings will be exempted from doing
Economic Projects (3)
specific courses.
DAE216 Adult Education and Special Groups (3) * These are courses to be taken only by students in the
e) Candidates will be considered for mature age entry
DAE214 Vocational Education and Training (3)
based on general academic regulation 00.52 of the Diploma in NGO Management course.
EFR220 Introduction to Educational Research (3)
University of Botswana.
(new entrants only)
Semester 4
Programme Structure BACHELOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE
It uses the same basic structure as the Diploma in
Core Courses
Adult Education programme that currently exists in the
IN ADULT EDUCATION
DAE203 Teaching Methods for Adult Education
Department. The programme shall extend over eight
(3) 2.0 Departmental Special Regulations for the Bachelor of
semesters. The normal workload shall be in accordance
DAE204 Gender Issues in Adult Education (3) Education Degree in Adult Education
with general regulation 00.312 for a part-time
DAE205 Adult Education and the World of Work
undergraduate student.
(3) Subject to the provision of the General Regulations 000
DAE207 Community Project Planning and and 200, the following Special Regulations shall apply:
Course listing Level 100
Management (3)
Core courses
DAE209 Integrated Skills Project (3) 2.1 Entrance Requirements
The normal entrance qualifications shall be the following:
Level 100 (Semester One)
Electives a) For Level 100, a minimum of 3 credits in the BGCSE
One 3-credit elective, to be chosen from any course or its equivalent, with credit in English Language, or
GEC COURSES:
outside the Department of Adult Education, for which as specified in General Regulations 2.2.2 and 2.2.3.
GEC111 Communication and Study Skills (2)
students are eligible, is required (except for new entrants). Preference will be given to those applicants with some
GEC121 Computer Skills
experience in adult education;
Fundamentals
General Education Courses b) For Level 200, requirements will be as stipulated in
CORE COURSES – LEVEL ONE (SEMESTER 1 & 2)
For new entrants two GEC courses are to be taken from General Regulation 2.2.4.
*DSW 203 HIV/AIDS and Community Home Based
the university wide menu. These should be COM161 c) For Level 300, the requirement is a Diploma or its
Care (3)
which is a 3 credit course and ICT which is a 2 credit equivalent in Adult Education or a related field.
DAE212 Participatory Development Methods 3
course.
*DAE218 Policy Formulation and Analysis for NGO
3
1.3 Assessment 2.2.1 Level 100 courses shall be as stipulated in
*DAE219 Gender Awareness in NGOs (3)
1.3.1 The performance of each student shall be assessed Departmental Special Regulations 1.2.2.
at the end of each semester with a 2-hour examination 2.2.2 Course Listings
CORE COURSES – LEVEL ONE (SEMESTER 3 & 4)
unless otherwise stated in the course outline.
GEC112 Communication and Study Skills (2)
1.3.2 The ratio between continuous assessment and Level 200
GEC122 Computer Skills Fundamentals (2)
formal exam shall be 1:1. Semester 3
1.3.3 Continuous assessment for Adult Education courses Core Courses
*DAE220 Capacity Building and Sustainability for
shall be based on extended assignments and tests as well DAE200 Historical and Philosophical Foundations of
NGOs (3)
as other forms of assessment, such as periodic tests, Adult Education (3)
*DAE221 Fund raising and Financial Management
projects and presentations. DAE201 The Psychology of Adult Learning (3)
for NGOs (3)
DAE202 Programme Planning and Evaluation in
1.4 Award of Diploma Adult Education (3)
CORE COURSES – LEVEL TWO (SEMESTER 5 & 6)
The award of the diploma shall be in accordance with
DAB320 Organisational Design and
General Academic Regulations 00.85 General Education Courses
Development (3)
One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the university-
DAE207 Community Project Planning and
1.5 Progression to the Bachelor of Education Programme wide menu.
Management (3)
(Adult Education)
DAE208 Integrated Extension (3)
A student who successfully completes Levels 100 and Electives
DAE209 Integrated Skills Project (3)
200 of the Diploma Programme may be admitted directly One 3-credit elective is to be chosen from the university-
into Level 300 of the Degree Programme. wide menu.
CORE COURSES – LEVEL TWO (SEMESTER 7 & 8)
*DAE 224 Contemporary Issues in NGOs (3) Optional Courses
DIPLOMA IN NGO MANAGEMENT *DAE 226 NGOs HIV/AIDS and Behavioural Change One optional course from the following:
(3) DAE206 Supervising Adult Education
Subject to the provisions of Academic General
DAE225 Labour Relations in NGOs (3) Programmes (3)
Regulations 000 and General Regulations for Diploma
EFR220 Introduction to Educational Research (3) DAE208 Integrated Extension (3)
and Certificate Programmes 10.1, 10.21a, 10.21b, 10.22,
DAE210 Psychology and the Adult Learner (3)
10.23, & 10.24, the following Special Regulations shall DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises and
apply.
40
Economic Projects (3) Electives 2.3 Assessment
DAE214 Vocational Education and Training (3) One 3-credit elective from any course outside the Assessment shall be in accordance with Departmental
DAE216 Adult Education and Special Groups (3) Department of Adult Education, for which students are Special Regulations 1.3.1 to 3.3.
eligible, is required.
Semester 4 2.4 Progression from Semester to Semester
Core Courses Optional Courses Progression from one semester to the next shall be in
DAE203 Teaching Methods of Adult Education (3) Students shall choose one of the following: accordance with General Academic Regulation 00.9
DAE204 Gender Issues in Adult Education (3) DAE418 Urban Adult Education (3)
DAE205 Adult Education and the World of Work DAE419 Topics in Adult Literacy (3) 2.5 Award of the Degree
(3) DAE420 Adult Education, Democracy, Peace and Award of the Degree shall be in accordance with General
Human Rights (3) Academic Regulations 00.85
General Education Courses DAE421 Development Policies and Adult
One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the university Education (3)
wide menu. DAE422 Entrepreneurship Skills Development (3)
DEPARTMENT OF
Electives Level 400 EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS
One 3-credit elective from any course outside the Semester 7
Department of Adult Education, for which students are Core Courses Introduction
eligible, is required. DAE 406 Political Economy of Adult Education The Educational Foundations Department provides both
and Development 3) foundational courses as well as offers full-fl edged
Optional Courses DAE410 Adult Education Research Project (6) programs. The Department is organized into disciplines
Students shall choose one of the following: DAE411 Training and Development General (3) as follows:
DAE209 Integrated Skills Project (3) Education Courses - Curriculum Studies plus Design & Technology
DAE207 Community Project Planning and One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the university- Education
Management (3) wide menu. - Educational Management
DAE213 Adult Basic Education and Training (3) - Education Research and Evaluation
DAE215 Computer Applications in Adult Electives - Education Psychology
Education (3) One 3-credit elective from any course outside the - Counselling and Human Services
DAE212 Participatory Development Methods (3) Department of Adult Education, for which students are - History and Philosophy of Education Sociology of
DAE217 Lifelong Learning (3) eligible, is required. Education
- Special Education
Level 300 Optional Courses - Gender Education
Semester 5 Students shall choose one of the following:
Core Courses DAE312 Evaluation Methods in Adult Education (3) The department houses the following programs:
DAE300 Organization and Management in Adult DAE313 Instructional Media and Materials
Education (3) Development in Adult Education (3) Diploma Programs
DAE301 Leadership in Adult Education (3) DAE314 Counselling in Lifelong Learning (3) A one year full time pre-service Post Graduate Diploma
DAE305 Issues in International Adult Ed. (3) DAE315 Organisational Development in Adult in Education
Education (3)
General Education Courses DAE316 Issues in Adult Education (3) First Degree Programs
One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the university DAE317 Adult Education and Sustainable A two year in-service/four year pre-service Bachelor
wide menu. Development (3) of Education in Special Education Program
Electives Semester 8 A two year in-service/four year pre-service in Bachelor

One 3-credit elective from any course outside the Core Courses of Education in Counselling Program
Department of Adult Education, for which students are DAE407 Management of Community Economic
eligible, is required. Projects (3) Programs and Courses offered in the Department
DAE408 Policy Development for Lifelong
Optional Courses Learning (3) Department Regulations
Students shall choose one of the following: DAE409 Adult Education and Social Exclusion (3) B.Ed. (Special Education)
DAE312 Evaluation Methods in Adult Education(3) Double Major)
DAE313 Instructional Media and Materials General Education Courses
Development in Adult Education (3) One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the university- Aim
DAE314 Counseling in Lifelong Learning (3) wide menu. The aim of the B.Ed. (Special Education) double major
DAE315 Organizational Development in Adult is to equip students with relevant intellectual and
Education (3) Electives professional skills for providing specialized services to
DAE316 Issues in Adult Education (3) One 3-credit elective from any course outside the exceptional learners in schools and other institutions
DAE317 Adult Education and Sustainable Department of Adult Education, for which students are such as rehabilitation and resource centres. In more
Development (3) eligible, is required. specific terms the program will
Optional Courses -Raise the awareness level of the student in respect

Semester 6 Students shall choose one of the following: to the causes, prevention and intervention strategies
Core Courses DAE418 Urban Adult Education (3) of the various forms of impairment.
DAE302 Principles of Human Resource DAE419 Topics in Adult Literacy (3) -Produce knowledgeable and skilful special education
Development (3) DAE420 Adult Education, Democracy, Peace and teachers for secondary schools.
DAE303 Research Design in Adult Education (3) Human Rights(3) -Produce knowledgeable and skilful special education
DAE304 Practicum in Adult Education Methods (3) DAE421 Development Policies and Adult Education(3) teachers for primary schools.
DAE422 Entrepreneurship Skills Development (3) -Produce teachers who have the skills to teach school
General Education Courses subjects to both disabled and non-disabled persons
One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the university
wide menu.
41
Entry Requirements African Languages CORE (To be taken by All)

CORE
For Level One ALL141 Introduction to African Oral and Written Special Education
A minimum overall aggregate of Second class in the Literature (3) EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional Children (3)
Botswana General Certificate of Secondary Education or ALL122 The Characteristics of Human Language (3)
its equivalent, including at least six subjects taken in not Theology & Religious Studies
more than two sittings. Plus TRS101 Introduction to Biblical Studies (3)
Obtain a minimum of grade C in English for candidates Skills (Education) (3) Optional Courses: Choose one
wishing to take a teaching subject in humanities. ICT121 Computing and Information Skills I (2) TRS102: Religion and Science (3)
TRS103: Religions of Botswana (3)
Obtain a minimum grade of C in mathematics and a Plus one course from the following (3): TRS104: Christianity and the Rise of New
pass in English for candidates wishing to take a teaching EFP100 Introduction to Educational Psychology (3) Religious Movements in Botswana (3)
subject in the sciences. EFP101 Foundations of Developmental TRS105: Asian Religions: A survey (3)
Psychology (3) TRS106: Ethics: Classical Theories (3)
Or as specified in General Regulation 20:22.
Double major: Special Education and History Plus one course from the following (3 credits):
In-Service Teachers’ Entry Requirements CORE (To be taken by All) EFP100 Introduction to Educational Psychology (3)
EFP101 Foundations of Developmental
Current: Level Two Entry for In-service Candidates EFS101: Introduction to Exceptional Children (3) Psychology (3)
Applicants for the Bachelors in Special Education History Plus GEC

would be required to have a Diploma in Education ARC101: Introduction to World Pre-History (3) COM161: Communication and Academic Literacy
or its equivalent from any recognised university/ Take ALL: Skills (Education) (3)
institution. For example, Diploma in Physical Education, EFP100: Introduction to Educational Psychology (3) ICT121E: Computing and Information Skills I (2)
Family and consumer sciences, etc. Preference will be EFP101: Foundations of Developmental
given to teachers with more than two years teaching Psychology (3) Double Major: Special Education and English
experience in special education. The Diploma referred Plus GEC
to shall normally be of duration of two or more years COM161 Communication and Academic Literacy Special Education
and one acceptable to UB. Refer to General Regulation Skills (Education) (3) CORE (To be taken by All)
20.24. Entry on the basis of a Diploma of less than two ICT121E Computing and Information Skills I (2)
years duration may be considered if the applicant has a EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional Children (3)
previous related Certificate qualification in the Special Double major: Special Education and
Education field, and experience of not less than five Environmental Science English
years. Such candidates will start at the 1st year to receive CORE (To be taken by All) CORE
tuition in some foundation courses in education and in ENG113 Introduction to Literature: Prose (3 credits)
special education. This would allow them to bridge the EFS101: Introduction to Exceptional Children (3) ENG121 Introduction to English Language
gap due to the endorsement they hold. ENS101: Introduction to Env. Science: Physical (3) Description and Usage [3]
ENS141: Introductory Quantitative Techniques in
Level Two Env. Science I (3) Plus
Graduates from colleges of education who did not major COM161 Communication and Academic Literacy
in Special Education and holders of Diploma in Primary ICT121: Computing and Information Skills I (2) Skills (Education) (3)
Education or its equivalent from other recognized COM141: Communication and Academic Literacy ICT121E Computing and Information Skills I (2)
institutions. Candidates in this category will be awarded Skills (Science) (3)
6 credits of level one special education courses. They Plus one course from the following (3 credits):
will however take courses as recommended by the Plus One of the following courses (3) EFP100 Introduction to Educational Psychology [3]
department to make up for any shortfalls at level one EFP100 Introduction to Educational Psychology (3) EFP101 Foundations of Developmental
EFP101 Foundations of Developmental Psychology (3)
Level Three Psychology (3)
Candidates with Diploma in Special Education from the LEVEL 2 Pre- Service
University of Botswana or its equivalent qualification Double major: Special Education and Science
will be admitted in level 3. Semester 1 (17-19 credits)
CORE (To be taken by all)
Program Structure and Content EFS101: Introduction to Exceptional Children (3) Double Major: Special Education and African Language
All Special Education courses carry three credits unless MAT111: Introductory Mathematics 1 (4) and Literature
otherwise stated. Articulation of B. Ed will be done for COM141: Communication and Academic Literacy
B. Ed Special Education (Primary) in terms of content. Skills (Science) (3) First Major: Special Education
NOTE: Articulation is done for B.Ed Special Education ICT121E: Computer and Information Skills I (3) CORE (to be taken by all)
(Primary) in both content and Special Education. EFS201 Psychology of exceptional children [3]
Articulation for the B.Ed (Special Education) secondary is Plus one of the following Courses (4):
only possible in Special Education and not content. BIO111: Principles of Biology (4) Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization
CHE101: General Chemistry 1 (4) EFS220 Braille Reading and Writing with visual
Level 1, Semester 1 PHY112: Geometrical Optics and Mechanics (4) Impairment [3]
Level 1 (17- 19 credits) EFS230 Communication Process for
Double major: Special Education and African Languages Plus one course from the following (3): students with Hearing impairment [3]
& Literature EFP100: Introduction to Educational Psychology (3) EFS240 Curriculum and instructional Methods
EFP101: Foundations of Developmental for Students with Mild to Moderate
Special Education CORE (To be taken by All) Psychology (3) Mental Retardation [3]
EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for
EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional Children (3) Double Major: Special Education and Theology & students with learning Disabilities/
Religious Studies difficulties [3]
42
Second Major: African Languages Double Major: Special Education and Science MAT291: Engineering Mathematics I[3]
CORE (Take All) First Major: Special Education Double Major: Special Education and Theology and
ALL221: Sound Systems in African Languages [3] CORE (to be taken by all)
ALL241: History and Structure of the Setswana EFS201: Psychology of exceptional children [3] Religious Studies
Novel [3] First Major: Special Education
Plus Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization CORE (to be taken by all)
ELL290 Language Education Issues [3] EFS220: Braille Reading and Writing with Visual EFS201: Psychology of exceptional children [3]
Plus GEC/ Elective Impairment 3]
Pre Service: Plus 2-3 credits of GEC/Elective EFS230: Communication Process for Plus one course relevant to SPED Specialization
students with Hearing impairment [3] EFS 220: Braille Reading and Writing with visual
Double Major: Special Education and English EFS240: Curriculum Instructional
First Major: Special Education Impairment [3]
CORE (to be taken by all) Methods for Students with Mild to Moderate Mental EFS230: Communication Process for students with
EFS201 Psychology of exceptional children [3] Retardation [3]
Plus one course relevant to SPED Hearing impairment [3]
specialization EFS250: Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for EFS240: Curriculum and instructional Methods
EFS220 Braille Reading and Writing with visual students with Learning Disabilities/ for Students with Mild to
Impairment [3] difficulties [3] Moderate Mental Retardation [3]
EFS230 Communication Process for EFS250: Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for
students with Hearing impairment [3] Plus one second Major from the Following: students with Learning disabilities/
difficulties [3]
EFS240 Curriculum and instructional Methods A. Mathematics & Science
for Students with Mild to Moderate Second Major: Theology and Religious Studies
Mental Retardation [3] CORE COURSES (Take All) TRS201: Logic I: Introduction to Logic [3]
EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for ESM261: Basic Teaching Methods in Secondary
students with Learning disabilities/ School Mathematics [3] Plus Optional course, choose One.
difficulties (3) MAT211: Introductory Set and Number Theory [3] TRS202: Hebrew Bible Narratives [3]
(Pre-requisite: MAT 111) TRS203: African Traditional Religions in Botswana [3]
Second Major: English MAT221: Calculus 1[3] (Pre-requisite: MAT 122) TRS204: Theologies of Gender [3]
CORE Plus One of the Following TRS206: Beginning Biblical Greek 1: New
Take any Two MAT251: Vectors & Introductory Mechanics[3] Testament Greek [3]
ENG211 The Pronunciation of English (3) Pre-requisite: Pass MAT 122 TRS207: Introduction to Christian Theology [3]
ENG212 Introduction to English Literature: The MAT271: Introduction to Mathematical Statistics TRS208: Hebrew Bible as History and Story [3]
Novel (3) (3) Pre-requisite: Pass MAT 122 TRS220: Critical Thinking [3]
ENG213 Prose Literature of Southern Africa (3) TRS221: The politics of Gender [3]
ENG223 The Drama of Southern Africa (3) B. Biology TRS222: Religion and Development [3]
Plus CORE COURSES (Take All) Plus
ELL290 Language Education Issues (3) ESS261: Basic Teaching Methods in ELM290: Theory of Moral Education [3]
Plus Secondary School Science [3] PLUS
Any Elective (2-3 credits) BIO211: Cell Biology (3 Credits) Elective courses of 2-3 credits
(Pre-requisite: Pass BIO111/112) Double Major: Special Education and History
Double Major: Special Education and Environmental BIO 214: Introduction to Mammalian Special Education CORE (to be taken by all)
Science Physiology [3]
(Pre-requisite: Pass BIO111/112 EFS201: Psychology of exceptional children [3]
First Major: Special Education BIO218: Biology of Flowering Plants (3) Plus one course relevant to SPED
CORE (to be taken by all) Specialization
EFS201 Psychology of exceptional children (3 credits) C. Chemistry EFS220: Braille Reading and Writing with visual
Plus one course relevant to SPED Specialization ESS261: Basic Teaching Methods in Sec School Impairment [3]
EFS220 Braille Reading and Writing for Students Science (3) EFS230: Communication Process for
with visual Impairment [3] CHE211: Introduction to Analytical Chemistry [2] students with Hearing impairment [3]
EFS230 Communication Process for students with (Pre-requisite: CHE 102) EFS240: Curriculum and instructional Methods
Hearing impairment [3] CHE213: Analytical Chemistry Lab [1 credit] for Students with Mild to Moderate
EFS240 Curriculum and instructional Methods for (Pre-requisite: Pass CHE 102) Mental Retardation [3]
Students with Mild to Moderate CHE232: Structure & Survey of Functional Groups EFS250: Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for
Mental Retardation [3] 1 [2] (Pre-requisite: CHE 102) students with Learning disabilities/
EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for CHE234: Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 [1] difficulties [3]
students with learning Disabilities/ (Pre-requisite: CHE 102)
difficulties (3 credits) MAT291: Engineering Mathematics I [3] HISTORY
CORE Courses: Take Any Two
Second Major: Environmental Science D.Physics HIS201: African Cultures and Civilisations to c.
ESS261: Basic Teaching Methods in Secondary 150 (3)
CORE COURSES (take all) School Science [3] HIS211: The Rise of Europe World Dominance [3]
ENS242: Introduction to Spatial Analysis [3] (pre-requisite ARC 101, His 102)
PHY231: Mechanics, Vibrations and Waves, HIS213: Poverty, Economic Growth and
Optional Courses: Choose One from the Following Physical Optics[3] (pre-requisite Pass Affluence in Western Europe and
ENS211: The Earth Environment System [3] PHY112) America.[3]
ENS251: The Human Environment System [3] PHY232: Properties of Matter, Basic PLUS
Plus Thermodynamics and Introduction to ELH290: Theory of Teaching History
ELG290 Theory of Geography teaching [3] Nuclear Physics (3 credits) Plus 2/3 credits of Electives or GEC
PLUS: (Pre-requisite = PHY112)
2/3 Credits of GEC/Elective PHY239: Physics Practicals 3.1 (1 credit)
Pre-requisites Pass PHY112, Co-requisites =
PHY231 or 232) (1)
43
Special Education - Single Major HEARING IMPAIRMENT CHEM343: Physical Chemistry Laboratory III
IN-SERVICE (18 Credits) EFS330 Approaches in Teaching Language to (1 credit) Pre-requisite: Pass
CORE (to be taken by all) the Deaf (3) CHEM 242/244
EFS201 Psychology of exceptional children [3]
Plus One course from the Followings LEARNING DISABILITIES c) MATHEMATICS Core
EFS240 Curriculum and instructional Methods EFS350 Developmental Approaches and ESM361: Teaching Strategies for School
for Students with Mild to Behavioural Management of Mathematics (3 credits) Pre-requisite:
Moderate Mental Retardation [3] Students with Learning Disabilities/ Grade D or above in MAT 211
EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for Difficulties [3] MAT321: Real Analysis I (3 credits) Pre-requisite:
students with learning Disabilities/ Grade D or above in MAT 221
difficulties[3] MENTAL RETARDATION Plus, (choose one)
Optional Courses: One course from the Followings EFS340: Methods in Teaching School Subjects MAT251: Vectors and Introductory Mechanics [3]
EFS220 Braille Reading and Writing with visual to Students with Mental Retardation/ Pre-requisite: Pass MAT 122
Impairment [3] Intellectual disabilities [3] MAT323: Vector Calculus (3 credits) Pre-requisite:
EFS230 Communication Process for Pass MAT 222
students with Hearing impairment [3] Theology and Religious Studies
Plus GEC Take any Two d) PHYSICS Core
ICT121E Computing and Information Skills I (2) TRS301: Christology [3] ESP361: Pedagogic Strategies for School Physics
TRS302: Missionaries in 19 Century South Africa [3] (3 credits) Pre-requisite Pass ESS 262
Plus TRS304: African Philosophy and Culture [3] PHY351: Advanced Mechanics (3) Pre-requisite
Any Elective Course [3] TRS303: Creation and the Bible [3] =PHY231
Level 3 Plus PHY352: Introduction to quantum Mechanics [3]
Semester: 1 (17-18 Credits) ELR301: Theory and Practice of Religious Pre-requisite =PHY231
Education in Secondary Schools (3 Credits) PHY359: Physics Practicals 5 (2) Pre-requisite
Double Major: Special Education & History =PHY239 & 249)
CORE Moral Education Students Take Plus GEC 2 credits
EFS301: Educational Assessments and ELM301 Theory of Religious Education [3] Double Major: Special Education & African Languages
Identification of Students PLUS and Literature
with Disabilities (3 credits) One GEC or Elective ( 2-3 credits)
Plus One Area relevant to SPED Double Major: Special Education & Science CORE (To be taken by all)
Specialization CORE EFS301: Educational Assessment and
EFS301: Educational Assessment and Identification of Students
VISUAL IMPAIRMENT Identification of Students with Disabilities [3]
EFS320: Advanced Mobility and Orientation for with Disabilities [3] Plus one area relevant to SPED specialization
Students with Visual Impairment [3]
Plus one area course relevant to SPED specialization VISUAL IMPAIRMENT
HEARING IMPAIRMENT VISUAL IMPAIRMENT EFS320: Advanced Mobility and Orientation for
EFS330: Approaches in Teaching Language to EFS 320: Advanced Mobility and Orientation for Students with Visual Impairment [3]
the Deaf [3] Students with Visual Impairment [3]
HEARING IMPAIRMENT
LEARNING DISABILITIES HEARING IMPAIRMENT EFS330 Approaches in Teaching Language to
EFS350: Developmental Approaches and EFS 330: Approaches in Teaching Language to the Deaf [3]
Behavioural Management of Students the Deaf [3]
with Learning Disabilities [3] LEARNING DISABILITIES
LEARNING DISABILITIES/DIFFICULTIES EFS350 Developmental Approach and
MENTAL RETARDATION EFS 350: Developmental Approaches and Behavioural Management of Students
EFS340: Teaching School Subjects to Students with Behavioural Management of Students with Disabilities/Difficulties [3]
Mental Retardation [3] with Learning Disabilities (3)
EFS 340: Teaching School Subjects to Students MENTAL RETARDATION
Second Major: History with Mental Retardation/Intellectual EFS340: Methods of Teaching School Subjects to
Take any Two Disabilities [3] Students with Mental Retardation [3]
HIS331 African Diaspora in the Islamic World &
Asia [3] Choose one of a, b, c or d Plus one of the following:
HIS333 Intro to Foreign Policy, Diplomacy and
International Relations 1800-1945 [3] a) BIOLOGY Core SECOND MAJOR: AFRICAN LANGUAGES
HIS335 Colonial Latin America to 1830 (3) ESB361: Teaching in the Contemporary Biology ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (3)
HIS343 Trade & Politics in Central African Classroom (3) Pre-requisite: Pass ESS262 ALL322 The Structure of Meaning (3)
Kingdoms [3] BIO316: Plant Physiology (3) ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory [3]
Plus BIO307: Biochemistry (3) Pre-requisite Pass: BIO211 Plus
ELC300: Education for Self-Reliance [3] BIO317: Comparative Vertebrate Physiology [3] ELL301 Curriculum and Policy Issues in
ELC302: Gender Issues and Social Studies [3] Pre-requisite: Pass BIO214 Genetics Language Education [3]
Double major: Special Education & Theology
and Religious Studies b) CHEMISTRY Core Double Major: Special Education & English
CORE ESC361 Introductory Pedagogical Content CORE
EFS301: Educational Assessment & Identification Knowledge in School Chemistry (3) EFS301: Educational Assessment and
of Students with Disabilities [3] Pre-requisite: Pass ESS262 Identification of Students
Plus one area course relevant to SPED specialization CHE321: Coordination Chemistry (2 Credits) Pre- with Disabilities (3)
requisite: Pass CHEM 221/223 Plus one area of Special Education Area of
VISUAL IMPAIRMENT CHE323: Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (credit specialization
EFS320: Advanced Mobility and Orientation for 1) Pre-requisite: Pass CHEM 223
Students with Visual Impairment [3] CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic VISUAL IMPAIRMENT
& Electrochemistry (2 credits) EFS320: Advanced Mobility and Orientation for
Pre-requisite: Pass CHEM 242 Students with Visual Impairment (3)
44
HEARING IMPAIRMENT Double Major: Special Education & Social Studies LEVEL 4
EFS330 Approaches in Teaching Language to CORE (To be taken by all) SEMESTER 1 (15-18 Credits)
the Deaf (3) EFS301 Educational Assessment and
Identification of Students Double Major: Special Education and History
LEARNING DISABILITIES with Disabilities (3) SPED: CORE
EFS350 Developmental Approach and Plus one area course relevant to SPED specialization EFS401 Rehabilitation & Transition of children
Behavioural Management of Students with disabilities (3)
with Disabilities/Difficulties (3) VISUAL IMPAIRMENT EFR220: Introduction to Educational Research (3)
EFS320 Advanced Mobility and Orientation for
MENTAL RETARDATION Students with Visual Impairment (3 credits) Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization
EFS340: Methods of Teaching School Subjects to EFS420 Teaching Students with Low vision (3)
Students with Mental Retardation (3) HEARING IMPAIRMENT EFS430 Educating Students with Hearing
EFS330 Approaches in Teaching Language to Impairment (3)
SECOND MAJOR: ENGLISH the Deaf (3) EFS440 School- and Community-Based
Take any Two Programmes for Individuals with
MENTAL RETARDATION Mental Retardation (3)
ENG311 Modern English Grammar (3) EFS340: Methods in Teaching School Subjects EFS450 Educational Services for Individuals with
ENG317 African Drama (3) to Students with Mental Retardation/ Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Across
ENG327 Practical Theater (3) Intellectual disabilities (3) the Life Span (3 credits)
ENG332 English Romantic Poetry:
The Early Romantics (3) LEARNING DISABILITIES/DIFFICULTIES SECOND MAJOR: CORE COURSES
ENG334 Commonwealth Literature (3) EFS350 Developmental Approaches and HIS401 Mfecane and the Settler Scramble South
ENG341: Introduction to Socio-linguistics Behavioural Management of Students Africa (3)
(3 credits) with Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Plus One from the following:
ENG342: Elizabethan and Jacobean Literature: HIS431 Natives and Settlers in Early North
Drama (3) Social Studies America (3)
ENG351: Phonology in English (3 Credits) Take All HIS441 Slave Trade and Colonial Conquests in
ENG352: The Metaphysical Poet (3 credits) ELC300 Education for Self Reliance (3) East Africa (3)
ENG363: Oral Literature (3 credits) ELC302 Gender Issues in Social Studies (3) HIS443 Islam, Imperialism and the Military in the
ENG373: Botswana Literature (3) Plus Making of Modern Egypt (3)
Plus 2 Electives Courses (5-6 credits) HIS445 Globalization and Third World
ELL301 Curriculum and Policy Issues in Single Major: Special Education Economies in Africa, Latin America and
Language Education (3) IN- SERVICE: (15 – 18 credits) South East Asia
Plus CORE (To be taken by All) Plus One from the following:
Any GEC or Elective (2-3 credits) EFS301: Educational Assessments and ELC400 Socialization Issues (3)
Identification of Students ELC403 Economic Cooperation and Integration(3)
Double Major: Special Education & Environmental with Disabilities (3)
Science Double major: Special Education and Theology and
CORE (To be taken by all) Plus One Areas of Specialization Religious Studies
EFS301: Educational Assessment and LEARNING DISABILITIES SPED CORE (To be taken by all)
Identification of Students EFS350: Developmental Approaches and EFS401 Rehabilitation and Transition for
with Disabilities (3) Behavioural Management of Students Children and Youth with Disabilities [3]
with Learning Disabilities (3) EFR220: Introduction to Educational Research [3]
Plus one area course relevant to SPED specialization Plus One course relevant to SPED specialization
MENTAL RETARDATION EFS420 Teaching Students with Low vision [3]
VISUAL IMPAIRMENT EFS340: Methods of Teaching School Subjects to EFS430 Educating Students with Hearing
EFS320: Advanced Mobility and Orientation for Students with Mental Retardation (3) Impairment [3]
Students with Visual Impairment (3) EFS440 School- and Community-Based
VISUAL IMPAIRMENT Programmes for Individuals with
HEARING INPAIRMENT EFS320: Advanced Mobility and Orientation for Mental Retardation [3]
EFS330 Approaches in Teaching Language to Students with Visual Impairment (3) EFS450 Educational Services for Individuals with
the Deaf (3) Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Across
HEARING IMPAIRMENT the Life Span [3]
LEARNING DISABILITIES EFS330: Approaches in Teaching Language to
EFS350 Developmental Approach and the Deaf (3) SECOND MAJOR: CORE COURSE
Behavioural Management of Students
with Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Optional Course: Take One (Not in your area of ELR401 Teaching Religious Education In
Specialization) Secondary Schools [3]
MENTAL RETARDATION EFS240: Curriculum and instructional Methods
EFS340 Methods of Teaching School Subjects to for Students with Mild to Moderate Take Two from the following, with one being in the area
Students with Mental Retardation (3) Mental Retardation [3] of specialization
EFS250: Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for TRS401 New Religious Movements [3]
Environmental Science students with learning disabilities/ TRS402 Religion and Politics (3)
Take any Two from the following difficulties [3] TRS403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible [3]
ENS301: Contemporary Environmental issues (3) EFS220: Braille Reading and Writing with visual TRS404 Metaphysics IV: Personal Identity[3]
ENS302: Sustainable Development (3) Impairment [3]
ENS341: Advanced Quantitative Methods in EFS230: Communication Process for students with Double Major: Special Education & Moral Education
Environmental Science (3) Hearing impairment [3]
Plus Plus (Only for UB diploma SpED) 8 Special Education
EEL301: Introduction to Environmental Education (3) COM161E Communication and Study Skills I (3) CORE (To be taken by all)
Plus ICT121E Computing and Information Skills I (2)
GEC or Elective (2-3 credits) Plus EFS401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Children
Any Elective Course (2/3 Credits) with disabilities [3]
EFR220 Introduction to educational Research [3]
Plus One Area Relevant to SPED
45
specialization Education (2 credits) ENG471 Introduction to Literary Stylistics (2)

EFS420 Teaching Students with Low vision [3] MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable [3] Plus
EFS430 Educating Students with Hearing MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3)[ Pre.req. Pass ELL401 Foundations of Multi-Cultural Literacy
Impairment [3] MAT324] Education [3]
EFS440 School- and Community-Based
Programmes for Individuals with (D) Physics (Take All) Double Major: Special Education and Primary Education
Mental Retardation [3] ESP461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for CORE
EFS450 Educational Services for Individuals with School Physics [3][ Pre.req. Pass ESP362] EFS401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Children
Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Across ESS441 Information and communication with Disabilities (3)
the Life Span [3] technology for the science teacher (2) EFR220 Introduction to Educational Research(3)
PHY472 Statistical Mechanics [3]
Second Major: Moral Education PHY473 Solid State Physics [3] Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization
ELM401 Practice of Moral Education [3] PHY489 Physics Practicals 7.1 (2) [ Pre.req. = PHY EFS420 Teaching Students with Low Vision (3)
TRS401 New religious movements [3] 359 and 369] EFS430 Educating Students with Hearing
Optional Courses (Take one) Impairment (3)
ELM492 Evaluation of Moral education Double Major: Special Education and African Language EFS440 School- and Community-Based
curriculum in Botswana and Literature (Pre-service & In-Service) Programmes for Individuals with Mental
secondary schools [3] SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) Retardation (3)
TRS407 Socio-cultural, legal and political EFS401 Rehabilitation & Transition of Children EFS450 Educational Services for Individuals with
structures of Islam (3) with Disabilities [3] Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Across
TRS409 African Christian Theologies [3] EFR220: Introduction to Educational Research (3) the Life Span (3)
TRS410 Theories of Government [3]
TRS411 Politics and development of biblical Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization Plus CORE courses and optional course relevant to
thought [3] EFS420: Teaching Students with Low Vision (3) concentration in Primary Education from one of the
TRS412 Ecumenical Theologies (3) EFS430: Educating Students with Hearing following:
Double Major: Special Education and Science Impairment [3]
SPED: CORE EFS440 School- and Community-Based 1. Language Concentration (Choose Three)
EFS401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Children Programmes for Individuals with Mental EPL411 Teaching Reading in the Primary School
and Youth with Disabilities (3) Retardation [3] (3)
EFR220: Introduction to Educational Research [3] EFS450 Educational Services for Individuals with EPL414 Literature for primary schools (3)
Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties across ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (3)
Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization the Life Span[3] ALL321 The Structure of Sentence (3)
EFS420 Teaching Students with Low Vision [3]
EFS430 Educating Students with Hearing SECOND MAJOR: African language and Literature 2. Mathematics & Science Concentration
Impairment [3] Take Two of the following EPM426 Introduction to Derivatives & their
EFS440 School- and Community-Based ALL421: Introduction to Historical and Application (3 credits, pre-req. EPM 327)
Programmes for Individuals with Mental Comparative Linguistics Based on Africa EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology & Earth
Retardation (3) [3] Science (3)
EFS450 Educational Services for Individuals with ALL422 A Socio-linguistic Study of Southern Plus
Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Across Africa [3] 1 elective (3)
the Life Span [3] ALL441 World Literature in Setswana Translation 3. Social Studies & Religious Education
[3] Concentration
Plus EPS401 The Role of Democracy in the Teaching
MATHS/SCIENCE CORE COURSES ELL401 Foundations of Multi-Cultural Literacy of Social Studies (3 credits)
(Pick from your specialization) A B C D Education [3] ELC431 Civic Education (3)
OR
(A) Biology (Take All) Double Major: Special Education and English ELC461 Human Rights Issues (3)
ESB461 Critical Debates in Biology Education SPED: CORE (To be taken by all)
(Pre-requisites: Pass ESB 362] [3] EFS401 Rehabilitation & Transition of Children Plus
ESS441 Information and Communication with Disabilities [3] 1 Elective (3 credits)
Technology for the Science Teacher (2) EFR220 Introduction to Educational Research [3] 4. Practical Subjects Concentration
BIO409 Life History Strategies [3] A. Art Education Concentration
BIO421 Entomology [3] Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization CORE
EFS420 Teaching Students with Low Vision [3] EPP405 Integrated Arts Education in Cultural
(B) Chemistry EFS430 Educating Students with Hearing Context (4 credits)
ESC461 Further Issues in Chemistry Pedagogical Impairment [3]
Content Knowledge [3] EFS440 School- and Community-Based OPTIONAL COURSES
ESS441 Information and communication Programmes for Individuals with Mental ENG427 Theory & Practice in Drama [3]
technology for the science teacher (2) Retardation [3] EPL411 Teaching Reading in the Primary School
Plus EFS450 Educational Services for Individuals with [3]
TWO from the following teaching Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties across EPL414 Literature for Primary Schools [3]
CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal Chemistry the Life Span [3] EPI431 Management of Early Childhood
[3][ Pre.req. Pass CHE322] Programme [3]
CHE431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic SECOND MAJOR EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and Earth
reaction & Design of Organic Synthesis English (Take any Two) Sciences [3]
[3][ Pre.req. Pass CHE332] ENG412 Introductions to Shakespeare [3] EPI442 Environmental Conservation
CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry [3] ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (3) Strategies [3]
[ Pre.req. Pass CHE341] ENG415 Readings in Literary Theory I [3] EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and
(C) Mathematics (Take All) ENG331 Language Acquisition [3] Cognitive Development [3]
ESM461 Advanced Teaching Methods in School ENG441 Introduction to Pragmatics [3]
Maths [3][ Pre.req. Pass ESM362] ENG413 The African Novel [3] B. Music Education Concentration
ESM441 Introduction to ICT in Mathematics ENG417 Theory and Practice of Drama (3) CORE
ENG427 Dramatic Literature [3] EPP447 Basic Instrumental Skills (4 credits)
46
Plus one Optional Course from the following B. OPTIONAL COURSES (Choose any two) SEMESTER 2
PHR424 Movement & Creative Dance Technique ESM441 Introduction to Info. & Communication LEVEL 1 (Pre-service)
(2) Tech. in Maths Education [3] Double Major: Special Education and History (16)
PHR313 Nutrition & Sports Performance (2) ESM471 Contemporary Issues in Maths
FCS302 Consumer Education & Protection (2) Education (2) CORE
PHR309 Adapted Physical Education (2) ESM481 Research Projects in Maths/Science EFS102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special
PHR400 Track & Field Athletics [3] Education (2 credits) Education (3)
Plus EFS103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3)
1 Elective [3] SCIENCE TEACHERS (FACULTY OF SCIENCE) EFS104 Introduction to Procedures for
A.CORE COURSES Assessment of Disabilities (3)
Double Major: Special Education and Environmental SCIENCE EDUCATION (CHOOSE ONE) COM162 Academic and Professional
Science ESB461 Critical debates in Biology Education [3] Communication (Education) (3)
ESC461 Further Issues I Chemistry Pedagogic ICT122E Computer & Information Skills II (2)
SPED: CORE Content [3]
EFS401 Rehabilitation & Transition of Children Second Major: History
with Disabilities [3] ESP461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for School HIS102 Introduction to the Study of History (2)
EFR220: Introduction to Educational Research (3) Physics [3]
Take an Elective (2-3 credits)
Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization SCIENCES (FACULTY OF SCIENCE)
EFS420 Teaching Students with Low Vision [3] (Continue with ONE of the Teaching Subjects Taken in Double Major:Special Education and English (20)
EFS430 Educating Students with Hearing Level Three)
Impairment [3] CORE Courses
EFS440 School- and Community-Based Biology EFS102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special
Programmes for Individuals with Mental BIO316 Invertebrate Zoology [3] Education (3)
Retardation [3] BIO317 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology [3] EFS103 Medical Aspects of Disability [3]
EFS450 Educational Services for Individuals with EFS104 Introduction to Procedures for
Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Across Chemistry Assessment of Disabilities (3)
the Life Span [3] CHE321 Coordination chemistry (2) COM162 Academic and Professional
CHE323 Inorganic chemistry Laboratory II (1) Communication (Education) (3)
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamics and ICT122E Computer & Information Skills II (2)
Core
ELL401 Environmental Education Conservation Electrochemistry (2) Second Major: English
Strategies [3] CHE343 Physical Chemistry laboratory III (1) ENG123 Introduction to Literature Drama &
Take any Two course from the following: Poetry (3)
ENS450 : The African Environment [3] Physics ENG131 Writing in English (3)
ENS451 : Rural Development Theory and Practice PHY311 Mechanics (2)
[3] PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) Double Major: Special Education and African Languages
ENS467 : Ecotourism (3) PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) & Literature (18 credits)
ENV423 :Urban Social Theory [3] CORE Courses
ENS403 : Environmental Hazards and Disaster B. OPTIONAL COURSES (Choose any one) EFS102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special
Management [3] ESS 441 Introduction to Info. & Communic. Education (3)
Techn. In Science Education (2) EFS103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3)
SECONDARY IN-SERVICE – Maths/Science ESS 471 Contemporary Issues in Science EFS104 Introduction to Procedures for
SPED: CORE Education (2) Assessment of Disabilities (3)
EFS401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Children ESS 481 Research Projects in Maths/Science COM162 Academic and Professional
and Youth with Disabilities [3] Education (2) Communication (Education) (3)
ICT122E Computer & Information Skills II (2)
EFR220: Introduction to Educational Research [3] Special Education and Social Studies
SPED: CORE Second Major: African Language and Literature
Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization EFS401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Children ALL121 Introduction to the study of Language
EFS420 Teaching Students with Low Vision (3) and Youth with Disabilities (3 credits) and Linguistics (3)
EFS430 Educating Students with Hearing EFR220: Introduction to Educational Research (3) ALL142 The Study of Drama in Indigenous
Impairment (3) Languages (2)
EFS440 School- and Community-Based Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization LEVEL 2
Programmes for Individuals with Mental EFS420 Teaching Students with Low Vision[3] Double Major: Special Education and English: (17-18)
Retardation [3] EFS430 Educating Students with Hearing FOR EACH SPED MAJOR TAKE ALL COURSES
EFS450 Educational Services for Individuals with Impairment [3]
Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Across EFS440 School- and Community-Based Visual Impairment
the Life Span (3) Programmes for Individuals with Mental EFS221 Instructional Methods for Students with
Retardation [3] Visual Impairment (3)
Plus CORE COURSES FROM THE FOLLOWING EFS450 Educational Services for Individuals with EFS223 Mobility and Orientation for the Visually
MATHEMATICS TEACHERS Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Across Impaired (3)
A. CORE COURSES the Life Span [3]
MATHEMATICS EDUCATION Second Major- Social Studies Hearing Impairment
ESM461 Advanced Teaching Methods in School ELC400 Socialization Issues [3]ELC 403 Economic EFS231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of
Mathematics [3] Cooperation and Integration[3] Hearing (3)
Optional (Take One) EFS233 Development of Education for the
MATHEMATICS (FACULTY OF SCIENCE) ELC431 Civic Education (3) Hearing Impaired (3)
ELC461 Human Rights issues (3)
Mathematics Learning Disabilities
MAT483 Real Analysis for Teachers [3] NB. Please note that some courses may change in that EFS251 Remediation Techniques in School
MAT485 Number Theory & Abstract Algebra for case then contact the respective department concerned Subject for Students with Learning
Teachers [3] for appropriate courses.
47
Disabilities/Difficulties (3) D. Physics– (take all) Core

EFS253 Secondary School Programmes for Plus ETP200 Teaching Practice ESS262 Practicum in Secondary School Science
Students with Learning (3) (Pre-req, Pass in ESS 261
Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Double Major: Special Education and PHY241 Advanced Electricity and Magnetism (3
Mental Retardation/Intellectual Disabilities Maths/Science (Pre-req, Pass PHY 122
EFS241 Programme Development for PHY242 Basic Electronics (3credits) (Pre-req, Pass
Students with Mental Retardation(3) FOR EACH SPED MAJOR TAKE ALL COURSES PHY122
EFS242 Early Intervention Programmes for PHY249 Physics Practical 4.1 (1 credits) Pre-Req,
Young Children with Mental Retardation Visual Impairment Pass PHY122, co-requisites PHY 241 or
(3) EFS221 Instructional Methods for Students with 242)
Visual Impairment (3)
Second Major: English EFS223 Mobility and Orientation for the Visually Plus ETP200 Teaching Practice
ENGLISH - CORE Impaired (3)
ENG221 Introduction to English Linguistics (3) Double Major: Special Education and History
ELE291 Practical Approaches to the teaching of Hearing Impairment
English language & Literature EFS231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of FOR EACH SPED MAJOR TAKE ALL COURSES
OR Hearing (3)
ELS291 Practice of Teaching Setswana (3) EFS233 Development of Education for the Visual Impairment
Hearing Impaired (3) EFS221 Instructional Methods for Students with
Optional Course (Choose One from the following) Visual Impairment (3)
ENG222 Introduction to English literature: Poetry Learning Disabilities EFS223 Mobility and Orientation for the Visually
and Drama [3] EFS251 Remediation Techniques in School Impaired (3)
ENG233 The Poetry of Southern Africa (3 credits) Subject for Students with Learning
ENG217 Theatre History [3] Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Hearing Impairment
EFS253 Secondary School Programmes for EFS231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of
Plus one elective or GEC of 2-3 credits Student with Learning Disabilities / Hearing (3)
Difficulties (3) EFS233 Development of Education for the
Plus ETP200 Teaching Practice Hearing Impaired (3)
Mental Retardation/Intellectual Disabilities
Double Major: Special Education; African EFS241 Programme Development for Students Learning Disabilities
Languages & Literature with Mental Retardation (3) EFS251 Remediation Techniques in School
EFS242 Early Intervention Programmes for Subject for Students with Learning
FOR EACH SPED MAJOR TAKE ALL COURSES Young Children with Mental Retardation Disabilities/Difficulties. (3)
(3) EFS253 Secondary School Programmes for
Visual Impairment SECOND MAJOR Students with Learning
EFS221 Instructional Methods for Students with Disabilities/Difficulties (3)
Visual Impairment (3) Take A, B, C, OR D
EFS223 Mobility and Orientation for the Visually Mental Retardation/Intellectual Disabilities
Impaired (3) A. Mathematics EFS241 Programme Development for Students
Core with Mental Retardation (3)
Hearing Impairment ESM262 Practicum in Secondary School EFS242 Early Intervention Programmes for
EFS231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of Mathematic (3) (Pre-requisite pass ESM Young Children with Mental Retardation
Hearing (3) 261) (3)
EFS233 Development of Education for the MAT212 Introductory Linear to Algebra (3credits)
Hearing Impaired (3) Prereq.MAT111orA-Level (Pre-requisite * SECOND MAJOR: History
Grade D or above in MAT 111)
Learning Disabilities MAT222 Calculus11 (3) Pre-req. *Grade D or Core
EFS251 Remediation Techniques in School above in MAT221 ELH291 Practice of Teaching History (3)
Subject for Students with Learning Plus one elective or GEC (3) HIS202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic Slave
Disabilities/Difficulties ((3) Trade c. 1500 to c.1800 (3)
EFS253 Secondary School Programmes for B. Biology Optional
Students with Learning Disabilities. / Core Take All Take one course from the following:
Difficulties (3) ESS262 Practicum in Secondary School Science HIS212 Catastrophe and Survival in 20th
teaching (3 credits) (Pre-req, pass ESS 261) Century Europe (3)
Mental Retardation/Intellectual Disabilities BIO 211 Cell Biology (3 credits) (Pre-req, Pass HIS214 Agriculture and Industrializations in the
EFS241 Programme Development for Students BIO111/112) World Economy to 1945 (3)
with Mental Retardation (3) BIO213 Plant Structure and Function (3) Pre-req,
EFS242 Early Intervention Programmes for Pass BIO111/112) Plus one GEC or Elective of 2-3 credits
Young Children with Mental Retardation Plus one elective or GEC (3) Plus ETP200 Teaching Practice
(3)
Second Major: African Languages and Literature C. Chemistry – (take all) Core Double Major: Special Education and Environmental
CORE Take ALL ESS262 Practicum in Secondary School Science Science
ALL222 The Structure of Words in African (3) Pre-req, Pass ESS 261) FOR EACH SPED MAJOR TAKE ALL COURSES
Language (3) CHE221 Atomic Structure Bonding and Group
ALL242 African Written Poetry (3) Chem. (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE 102) Visual Impairment
ELL291 The Teaching of Literature at Secondary CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory 1 EFS221 Instructional Methods for Students with
School (3) (1credit) (Pre-req, Pass CHE 102 Visual Impairment (3)
CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2) (Pre- EFS223 Mobility and Orientation for the Visually
OPTIONAL – CHOOSE ONE req, Pass CHE 102) Impaired (3)
ALL233 Generative Phonology in African CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 (1) (Pre-
Languages (3) req CHE102) Hearing Impairment
ALL253: The Sociology of Literature (3) EFS231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of
48
Hearing (3) ICT122E Computing and Information Skills I Second Major: AFRICAN LANGUAGES & Literature (TAKE
EFS233 Development of Education for the (2credits) ALL)
Hearing Impaired(3) ELL302 The Teaching of Literature at Secondary
LEVEL 3 School Level (3)
Learning Disabilities Double Major: Special Education & English (17-18 ALL342 African Oral Narratives (3)
EFS251 Remediation Techniques in School credits) ALL343 Introduction to African Popular Theatre
Subject for Students with Learning CORE (To be taken by all) (3)
Disabilities. /Difficulties (3) EFS302 Education of the Gifted and Talented (3) Plus one Elective or GEC 2-3 credits
EFS253 School Programmes for Students with Plus One Area Relevant to SPED Plus ETP 300 Teaching Practice
Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) specialization
Double Major: Special Education & Theology and
Mental Retardation/Intellectual Disabilities VISUAL IMPAIRMENT Religious Studies
EFS241 Programme Development for Students EFS321 Communications and Language CORE (To be taken by all)
with Mental Retardation (3) Development for Students with Visual EFS302 Education of the gifted and talented (3)
EFS242 Early Intervention Programmes for Impairment (3) Plus one area course relevant to SPED
Young Children with Mental Retardation specialization
(3) HEARING IMPAIRMENT
EFS331 Advanced Communication Processes for VISUAL IMPAIRMENT
SECOND MAJOR Students with Hearing Impairment (3) EFS321 Communication and Language
Development for Students with Visual
Environmental Science MENTAL RETARDATION Impairment (3)
Core EFS341 Society and Children with Mental
ELG291 Practice of Teaching Geography Retardation (3) HEARING IMPAIRMENT
Education(3) EFS331 Advanced Communication Processes for
ENS241 Quantitative Techniques in LEARNING DISABILITIES Students with Hearing Impairment
Environmental Science(3) EFS351 Career Educations for Students with
ENS252 Botswana Environment(3) Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) MENTAL RETARDATION
PLUS EFS341 Society and Children with Mental
One Elective Second Major: English Retardation (3)
ETP200 Teaching Practice Take All
Special Education - Single Major ELL302 The teaching of Literature at Secondary LEARNING DISABILITIES
School level (3) EFS351 Career Education for Students with
IN-SERVICE (17 Credits) ENG311 Modern English Grammar (3) Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3)
OPTIONAL Courses Second Major: THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES
CORE Take One CORE
ENG343 Modern African Poetry (3) ELR302 Practice of Religious Education (3 credits)
CHOOSE ONE AREA OF CONCENTRATION FROM THE ENG362 English Romantic Poetry(3) TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (3)
FOLLOWING ENG383 Critical Issues in Modern African
(Continue with the area taken in Semester 1) Literature 2 (3) Plus optional courses: Choose two from the Following
ENG393 Current thoughts in the Literature of TRS318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II Translation
MENTAL RETARDATION African Diaspora (3) of Biblical Texts (3)
EFS241 Programme Development for Students Plus one Elective or GEC of 2-3 credits TRS319 Philosophy of Religion (3)
with Mental Retardation (3 credits) Plus ETP 300 Teaching Practice TRS322 History of Christianity in Southern Africa
EFS242 Early Childhood Intervention for young (3)
children with Mental Retardation (3 Double Major: Special Education & African Languages TRS325 Foundation Structures of Islam (3)
marks) & Literature
PLUS GEC or Elective of 2-3 credits
LEARNING DISABILITIES CORE (To be taken by all) Plus ETP 300 Teaching Practice
EFS251 Remediation Techniques in School EFS302 Education of the Gifted and Talented (3)
Subjects for students with learning Plus One Area Relevant to SPED Double Major: Special Education & History
Disabilities/difficulties (3) specialization CORE (To be taken by all)
EFS253 Secondary School Programmes for EFS302 Education of the Gifted and Talented (3)
Students with Learning VISUAL IMPAIRMENT Plus one area course relevant to SPED specialization
Disabilities/Difficulties (3) EFS321 Communications and Language
Development for Students with Visual VISUAL IMPAIRMENT
PLUS ONE AREA FROM THE FOLLOWING OPTIONAL Impairment (3 credits) EFS321 Communication and Language
COURSES: (Continue with the area taken in Semester 1) Development for
HEARING IMPAIRMENT Students with Visual Impairment (3)
VISUAL IMPAIRMENT EFS331 Advanced Communication Processes for
EFS221 Instructional Methods for Students with Students with Hearing Impairment (3 HEARING IMPAIRMENT
Visual Impairment (3) credits) EFS331 Advanced Communication Processes for
EFS222 Early Stimulation Programmes for Students with Hearing Impairment (3)
Children with Visual Impairments (3) LEARNING DISABILITIES MENTAL RETARDATION
EFS351 Career Education for Students with EFS341 Society and Children with Mental
HEARING IMPAIRMENT Learning Disabilities/Difficulties Retardation (3)
EFS231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of (3 credits) LEARNING DISABILITIES
Hearing [3] EFS351 Career Education for Students with
EFS232 Early Childhood Programmes for MENTAL RETARDATION Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3)
Children with Hearing Impairment (3) EFS341 Society and Children with Mental
Plus GEC Retardation (3) Second Major: HISTORY
COM162 Academic and Professional HIS306 Philosophy of History & Research Project
Communication (Education) (3) Proposal (3)
ELC311 Multicultural Educations (3)
49
ELC312 Conflicts & Conflict Resolution in Africa MENTAL RETARDATION PLUS ONE AREA OF CONCENTRATION FROM THE
(3) EFS341 Society and Children with Mental FOLLOWING OPTIONAL COURSES: (Continue with the
Plus Optional Courses. Choose one. Retardation (3) Area selected in Semester 1)
HIS332 African Diaspora in the Caribbean and
the Americas (3) LEARNING DISABILITIES VISUAL IMPAIRMENT
HIS334 Superpowers in the 20th Century (3) EFS351 Career Education for Students with EFS321 Communication and Language
HIS336 Modern Latin America (3) Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Development for Students with
HIS344 The Roots of Crisis in Modern Central Visual Impairment ((3)
Africa (3) Second Major: Science
Plus ETP 300 Teaching Practice Continue with One of the following areas of HEARING INPAIRMENT
concentration EFS331 Advanced Communication Processes for
Double Major: Special Education & Environmental Students with Hearing Impairment (3)
Science a. MATHEMATICS PLUS
Special Education ESM362 Advanced Practicum in School COM162E Communication and Study Skills (3)
CORE (To be taken by all) Mathematics (3) ICT22E Computing and Information
Skills (3)
EFS302 Education of the Gifted and Talented (3) Plus two from the following
MAT312 Abstract Algebra II [Pre req. MAT 311] (3) LEVEL 4
Plus one area course relevant to SPED specialization MAT324 Differential Equation [Pre req. MAT 222] Double Major: Special Education and Environmental
(3) Science (15-19 credits)
VISUAL IMPAIRMENT MAT322 Real Analysis II (3)
FIRST MAJOR: SPECIAL EDUCATION
EFS321 Communications and Language
Development for Students with Visual b. BIOLOGY
ESB362 Advanced Practicum in School Biology CORE Courses:
Impairment (3)
(3) EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and
BIO305 Insect Pest/Vector Control (3 credits) Concerns in SPED (3)
HEARING IMPAIRMENT
BIO215 Principles of Ecology [Pre-req. for EFS402 Strategies for Helping families of
EFS331 Advanced Communication Processes for
BIO 434] (3) Students with Disabilities(3)
Students with Hearing Impairment (3)
Plus one of:
BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) Plus One OPTIONAL Course from the following:
MENTAL RETARDATION BIO308 Molecular Biology (3) EFS403 Speech Correction for Students with
EFS341 Society and Children with Mental Communication Disorders (3)
Retardation (3) b. CHEMISTRY EFS404 Education of Children with ADHD (3)
ESC362 Advanced Practicum in School
LEARNING DISABILITIES Chemistry (3) SECOND MAJOR: Environmental Science
EFS351 Career Educations for Students with
Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Plus two from the following: CORE Course:
CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2) ELC411 Curriculum Development for Social
SECOND MAJOR: ( Pre-req CHE 211) Studies Teacher (3)
Environmental Science CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Lab II (1) ( Pre-req ELC404 Development of Social Studies
Core courses take all CHEM 311) Instructional Materials (3)
EEL302 Environmental Education Methodology CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) (Pre-req
(3) CHEM 232, CHE 331) (3) Plus any TWO of the following courses:
Optional Take Any Two CHE3341 1 Organic Chemistry Lab II (1) ENS402 Natural Resource Management and
ENS302 Sustainable Development (3) (Pre-req CHE 234; CHEM 331) (1) Economics (3 credits)
ENS343 Cartography and Map Analysis (3) ENS454 Industrialization Trends in the
ENS352 Globalization, Socio-economic & d. PHYSICS Developing World (3)
Environmental Change (3) ESP362 Advanced Practicum in School Physics. ENS466 Urbanization in Developing Countries (3)
ENS361 Techniques in Population Geography (3) (3) ENS408 Tourism and Development (3)
ENS363 Health Care Geography (3) PHY361 Introduction to Electromagnetism ENS443 Advanced Cartography (3)
ENS364 Urban & Rural Survey Technique Pre-req. PHY 241] (3) ENS444 Digital Image Processing & Analysis (3)
(3) PHY362 Analytical Thermodynamic ENS450 African Environment (3)
ENS368 Methods & Techniques in Tourism (3) [Pre-reqt. PHY 232] (3) ENS452 Rural Development in Botswana (3)
PHY369 Physics Practicals 6.1 (2) ENS456 Transport & Environment (3)
PLUS GEC or Elective of 2 to 3 credits Plus ETP 300 Teaching Practice ENS458 Gender and Environment (3)
Plus ETP 300 Teaching Practice
Double Major: Special Education & Science SINGLE MAJOR: Special Education (18) DOUBLE MAJOR: Special Education and Theology &
IN-SERVICE Religious Studies
CORE (To be taken by all)
EFS302 Education of the Gifted and Talented (3) CORE (To be taken by all) FIRST MAJOR: SPECIAL EDUCATION
EFS302 Education of the Gifted and Talented (3) CORE Courses
Plus one area course relevant to SPED specialization EFS400 Project: Issues and Concerns in SPED (3)
Plus One AREA of concentration from the following CORE EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of
Students with disabilities (3)
VISUAL IMPAIRMENT courses (continue with the Area selected in Semester 1)
EFS321 Communication and Language
LEARNING DISABILITIES Plus OPTIONAL Course (One of the following)
Development for Students with Visual
EFS351 Career Education for Students with EFS403 Speech correction for Students with
Impairment (3)
Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Communication Disorders (3)
EFS404 Education of Students with ADHD (3)
HEARING IMPAIRMENT MENTAL RETARDATION
EFS331 Advanced Communication Processes for EFS341 Society and Children with Mental SECOND MAJOR: THEOLOGY & RELIGIOUS STUDIES
students with hearing Impairment Retardation (3) CORE courses:
ELR402 Curriculum Design in Religious
Education (3)
50
TRS415 Twentieth Century Theologians (3) Double Major: Special Education and English Double major: Special Education and Social Studies
TRS416 Religion and Modernity (3) FIRST MAJOR: SPECIAL EDUCATION
FIRST MAJOR: SPECIAL EDUCATION
Plus One OPTIONAL Course CORE Courses
ELR492 Evaluation of RE curriculum in Botswana EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and CORE Courses:
TRS417 Paul’s Epistle (3) Concerns in Special Education (3)
TRS418 Contemporary African Philosophy (3) EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and
TRS421 History of Christianity: Modern and Students with Disabilities (3) Concerns in SPED (3)
Contemporary (3) EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of
TRS424 Buddhism (3) Plus OPTIONAL Course (Choose One of the following) Students with Disabilities (3)
TRS426 Religious rituals and Sacred Places (3) EFS403 Speech Correction for Students with
TRS428 Religious Pluralism (3) Communication Disorders (3) Plus OPTIONAL Course: Choose One of the following).
EFS404 Education of Students with ADHD [3] EFS403 Speech Correction for Students with
Double major: Special Education and Primary Education Communication Disorders (3 credits)
Second Major: English EFS404 Education of Children with ADHD (3
FIRST MAJOR: SPECIAL EDUCATION CORE credits)
ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches to Literacy
CORE Courses: (Take all) Education [3] SECOND MAJOR: SOCIAL STUDIES
EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and ENG451 Introduction to Semantics [3]
Concerns in SPED (3) CORE Course:
EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of Plus One Optional English courses from the following
Students with Disabilities (3) ELL405 Material Development and evaluation in ELC411 Curriculum Design for Social Studies (3)
Language Education [3] ELC404 Development of Social Studies
Plus OPTIONAL Course (One of the following): ENG411 Form, Function and Variation in English instructional Materials (3)
EFS403 Speech Correction for Students with [3]
Communication Disorders (3) ENG431 Introduction to Discourse analysis [3] Plus OPTIONAL Course: Choose One of the
EFS404 Education of Children with ADHD (3) ENG443 The African Novel II [3] following).
ENG463 Gender Issues in African Literature [3] ELC421 Global Perspective & Materials in Social
SECOND MAJOR: PRIMARY EDUCATION SUBJECT ENG481 Language and Gender [3] Studies (3)
CONCENTRATION ENG482 Modern English Drama [3] ELC441 Social Studies and Affirmative Actions (3)
Take 1, 2, 3, or 4 ENG492 Modern English Poetry [3]
1. Language Concentration ENG434 Non-European World Literature [3] Double major: Special Education and Science (PRE-
SERVICE)
CORE Courses: Take any Two
ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (3) Double major: Special Education and African Languages FIRST MAJOR: SPECIAL EDUCATION
EPL412 Teaching Reading in the Primary School & Literature CORE Courses:
(3)
ALL342 African Oral Narratives (3) FIRST MAJOR- SPECIAL EDUCATION EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and
Concerns in SPED (3)
Plus OPTIONAL Course (Choose One) CORE Courses: EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of
ENG435 Readings in Literary Theory 2 (3) EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and Students with Learning Disabilities/
EPE411 Educational Management and Concerns in Special Education (3) Difficulties (3)
Curriculum Development (2 credits) EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of
ALL354 The Contemporary Setswana Novel (3) Students with Disabilities (3) Plus OPTIONAL Course (Choose One of the following):
EFS403 Speech Correction for Students with
2. Mathematics and Science Plus OPTIONAL Course: (One of the following) Communication Disorders (3)
CORE Courses: EFS403 Speech Correction for Students with EFS404 Education of Students with ADHD (3)
EPM427 Calculus II (3 credits, pre-req. EPM 426) Communication Disorders (3)
EPM428 Advanced Concepts in Physics and EFS404 Education of Students with ADHD(3) Second Major: MATHS OR SCIENCE
Chemistry (3)
Second Major: African Languages and Literature Choose TWO of the following within one’s area.
3. Social Studies and Religious Education ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches to Literacy ESE412 Introduction to Web Design,
Education(3) Development & Publishing for Teachers
CORE Courses: (2 credits)
EPS400 Contemporary Issues in Teaching Plus One (CORE) course from the following ESE442 ICT and e-Learning (2 credits)
Primary Social Studies (3) ALL423 The Bantu and Khoe-San Languages of ESM412 Mathematics and Society (2)
EPS403 International Organizations and Southern Africa (3 credits) ESM442 ICT in Mathematics Education (II) (2)
Governance (3) ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and Practice (3) ESS412 Introduction to the History and
Plus 1 Elective or GEC ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (3) Philosophy of Science (2)
ESS442 Further Issues in ICT for the Science
4. Practical Subjects: Optional Teacher (2)
ONE from the Practical Subject chosen at Level 2/3: Choose One Optional Course from the following
ELL405 Materials Development and Evaluation AREAS OF CONCENTRATION (Continue with the Teaching
i. Art Education in Language Education (3 Credits) Subject passed in level 300)
EPP406 Contemporary Issues in Art Education (4) ALL434 Introduction to applied Linguistics (3) Biology (Choose TWO)
ALL454 Children’s tradition and Dramatics (3) BIO416 Immunology (3 credits)
ii. Music Education ALL455 Postcolonial Theory and African [Pre-requisite: Pass BIO216]
EPP449 Movement in Music (4) Literature (2) BIO423 Exercise Physiology (3)
Plus One Elective or GEC (2-3 credits) BIO424 Vertebrate Structure (3)
BIO430 Post-Harvest Physiology (3)
BIO311 Plant Systematics (3)
BIO418 Food Microbiology (3)
BIO434 Plant Ecology (3 credits) [Pre-requisite:
51
Pass BIO 215] 3. Mathematics Counselling will gain credit exemptions for equivalent
MAT324 Differential Equations (3) courses completed at College level. Entrants who
Chemistry (Choose TWO) gain sufficient credit exemptions may enter with
CHE412 Sample handling and biochemical Plus ONE of advanced standing and enrol direct in Levels 200 or
analysis (3) [Pre-requisite Pass CHE311/312] MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) 300. Credit exemptions will be considered on a case-
CHE432 Secondary metabolites and MAT482 Geometry for Teachers (3) by case basis. Relevant work experience shall be an
biomolecules (3) [Pre-requisite: MAT484 Introduction to Probability & Statistics for added advantage.
Pass CHE331] Teachers (3) c) Holders of a Certificate in Education plus BGCSE/
CHE442 Advanced physical chemistry (II) (3) COSC grades or equivalent not meeting ii (a) above
[Pre-requisite: Pass CHE341] 4. Physics (Take all) but who have at least two years appropriate work
PHY361 Introduction to Electromagnetism [Pre- experience may be admitted under the Mature Age
Mathematics (Choose TWO) reqt. PHY 241] (3) Entry
MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) PHY362 Analytical Thermodynamics Scheme. Applicants admitted through this scheme
[Pre-requisite:D grade or above in MAT 122] [Pre-reqt. PHY 232] (3) PHY369 shall be interviewed.
MAT412 Number Theory (3) Physics Practicals 6.1 (2) d) To determine the numbers who take the Major/Major,
[Pre-requisite: D grade or above there will be screening and interviews. The screening
in MAT311] Special Education and Social Studies will include BGCSE grade equivalents of credit in
MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) [Pre-requisite: D CORE Courses: English and pass in Mathematics, passing core courses
grade or above in MA311] EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and in counselling at levels 100 and 200 a minimum GPA
MAT426 Partial Differential Equations (3) [Pre- Concerns in SPED (3) of 3.0, a personal interview in which the academic
requisite: Pass MAT 423] EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of background, educational and professional goals,
Students with Learning Disabilities/ experience, personal and emotional stability of each
Physics (Take all) Difficulties (3) candidate are evaluated before admission is granted.
PHY481 Atomic and Basic Nuclear Physics (3)
PHY482 Statistical Mechanics II [ pre-reqt. PHY Plus OPTIONAL Course (Choose One of the following): Major/Minor – BEd. Counselling
472](3) EFS403 Speech Correction for Students with Major/Minor Courses
PHY483 Advanced Solid State Physics [Pre-reqt. Communication Disorders (3) Student in the Major/Minor will take the
473; Co-reqt 482](3) EFS404 Education of Students with ADHD (3) following courses.
PHY489 Physics Practicals 8.1 [Pre-requisite: Pass
PHY359 and 369] (2) Second Major (Social Studies) Level 100
ELC411 Curriculum development for Social Semester 1
Double Major: Special Education and Science Studies Teachers (3) Core Courses
SECONDARY IN-SERVICE ELC404 Development of Social Studios EFH100 Foundations of Guidance and
Instructional Materials (3) Counselling (3)
FIRST MAJOR: SPECIAL EDUCATION Optional Courses (take One) EFP100 Introduction to Educational Psychology
ELC441 Social Studies and Affirmative Action (3) (3)
CORE Courses: (9) ELC421 Global Perspective and Material in Social Elective Course (3)
EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and Studies (3) Students shall select 1 elective course, not
Concerns in SPED (3) already taken.
EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of NB. Please note that some courses may change in that
Students with Disabilities (3) case then contact the respective department concerned General Education Courses (5)
for appropriate courses. COM161 Communication and Academic Literacy
Plus OPTIONAL Course (Choose One of the following): Skills (Education) (3)
EFS403 Speech Correction for Students Assessment ICT121 Computing and Information
with Communication Disorders (3) Performance in each course shall be assessed by SkillsFundamentals1 (2)
EFS404 Education of Students with ADHD (3) a combination of coursework and two hour final
examination in the ratio 1:1, unless otherwise stated in Semester 2
Second Major: MATHS OR SCIENCE (8 credits) the Course Description. Core Courses
EFH102 Indigenous Guidance and Counselling
A. EDUCATION (Any Two) Award Of Diploma and Degree Approaches (3)
ESM412 Mathematics & Society (2) Subject to General Regulation 00.852: EFH103 Introduction to Career Development (3)
ESM442 Info.& Communication Technology in To be awarded the Diploma in Special Education a EFH104 Helping Relationship Skills (3) Elective
Maths Education II (2) student must complete a minimum of 72 credits; to be Course (3 credits)
ESS412 Introd.to the History & Philosophy of awarded the B.Ed (Special Education), a student must
Science (2) complete a minimum of 144 credits. Students shall select 1 elective course, not already taken.
ESS442 Info.& Communication Technology in General Education Course (5)
Science Education II (2)
BACHELOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE INCOUNSELLING COM162 Academic and Professional
B. AREAS OF CONCENTRATION (BED. COUNSELLING) Communication (Education) (3)
(Continue with the Teaching Subject selected in Semester ICT122 Computing and Information Skills
1) Fundamentals II (2)
ii) Entrance requirements
1. Biology (Any TWO of) a) At least five credits in any Botswana General Level 200
BIO306 Developmental biology (3) Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) or its Semester 3
BIO311 Plant Systematics (3) equivalent. These subjects should include credit in Core Courses
BIO314 Conservation Biology (3) English Language and a pass in Mathematics. EFH201 Counselling over the Lifespan (3)
b) An acceptable Diploma or equivalent in Adult EFH202 Theories and Techniques of Counselling (3)
2. Chemistry (Take all) Education, Home- Economics, Nursing, Physical
CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2) Health and Recreation, Primary Education or Elective Course (3)
CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (1) Secondary Education, Social Work or Theology,or any Students shall select 1 elective course, not
CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2 s) other relevant field. Holders of Diploma qualifications already taken.
CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) who have equivalent foundation courses in
52
Semester 4 MAJOR/MAJOR List of Foundational Courses Offered in the
Core Courses Students in Major/Major will take the following Department
EFH200 Group Work in Counselling (3) courses being for the counselling major: The Department of Educational Foundations offers core
EFH204 Ethical & Legal Issues in Counselling (3) courses in Education, which are considered essential for
EFR220 Introduction to Educational Research (3) LEVEL 100 all students in the Faculty of Education. The courses are
Elective Course (3 credits) Semester 1 offered at various levels.
Core Courses
Students shall select 1 elective course, not EFH100 Foundations of Guidance and Level 1
already taken. Counselling (3) EFA100 School Organization (Semester 1 and 2).
Level 300 EFF110 Introduction to the History of Education
Semester 5 Semester 2 (Semester1)
Core Courses Core Courses EFP100 Introduction to Educational Psychology–
EFH300 Appraisal Techniques in Counselling (3) EFH102 Indigenous Guidance and Counselling (Semesters 1 and 2)/or 2)
EFH302 Community Counselling (3) Approaches (2)
EFH303 Multicultural Counselling (3) EFH103 Introduction to Career Development (3) Level 2
EFH220 Introduction to Educational Research (3) EFH104 Helping Relationship Skills (3) EFA200 Managing Quality Schools (Semesters1
and 2)
Elective Course (3 credits). Students shall select 1 LEVEL 200 EFF210 Introductions to Sociology of Education
elective course, not already taken. Semester (Semester 1)
Semester 6 Core Courses EFF220 Historical, Philosophical and Sociological
Core Courses EFH201 Counselling over the Lifespan (3) Foundations of Education -(Semesters 1
EFH304 HIV/AIDS Counselling (3) EFH202 Theories and Techniques of & 2)
EFH305 Teaching of Guidance & Counselling in Counselling (3) EFP200 Human Learning, Cognition and
Schools & Other Settings (3) Motivation-(Semesters 1 and 2)
EFH307 Practicum in Guidance and Counselling Semester 4 EFP201 Behavioural Theories and Applied
(Classroom/field work practice) (3) Core Courses Behaviour Analysis in the Classroom -
EFH200 Group Work in Counselling (3) (Semesters 1 & 2)
Optional Courses (Choose One): EFH204 Ethical and legal issues in Counselling (2) EFP202 Meeting the Challenges of the
EFF220 Historical, Philosophical and Sociological Elementary School Learner- (Semester 1)
Foundations of Education (3) LEVEL 300 EFP203 the Adolescent Learner and Learning -
EFH203 Occupational Counselling (3) Semester 5 (Semesters 1 and/or 2)
EFP200 Human Learning, Cognition and Core Courses EFR200 Introduction to Measurement in
Motivation (3) EFH300 Appraisal Techniques in Counselling (3) Education (Semester 2)
EFH308 Family and Marriage Counselling (3) EFH302 Community Counselling (3) EFR220 Introduction to Educational Research -
EFH303 Multicultural Counselling (3) (Semester 2)
Elective Course (2 credits)
Students shall select 1 elective course, not Semester 6 Level 3
already taken. Core Courses EFC300 Introduction to Curriculum
EFH304 HIV/AIDS Counselling (3) Development (Semester 2)
Level 400 EFH305 Teaching of Guidance & Counselling in EFF310 Citizenship, Human Rights, Demo and
Semester 7 Schools & Other Settings (3) Educ: Critical Issues (Semesters 1and 2)
Core Courses EFH307 Practicum in Guidance and Counselling EFF320 Comparative Education (Semester 2)
EFH400 Substance Abuse Counselling (3) (Classroom/fieldwork) (3) EFF330 The State, Market and Education in
EFH401 Research Project in Counselling (3) Global Context - (Semester 2)
Optional Course (Choose one): Optional Courses (Choose one): EFP300 Advance Educational Psychology -
EFH309 Human Sexuality & Counselling (3) EFH308 Family and Marriage Counselling (3) (Semesters 1 and/or 2)
EFH410 Seminars in Counselling (3) EFH309 Human Sexuality & Counselling (3) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive
EFH405 Spiritual Counselling (3) Development- (Semester 1)
Elective Course (3) LEVEL 400 EFR300 Classroom Assessment - (Semester 2)
Semester 7 EFR301 Public Examinations and National
Students shall select 1 elective course, not Core Courses Assessments - (Semester 2)
already taken. EFH400 Substance Abuse Counselling (3) EFR302 Action Research-(Semester 2)
EFH401 Research Project in Counselling (3)
Semester 8 Optional Course (Choose one) Level 4
Core Courses EFH405 Spiritual Counselling (3) EFC400 Curriculum Theory and Instruction -
EFH407 Consultation in Schools & Community EFH410 Seminars in Counselling (3) (Semesters 1 and 2)
Settings (3) EFF410 Philosophy of Education- Semesters 1
EFH408 Internship in Guidance and Counselling Semester 8 and 2)
(Field Work) (6) Core Courses EFF420 Contemporary Issues in Teacher
EFH409 Development & Management of EFH407 Consultation in Schools & Community Education in Botswana - (Semesters
Guidance & Counselling School Settings (3) 1and 2)
Programs (3) EFH408 Internship in Guidance and Counselling EFF430 Philosophical Analysis of Educ.
Major/Major – BEd Counselling (6) Concepts, Pols and Practice - (Semesters 1
Major/Major EFH409 Development & Management of and 2)
Guidance & Counselling School
The proposed program can be taken by any student Programmes (3) POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION
from any program; the duration is 8 semesters. It
shall comprise CHS core, optional, elective and general Assessment Aims
education courses. Students shall meet normal elective 1. C.A. Normally should comprise at least three (1)The main aim is to prepare teachers who are
and general pieces of work (examples are, written assignment, professionally qualified to teach in Secondary Schools
education requirements stipulated for bachelor’s degrees. test, presentations, project and reports) Or with a sensitivity and understanding of the multi-
In the Major/Major students shall take a minimum of 57 2. CA Normally should comprise at least two pieces of layered and multi-dimensional context in which they
credits in Counselling core, and 6 optional as listed below. work, and a final examination in the ratio of 1:1 operate. These contexts include the socio-cultural,
53
political local national and international dimensions Geography (3) ESP572 Secondary School Physics Teaching (3)
of education. ELH501: Theory of Teaching History (3)
ELF50I: Theory of Teaching French 2 credits Winter Course
(2) It also proposes to prepare individuals who are (ii)Take in Semester Two ETP300 Teaching Practice (3)
sensitive to issues of unity, equality, social justice and
democracy in classrooms, educational institutions Two courses corresponding to those taken in semester Assessment
and society at large. This incorporates issues of one in (i) above) All courses will be assessed by means of Continuous
gender, social class, ethnicity age and race. ELL502: Practical Approaches to the Teaching of Assessment (CA) and final examination. Students shall
(3) To prepare teachers who will promote the Vision 2016 English Language and Literature (3) be encouraged to visit schools and produce reports based
goal of educated and informed nation. ELL504: Practical Approaches to the Teaching of on their observations and practical applications of the
Setswana (3) theoretical approaches they will have been provided with
Objectives ELR502: Theory and Practice of Religious e.g. evaluation of curricula in practice or writing a report
Having successfully completed Post Graduate Diploma Education (3) on a school’s Guidance and counselling programme.
in Education (PGDE) programme the student should be ELG502: The Theory and Practice of Teaching
able to Geography (3) Progression from Semester to Semester
• Apply knowledge, values teaching learning ELH502: Practice of Teaching History (3) Shall be in accordance with the Provision of General
perspectives essential to the teaching profession ELF502: Practice of Teaching French (3) Regulation 00.9
• Demonstrate expertise in applying synthesizing and
analysing teachers’ work B. Students intending to be Family and consumer Award of the Diploma
• Show competence in critical in critical thinking sciences Teachers
reflective practice The Diploma shall be awarded in accordance with the
• Demonstrate familiarity with and ability to adapt to (i) Take in Semester one General Regulations 10.4 subject to:
the everyday life of the school and class of requiring FCS 511: Fundamental s of Teaching Home a) Completing a minimum of 31 credits
skills in interpersonal relations and communications, Economics in Secondary Schools (3) b)Completion of seven weeks of Teaching Practice which
and knowledge of action research through the FCS512: Methods of Teaching and Evaluation in has t to be passed. The final mark of T.P. will be part of
successful completion of portfolios, projects and or Family and consumer sciences (3) the overall grade.
other assignments.
(ii) Take in Semester two
Entrance Qualifications FCS513: Management of Family and consumer
The normal entry requirements into the Post Graduate sciences Instruction (3) DEPARTMENT OF
Diploma in Education (PGDE) Programme shall be in
accordance with the General regulations 30.20
FCS514: Methods of Teaching and Evaluation in
Family and consumer sciences (3)
EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY

Semester 1
Programme Structure C. Students intending to be Computer Studies Teachers
EDT543 Planning and Producing Instructional
The Post Graduate Diploma in Education (PGDE) shall shall
Materials (3)
normally be a one year full-time programme. The
EDT411 Educational Technology Basics (3)
minimum number of credits to graduate is 31 made of (i) Take in Semester One
core courses of 2 to 3 credits. All students shall take ESE561: Introduction to Theory of Teaching
Semester 2
8 courses from Educational Foundations Department Computer Studies(3)
EDT310 Producing Instructional Materials for
and the remaining four from one of the respective ESE591: Guided Study in Computer Education (3)
Primary Education (3)
departments of LSSE/DMSE/HE according to the area
EDT543 Planning and Producing Instructional
of specialization of student. Thus the Post Graduate (ii) Take in Semester Two
Materials (3)
Diploma in Education (PGDE) shall compromise 12 core ESE562: The Practice of Teaching Computer
courses and an additional compulsory winter course of Studies (3)
Teaching Practice worth 3 credits. ESE572: Secondary School Computer Studies
Teaching (3) DEPARTMENT OF FAMILY
Students shall take the following core courses:
D. Students intending to be Mathematics Teachers shall AND CONSUMER SCIENCES
(i) Take in semester one Bachelor of Family and Consumer Sciences Degree
EFP500: Psychology of Learning (3) (i)Take in Semester One Programme
(semesters 1 and 2) ESM561: Introduction to Theory of Teaching
EFC500: Curriculum and Instruction (3) Mathematics (3) Entry Requirements
EFH500: Guidance and Counseling (3) ESM591: Guided Study in Mathematics Education (3) In addition to satisfying the requirements of General
Regulations 20.21, candidates shall be required to have
(ii)Take in Semester two (ii)Take in Semester Two a credit in Biology, and/or Chemistry, or related Science
ESM562: The Practice of Teaching Mathematics (3) Combination at Ordinary Level or its equivalent. A pass in
EFF573: The Teacher, School and Society (2) ESM572: Secondary School Mathematics any Family and Consumer Sciences (FCS) subject shall be
(semesters 1 and 2 Teaching (3) an added advantage.
EFR 500: Measurement and Evaluation (3)
EFA500: School Organization and Management (3) E. Students intending to be Science teachers shall Alternative Entrance Qualifications
EFC510: Contemporary Issues in Education (2) Applicants with a Diploma in Family and Consumer
EFS500: Special Education - 3 credits semesters (i) Take in Semester One Sciences (or Family and Consumer Sciences Education)
1 and 2 And any one of the following ESS561: Introduction to Theory of Teaching or Diploma in Secondary Education with FCS (Family
options (A to E): Secondary School Science (3) and Consumer Sciences) as a teaching subject shall be
ESS591: Guided Study in Science Education (3) admitted into Level 200 or 300 of the Degree Programme
A.Students intending to be Language and Social Science based on accumulated credits in the area.
Teachers (ii)Take in Semester Two
ESE562: The Practice of Teaching Secondary LEVEL 100
(i)Take in Semester one any two of School Science (3) Semester 1
ELL501: Language and Education Issues (3) Plus one of: Core Courses
ELR501: Theory and Practice of Religious ESB572: Teaching the Secondary School Biology FCS100 Introduction to FCS (3)
Education (3) Syllabus (3) FCS101 Foundations of Family Studies (3)
ELG501: The Theory and Practice of Teaching ESC572 Issues in Secondary School Chemistry FCS102 Introduction to Nutrition (BNS students
Teaching (3) only) (3)
54
BIO122 Anatomy, Physiology and Biochemistry (3) eligible. FCS403 Research Project in FCS (3)
CHE107 Chemistry Applied to Family and LEVEL 300 Elective (3)
Consumer Sciences (3) Semester 1
ICT121 Computing & Information Skills A. Core courses (Take all) B. Optional courses (select 3)
Fundamental I (3) FCS302 Consumer Education and Protection (3) FCS409 Management of Family Resources (3)
COM161 Communication and Academic Literacy FCS303 Apparel Production Processes (3) FCS410 Therapeutic Nutrition (3)
Skills (Education) (3) FCS304 Meal Management (3) FCS411 Community Mobilization (3)
FCS305 Social Cultural & Psychological Aspects FCS412 Principles of Quantity Food Production
Semester 2 of Clothing (3) (3)
Core Courses FCS413 Food Regulations (3)
FCS102 Introductory Nutrition (3) B. Optional courses (Choose 1) FCS415 Tailoring Techniques (3)
FCS103 Prenatal and Early Childhood FCS306 Food Service Management (3)
Development (3) FCS352 Theory and Practice when Interacting Assessment
BIO123 Introduction to Microbiology and Stored with Young Children (3) Student’s performance in each course shall be assessed
Product Entomology (3) in accordance with the provision of the University
PH162 Physics Applied to Family & Consumer C. Area of Specialization (Choose from 1 OR 2) General Regulations 00.8. Courses offered in other
Sciences (3) faculties/departments shall be governed by their relevant
COM162 Academic and Professional 1. Extension Specialisation regulations.
Communication (Education) (3) FCS301 Methods of Teaching FCS Extension (3)
ICT122 Computing and Information Skills Progression from semester to semester
Fundamentals II (3) 2. Formal Education Specialization Progression from semester to semester shall be in
EFC200 Introduction to Curriculum accordance with provisions of the University General
LEVEL 200 Development (3) Regulation 00.9.
Semester 1
Core Courses Semester 2 Degree
FCS204 Introductory Housing (3) A. Core courses (Take All) Award of Degree shall be in accordance with provision
FCS205 Introduction to Textiles (3) FCS211 Introduction to Interior Design (DSE of the University General Regulations 00.85, subject to
FCS206 Fundamentals of Food Science (3) only) (3) completion of 6 credits of Teaching Practice (School
ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) FCS309 Research Methods in FCS (3) Specialization) or 6 credits of Internship.
ICT121 Computing and Information Skills FCS310 Nutrition in the Lifespan (3)
Fundamentals (DSE only) (3) FCS311 Apparel Product Design Development
COM161 Communication and Acadrmic Literacy (3) DEPARTMENT OF

EFS101
or Elective* (3) (DSE only)
Introductory to Exceptional Children (3)

B. Optional course
LANGUAGES AND SOCIAL
EFH308 Family and Marriage Counselling (3) OR SCIENCES EDUCATION
*Elective courses are to be chosen from any other course Elective* (3)
outside of the FCS programme for which students are *Elective courses are to be chosen from any other course Programmes
eligible. outside of the FCS programme for which students are Bachelor of Education
eligible. (Secondary) Humanities
B. Area of Specialization (Choose from 1 OR 2) Bachelor of Education (Secondary)
C. Area of Specialisation (Choose one, from 1-2) Postgraduate Diploma in Education
1. Extension Specialisation
FCS208 Foundations of FCS Extension (3) 1. Extension Specialization (Take All) Entry Requirements
2. Formal Education Specialization FCS308 Programme Planning in FCS Extension (3) The normal Entry Requirements shall be as stipulated
FCS207 Orientation to Teaching FCS (3) FCS312 Field Attachment (winter course) (3) in the University of Botswana General Regulations
– Entrance Qualifications 20.20, and Departmental
Semester 2 2. Formal Education Specialization (Take All) Regulation E.D. 26. 10 and ED. 26.12.
A. Core Courses FCS307 FCS Instruction in Secondary Schools (3)
FCS209 Technology and Creative Sewing (3) ETP300 Teaching Practice (winter course) (3) Bed (Secondary): Humanities Specialisation
FCS210 Foundations of Food Preparation (3) Semester 5
FCS211 Introduction to Interior Design (3) LEVEL 400 Level 3
Elective (3) Semester 1 African Languages and Literature

Elective courses are to be chosen from any other course A. Core courses ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (3)
outside of the FCS programme for which students are FCS404 Community Nutrition (3) ALL322 The Structure of Meaning (3)
eligible. MGT202 Small Business Management (3) ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (3)
English
ICT122 Computing and Information Skills B. Optional courses (select 2) ENG311 Modern English Grammar (3)
Fundamentals (DSE only) (3) FCS405 Apparel Manufacturing (3) ENG317 African Drama (3)
PHY162 Physics Applied to FCS (DSE only) (3) FCS406 Housing in Community Development (3) ENG373 Botswana Literature (3)
BIO123 Introduction to Microbiology & Stored FCS407 Human Development Seminar (3)
Product Entomology (DSE only) (3) FCS408 Fashion, Culture and Society (3) English Language and Literature Curriculum Courses
C. Area of Specialisation (Choose one, from 1-2) ELL301 Curriculum and policy issues in
B. Area of Specialization (Choose from 1 OR 2) language education (3)
1. Extension Specialization
1. Extension Specialisation FCS402 Management of FCS Extension Environmental Education
FCS212 Group Processes & Dynamics (3) Programmes (3) EEL301 Introduction to Environmental
Education (3)
2. Formal Education Specialization 2. Formal Education Specialization
EFR200 Introduction to Measurement in FCS401 Management & Administration of FCS History and Geography Education
Education Programmes (3) Programmes (3)
Semester 2 SEMESTER: 1
Elective courses are to be chosen from any other course A. Core courses History and Geography Education
outside of the FCS programme for which students are
55
CORE COURSE HIS331 African Diaspora in the Islamic World &

Asia (3) Level 4
ICT121 Computing and Information Skills 1 (3) HIS335 Colonial Latin America to 1830 (3) Core courses
HIS 343 Trade & Politics in Central African Research Project Courses
1.HISTORY (Core courses) Kingdoms (3) ELP490 Research Methodology in Languages
ELH290 Theory of Teaching History in Schools (3) Select one from the following: and Social Sciences Education (3)
HIS102 Introduction to the Study of History (2) ELC311 Multicultural Education (3) African Languages and Literature
HIS201 African Cultures and Civilisations to ELC312 Conflicts and Conflict Resolution (3) ALL421 Introduction to Historical and
c.1500 (3) Comparative Linguistics based in Africa
HIS202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic Slave 2. GEOGRAPHY (Core Courses) (3)
Trade c.1500-c1800(3) ELG291 Practice of Geography Teaching (Pre-req ALL422 A Socio-linguistic Study of Southern
ELG290) (3) Africa (3)
Select any two of the following: ELC211 Introduction to Development Issues and ALL441 World Literature in Setswana Translation
ELC211 Introduction to Development Issues and Perspectives (3) (3)
Perspectives (3) ENS302 Sustainable Development (3) English
ELC300 Education for Self-Reliance (3) ENS318 Water Resources Development and ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (3)
ELC302 Gender Issues in Social Studies (3) Management (3) ENG441 Introduction to Pragmatics (3)
2. GEOGRAPHY (Core courses) Setswana Language and Curriculum Courses English Language and Literature Curriculum Courses
ELG290 Theory of Geography Teaching (3) ELL302 The Teaching of Literature at Secondary ELL401 Foundations of Multicultural Literacy
ENS211 The Earth Environmental Education (3) School (3) Education (3)
ENS251 The Human Environment System (3)
ENS242 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) Social Studies
ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues (3) ELC311 Multicultural Education (3) Moral Education Curriculum Courses
ELC312 Conflicts and Conflicts Resolutions (3) ELM401 Teaching Moral Education in Secondary
Moral Education Curriculum Courses Theology and Religious Studies Schools (3)
ELM301 Theory of Moral Education (3) TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (3)
TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) Religious Education Curriculum Courses
Religious Education Courses ELR401 Teaching Religious Education in
ELR301 Theory of Religious Education (3) Optional Course for Semester 6 Secondary Schools (3)
One course (2-3 credits) to be selected from the menu
Setswana Language and Literature Curriculum Courses below. Setswana Language and Literature Curriculum Courses
ELL301 Curriculum and policy issues in ELL401 Foundations of Multicultural Literacy
language education (3) African Languages and Literature Education (3)
ALL332 Language Instruction V (3)
Social Studies ALL351 Politics and Southern African Poetry (3) Social Studies
ELC300 Education for Self-reliance (3) ALL352 Emergent Literary Genres (3) ELC401 Socialisation Issues (3)
ELC302 Gender issues in Social Studies (3) ALL341 Epic Performance in Africa (3) ELC403 Economic Cooperation & Integration (3)
Theology and Religious Studies ALL334 Introduction to Modern Theories in
TRS301 Christology (3) Grammatical Analysis (3) Theology and Religious Studies
TRS302 Missionaries in the 19th Century South ALL335 Language Instruction VI (3) TRS401 New Religious Movements (3)
Africa (3) ALL354 African Oral Literature and the Media (3) TRS402 Religion and Politics (3)
ALL355 The Contemporary Setswana Novel (3) Optional Courses for Semester 7
Environmental Education (Core/Compulsory Course)
EEL302 Environmental Education Methodology (3) English One course (2-3 credits) to be selected from the menu
ENG312 Milton (3) below.
Semester 6 ENG343 Modern African Poetry (3)
Level 3 ENG324 Twentieth Century American Literature African Languages and Literature
African Languages and Literature (3) ALL431 Introduction to Psycho-linguistics (3)
ALL323 Introduction to Stylistics and Discourse ENG327 Practical Drama (3) ALL432 Language Instruction VII (3)
Analysis (3) ENG321 Usage in English (3) ALL451 Studies in African Aesthetics (3)
ALL342 African Oral Narratives (3) ENG341 Introduction to Socio-linguistic (3) ALL452 Popular Culture in Africa (3)
ALL343 Introduction to African Popular Theatre ALL453 Women’s Literature in Botswana (3)
(3) Environmental Education
CORE (Compulsory) English
English Language and Literature Curriculum Courses EEL301 Introduction to Environmental Education (3) ENG412 Introduction to Shakespeare (3)
ELL302 The teaching of Literature at Secondary ENG413 The African Novel I (3)
School l (3) Social Studies ENG471 Introduction to Literary Stylistics (3)
ELC321 Social Studies Methods (3)
Environmental Education ELC322 Evaluation in Social Studies (3) English Language and Literature Curriculum Courses
EEL302 Environmental Education Methodology ELL403 Literacy, education, culture (3)
(3) Theology and Religious Studies ELL404 Reader- response Theories in the
TRS317 Theodicy: The Co-existence of God and Secondary School Classroom (3)
History and Geography Education Evil (3)
CORE COURSE TRS318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II (3) Environmental Education
ICT122 Computing and Information Skills TRS319 Philosophy of Religion (3) EEL401 Environmental Conservation (3)
fundamentals II (3) TRS320 Theories of Truth (3)
TRS321 Metaphysics III (3) Moral Education Curriculum Courses
AREAS OF CONCENTRATION TRS322 History of Christianity in Southern Africa ELM492 Evaluation of Moral Education
1. HISTORY (Core courses) (3) Curriculum in Botswana Secondary
ELH291 Theory of Teaching History in Schools (3) TRS325 Foundational Structures of Islam (3) Schools (3)
ELP490 Research Methods in LSSE (3) TRS303 Creation and the Bible (2) ELM493 Contemporary Moral Issues in Moral
Education (3)
Semester 7
56
ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and Practice (3) ELL406 Second/Foreign Language Research and
Religious Education Curriculum Courses ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (2) English Its Implications for Language Teaching
ELR492 Evaluation of Religious Education ENG411 Form, Function and Variation in English and Learning (3)
Curriculum in Botswana Secondary (3)
Schools (3) ENG431 Introduction to Discourse Analysis (3) Social Studies
ELR493 History of Religious Education in ELC422 Social Studies Teacher Preparation (3)
Botswana (3) ELC432 Skills in Map Interpretation (3)
ELC441 Social Studies and Affirmative Action
Setswana Language and Literature English Language and Literature Curriculum Courses (3)
Curriculum Courses ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches to Literacy ELC442 Values Education (3)
ELL403 Literacy, education, culture (3) Education (3) ELC462 Social Studies Classroom Environment
ELL404 Reader-response Theories in the (3)
Secondary School Classroom (3) Environmental Education
(CORE/Compulsory) Theology and Religious Studies
Social Studies EEL402 Curriculum Development in TRS417 Paul’s Epistles (2)
ELC421 Global Perspectives and Materials in Environmental Education (3) TRS418 Contemporary African Philosophy (2)
Social Studies (3) TRS419 Intermediate Hebrew I (2)
ELC431 Civic Education (3) Moral Education Curriculum Courses TRS421 History of Christianity: Modern and
ELC451 Resource Management in Africa (3) ELM402 Curriculum Design in Moral Education (3) Contemporary (2)
ELC461 Human Rights Issues (3) Religious Education Curriculum Courses TRS422 Empiricism (2)
ELR402 Curriculum Design in Religious TRS423 History of Philosophy IV (2)
Theology and Religious Studies Education (3) TRS424 Buddhism (2)
TRS403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible (3) TRS425 The Theology of the Reformation (2)
TRS405 Intermediate Hebrew I (3) Setswana Language and Literature TRS426 Religions Rituals and Sacred Places (2)
TRS406 Intermediate Arabic I (3) Curriculum Courses TRS428 Religious Pluralism (2)
TRS407 Islam’s Socio-cultural, legal and Political ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches in Literacy
Structure (3) Education (3) HISTORY and GEOGRAPHY EDUCATION
TRS409 African Christian Theologies (3) CORE (compulsory):
TRS411 Politics and Development of Social Studies HIS 416 Land, labour and liberation in
Biblical Thought (3) ELC411 Curriculum Development for Social Mozambique, Namibia and Zimbabwe
TRS412 Ecumenical Theology (3) Studies Teachers (3) (3)
TRS413 Hinduism (3) ELC404 Development of Social Studies HIS442 Ecology and Empire, Conservation and
Instructional Materials (3) Politics in Eastern Africa (3)
HISTORY and GEOGRAPHY EDUCATION HIS446 Growth, Policy and Poverty in Africa,
Theology and Religious Studies Latin America, South and South-East
CORE (compulsory) TRS415 Twentieth Century Theologians (2) Asia (3)
ELP 491 Research Project in LSSE (3) TRS416 Religion and Modernity (2) HIS 401 Mfecane & the Settler Scramble for
Select any three (3) from the following: Southern Africa (3)
HIS332 African Diaspora in the Carribean & the Optional Courses for Semester 8
Americas (3) One course (2-3 credits) to be selected from the menu Select any two (2) of the following:
HIS336 Modern Latin America (3) below. ELC 403 Economic Cooperation and Integration
HIS341 From Slavery to Colonialism in West (3)
Africa (3) African Languages and Literature ELC 451 Resource Management in Africa (3)
HIS342 Modern Anglophone, Francophone & ALL434 Introduction to Applied Linguistics (3) ELC 461 Human Rights Issues (3)
Lusophone West Africa (3) ALL435 Language Instruction VIII (3)
HIS344 The Roots of Crisis in Modern Central ALL454 Children’s Traditions and Dramatics (2) 1.GEOGRAPHY
Africa (3) ALL455 Postcolonial Theory and African CORE (Compulsory)
HIS 441 Slave Trade & Colonial Conquest in in Literature (3) EEL 402 Curriculum Development in
East Africa (3) Environmental education (3)
English ENS458 Gender and Environment (3)
GEOGRAPHY ENG443 The African Novel II (3) ENS260 Environment and Population
CORE ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (3) dynamics(3)
ELC403 Economic Cooperation and Integration ENG452 Shakespeare Drama (3)
(3) ENG462 Shakespeare Poetry (3) Select any two from the following
ENS311 Biogeography (3) ENG481 Language and Gender (3) ENS312 Range Ecology (3)
ENS315 Process of Geomorphology (3) ENS353 Concepts and Principles of
Select one from the following English Language and Literature Curriculum Courses Industrialisation (3)
ELC432 Skills in Map Interpretation (3) ELL405 Materials Development and Evaluation in ENS403 Environmental Hazards and Disaster
ENS317 Principles of Hydrology (3) Language Education (3) Management (3)
ELC432 Skills in Map Interpretation (3) ELL406 Second/Foreign Language Research
ENS338 Introduction to Geomorphology (3) and Its Implications for Language Bachelor of Education (Business)
Teaching and Learning (3) Level 100:
Semester 8 Moral Education Curriculum Courses Semester 1
Level 4 ELM494 Moral Education Departments and Units ECO111 Basic Microeconomics, Core (3)
Core courses (3) MGT100 Principles of Management, Core (3)
STA101 Maths for Business & Social Sciences 1,
Research project courses Religious Education Curriculum Courses Core (3)
ELP491 Research Project in Languages and ELR494 Role of Religious Education STA116 Introduction to Statistics, Core (4)
Social Sciences Education (3) Departments (3) COM161 Communication & Academic Literacy
Skills (Education) (3)
African Languages and Literature Setswana Language and Literature Curriculum Courses ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamental (2)
ALL423 Bantu and Khoe-San Languages of ELL405 Materials Development and Evaluation
Southern Africa (3) in Language Education (3)
57
Level 100: BIS304 Management Information System, (3) Progression from Semester to Semester
Semester 2 EEL302 Environmental Education methodology Progression from Semester to Semester shall be as per
ACC100 Introduction to Accounting, Core (3) (3) General Regulations 00.9
ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics, Core (3)
MKT100 Principles of Marketing, Core (3) Level 300: Semester 6 [Accounting and Finance Award of Degree
STA102 Maths for Business & Social Sciences II, Specialization] Core (Compulsory) The award of the Degree shall be as per the General
Core (3) ELB302 Learning Support Systems in Business Regulations 00.85
COM162 Academic and Professional Education (3)
Communication (Education) (3) ACC305 Taxation Principles (3)
ICT122 Computing & Information Skills 2, GEC (2) BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3) DEPARTMENT OF
Level 200:
FIN300
EEL302
Financial management (3)
Environmental Education methodology
MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE
Semester 3 (3) EDUCATION
ELB201 Introduction to Business Education, Core (3) 1.0 General Information
FIN200 Business Finance, Core, 3 Level 400: Semester 7 [Marketing and Management 1.0.1 The Department of Mathematics and Science
EFP100 Introduction to Specialization] Education offers courses to students in Degree and Non-
Educational Psychology, Core (3) Core (Compulsory) Degree Teacher Education Programmes in the following
EFC300 Introduction to Curriculum ELP490 Research Methods in LSSE (3) teaching subjects:
Development, Core (3) ELB401 Critical Issues in Business Education (3) • Biology
ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting, Core (3) MGT400 Strategic Management (3) • Chemistry
MKT409 Brand management (3) • Physics
Level 200: • Computer Studies
Semester 4 Select one of the following: • Mathematics
Core (Compulsory) ELC461 Human Rights Issues (3)
ELC400 Socialisation Issues (3) Mathematics and Science Education
ELB202 Teaching & Learning Strategies in Business 1.0.2 The Department of Mathematics and Science
Education (3) Level 400: Semester 7 [Accounting and Finance Education provides undergraduate and graduate
ACC205 Special Topics in Accounting (3) Specialization] programmes in computer studies, mathematics and
ACC206 Accounting for Manufacturing and Core (Compulsory) science. It offers a wide range of courses including:
Alternative Entities (3) The theory and practice of teaching school computer
BIS205 Information Technology (3) ELP490 Research Methods in LSSE (3) studies, mathematics and science education; curriculum
MGT200 Organisational Design and ELB401 Critical Issues in Business Education (3) development, classroom research and evaluation;
Development (3) ACC410 Financial reporting (3) contemporary issues in computer, mathematics and
MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) [For in-service FIN400 Financial Theory and Analysis (3) science; issues in computer, mathematics and science
students only] pedagogical content knowledge; the integration of ICT
Select one of the following: into the teaching-learning processes; and the philosophy
Level 300: ELC461 Human Rights Issues (3) and psychology of computer, mathematics and science
Semester 5 ELC400 Socialisation Issues (3) teaching. The programmes of study are the Bachelor of
[Marketing and Management Specialization] Education (Science), Master of Education, MPhil, and
Core (Compulsory) Level 400: Semester 8 [Marketing and Management PhD. Plans are underway to introduce M.Ed in Computer
Specialization] Studies, Mphil and Phd in the same area. The department
ELB301 Practice of Business Education, Core (3) Core (Compulsory) offers service courses for Bachelor of Education
MGT300 Human Resource Management, (3) (Secondary) and Post Graduate Diploma in Education
MKT303 Strategic Sales Management (3) ELP491 Research project in LSSE (3) (PGDE). Also the department has an in-service unit that
EEL301 Introduction to Environmental MKT408 Contemporary Issues in marketing (3) provides workshops and seminars to school teachers
Education (3) MKT412 Managing Marketing Relationships (3) and supports schools to strengthen the structure of
ELC300 Education and Self Reliance, Optional (3) MGE415 Managing growing Enterprises (3) computer, mathematics and science departments in
Plus one Elective (3) these schools.
Take BIS404 Small Business Information Systems,
Level 300: Semester 5 [Accounting and Finance Optional (3) 1.0.4 The Bachelor of Education Programme in Science
Specialization] OR one Elective (3) commenced in 1984 and now prepares graduates to
Core (Compulsory) become Computer Studies, Mathematics and Science
Level 400: Semester 8 [Accounting and Finance (Biology, Chemistry and Physics) teachers.
ELB301 Practice of Business Education, Core (3) Specialization] 1.0.5 The Bachelor of Education Programme in
ACC311 Introduction to Company Accounts (3) Core (Compulsory) Secondary Education was designed to accommodate
FIN301 Financial Institutions and Markets I (3) ELP491 Research project in LSSE (3) both the diploma of the Department and the Colleges
EEL301 Introduction to Environmental ACC408 Current Issues in accounting (3) of Education. It began in 1996 and in 1998 replaced the
Education (3) FIN304 Principles of Risk Management and Bachelor of Education Programme in Science Education,
ELC300 Education and Self Reliance, Optional (3) Insurance (3) which began in 1987. The PGDE is offered as a teaching
Plus one Elective (3) qualification to holders of Bachelor of Science Degrees
Select one of the following: to prepare aspiring Computer Studies, Mathematics and
Level 300: Semester 6 [Marketing and Management FIN302 Financial Planning and Forecasting, Science teachers for their teaching careers.
Specialization] Optional (3) 1.0.6 Optional courses may be taken in other departments
ELC441 Social studies and Affirmative Action, by students who have met the appropriate Programme
Optional (3) requirements.
ACC409 Management Accounting, Optional (3) 1.0.7 Courses are assessed in a variety of ways, including
Core (Compulsory) Plus one Elective (3) written assignments, tests and projects as approved by
the Senate.
ELB302 Learning Support Systems in Business Assessment 1.0.8 The Department reserves the right not to offer
Education, Core (3) Assessment shall be as per General Academic Regulation optional courses in a given semester.
MKT314 Business to Business Marketing Practice (3) 00.8. 1.1 Bachelor of Education Degree in Science
MGT305 Human Resource Development (3) The aim of the Bachelor of Education Combined
Major Degree Programme in Science is to significantly
58
contribute, in collaboration with the Faculty of Science, COM141 Communication and Academic literacy CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
to national manpower development by producing high Skills (Science) (3)
quality Computer Studies, Mathematics and Science Computer Science
teachers for the national education sector. Subject to Semester 2 CIS123 Discreet Structures II (3) Prerequisite
the provisions of General Regulations 00.0 and 20.00 MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) CSI131
and to the Faculty of Education Special Regulations, plus: Two of the following courses: CSI142 Object-Oriented Programming (4)
the following Special Regulations of the Department of BIO112 Diversity of Animals and Plants (4) Prerequisite CSI141
Mathematics and Science shall apply: CHE102 General Chemistry II (4)
PHY122 Electricity, Magnetism, and Elements of Mathematics
1.2 Entrance Requirements Modern Physics (4) MAT212 Introductory Linear Algebra (3)
1.2.1 Admission into Level One of the Programme shall Plus MAT222 Calculus II (3)
be governed by General Regulation 20.2. ICT122S Computer Skills Fundamental II (2) Plus: Two of the following courses:
1.2.2 Minimum requirements are a BGCSE with a pass in COM142 Academic and Professional MAT242 Computing I (3)
English Language and a C grade in Mathematics and any Communication (Science) (3) MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3)
two of Biology, Chemistry or Physics, or a minimum of
Grade BB in Double Science Level 200 Physics
Core Courses (6 to 10 Courses/16 to 20 credits) PHY241 Advanced Electricity and Magnetism (3)
Double Award Students shall select courses from any one of the PHY242 Basic Electronics (3)
1.2.3 An applicant who has taken relevant Advanced following teaching subjects: Biology; Computer Science; PHY249 Physics Practicals 4.1 (1)
Level (A-Level) or equivalent examinations and who has Chemistry; mathematics and Physics.
attained a minimum of one E and two Os in the relevant Core Courses (5 Courses/15 credits)
subjects may be admitted into the Bachelor of Education Semester 3 Students shall select courses from the approved Faculty
Biology of Education courses listed below:
Degree Programme in Science BIO211 Cell Biology (3) Prerequisite BIO111,
1.2.4 If an applicant has Grade E or better at Advanced BIO112 Semester 3
Level, or equivalent qualifications in Science subjects, he/ BIO214 Introduction to Mammalian Physiology EFP100 Introduction to Educational Psychology (3)
she may, subject to the approval of the relevant Head (3) Prerequisite BIO11, BIO112
of Department and the approval of the Deputy Dean, be BIO218 Biology of Flowering Plants (3) Plus 0ne of the following courses based on teaching
awarded credits and exempted from equivalent course(s) Prerequisite BIO111, BIO112 subject:
prescribed for the Degree Programme. ESE261 Basic Teaching Methods in Secondary
1.2.5 Bachelor of Science students of the University with Chemistry School Computer Studies (3)
passes in at least two teaching subjects at Level One may CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry (2) ESM261 Basic Teaching Methods in Secondary
be admitted into Level Two of the Programme. CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) School Mathematics (3)
CHE232 Structure and survey of Functional ESS261 Basic Teaching Methods in Secondary
1.3 Programme Structure Groups (2) School Science (3)
There are a total of forty-three (43) Mathematics CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
Education/ Science Education/ Educational Foundations MAT291 Engineering Mathematics1 (3) Semester 4
courses in the 8- semester Programme covering the EFF220 Historical, Philosophical and Sociological
teaching subjects Biology, Chemistry, Computer Studies, Computer Science Foundations of Education (3)
Mathematics and Physics. During the Programme, each CSI131 Discreet Structures I (3) Plus 0ne of the following courses based on teaching
student will be required to take thirteen (13) of these CSI141 Programming Principles (3) subject:
courses. CSI161 Introduction to Computing (3) ESE262 Practicum in Secondary School
1.3.1 Levels One and Two (Semesters 1 to 4). In Level 1, Computer Studies Teaching (3)
students shall follow a common Level One Programme Mathematics ESM262 Practicum in Secondary School
with the Bachelor of Science students. In Level Two, all MAT211 Intro. Set and Number Theory (3) Mathematics Teaching (3)
Education courses are core courses and the Department MAT221 Calculus I (3) ESS262 Practicum in Secondary School Science
prescribes four of these to be taken by all students. Teaching (3)
1.3.2 Levels Three and Four (Semesters 5 to 8). a) In Level Plus: one of the following courses:
Three, the Department prescribes four core courses for MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics (3) General Education Courses (2 courses/6 credits)
all students and one optional course which students can MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (3) Students shall choose GECs from the University-wide
choose from a menu of Computer Studies Education, menu.
Mathematics Education or Science Education courses Physics
in line with the proposed areas of specialization in the PHY231 Mechanics, Vibrations and Waves, Winter Course
Department. Physical Optics (3) ETP200 Teaching Practice I (3)
b) In Level Four, the Department prescribes two core PHY232 Properties of Matter, Basic
courses for all students and two optional courses, which Thermodynamics and Introduction to Level 300
students can choose from a menu of Computer Studies Nuclear Physics (3) 1.5.1 Level Three Core Courses (6 to 9 courses/16 to 18
Education, Mathematics Education or Science Education PHY239 Physics Practicals 3.1 (1) credits)
courses as a follow-up to choices in Level Three. MAT291 Engineering Mathematics1 (3) Courses for the Major teaching subject are to be selected
from approved Faculty of Science courses listed below:
1.4 Levels One and Two Semester 4 Semester 5

Level One Biology Biology
Core Courses (6 Courses/26 credits) BIO212 Genetics (3) Prerequisite BIO111, BIO112 BIO307 Biochemistry (3) Prerequisite BIO211
BIO213 Plant Structure and Function (3) BIO316 Plant Physiology (3) Prerequisite BIO213
Semester 1 Prerequisite BIO111, BIO112 BIO317 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology (3)
MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) BIO216 General Microbiology (3) Prerequisite Prerequisite BIO214, BIO217
Plus: Two of the following courses: BIO111, BIO112 Chemistry
BIO111 Principles of Biology (4) Chemistry CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2)
CHE101 General Chemistry I (4) CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
PHY112 Geometrical Optics and Mechanics (4) Group Chemistry (2) CHE331 Structure and Survey of Functional
Plus CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Groups I (3)
ICT121S Computer Skills Fundamental I (2) CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2) CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamics and
59
Electrochemistry (2) Knowledge in School Chemistry (3) Prerequisites CSI262

CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory III (1) ESP361 Pedagogic Strategies for School Physics (3) Mathematics
MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable (3)
Computer Science Semester 6 MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3)
CSI242 Data Structures (3) Prerequisites CSII32, ESR362 Introduction to Research Methods in
CSI142 Mathematics and Science Education (2) Physics
CSI292 Information Systems Fundamentals (3) PHY472 Statistical Mechanics I (3)
Students will choose one of the following based on PHY473 Solid State Physics (3)
Mathematics their teaching subject: PHY479 Physics Practicals 7.1 (2)
MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) ESB362 Advanced Practicum in School Biology
MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) plus: Teaching (3) Semester 8
One of the following courses: ESC362 Advanced Practicum in School Biology
MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics (3) Chemistry Teaching (3) BIO311 Plant Systematics (3)
MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) ESE362 Advanced Practicum in School BIO418 Food Microbiology (3) Prerequisite BIO216
Computer Studies Teaching (3)
Physics ESP362 Advanced Practicum in School Physics Chemistry
PHY351 Advanced Mechanics (3) Teaching (3) Students shall select two of the following:
PHY352 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3) ESM362 Advanced Practicum in School CHE412 Sample Handling and Biochemical
PHY359 Physics Practicals 5.1 (2) Mathematics Teaching (3) and: Analysis (3)
CHE432 Secondary Metabolites and
Semester 6 Semester 6 Biomolecules (3)
Biology Students shall select one of the following based on their CHE442 Advanced Physical Chemistry II (3)
BIO215 Principles of Ecology (3) Prerequisite teaching subject:
BIO111, BIO112 ESE372 Development and Evaluation of Computer Science
BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) Prerequisite Computer Studies Practical Work (2) Students shall select two of the following:
BIO211, BIO217 ESE392 Impact of Information and CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3)
BIO308 Molecular Biology (3) Prerequisite BIO212 Communication Technology on the Prerequisites CSI262, CSI374
Teaching/ Learning Process (2) CSI384 Information Systems Theory and
Chemistry ESM312 Philosophy and Psychology of Practice (3) Prerequisite CSI392
CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2) Mathematics Teaching (2) CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3)
CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (1) ESM372 Mathematical Problem Solving (2) Prerequisite CSI342
CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic ESS352 Human Impact on the Environment (2)
Chemistry (3) ESS372 Development and Evaluation of Mathematics
CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) Investigative Work in School Science (2) Students shall select two of the following:
CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) MAT402 History of Mathematics (3)
General Education courses (1 course/3 credits) MAT412 Number Theory (3)
Computer Science Students shall choose GECs from the University-wide MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3)
CSI223 Systems Programming Core (3) menu. MAT426 Partial Differential Equations
Prerequisite CSI242 Elective Course (1 course/2 credits)
CSI251 Computer Architecture and Elective courses shall be chosen from any course offered Physics
Organisation (3) Prerequisites CSI161,CSI141 outside of the Department of Mathematics and Science PHY481 Atomic and Basic Nuclear Physics (3)
CSI262 Database Concepts (3) Prerequisite CSI242 Education for which students are eligible. PHY485 Microcomputing for Physical Sciences (3)
PHY489 Physics Practicals 8.1 (2)
Mathematics Winter Course
MAT324 Differential Equations (3) ETP300 Teaching Practice II (3) Semester 7
Optional Courses (1 course/2 credits) Core Courses (2 Courses/5 credits)
Plus: Two of the following courses: Students shall choose one course from the approved
MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) Level 400 Faculty of Education courses listed below based on their
MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) 1.5.2 Level Four Core Courses (4 to 6 courses/12 credits) teaching subject:
MAT342 Computing II (3) Students shall select courses for their Major teaching ESE461 Advanced Teaching Methods in School
MAT344 Numerical Methods of Linear Algebra (3) subject from the approved Faculty of Science courses Computer Studies (3)
MAT352 Dynamics I (3) listed below: ESM461 Advanced Teaching Methods in School
Mathematics (3)
Physics ESB461 Critical Debates in Biology Education (3)
PHY361 Introduction to Electromagnetism (3) Semester 7 ESC461 Further Issues in Chemistry Pedagogical
PHY362 Analytical Thermodynamics (3) Biology Content Knowledge (3)
PHY369 Physics Practicals6.1 (2) BIO417 Biotechnology (3) ESP461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for
BIO427 Evolution (3) Prerequisite BIO212 School Physics (3)
Semester 5
Core Courses (5 Courses/14 credits) Chemistry Plus one of the following courses:
In this semester, students shall also select courses from Students shall select two of the following: ESE441 Enrichment Topics in Computer Studies
the following list of Faculty of Education courses: CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal Chemistry (3) Education (2)
CHE431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic ESM441 Introduction to ICT in Mathematics
EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional Children (3) Reactions and Design of Organic Education (2)
plus: One of the following courses based on teaching Synthesis (3) ESS441 ICT for the Science Teacher Science (2)
subject: CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I (3) Optional Courses (3 Courses/6 credits)
ESE361 Teaching Strategies for School
Computer Studies (3) Computer Science Students shall choose one of the following based on
ESM361 Teaching Strategies for School CSI354 Operating Systems (3) Prerequisites teaching subject:
Mathematics (3) CSI142,CSI251 ESE471 Contemporary Issues in Computer
ESB361 Teaching in the Contemporary Biology CSI374 Computer Networks (3) Prerequisites Studies Education (2)
Classroom (3) CSI142,CSI251 ESM471 Contemporary Issues in Mathematics
ESC361 Introductory Pedagogical Content CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) Education (2)
ESS471 Contemporary Issues in Science
60
Education (2) following subjects: Biology
ESR481 Research Project in Mathematics/ • Applied Mathematics BIO211 Cell Biology (3) Prerequisite BIO111, BIO112
Science Education (2) • Biology BIO214 Introduction to Mammalian Physiology
• Chemistry (3) Prerequisite BIO11, BIO112
Semester 8 • Mathematics BIO218 Biology of Flowering Plants (3)
Students shall choose two of the following based on • Physics Prerequisite BIO111, BIO112
teaching subject: Chemistry
ESE412 Introduction to Web Design, Level 200 CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry (2)
Development and Publishing Semester 3 CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
for Teachers(2) Applied Mathematics CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main
ESE442 ICT and e-Learning (2) ESM201 INSET Introductory Mechanics I (3) Group Chemistry (2)
ESM412 Mathematics and Society (2) ESM214 INSET Introductory Computer Studies (3) CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
ESM442 Information and Communication
Technology in Mathematics Education II (2) Biology Mathematics
ESS412 Introduction to the History and BIO111 Principles of Biology (4) MAT381 Calculus for Teachers I (3)
Philosophy of Science (2) MAT383 Linear Algebra for Teachers (3)
ESS442 Further Issues in ICT for the Science Chemistry
Teacher (2) or: CHE101 General Chemistry I (4) Physics
PHY231 Mechanics, Variations and Waves,
Approved options from other DMSE courses Plus One of Mathematics Physical Optics (3)
EFC400 Curriculum Theory and Instruction (3) ESM203 INSET Algebra I (3) PHY232 Properties of Matter, Basic
EFF420 Contemporary Issues in Teacher ESM213 INSET Differential Calculus (3) Thermodynamics and Introduction
Education in Botswana (3) to Nuclear Physics (4)
Physics PHY239 Physics Practicals 3.1 (1)
General Education Courses (4 courses/9 credits) PHY112 Geometrical Optics and Mechanics f
Students shall select GECs from the University wide (4) Semester 6
menu. Ancillary Mathematics for the Sciences Applied Mathematics
Elective Course (1 course/2 credits) ESM221 Pre-Calculus for Science Teachers (3) MAT384 Computing for Teachers (3)
One elective course is to be chosen from any course MAT388 Mechanics for Teachers II (3)
offered outside the Department of Mathematics and Semester 4
Science Education for which students are eligible. Applied Mathematics Biology
ESM204 INSET Introductory Mechanics II (3) BIO212 Genetics (3) Prerequisite BIO111, BIO112
1.6 Assessment ESM211 INSET Introductory Mathematical BIO213 Plant Structure and Function (3)
1.6.1 Courses offered by the Department of Mathematics Statistics (3) Prerequisite BIO111, BIO112
and Science Education shall normally be assessed BIO216 General Microbiology (3) Prerequisite
through continuous assessment (CA) and final Biology BIO111, BIO112
examination. Courses offered in other Faculties/ BIO112 Diversity of Animals and Plants (4)
Departments shall be governed by their relevant Chemistry
regulations. Chemistry CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional
1.6.2 Continuous assessment shall take a variety of CHE101 General Chemistry I (4) Groups I(2)
forms including written assignments, tests, CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
practicals, presentations and reports. Mathematics CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2)
1.6.3 Continuous assessment shall normally comprise ESM206 INSET Algebra II (3) CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
a minimum of 3 pieces of assessed work. The ESM216 INSET Integral Calculus (3)
components of continuous assessment shall be Mathematics
equally weighted. Physics MAT382 Calculus for Teachers II (3)
1.6.4 Courses which include a final examination in their PHY112 Geometrical Optics and Mechanics (4) MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3)
assessment shall be examined by a 2-hour paper.
1.6.5 The ratio of continuous assessment to final Ancillary Mathematics for the Sciences Physics
examination shall be 1:1. ESM222 Calculus for Science Teachers (3) PHY241 Advanced Electricity and Magnetism (3)
1.6.6 The overall grade in a course shall be in accordance PHY242 Basic Electronics (3)
with the provisions of General Regulation 00.84. On completion of Level Two, students will be at a level PHY249 Physics Practicals 4.1 (1)
equivalent to Level One of the Bachelor of Science
1.7 Progression from Semester to Semester Programme in two of the following: BIO111/112; Semester 5
Progression from semester to semester shall be in CHE101/102; MAT111/112; PHY111/121. Students shall choose one of the following:
accordance with the provisions of General Regulation ESM391 Principles and Practice of Teaching
00.9. General Education Courses (3 courses/7 credits) School Mathematics I (3)
Students shall select GECs from the University wide ESS391 Principles and Practice of Teaching
1.8 Award of Degree menu. School Science I (3)
The Degree shall be awarded in accordance with the
provisions of General Regulation 00.85, subject to Level 300 Semester 6
completion of 6 credits of Teaching Practice. 2.2 Level Three Core Courses (6 to 10 courses/16 to 20 ESR362 Introduction to Research Methods in
credits) Mathematics and Science Education (2)
2.0 Bachelor of Education in Secondary Education Students shall select courses based on their pre-
(Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics) determined teaching subjects from the approved Faculty Students shall choose one course from the following
For all Regulations governing the Bachelor of Education of Science courses listed below: based on teaching subject:
Degree in Secondary Education, consult the Handbook ESM392 Principles and Practice of Teaching
of the Department of Languages and Social Sciences Semester 5 School Mathematics II (3)
Education. Applied Mathematics ESS392 Principles and Practice of Teaching
MAT387 Mechanics for Teachers I (3) School Science II (3) plus:
2.1 Level Two Core Courses (8 to 10 courses/24 to 29 MAT389 Linear Programming and Game Theory Plus: Optional Courses (1 course/2 credits)
credits) for Teachers (3)
Students shall select two teaching subjects from the
61
Semester 6 Students shall choose one of the following courses based Computer Studies
Students shall choose one course from the following on teaching subject: Semester 1
based on teaching subject: ESE561 Introduction to Theory of Teaching
ESM312 Philosophy and Psychology of ESB461 Critical Debates in Biology Education (3) Computer Studies (3)
Mathematics Teaching (2) ESC461 Further Issues in Chemistry Pedagogical ESE591 Guided Study in Computer Education (3)
ESM372 Mathematical Problem Solving (2) Content Knowledge (3)
ESS352 Human Impact on the Environment (2) ESM461 Advanced Teaching Methods in School Semester 2
ESS372 Development and Evaluation of Mathematics (3) ESE562 The Practice of Teaching Computer
Investigative Work in School Science (2) ESP461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for Studies (3)
School Physics (3) ESE572 Secondary School Computer Studies
General Education Courses (2 courses/4 credits) Teaching (3)
Students shall choose GECs from the University-wide Optional Courses (3 courses/6 credits)
menu. Students shall choose one of the following courses based Mathematics
on teaching subject: Semester 1
Level 400 ESM441 Introduction to Information and ESM561 Introduction to Theory of Teaching
2.3 Level Four Core Courses (4 to 8 courses/12 credits) Communication Technology in Mathematics (3)
Courses in each student’s Major teaching subject shall be Mathematics Education (2) ESM591 Guided Study in Mathematics Education (3)
selected from the approved Faculty of Science courses ESM471 Contemporary Issues in Mathematics
listed below. Education (2) Semester 2
ESS441 Intro to Information and Communication ESM562 The Practice of Teaching Mathematics (3)
Semester 7 Technology in Science Education (2) ESM572 Secondary School Mathematics
Biology ESS471 Contemporary Issues in Science Teaching (3)
BIO307 Biochemistry (3) Prerequisite BIO211 Education (2)
BIO317 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology (3) ESR481 Research Project in Mathematics/ Science
Prerequisite BIO214, BIO217 Science Education (2) Semester 1
BIO417 Biotechnology (3) ESS561 Introduction to the Theory of Teaching
Semester 8 Secondary School Science (3)
Chemistry Students shall choose one of the following: ESS591 Guided Study in Science Education (3)
CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) ESM412 Mathematics and Society (2)
CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) ESM442 Information and Communication Semester 2
CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic and Technology in Mathematics Education II (2) ESS562 The Practice of Teaching Secondary
Electrochemistry (2) ESS412 Introduction to the History and School Science (3)
CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory III (1) Philosophy of Science (2)
ESS442 Information and Communication plus one of the following based on science teaching
Mathematics Technology in Science Education II(2) subject:
MAT483 Real Analysis for Teachers (3) Plus: Choose one of the following optional courses ESB572 Teaching the Secondary School Biology
MAT485 Number Theory and Abstract Algebra for EFC 400 Curriculum Theory and Instruction (3) Syllabus (3)
Teachers (3) EFF 420 Contemporary Issues in Teacher ESC572 Issues in Secondary School Chemistry
Education in Botswana (3) Teaching (3)
Physics ESP572 Secondary School Physics Teaching (3)
PHY351 Advanced Mechanics (3) General Education Courses (2 Courses/6 credits) Winter Course
PHY352 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3) Students shall select GECs from the University wide ETP500 Teaching Practice (3
PHY359 Physics Practicals 5.1 (2) menu.
Semester 8
Biology
Elective Courses (2 courses/6 credits)
Students shall select two electives from any courses
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL
BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) offered outside the Department of Mathematics and EDUCATION, HEALTH &
BIO308 Molecular Biology (3) Prerequisite BIO212 Science Education for which they are eligible.
BIO418 Food Microbiology (3) Prerequisite BIO216 RECREATION
3.0 Post Graduate Diploma in Education B.Ed in Physical Education
Chemistry For all Regulations governing the PGDE, consult
CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2) the Handbook of the Department of Educational Entry Requirements
CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (1) Foundations. All students shall take eight Foundation Level 100: A minimum of 5 credits in the BGCSE or
CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) courses and four courses from their respective teaching its equivalent
CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II(1) specializations, which shall be one of Biology, Chemistry, Level 200: A certificate in Physical Education, College
Computer Studies, Mathematics or Physics. The Diploma Diploma, or its equivalent
Mathematics will thus comprise twelve (12) courses all of which are Level 300: University of Botswana Diploma in Physical
MAT324 Differential Equations (3) core plus a 3- credit Winter Course of Teaching Practice. Education or its equivalent
Plus: One of the following courses: Core Courses (32 credits) The normal entry requirements shall be as stipulated in
MAT482 Geometry for Teachers II (3) Options from the Department of Educational Foundations General Regulation 20.20 and Departmental Regulations
MAT484 Introduction to Probability and Statistics Semester 1 ED 9.2 and ED 9.3.
for Teachers (3) EFP500 Psychology of Learning (3)
EFC500 Curriculum and Instruction (3) Level 100
Physics EDT500 Information and Technology (2) Semester I
PHY361 Introduction to Electromagnetism (3) EFG500 Guidance and Counseling (2) Core Courses
PHY362 Analytical Thermodynamics (3) PHR130 Introduction to Volleyball (2)
PHY369 Physics Practicals 6.1 (2) Semester 2 PHR131 Introduction to Swimming (2)
EFR500 Measurement and Evaluation (3) PHR135 Introduction to Adapted Physical
Semester 7 EFA500 School Management (3) Education (2)
Core Courses from Faculty of Education: (1 course/3 EFF500 Contemporary Issues in Education (2) PHR136 Practical Coaching and Officiating
credits) EFS500 Special Education (2) Techniques in Sports and Games (2)
PHR138 Foundations of Physical Education, Sport
62
and Recreation (2) PHR303 Basketball (2) Progression from Semester to Semester
EFP100 Introduction to Educational Psychology (3) PHR304 Test and Measurement in Physical Progression from semester to semester shall be as per
ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (2) Education, Sport and Recreation (3) General Regulation 00.9.
COM161 Communication and Academic literacy ETP200 Teaching Practice
Skills (Education) (3) Award of Degree
Elective Course (2 credits) Optional Courses The award of the Degree shall be as per General
PHR308 Scientific Basis of Coaching and Regulation 00.85
Semester 2 Officiating (2)
Core Courses PHR312 Leisure and Tourism Development (2)
PHR139 Athletics: Track (2) PHR315 Adapted Physical Education II (2)
PHR140 Athletics: Field (2) PHR316 Sport Marketing (2) DEPARTMENT OF PRIMARY
PHR141 Recreation and Leisure (2)
PHR142 Organization and Administration of
PHR317 Sport and Culture (2)
EFC300 Introduction to Curriculum
EDUCATION
Physical Education and Sports (2) Development (3)
Entry Requirements
EFP101 Foundations of Developmental GEC Courses (5 credits)
The program has 4 entry points. Subject to the provision
Psychology (3)
of the General Academic Regulation 20.2, and to the
ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II (2) Level 400
Faculty of Education Special Regulations the following
COM162 Academic and Professional Semester 7
Special Regulations of the Department of Primary
Communication (Education) (3) Core Courses
Education program shall apply:
PHR400 Track and Field Athletics and Theory of
Elective Course (2 credits) Games and Sports (2)
a) Applicants with a 3-year Diploma in Primary Education
PHR402 Badminton (2)
or its equivalent shall normally enter at Level 300 of the
Level 200 PHR404 Cricket (2)
DPE degree program, pending approval of prior learning
Semester 3 PHR409 Research Methods in Physical Education,
and relevant work experience in an educational setting.
Core Courses Sport and Recreation (2)
PHR260 Netball (2) PHR411 Research in Physical Education/ Sport/
b) Holders of a 2-year Diploma in Primary Education or
PHR262 Introduction to Skills and Techniques of Recreation I Project I (2)
equivalent shall normally enter at Level 200, pending
Tennis (2) PHR412 Research in Physical Education/Sport/
approval of prior learning.
PHR264 Human Anatomy Applied to Sports and Recreation II Project II (2)
Games (2) EFS404 Education of Children with Attention
c) Holders of Certificate in Primary Education or its
PHR268 Teaching Physical Education in Deficit/Hyper- Activity Disorders (3)
equivalent shall enter at Level 100 of the DPE degree
Secondary Schools (2) Optional Courses
program.
PHR269 Motor Learning and Human PHR406 Physiology of Exercise I (2)
Performance (2) PHR415 Facility Management (2)
d) Applicants with O-level (BGCSE) should have a
PHR210 Psychology of Sport (2) PHR416 Kinesiology (2)
minimum of a C in English Language, and a minimum
GEC Courses (4 credits) PHR419 Supervision of School Physical
of a C in mathematics and/or science and shall enter at
1 Elective (2 credits) Education (2)
Level 100 of the DPE degree program.
PHR420 Leisure and Youth (2)
Semester 4 PHR422 Sociology of Sport (2)
In addition, the following requirements shall determine
Core Courses PHR424 Movement and Creative Dance
the areas of specialization.
PHR261 Introduction to Skills and Techniques of Techniques (2)
Soccer (2)
i) For pre-service, to specialize in mathematics or
PHR263 Table Tennis (2) Semester 8
science candidates should have a minimum of a C grade
PHR265 Accident Prevention, First Aid and Care Core Courses
in EPM 100, EPM 112, EPM 120 and EPM 125 at Level 100
of Sports Injuries (2) PHR401 Advanced Volleyball (Pre-requisite PHR130)
of the DPE program. Candidates who meet the Faculty of
PHR266 Human Physiology Applied to Sports PHR403 Handball (2)
Science entry requirements shall be exempted from the
and Games (2) PHR405 Hockey (2)
above DPE courses and shall enter at Level 100 of the
PHR267 Teaching Physical Education in Pre- PHR411 Research in Physical Education/ Sport/
Faculty of Science program.
Primary School (2) GEC Courses (6) Recreation I Project I (2)
Elective Course (2) PHR412 Research in Physical Education/Sport/
ii) To specialize in Languages (English or Setswana)
Level 300 Recreation II Project II (2)
candidates should have a minimum of pass in each
Semester 5 EFH 407 Consultations in Schools and
subject area from Level 100.
Core Courses Community Settings (3)
iii) To specialize in Social Studies and Religious
PHR300 Advanced Swimming (2) ETP300 Teaching Practice (3)
Education, candidates should have a pass in Social
PHR302 Softball (2)
Studies, or Developmental Studies, or Religious
PHR313 Nutrition and Sports Performance (2) Optional Courses
Education, or History, or Geography from Level 100.
PHR314 Biomechanics (2) PHR407 Motor Development and Movement
iv) For in-service, to specialize in mathematics or
Experiences for Young Children (2)
science candidates should have a minimum of a C grade
PHR408 Mechanical Analysis of Sports and
in mathematics or science at College level, and shall
Optional Courses Games (2)
enter at Level 100 of the Faculty of Science program.
PHR305 Physical Education Teaching Methods (2) PHR413 Issues in Physical Education, Sport and
v) For in-service, to specialize in either Languages
PHR306 Community Recreation (2) Recreation (2)
(English or Setswana) or Social Studies, candidates
PHR307 Introduction to Biochemistry of Exercise PHR414 Prevention and Care of Sports Injuries (2)
should have a minimum of a pass in each of the subjects
and Sport (2) PHR417 Physiology of Exercise II (2)
at College level.
PHR309 Adapted Physical Education I (2) PHR418 Psychological Basis of Physical Activity (2)
PHR310 Principles of Sport Management (2) PHR421 Principles and Methods of Coaching (2)
GEC COURSES (5 credits) PHR423 Sports Medicine (2)
Semester 6
Core Courses ELECTIVE COURSE (2)
PHR301 Gymnastics and Body Management
Skills (2) Assessment
Assessment shall be as per General Regulation 00.8.
63
The program outline is as follows: Slave Trade (3) programs in schools (3)
Choose any ONE Optional course from the following EPE319 Information and Communication
LEVEL 100: SEMESTER 1 Technology Application in Schools 3
Major 1: Primary Education (15-18 credits) EPI228 Foundations of Early Childhood Education
Core Courses (3) Major II: Continue with the area of Specialization chosen
EFF 220 Historical, Philosophical and Sociological EPI224 Optional Foundations of Environmental in Semester 1, Level 200
Foundations of Education (3) Education (3) English
ALL 122 Characteristics of Human language (3) EPP217 Introduction to Philosophy of Music ENG211 The Pronunciation of English (3)
EPM 120 Introductory Biology and Earth Science Education and Fundamentals of Music (4) ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (3)
For Primary Teachers (3) EPI225 Environmental Issues, Policies and Education
EPM 100 Foundations of Mathematics IEPM 100 for Sustainable Development (3) Setswana
Core Foundations of Mathematics I (3) ALL 221 Sound Systems in African Language (3)
LEVEL 200: SEMESTER 4 ALL 321 The Structure of the Sentence (3)
GEC Courses Major I: Primary Education (15-18 credits)
COM161E Communication and Academic literacy Skills Mathematics
I (3) EPM225 Strategies in Teaching Numeracy and MAT 211 (for pre-service) Introductory to Set
ICT 121E GEC Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 Science in Schools (3) and Number Theory (3)
(2) EPE213 Project-Based Learning and Teaching
(3) MAT 221 (for pre-service) Calculus I (3)
LEVEL 100: SEMESTER 2 EPT200 (for pre-service) EXPERIANTIAL LEARNING (6) MAT 111 (In-service)Introductory to Mathematics I
Major 1: Primary Education (15-18 credits) (4)
Core Courses EPM 302 (for both pre and in service) Geometry for
EPM112 Foundations of Mathematics II (3) Major II: Continue with the area of Specialization chosen Primary School Teachers (3)
EPS203 Indigenous People and their Environment in Semester 1, Level 200 Sub-total 6 core (for pre-service) 18
(3) English 5 core (In-service) 16
ENG131 Writing in English (3) ENG221 English Linguistics (3)
EPT100 (for pre-service) EXPERIANTIAL LEARNING ENG233 Poetry of Southern Africa (3) Science (Continue with the area you chose in Level 200
(5) Semester 3)
EPM125 Introduction to Chemistry and Physics (3) Setswana Core Courses
ALL142 The Study of Drama (3) PHY 232 (for pre-service) Properties of Matter, Basic
ALL222 Structure of words in African Language Thermodynamics and Introduction to
GEC Courses (3) Nuclear Physics (3)
ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2) CHE 211 (for pre-service) Introduction to
COM162E Communication and Academic literacy Mathematics Analytical Chemistry (2)
Skills 2 (3) MAT122 Introductory to Mathematics II (4)
EPM 211 Teaching Number System in Primary schools CHEM213 (for pre-service) Analytical Chem
LEVEL 200: SEMESTER 3 (3) Lab1
Major 1: Primary Education (15-18 credits) 4 core + option (16) BIO214 (for pre-service) Mammalian Physiology
Core Courses (3)
EPL222 Literacy across the Curriculum 3 (for Science PHY112 (In-service) Geometrical Optics and
Language students only) (Continue with the area you chose in Level 200 Semester Mechanics (4)
EFP100 Introduction to Educational Psychology 3) CHE101 (In-service) General Chemistry I (4)
(3) MAT122 Introductory to Mathematics II (4) BIO111(In-service) Principles of Biology (4)
EPM223 Introduction to Numeracy and Science PHY122 Electricity, Magnetism and Elements MAT111(In-service) Introductory to Mathematics I
for Teachers (3) of Modern Physics (4) 4
EPE224 Strategies in Teaching Literacy in Schools CHE102 General Chemistry II (4) EPM323 (for pre-service) Games and Science
3 (Non-Language students) BIO112 Diversity of Animals and Plants (4) Teaching Strategies (3)
EPM258 Methods of Teaching Basic Science (3) Sub-total 5 core (for pre-service) 15
Major II: Choose one of the following areas of 5 core (In-service) 17
specialization. This choice will be followed throughout Social Studies
the course of the degree program EPS201 Theories and Practice of Values in Education Social Studies (Core)
(3) EPS322 Social Studies and Curriculum Development
English TRS209 History of Christian Thought (3) (3)
ENG211 The Pronunciation of English (3) Sub-total 4core + option 1 (5) ELR 301 Theory of Religious Education(3)

Setswana Choose any ONE Optional course from the following
ALL141 Introduction to African Oral and Written Choose any ONE Optional course from the following
Literature (3) EPE109 Introduction to Education for Sustainable EHF303 Multicultural Counseling (3)
Development (3) EPI334 Infusing Environment Education in the
Mathematics EPE217 Optional Human Growth and curriculum (3)
MAT111 Introductory to Mathematics I (4) Development (3) EPP301 Optional Appropriate Art, Craft and
EPM200 Teaching Methods for Mathematics in EPP218 Optional Listening, Composing, and Design Methods and Materials for School (4)
Primary Schools (3) Performing (4)
PHR142 Organization and Administration of Physical EPP327 Introduction to Ethnomusicology Education
Science (Choose one of the science courses. Education and Sports (2) (4)
Mathematics is compulsory) EPP202 Practical Art, Craft and Design Skills for PHR269 Motor Learning and Human Performance (2)
PHY112 Geometrical Optics and Mechanics (4) the Classroom Teacher (4)
CHE101 General Chemistry I (4) EPM 223 Introduction to Numeracy and Science
BIO111 Principles of Biology (4) LEVEL 300: SEMESTER 5 for teachers (3)
MAT111 Introductory to Mathematics I (4) Major I: Primary Education (15-18 credits) EPL224 Strategies in teaching Literacy in schools (3)
Core Courses
Social Studies EPE316 Assessment in Primary Schools (3)
EPS200 Introduction to Social Studies (3) EPE300 Organizing & implementing Remedial
HIS202 Africa in the Era of the Transatlantic
64
LEVEL 300: SEMESTER 6 (4) EHF400 Substance Abuse counseling (3)
Major I: Primary Education (15-18 credits) PHR267 Teaching PE in Pre-Primary and Primary EPI431 Management of Early Childhood
EPE301 Conducting Remedial Teaching in Schoolsc schools (3) Programs (3)
(3) EPI442 Environmental Conservation Strategies I
LME302 Introduction to Educational Research (3) LEVEL 400: SEMESTER 7 (3)
EPT300 A (for pre-service) EXPERIANTIAL LEARNING Major I: Primary Education (15-18 credits) EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and Earth
(8)EPT300 B(In-service)EXPERIANTIAL EPE442 (for pre-service) Research Project (3) Science (3)
LEARNING (8) EPA403 (In-service) Practitioner Research (3) EPM428 Teaching Algebra in schools (3)
EPA308 (Both Pre-& In-service) Managing Education EPP447 Basic Instrument Skills (4)
Major II: Continue with the area of Specialization chosen for Sustainable Development (3)
in Semester 1, Level 200 EPT400 A (In-service) EXPERIANTIAL LEARNING (8)
English EPT400 B (In-service) EXPERIANTIAL LEARNING (8) LEVEL 400: SEMESTER 8
EPL 300 Theory and Practice of Second Language Major I: Primary Education (15-18 credits)
Teaching 3 Major II: Choose one of the following areas of Core Courses
ENG311 Modern English Grammar (3) specialization. Continue with the area chosen as EFS404 Education for Children with Attention
EPL 312 Breakthrough to literacy (3) teaching subject in Semester 1, Level 200 Deficit Hyper Disorder (3)
Sub-total 5 core + elective = 18 credits EPE404 Teachers and Curriculum Development (3)
English (Core)
Setswana EPL 414 Literature in Primary Schools (3) Major II: Major II: Choose one of the following areas
ALL222 The Structure of Words in African of specialization. Continue with the area chosen as
Languages (3) EPL 411 Introduction to Reading Process(3) teaching subject in Semester 1, Level 200
EPL312 Breakthrough to Literacy (3) Sub-total 4 core + option Core Courses
Sub-total 4 core+ elective = 15 credits (Pre-service) 15
4 core + option (In-service) 15 English (Core)
Mathematics ENG 321 Usage in English (3)
MAT212 (for pre-service) Introductory to Linear Setswana (Core) EPL 412 Teaching Reading in the Primary School (3)
Algebra(3) EPL414 Literature in Primary Schools (3) 4 core + elective 15
MAT222 (for pre-service) Core Calculus II (3) EPL411 Introduction to Reading Process (3)
MAT122 (In-service) Core Introductory Mathematics Sub-total 4 core + option (Pre-service) 15 Setswana (Core)
II (4) 4 core + option (In-service) 15 ALL 342 African Oral Narratives (3)
EPM331 (both pre-&In-service) Teaching School EPL 412 Teaching Reading in the Primary School (3)
Mathematics (3) Mathematics (Core) 4 core + elective = 15 credits
Sub-total 5 core (Pre-service) 15 MAT271 (for pre-service) Introduction to
5 core (In-service) 17 Mathematical Statistics (3) Mathematics (Core)
MAT211 (In-service) Introductory Set MAT212 (for In-Core Introduction to Linear Algebra
Science (Continue with the area you chose in Level 200 and Number Theory (3) (3)
Semester 3) MAT222 (In-service) Calculus II (3)
Core Courses MAT221 (for in-service) Calculus I (3) MAT402 (for Pre-service) Core History
PHY 241 (for pre-service) Advanced electricity EPM430 (Both Pre-& In- service) of Mathematics (3)
and Magnetism (3) Mathematical Application for Teachers (3) EPM400 (Both Pre-& In-service) The Use of
CHE 221 (for pre-service) Atomic Structure Bonding Sub-total 4 core + option (Pre-service) 15 Technology in Teaching Primary
and Main Group (2) 5 core (In-service) 15 Mathematics (3)
Sub-total 4 core + elective (Pre-service) 15
BIO 215 (for pre-service) Principles of Ecology (3) Science (Continue with the area you chose in Level 200 5 core (In-service) 15
PHY122 (In-service) Electricity, Magnetism and Semester 3) Core
Elements of Modern Physics (4) BIO218 (for Pre-service) Biology of Flowering Plants Science (Continue with the area you chose in Level 200
CHE102 (In-service) General Chemistry II (4) (3) Semester 3)
BIO 112 (In-service) Diversity of Animals and Plants CHE232 (for Pre-service) Structure and Survey BIO 216 (for pre-service) General Microbiology (3)
(4) of Functional Groups (2) CHE 242 (for pre-service) Introductory Physical
MAT122 (In-service) Introductory to Mathematics II CHE234 (for Pre-service) Organic Chem. Lab 1 Chemistry (2)
(4) PHY 231 (for Pre-service) Mechanics, Vibrations and
EPM 339 (Both Pre-& In-service) Current Issues Waves, Physical Optics (3) CHE244 (for pre-service) Physical Chem Lab 1 (1)
in Science Education (3) PHY232 (for In-service) Properties of Matter, Basic
4 core + elective (Pre-service) 15 Thermodynamics and introduction to PHY241 (In-service) Advanced Electricity and
5 core (In-service) 17 Nuclear physics (3) Magnetism (3)
PHY239 (Both Pre-& In- service) Physics Practicals
Social Studies (Core) (3.1) (1) PHY242 (for pre-service) Basic Electronics (3)
EPS323 Social Studies and Pedagogy (3) BIO214 (for In-service) Mammalian Physiology BIO213/215 (In-service) Plant Structure and Function/
ELM301 Theory of Moral Education (3) (3) Principles of Ecology (3)
Sub-total 4 core + elective 15 EPM423 (Both Pre-& In- service) Practical Work EPM449 (Both Pre-& In- service)
in Science Teaching (3) Curriculum Design and Research in Science
Sub-total 4 core + option (Pre-service) 15 Education (3)
Choose any ONE Optional course from the following 4 core + option (In-service) 15 Sub-total 4 core + elective (Pre-service) 15
4 core + elective (In-service) 15
EHF305 Teaching Guidance and Counseling in Social Studies (Core)
Schools and Other Settings (3) EPS401 The Role of Democracy in the Teaching Social Studies (Core)
EPI321 Curriculum, Development in Early Childhood of Social Studies (3) EPS400 Contemporary Issues in Teaching Social
Education (3) ELR494 The Religious Education Department (3) Studies (3)
EPI335 Evaluation and Monitoring in ELM402 Curriculum Design in Moral
Environmental Education (3) Sub-total 4 core + option (Pre-service) 15 Education (3)
EDT310 Instructional Materials (3) 4 core + option (In-service) 15 EPS 403 International Organizations and Governance
(3)
EPP328 Teaching Methods in Music Education Choose any ONE Optional course from the following
65
Choose any ONE Optional course from the following BACHELOR OF EDUCATION EFH 100 Foundations of Counseling (3)

EHF407 Consultation in Schools and Community LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT GEC Courses
Settings (3) (BELM) COM 161E Communication and Academic literacy
EPI444 Environmental Multilateral Agreements in Skills 1 (3)
Conservation Education (3) ICT121E Computer Skills Fundamentals 1(2)
EPP406 Contemporary Issues in Art Education Entry Requirements 1 Elective (3)
(4) ED11.10 Bachelor of Educational Leadership and
EPP449 Movement in Music (4) Management (BELM) shall normally be 4 LEVEL 100: SEMESTER 2
PHR308 Scientific Basis of Coaching and Officiating years: Major: Leadership & Management in Education (15-18
(2) ED11.11 Applicants with a Diploma in Educational credits)
Leadership and Management or equivalent Core Courses
Assessment shall enter at Level 300 of the degree ELM 113 Introduction to Educational Management
All courses except EPE 213, EPL 312, LME 302, EPE programme. (3)
319, EPM 331, EPP 302, EPP 406, and EPE 442 shall be ED11.12 Applicants with a Diploma in Education EPE109 Introduction to Education for
assessed as stipulated in general regulation 00.8. or its equivalent shall be admitted into Sustainable Development (3)
either Level 200 or 300 of the Degree EFP 100 Introduction to Educational Psychology
For courses EPE 319 and LME 403, assessment will be Programme on the basis of accumulated (3)
by tests/assignments and project work. Courses EPM credits in the area of Educational Leadership
331 and EPM 431 will be assessed by assignments and and Management or related areas. Relevant GEC Courses
presentations. Course EPE 213 shall be assessed by work experience in an educational setting ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2)
practical presentations. For LME 302, assessment shall shall be an added advantage. COM162E Communication and Academic
be based on tests/assignments (40%) and research ED11.13 Holders of a Teaching Certificate plus literacy Skills 2 (3)
proposal (60%). In addition, students will be attached to BGCSE will normally enter at level 100. 1 Elective (3)
schools where they will be required to run school-based Reference will be made to the articulation
workshops during second semester of year 3. They will policy of the University of Botswana to LEVEL 200: SEMESTER 3
also be collecting data for EPE 442 determine the possibility of entering at Major: Leadership & Management in Education (15-18
other levels as appropriate. credits)
• EPE 442 assessment shall be based on ED11.14 Holders of a Teaching Certificate or Core Courses
research project only. its equivalent who do not meet the LME209 Human Resource Management in an
• Other courses offered by the Department requirements above but have experience Educational Settings (3)
of Primary Education shall normally in an educational setting as managers
be assessed through continuous assessment will be admitted into level 100. Applicants LME203 Theories and Practice of Educational
(CA) and final examination. seeking admission through this route shall Leadership (3)
• The overall grade in a course shall be in submit recommendation letters and proof LAW131 Introduction to Law (3)
accordance with the provisions of General of experience in teaching and evidence of LME204 Fundamentals of Improved Teaching
Regulation 00.84. prior learning. and Learning (3)
1 Elective (3)
Progression from Semester to Semester ED11.20 General Provision
Progression from semester to semester shall be in 11.21 The Bachelor of Educational Leadership LEVEL 200: SEMESTER 4
accordance with the General Regulation 00.9 for full and Management is normally a four- Major: Leadership & Management in Education (15-18
time, and 00.312 for part-time candidates. year single major degree programme. All credits)
students are required to take Core Courses, Core Courses
Students taking Mathematics and Science courses in General Education Courses (GEC), Electives LME 201 Classroom Management: Theory and
the Faculty of Science program shall not take Level 200 and Optional Courses as defined in General Practice (3)
courses without having cleared the level 100 courses. Regulation 00.212 REC 011 Introduction to Records Management
At the end of level 200, students will undergo Experiential 11.22 Progression from semester to semester will (3)
Learning of four weeks, and another 4 weeks at the end be as per General Regulation 00.9.for full LME 206 Introduction to Educational Planning
of level 300. time and 00.312 for part-time candidates 3
11.23 The normal workload for a full time student LME 308 Managing Education for Sustainable
Award of Degree shall be as stipulated in General Regulation Development (3)
Minimum standards of achievement for the award of the 00.611 for the part-time will be as per
qualification: regulation 00.312. Choose any ONE Optional course from the following
To be awarded a BPE degree, a student must satisfy all 11.24: The award of the degree shall be as MGT100 Principles of Management (3)
relevant provisions of Academic General Regulation stipulated in General Regulation 00.851.
00.851. A student must achieve a minimum of 120 credits 11.25: At the end of level 200, the students will EPS201 Theories and Practice of Values in Education
(480 notional credit hours) inclusive of 290 credits for undergo Internship of four weeks and (3)
the core courses and optional courses, and 190 credits another 4 weeks at the end of level 300. LME200 INTERNSHIP (8)
for the General Education (GECs) and Electives. Holders The Internship is an integral component of
of a 2 or 3-year Diploma who are exempted from Degree educational leadership and management LEVEL 300: SEMESTER 5
levels of 1 and 2 must take at least 12 credits of GEC and training and it is a requirement for the Major: Leadership & Management in Education (15-18
Elective courses including at least credits from Area 3. award of a degree. credits)
Degree Classifications: Core Courses
The degree of Bachelor of Primary Education (BPE) shall LAW355 Law and Education (3)
be classified in accordance with general regulation 20.4. Bachelor of Educational Leadership and Management LME301 Leadership Styles and Organizational
(BELM) Programme Structure Behaviour (3)
Level 100: Semester 1 LME303 Strategic Planning and Leadership
Major: Leadership & Management in Education (15-18 in Education (3)
credits) LME307 Quality Assurance for School Improvement
Core Courses (3)
LME100 Introduction to Educational Leadership (3) EPE319 I C T A p p l i c a t i o n s i n S c h o o l s ( 3 )
EFF 220 The Historical, Philosophical and
Sociological Foundations of Education (3)
66
LEVEL 300: SEMESTER 6 levels of 1 and 2 must take at least 12 credits of GEC and EFA100 School Organisations (3)
Major: Leadership & Management in Education (15-18 Elective courses including at least credits from Area 3. EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for
credits) Students with Learning Disabilities/
Core Courses Degree Classifications: The degree of the Bachelor of Difficulties (3)
AC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) Educational Leadership and Management (BELM) shall FCS102 Introductory Nutrition (3)
LME302 Introduction to Educational Research (3) be classified in accordance with the General Regulation EPI224 Foundations of Environmental
LME306 Instructional Supervision and Monitoring (3) 20.4. Education (3)
LME310 Educational Data Management (3) EPP301 Arts, Methods and Materials for

BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (EARLY the Classroom Teacher (3)
Choose any ONE Optional course from the following CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT & EPE 316 Assessment in Primary Schools (3)
EPE 316 Assessment in Schools (3) *Choose only ONE Optional Course.
LAW 237 Administrative Law (3)
EDUCATION) - 4 YEARS
EPI 334 Curriculum Development in Environmental ELECTIVE (3)
Programme Regulations
Education (3) Semester 4 (15 Credits)
Subject to the provision of General Regulation 00.0
LME207 Optional Gender and Educational Core Courses
and 20.00 (General Regulations for Bachelor’s Degree
Leadership (3) ECD203 Manipulation and Discovery In Science
Programmes) and the Faculty of Education Special
LME300 INTERNSHIP (8) and Social Science (3)
Regulation 10.30, the following Departmental Special
ECD 204 Concepts of Early Numeracy And
Regulations shall apply:
LEVEL 400: SEMESTER 7 Mathematics (3)
Major: Leadership & Management in Education ECD 205 Behaviour Problems and Guiding Young
Entry Requirements
(15-18 credits) Children (3)
Core Courses ECD200 Language Development and Literacy in
i)Four (4) year Programme for Teachers (education
LME400 Professional Development in Education (3) Early Childhood (3)
specialization), the applicants must have:
LM 402 Contemporary Issues in Educational Elective (3)
• at least Botswana General Certificate of Secondary
Leadership (3) ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3)
Education (BGCSE), Cambridge holders or its
LME403 Practitioner Research in Education (3)
equivalent with at least a C or better in English
LME408 Marketing Education and Public Relations Level 300
Language and shall enter at Level 100 for pre-
(3)
service.
LME409 Governance in Education (3) Semester 5 (15 Credits)
• a teaching Certificate to enter at Level 100
Core Courses
• a Diploma in Primary Education to enter at Level
LEVEL 400: SEMESTER 8
200/300 and relevant work experience in an
Major: Leadership & Management in Education (15-18 ECD301 Educator and Professional Development (3)
educational setting would be an added advantage.
credits) EPE319 ICT Applications in Schools (3)
Core Courses EPI320 Learning Experiences and Material
Programme Structure
LME406 Educational Policy Analysis, Development Development (3)
and Evaluation (3)
All Specializations
LME411 Managing Change & Conflict in Education Optional Courses
Level 100
(3) EPP217 Introduction to Philosophy Of Music
Semester 1 (15 Credits)
LME413 Curriculum Planning and Leadership (3) Education and Fundamentals of Music (3)
Core Courses
EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional Children
LME412 Financial Planning & Budgeting in EFS251 Remediation Techniques in School
EPI228 Foundations of Early Childhood
Education (3) Subjects with Learning Disabilities (3)
Education (3)
LME 410 Appraisal and Performance Management EPL411 Teaching Reading in Primary Schools (3)
EFP100 Introduction to Educational Psychology (3)
Systems in Education (3) EPL414 Literature for Primary Schools (3)
EPP201 Introduction to Art, Craft and Design
Elective (3)
in Education (4)
Assessment *Choose only ONE Optional Course.
ICT121 Computing & Information
All courses except LME 200 and LME 300 shall be
Skills Fundamental I (3)
assessed as stipulated in general regulation 00.8. They Semester 6 (15 Credits)
COM161 Communication & Study Skills I (3)
shall be assessed by tests, assignments, project work and Core Courses
practical presentations. LME 200 and LME 300 shall be ECD 303 Learning Through Play (3)
assessed by internship. Failure without a good cause EPI 321 Curriculum Development in Early
Core Courses
to submit continuous assessment (CA) work within 24 Childhood Education (3)
hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of 5 percent EPA 304 Introduction to Educational Research (3)
ECD100 Health and Safety of Young Children (3)
marks. Failure to submit CA within 48 hours of the due EFS 242 Early Intervention Programmes
FCS103 Prenatal and Early
date shall carry a penalty of 50 percent marks. Failure to for Young Children (3)
Childhood Development (3)
submit CA within one week from the due date shall incur Elective (3)
EPI229 Theories and Principles of Early
a zero mark. Failure without cause to participate in the ETP 300 Teaching Practice (3)
Childhood Education (3)
internship programme shall incur a zero mark.
ICT122 Computing & Information Skills II (3)
Level 400
COM162 Communication & Study Skills II (3)
Progression from Semester to Semester: At the end of
EPT100 Teaching Practice (3)
each semester the Grade Point Average (GPA) shall be Semester 7 (15 Credits)
calculated on the basis of the total weighted scores Core Courses
divided by the number of credits. Cumulative Grade Point ECD400 Child Protection, Advocacy and
BECDE EDUCATION SPECIALIZATION
Average (CGPA) is calculated as per General Regulation Children’s’ Rights (3)
00.86. Retaking and Probation shall be considered as per ECD403 Music, Movement and Drama (3)
Level 200
General Regulation 0092 and 0093. EPE442 Research Project (3)
GEC247 HIV/Aids Education Prevention and
Award of Degree: In order to be awarded a degree, a Control (3)
Core Courses
student must achieve a minimum of 120 credits (480 Elective (3)
ECD201 Early Childhood Education
notional credit hours) inclusive of 290 credits for the
for Environmental Sustainable
core courses and optional courses, and 190 credits for Semester 8 (15 Credits)
Development (3)
the General Education (GECs) and Electives as stipulated Core Courses
ECD202 Play and Creativity in Early Childhood (3)
in General Regulation 00.851 and 00.852. Holders of a ECD402 Culture and Indigenous Knowledge
Optional Courses
2 or 3-year Diploma who are exempted from Degree
67
in ECE (3) Optional Courses

ECD404 Guidance and Counselling in ECE (3) FCS314 Textile Design and Product
EPI431 Management of Early Childhood Development (Pre-requisite FCS 205) (3)
Programmes (3) FCS407 Human Development Seminar (3)
EPI432 Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood FCS409 Management of Family Resource (3)
Education (3) FCS418 Family Health Education (3)
MGT202 Small Business Management (3)
Optional Courses PHR407 Motor Development and Movement
DSW105 Social Services with Families and Experiences for Young Children (3)
Children (3) GEC247 HIV/AIDS Education Prevention and
FCS304 Meal Management (3) Control (3)
ECD405 Child Study (3) *Choose only ONE Optional Course.
EPS300 Culture and Citizenship Education (3)
ETP 400 Teaching Practice (3) Level 300
*Choose only ONE Optional Course.
BECDE EXTENSION (NON-TEACHING) Core Courses
ECD304 Cognitive Stimulation of at Risk
SPECIALIZATION Children (3)
FCS308 Programme Planning and Evaluation in
Level 200
FCS Extension (Pre-requisite FCS 208) (3)
FCS309 Research Methods in FCS (3)
FCS316 Parenting and Socialisation Process in
Core Courses
the Family (3)
ECD202 Play and Creativity in Early Childhood (3)
Elective (3)
ECD206 Infant and Toddler Development
Programming (3)
Level 300
FCS 208 Foundations of FCS Extension (3)
BIO 122 Anatomy, Physiology and Biochemistry (3)
Winter Semester (8 weeks)
FCS312 Field Attachment (3)
Optional Courses
ECD200 Language Development and Literacy In
Level 400
Early Childhood (3)
FCS101 Foundations of Family Studies (3)
FCS205 Introduction to Textiles (3)
Core Courses
EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional Children (3)
PHR 267 Teaching Physical Education in
ECD400 Child Protection, Advocacy and
Pre-Primary School (3)
Children’s Rights (3)
ECD401 Family Development and Interpersonal
Relationships (3)
FCS402 Management of FCS Extension
Core Courses
Programmes
ECD205 Behaviour Problems and Guiding Young
(Pre-requisite FCS 208, 308) (3)
Children (3)
FCS417 Risk and Resiliency in Child
ECD207 Curriculum and Programme
Development (3)
Development in ECD (3)
Elective (3)
FCS102 Introduction to Nutrition
(Pre-requisites Bio 122) (3)
FCS212 Group Processes and Dynamics (3)
Core Courses
Optional Courses
FCS403 Research Project in FCS
FCS209 Technology and Creative Sewing
(Pre-requisite FCS309) (3)
(Pre-requisites FCS 205) (3)
ECD402 Culture and Indigenous Knowledge
FCS210 Foundations of Food Preparations (3)
in ECD (3)
FCS211 Introduction to Interior Design (3)
ECD406 Pre-schooler Development and
FCS313 Human Development Across
Programming (3)
the LifeSpan (3)
FCS427 Public Policy for Children and Families (3)
ECD208 Technology in ECD (3)
EDT310 Planning and Producing Materials
Optional Courses
for Primary Teachers (3)
FCS411 Community Mobilization (3)
FCS304 Meal Management (3)
FCS424 Housing and Environment for Children
Level 300
(3)
FCS426 Issues and Trends in Early Childhood
Development (3)
Core Courses
FCS428 Development and Administration of
ECD300 Professionalism and Ethics in ECD (3)
Early Childhood Programmes (3)
FCS352 Theory and Practice when Interacting
with Young Children
(Pre-requisite FCS 103) (3)
FCS301 Methods of Teaching FCS Extension (3)
FCS317 Developmental Assessment and
Intervention with Young Children (3)
68
69
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
Architecture and Planning Civil Engineering Electrical Engineering
Industrial Design and Technology Mechanical Engineering
DEAN
Prof. B. Bolaane
BEng. (Civil) (Lakehead)
Msc (KTH,Sweden)
PhD (Loughborough, UK)
Professional Engineer (Pr.Eng.)
DEPUTY DEAN
Dr O.B. Molwane
Dip. Sec. Edu (Technical) (Botswana Polytechnic, Botswana)
Adv. Dip. (Design & Technology) (College of St Mark and St John, U.K)
B.Ed (Design and Technology) (Exeter University, U.K)
M.Ed (Technology Education) (Manchester, U.K)
PhD (Design Education) (Goldsmith’s College, University of London, U.K)
PGD (Educational Administration and Management) (IDM, Botswana)
L. B. J. Dingalo
BA (UB) MA, (Sussex)
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING COORDINATOR

J. N. Tau BSc. (Florida A&M), PGD (UMIST)
HUMAN RESOURCES
MANAGER
S. K. Dumedisang
BA(Social Sciences) MPA (UB)
70
The Faculty of Engineering and Technology (FET) is admission to level 100 of the degree programme shall Combined Degree programme in the fifth semester.
dedicated to the following aims: be BGCSE or equivalent with a minimum of grade D in
English Language and a grade of C in Mathematics and 21.27 A course may consist entirely of fieldwork, project
a) To produce high quality engineering, design and built Physics, and a grade of C in either Biology or Chemistry. work, practical work or seminars. In addition to work
environment graduates who can adapt to the work during the semester, a subject may include prescribed
environment and discharge their duties satisfactorily; 21.13 The normal minimum requirements for admission fieldwork or assignments during the vacation periods.
to Level 200 of the Degree programme shall be
b) To be responsive to the needs of the industry in all satisfactory completion of Level 100 of the Bachelor 21.30 Assessment
sectors of the economy by providing study programmes of Science (General) Degr.ee of the Faculty of Science 21:30 Assessment: In order to sit for a written
designed to meet the need for highly trained with at least C grades in Mathematics, Chemistry and examination, a student should achieve a minimum
manpower in required areas of engineering, design, Physics. of 50% overall CA mark, this affects only examinable
technology and the built environment; courses
21.14 Applicants in possession of ‘A’ level qualification 21.31 Continuous assessment in Levels 200, 300,
c) To respond to the needs of industry through research, with at least C grades in Mathematics and Physics 400 and 500 courses shall be based on tests and/or
consultancy, advisory and related services; may be admitted directly into Level 200 of the Degree assignments (written tasks/projects/presentations), and
d) To maintain a continuous dialogue with industry and programme. where applicable, laboratory reports/field reports.
other relevant bodies to determine and fulfil any needs
which may be raised by industry from time to time; 21.15 Applicants in possession of an appropriate 21.32 For continuous assessment, the ratio of marks
Diploma may be admitted directly into Level 200 of the for tests to assignments and/or laboratory marks
e) To provide access, with proper theoretical and Degree programme. shall be 3:2 (60%:40%) unless otherwise specified in
practical backing, to recent developments in the Departmental Special Regulations.
technology sector and to prepare graduates for 21.16 Applicants in possession of an appropriate Higher
professional responsibilities; Diploma may be admitted directly into Level 300 of the 21.33 Except for a Final Year Project and courses
appropriate Degree programme. with 100 percent continuous assessment, the ratio of
f) To prepare FET graduates to pursue further studies in continuous assessment to end of semester examination
their relevant Design, Engineering, Technology and the 21.17 Admission into Level 200 and Level 300 of the shall be 2:3, unless otherwise specified in Departmental
built environment disciplines. Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Electronic Special Regulations
Engineering and Mechanical Engineering programmes
Academic Departments and Programmes shall be subject to assessment of prior learning 21.34 A Final Year Project shall be evaluated by
The Faculty of Engineering and Technology consists of competencies. continuous assessment and a written report,
five Departments: unless otherwise specified in Departmental Special
21.20 Programme Structure Regulations.
• Department of Architecture and Planning 21.21 Level 100 courses shall be as specified in the
• Department of Civil Engineering Faculty of Science Special Regulations for the Bachelor 21.35 Level 500 Project Report must be submitted
• Department of Electrical Engineering of Science Degree. to the co-coordinator at most one week before the
• Department of Industrial Design and beginning of the end-of semester examinations.
Technology 21.22 Level 200 shall consist of the following core
• Department of Mechanical Engineering courses: 21.36 Courses with a practical component or drawing
included in a written examination shall be examined
The Faculty offers undergraduate programmes as Semester 3 by end of semester examination of duration of at least
follows: The Department of Architecture and Planning MMB231 Engineering and Computer Aided Drawing 3 hours.
offers Bachelor of Architecture Degree programme in (3)
Architecture, BSc and MA professional degrees in Urban CCB231 Material science for Engineers (3, pre-req. 21.37 Industrial Training shall be assessed as specified in
and Regional Planning and a Bachelor of Real Estate. PHY 122) the Faculty Special Regulation 22.20.
The Department of Civil Engineering offers Bachelor of CCB232 Engineering Mechanics: Statics (3, pre-req.
Engineering Degree programmes in Civil Engineering, MAT 122, PHY 112) 21.38 Failure without good cause to submit an item of
Geomatics, Mining Engineering and Mineral EEB231 Electrical Principles I (3, pre-req. MAT 122, continuous assessment within 24 hours of the due date
Engineering. The Department of Electrical Engineering PHY 122) shall carry a penalty of 5 percentage marks per day.
offers Bachelor of Engineering Degree programmes in MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3, pre-req. Failure to submit the assignment before the end of one
Electrical Engineering, Electronic Engineering. MAT122) week from the due date shall incur a zero mark.
The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers
Bachelor of Engineering Degree programmes in Semester 4 21.39 A student who fails to sit a continuous
Mechanical Engineering and Industrial Engineering. The IBC201 Workshop Technology (3) assessment test without documented valid reasons
Department of Industrial Design and Technology offers MMB241 Dynamics of particles (3, pre-req. MAT291) shall score a zero mark for that test. A student absent
Bachelor of Design Degree programmes in Industrial CCB241 Mechanics of Materials (3, pre-req. CCB232) from a test with documented legitimate reason shall be
Design, and Design and Technology Education. Details EEB241 Electrical Principles II (3, pre-req. EEB231) entitled to a special test.
of the requirements for admission into the various MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (3, pre-req.
programmes are outlined in subsequent pages under MAT291) 21.40 Regulations 21.41 to 21.45 shall apply to
each relevant Department. The Faculty of Engineering Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Electrical
and Technology also offers MPhil/PhD programmes 21.23 Students registered for a Bachelor of Engineering Engineering and Electronic Engineering programmes.
which are interdisciplinary. programme shall undergo two periods of Industrial
Attachment of 8 weeks each as specified in Faculty 21.41 In order to pass a course, a student must achieve
210 Special Regulations for the Degree in Bachelor of Special Regulation 22.10. the following:
Engineering a) Meet specific requirement(s) of the course e.g.
21.24 At Levels 300, 400 and 500 each student shall satisfactory performance in the attendance of practical
Subject to the provisions of the General Regulations register for departmental prescribed number of core, sessions as indicated in the course description; and
00.0 and 20.0, the following Special Regulations shall optional and elective courses per semester, unless b) Pass the specified course learning outcome(s);
apply: exempted. and
c) Obtain a final mark of at least 50%.
21.10 Entrance Requirements 21.25 The availability of optional and elective courses
21.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering Degree offered by a Department shall be at the discretion of 21.42 Failure to meet any of the requirements specified
shall be as stipulated in General Regulation 20.20. the relevant Department. in regulation 21.41 will result in scaling down of the
21.12 The normal minimum entry requirement for final course mark to 49%, which results in course
21.26 A student shall register for a Single Major or a failure.
71
21.43 Where a student fails a course learning submitted by the student at the end of the Industrial Semester 1
outcome(s) that cannot be remedied by passing an Attachment period; IBC 110 Design Fundamentals (3)
examination, such a student cannot be admitted into IBC 111 Elements & Principles of Design (3)
the examination. 22.22c) Oral Presentation of Industrial Attachment PHY112 Geometrical Optics & Mechanics, Vibrations
report. Waves (4)
21.44 All courses identified for assessment of exit level MAT 191 Design Mathematics I (3)
learning outcomes shall be externally moderated. A 22.23 ITB340 shall be assessed as based on Regulations ICT 121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (2)
student not meeting an exit level outcome shall be 22.22 a) and 22.22 b). The ratio of marks for continuous COM 131 Introduction to Communication & Academic
awarded a failure mark for the relevant course. assessment to Industrial Attachment report shall be 1:2. Literacy Skills (3)
21.45 In order to be eligible for a qualification, a 22.24 ITB440 shall be evaluated as specified in Semester 2
student must satisfactorily meet all exit level outcomes. Regulation 22.22. The ratio of marks for continuous IBC 120 Design Materials & Processes I (3)
assessment to Industrial Attachment report to oral IBC 121 Graphical Communication I (3, pre-req. IBC
220 Industrial Training Regulations for the Faculty of presentation shall be 1:2:1. 111)
Engineering and Technology Programmes PHY 122 Electricity, Magnetism & Elements of
Subject to the provisions of General Regulations 00.0 22.21 The final result for ITB340 and ITB440 shall be Modern Physics (4, pre-req. PHY112)
and 20.0, the subsequent Industrial Training Regulations based on a pass or fail basis: a pass shall be awarded MAT 192 Design Mathematics II (3, pre-req. MAT 191)
shall apply to students in the following programmes: for a final mark of at least 50%, otherwise a fail shall ICT 122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II (2, pre-req.
be awarded. (Marks for ITB will not contribute towards ICT 121)
• Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design) the GPA or classification – ITB200 and ITB420 may be COM 132 Academic and Professional Communication
• Bachelor of Design (Design and Technology maintained for non-ECSA programmes). (3, pre-req. COM 131)
Education)
• Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) 230 Special Regulations for the Degree in Bachelor of 23.22 Level 200 shall consist of the following courses:
• Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical) Design
• Bachelor of Engineering (Electronic) Semester 3
• Bachelor of Engineering (Industrial) Subject to the provisions of the General Regulations IBC 210 Design Materials & Processes II (3, pre-req.
• Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical) 00.0 and 20.0, the following Special Regulations shall IBC 120)
• Bachelor of Engineering (Mineral) apply: IBC 211 Design for Sustainability (3)
• Bachelor of Engineering (Mining) IBC 212 Graphical Communication II (3, pre-req. IBC
• Bachelor of Geomatics 23.10 Entrance Requirements 121)
• BSc in Urban and Regional Planning 23.11 Admission into Level 100 of the Bachelor of IBC 213 History of Art & Design (3)
• Bachelor of Architecture Design Degree Programme shall be as stipulated in the IBC 214 Product Design Studios: Electronics (3)
General Admission Regulations. EFP 101 Foundations of Development Psychology (3)
- Bdes DTE
22.10 Programme Structure for Bachelor of Engineering 23.12. Admission into Level 100 of the Bachelor
of Design Degree Programme shall be a minimum Semester 4
22.11 A student shall undergo two periods of supervised requirement of a BGCSE with a minimum of grade IBC 220 Graphical Communication & Multimedia (3,
Industrial Attachment: 8 weeks between Levels 300 D in English Language and a grade C in Design and pre-req. IBC 212)
and 400 (winter session), and another 8 weeks between Technology or Art and Design, a grade C in Mathematics IBC 221 Product Styling (3, pre-req. IBC 212)
Levels 400 and 500 (winter session). and Physics or a minimum of grade BB in Science IBC 223 Physical Ergonomics (3)
Double Award or equivalent. IBC 224 Design Studio: Structures & Mechanisms (3)
22.12 Industrial Attachment course codes shall be as MKT 100 Principles of Marketing (3) - Bdes ID
follows, unless otherwise specified in the departmental 23.13 Admission into Level 200 of the Bachelor of EFF 220 Historical, Philosophical & Sociological
regulations: Design Degree Programme shall be as stipulated in Foundations of Education (3) – Bdes DTE
a) ITB340 Industrial Attachment I (duration 8 weeks, 4 General Admission Regulations.
credits, core course) 23.23 Students registered for a Bachelor of Design
b) ITB440 Industrial Attachment II (duration 8 weeks, 4 23.14 Admission into Level 200 of the Bachelor Degree Programme shall undergo industrial training as
credits, core course). of Design Degree Programme shall be satisfactory specified under Departmental Special Regulations.
22.13 During the course of Industrial Attachment, a completion of Level 100 of the Bachelor of Design
student shall be subjected to such codes, procedures, programme. 23.24 At Levels 300, 400 and 500 each student shall
laws, rules, and other regulations as applicable to the register for General Education Courses as prescribed by
industry. 23.15 Applicants in possession of an appropriate A level General Regulation 00.2124, Departmental prescribed
qualification with at least D grades in Mathematics and number of core, optional and elective courses per
22.14 Subject to Regulations Governing Admissions, at least one of the following: Physics or Design and semester, unless exempted.
Fees and Discipline Regulation 4.2, and Regulation Technology, may be admitted directly into Level 200
22.13 above, a student who receives a final warning for of the Degree Programme. These applicants may be 23.25 The availability of optional and elective courses
misconduct during the course of Industrial Attachment required to do Level 100 courses if necessary. offered by a Department shall be at the discretion of
shall be subjected to Discipline Regulations. the Department.
23.16 Applicants in possession of an appropriate
22.20 Assessment Diploma may be admitted directly into Level 200 of the 23.26 A student shall register for a Single Major or a
22.21 During the course of the Industrial Attachment Degree Programme. Major-Minor Degree Programme in the fifth semester.
period, each student shall be visited at least once at the 23.27 A subject may include courses consisting entirely
location of placement to be assessed by the Faculty of 23.17 Applicants in possession of an appropriate of fieldwork, project work, practical work, and seminars.
Engineering and Technology staff. Higher Diploma or a three year Diploma in Design and In addition to work during the semester, a subject may
Technology, Industrial Design, Graphic Design, Interior include prescribed fieldwork or assignments during the
22.22 A student’s performance will be assessed by Design, Furniture Design or any other design related vacation periods.
means of: and equivalent programmes may be admitted directly
into Level 300 of the Degree Programme. 23.30 Assessment
22.22a) Continuous assessment by the industrial based 23.31 Continuous assessment in Levels 100, 200, 300,
supervisor and an assessor from a relevant department 23.20 Degree Structure 400 and 500 courses shall be based on tests and/or
of the Faculty of Engineering and Technology; 23.21 Level 100 courses for the Bachelor of Design assignments, projects and where applicable laboratory
Degree shall consist of the following courses. reports/field reports.
22.22b) Industrial Attachment report and logbook 23.32 Except for a project and courses with 100
72
percent continuous assessment, the ratio of continuous 24.22b) Industrial Training Report and logbook Assessment and Examination
assessment to end of semester examination shall be 2:3, submitted by the student at the end of the Industrial Performance in courses shall be evaluated through
unless otherwise specified in the Departmental Special Training period. a combination of continuous assessment and final
Regulations. examination. The duration of examinations will be 2 hours
24.22c) Oral Presentation for all the courses. All studio based and research based
23.33 a) A Design Project shall be assessed through 24.23 IBC 200 and IBI 300 shall be assessed as based on courses shall be assessed by continuous assessment only.
documentation (folio, report and diary) of the Design regulations 24.22a) and 24.22b). The ratio of marks for The ratio of continuous assessment to final examination
Process and presentation. The ratio of marks for Continuous Assessment to Industrial Training Report shall be 2:3. A project or design shall be evaluated
documentation to presentation shall be 2:1. and Logbook shall be 1:2. by continuous assessment, oral presentation and/or
demonstration and a written report. The ratio of the marks
23.33 b) A Major Make and Evaluate Project shall 24.24 IBI 400 shall be assessed as based on regulation for continuous assessment, presentation assessment and
be assessed through Product and its Evaluation and 24.22. The ratio of marks for Continuous Assessment written report shall be 2:1:1. Overall performance in a
presentation. The ratio of marks for documentation to to Industrial Training Report and Logbook to Oral course shall be as specified in the General Regulation
presentation shall be 2:1. Presentation shall be 1:2:1. 00.84. There shall be no supplementary examinations
for all research and studio based courses. A student who
23.34 Failure without good cause to submit an item of fails a core or pre-requisite. or co-requisite course shall
continuous assessment within 24 hours of the due date
shall carry a penalty of 5 percentage marks per day.
DEPARTMENT OF retake the course when offered again. A student who
has failed an optional/ Elective/general education course
Failure to submit the assignment before the end of 1 ARCHITECTURE AND may retake the course or its equivalent.
week from the due date shall incur a zero mark.
PLANNING Progression from Semester to Semester
23.35 A student who fails to sit a continuous Progression from semester to semester shall be in
assessment test without documented valid reason shall Departmental Regulations for Undergraduate accordance with General Academic Regulation 00.90.
score a zero mark for that test. A student absent from
a test with documented legitimate reason shall be Programmes General Provisions Duration of the Programmes
entitled to a special test. Subject to General Academic Regulations and the Faculty The duration of the URP Programme shall be 10 to 12
of Engineering and Technology Special Regulations, the semesters full-time; and the duration of the Architecture
240 Industrial Training Regulations for the Degree in following Departmental Regulations shall apply: Programme shall be a minimum of 10 and a maximum
Bachelor of Design Preamble of 14 semesters on a full-time basis. While the duration
Programmes and Qualification Titles of the Real Estate programme shall be a minimum of
Subject to the provisions of General Regulations 000 The Department of Architecture and Planning offers 8 semesters. Award of the Degree General Academic
and 200 the following Industrial Training Regulations programmes in Architecture, Urban and Regional Regulation 00.85 shall apply. Minimum number of credits
shall apply to students on the following programmes: Planning and Real Estate, leading to the following for award of the degree shall be 180 for architecture, 160
a) Bachelor of Design (Design and Technology qualifications: for Professional Masters in Urban Planning and Regional
Education) Planning, 130 for BSc in Urban and Regional Planning,
b) Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design) A Single Major Programme leading to a Bachelor and 133 for Real Estate. Classification of the degree
of Architecture Degree for students specialising in shall be in accordance with the provisions of General
24.10 Structure Architecture. Academic Regulation 20.4
24.11 A student shall undergo a period of supervised An Internationally accredited Single Major Programme Professional Training
Industrial Training for 8 weeks between Levels 200 and leading to either a Bachelor of Science Degree in Urban For Architecture, Urban and Regional Planning and Real
400. and Regional Planning for students who opt to exit the Estate Programmes, students shall be subjected to such
Basic Urban and Regional Planning Programme after codes, procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations
24.12 Industrial Training course codes shall be as Four Years or Master of Arts (Professional) for students as applicable to the industry/organisation during the
follows: exiting the programme after an additional 5th year of Professional Training.
a) IBC 200 Industrial Training (duration 8 weeks, 4 specialization.
credits, core winter course). Urban and Regional Planning Programme
b) IBI 300 Industrial Training for Industrial Design A Single Major Programme leading to a Bachelor of Students shall undergo Professional Training (Internship)
(duration 8 weeks, 4 credits, core winter course). Science Degree in Real Estate for students specialising of 8 weeks duration after levels 200 and 300. The
c) IBI 400 Industrial Training for Industrial Design in Real Estate. internship courses are URP 226 and URP 328. During
(duration 8 weeks, 4 credits, core winter course). each Professional Training period, students shall be
24.13 During the course of Industrial Training a student Aim and Objectives of Undergraduate Programmes visited at least once at locations of placement by staff
shall be subjected to such codes, procedures, laws, rules, The aim of the URP programme is to train students teaching the programme to monitor progress and also
and other regulations as applicable to the industry. to enable them to function and work in the fields of give advise where necessary.
24.14 Subject to Regulations Governing Admissions, human settlement development and urban and regional
Fees and Discipline Regulation 4.0, and regulation planning. The Architecture programme is designed to Architecture Programme
35.13 above, a student who receives a final warning for equip students with the academic knowledge and skills Professional Training (Internship) Regulations for the
misconduct during the period of Industrial Training shall they will need for a successful professional career in Bachelor of Architecture Programme Subject to the
be subjected to Discipline Regulations. architecture. The Real Estate programme is aimed at provisions of General Academic Regulations 00.0 and
training students to appreciate, comprehend, theorise, 100 the following Professional Training Regulations
24.20 Assessment synthesise, project and guide the development and shall apply to students on the Bachelor of Architecture
24.21 During the periods of Industrial Training, each utilisation of land property and related resources in Programme.
student shall be visited a minimum of twice at the an efficient, equitable and sustainable ways within
location of placement to be assessed by Faculty of frameworks shaped by the current land commoditisation A student shall normally undergo 3 periods of supervised
Engineering and Technology staff. trends and the country’s future needs. The Programmes Professional Training (Internship) of 8 weeks each after
have been carefully developed to be broad based Levels 200, 300 and 400. Professional Training course
24.22 A student’s performance will be assessed by including courses from the Faculties of Science, codes are: ARB220, ARB320 and ARB420.
means of: Engineering, Humanities, Social Sciences and Business
that are uniquely related to the cultural heritage of Real Estate Programme
24.22a) Continuous assessment by the industry based Botswana. These Programmes will benefit immensely Assessment of Professional Training
supervisor and an assessor from a relevant department from each other and also from other departments within A student’s performance will be assessed by means of:
of the Faculty of Engineering and Technology. The Faculty. a) Confidential report from the student’s
immediate supervisor at location of
73
placement. ARB112 Building Materials & Construction I (2)

b) Professional Training reports and logbook PHY112 Geometrical optics, Mechanics, Vibrations ARB415 Landscape Design (2)
submitted by the student at the end of each and Waves
internship period. Semester 8
c) Professional Training visits by an assessor COM131 Communication and Academic Literacy Core Courses
from the Department of Architecture and Skills (FET) (3) ARB421 Architectural Design VI (6)
Planning. ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (2) ARB422 Building Systems II (2)
d) Students will be assessed through MAT191 Design Mathematics ARB423 Philosophy of Architecture II (2)
confidential reports from the organisation ARB424 Professional Practice I (2)
they have been placed at, production of a Semester 2
concept paper and an oral presentation. Therefore Core Courses Optional Courses
the assessment ratio for Confidential Report to ARB121 Design & Communication II (4) ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment (2)
Internship Concept Paper to Oral Presentation shall ARB113 Traditional African Architecture (2) ENV484 Urbanisation & the Environment (2)
be 1:2:1. ARB123 History of Art (2)
ARB124 Environment and Comfort (2) Semester 8
For Architecture, Urban and Regional Planning as MAT192 Design Mathematics II (3) Winter session
well as Real Estate Programmes, a student who has COM132 Academic and Professional ARB420 Internship III (2)
an incomplete grade shall be allowed to complete Communication (FET) (3)
Professional Training at a time recommended by the ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II (2) Level 500 shall consist of the following courses:
Faculty. Semester 9
Repeating Professional Training Core Courses
A student who fails to meet the requirements of ARB211 Architectural Design I (6) ARB511 Design Project I (8)
Professional Training shall be required to repeat the ARB212 Building Materials & Construction III (2) CCB519 Building Economics (2)
training at a time recommended by the Faculty. ARB213 History of Architecture I (2) GEC273 The State & Society (2)
ARB216 Computer Aided Drafting (2) Optional Courses
Architecture Programme Entrance Requirements URP207 Land Surveying and Cartography + Lab (3) URP307 Land and Property Evaluation (2)
Admission to the BArch Degree programme shall be CCB217 Theory of Structures 1 (2) URP314 Land and Property Management (2)
as stipulated in General Academic Regulation 20.20 ARB514 Project Practice II (2)
Applicants for admission to level 100 must have a Semester 4
minimum of Grade D in English Language, a minimum Core Courses Semester 10
of Grade C in Mathematics, either a minimum of Grade ARB221 Architectural Design II (6) Core Courses
C in Physics or Grade BB in Science Double Award, and a ARB222 Building Materials & Construction IV (2) ARB521 Design Project II (8)
minimum of Grade C in Art or in Design and Technology. ARB223 History of Architecture II (2) ARB522 Urban & Rural Design Practice (2)
ARB214 Energy Efficiency in Buildings (2) ARB524 Project Management (2)
Advanced Standing: Students with credits towards CCB227 Theory of Structure II (2) GEC277 Law & Society in Botswana (2)
a degree from other Post-Secondary Educational
institutions are eligible for application and may receive A course may consist entirely of fieldwork, project work,
advanced credit for their prior studies in comparable Level 200 Winter session: practical work, design, and seminars. In addition to work
courses. ARB220 Internship I (2) during the semester, a subject may include prescribed
fieldwork or assignments during the vacation periods.
All applicants are required to attend an interview with Level 300 shall consist of the following courses:
Architecture Programme Staff and are advised that it COURSE LISTING
would be an advantage to bring a portfolio containing Semester 5
evidence of interest in visual arts and/or design. Core Courses FOR ALL OTHER COURSES NOT OFFERED BY THE
Admission into the programme is subject to the positive ARB311 Architectural Design III (6) DEPARTMENT PLEASE CONSULT THE RELEVANT
result of the interview. ARB312 Building Services I (2) DEPARTMENT FOR THE SYNOPSIS
ARB313 History of Architecture III (2)
In addition to 1.4.1.1, applicants for admission to Level CCB317 Theory of Structures III (2) ARB 111Design Communication I
100 of the programme must take courses in Physics, This course concerns the experience of seeing, drawing
Chemistry and mathematics in the Faculty of Science. Optional Courses and communication of form, mainly physical form.
Applicants in possession of an appropriate ‘A’ level URP200 Introduction to Town Planning (2) It deals with free hand drawing as well as geometric
qualification with at least C grades in Mathematics and URP202 Infrastructure Planning & Management (20) projections: Orthographic, axonometric, and isometric.
at least one of: (2) The course deals with communication through three
main topics: free-hand drawing, geometric projections,
Physics, Chemistry, Art or Design and Technology Semester 6 and colour.
may be exempted from taking Physics, Chemistry and Core Courses Credits: 4.
Mathematics in the Faculty of Science. ARB321 Architectural Design IV (6) Lectures/Studio: 8 hours per week
ARB322 Building Services II (2) Continuous assessment: Research report and interim
Applicants who possess the normal entry requirements ARB323 History of Architecture IV (2) assessments of design project
listed in the General Academic Regulation 20.2 but ARB325 Interior Design (2) Final examination: Final assessment of design project
who do not satisfy 1.4.1.2 or 1.4.1.3 may be admitted LAW253: Foundation Of Engineering Law CA/Exam ratio: 1:3
to the programme if they: a) have assessable experience
in artistic and/or design activities and/or b) submit a Semester 6 Winter session ARB112 Building Materials & Construction I
portfolio of drawings and design exercises (not exceeding ARB320 Internship II (2) This course deals with building materials and their use
10) with the application. Level 400 shall consist of the following courses: in “fundamental” conditions, “natural” as distinct from
“fabricated” materials: earth and its derivatives and
Programme Structure Semester 7 wod. It does so through observation of these materials
Level 100 shall consist of the following courses: Core Courses in traditional and modern buildings. The course deals
ARB411 Architectural Design V (6) with materials and process of construction and their
Semester 1 ARB412 Building Systems I (2) inter-relationship in the way they are used in building.
Core Courses ARB413 Philosophy of Architecture I (2) Credits: 2
ARB111 Design & Communication I (4) LAW452 Construction Law (2) Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week
74
Tutorials: 2 hours per week environment. Coursework consists of lectures providing Final examination: 2 hours
Continuous assessment: Tests and assignments. knowledge of principles to be observed in field studies CA/Exam ratio: 2:3
Final examination: 2 hours and reports to document the results. Assessment will be
CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 through continuous assessment in form of essays and ARB216 Computer Aided Drafting
tests and a final examination. Introduction to computers and two drafting tools: Arch-
ARB113 Traditional African Architecture Pre-req.: PHY111 Cad and Auto-Cad. This course involves four lectures
This course concerns the genesis of Architecture in Africa Credits: 2 followed by extensive exercise and application of
as a part of African Culture. It examines architecture as Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week exercises in the use of two architectural drafting tools.
a response, an expression, and a formative part of the Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 assignment Credits: 2
communal and individual human habitation. This course Final examination: 2 hours Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week
begins with a review of African communes and villages, CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Continuous assessment: Interim assessments
proceeds to the study of particular buildings within them Final examination: Assessment of major design project
from their origin to the present. Credits: 2 ARB211 Architectural Design I CA/Exam ratio: 2:3
Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week The course will deal with the simplest possible enclosure
Tutorials: 2 hours per week – a room, a hut, through examination of the room and ARB221 Architectural Design II
Continuous assessment: Tests and Assignments buildings in existing contexts, examples in the work of More advanced and institutional building types form
Final examination: 2 hours architects, and its design by the students. The course the vehicle of instruction in this course, allied with
CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 will apply the various types of spatial organization and case studies and the understanding of natural light in
basic structures in small buildings in context, and the architecture. A full response of the selection of materials,
ARB 121 Design Communications II possibilities of presentational modes of professional appropriate f i n i s h e s a n d m o r e c o m p l e x
This course deals with representation and abstraction in architecture. structural applications is also demanded to ensure
the process of communication. It deals with free-hand Pre-req.: ARB121 competence at
drawing, perspective projection, three-dimensional Credits: 6 this level.
models as instruments of study of geometry and Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week Pre-req.: ARB211
appearance (light) of physical form, leading to the design Continuous assessment: Research report and interim
of a simple structure. Pre-req.: ARB111 assessments of design project Credits: 6
Credits: 4 Final examination: Final assessment of design project Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week
Lectures/Studio: 8 hours per week CA/Exam ratio: 1:3 Continuous assessment: Research report and interim
assessments of design project
Continuous assessment: Research report and interim ARB212 Building Materials & Construction III Final examination: Final assessment of design project
assessments of design project Students are asked to study selected buildings as case CA/Exam ratio: 1:3
Final examination: Final assessment of design project studies, analyse the use of materials and methods of
CA/Exam ratio: 1:3 construction in the building, and apply the results in ARB222 Building Materials & Construction IV
their own design. Emphasis will be put on cladding and Students are asked to study selected buildings, analyse
ARB122 Building Materials & external finishes. the use of materials and methods of construction in
Construction II Pre-req.: ARB122 the building, and apply the results in their own designs.
This course deals with building materials and their use Credits: 2 Emphasis will be put on materials used for interior
in “fundamental” conditions with focus on industrially Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week finishes: floor and wall tiling, ceilings etc.
produced materials: cement, concrete, glass, steel and Continuous assessment: Weekly exercises Pre-req.: ARB212
other metals used in buildings. The course covers basic Final examination: Detailed Project assignment Credits: 2
characteristics of these materials but focusing on them CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week
as construction materials. Continuous assessment: At least 3 assignment
Pre-req.: ARB112 ARB 213 History of Architecture I Final examination: Major Design Project
Credits: 2 The course Covers Architecture as a development of the CA/Exam ratio: 2:3
Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week individual and community as inhabitants of the earth.
Tutorials: 2 hours per week It examines the seminal building and communal forms ARB223 History of Architecture II
Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 assignment that emerge as the “typical” forms in this evolutionary The course will deal with architecture as a development
Final examination: 2 hours process. Beginning with the Prehistoric, the main of the individual and community as inhabitants of
CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 civilisations from Mesopotamia to Rome are examined, the earth and examines the seminal building and
detailing their main aspects. communal forms that emerge as the “typical” forms in
ARB 123 History of Art Pre-req.: ARB123 this evolutionary process. Beginning with Early Christian
Architecture is rooted in the search for order and the Credits: 2 architecture, the course proceeds to deal with the
establishment of immortality. The achievement of Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week middle Ages, looking at Europe, Africa and the Far East.
mankind is easily assessed through art, from traditional Continuous assessment: Test and assignments Pre-req.: ARB213
art found worldwide and then the beginning of Final examination: 2 hours Credits: 2
modernism at the Renaissance. The rising figure of CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week
the individual artist and the several revolutions since Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1
lead to the confirmation of radical movements from ARB214 Energy Efficiency In Buildings assignment
Impressionism onwards, until today. Pre-req.: ARB113 This course deals with the following topics: Basic Final examination: 2 hours
Credits: 2 principles of energy efficiency, energy efficiency and CA/Exam ratio: 2:3
Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week sustainable development, energy efficient design
Continuous assessment: Test and 1 assignments (passive and active design), technologies for energy ARB 220 Internship I
Final examination: 2 hours efficient building, energy efficiency policy and legislation Internship means the external placement of a student
CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 introduction to energy management, green financing. with a professional or other kind of body in order
Throughout the course, case studies and existing good to gain the necessary experience of the profession.
ARB 124 Environment and Comfort practice examples will be used as a major instrument During the long vacation of May to July, students
This course introduces (1) the range of human comfort of instruction. Assessment will be through continuous spend at least eight weeks undergoing this professional
conditions within the built environment and the effect assessment in form of essays and tests and a final experience. Staff visit the students and meet their
of air, light and temperature (2) sources of the natural examination. supervisors to get a feedback on the attachment.
and artificial environmental conditions affecting the Pre-req: ARB124 Pre-req.: None
built environment including the sun, wind, precipitation, Credits: 2 Credits: 2
seasons, day and night, weather and climatic conditions, Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Duration: Minimum 8 weeks.
electricity, HVAC and (3) the building as a controlled Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 assignment Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/
75
Presentation Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week studies, documentation and presentation. Assessment
=1/2/1 Continuous assessment: At least 3 assignment including will be done by coursework.
a case study report Credits: 2
ARB311 Architectural Design III Final examination: Project based on studio project Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week
This course builds on the input of previous design CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Continuous assessment: At least 2 term papers
courses with the emphasis on buildings serving the Final examination: Case study report
community. More advanced structural analysis and ARB323 History of Architecture IV CA/Exam ratio: 2:3
response is expected, and issues of detailed planning This course deals with the rise of modern states/cities
of site and overall organization are explored, resulting and institutions in Europe following the Industrial ARB413 Philosophy of Architecture I
in deepening awareness of architecture in relation to Revolution and examines new building types and This course consists of examination of main theories of
current norms of professional achievement. technology in response to these developments up to the architecture since the Renaissance and exercises aimed
Pre-req.: ARB221 present. Clear notions of High Modernism are followed at helping the student to develop/ refine their own
Credits: 6 by a treatment of Postmodernism. position in design. Many aspects of philosophical and
Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week Pre-req: ARB313 cultural criticism are introduced, leading to a final essay
Continuous assessment: Research report and interim Credits: 2 on a major topic.
assessments of design project Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Pre-req.: ARB323
Final examination: Final assessment of design project Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Credits: 2
CA/Exam ratio: 1:3 assignment Lectures/Studio: At least 1 test and 1 assignment
Final examination: 2 hours Continuous assessment: Tests and Assignments
ARB312 Building Services I CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Final examination: 2 hours
This course covers building services including water CA/Exam ratio: 2:3
supply and plumbing, drainage and waste disposal, ARB320 Internship II
electricity supply, lighting, communications, HVAC, fire Internship means the external placement of a student ARB415 Landscape Design
fighting, and conveyance. Assessment will be done by with a professional or other kind of body in order This course consists of study of principles of landscape
essays and examination. to gain the necessary experience of the profession. design as related to design of micro-climate and
Credits: 2 During the long vacation of May to July, students ecological considerations. It is centred around lectures
Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week spend at least eight weeks undergoing this professional on land and landscape design and parallel
Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 experience. studioexercise
assignment Staffs visit the students and meet their supervisors to based closely on the context of the architectural design
Final examination: 2 hours get a feedback on the attachment. project in ARB411.
CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Pre-req.: ARB220 Credits: 2
Credits: 2 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week
ARB313 History of Architecture III Duration: Minimum 8 weeks. Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1
The Post-Renaissance period up to nineteenth century Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/ assignment
was a period of revolutions in science, technology, Presentation Final examination: Assessments of studio projects
commerce, and politics and had a decisive shaping =1/2/1 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3
influence on today’s world. The achievements of the
High Renaissance and the Baroque are examined and ARB325 Interior Design ARB421 Architectural Design VI
how the Enlightenment and other movements prepared The course consists of extensions of the current This course will treat a major building of known
the way for Modernist ideas in the early nineteenth architectural design project in the studio. Students are performance or derived brief, and of high complexity
century. taught to deal with colour, light and texture as well in terms of structural application, formal exploration
Pre-req.: ARB223 interior arrangements and spatial qualities. Advanced and environmental control systems and sustainability.
Credits: 2 awareness of issues such as the integration of The brief must be fully understood and realized in the
Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week structures, design response, and issues of contemporary theory
Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 services and environmental control are also expected. and international norms should be addressed as well.
assignment Credits: 2 Pre-req.: ARB411
Final examination: 2 hours Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Credits: 6
CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week
assignment Continuous assessment: Research report and interim
ARB321Architectural Design IV Final examination: Assessments of studio projects assessments of design project
The emphasis in this course is to heighten the CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Final examination: Final assessment of design project
interpretation of more complex briefs and building ARB411 Architectural Design V CA/Exam ratio: 1:3
programmes, with emphasis on landscape, structure This course will be concerned with urban and ARB422 Building Systems II
and basic building services. The final design should be a community issues of some complexity and the The course introduces analytical methods in
multi-storey building with a public address, and related development of design skills in terms of functional architectural design by applying the knowledge of
to full exploration of design method and competent and environmental control systems. Possible vehicles various building systems from previous courses.
presentation on professional lines. of delivery could be an urban design complex or social Students are required to produce a comparable
Pre-req: ARB311 housing, accompanied by building studies and/or analytical report of their own design.
Credits: 6 selected exemplars incorporated in a short report to Pre-req: ARB412
Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week accompany drawings and model. Credits: 2
Continuous assessment: Research report and interim Pre-req.: ARB321 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week
assessments of design project Credits: 6 Continuous assessment: At least 2 assignments and 1
Final examination: Final assessment of design project. Lectures/Studio: case study report
CA/Exam ratio: 1:3 Continuous assessment: Research report and interim Final examination: Project based on studio project
assessments of design project CA/Exam ratio: 2:3
ARB322 Building Services II Final examination: Final assessment of design project
Subsequent to ARB321, this course will cover a practical CA/Exam ratio: 1:3 ARB423 Philosophy of Architecture II
analysis of the requirements of a selected building The course will engage with current issues of the
type followed by design of the building services as part ARB412 Building Systems I region, and especially those of Botswana. The diversity
of the process of design. Assessment will be done by The course will introduce the detailed critical analysis of of contemporary architecture will be explored leading
coursework. the various Building Systems and their interactive effect to a final essay dealing with a particular building or
Pre-req.: ARB312 on the built environment in general. It will include practitioner.
Credits: 2 group work studies, review of theoretical material, case Pre-req.: ARB413
Credits: 2
76
Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Final examination: Final assessment of design project STA101 Mathematics for Social Sciences I (3)
Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 CA/Exam ratio: 1:3 ECO111 Basic Micro-Economics (3)
assignment
Final examination: 2 hours ARB522 Urban and Rural Design Practice General courses
CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 This course requires a comprehensive urban study of the COM131 Communication and Academic Literacy
project selected as the subject of ARB521. The students Skills (FET) (3)
ARB424 Professional Practice I will be required to prepare a comprehensive research ICT121 Computing Skills Fundamentals I (2)
The course deals with an introduction to the common report on possible approaches to the urban design
and statute law and goes into the details of contract aspects of the “thesis” project – ARB521. The report Semester 2
law before concentrating on construction contracts, will be illustrated with design options related to each Core courses
types of building contracts and conflict/dispute approach and to develop a selected approach in detail. URP111 History of Planning (3)
resolution. Pre-req.: LAW253 Credits: 2 ENS102 Introduction to Environmental Science
Credits: 2 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Human (3)
Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 STA102 Mathematics for Social Science II (3)
Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 assignment ECO112 Basic Macro-Economics (3)
assignment Final examination: 2 hours
Final examination: 2 hours CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 General courses
CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 COM132 Academic and Professional
ARB524 Project Management Communication (FET) (3)
ARB420 Internship III This course deals with various processes and techniques ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II (2)
Internship means the external placement of a student of monitoring projects: the project life cycle, project
with a professional or other kind of body in order planning and control, project cost control, Work Level 200
to gain the necessary experience of the profession. Breakdown Structures (WBS), Programme Evaluation Semester 3
During the long vacation of May to July, students and Review Technique (PERT), Critical Path Method Core courses
spend at least eight weeks undergoing this professional (CPM). Credits: 2 URP220 Planning Theory I (3)
experience. Staffs visit the students and meet their Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week URP221 Planning Graphics and Communication (4)
supervisors to get a feedback on the attachment. Pre- Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 CGB213 Principles of Cartography (3) ENS 242
req.: ARB320 assignment Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3)
Credits: 2 Final examination: 2 hours ARB216 Computer Aided Drafting (2)
Duration: Minimum 8 weeks. CA/Exam ratio: 2:3
Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/ Semester 4
Presentation =1/2/1 Bachelor of Science/Master of Arts (Professional) Degree Core courses
in Urban and Regional Planning Entrance Requirements URP223 Site Planning and Design I (4)
ARB511 Design Project I URP224 Planning Theory II (3)
The course consists of a proposal for a project at a Admission to the Degree programme shall be as URP225 GIS for Planners (3)
community scale and the design from general strategy stipulated in General Academic Regulation 20.20 URP222 Planning Methods & Techniques (3)ENS243
to Preliminary design stage, accounting for massing, Applicants for admission to level 100 must have a Introduction to Remote Sensing (3)
basic organizational strategies and other issues of minimum Grade of C in English Language, Mathematics,
relevant importance. and Geography. Preference will be given to candidates Winter session
Pre-req: ARB421 with a minimum of grade C in Art or Design and URP226 Professional Training/Internship I (4)
Credits: 8 Technology.
Lectures/Studio: Individual supervised research Students will upon successful completion of Level 400 Level 300
Continuous assessment: Interim assessments of (spatial component) be awarded Bachelor of Science in Semester 5
research report Urban and Regional Planning (BSc.URP), and will have Core courses
Final examination: Final assessment of research report an option to pursue Level 500 (specialist component), URP320 Planning Practice (3)
CA/Exam ratio: 1:3 of which upon successful completion, will be awarded URP321 Transportation Planning & Management
Master of Arts Professional Degree in Urban and (3)
ARB514 Professional Practice II Regional Planning (MA Prof. URP). URP322 Environmental Land Use Planning (3)
This course deals with the following issues: Architect Applicants with a BSc. URP or equivalent with a URP323 Site Planning and Design II (4)
licensing process, techniques and rationale of marketing minimum GPA of 3.0 may be admitted into Level 500 of
architectural services, market forecasting, client the internationally accredited degree programme by the Optional courses
behaviour, office organisation and business methods Royal Town Planning Institute, United Kingdom. SOC329 Urban Sociology (3)
applied to architecture, meeting procedures. Pre-req.: Programme Structure
ARB424 The programme is structured as follows: Semester 6
Credits: 2 Core courses
Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week • 1 year of preparatory foundation studies URP324 Public Facilities and Services Planning (3)
Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 with selection of cognate subjects that URP325 Urban & Regional Economics (3)
assignment will lead to a smooth transition from URP326 Neighbourhood Planning and Design (4)
Final examination: 2 hours preparatory to professional planning studies. URP327 Infrastructure Planning and Management
CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 • 3 years of professional planning studies (3)
designated as spatial planning component Optional courses
ARB521 Design Project II SOC335 Rural Sociology (3)
This course requires the students to take the proposal in • 1 year of professional planning studies
ARB511 – or using an alternative strategy depending on designated as specialist planning Winter session
the student. The course requires the student to prepare component URP328 Professional Training/Internship II (8 weeks)
and present a proposal for a final design. Students will (4)
be expected to develop performance criteria for major Level 100
spaces and components for the design and to present Semester 1 Level 400
results to a high professional degree. Core courses Semester 7
Pre-req: ARB511 URP110 Introduction to Planning and Built Core courses
Credits: 8 Environment (3) URP420 Planning Legislation (3)
Lectures/Studio: Individual supervised studio ENS101 Introduction to Environmental Science URP421 Planning and Management for Climate
Continuous assessment: Interim assessments of design Physical (3) Change (3)
project
77
URP422 Urban Regeneration and Renewal (4) through the dynamic sub-discipline foci encompassed and regional planning - political economy approaches
Optional courses in planning theory and practice. The course content and radical planning; Communicative Action theory -
URP424 Land and Property Development (3) will draw from both practice and theory, bringing the planning as negotiation.
URP423 Gender and Planning (3) two together by way of lectures, seminars, a field trip,
guest speakers and varied assessment. This journey will URP225: GIS for Planners
Semester 8 conclude with a return to the fundamental questions GIS Theory: Basic Concepts, Historical Development,
Core courses raised at the start of course – that of the conflicting Data Sources, Data Capture Methods, Data Structure,
URP425 Contracting and Planning Project definitions of contemporary planning. Hardware and software Configuration, GIS and Remote
Management (3) Sensing, Review of GIS software. GIS Practice: GIS data
URP111 History of Planning. concepts. Finding and connecting data. Organising data
URP426 Planning Implementation and Techniques All settlements display various degrees of forethought with ArcCatalog. Creating a geodata base. Ensuring
(3) and conscious design in their layout and functioning. spatial data integrity. Data compilation and editing.
URP427 Planning Ethics (3) The building and the planning of settlements has a long Collecting, importing and converting GIS data. Creating
and complex history. However, planning as an organised and modifying features. Mapping and visualization.
URP428 Urban Governance and Management (3) profession has existed for less than two centuries. Working with layer. Setting the map extent and scale.
Optional courses Symbolising data. Geographic Analysis. Working with
RES310 Property Management (3) URP220 - Planning Theory I. tabular data. Working with spatial data.
URP429 Urban Agriculture (3) Introduction to Planning Theory: what is Planning?
What is theory? Object of Planning Theory; Rational URP226: Professional Training/Internship I (8 weeks).
Level 500 Comprehensive Tradition. Urban Master Planning During internship the students should be able to collect
Semester 9 tradition and its critics; Disjointed Incrementalism: basic data, analyse data, prepare base maps, update
Core courses Urban development tradition and Action planning maps and prepare simple layouts.
Urban Design, Environment and Housing Specialization Advocacy Planning: the participatory planning
URP500 Research Methods and Techniques (3) tradition- community action planning. URP320: Planning Practice.
URP501 New Urbanism (3) Introduction and overview of professional planning
ARB415 Landscape Design (3) URP221 - Planning Graphics and Communications. practice. Quality urban planning and project
URP503 Integrated Housing Studies (3) Description, use and care of equipment. Line drawing – management: what works, what doesn’t? Understanding
pencil and ink. Lettering – freehand, guided and transfer the entrepreneurial ethics and processes. Challenge and
Planning Policy and Strategy Specialization letters. Colouring and shading – pencil, ink, magic creativity in post-modern planning. The market place
URP500 Research Methods and Techniques (3) markers and transfer tones/shades. Graphical language, and changing demands of effective planning practice.
URP505 Integrated Development Planning (3) presentations and exhibitions. Scales – scale formula, The public image and the ‘leadership’ role of the
URP506 Regional and Rural Planning application of formula, types of scales (linear, fraction, planner. Marketing your services and products .Project
and Development (3) statement, ratio etc). Scale change and conversion. presentation and review procedures. Communication,
URP507 Comparative Planning (3) Measurements – straight and other distances; and negotiation and presentations. Staying ahead.
area measurements at various scales. Projections -
Planning Methods and Techniques orthographic (plan, sections and elevations), isometric, URP321 - Transportation Planning & Management.
URP500 Research Methods and Techniques (3) axonometric and perspectives. Measured drawing Transportation system objectives and constraints, modes
URP510 Planning Support Systems (3) exercise. of transportation, institutional structure, Transportation
URP511 Development Impacts Analysis (3) system issues and challenges, traffic congestion, traffic
URP512 Public Participation and Negotiations URP222 - Planning Methods and Techniques. safety, equality of access, environmental protection,
Techniques (3) Sources of data for planning, analysis of data, funding, environmental protection, Transportation
Optional courses projections for various land use requirements/ planning, perspectives on the planning process,
Urban Design, Environment and Housing Specialization activities, plan Evaluation, plan Implementation planning regulations, transportation and air quality
URP504 Healthy City Planning (3) and monitoring. Data Collection Techniques - direct planning, planning studies, planning study organisation,
ENS404 Environmental Impact Assessment (3) and indirect methods. Data analysis methods – Transportation demand analysis, travel behaviour
classification, sampling, graphical methods, Models travel demand modelling, trip generation models, trip
Planning Policy and Strategy Specialization of Forecasting Techniques – aggregate forecasting, distribution models, mode choice models, trip assignment
URP508 Administrative and Policy Planning (3) composite forecasting, normative forecasting, models, Transit Operations, route planning, route
URP509 Smart Growth Planning (3) population forecasting, Housing and employment location, stop location, route schedules, Transportation
forecasting. Plan preparation – alternative development project evaluation, economic evaluation techniques,
Planning Methods and Techniques Specialization scenarios. Evaluation Techniques - partial evaluation, environmental impact assessment.
URP513 Community Planning Methods and comprehensive evaluation. Presentation Techniques.
Scenarios (3) Techniques for plan implementation. URP322 - Environmental land use planning.
URP514 Urban Ecological Footprint Methods (3) Introduction to Environmental Planning: Issues of
URP223: Site Planning and Design I. Environmental Concern; Sustainability and Sustainable
Semester 10 Processes and tools: land and society, land planning and development; The Nature of Planning; The Environmental
Core courses design, spatial information and mapping. Site selection Planning Process; Striking a Balance. Perspectives on
URP 515 Supervised Dissertation/Research Project and programming: land valuation, site selection context, Environmental Planning: Two integrating Perspectives
(15) site selection factors, site alternatives, programming
methods, programming documentation. Site inventory – Natural Resources and Environmental systems; The
COURSE LISTING and analysis: physical attributes, biological attributes, Scientific Perspective; The Social Scientific Perspective;
cultural attributes, integration and synthesis. Design Foundations of Environmental Planning: Legal;
FOR ALL OTHER COURSES NOT OFFERED BY THE and implementation: concept development, project Economic; Ethical; Ecological. Planning and Managing
DEPARTMENT PLEASE CONSULT THE RELAVENT components, concept evaluation, design development the Natural Resource Base: The Changing Countryside;
DEPARTMENT FOR THE SYNOPSIS and implementation. Productive uses of rural resources; Mineral Resources.
Rural Environmental Planning: Principles of Landscape
URP110 – Introduction to Planning and Built URP224: Planning Theory II Ecology; Environmental Planning and the Countryside;
Environment. Introduction: social theory and its role in social Landscape and Nature; Planning Catchments
Introduction to Planning and the Built Environment science; Structural Functionalism - main tenets and and Rivers; Recreation Ecology; Natural Resource
offers an introduction to the complexities of application to urban and regional planning: The case Management Plans. Urban Environmental Planning:
contemporary planning. The course will open with a of modernization perspective; Symbolic Interactionism Urban Growth and its Management; Managing
discourse on the diverse and sometimes conflicting - main tenets and application to urban and regional Demand; Shelter and Urban Form; Energy; Managing
definitions of planning. It will then proceed on a journey planning- the case of participatory planning; Marxist Waste and Recycling Land; Traffic and Transport; Nature
Social theory - main tenets and application to urban
78
in the City; Industrial Ecology. place during the long vacation for a continuous period Schematic design (base map preparation, refinement
URP323 - Site Planning and Design II. of 8 weeks. To: of previous assumptions). Final design (suburban street
• Gain practical field experience on the design, storm drainage design, design of storm water
Definition of site planning: basic principles of plot planning profession; management facilities, floodplain studies, grading and
layout. Energy and resource efficiency. Landscape • Develop an understanding of the earthwork, wastewater collection, water distribution,
and microclimate. Town Planning Standards. Design administrative requirements of the profession; wastewater treatment, water supply and treatment,
Codes. Concept planning and design development; erosion and sediment control, contract documents
site planning/development process; Site systems; Site Share insights gained from internship with staff and and specifications, construction cost estimating). Plan
planning and design and sustainability issues. Design other students. submission and permitting (subdivision submissions,
rationale (s). Bubble diagrams. Design alternatives. plan submissions, review and approval process,
Evaluation of Design alternatives. Preliminary design. URP423 - Gender and Planning. environmental permits, etc.).Construction (construction
The course will explore ‘gender’ as an analytical tool and stakeout surveys, building permits, certificates of
Final design. Implementation tools. Development a proxy for decision making and accessing resources; occupancy, etc.).
Control (Residential, Industrial, Commercial, Civic gender roles, contracts and relationships in society;
and Community, Recreational, mixed land use, etc.). Gender analysis, auditing, mainstreaming and proofing; URP 425 – Contracting and Planning Project
Accessibility, circulation and parking. Gendered domestic and public spaces; Gendered Management Contracting: initiating an urban (land
inequalities and social exclusion; development) project, preparing a detailed project
URP324: Public Facilities and Services Planning. brief and ToR, ToR submission, project management/
Definition of public and community facilities and Urbanisation (modernisation) and women’s organising people. Introduction to planning project
services vis a vis commercial and private facilities; empowerment; and approaches for mainstreaming management: professional development, what is project
Characteristics of public/community facilities; Type, and promoting women’s participation in development management, planning staff, motivation, planning
design and location requirements for educational planning. managers. The process of project management: the
facilities; Characteristics and design considerations project management life cycle, the work cycle, the
for health facilities; Recreational facilities ( passive URP420 – Planning Legislation. business context, building the business case. Case studies
and active recreation, green areas and open spaces, History of planning law will be studied and particularly and Perspectives: local, regional and international case
parks, sports grounds and stadiums, indoor and the British type of legislation that influenced planning studies; perspectives.
outdoor facilities); Cultural and religious facilities – here in Botswana. The relevance of the Town and
churches, libraries; Security facilities– fire halls, police Country Planning Act of 1977, Urban Development URP428 - Urban Governance and Management.
stations; Public services – post offices, phone and Standards 1992, the Development Control Code 1995 The natures of urban governance, and urban
telecommunication facilities, etc. and Physical Planning policies within the contemporary governance. History of urban governance in
planning framework. How efficient are the planning Botswana and elsewhere. Overview of trends in urban
URP325: Urban & Regional Economics. law organisations; It explores the relationship between governance in Botswana and elsewhere. Actors in urban
Topics include models and techniques for describing the planning legislation and other auxiliary statutes governance: citizens and electors; municipal employees;
and evaluating urban economies; central place theory, that have a bearing on land use planning, development, elected officials; senior governments and special
agglomeration economies, urban land use models, intra- environmental concerns and land management’s interests. Issues in urban governance: finances; land-use
urban location models, development strategies and namely Environmental Impact Assessment Bill, the planning; transport and other infrastructure; economic
tools; commercial, industrial, and housing development; Building Control Act, land Survey Act and the Tribal land and social development; energy and environment.
and problems of poverty and housing. In addition Act. Existing and potential conflicts would be identified Prospects for the future of urban governance.
the course covers This course includes the following between the Town and Country Planning Act and the
topics: comparative costs vs. comparative advantage, above mentioned statutes and suggestions in class as Intersecting these topics will be several critical matters
location analysis for industry, various indices of location amelioration measures. including size of the municipality, governmental
measures, land use theories, interregional labour framework (e.g, single-tier, two-tier), involvement of
migration, gravity model, interregional trade, regional URP421 Planning and Management for Climate Change. municipal agencies, and societal/economic context
development, regional equilibrium analysis, export base The major aim of the course is to familiarise students (e.g., command vs. market economy; rich vs. poor).
multiplier, locational quotient, shift share techniques, with theoretical underpinning of climate change and Theoretical content will be introduced as appropriate
regional and interregional input-output analysis, and its mitigation through application of sustainable spatial but will not be emphasized.
econometric models for regional analysis. planning practices. The course focuses on (i) mapping
the challenges of climate change: adaptation, mitigation URP426 - Planning Implementation Techniques.
URP326 - Neighbourhood Planning and Design. and vulnerability, spatial planning responses, appropriate Introduction to plan implementation: importance, timing,
Definitions and Perceptions of Urban Design; Urban development patterns, transportation policies, planning stakeholders, roles and responsibilities; Implementation
Design Approaches; Current Issues of Urban Design; challenges for countries in dry and arid region; (ii) techniques categories: non-regulatory (special purpose
Urban Design User Requirements; The Concept of strategic planning responses: limits of urbanization, new- planning, education, planning or zoning administrator
Neighbourhood; Neighbourhood Development; Layout growth, smart growth, new urbanism, new regionalisms, hiring, etc.), regulatory (zoning, land division and sub
Planning Concerns; Layout Planning Principles and water and land management; and (iii) implementation, division control, site plan review, design standards,
Guidelines; Designing with Nature. governance and engagement: use of climate change performance standards, etc.), voluntary (conservation
scenarios, integrated assessment and local decision easement, purchase of development rights, donation
URP327 - Infrastructure Planning & Management. making, planning fro green infrastructure, use of of land, etc.), incentive based (transfer of development
Definitions, reasons for studying infrastructure planning, renewable energy sources, municipalities responses, etc. rights, density bonus, tax increment financing, tax
role of physical planner, infrastructure and public health incentives, revenue sharing, etc.). Controlling growth
linkages, infrastructure and shelter linkages; onsite URP 422 - Urban Regeneration & Renewal. using Smart code: the nature and role of code, form based
excreta disposal systems, offsite excreta disposal systems; Classification of settlements; Need for urban renewal code, transect-based code; Monitoring: programmes and
wastewater technology; solid waste management; and settlement upgrading; Slums – causes and effects; projects impacts, strengths, weaknesses, budgeting and
storm water management; water demand supply and advantages and disadvantages of slum clearance; in situ review.
distribution; power demand, supply and distribution; upgrading of slums: theory and practices, advantages (e.g., command vs. market economy; rich vs. poor).
Telecommunication infrastructure. Financing and cost and disadvantages; public participation in urban Theoretical content will be introduced as appropriate but
recovery of sanitation, wastewater, solid waste, power renewal settlement upgrading; building partnerships will not be emphasized.
and water supply services. with private sector and communities. Plot regularization
and service provision; private, community and state URP426 - Planning Implementation Techniques.
URP 328 - Professional Training/Internship II (8 weeks). partnerships in regeneration and renewal. Introduction to plan implementation: importance, timing,
The main aim of this course is to provide students with stakeholders, roles and responsibilities; Implementation
an opportunity to put planning concepts and methods URP424 - Land and Property Management. techniques categories: non-regulatory (special purpose
learned in the classroom into practice in a realistic Overview of land and property development process. planning, education, planning or zoning administrator
professional setting. Typically, the internship will take Feasibility and site analysis (allowable use of site, site hiring, etc.), regulatory (zoning, land division and sub
analysis and site selection, rezoning). Conceptual design;
79
division control, site plan review, design standards, planning borrowing. Typologies of planning systems. planner, action planning, progress monitoring,
performance standards, etc.), voluntary (conservation Types of spatial planners. The variety of planning evaluations, equipment and supplies, initiatives, etc.
easement, purchase of development rights, donation cultures. Review of planning systems in developed and
of land, etc.), incentive based (transfer of development developing world. The governance of spatial planning URP515 Supervised Dissertation/ Research Project
rights, density bonus, tax increment financing, tax towards a global planning culture. It should be based on selected topic from A, B, or
incentives, revenue sharing, etc.). Controlling growth C. specialist’s streams. It should be of a standard
using Smart code: the nature and role of code, form based URP508 - Administrative and Policy Planning. that merits publication. How to develop a research
code, transect-based code; Monitoring: programmes Introduction to Public Policy and Administrative proposal into a dissertation will include: proposition,
and projects impacts, strengths, weaknesses, budgeting Governance. Public Bureaucracy in Theory and Practice. contextual review and bibliography, strategy, specific
and review. special environments, restoration, facility Policy Formation: The Institutions and Processes of data gathering, analysis, alternatives, proposal
planning, master planning and management planning. Political Governance. Administrative Governance: The selection, conclusion, implementation, self-evaluation,
Challenge of Policy Implementation. The Role and compilation and editing, organisation of dissertation
URP503 – Integrated Housing Studies. Influence of Non-state Actors in Policymaking and and writing/ prose style.
Housing: a beyond shelter definition. Effects of social Administrative Governances. Ethics in Administrative
exclusion and unequal access to adequate housing. Governance: The Challenge of Ensuring Democratic Bachelor of Real Estate
Housing and the sustainable livelihoods framework. Accountability in Public Administration. Social Diversity Entrance Requirements
Role of housing in socioeconomic development. and the Question of “Difference” in Policy-making and Admission to the Degree programme shall be as
Employment from housing and related sectors. Administrative Governance. Paradigms of Governance: stipulated in General Academic Regulation 20.20
Overcoming gender, behavioural, occupational, Policy-making and Administrative Governance from the Applicants for admission to level 100 must have
social, cultural and legal barriers to house ownership. Administrative Welfare State to the Neo-liberal Stat. a minimum Grade of C in English Language, and
Empowering youths, women and the poor through on Mathematics. Preference will be given to candidates
job training and skills development in housing. Towards URP 510 - Planning Support Systems. with a minimum of grade C in Accounts, Commerce,
a partnership between the state, private sector and local Introduction of PSS concept: PSS systems progress, Geography, History, Development Studies, Design and
communities. Sustainable housing design, finances, predictions & speculations; planning movements, Technology and any other cognate subjects.
construction and maintenance. Review of ‘best practice’ concept of planner’s tool box of digital tools and
cases. applications; visualization and spatial decision making; Admission into Level 200 of the Bachelor of Real
The Regional Scale: cellular urban modeling; simulating Estate Degree Programme shall be as stipulated in the
URP 504 – Healthy City Planning. regional futures; What If? A new tool for new planning; General Admissions Regulations. Applicants who are
Healthy City Planning explores the link between Moving from Region to City: an overview of UrbanSim; in possession of an appropriate Diploma or equivalent
urban planning and health. This is traced to the public Community Viz; INDEX; PSS in practice: planner’s in Land Management, Land Administration, Estate
health origins of urban planning which somehow perspective; what planners can achieve with PSS. Management, Geomatics, Land Surveying, Cartography,
got overshadowed by other planning concerns. The GIS or any other cognate subjects and have a GPA of at
incidence of diseases in cities in developing countries URP511 - Development Impacts Analysis. least 3.0 or its equivalent may be admitted directly into
provides a challenge to which urban planning has to Overview and historical development of DIA. The DIA Level 200 but will take Level 100 courses if necessary.
respond. current practice and usage, the DIA decision making
process, and how to develop an effective DIA team. Programme Structure
URP505 - Integrated Development Planning. The weaknesses in the existing DIA process, and its The programme is a single major that will extend over
The Concept and Theory of integrated development likely future development. DIA scoping, information 8 semesters of full time studies. It shall be consist of
planning. Principles of Development Planning. The gathering and assimilation and technical report writing. four core areas of property management, valuation,
process of preparing an integrated development plan. Identification of project characteristics, prediction marketing and agency, investment and appraisal and
Analysis (survey, analysis of issues and forecasting of impacts and significance assessment. Available support subjects (economics, law, construction and
the future and plan making). The impact and policy mitigation techniques are available. Participation town planning).
implications of the concepts of “integrated sustainable in a site visit and studying of real-life-case studies
development” and “sustainable human settlements” Review DIA statements and DIA post-auditing and Level 100
for a municipal/local area. The legal implications and developmental management methods. Semester 1
principles of the concepts of “developmental local Core courses
government” and `integrated development planning` URP512 - Public Participation & Negotiations Techniques. STA101 Mathematics for Business & Social
for governance in a municipal/local area. Institutional Public Participation defined- rationale for participation- Sciences I (3, C)
capacity in Integrated Development Planning (IDP) Sherry Arnstein’s Ladder of Citizen Participation ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3, C)
processes. Implementation techniques of IDPs and adaptations; Theoretical basis for participation-
URP506 – Regional and Rural Planning and Development. Good Governance Model- liberal democratic RES101 Introduction to Real Estate (3, C)
This course provides guidance for spatial planners on basis- governance debate: Participation as a Right, LAW131 Introduction to Law (3, C)
how to meet the economic, social and environmental International conventions and participation: Agenda
challenges that climate change raises for urban and 21, ILO Convention 169, Rights Based Approaches ; General courses
regional development. It brings together some of the Methods of eliciting Participation in Physical Planning, ICT121 Computing and Information Skills (2,GEC)
recent research and scholarly ideas on the role of spatial Participatory approaches- Participatory Appraisal – PRA COM131 Communication and Academic Literacy
planning in combating climate change. It addresses RRA- application to urban planning- physical planning- Skills (3, GEC)
both mitigation measures for reducing greenhouse Community Action Planning, NGOs, CBOs and civil
gas emissions and adaptation to the effects of climate society organisations as agents of participation; Limits Semester 2
change. It provides an overview of emerging practice, to Community Participation: State-Civil society relations Core courses
with analysis of the drivers of policy change and practical in Botswana- Information sharing and dissemination. STA102 Mathematics for Business & Social
implementation of mitigation measures, plans, designs, Sciences II (3, C, Pre-req STA101)
programmes and strategies. It scopes planning issues URP513 - Community Planning Methods & Scenarios. ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3, C, Pre-req
and opportunities at different spatial scales, drawing General principles: agendas, commitments, ECO111)
on both the African and international experiences and transparency, process ownerships, initiatives, context, ARB127 Building and Materials (3, C, Pre-req None)
highlighting the need to link global and local responses facilitation, etc. Methods: action planning, workshops RES102 Introduction to Valuation (3, C, Pre-req
to shared risks and opportunities. and schemes, forums, gaming, charrettes, reviews, RES101)
reconnaissance trips, task forces, user groups, soap
URP507 - Comparative Planning. boxes, environment shops, etc. Scenarios: community General courses
Emergence and diffusion of contemporary spatial centre, derelict sites, new and old neighbourhoods, ICT122 Computing and Information Skills (2, GEC,
planning. Indigenous planning. Contested and regeneration areas, village revival, heritage sites, Pre-req ICT121)
negotiated planning imposition. Adjusted, modified environmental art projects, inner city, industrial districts, COM132 Academic and Professional
and invented planning. Undiluted and selective etc. Formats and checklists: strategy & workshop Communication (3, GEC, Pre-req COM131)
80
Level 200 knowledge learnt in class with real life situations.
Semester 3 Semester 8 Furthermore it is to acquaint students with the
Core courses Core courses organisation and nature of work-places and the
RES200 Land Economics I (3, C, Pre-req RES101) RES410 Dissertation (6, C, Pre-req RES403) requisite human relations to enable them work
RES201 Principles of valuation (3, C, Pre-req RES101) RES411 Business and Professional Ethics (3, C, Pre- harmoniously with others at work-places.
LAW233 Contract Law (4, C, Pre-req LAW131) req RES310)
ARB217 Architecture Drawing Techniques (3, C, Pre- BLM321 Tribal Land Management (3, O, Pre-req RES300 – Housing Economics and Policies
req ARB127) CGB413) The course will equip students with housing economics
URP110 Introduction to Planning & built RES317 Risk and Value Management (3, O, Pre-req and policy related matters in terms of the dynamics of
Environment (3, C, Pre-req None) RES311) the housing market; housing finance; governmental
CGB111 Geomatics (3, C, Pre-req None) RES412 Facilities Planning and Management (3, C, intervention and programmes or housing policy
Pre-req RES315) affecting the housing market and their objectives and
Semester 4 RES402 Business Planning and Entrepreneurship (3, impacts; zoning and land use regulation, rent and price
Core courses C, Pre-req RES310) controls as well as formal and informal housing.
RES210 Land Economics II (3, C, Pre-req RES200)
RES2011 Principles and Methods of Valuation (3, C, COURSE LISTING RES301 – Real Estate Marketing and Agency
Pre-req RES102) The course provides a detailed treatise on the process
CGB321 Introduction to Land Administration (3, C, FOR ALL OTHER COURSES NOT OFFERED BY THE involved in the disposal of real property and to
Pre-req RES200) DEPARTMENT PLEASE CONSULT THE RELEVANT understand the professional liability arising from the
ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3, C, Pre-req DEPARTMENT FOR THE SYNOPSIS work of an estate agent. The course covers such aspects
None) as property marketing; marketing planning; marketing
LAW201 Introduction to Property Law (3, C, Pre-req RES101 – Introduction to Real Estate strategies; market research as well as Estate Agency.
LAW233) Elective (3, E, Pre-req None) The course is meant to introduce students to the
Real Estate profession with a view to enabling them RES302 – Applied Valuation I
Winter session understand the definition, origin, growth, nature and The aim of this course is to provide a platform for
RES214 Internship I (3, C, Pre-req None) scope of the Real Estate industry; types of properties the application of the valuation principles and tools
and interests in land; basic estate accounts; duties of analysis for a wide range of purposes. It offers
Level 300 of the Estate Manager and Real Estate Portfolio knowledge on contemporary valuation approaches and
Semester 5 Management. skills on valuation of special types of properties.
Core courses
RES300 Housing Economics and Policies (3, C, Pre- RES102 – Introduction to Valuation RES303 – Property Development & Finance
req RES210) The course is meant to introduce students to valuation The aim of this course is to provide students with
RES301 Real Estate Marketing and Agency (3, C, and value concepts. The course will enable students an understanding of why people invest in landed
Pre-req RES210) to appreciate the role of a property surveyor and to properties and how they make such investment
RES302 Applied Valuation I (3, C, Pre-req RES201) understand the purposes for which property valuations decision. The course will cover in detail the various
are required; the factors that affect property values as stages and requirements in the property development
RES303 Property Development and Finance (3, C, well as the mathematical principles underlying property process, its economic context and alternative sources
Pre-req RES210) valuation. of funding. It will also outline different types of risks
ARB312 Building Services I (3, C, Pre-req ARB217) investors have to contend with and the available
RES315 Building Maintenance (3, C, Pre-req RES200 – Land Economics I techniques in assessing the risks.
ARB217) The course covers major aspects of land as an economic
resource. The objective is to teach students the
Semester 6 processes of land market and resource allocation in an RES310 – Property Management
Core courses economy. Concepts of economics introduced in Year I This course provides and equips students with
RES310 Property Management (3, C, Pre-req are, in this course related to real property. the general principles, knowledge and skills of the
RES300) practice of estate management, including basics of
RES201 – Principles and Methods of Valuation estate management such as key elements of leases,
RES311 Property Investment & Appraisal (3, C, Pre- The course gives students a detailed understanding types of estate management and duties and roles of
req RES303) of the theory, principles and application of the property managers. It deals with systems of property
RES312 Property Conveyance and Disposition (3, C, conventional methods of valuation as well as modified management; estate policy formulation and estate
Pre-req LAW201) approaches. The valuation introduced in Year I (RES102) accounts.
RES313 Applied Valuation II (3, C, Pre-req RES302) is treated to a greater depth to include valuation table
BLM323 Project Planning and Implementation (3, C, construction and application. RES311 – Property Investment and Appraisal
Pre-req RES303) The course provides students with knowledge about
CGB322 Principles of GIS (3, C, Pre-req CGB111) RES210 – Land Economics II property portfolio analyses and the appraisal of
The course examines theories propounded on property investment schemes. It offers students the
Winter session distribution of urban land uses as well as the evolution opportunity of application of theories of property
RES314 Internship II (3, C, Pre-req RES214) and growth of urban areas. It is meant to develop investment analysis at both, the individual property
students understanding of the factors, which influence level as well as the portfolio level. Furthermore it
Level 400 the growth of urban areas and the problems that enables students to acquire the theory and practice of
Semester 7 accompany them. fund management techniques.
Core courses
CGB413 Advanced Land Administration (3, C, Pre-req RES214 – Internship RES312 – Property Conveyance and Disposition
CGB321) Internship at the end of this semester is devoted to The course is designed to expose students to
RES401 Computer Application to Real Estate (3, C, practical training through field or industry attachment. conveyancing and disposition of interests in property
Pre-req 303) Students are attached to an organisation to undertake together with the various aspects of interests involved.
RES403 Research Methodology (3, C, Pre-req industrial training under the supervision of a Field It deals with the law of landlord and tenant; meaning
RES301) Supervisor will be responsible for overseeing the and types of securities including mortgage, charge,
BLM411 Alternative Dispute Resolution (3, C, Pre-req students’ training at the work-place while Internship pledge, pawn, lien; transfers and sales of land as well as
CGB321) Supervisors from the University undertake targeted land and document registration.
BLM313 Remote Sensing for Land Management (3, visits. The essence is to provide practical training to
O, Pre-req CGB322) students so as to enable them acquire practical skills RES313 – Applied Valuation II
RES416 Property Taxation (3, O, Pre-req RES311) and to enable students to integrate the theoretical The aim of this course is to offer a detailed coverage
81
of valuations done for specific purposes together RES401 – Computer Application in Real Estate Engineering (Civil) Degree shall apply:
with those provided for in legislation or arising from The course offers students mastery in the application
a contractual duty. It provides skills in the application of modern ICT in the spheres of property development, Entrance Requirements
of valuation principles within the provision of statutes facilities management, valuation and the real estate Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) Degree
relating to land and property acquisition, rent controls business in general with an emphasis on the “hands-on” shall be as stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation
legislation, ratings, principles of plant and machinery approach, particularly in the areas of property valuation, 21.10.
valuation, sectional titles, compensation, and third party property management, and real estate investment
interests in land. analysis and estate agency. The normal minimum requirements for admission to
level 200 for a degree program shall be satisfactory
RES315 – Building Maintenance RES402 – Business Planning and Entrepreneurship completion of level 100 of the Bachelor of Science
This course provides students with basic knowledge The course is meant to impart knowledge on the (General) degree of the Faculty of Science or equivalent
of building maintenance in real estate in terms of rationale, process and the dynamics of the planning institution with at least C grades in Mathematics,
the different types of maintenance; principles of function in business as well as introduce students to Chemistry and Physics. Applicants in possession of
maintenance planning and execution; and building the different types of planning and their applications an appropriate ‘A’ level qualification with at least C
failure diagnosis. in an enterprise context. Students will be exposed to grades in Mathematics and at least one of: Physics and
knowledge on how to identify opportunities in real Chemistry may be admitted directly to Level 200 of
RES314 – Internship estate, screen such opportunities, develop a business the programme. Applicants in possession of a relevant
Internship at the end of this semester is devoted to plan, seek funding for implementing the plan, set Diploma may be admitted directly into Level 200 of the
practical training through field or industry attachment. up and run the enterprise successfully. Students will degree programme.
Students are attached to an organization to undertake be expected to be familiar with the domestic and
industrial training under the supervision of a Field international business environment in which real estate Semester 5 courses for Civil Engineering
Supervisor will be responsible for overseeing the entrepreneurs operate. Level 300
students’ training at the work-place while Internship Semester 5
Supervisors from the University undertake targeted RES403 – Research Methodology Core Courses
visits. The essence is to provide practical training to The objective of the course is to guide the students CCB313 Surveying (Core, 3 credits, pre-req. MAT292)
students so as to enable them acquire practical skills on research methods, data collection techniques and CCB331 Analysis of Structures (Core, 3 credits, pre-r
and to enable students to integrate the theoretical analysis so as to prepare them for the projects and eq. CCB241)
knowledge learnt in class with real life situations. dissertation to be carried out in the final year of study. CCB332 Materials in Construction (Core, 3 credits,
Furthermore it is to acquaint students with the pre-req. CCB231)
organization and nature of work-places and the RES410 – Dissertation CCB333 Fluid Mechanics for Civil Engineers (Core, 3
requisite human relations to enable them work Final year students will be expected to have acquired credits, pre-req. CCB232)
harmoniously with others at work-places. knowledge of the programme as an integrated whole MAT391 Engineering Mathematics 111 (Core, 3
and should be able to write and submit a dissertation credits, pre-req. MAT292)
RES416 Property Taxation or project. The dissertation or project should be POL101 Introduction to Political Science* (Elective, 3
The course aims at introducing students to various based on both analytical and empirical components credits)
taxes levied on property and the impact of these taxes in addition to descriptive material. Topics should be PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration*
on property investment and development. It introduces selected by students and approved by the Department. (Elective, 3 credits)
students to Basic concepts and purposes of Taxation; A relevant academic staff member will be assigned to SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Concepts an
Principles of an Optimal Tax System; Essentials of supervise each student dissertation. The dissertation Principles* (Elective, 3 credits)
a good Tax system. Reasons for property taxation; will have to be presented orally to a Departmental SOC334 Sociology of Development* (Elective, 3
Types of property taxes (including land tax, property Examination Panel. credits)
rates, Capital Gains Tax, Estate Duty and Stamp Duty);
Evolution of Property Taxation in Botswana; Assessment RES411 – Business and Professional Ethics *Choose any 1 of the courses with asterisk
and calculation of property tax; Appeals; Billing and The course is designed to enable students have a
Collection; Effects of property taxation on property broad understanding of business ethics such that Bachelor of Geomatics Course Listings
investment and development; and Capital and tax the students appreciate the need to apply ethical CGB412 Spatial Data Modelling & Analysis
incentives in property development. behaviour in the conduct of the real estate business. This course introduces students to the modern
RES317 Value and Risk Management The course is intended to equip students with skills and computer-based approaches employed to represent
The course deals with the essence of risk in real estate insights into professional practices including ways of and manage spatial data and information for survey
investment appraisal. It covers risk management approaching people and problems, practical advice, tips and geographic information systems applications. The
throughout the construction project life cycle, and techniques and effective communication skills with course concentrates on spatial data structures, data
managing risk at feasibility, planning and design and colleagues and clients. standards, and spatial data modelling: 2D data models,
at construction stages; Risk analysis and cost benefit 2.5 data models, 3D data models, 4D data models,
analysis; sensitivity analysis; managing and measuring building information modelling, geostatistics and case
risk by the variability of returns, covariance and the DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL studies on spatial data modelling.
correlation coefficient; mean-variance rule; measuring
the return in real estate investments; improving risk-
ENGINEERING Programme Structure
return relationship by diversification; the concept of The Programme for the Degree in Civil Engineering will
Introduction
an efficient portfolio; correlation and the gains from be a single major programme that will extend over 10
diversification; capital asset pricing model (CAPM); semesters of full-time study. It shall contain 1 subject
The Department of Civil Engineering offers the following
systematic and non-systematic risk; the characteristic called Civil Engineering consisting of courses shown
programmes:
market line, capital asset pricing model and application below. The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 shall be as
real estate and other investments appraisal stipulated in Faculty Special Regulation 21.30
• Bachelor of Engineering (Civil)
• Bachelor of Engineering (Mining)
RES400 – Investment/Valuation Project Level 300
• Bachelor of Geomatics
The essence of the course is to develop skills on Semester 6
• Bachelor of Engineering (Mineral)
how to approach investment and/or valuation Core Courses (all 3 credits)
project by applying acquired knowledge in property CCB334 Geology for Civil Engineers (Core, 3 credits)
Special Regulations for Bachelor of Engineering (Civil)
development, construction, disposal, management and CCB341 Reinforced Concrete Design (Core, 3 credits,
Preamble:
valuation in practical situations, in combination with pre-req. CCB331)
other disciplines, and with emphasis on procedures, CCB342 Soil Mechanics (Core, 3 credits, pre-req.
Subject to the provisions of General Regulations 000
monitoring and report writing. CCB241)
and 200 and the Faculty Special Regulation 21.0, the
CCB343 Hydraulics (Core, 3 credits, pre-req. CCB333)
following Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of
82
LAW253 Foundation of Engineering Law (Core, 3 at least C grades in Mathematics, Chemistry and Physics. MIN325 Mine Supervision and Management,
credits) (Core, 3 Credits)
MAT392 Engineering Mathematics 1V (Optional, 3 Applicants in possession of an appropriate ‘A’ level CCB322 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics,
credits, MAT391) qualification with at least C grades in Mathematics and (Core, Prerequisites CCB 212, 3)
at least one of: Physics and Chemistry may be admitted POL305* Politics of Southern Africa, (Option,
Level 400 directly to Level 200 of the programme. 3 Credits)
Semester 7 Applicants in possession of an appropriate Diploma PAD202* Public Administration in Botswana,
CCB431 Structural Steel Design (Core, 3 credits, pre- may be admitted directly into Level 200 of the degree (Option, 3 Credits)
req. CCB331) programme. LAW253* Foundation of Engineering Law,
CCB432 Geotechnical Engineering 1 (Core, 3 credits, (Option, 3 Credits)
pre-req. CCB342) Duration of the Programme
CCB433 Engineering Hydrology (Core, 3 credits, pre- The duration of the programme shall be: A minimum of *Two Approved 3 Credit Options
req. CCB343) 10 and a maximum of 12 semesters on a full-time basis.
CCB435 Highway Engineering (Core, 3 credits, pre- Level 400 Mining Engineering shall consist of
req. CCB313) Degree Structure following courses:
CGB311 Engineering Surveying (Core, 3 credits, pre- The curriculum for Level 100 shall be stipulated in the
req. CCB313) Faculty Special Regulation 21.20. Semester 7
MIN 411 Rock Drilling , (Core, Prerequisites
Semester 8 Level 200 Mining Engineering shall consist of the MIN 211, 3 Credits)
Level 400 following courses: MIN 412 Rock Mechanics, (Core,
CCB 441 Principles of Civil Engineering Construction Prerequisites MIN 211, 3 Credits Credits)
(Core, 3 credits, pre-req. CCB332) Semester 3 MIN413 Surface Mining – Hard Rock,
CCB442 Geotechnical Engineering 11 (Core, 3 credits, MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I, (Core, Prerequisites MIN 211, 3)
pre-req. CCB432) (Core, Prerequisites MAT 111, MAT 122, MIN 414 Underground Mining – Hard Rock,(Core,
CCB443 Water supply Engineering (Core, 3 credits, 3 Credits) Prerequisites MIN 211, 3 Credits)
pre-req. CCB343) CCB231 Materials Science for Engineers, (Core, MIP 413 Extractive Metallurgy, (Core,
CCB444 Traffic Engineering (Core, 3 credits, pre-req. 3, Prerequisites MAT 122, CHEM 102) Prerequisites MIP 313, 3 Credits)
CCB435) CCB232 Engineering Mechanics: Statics, (Core, IMB 515 Operations Research II, (Core, 3 Credits)
CCB445 Wastewater Engineering and Management Prerequisites MAT122, PHY 122, 3 Credits)
(Core, 3 credits, pre-req. CCB343) MIN 211 Introduction to Mining Engineering , Semester 8
ITB440 Industrial Attachment (Core, 4 credits, pre- (Core, 3 Credits) MIN421 Mine Ventilation (Core, Prerequisites MIN
req. Proceed result at Level 400) EEB231 Electrical Fundamentals I, (Core, 211, 3 Credits)
Prerequisites MAT122, PHY122, 3) MIP425 Mine Management (Core, Prerequisites MIN
Semester 9 MMB231 325,3 Credits)
Level 500 Engineering and Computer Aided Drawing, MIN423 Rock Blasting (Core, Prerequisites MIN 411,
CCB 531 Research Project (Core, 6 credits, pre-req. (Core, 3) 3 Credits)
ITB440) MIP424 Mining Industry Economics
CCB535 Environmental Management (Core, 3 credits, GEC 2xx Approved GEC (Core, Pre-requisite MIN 313, 3 Credits 3)
pre-req. CCB443) MIN425 Coal Mining (Core, Prerequisites MIN 211,
MMB536 Engineering and Project Management (Core, Semester 4 3 Credits)
3 credits) MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II, MIN400 Mine Tour II (Winter, 1 Credit)
CCB533 Transportation Engineering* (Optional, 3 (Core, Prerequisites MAT 291, 3 Credits) Semester 9
credits, pre-req. CCB444) CCB241 Mechanics of Materials, MIN 510 Project I, (Core, 3 Credits)
CCB534 Prestressed Concrete Design* (Optional, 3 (Core, Prerequisites CCB 231, 3 Credits) MIN511 Specialised Blasting Applications,
credits, pre-req. CCB341) MIN221 Mine Safety & Health, (Core, Prerequisites MIN 211, 3
CCB536 Foundations on Difficult Soils* (Optional, 3 (Core, Prerequisites MIN211, 3 Credits) Credits)
credits, pre-req. CCB442) EEB241 Electrical Fundamentals II, (Core, 3 Credits) MIN514 Surface Mine Planning and Design,
MMB241 Dynamics of Particles, (Core, 3 Credits) (Core, Prerequisites MIN 211, 3 Credits)
Semester 10 GEC 2xx Approved GEC, (Core, 2 Credits) MIP515 Mineral Processing Plant Project
Level 500 Development (Option, Pre-requisite MIN
CCB541 Design Project (Core, 6 credits, pre-req. Level Winter session 313, 3 Credits)
400 Civil) MIN200 Mine Tour I (Winter, 1) MIN516 Mining Geostatistics ,
CCB542 Measurement and Specifications for Civil (Core, Prerequisites MAT291, CC314,
Engineers (Core, 3 credits, pre-req. CCB441) Level 300 Mining Engineering shall consist of 3Credits)
IMB 523 Professional Ethics and Practice (Core, 3 following courses:
credits) Semester 10
CCB543 Masonry and Timber Design* (Optional, 3 Semester 5 MIN 520 Project II (Core, 3 Credits)
credits, pre-req. CCB341) MIN314 Geology for Engineers, (Core, 2 Credits) MIN521* Material Handling in Mines
CCB544 Dam Design* (Optional, 3 credits, pre-req. MIN313 Introduction to Mineral Processing, (Core, Prerequisites MIN 211, 3Credits)
CCB343) (Core, 3 Credits) MIN522 Mine Power and Drainage
*Choose any 1 of the courses with asterisk MIN316 Mining and the Environment, (Core, Prerequisites MIN 211, 3 Credits)
Special Regulationns for Bachelor of Engineering (Core, Prerequisites MIN 211, 3 Credits) MIP523 Tailings and Wastewater Disposal
(Mining) SOC334* Sociology of Development, (Core, 3 Credits)
(Option, 3 Credits) MIN523 Underground Mine Planning
Entrance Requirements POL306* International Political Economy, and Design(Core, Prerequisites
Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering (Mining (Option, 3 Credits) MIN 413, 3 Credits)
Engineering) Degree shall be as stipulated in the Faculty LAW215* Foundations of Business Law ,
Special Regulations 21.10. (Option, 3 Credits) Assessment
*Two Approved 3 Credit Options A course may consist entirely of fieldwork, project work,
The normal minimum requirements for admission to level practical work, design, and seminars. In addition to work
200 for a degree program shall be satisfactory completion Semester 6 during the semester, a subject may include prescribed
of level 100 of the Bachelor of Science (General) degree MIN326 Mine Surveying , (Core, 3 Credits) fieldwork or assignments during the vacation periods.
of the Faculty of Science or equivalent institution with IMB425 Operations Research I, (Core, 3 Credits)
83
Continuous assessment in courses shall be based on EEB241 Electrical Fundamentals (Core, 3 Credits)
tests and/or design, assignments, and where applicable Special Regulations for Bachelor of Engineering in MMB241 Dynamics of Particles (Core, 3)
laboratory reports and field reports. The ratio of Mineral Engineering GEC258 Art and Science (2)
continuous assessment to formal examination shall be
2:3. Overall performance in a course shall be as specified Preamble: Winter session
UB. Continuous assessment in courses shall be based on Subject to the provisions of the General Regulations MIP 220 Professional Training (Core, 4 Credits 8
tests and/or design, assignments, and where applicable 00.0 and 20.00, the following Faculty Special weeks)
laboratory reports and field reports. Regulations for the Bachelor of Engineering (Mineral)
Degree shall apply. Level 300 Mineral Engineering shall consist of the
The ratio of continuous assessment to formal following courses:
examination shall be 2:3 12.53 Overall performance in Degree Programmes
a course shall be as specified in the General Regulation The following degree programme is offered: Semester 5
00.84. CCB314 Engineering Geology (Core, 2)
Special Regulationns for Bachelor of Engineering MIN313 Introduction to Mineral Processing (Core, 3)
Final Examinations (Mineral) MIN316 Mining and the Environment (Core, 3)
Where a course includes a written final examination, a B.Eng. (Mineral) Degree ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (Core, 3 Credits)
course with a credit value of 3 or more shall be GEC 2xx Approved GEC (2 Credits)
examined by an end of semester examination of Entrance Requirements One Approved 3 Credit Electives
duration 2 hours, and 1 hour for a course with less than Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering (Mineral
3 credits. To uphold and maintain quality assurance, all Engineering) Degree shall be as stipulated in the Faculty Notes a Students will be encouraged to select two three
tests, examination papers and scripts will be internally Special Regulations 21.10. credit Electives with priority given to the following:
moderated by qualified staff. MGT100 Introduction to Management;
The normal minimum requirements for admission to PSY101 Introduction to Psychology;
Supplementary Examinations level 200 for a degree program shall be satisfactory ENS211 The Earth Environmental System;
Supplementary examinations shall be conducted in completion of level 100 of the Bachelor of Science ENS242 Introduction to Spatial Analysis,
accordance with existing university policy. A student (General) degree of the Faculty of Science or equivalent MAT391 Engineering Mathematics II.
who fails a core or pre-requisite or co-requisite course institution with at least C grades in Mathematics,
shall retake the course when offered again. A student Chemistry and Physics. Semester 6
who has failed an optional/elective/general education CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main
course may retake the course or its equivalent. Applicants in possession of an appropriate ‘A’ level Group Chemistry (Core, 2 Credits)
qualification with at least C grades in Mathematics and CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Lab I (Core, 1)
A student who fails a core or pre-req. or co-requisite at least one of: Physics and Chemistry may be admitted CCB322 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics (Core, 3
course shall retake the course when offered again. directly to Level 200 of the programme. Credits)
A student who has failed an optional/elective/ Applicants in possession of a relevant Diploma may ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (Core, 3)
general education course may retake the course or its be admitted directly into Level 200 of the degree MIN329 Rock Breakage and Explosives Engineering
equivalent. programme. (Core, 3)
Duration of the Programme MIN325 Mine Supervision and Management Core,3)
Progression from Semester to Semester The duration of the programme shall be:
General Regulation 00.90 shall apply. A minimum of 10 and a maximum of 12 semesters on a Level 400 Mineral Engineering shall consist of the
full-time basis. following courses:
Award of the Degree
The UB General Regulation for awarding the degree Degree Structure Semester 7
shall apply. Classification of the degree shall be in The curriculum for Level 100 shall be stipulated in the MIP 410 Physical Mineral Processes (Core, Pre-
accordance with the provisions of General Regulation Faculty Special Regulation 21.20. requisite MIN 313, 3)
20.4 (Degree classification). MIP412 Flotation (Core, Pre-requisite MIN 313, 3)
Level 200 Mineral Engineering shall consist of the CCB315 Environmental Engineering
Preamble following courses: MMB314 Measurement and instrumentation MIP413
Subject to the provisions of General Regulations000 Extractive Metallurgy (Core, Pre-requisite
and 100 the following Professional Training Regulations Semester 3 MIN 313, 3)
shall apply to students on the Bachelor of Engineering MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (Core, 3) MGT202 Small Business Management (Core, 3)
(Mining Engineering) programme.
CCB231 Materials Science for Engineers (Core, 3 Semester 8
Structure credits, pre-req PHY122) MIP421 Coal Preparation
1.1 A student shall undergo a 1 week Mine Tour after (Core, Pre-requisite MIN313, 3)
level 200 (MIN 200) and another mine tour after level CCB232 Engineering Mechanics: Statics (Core, 3 MIP422 Processing of Precious Metals
400 (MIN 400). credits, pre-req MAT122, PHY112) (Core, Pre-requisite MIN 313, 3)
MIN211 Introduction to Mining Engineering (Core, 3) MIP423 Diamond Processing Technology
1.3 During the Professional Training students shall be (Core, Pre-requisite MIN 313, 3)
subjected to such codes, procedures, laws, rules, and EEB231 Electrical Fundamentals I (Core, 3 credits, MIP424 Mining Industry Economics (Core, 3) MIP425
other regulations as applicable to the mining industry/ pre-req PHY122, MAT122) Mine Management (Core, Pre-requisite
organisation. MMB231 Engineering and Computer-Aided Drawing MIN 313, 3)
Assessment (Core, 3) MIP410 Physical mineral processes
2.1 Assessment of the Mine Tour shall be by submission
of a written report. CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry (Core, Level 500 Mineral Engineering shall consist of the
2) following courses:
2.2 A student who has an incomplete grade shall be CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Lab (Core, 1)
allowed to complete Professional Training at a time Semester 9
recommended by the Faculty. Semester 4 MIP511 Mineral Separation Processes (Core, Pre-
MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (Core, 3) requisite MIN 313, 3 Credits) MIP512 Plant
Repeating Mine Tour CCB241 Mechanics of Materials (Core, 3 pre-req Process and Flow Sheet Design (Core, Pre-r
A student who fails to meet the requirements of Mine CCB232) equisite MIN 313, 3 Credits)
Tour shall be required to repeat the tour at a time MIN221 Introduction to Mine Safety & Health(Core, MIP513 Process Control and Instrumentation
recommended by the Faculty. 3) (Option, Pre-requisite MIN 313, 3 Credits)
84
MIP514 Project I (Core, Pre-requisite MIN 313, 3 and 100 the following Professional Training Regulations equivalent may be admitted directly into Level 200 of
Credits) shall apply to students on the Bachelor of Engineering the Degree Programme.
IMB513 Industrial Relations (Elective) (Mineral Engineering) programme.
Admission into Level 200 of the BGeom Degree
Semester 10 Structure Programme shall be upon satisfactory completion of
MIP521 Processing Plant Equipment Selection and A student shall undergo supervised Professional Training Level 100 of the Bachelor of Science General Degree
Maintenance (Core, Pre-requisiteMIN 313, 3 of 8 weeks duration after level 200 (MIP 220). of the Faculty of Science with at least C grades in
Credits) Mathematics and Physics.
29.922 A student shall undergo a 2 week Mine Tour
MIP522 Materials Handling and Transport (Core,Pre- after level 300 (MIP 320). Applicants in possession of an appropriate “A” level
requisite MIN 313, 3 Credits) qualification with at least C grades in Mathematics
MIP523 Tailings and Wastewater Disposal (Core, During the Professional Training students shall be and Physics maybe exempted from taking Mathematics
Pre-requisite MIN 313, 3 Credits) subjected to such codes, procedures, laws, rules, and and Physics from the Faculty of Science and may
MIP524 Project II (Core, 3 Credits) other regulations as applicable to the mining industry/ be admitted into Level 200 but will take Level 100
organisation. Geomatics courses.
Electives
CBB529 Engineering Ethics and Professional Assessment A student admitted directly to Level 200 Geomatics who
Conduct (3) During each Professional Training period, students has not completed Level 100 Geomatics courses must
IMB525 Production and operations management shall be visited 2 times at location of placement to be take them during their first year at the University of
Totals 15 assessed by staff teaching on the programme. Botswana.
A student’s performance will be assessed by means
A course may consist entirely of fieldwork, project work, of: Confidential report from the student’s immediate Programme Structure
practical work, design, and seminars. In addition to work supervisor at location of placement. The programme for the degree in Geomatics will be
during the semester, a subject may include prescribed a single major programme that will extend over 8
fieldwork or assignments during the vacation periods. Professional Training reports and logbook submitted by semesters of Full time studies. It shall consist of a single
the student at the end of each Internship period. subject called Geomatics consisting of the courses
Assessment Professional Training visits by an assessor from the shown below:
Continuous assessment in courses shall be based on relevant Department of Faculty of Engineering and
tests and/or design, assignments, and where applicable Technology. Degree Structure
laboratory reports and field reports. Level 100 shall consist of the following courses:
The Professional Training session shall be evaluated as
The ratio of continuous assessment to formal specified in 2.2. The ratio of Confidential Report marks Semester One
examination shall be 2:3 to Professional Report marks to Professional Training MAT111 Introductory Mathematics 1(4 credits, core)
Visits shall be based on the FET industrial training PHY112 Geometrical Optics and Mechanics (4
Overall performance in a course shall be as specified in regulations. credits, code)
the General Regulation 00.84. CGB111 Geomatics I (4 credits, core)
Final Examinations Assessment of the Tour of Mine Treatment Plants shall In addition students will take the following GEC Courses
There shall be no supplementary examinations. A be by submission of a written report.
student who fails a core or pre-requisite or co- A student who has an incomplete grade shall be COM131 Communication and Academic Literacy
requisite course shall retake the course when offered allowed to complete Professional Training at a time Skills (3)
again. A student who has failed an optional/elective/ recommended by the Faculty. ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals (2)
general education course may retake the course or its
equivalent. Repeating Professional Training Semester Two
A student who fails to meet the requirements of MAT122 Introductory Mathematics 11
Progression from Semester to Semester Professional Training shall be required to repeat the (4 credits, core, pre-req. MAT111)
General Regulation 00.90 shall apply. training at a time recommended by the Faculty. PHY122 Electricity, Magnetism and Elements of
Modern Physics (4 credits, code)
Award of the Degree Special Regulations for Bachelor’s Degree in Geomatics CGB121 Geomatics II (4 credits, core,pre-req.CGB111)
General Regulation 00.85 shall apply. (BGEOM)
Classification of the degree shall be in accordance with In addition students will take the following GEC Courses
the provisions of General Regulation 20.4 Preamble: COM132 Academic and Professional
Subject to the provisions of the General Regulations
Professional Training 000 and 200, the following Faculty Special Regulations Communication (FET) (3)
Students shall undergo Professional Training for the Bachelor of Geomatics Degree shall apply. ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals
(Internship) of 8 weeks duration after levels 200 and
take a 2 weeks Tour of Mine Treatment Plants after Entrance Requirements Students will also take the following winter course:
level 300 as specified in the Special Regulations for the Admission into the Bachelor of Geomatics Degree CGB122 Survey Camp I (2 credits, core, pre-req.
Professional Training and Tour of Mine Treatment Plants Programme shall be as stipulated in the CGB111, CGB121, 2 weeks)
for the Bachelor of Engineering (Mineral Processing)
Programme. General Regulations Level 200 shall consist of the following courses:
Admission into Level 100 of the BGEOM Degree
Assessment of Professional Training Programme shall be a minimum requirement of BGCSE Semester 3
Professional Training shall be assessed as specified in with a D grade in English and a C grade in Mathematics MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3credits, core)
the Special Regulations for the Professional Training and Physics and any one of Chemistry or Biology or a CSI141 Programming Principles (3 credits, core)
and Tour of Mine Treatment Plants for the Bachelor of minimum of Grade B in Science Double Award. CGB213 Principles of Cartography (3 credits, core)
Engineering (Mineral) Programme. CGB211 Elements of Photogrammetry (3 credits,
Admission into Level 200 of the Bachelor of Geomatics core)
Special Regulations for Professional Training and Degree Programme shall be as stipulated in the General URP110 Introduction to Planning and the Built
Tour of Mine Treatment Plants for the Bachelor of Admission Regulations. Environment (3 credits, core)
Engineering(Mineral Processing) Programme.
Applicants who are in possession of an appropriate Semester 4
Preamble Diploma in Geomatics, Land Surveying, Cartography, MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (3, core, pre-req.
Subject to the provisions of General Regulations 000 GIS, or equivalent and have GPA of at least 2.5 or its MAT291)
85
Wood; Part III: Concrete; Part IV: Bituminous Materials;

CGB221 Digital Photogrammetry (3, core, pre-req In addition students will choose any 1 option from the Part V: Bricks & Blocks.
CGB211) following:
ENS243 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3, core) CCB333 Fluid Mechanics for Civil Engineers (3)
CGB223 Digital Cartography (3, core, pre-req. CGB425 Location-based Services (3, option, pre-req The course introduces fundamental principles of
CGB213) CGB322) continuity, energy and momentumas applied to fluid
GB224 Programming for Geomatics (3 credits, core, CGB423 GIS Applications (4, option, pre-req.CGB322) statics, fluid dynamics, pipe flows, similarity laws, fluid
pre-req. CSI141) CGB424 Special Studies in Land administration (3 loading and unsteady flows.
option, pre-re CGB321)
The students will also take the following winter course: CCB334 Geology for Civil Engineers (3)
ITB200 Industrial Training (4 credits, core, 8 weeks) A course may consist entirely of fieldwork, project work, The course provides an overview of Planet earth,
practical work, design, and seminars. In addition to work minerals, the rock cycle, structural geology, surface
Level 300 shall consist of the following courses: during the semester, a subject may include prescribed processes, soils, ground water systems, natural geology,
fieldwork or assignments during the vacation periods. and environmental geology.
Semester 5
MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3, core) Assessment CCB341 Reinforced Concrete Design (3)
CGB311 Engineering Surveying (3, core, pre-req. Continuous assessment in courses shall be based on The course aims to familiarize students with the
CGB121) tests and assignments, and where applicable laboratory principles of limit state design and requirements of EC
reports and field reports. The ratio between tests and 2 or equivalent codes, in order that the students are
CGB312 Geodesy I (3, core, pre-req MAT292) assignment shall be 1:1. equipped with the skills to be able to design the basic
LAW354 Land Law for Geomatics (3, core) elements of reinforced concrete structures for bending,
CGB313 Survey Adjustment and Analysis (4, core, The ratio of continuous assessment to formal shear, deflection and cracking.
pre-req MAT292) examination shall be 2:3.
CCB342 Soil Mechanics (3)
Semester 6 A project shall be evaluated by continuous assessment, The course provides a transition from engineering
CGB321 Introduction to Land Administration (3, oral presentation and/or demonstration and a geology to geotechnical engineering. It covers
core; pre-req CGB111) written report. The ratio of the marks for continuous soils formation soil profiling and description, index
CGB322 Principles of GIS (3, core) assessment, presentation assessment and written report properties, and soil classification. Having introduced
CGB323 Satellite Positioning Systems (3 credits, core, shall be 1:2:5. the basic geological concepts, the course switches to
pre-req. CGB312) basic soil mechanics covering phase-relationships,
CGB324 Geodesy II (3, core, pre-req. CGB312) Progression from Semester to Semester General compaction and stress in a soil mass.
CSI262 Database Concepts (3, core) Regulation 00.90 shall apply.
CCB343 Hydraulics (3)
In addition students will take the following winter Award of the Degree The course presents fundamental knowledge on the
courses: General Regulation 00.85, shall apply. (A minimum of theory of Fluid Mechanics with emphasis on Hydraulics
139 credits). and helps in acquiring skills to apply this knowledge for
ITB300 Industrial Training II (4 credits, core, 8 Classification of the degree shall be in accordance with the solution of practical water engineering problems in
weeks) the provisions of General Regulation 20.4. the field of fluid statics/dynamics, pipe flow and open
CGB325 Survey Camp II (2 credits, core, channel flow.
pre-req. CGB311, CGB313, 2 weeks) COURSE LISTING FOR BENG (CIVIL)
CCB231 Material science For Engineers (3) CCB431 Structural Steel Design (3)
Level 400 shall consist of the following courses: The course consists of six parts: Types of Materials; The course covers the basic principles of limit state
Materials Science (Atomic Structure, Arrangement & design in structural steel as embodied in EC 3and /
Semester 7 Movement); Properties of Materials; Controlling of the or equivalent codes.. It introduces steel structural
CGB411 Research Project I (3) (3, core, pre-req Microstructure & Mechanical Properties of Materials elements and structural design, material properties of
ITB300) (Principles of Solidification Strengthening & Processing, structural steels, limit state design principles, the design
CGB412 Spatial Data Modelling and Analysis (3, core, Phase Diagrams); Engineering Materials (Ferrous Alloys, of compression members including beam-columns,
pre-req. CGB322) Nonferrous Alloys, Ceramic Materials, Polymers & the design of tension members, structural steel beams
CGB413 Advanced Land Administration 3, core, pre- Composite Materials); Failure in Materials in Stress. and connections in bolting and welding. An important
req. CGB321) feature of the course is that it encompasses both
CCB232 Engineering Mechanics: Statics (3) behaviour and practical design
In addition the students will choose 2 options from the The course introduces students to the fundamental
following: concepts of mechanics and develops their analytical CCB432 Geotechnical Engineering 1 (3)
CGB414 Remote Sensing Applications and problem-solving abilities. The course covers the engineering properties of
option, pre-req. ENS243) soils, ground investigation, and design of shallow
CGB415 Advanced Cartographic Visualisation (3, CCB241 Mechanics of Materials (3) foundations .The soil properties studied include;
option, pre-req. CGB223) The course introduces students to the fundamental seepage, consolidation, and shear strength.
CGB416 GIS Design and Implementation (3 credits, concepts of stress, strain, elastic and plastic behaviour
option, pre-req. CSI262 & CGB322) of solid bodies subjected to various types of loading. CCB433 Engineering hydrology (3)
CGB417 Digital Image Processing (3, option, pre-req. The course introduces students to the key concepts and
CGB221& ENS243) CCB313 Surveying (3) methods in physical and engineering hydrology. The
CGB418 Principles and Practice of SDI Development The course introduces the students to the principles of content included in this course is critical for developing
(3, option,CGB322 pre-req.) surveying and how surveying information can be used the knowledge, comprehension and application
in solving civil engineering problems. of hydrologic principles which will be analysed,
Semester 8 synthesized and applied in later courses.
CBB529 Engineering Ethics and Professional CCB331 Analysis of Structures (3)
Conduct (3) or IMB523 Professional Structural engineering course that introduces CCB435 Highway Engineering (3)
Ethics and Practice (3, core) fundamental structural engineering concepts with The course provides an overview of transportation
CGB421 Research Project II (3, core, pre-req CGB411) emphasis on analysis of statically determinate and subsystems; Geometric design principles for highway
CGB422 Cadastral Surveying Practice (4 credits, core indeterminate structures. design; Road safety; Earthwork and construction
pre-req CGB311) equipment; Drainage; Highway construction materials;
CGB426 Geomatics for Mining (3 core, pre-req. CCB332 Materials in Construction (3) Highway construction ; Highway maintenance; Use of
CGB311) The course consists of five parts: Part I: Metals; Part II: computer software.
86
foundation design and construction (i.e., collapsible and CGB213 Principles of Cartography (3)
CCB441 Principles of Civil Engineering Construction (3) expansive soils) is carried out leading to the design of The course aims at introducing the student to the basic
The course presents the fundamental processes involved appropriate foundation system for the conditions. concepts of cartography such as reference surfaces,
in the assembly of civil engineering infrastructural coordinate systems and map projections, map design
facilities. Emphases are placed on planning, design and CCB541 Design Project (6) and layout, topographic and thematic cartography.
assembly of facilities. In addition, the course comprise This course attempts to tie together various aspects
of a field trip segment so that the practical aspects of of the Civil Engineering programme that had been CGB221 Digital Photogrammetry (3)
the course can be gleaned in the field presented in all courses from the first to final year This course deals with concepts and applications of
by engaging the students in a design project that analytical photogrammetry, digital photogrammetry
CCB442 Geotechnical Engineering 11 (3) academics in the department. The brief on the and satellite photogrammetry.
The course covers the design of more complex project, including terms of reference, is provided by
structures such as pile foundations, earth retaining the academic supervisor. It essentially serves as a CGB223 Digital Cartography (3)
structures, and slopes. precursor of what students can expect to encounter This course deals with digital coordinates, digital
after graduation. Projects cover structures, water, representation of cartographic data, map digitisation,
CCB443 Water Supply Engineering (3) construction materials, geotechnics, highway semi-automatic map generalisation, coordinate systems
The course introduces students to general features of engineering, transportation engineering, and and datums, coordinate transformations, digital
water supply systems, water distribution systems, water environmental engineering. terrain models, geographic data acquisition methods,
treatment principles and design. computer-aided statistical and thematic mapping.
CCB542 Measurement and Specifications for Civil
CCB444 Traffic Engineering (3) Engineers CGB224 Programming for Geomatics (3)
The course provides an overview of Traffic flow theory, The course exposes students to techniques used in The course aims at introducing the student to object-
Intersection design and control, Concepts of Level of the measurement of civil engineering works and oriented programming, activeX, networks & World
Service, Transportation surveys, Traffic management, preparation of a typical bill of quantities for the same Wide Web, spatial data structures, geographic software
Design of parking facilities, Public transport concepts, components: Open GIS specifications, MapObjects and
and Transportation facilities impacts CCB543 Masonry and Timber Design (3) ArcObjects.
Then course introduces students to fundamental
CCB445 Waste Water Engineering and Management (3) concepts of masonry and timber as structural materials ITB200 Industrial Training (4)
The course provides basic knowledge and skills and exposes them to the design of structural elements During the course of industrial training, students shall
necessary for the design, construction and operation of an either material, based on Eurocodes undergo 8 weeks of supervised industrial training.
water and wastewater treatment facilities Students shall be subjected to such codes, procedures,
CCB544 Dam Design (3) laws, rules and regulations as applicable to the industry.
CCB531 Research Project (6) The course advances the skill of the students in respect
The Research Project (CCB531) is one of two “capstone” of design of dams, reservoirs and energy dissipation CGB311 Engineering Surveying (3)
courses at the culmination of the BEng Programme. devices across rivers using hydraulics, hydrologic, The course aims at introducing the student to
The course requires students to undertake a significant foundation engineering and structural engineering methods of data collection in engineering projects.
engineering study under limited supervision, involving theories and principles. It covers curves, route surveys, and earthworks,
aspects such as background research, planning, BACHELOR OF GEOMATICS COURSES DTMs in engineering surveys, construction surveying,
implementation, testing, critical analysis and the CGB111 Geomatics I (4) deformation surveys and application of terrestrial
communication of the findings and results of the study. Introduction to Geomatics and review of the necessary scanners.
mathematics; measurements of land: plane surveying;
CCB535 Environmental Management (3) geodesy: the scientific foundation; measurements from CGB312 Geodesy I (3)
The course provides awareness on the global climate space: satellite positioning and navigation. Mapping This course covers an introduction to geodesy,
change and environmental protection; helps develop and managing geographic information. Coordinate transformations, Geodetic Astronomy,
skills on environmental management, environmental Geodetic computations and the geodetic control
impact assessment, waste management and CGB122 Survey Camp I (2) network in Botswana.
appreciation of health aspects of water supply and The survey camp covers fundamental principles of
sanitation. field methods; errors and field checks; optical distance CGB313 Survey Adjustment and Analysis (4)
measurement; trig heighting; taping; adjusting angles; Review of errors in measurements, measurements and
CCB533 Transportation Engineering (3) levelling; traverses; horizontal circular curves; vertical their analysis, weights in measurements, random error
The course provides an overview of non-motorized curves; measuring longitudinal and cross-sections, theory; random error propagation; propagation of
transport, i.e. pedestrian and bicycle facilities design; and report writing. Emphasis is placed on practical random errors in traverses, principles of least square
the basic principles of railway design; airport planning experience. Students will be divided into groups of four adjustments and application in Geomatics; adjustments
and design of runways, and basic principles of or five persons. of level nets, statistical assessment of adjustment
conveyor desing; it further provides the learner with results, goodness of fit test.
transportation planning know-how based upon a CGB121 Geomatics II (4)
projection of land use, development of transportation Introduction to survey standards and specifications; LAW354 Land Law for Geomatics (3)
planning models to predict future number of trips and survey network design and adjustment; operational The course aims at presenting the various laws that
their spatial distribution and quality control aspects of electronic distance impact on land administration. It covers concepts
measurement (EDM), angle measurement, trig of Property law, Landownership, Rights in land,
CCB534 Pre-stressed Concrete Design (3) heighting and precise levelling; introduction to Conveyancing and introducing the Various Acts on land
The course provides an introduction to the basic satellite positioning, observation techniques and data in Botswana
principles of pre-stressing, the design of pre-stressed processing; advanced positioning techniques including
concrete simply supported beams for serviceability automated field surveying, laser levels and reflectorless CGB321 Introduction to Land Administration (3)
and ultimate limit states in flexure, losses of pre-stress, total stations to capture topographic data; data The course introduces the concepts of land; spatial
deflection and shear considerations. It also introduces processing and analysis; setting out. organization; evolution of land tenure systems and
wood as a structural material, the principles of timber concept of property; the cadastre concept and land
design, design of timber beams and columns, and CGB211 Elements of Photogrammetry (3) information systems; land tenure systems in Botswana;
timber trusses. The course aims at introducing the student land registration systems; cadastral surveying systems:
to the geometry of aerial photographs, stereo boundary delimitation processes; survey systems;
CCB536 Foundations on Difficult Soils (3) photogrammetry, mapping with analogue writing legal descriptions; retracement surveys;
The course provides an introduction to problem soils photogrammetric instruments, analytical and digital subdivision surveys; boundary evidence and possessory
found in the southern African geological region. photogrammetry. rights; land reform: land redistribution, land tenure
In-depth characterisation of problem soils affecting reform, and land restitution in southern Africa.
87
CGB322 Principles of GIS (3) infrastructures; exploratory cartography using the

The course aims to familiarize the students with the intranet and WWW; Web Map Design and Multimedia CGB426 Mining Surveying for Geomatics
basic concepts of GIS. It covers the basic Concepts, Data The course aims at introducing different mine surveying
Sources, Data Capture Methods, Data Structure and CGB416 GIS Design and Implementation (3) methods ranging from establishment of horizontal and
models, Hardware and software Configuration, Spatial The course aims at teaching student how to design vertical control in open pit and underground mines. It
relationships, GIS Analysis Functions, GIS and Remote and implement a GIS system. The course content covers stoke surveys, volumetric analysis of stockpiles,
Sensing, and a review of GIS software. includes analysis of requirement; system planning and deformation monitoring and rock subsidence, rock
specifications; implementation of system; Legal and measurements using LIDAR, application of virtual reality
CGB323 Satellite Positioning Systems (3) Policy issues. and augmented reality in mining.
The objective of the course is to teach the basic
principles of GPS, GLONASS and Galileo as means of CGB417 – Digital Image Processing (3) CBB 529 Engineering Ethics and Professional
position using satellite methods. It introduces the The course is designed to introduce digital image Conduct (3)
historical development of the three systems, the Signal processing concepts with specific reference to Professional Ethics is a general course for engineering
Structure, GPS positioning concepts of resection from Remote Sensing data. It covers the basic concepts of students, covering issues of professional ethics for
space, Point positioning, Relative positioning, Static Digital Image, Source of data, Data formats; Image engineers and their practice. Emphasis is on the study of
positioning, Kinematic positioning RTK. Surveying and Pre-processing; Image Enhancement; Information ethical theories in the application to engineering issues
other mapping applications are also introduced. Extraction; Image Processing System Considerations. and on engineering professional practice. At the end
of this course a student should be able to distinguish
CGB324 Geodesy II (3) CGB418 Principles and Practice of SDI Development (3) between ethical and immoral practices and practice
This course deals with the theoretical concepts of This course introduces the principles and practice of responsibly along ethical and moral principles.
Satellite Geodesy and their use in positioning. It implementing national spatial data infrastructures,
introduces students to concepts of Physical Geodesy challenges and opportunities for developing NSDI. Bachelor of Engineering (Mining) Courses
leading to geopotential models, Orthometric and MIN 200 – Mine Tour I
Geodetic Heights CGB421 Research Project II (3) A one-week study tour of selected mines, metallurgical
This is a continuation of the course CGB411. plants and mining-related suppliers in Botswana
CGB325 Survey Camp II (2) Data collection and analysis techniques, presentation
This is a field course covering planning and logistics of design and delivery, report writing MIN211 Introduction to Mining Engineering (3)
survey operations, horizontal control network, cadastral Historical perspectives of mining.Social, economic and
survey design; DTM modelling, precise engineering CGB 422 Cadastral Surveying Practice (4) environmental impacts of mining.The mining cycle.
surveys, use of UAVs for aerial surveys, GPS surveys; The course aims at preparing the students to The production cycle.The extraction process. Ancillary
production of final plan(s) using Geomatics software have sound knowledge of the legal and technical services
and report writing. requirements for making a cadastral survey. The course
content includes cadastral surveying; methods of MIN221 Introduction to Mine Safety & Health (3)
ITB300 Industrial Training (4) performing cadastral surveys; role of a land surveyor in Instruction in the safety aspects of mining accordance
After level 300, students shall further undergo 8 weeks resolving boundary disputes and as an expert witness; with the MSHA Training Program required for all new
of supervised industrial training. Students shall also be cadastral surveying computations; cadastral layout miners. Subjects include self-rescue and respiratory
subjected to such codes, procedures, laws, rules and design and implementation; Land Survey Act and protection, ground control, hazard recognition, mine
regulations as applicable to the industry. regulations; Sectional Titles Act and regulations; Tribal gases, and legal aspects associated with mining.
Land Act and regulations; Town and Country Planning
CGB411 Research Project I (3) Act and regulations; Deeds Registry Act and regulations; MIN313 Introduction to Mineral Processing (3)
Project definition, selection of research topic, Preparing Survey of mining leases. An understanding of common ore-processing
a research proposal; statement of the problem; goals techniques and process routes in modern usage
and objectives of the research; literature review, CGB423 GIS Applications (4) provides insights for the efficient production, handling
research methodology, schedule and budget for the The course aims at familiarizing the students with and processing of minerals. The explanation of
research project. various real life applications of GIS. The content underlying theory is used to emphasise the appropriate
includes guided study topics in the following fields use and limitations of available technologies.
CGB412 Spatial Data Modelling & Analysis Topographic Mapping, Environment, Forestry; Biology;
This course introduces students to the modern Geology; Mining; Utilities, AM/FM Systems, LIS; GIS in MIN326 Surveying for Mineral Engineers (3)
computer-based approaches employed to represent developing countries. Other relevant application areas Review of plane surveying methods, operational
and manage spatial data and information for survey can be discussed here and will depend on student surveying, control point networks, underground
and geographic information systems applications. The interest. traversing, transfer of meridian underground,
course concentrates on spatial data structures, data preparation of maps and sections, positional and
standards, and spatial data modelling: 2D data models, CGB424 Special Studies in Land Administration (3) directional guidance of operations, measuring the
2.5 data models, 3D data models, 4D data models, The course introduces the concepts of land progress of work, measuring rock mass movement,
5D data models, building information modelling, management and land administration from economic exploratory surveying.
geostatistics and case studies on spatial data modelling. and institutional perspectives; evolving concepts
of property and land tenure systems; Design, MIN329 Rock Breakage and Explosives Engineering (3)
CGB413 Advanced Land Administration (3) implementation, monitoring and evaluation of land Rock breakage methods, Machine Mining, Drilling,
The course introduces modern issues in land tenure, reforms; Post-settlement support interventions. Explosives, Blasting, Blast design, Special blasting
land policy, land management and administration; Applications, Safety, environmental and regulatory
survey law and practice: a profession for the 21st CGB414 Remote Sensing Applications (3) aspects of Blasting
century; land information management: principles The course aims at familiarizing the students with
and applications. The role of property systems in land various mapping applications of remote sensing. The MIN325 Mine Supervision and Management (3)
management, natural resource management, and course content will include guided study of various Principles of effective communication in the workplace,
parcel-based information systems. Comparative analysis applications of remote sensing such as earth science, human resource management, principles of supervision
of land tenure, land reform, and land administration agriculture and land use and water resources. and management, project management skills, industrial
systems. relations, economics and mining decision-making,
CGB425 Location Based Services (3) economics and mining decision making.
CGB415 Advanced Cartographic Visualisation (3) The objective of the course is to present the use of
The course aims at introducing cartographic mobile technology to the students as possible utility in MIN 411: Rock Drilling (3)
visualisation techniques. The course content will both field and office automation in a survey practice. Principles of mechanical rock disintegration, Drilling
include cartographic visualisation processes; The course synopsis covers Introduction to LBS, parameters, Drilling equipment, Advances in drilling
different visualisation strategies in Geospatial Data Databases, Linear referencing, and Data transmission. technology, hole deviation, selection of drill equipment.
88
Bachelor of Engineering (Mineral) Courses Types and characterization of mineral separation
MIN 412: Rock Mechanics (3) processes; Design objectives and the testing, sizing and
Basic rock mechanics theory, engineering properties MIP321: Physical Mineral Processes (3) selection of equipment for solid-solid separation, solid-
of soils, Rocks and rock masses, Pit slope design, Size reduction, ratio, specific energy calculation for liquid separation, concentration process design layout
Underground opening design, Support of excavations. size reduction. Crushing, classification of crushers, jaw and economic consideration.
crushers, roll crushers. Roll crushers, impact crushers,
MIN 413 – Surface Mining – Hard Rock (3) design of crushing flowsheet. Grinding, wet-dry, open- MIP 512 Plant Process and Flow Sheet Design (3)
Pit design information, Ore reserve estimation, Mineral closed mill circuits, classification of mills, road, ball and The application of information obtained from
block evaluation criteria, Determination of ultimate pebble mills. Screening, definitions, sieve band analysis sampling, bench scale and pilot plant testwork in the
pit limits, Material properties and volume calculations, and calculations, Classification and Classifiers. design of mineral processing flow sheets; specifically
Production planning, Drilling and blasting, Materials comminution circuits, flotation circuits;thckening and
handling, Dewatering and drainage systems, Common MIP412: Flotation (3) clarification circuits; filtration circuits, and preliminary
surface mining methods. Introduction to froth flotation, Principles of Flotation, estimation of capital cost for major plant equipment as
Collectors, Frothers, Regulators, Basic flotation circuits, well as process operating costs and risk analysis.
Flowsheet design, Flotation Machines, Flotation
MIN 414 – Underground Mining – Hard Rock (3) Plant Practice, Reagents and conditioning, Control of
Characterization of mineable ore deposits, Basic mine Flotation Plants, Typical Flotation Separations MIP 513 Process Control and Instrumentation for
planning, Common underground mining methods, Mineral Engineers (3)
General cost and manning requirements. MIP413: Extractive Metallurgy (3) This course will cover Process Control, Control Systems,
Introduction to metals, The economics of metal Control of Hardware Instrumentation; Control System
MIN 422: Rock Blasting (3) production, Introduction to Pyrometallurgical Maintenance as well instrumentation and Control of
Explosives, Initiators, Factors affecting Blasting Results, extraction, Introduction to Hydrometallurgical Crushing and Grinding Circuits, Solid-Solid Separation
Blast design, Special blasting Applications, Safety, extraction, Industrial application of these methods to Processes, Thickeners and other solid-liquid Separation
environmental and regulatory aspects of Blasting. the extraction of metals, Environmental Issues Circuits and pressure oxidation
MIN423 – Coal Mining (3) MIP421: Coal Preparation (3) MIP514: Project I (3)
Surface coal mining, Underground coal mining, General The importance of coal in the energy production, Project definition, Data collection and analysis
cost and manning requirements. Determination and classification of coals, chemical techniques, Presentation design and delivery, Report
properties, Physical properties of coal and coal design.
MIN 400 – Mine Tour II petrography, Botswana coals, sampling of coal, Coal
A two-week study tour of selected mines, metallurgical preparation and washability, Washability analyses MIP521 Processing Plant Equipment Selection &
plants and mining-related suppliers in Southern Africa. and Mayer Curves, Crushing, screening and coal Maintenance (3)
beneficiation in course particles, Coal beneficiation in The study of factors which influence the selection
MIN 510 Project I (3) fine particles, Dewatering of coals, Transporting, Storage of comminution circuits and the application of this
Project definition, Data collection and analysis of coals, Coal processing plant design and control, Coal knowledge in the selection of primary crushers,
techniques, Presentation design and delivery, Report technology-coking of coal, Briquetting, pyrolysis and grinding mills, and other circuits including plant design
design. gasification of coal and layout of selected equipment.
MIN 511 – Specialised Blasting Applications (3) MIP422: Processing of Precious Metals (3) MIP 522 Materials Handling and Transport (3)
Advances in explosives technology; Properties of This course will cover process alternatives and Slurry Pumps, Slurry lines, Pump boxes and Launders,
explosives, Types of explosives for underground and mineralogical considerations; physical and chemical Slurry Pipeline Transportation, Conveyors, Stackers and
surface operations; Manufacture, transport, storage recovery technologies; environmental protection; flow Reclaimers, Concentrate Drying, Handling and Storage
and handling of explosives, Advanced blast design sheet studies for the treatment of gold ores. Equipment, Bins, Hopper Outlets and Feeders
for surface and underground operations, Explosives
for fiery, gaseous mines and other special situations; MIP423: Diamond Processing Technology (3) MIP 523 Tailings and Wastewater Disposal (3)
Statutory requirements. This course will cover the mineralogy of diamond ores; Tailings Disposal, Design of Tailings Dams and
the comminution process for diamonds; application of Impoundments, Waste and Process Water, Removal of
MIN 513 – Surface Mine Planning and Design (3) hindered settling in the classification of diamond ores; Solutions and Slurries for Cyanide, Acid Rock Drainage,
Mine planning structure, Core business, Role of mine the selection of comminution flow sheets (conventional Environmental and Social Considerations
planning, Essential computations, Mine closure planning vsAutogenous milling or semi Autogenous milling
Surface mine planning software. circuits); physical properties of diamonds that are MIP524: Project II
taken advantage of in the concentration (dense media Project definition, Data collection and analysis
MIN 516: Mining Geostatistics (3) separation) and recovery (grease table or lately x-ray techniques, Presentation design and delivery, Report
Variate descriptions (uni-and bivariate); kriging sorting) of diamonds; environmental protection, and design.
(ordinary, block and co- kriging); Estimating a flow sheet studies for the treatment of diamond ores.
distribution; Assessing uncertainty.
MIN 521 – Material Handling in Mines (3)

MIP424: Mining industry Economics (3)
Mineral industry economics focusing on understanding
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL
Loading equipment, Transport and hoisting systems, the relationship between supply and demand of ENGINEERING
Construction of wire rope, Mine drainage and mineral commodities; types of markets; the role of
dewatering pumps, Hard-rock tunnelling machines and price and technology on mineral commodity supply The Department of Electrical Engineering offers the
raise borer, Auxiliary equipment, Compressed air. and demand; the role of inventories on supply and following programmes:
production, the relationship between exchange rates • Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical)
MIN 522 – Mine Power and Drainage (3) and prices, evaluating mineral investment projects using • Bachelor of Engineering (Electronic)
Sources of power, Types of power supplies, Power discounted cash flow analysis and the role of mineral • Master of Science (Electrical Engineering)
control and management, Mine water management, policy on the supply of mineral commodities.
Pumping and disposal, Environment consideration BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (ELECTRICAL)
MIP425: Mine Management (3) Subject to General Regulations 000 and 200 and
MIN 523 – Underground Mine Planning and Design (3) Management theory, Human resource management, the Faculty Special Regulations 210, the following
Mine planning structure, Core business, Role of mine financial accounting and management, Legal aspects Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of
planning , Essential computations, Mine closure of business. Engineering (Electrical) Degree shall apply:
planning, Underground mine planning software
MIP511: Mineral Separation Processes (3)
89
Entrance Requirements PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration (3 to report to oral presentation shall be 1:2:1.
Admission to the BEng (Electrical) shall be as stipulated credits) For EEB560, the ratio of marks for continuous assessment
in Faculty Special Regulations 21.10. Applicants in SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Concepts (3 to final report to presentation (oral and poster) shall be
possession of a Diploma in Electrical and Electronic credits) 1:3:1.
Engineering, or its equivalent, with a minimum of Credit SOC334 Sociology of Development (3 credits)
including a Credit in Mathematics, may be admitted EEB463 shall be assessed based on 100 percent
directly into Level 200. Applicants in possession of ‘A’ Level 400 continuous assessment only.
level qualification with at least C grades in Mathematics Semester 8
and Physics may be admitted directly into Level 200. Core Courses For courses with practical work marks, for continuous
Applicants in possession of a Higher Diploma in Electrical EEB462 Electrical Machines Drives Design (3 credits, assessment, the ratio of marks for tests to practical work
and Electronic Engineering, or its equivalent, with a pre-requisite EEB343, EEB451) to assignments shall be 4:3:1.
minimum of Credit including a Credit in Mathematics, EEB463 Electrical Engineering Laboratory (3 credits,
may be admitted directly into Level 300. pre-requisite EEB453, EEB454) The following exit level outcome (ELO) courses: EEB454
EEB464 Power Transmission and Distribution (ELO 2), EEB464 (ELO 8), EEB463 (ELO 4), EEB465 (ELO
Programme Structure Networks Design (3 credits, pre-requisite 5), EEB560 (ELO 1, 3, 6), EEB555 (ELO 9), CCB535 (ELO
The Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical) Degree EEB343, EEB453, EEB454) 7), IMB523 (ELO 10) and MMB533 (ELO 11) shall be
Programme will be a Single Major that will extend EEB465 Power System Analysis (3 credits, pre- subjected to external examination.
over 10 semesters of full-time study. It shall contain requisites EEB453, EEB454)
one subject called Electrical Engineering consisting of LAW253 Foundations of Engineering Law (3 credits) Each student shall be required to keep and submit
courses shown below. MMB444 Engineering Economics (3 credits) a course folder(s) comprising all assessed work
The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 shall be as (assignments, quizzes, laboratory/workshop/field reports
stipulated in Faculty Special Regulation 21.20. Level 400 and tests etc.) for scrutiny by the external examiner.
Winter Session 2 The course folder(s) shall be submitted to the respective
Level 300 Core Courses course lecturer by the last day of the examination
Semester 5 ITB440 Industrial Training II (4 credits, 8 weeks, pre- period. The folders shall be returned to the student after
Core Courses requisite ITB340) publication of results.
EEB331 Electrical Network Theory (3 credits, pre-
requisite EEB241) Level 500 Passing a course is subject to Special Regulation for the
EEB332 Analogue Electronic Fundamentals (3 Semester 9 Bachelor of Engineering Degree 21.40.
credits, pre-requisite EEB241) Core Courses
EEB333 Electrical Measurements and EEB550 Electrical Design Project I (3 credits, pre- BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (ELECTRONIC)
Instrumentation, (3 credits, pre-requisite requisites EEB343, EEB462, EEB463, EEB464, Subject to General Regulations 000 and 200 and
EEB241) EEB465) the Faculty Special Regulations 210, the following
EEB334 Computer Programming I (3 credits, pre- EEB555 Self Study Topic (3 credits) Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of
requisite GEC122) CCB535 Environmental Management (3 credits) Engineering (Electronic) Degree shall apply:
MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3 credits, pre- MMB533 Engineering and Project Management (3
requisite MAT291) credits) Entrance Requirements
Admission to the BEng (Electronic) shall be as stipulated
Level 300 Optional Courses: in Faculty Special Regulations 21.10. Applicants in
Semester 6 At least one from possession of a Diploma in Electrical and Electronic
Core Courses EEB551 Power System Economics (3 credits, pre- Engineering, or its equivalent, with a minimum of Credit
EEB341 Digital Electronics (3 credits, pre-requisite requisite EEB464, EEB465) including a Credit in Mathematics, may be admitted
EEB332) EEB552 Switchgear and Protection (3 credits, pre- directly into Level 200. Applicants in possession of ‘A’
EEB342 Electromagnetics for Engineers (3 credits, requisite EEB464, EEB465) level qualification with at least C grades in Mathematics
pre-requisite MAT391, co-requisite MAT392) EEB553 Power System Simulation (3 credits, pre- and Physics may be admitted directly into Level 200.
EEB343 Electrical Engineering Design (3 credits, pre- requisite EEB464, EEB465) Applicants in possession of a Higher Diploma in Electrical
requisite EEB241) EEB554 Electrical Machines (3 credits, pre-requisite, and Electronic Engineering, or its equivalent, with a
EEB344 Basic Electrical Machines (3 credits, pre- EEB462) minimum of Credit including a Credit in Mathematics,
requisite EEB241) may be admitted directly into Level 300.
MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IV (3 credits, pre- Level 500
requisite MAT391) Semester 10 Programme Structure
Core Courses The Bachelor of Engineering (Electronic) Degree
Level 300 EEB560 Electrical Design Project II (9 credits, pre- Programme will be a Single Major that will extend
Winter Session 1 requisites EEB550) over 10 semesters of full-time study. It shall contain
Core Course IMB523 Professional Ethics and Practice (3 credits) one subject called Electronic Engineering consisting of
ITB340 Industrial Attachment I (4 credits, 8 weeks) courses shown below.
Optional Courses: The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 shall be as
Level 400 At least one from stipulated in Faculty Special Regulation 21.20.
Semester 7 EEB561 Power System Operation (3 credits, pre-
Core Courses requisite EEB551) Level 300
EEB431 Control Systems I (3 credits, pre-requisite EEB562 High Voltage Engineering (3 credits, pre- Semester 5
MAT392) requisite EEB552) Core Courses
EEB434 Communications Principles (3 credits, pre- EEB563 Power System Planning (3 credits, pre- EEB331 Electrical Network Theory (3 credits, pre-
requisite MAT392) requisite EEB553) requisite EEB241)
EEB451 Power Electronics and Drives (3 credits, pre- EEB564 Electrical Machines Drives (3 credits, pre- EEB332 Analogue Electronic Fundamentals
requisite EEB344) requisite EEB554) (3 credits, pre-requisite EEB241)
EEB453 Power Generation and Control (3 credits, EEB333 Electrical Measurements and
pre-requisite EEB344) Assessment Instrumentation, (3 credits, pre-requisite
EEB454 Power Transmission and Distribution Except for EEB550 (Electrical Design Project I) and EEB241)
Networks (3 credits, pre-requisites MAT392, EEB560 (Electrical Design Project II), EEB463 (Electrical EEB334 Computer Programming I (3 credits, pre-
EEB331) Engineering Laboratory) and courses with practical work requisite GEC122)
marks, all courses shall be assessed as specified in Faculty MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3 credits,
Elective Courses: Special Regulations 21.30. pre-requisite MAT291)
At least one from For EEB550, the ratio of marks for continuous assessment
POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3 credits)
90
requisite MAT392) and introduction to direct current machines.
Level 300 EEB532 Computer Architecture and Systems (3
Semester 6 credits, pre-requisite EEB442) EEB241 Electrical Fundamentals II
Core Courses EEB533 Antennas and Wave Propagation (3 credits, The course in the second of two courses that provide an
EEB341 Digital Electronics (3 credits, pre-requisite pre-requisite EEB342) introduction to electrical engineering, in particular the
EEB332) EEB534 Telephony and Digital Communications and principles of alternating current and amplifier circuits.
EEB342 Electromagnetics for Engineers (3 credits, (3 credits, pre-requisite, EEB434) The coverage includes network components, basic
pre-requisite MAT391, co-requisite MAT392) alternating current concepts, basic network theorems,
EEB343 Electrical Engineering Design (3 credits, pre- Level 500 introduction to alternating current machines and
requisite EEB241) Semester 10 applications of semiconductor devices.
EEB344 Basic Electrical Machines (3, pre-requisite Core Courses
EEB241) EEB540 Electronic Design Project II (9 credits, pre- EEB331 Electrical Network Theory
MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IV (3, prerequisites EEB530) The course introduces students to network topology,
requisite MAT391) IMB523 Professional Ethics and Practice (3) time and frequency domain analysis, three phase
Optional Courses: circuits, two-port networks, application of Fourier and
Level 300 At least one from Laplace transforms to networks. The course focuses on
Winter Session 1 EEB541 Advanced Digital Signal Processing (3 problem solving skills in electrical networks, analysis and
Core Course credits, pre-requisite EEB531) design of electric networks and applying the principles of
ITB340 Industrial Attachment I (4 credits, 8 weeks) EEB542 Communication Networks (3 credits, pre- electrical network theory in the solution of problems in
requisite EEB434) other disciplines of electrical engineering.
Level 400 EEB543 Electromagnetic Wave Guides (3 credits,
Semester 7 pre-requisite EEB533) EEB332 Analogue Electronic Fundamentals
Core Courses EEB544 Wireless Communications (3 credits, pre- The course introduces students to Diode semiconductor
EEB431 Control Systems I (3 credits, pre-requisite requisite EEB534) theory; Diode applications & circuits; Bipolar Junction
MAT392) Transistor (BJT); Field Effect Transistors (FET); Transistor
EEB432 Signals and Systems (3 credits, pre-requisite Assessment Small Signal Amplifiers; Amplifier Frequency Response;
EEB332) Except for EEB530 (Electronic Design Project I), EEB540 Feedback
EEB433 Analogue Electronics Design (3 credits, pre- (Electronic Design Project II), EEB444 (Electronic
requisite EEB332) Experimental Design Laboratory) and courses with EEB333 Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation
EEB434 Communications Principles (3 credits, pre- practical work marks, all courses shall be assessed as The course is an introduction to electrical
requisite MAT392) specified in Faculty Special Regulations 21.30. measurements and instrumentation with focus on
EEB435 Computer Programming II (3 credits, pre- the measurement methods; potentiometer and bridge
requisite EEB334) For EEB530, the ratio of marks for continuous assessment measurements; transducers and signal conditioning.
to report to oral presentation shall be 1:2:1.
Elective Courses: EEB334 Computer Programming I
At least one from For EEB540, the ratio of marks for continuous assessment The course lays a foundation for programming courses
POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3 credits) to final report to presentation (oral and poster) shall be studies later during the programme and aims to produce
PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration (3) 1:3:1 a level of competency in the analysis and representation
SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Concepts (3) of a programming problem through algorithms,
SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) EEB444 shall be assessed based on 100 percent appreciate the need for an object-oriented programming
continuous assessment only. language and study the basic characteristics of object-
Level 400 oriented Programming.
Semester 8 For courses with practical work marks, for continuous
Core Courses assessment, the ratio of marks for tests to practical work EEB341 Digital Electronics
EEB441 Control Systems II (3 credits, pre-requisite to assignments shall be 4:3:1. This course familiarizes the students with the
EEB431) fundamentals of digital electronics and prepares them
EEB442 Microprocessor Engineering Applications (3 The following exit level outcome (ELO) courses: EEB441 for design and analysis of digital systems. Topics include
credits, pre-requisite EEB341) (ELO 2), EEB443 (ELO 8), EEB444 (ELO 4, 5), EEB540 (ELO number systems and codes; basic and derived logic
EEB443 Digital Electronics Design (3 credits, pre- 1, 3, 6), EEB535 (ELO 9), CCB535 (ELO 7), IMB523 (ELO functions; Boolean algebra, minimisation techniques;
requisite EEB341) 10), and MMB533 (ELO 11) shall be subjected to external combinational and sequential logic devices.
EEB444 Electronic Experimental Design Laboratory examination.
(3credits, pre-requisites EEB431, EEB342 Electromagnetics for Engineers
EEB432, EEB433, EEB434) Each student shall be required to keep and submit The course provides an introduction to electromagnetic
LAW253 Foundations of Engineering Law (3) a course folder(s) comprising all assessed work fields theory with a focus on introductory vector
MMB444 Engineering Economics (3 credits) (assignments, quizzes, laboratory/workshop/field reports analysis, electrostatics, magnetostatics and time varying
and tests etc.) for scrutiny by the external examiner. fields. The course aims to produce a level of competency
Level 400 The course folder(s) shall be submitted to the respective in the fundamentals of electromagnetic field theory
Winter Session 2 course lecturer by the last day of the examination by emphasizing both mathematical rigor and physical
Core Courses period. The folders shall be returned to the student after conceptual reasoning, as applied to electromagnetic
ITB440 Industrial Training II (4 credits, 8 weeks, pre- publication of results. fields problems.
requisite ITB340)
Passing a course is subject to Special Regulation for the EEB343 Electrical Engineering Design
Level 500 Bachelor of Engineering Degree 21.40. The course provides an introduction to electrical
Semester 9 engineering design theory and principles, their
Core Courses COURSE LISTING applications and the factors that contribute to good and
EEB530 Electronic Design Project I (3 credits, pre- For all other courses not offered by the department, successful electrical engineering designs. Basic theories,
requisites EEB343, EEB444) please consult the relevant department for synopsis. processes and procedures are presented, and conception
EEB535 Independent Study Topic (3 credits) designs are studied.
CCB535 Environmental Management (3 credits) EEB231 Electrical Fundamentals I
MMB533 Engineering and Project Management (3) The course provides an introduction to electrical EEB344 Basic Electrical Machines
engineering. It covers the principles of direct current The course provides an introduction to electrical
Optional Courses: circuits. The coverage includes network components, machines with focus on the theory of the magnetic
At least one from basic direct current concepts, basic network theorems circuits and principles of operation of single phase
EEB531 Digital Signal Processing (3 credits, pre- transformers, DC generators/motors and Three-phase
91
induction motors. microprocessor /microcomputer systems from both understanding of electrical engineering by drawing valid
hardware and software points of view. Topics covered: conclusions from experimental data results. Course
EEB431 Control Systems I Software, Interfacing, Peripherals, External interfaces. Activities: Pre-laboratory, Experimental investigation and
The course is an introduction to linear control systems design, Model implementation and testing (validation
and focuses on the theory of systems analogies; and verification), Laboratory experimentation, Analysis
mathematical representation; controllers; time and EEB443 Digital Electronics Design of results including error analysis, Laboratory report.
frequency domain analysis and system stability. Topics This course introduces digital systems design
covered: Open-loop and closed-loop linear control concepts. Topics covered include combinational EEB464 Power Transmission and Distribution Networks
systems, Transfer functions, First, second and third order blocks and design to synchronous digital systems; Design
control systems, Stability of control systems, Transient design implementation technologies; introduction to The course covers the practical aspects that are considered
response, Control system compensation, Linear control electronic design automation; design testing, hardware in planning and designing power transmission and
system design, Proportional, Integral and Derivative description languages (HDL) and design implementation distribution networks. Electrical and mechanical design
controllers. technologies. considerations are presented. Course Topics: Electrical
transmission system design principles and procedures,
EEB432 Signals and Systems EEB444 Electronic Experimental Design Laboratory Mechanical transmission system design principles and
This course is intended to develop an in-depth The course provides a level of competency to procedures, Group Design Project I, Distribution System
understanding of continuous-time signals and design, perform, analyse, evaluate experiments and Design, Transmission and Distribution System Design
systems and briefly considers basic discrete-time report the results. Emphasis is placed on the tools Case Studies and exercises, Group Design Project II.
and digital signals. Topics covered: Introduction to and the methodology used to derive knowledge
signals; Continuous time and discrete time signals; and understanding of electronics by drawing valid EEB465 Power System Analysis
Signal classification and representation; Analysis of conclusions from experimental data results. Students are The course aims to enable students to apply basic
signals including time and frequency domain analysis; expected to plan and conduct own experiments guided engineering laws to power networks, plan and design
Spectral Analysis, Introduction to Systems; Basic system by appropriate literature search and a critical evaluation power systems network, solve contingency problems
description; Linear Time Invariant Systems and their of the available equipment. The laboratory experiments in power systems using engineering tools, operate and
analysis in the time and frequency domains. Introduction are selected from control systems, communication control power systems in relation to power systems
to filtering including Finite Impulse Response (FIR) and systems, electronic systems, and digital systems. security, optimal operate of power systems and apply
Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) filters. software to solve power network problems. Course
EEB451 Power Electronics and Drives Topics: Basic Concepts, Load Flows, Fault Analysis, Power
EEB433 Analogue Electronics Design The course provides an introduction to power electronic Systems Stability.
The course provides an introduction to analogue devices and their application in speed control of
electronic system design. Topics covered: Design of BJT industrial machines. Topics Covered: Rectifier Circuits, EEB530 Electronic Design Project I
small-signal amplifiers, Design large-signal amplifiers, Thyristor circuits and their controls, Phase-controlled Selection of project type, its area and scope. Defining
Design of operational amplifiers circuits, Design of rectifiers, DC-DC Converters, Application of Rectifiers the problem and working out a scheduled action plan.
oscillator and timing circuits, Electronic equipment and Dc – Dc Converters for speed control of DC motors, Knowledge and technical data retrieval from relevant
reliability, Fault diagnostics. Inverters, Application of Inverters for Induction Motor literature and other information sources, date analysis.
Drives (speed control), Cycloconverters and Application Working out project methodology. Project pre-design
EEB434 Communications Principles in Synchronous Motor Drive systems (speed control) and project proposal. Acquiring the required materials,
The main aim of this course is to provide the basic software and instrumentation (for experimental studies).
concepts in analogue and digital signal analysis, the EEB453 Power Generation and Control Alternatively it may include preliminary data collection
transmission of baseband signals techniques over a The course focuses on methods of power generation, at an industrial plant. Writing a literature overview and a
communication channel, and appropriate methods to renewable energy and control methods with respect to progress report. Project presentation.
retrieve the original message signal. Topics covered: power and frequency, voltage and reactive power and
Signals and systems, Amplitude modulation, Angle economics of power system generation. Course Topics: EEB531 Digital Signal Processing
modulation, Detection and Demodulation, Discrete Power Generation Methods, Renewable Energy Sources, The course introduces students to digital signal processing
signals, Receivers, Transmitters, Noise in communication Control of Power and Frequency, Control of Voltage and with emphasis on types of signals, characterization and
systems. Reactive power, Methods of Voltage control classification of discrete-time LTI system and properties,
as well as time and frequency-domain analysis. Topics
EEB435 Computer Programming II covered: Signals and Signal Processing, Discrete-Time
The course covers problem solving concepts, algorithmic EEB454 Power Transmission and Distribution Networks Signal and Systems, Discrete-Time Fourier Transform,
techniques and ideas for solving computational The course provides an introduction to power Digital Processing of Continuous-Time Signals
problems arising frequently in practical applications. It transmission and distribution. Basic transmission and
covers problem specification, algorithmic analysis design, distribution concepts are covered. Course Topics: Power EEB532 Computer Architecture and Systems
and implementation in Python. Course Topics: Python system structure and representation, Transmission The course is intended to provide students with an in-
Basics: Algorithm Analysis: Searching and Sorting: Stacks line and cable parameters, Power transfer through a depth study of computer architecture and design and
and Queues, Linked Structures: Recursion: Hash Tables: transmission network, Load forecasting, Distribution to provide them with the basic knowledge and ability
Classes, Objects: Inheritance: Concurrent Programming: networks, Tariffs, Rural supply networks. required for understanding and designing standard and
Multi processing. novel computer architectures. Topics covered: Basic
EEB462 Electrical Machines Drives Design Computer Organisation and CPU Design, Control Unit
EEB441 Control Systems II The course is aimed at equipping the student with skills Design, Pipelining and Vector Processing, Computer
The course aims to develop students’ ability to build, in Identification and Formulation of Design problem; Arithmetic Design, Input-Output Organisation, Memory
analyse and design both analogue and digital control Execution of the Design process; and Modelling and Organisation, Case Studies of Relevant Processors and
systems. Topics covered: Physical systems, State-space Simulation of the Design work. The design topics will Computer Systems
models of linear systems; Solution of state equations; be focused on Electric Motor Drives. Course Activities:
State feedback controllers, Digital control systems; Selection of Topic on Electric Drive System design, EEB533 Antennas and Wave Propagation
Discrete-time systems stability analysis; Non-linear Project Proposal presentation, First Stage Presentation This course introduces the properties of electromagnetic
systems. of the Design, Final Stage Presentation of the Design, waves and their propagation through different media.
Reporting. Fundamental parameters of an antenna and antenna
EEB442 Microprocessor Engineering Applications types are discussed. CAD design/analysis software is used
The course is intended to provide students with EEB463 Electrical Engineering Laboratory to investigate the properties of antennas. Topics covered:
concepts of microcomputer system architecture and The course introduces students to the science and Propagation of Electromagnetic waves, Antenna
applications to fundamental computer hardware. art of conducting practical laboratory investigations Characteristics, Radiation Integrals and Potential
Theoretical and practical aspects of interfacing to a in electrical engineering. Emphasis is placed on the Functions, Linear Wire Antennas, Loop Antennas,
variety of microprocessor peripheral chips with specific tools and methodology used to derive knowledge and Array Antennas, Horn Antennas, Reflector Antennas,
92
Introduction to CAD, Radar Systems investigation, planning, design, evaluation and analysis sourcing, processing/analysis and presentation through
of a particular engineering problem using the knowledge lecturers.
EEB534 Telephony & Digital Communications acquired during lectures, laboratory work, industrial
The course provides an introduction to digital training and special information pertinent to the selected EEB560 Electrical Design Project II
communications and telephony with a focus on project area and gained from such sources as literature, A continuation of EEB550 Electrical Design Project I.
principles of digital communications, types of digital standards, technical reports, etc. The course also teaches The course further develops the student’s ability to
signals, noise, information theory, error control, coding the students to be able to formulate, solve problems formulate, solve problems by applying adequate methods
theory, teletraffic theory, switching, signaling and by applying adequate methods of analysis, design and of analysis, design and development, data processing
telephone networks. Topics covered: Information Theory, development, data processing in experimental, industrial in experimental, industrial and numerical studies. The
Coding Theory, Principles of Digital Data Transmission, and numerical studies. Course Topics: Project Proposal projects ends with a final report, demonstration and oral
Noise in Digital Communications Systems, Telephone and Work Plan, Oral Presentation of the Project Proposal presentation.
Traffic, Switching and Signaling, Telephone Network. and Work Plan, Interim Project Report, Interim Project
Report Presentation, EEB561 Power System Operation
The course deals with power systems operation and
EEB535 Independent Study Topic EEB551 Power System Economics control under classical and deregulated paradigms. While
The course develops students’ ability to study and The course is intended to provide students with the the principles of power system operation stay the same,
conduct research independently on a given topic in economic principles and knowledge needed to evaluate the goals, constraints, responsibilities, and environment
Electronic Engineering. The course also re-enforces and analyze power market operation, investments have changed or are still evolving. The coverage
the students’ communication skills and the ability to in market assets, and regulation process. Course consists of: power system operation in a competitive
independently analyse and report self-study material Topics: Power System Optimization, Foundations environment, economic scheduling, unit commitment,
in a concise manner. Aim: To enable students to define of Microeconomics, Energy Tariffs, Power Industry state estimation, contingency analysis, optimal power
the scope of the material to be studied, information restructuring and Regulation, Electricity trading, flow, load forecasting, load frequency control, automatic
sourcing, processing/analysis and presentation through Transmission Business, Transmission & Generation generation control, automatic voltage regulation and
lecturers. Investment, Distribution investment. control through the energy control center or energy
management system (EMS).
EEB540 Electronic Design Project II EEB552 Switchgear and Protection
A continuation of EEB530 Electronic Design Project The course provides fundamental and principles of EEB562 High Voltage Engineering
I. The course further develops the student’s ability to switchgear and power system protection. The course The course provides an introduction to high voltage
formulate, solve problems by applying adequate methods covers the purpose, types, specification, characteristics engineering. Basic high voltage engineering concepts
of analysis, design and development, data processing and operation of switchgear; Fundamentals of are covered. Theories, practices and procedures of high
in experimental, industrial and numerical studies. The protection: instrument transformers, relays & over voltage engineering are presented. Topics covered:
projects ends with a final report, demonstration and oral current protection, biased differential protection, unit Breakdown mechanisms, Lightning overvoltages, Faults
presentation. protection, fault calculation and application to protection overvoltages, Energisation overvoltages, Overvoltages
systems; earthing and application to protection. Course Mitigation Measures, Generation of high voltages,
EEB541 Advanced Digital Signal Processing Topics: Generator Protection, Transformer Protection, Measurement of high voltages and currents, Testing,
The course provides further background on the DSP Bus bar Protection, Feeder Protection, Motor Protection, Applications
theory and applications and to consolidate material from Distance Protection.
DSP I, as well as introduce new concepts. Topics covered: EEB563 Power System planning
Discrete Fourier transform, z-Transform, Digital Filter EEB553 Power System Simulation The course covers topics that are important in the
Structures, Digital Filter Design, Introduction to digital The course provides students with analytical, planning of electrical power systems. These include
multirate signal processing. computational and simulation skills for predicting the power system planning strategies and frameworks;
performance of power systems. In addition it provides integrated resource planning process; load forecasting;
EEB542 Communication Networks an understanding of how power system component demand side management options; bulk power
The course is intended to provide students with a solid models are described and implemented in computational generation expansion, transmission and distribution
knowledge of computer networks concepts and network methods. The course covers computer methods for expansion options; production cost optimization;
security. Topics covered: Computer Networks and modeling, analysing, computing and simulating power environmental, reliability and economic issues; electricity
Internet, Application Layer, Transport Layer, Network systems in the steady state and dynamic state. The trading and markets; regulation and de-regulation.
Layer and Routing, Wireless and Mobile Networks, coverage includes: formation and computation of
Security and Network Management. network matrices (Ybus, and Zbus); solution of linear and EEB564 Electrical Machines Drives
non-linear equations, power flow and optimal power The course presents advanced concepts on various
EEB543 Electromagnetic Wave Guides flow studies, programming, fault analysis; transient and Electric Machines drives through modeling and analysis.
The course aims to produce a level of competency in voltage stability analysis and power system contingency It covers DC motor drives, AC motor drives, vector control
microwave transmission lines, waveguides as well as analysis. of Induction machines, synchronous motor drives and
in optical fibre through mathematical rigor. It also special machines drives.
provides an appreciation of the use of the smith Chart in EEB554 Electrical Machines
impedance matching and transformation. Topics covered: The course presents electrical machines with focus ITB440 Industrial Training II
Microwave Transmission Lines, Microwave Waveguides, on the principles of operation and characteristics of Structure and layout of the organization; All/selected
Passive Microwave Devices, Active Microwave Devices, single phase induction motors, synchronous generators/ topics from: Office/site organisation and layout;
Introduction to Optic Fibres motors, three-phase transformers, and special purpose purchasing and warehousing; manufacture, fabrication
motors. Topics covered: Single-phase induction motors, and assembly; building and construction; costing,
EEB544 Wireless Communications Synchronous generators, Asynchronous motors, Three estimating and tendering; operations; maintenance;
The course aims to produce a level of competency in Phase Transformers, Special Purpose Motors, Single- plant erection, installation and testing, information
the Wireless Communications by emphasizing both phase motors, Synchronous Generators, Synchronous system/design studio, involvement in small design
mathematical rigor and physical conceptual reasoning, motors. assignments and projects.
as applied toward practical engineering problems, with
focus on The Cellular Concepts and Radio propagation EEB555 Self Study Topic CURRENT COURSES
characteristics. Topics covered: Introduction to wireless The course develops students’ ability to study and
communication; Cellular concept; Mobile radio conduct research independently on a given topic in EEB411 Electronic Devices and Circuits
propagation; Multiple access techniques for wireless Electrical Engineering. The course also re-enforces Operational Amplifiers theory; Op-amp circuits; Positive
communications, GSM cellular telephony. the students’ communication skills and the ability to feedback; Power Amplifiers; Power devices; converters
independently analyse and report self-study material and inverters, Optoelectronic devices, analogue filters.
EEB550 Electrical Design Project I in a concise manner. Aim: To enable students to define
The course develops the students’ ability to carry out the the scope of the material to be studied, information EEB412 Digital Electronics II
Combinational circuits; Sequential circuits; Shift Register
93
circuits and operation; Application Specific Integrated In addition to the above, the department of Electrical
Circuits (ASICs). EEB518 Guided Electromagnetic Waves and Electronic Engineering also offers the following
EEB413 Power Generation and Distribution Transmission Microwave Transmission Lines; Microwave Waveguides; General Education Courses (GEC)
Lines; Power generation; Power control; Distributors; Passive Microwave Devices; Active Microwave Devices;
Distribution equipment; Supply irregularities. Introduction to Optical Fibres.
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL
EEB414 Electrical Machines II
Three Phase Transformers. Three-Phase Synchronous
EEB519 Computer Architecture and Design
Design methodology; ALU design; Memory organization
DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY
Generators. Three-Phase Synchronous Motors. Single- and design; Control organization and design; RISC
Special Regulations for the Degree in Bachelor of Design
Phase Motors. Micro-machines. Levitated machines. processing and pipelining.
Subject to the provisions of the General Regulations 000,
100 and 200, the following Special Regulations shall
EEB415 Digital Communications and Telephony EEB510 Project (Stage 1)
apply:
Principles of Digital Data Transmission, Noise in Digital Selection of project type, its area and scope. Defining
Entrance Requirements
Communications Systems, Information Theory, Coding the problem and working out a scheduled action
Admission into Level 100 shall be possession of BGCSE
Theory, Telephone Traffic, Switching and Signalling, plan. Knowledge and technical data retrieval form
or equivalent with a minimum of C in Design and
Telephone Network. relevant literature and other information sources, date
Technology or Art and Design or equivalent qualification,
analysis. Working out project methodology. Project pre-
and a minimum of grade D in English language, a grade
EEB416 Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation II design. Acquiring the required materials, software and
C in Mathematics, and either a minimum of grade C in
Electronic Instruments, Oscilloscope measurements, instrumentation (for experimental studies). Alternatively
Physics or a minimum grade BB in Science Double award
Calibration of Instruments, Transducers, Signal it may include preliminary data collection at an industrial
or equivalent.
Conditioning plant. Writing a literature overview and a progress report.
Project presentation.
Applicants in possession of an appropriate A-level
EEB417 Microprocessor Based Systems
qualification with at least C grades in Mathematics and
Microprocessor based system components; EEB520 Project (Stage II)
any one of Physics, Chemistry, or Design and Technology
Microprocessor Instruction and Programming; This is the continuation of the course EEB510
may be admitted directly into Level 200 but will take
Microprocessor Applications
Level 100 courses if necessary.
EEB522 Digital Signal Processing II
ITB420 Industrial Training II Filters derived from analogue designs; Fourier
Admission into Level 200 of the BDes Degree Programme
Structure and layout of the organization; All/selected Transform; FFT Processing; Adaptive Filtering; Hardware
shall be satisfactory completion of Level 100 of the
topics from: Office/site organisation and layout; Implementation of Digital Filters; DSP applications to
Bachelor of Science General Degree of the Faculty of
purchasing and warehousing; manufacture, fabrication Communications; DSP applications in Multi-Media
Science with at least C- (C minus) grades in Mathematics
and assembly; building and construction; costing,
and Physics.
estimating and tendering; operations; maintenance; EEB523 Digital Electronic System Design Course
plant erection, installation and testing, information Synopsis:
Applicants in possession of an appropriate Diploma
system/design studio, involvement in small design Programmable Devices; Finite State Machines; System
may be admitted directly into Level 200 of the Degree
assignments and projects. Design Using Programmable devices. Asynchronous
Programme.
Circuits. Reed-Muller algebraic description.
Admission into Level 300 shall be possession of
EEB511 Control Theory II
appropriate higher (or a three-year) Diploma/Associate
State-space models of linear systems; Solution of state EEB524 Process Control Systems
degree in Design and Technology/Industrial Design/
equations; Digital control systems; Discrete-time systems Process control principles; Techniques for process
Graphic Design/Interior Design/Furniture Design or any
stability analysis; Non-linear systems control; Controllers; Computer Control systems; Control
other design related and equivalent programmes.
Communications; Statistical process and quality control
EEB512 Digital Signal Processing I systems (SPC-SPQ); Expert Systems
Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of Design
Types of Signals; Time Domain Analysis; Frequency
(Industrial Design) Programme
Domain Analysis; Z-Transform; Design of Non-recursive EEB525 Power Systems Analysis
Digital Filter; Design of Recursive Digital Filter. Overhead lines. Insulators. Performance of long
transmission lines. Underground cables. Circuit breakers.
Subject to the provisions of the General Regulations
EEB513 Analogue Electronic System Design Approximate Power transients
000 and 200 and the Faculty Special Regulations 230
Diode Models; BJT Small-Signal Amplifiers; Large-Signal
the following Departmental Regulations for the B Des.
Amplifiers; Operational Amplifiers; Compensation EEB526 Electrical Machines and Drives
(Industrial Design) shall apply:
Amplifier Systems; Oscillator and Timing Circuits; Power Selection of drive components. DC motor drives.
Supply Circuits; Electronic Equipment Reliability and Adjustable Dc motor drives. Induction motor drives.
Fault Diagnosis. Adjustable speed AC Motor drives. Synchronous motor
Admission to the Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design)
drives.
programme shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special
EEB514 Process Instrumentation
Regulations 23.10, i.e., 23.11 to 23.17
Analog/digital signal conditioning and transmission; EEB527 Computer-Aided Power Systems Analysis
Optical measurements; Measurements of process Modeling Power System Components. Power Flow
Degree Structure
parameters; Analytical Measurements; Control valves Studies. Fault calculations. Stability. Energy Control
The Programme shall consist of a single major subject
and actuators; Instrumentation systems; Smart/ Centre.
called ‘Industrial Design’.
intelligent transducer systems
The curriculum for Level 100 to 500 is as follows:
EEB528 Antennas and Propagation
EEB515 Power Systems Fundamental parameters of Antennas; Radiation
Semester 1
Representation of power systems. Fault studies. Load Integrals and Potential Functions; Linear Wire Antennas;
Core Courses
flow studies. Control of power and frequency. Economic Loop Antennas; Array Antennas; Horn Antennas;
IBC 110 Design Fundamentals (3 credits)
dispatch. Power system stability studies. Protective Reflector Antennas; Propagation of Electromagnetic
IBC 111 Elements & Principles of Design (3 credits)
schemes. waves in Infinite Media. Radar Systems.
PHY112 Geometrical Optics & Mechanics, Vibrations
Waves (4 credits)
EEB516 Power Electronics EEB529 Computer Networks
MAT 191 Design Mathematics I (3 credits)
Rectifier circuits; Thyristor circuits and controls; Network architecture and topology, ISO reference model,
ICT 121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (2 credits)
Converters; Inverters. Filters. Network layer for point-to-point networks, Wide Area
COM 131 Introduction to Communication & Academic
Network, Internetworking concept and architecture
Literacy Skills (3 credits)
EEB517 Computer-Aided Electrical Machine Analysis model, Internet.
Modeling of Electrical Machines. Multi-machine System
Semester 2
Analysis. Simulation and Applications.
94
IBC 120 Design Materials & Processes I (3 credits) Select an Elective/GEC Project Assessment
IBC 121 Graphical Communication I (3 credits) a) A Design Project shall be assessed through
PHY 122 Electricity, Magnetism & Elements of In addition, all students shall select at least one of the documentation (folio, report and diary) of the
Modern Physics (4 credits) following optional courses: Design Process and presentation. The ratio of marks
MAT 192 Design Mathematics II (3 credits) IBC 423 Microcomputers Control for Designers for documentation to presentation shall be 2:1.
ICT 122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II (2 credits) IBC 424 Advanced Computer Aided Design (3 credits, b) A Major Project shall be assessed through Product
COM 132 Academic and Professional Communication pre-requisite IBC 311) and its Evaluation and presentation. The ratio of
(3 credits) marks for documentation to presentation shall be
In addition, all students shall select at least one of the 2:1.
Semester 3 following optional courses: c) A Design and Make Project shall be evaluated as
IBC 210 Design Materials & Processes II (3 credits, IBI 422 Ceramic Design (3) specified in Regulations 23.33a and 23.33b.
pre-requisite IBC 120) IBC 425 System Design for Sustainability (3 23.34 The Level 500 Project Report must be submitted
IBC 211 Design for Sustainability (3) credits, pre-requisite IBC 413) to the Co-coordinator at least 1 week before the
IBC 212 Graphical Communication II (3 credits, pre- beginning of the end of semester examinations.
requisite IBC 121) Winter Semester
IBC 213 History of Art & Design (3) IBI400 Industrial Design Attachment (8 weeks), (4 Where a course includes a written final examination, a
IBC 214 Product Design Studio: Electronics (3) credits, pre-requisite IBI 300) course with a credit value of 3 or more shall be examined
by an end of semester examination of duration 2 hours,
Semester 4 Semester 9 and 1 hour for a course with less than 3 credits.
IBC220 Graphical Communication & Multimedia (3 IBC511 Major Design Project I: Research &
credits, pre-requisite IBC 212) Conceptualisation (6 credits, pre-requisite Courses having a practical component or drawing that
IBC 221 Product Styling (3 credits, pre-requisite IBC IBC 421) include a written examination shall be examined by an
212) IBI 511 Emerging Issues in Design (3) end of semester examination of duration 3 hours.
IBC 223 Physical Ergonomics (3 credits) Select an Elective/GEC
IBC 224 Design Studio: Structures & Mechanisms (3) Due Dates and Tests
MKT 100 Principles of Marketing (3 credits) In addition, all students shall select at least one of the a) Failure without good cause to submit an item of
following optional courses: continuous assessment within 24 hours of the due date
IBC 512 Interactive Design (3) shall carry a penalty of 5 percentage marks per day.
Winter Semester IBI 513 Advanced Ceramic Design (3) Failure to submit the assignment before the end of 1
IBC200 Industrial Design Attachment (8 weeks), (4) week from the due date shall incur a zero mark.
Semester 10
Semester 5 IBC521 Major Design Project II: Prototyping (6 b) A student who fails to sit a continuous assessment
IBI 310 Design Futures (3 credits, pre-requisite IBC credits, pre-requisite IBC 511) test without documented valid reason shall score a zero
211) mark for that test. A student absent from a test with
IBI 311 Intellectual Property Rights (3 credits) Select an Elective/GEC documented legitimate reason shall be entitled to a
IBC 311 Computer Aided Design Fundamentals (3 In addition, all students shall select at least two of the special test.
credits, pre-requisite IBC 220) following optional courses: Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of Design
IBC 312 Design Research (3 credits) MGT 303 Entrepreneurship & New Business Formation (Design and Technology Education) Programme
IBC 313 Product Design & Analysis (3 credits) (3 credits) Subject to the provisions of the General Regulations 000
IBC 314 Occupational Health & Safety in Design (3 IBI 521 Environmental Communication Design (3 ) and 200 and the Faculty Special Regulation 230, the
credits) IBI 522 Interior Product Design II (3) following Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of
Design (Design and Technology Education) programme
Semester 6 Students registered for a Bachelor of Design Degree shall apply:
IBC321 Computer-Aided Manufacture (3 credits, Programme shall undergo industrial training as specified
pre-requisite IBC 311) under Departmental Special Regulations. Entrance Requirements
IBC322 Design Control Technology (3 credits) At Levels 300, 400 and 500 each student shall register for 90.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Design (Design and
IBI321 Integrated Design Practice (3 credits) Electives and General Education Courses as prescribed by Technology Education) Degree shall be as stipulated in
IBC323 Design Studio: Cognitive Ergonomics (3 General Regulation 00.2124, Departmental prescribed Faculty Special Regulation 23.10, i.e., 23.11 to 23.17.
credits) number of core, optional and elective courses per
IBC324 Service Design for Sustainability (3 credits) semester, unless exempted. Programme Structure
The Programme shall consist of the Major Subject called
Winter Semester The availability of optional and elective courses offered ‘Design and Technology’ and the Minor Subject called
IBI 300 Industrial Design Attachment (8 weeks), (4 by a Department shall be at the discretion of the ‘Education’.
credits) Department.
The curriculum for Levels 100 to 500 is as follows:
Semester 7 A subject may include courses consisting entirely of
IBI 410 Design & Entrepreneurship (3 credits, pre- fieldwork, project work, practical work, and seminars. Level 100
requisite IBI 310 In addition to work during the semester, a subject may Design and Technology Education Programme
IBC 411 Design Studio: Textile Design (3 credits, pre- include prescribed fieldwork or assignments during the
requisite IBC 323) vacation periods. Semester 1
IBI 412 Interior Product Design I (3 credits) Core Courses
MGT 202 Small Business Management (3 credits) Assessment IBC 110 Design Fundamentals (3 credits)
Continuous assessment in Levels 100, 200, 300, 400 and IBC 111 Elements & Principles of Design (3)
In addition, all students shall select at least one of the 500 courses shall be based on tests and/or assignments, PHY112 Geometrical Optics & Mechanics, Vibrations
following optional courses: and where applicable laboratory reports/field reports, Waves (4 credits)
IBC 413 Design for Print (3 credits) models/prototypes and design projects. MAT 191 Design Mathematics I (3)
IBC 412 Design Control Technology II (3 credits) Except for a project and courses with 100 percent ICT 121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (2)
continuous assessment, the ratio of continuous COM 131 Introduction to Communication & Academic
Semester 8 assessment to end of semester examination shall be 2:3, Literacy Skills (3)
IBC 421 Design Studio: Design for All (3 credits, pre- unless otherwise, specified in the Departmental Special Semester 2
requisite IBC 411) Regulations. IBC 120 Design Materials & Processes I (3 credits)
IBC 422 Branding & Package Design (3 credits, pre- IBC 121 Graphical Communication I (3 credits)
requisite IBI 410) PHY 122 Electricity, Magnetism & Elements of
Modern Physics (4 credits)
95
MAT192 Design Mathematics II (3 credits) credits, pre-requisite IBC 311)

ICT 122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II (2 credits) During the periods of Industrial Training students shall
COM 132 Academic and Professional Communication In addition, all students shall select at least one of the be subjected to such codes, procedures, laws, rules, and
(3 credits) following optional courses: other regulations as applicable to the industry.
IBC 422 Branding & Package Design (3 credits, pre-
Semester 3 requisite IBC 413) Subject to Regulations Governing Admissions, Fees and
IBC 210 Design Materials & Processes II (3 credits, IBC 425 System Design for Sustainability (3 credits, Discipline Regulation 4.0, and regulation 35.13 above,
pre-requisite IBC 120) pre-requisite IBC 324) a student who receives a final warning for misconduct
IBC 211 Design for Sustainability (3) during the period of Industrial Training shall be subjected
IBC 212 Graphical Communication II (3 credits, pre- Winter Semester to Discipline Regulations.
requisite IBC 121) ETP 300 School Teaching Practice (7 weeks), (4
IBC 213 History of Art & Design (3) credits) Assessment
IBC 214 Product Design Studio: Electronics (3 credits) During the periods of Industrial Training, each student
EFP 101 Foundations of Development Psychology Semester 9 shall be visited a minimum of twice at the location of
IBC511 Major Design Project I: Research & placement to be assessed by Faculty of Engineering and
Semester 4 Conceptualisation (6 credits, pre-requisite Technology staff.
IBC 220 Graphical Communication & Multimedia (3 IBC 421)
credits, pre-requisite IBC 212) EDT 511 Research Essay in D&T (4 credits) A student’s performance will be assessed by means of:
IBC 221 Product Styling (3 credits, pre-requisite IBC Select an Elective/GEC
212) a) Continuous assessment by the industry based
IBC 223 Physical Ergonomics (3 credits) In addition, all students shall select at least one of the supervisor and an assessor from a relevant Department
IBC 224 Design Studio: Structures & Mechanisms (3 following optional courses: of the Faculty of Engineering and Technology.
credits) IBC 512 Interactive Design (3 credits) b) Industrial Training Report and logbook submitted by
EFF 220 Historical, Philosophical & Sociological IBD 512 D&T Curriculum Innovations (3 credits) the student at the end of the Industrial Training period.
Foundations of Education (3 credits) IBD 513 Motion Design c) Oral Presentation for IBI 400 only.
Winter Semester Semester 10 IBI 400 shall be assessed as based on regulations 35.22
IBC 200 Industrial Design Attachment (8 weeks), (4 IBC 521 Major Design Project II: Prototyping (6 (IBI 400 a and b). The ratio of marks for Continuous
credits) credits, pre-requisite IBC 511) Assessment to Industrial Training Report and Logbook
EFA 500 School Management (3 credits) shall be 2:1
Semester 5 Select an Elective/GEC
IBC 311 Computer Aided Design Fundamentals (3 COURSE LISTING
credits, pre-requisite IBC 220) In addition, all stude s shall select at least one of the
IBC 312 Design Research (3 credits) following optional courses: FOR ALL OTHER COURSES NOT OFFERED BY THE
IBC 313 Product Design & Analysis (3) EFH 560 Guidance and Counselling (3 credits) DEPARTMENT PLEASE CONSULT THE RELAVENT
IBC 314 Occupational Health & Safety in Design (3) EFH 430 Philosophical Analysis of Education DEPARTMENT FOR THE SYNOPSIS
IBD 311 Teaching Design & Technology (3) Concepts and Policies (3 credits)
EFP 100 Introduction to Educational Psychology EFR 500 Measurement & Evaluation (3 credits) Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design) Course
Descriptions
Semester 6
IBC 321 Computer-Aided Manufacture (3 credits, Assessment
pre-requisite IBC 311) Assessment for courses offered by other faculties, IBC 110 Design Fundamentals (3 credits)
IBC 322 Design Control Technology (3 credits) e.g. Education, will be as stipulated in their Faculty/ The course introduce students to applied creativity as a
IBC 323 Design Studio: Cognitive Ergonomics (3) Departmental Regulations. discipline. This is a cognitive course that introduces and
IBC 324 Service Design for Sustainability (3 credits) equips students with design synthesis and sense-making
EFC 300 Curriculum Studies (3 credits) Service Courses skills, preparing them for other creative processes
GEC357 Advances in Technology (2): Examinable: later in the programme. It provides cross-disciplinary
Winter Semester CA: Exam Ratio as per FET Regulations knowledge and understanding of applied creativity and
ETP 200 School Teaching Practice (7 weeks), (3 credits) GEC 258 Art and Science of Design (2): Examinable: its applications in problem and opportunity framing and
CA: Exam Ratio as per FET Regulations problem solving (2-hrs lecture, 2-hrs practical per week).
Semester 7
IBC 411 Design Studio: Textile Design (3 credits, pre- Industrial Training Regulations for the Degree of IBC 111 Elements & Principles of Design (3 credits)
requisite IBC 323) Bachelor of Design Preamble The course is intended to equip students with foundation
EFR 300 Classroom Assessment (3 credits) skills, core building blocks and resources of design theory
EDT 411 Educational Technology Basics (3 credits) Subject to the provisions of General Regulations 000 and and practice ranging across all platforms of the discipline.
Select an Elective/GEC 200 the following Industrial Training Regulations shall It equips students with basic design principles, laws,
apply to students on the following Programmes: guidelines, human biases and the psychology of visual
In addition, all students shall select at least one of the perception. It provides cross-disciplinary knowledge and
following optional courses: a) Bachelor of Design (Design and Technology understanding of design theories and applications. (2-
IBC 412 Design Control Technology II (3 credits) Education) hrs lecture, 2-hrs practical per week)
IBC 413 Design for Print Media (3 credits) b) Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design) PHY 112 Geometrical Optics & Mechanics, Vibrations
Semester 8 Waves (4 credits)
IBC 421 Design Studio: Design for All (3 credits, pre- Structure This course is intended to introduce students to the
requisite IBC 411) BDes (Design and Technology Education) and BDes basic concepts of mechanics, energy, electricity and
EFR 200 Introduction to Educational Research (3 (Industrial Design) students shall undergo supervised magnetism as well as to the technical and technological
credits) Industrial Training for 8 weeks between Levels 200 and interactions between physical sciences and product
IBD 421 Contemporary Issues in Design & design. (2-hrs lecture, 2-hr practical and 1 hr tutorial per
Technology (3 credits) Industrial Training course codes shall be as follows: week)
IBC 200 - Industrial Training (BDes Design and
In addition, all students shall select at least one of the Technology Education and B Des. Industrial Design) MAT 191 Design Mathematics I (3 credits)
following optional courses: duration 8 weeks, 4 credits, core course. IBI 300 and 400 The aim of this course is to introduce students to
IBC 423 Microcomputers Control for Designers - Industrial Training for BDes. Industrial Design students foundation topics and techniques from Algebra,
IBC 424 Advanced Computer Aided Design (3 for 8 weeks respectively, 4 credits, core course. Trigonometry and Statistics, which will help the students
96
appreciate the role of Mathematics in Industrial Design credits) understanding of research methods, which are specific
Education (1-hr2 lecture, 2-hrs practical per week). The course introduces students to the basic principles to the field of design, particularly Industrial Design to
of Visual Communications such as colour theories and enable designers to enhance the practice of design. The
IBC 120 Design Materials & Processes I (3 credits) printing processes. The course also prepares students course seeks to develop skills associated with identifying
This course aims to enable students to employ different for advanced levels of professional employment a problem, collecting data, analysing and interpreting
workshop processes when using standard materials such as communication designers in the areas of brand the data and produce a design report.
as wood, plastics and metals. architecture, print communication, desktop publishing,
design planning and information design. IBC 313 Product Design & Analysis (3 credits)
IBC 121 Graphical Communication I (3 credits) Analysis of existing designs is a prerequisite to creating
This course aims to develop students’ ability to IBC 221 Product Styling 220 (3 credits) innovative designs. This course prepares the students
demonstrate their acquired knowledge and skills The course is aimed at creating a sense and feel to analyse existing products systematically. It dwells
(competence) of various ways of manual visual for aesthetics in designing. General principles and on form, function, performance, materials, innovations
communication approaches used by industrial designers. dimensions of aesthetics. Overall visual impact and and life-cycle factors for analysis. Apart from some
It focuses on design ideas presentation (using visual product appeal. Stylising a product for different images. new concepts like product architecture, golden ratio,
communication approaches), form and surface finish Overall visual appeal and product acceptance. Analysis functional analysis and life-cycle sustainability, it
presentation techniques. of existing products vis-à-vis aesthetics. Design of employs the principles already learnt in a previous
decorative objects. course.
PHY 122 Electricity, Magnetism & Elements of Modern
Physics Design Fundamentals (4 credits) IBC 223 Physical Ergonomics (3 credits) IBC 314 Occupational Health and Safety in Design (3
This first year course is intended to introduce students to This course aims to provide students with ergonomics/ credits)
the basic concepts of mechanics, energy, electricity and human factors knowledge and skills focussed on The course aims at providing specific and in-depth
magnetism as well as to the technical and technological industrial design with an emphasis on human-artefact knowledge of safety in the workplace and first aid, and
interactions between physical sciences and product interface and usability techniques. factors related to occupational and personal health.
design.
IBC 224 Design Studio: Structures & Mechanisms IBC 321 Computer Aided Design and Manufacture (3
MAT 192 Design Mathematics II (3 credits) Design (3 credits) credits)
The aim of this course is to introduce students to The course aims at enabling students to design and This course aims to develop competency in Computer
some ideas and techniques from coordinate geometry, analyse simple structures and mechanisms and how they Aided Design and Manufacture and to apply it to design,
determinants, matrices and calculus, which will help the interact with products. simulate and produce a prototype. It also introduces
students appreciate the role of Mathematics in Industrial students to advanced methods of manufacturing.
Design Education. MKT 100 Principles of Marketing (3 credits)
The course covers: introduction to marketing, Marketing IBC 322 Design Control Technology I (3 credits)
IBC 210 Design Materials and Processes II (3 credits) management orientations, Marketing environment, This is an introductory course designed for students to
The course covers the following components: Materials Buyer behaviour, Organizational buyer behaviour and familiarise themselves with the fundamental principles
and Design: Atomic structure, arrangement and its influences, Marketing mix elements: Product, Pricing, that underpin the design of simple technological systems
imperfections. Mechanical and physical properties Promotion Mix and place/distribution, Marketing or devices. The course is intended to provide students
of materials, Principles of solidification and phase strategy development: Market segmentation and Market with some insights into the working principles of control
diagrams, Ferrous and non-ferrous alloys, Ceramic targeting, Market positioning, Marketing of services, systems such as mechanical, electronic, and pneumatic
materials, Polymers, Composite materials, Wood, Marketing information systems and Global market place. and how they may be integrated and incorporated into
environmental stability of materials, materials failure, different consumer products.
Design implications. IBC 200 Industrial Design Training (3 credits)
The course aims to enable students to employ the IBI 321 Integrated Design Practice (3 credits)
IBC 211 Design for Sustainability (3 credits) skills they learnt during their study and to acquire new This course aims to develop an understanding of
Sustainability is a powerful organising strategy and a skills in the area of design and technology. This course creative thinking techniques and tools within the
future state. This course aims to develop awareness in concentrates on industrial exposure for students to gain context of design processes. It also aims to enhance an
sustainability issues linked to product, service and systems practical experience, hence sharing their knowledge understanding of the fundamentals and methods of
design. It provides a panoramic view of sustainability and with industry. In doing so, they should enhance their the design process with emphasis on creative thinking
design across all the three main areas of sustainability of knowledge and practical skills on the one hand and and problem solving techniques and the importance
people, environment and the economy. critique the processes and methods used in the industry of understanding the value of mapping, analysing and
on the other. developing strategies on how to collaborate with and
IBC 212 Graphical Communication II (3 credits) engage a wide range of stakeholders.
This course aims to develop students’ ability to IBI 310 Design Futures (3 credits)
demonstrate their acquired knowledge and skills The aim of the course is to develop an awareness of
(competence) of various ways of manual to digital visual the cultural, historical and critical contexts in which IBC 323 Design Studio: Cognitive Ergonomics (3 credits)
communication approaches used by industrial designers. designing takes place. It also seeks to provide an This course aims to provide students with ergonomics/
It focuses on design presentation (using digital visual understanding of the Art and Science of Design. This human factors knowledge and skills focussed on
communication approaches), form and surface finish course is a springboard from which students can develop industrial design with an emphasis on human-artefact
presentation techniques, heavily interfacing manual creative and innovative ideas. interface and usability techniques.
techniques learnt in IBC 111.
IBI 311 Intellectual Property Rights (3 credits) IBC 324 Service Design for Sustainability (3 credits)
IBC 213 History of Art and Design (3 credits) The aim of the course is to develop an in-depth Service design presents a possibility to address
The course aims to equip students with basic knowledge understanding of intellectual property rights, thus unsustainability in industrial design practice by shifting
of the development of art and design through time and appreciating open source development and the ideas the focus from design of disintegrated products and
space. deriving from the creative commons. interactions to an integrated approach within complex
systems. This course aims to develop knowledge of
IBC 214 Design Studio: Electronics (3 credits) IBC 311 Computer-Aided Design Fundamentals (3 credits) service design theory and awareness of service design
Students will appreciate the importance of form, This course aims to introduce the students to the practices across different contexts of service designing.
function and user interface in the design of consumer application of information and communication
products as well as correctly house electronic circuits, technology in the field of design. The course will equip IBI 300 Industrial Design Training (3 credits)
i.e. shaping PCBs to fit in ergonomic cases; use of PCB the students with the skill of applying computer 3D The aim of this second block of Industrial Design
mounting posts, ventilation holes to allow air circulation; software in producing and presenting design concepts. Training is to enable students to build further skills they
provision for maintain and repair products etc. learnt during the study in their programme to acquire
IBC 220 Graphical Communication & Multimedia (3 IBC 312 Design Research (3 credits) further skills in the area of design and technology. It
The aim of this course is to develop an in-depth concentrates on industrial exposure for students to gain
97
practical experience, hence acquiring knowledge from debates in Industrial Design practice and education. The
industry. IBC 422 Branding & Packaging Design (3 credits) course seeks to develop lifelong learning skills.
The aim of this course is to create a holistic
IBI 410 Design and Entrepreneurship (3 credits) understanding of packaging of products with regard to IBC 512 Interactive Design (3 credits)
The course focuses on providing a basic understanding their design, manufacture, legislation and environmental To equip students with a professional level of
of design entrepreneurship and intrapreneurship as well issues. The course seeks to develop skills associated with competence in information architecture and design,
as the principles of finding one’s place in various existing entrepreneurship and teamwork. content management, user–experience and user-
value chains. interface design. This course equips students with
IBC 423 Microcomputer Control for Designers (3 credits) the skills to plan, design, build and promote effective
IBC 411 Design Studio: Textile Design (3 credits) This studio-based course is designed to extend experiences and user interfaces. The aim is to provide a
The aim of the course is to enable students to employ students’ knowledge and understanding in the use balanced skill acquisition in the three main aspects of
different textile manufacturing processes on apparel of microprocessor based computer systems including interaction design and content management: technical,
materials and specify and select textile for different microcontrollers and to learn how to utilize their power functional and aesthetic. Students’ competence will be
purposes in relation to their properties. Students will by programming and interfacing them with basic input demonstrated by delivery of fully functioning products.
also acquire knowledge and experience of using textile and output peripherals to provide automated control.
materials and techniques to enhance existing products Students will produce working prototypes of computer IBI 513 Advanced Ceramic Design (3 credits)
and or create innovative ones. controlled systems or devices to meet a range of problem- The course introduces students to designing and
solving contexts identified within their setting. producing highly refined products that take into
IBI 412 Interior Product Design I (3 credits) consideration the social, cultural and users’ lifestyles,
The course aims to introduce the role of interior IBC 424 Computer Aided Design II (3 credits) market forces and manufacturing opportunities. It
design in everyday life of the people, and its role in the This course aims to developed students who have equips students with the necessary techniques and
professional practice of the designers. It has to enhance mastered the basics of parametric solid model design but information to start their own business.
students’ capability in providing better quality of human need to continue building skills for working with imported
life through the design and production of interior models, surface modelling, FEA, model analysis, design IBC 521 Major Design Project II: Prototying (3 credits)
design and its elements. The course aims at the design presentation and publishing and creating e-Drawings. The aim of the course is to develop students’ capability
and manufacturing of furniture in synergy with other This course aims to develop further Computer Aided to realise their designs done is semester one by using
interior design elements. Design competency to an advanced level and to apply it appropriate manufacturing and finishing processes
in the operation and management of integrated design whilst observing good working practices in the workshop.
MGT 202 Small Business Management (3 credits) and manufacturing systems. The course also seeks to develop students’ practical and
This course aims at introducing students to fundamentals manipulative skills as well as the capability to work
of small business management and operations. This will IBI 421 Ceramic Design (3 credits) independently.
take students through the formation of businesses and This practical studio based course is designed to
business forms. It seeks to expose them, through case introduce students to ceramics, general information MGT 303 Entrepreneurship & New Business Formation
studies to the realities of being in business and to help on clay properties to fired ceramic products. Emphasis (3 credits)
them merge theory with practice. It will also bring to is placed on hand building and slab processes and the This course aims to provide students with an
light the available funding models that small businesses use of simple techniques, with attention given to the understanding of the theories and principles of
can adopt. Financial planning and management eludes dynamics of ceramic forms. Students will be able to entrepreneurship. It also develops the necessary skills to
many small business owners, which make it an equally achieve proficiency in a range of inventive techniques start and manage projects of an entrepreneurial nature
important aspect which shall be covered during the and decorative processes. The general historical evolution as well as providing a set of critical skills for properly
course. Location and marketing issues shall be covered of ceramics and the business opportunities related to analyzing and assessing entrepreneurial opportunities
together with family business dynamics. ceramics production. and projects.
IBC 413 Editorial Design (3 credits) IBC 425 System Design for Sustainability (3 credits) IBI 521 Environmental Communication Design (3 credits)
The course aims to equip students with diverse skills in This course aims at advancing students’ knowledge and This course is tailored to promote fluency in
design for print media, both conceptual and technical. skills on issues related to system design for sustainability. Environmental, Exhibition & Signage Design. Students
It fosters to build a platform for conceptual problem The course builds on the foundation knowledge students will explore basic design and representational
solving and technical applications of visual messages, have learnt about the design of products, services and techniques and develop their own drawing skills as a
to design and communicate effective visual experiences systems by employing the right design approaches medium of creative exploration, for artistic, design and
and design systems. With an industry-oriented focus, advancing from the design of individual products to the communication objectives. Other issues such as space,
the course aims to equip students with strategic and design of systems. graphics, lighting, proportion, construction, context,
managerial skills over and beyond design applications visibility, materiality, approach and visibility will be
and learn the underlying skills in the psychology of IBC 400 Industrial Design Training (4 credits) discussed. Brand - Image - Experience will be introduced
design for print, visual perception, electronic pre-press The aim of this last block of Industrial Design Training and discussed in the studio. Introduction to numerous
and print production. is to enable students to master skills they learnt during aspects of illumination, lighting, colour & textures.
their study period and to acquire further skills in the Students will formulate a presentation of their project
IBC 412 Design Control Technology II (3 credits) area of design with applications in technology. It through analysis and evaluation of 3D presentation
This is an advanced course designed to extend students’ concentrates on industrial awareness for students to techniques.
knowledge and understanding of the design of gain practical experience, hence making contribution to
technological systems. The course is intended to provide the industry. In doing so, they should gain confidence IBI 522 Interior Design II (3 credits)
students with deeper insight into the working principles in their knowledge and practical skills and critique the The course aims to advance the role of interior design in
of control systems such as mechanical, electronic logistics, processes and methods used in the industry and everyday life of the people, and its role in the professional
and pneumatics, and their integration into consumer make positive contributions. practice of designers. It enhances students’ capability in
products through practical implementation. providing better quality of human life through the design
IBC 511 Major Design Project I: Research & and production of interior designs and their elements.
IBC 421 Design Studio: Design for All (3 credits) Conceptualisation (6 credits)
This course seeks to improve the usability of The aim of the course is to develop design capability Bachelor of Design (Design & Technology Education)
environments, products and systems for the widest through conceiving appropriate products, systems or Course Descriptions
range of people. It is grounded in the democratic values services. The course also develops and fosters creative
of non-discrimination, equal opportunity and personal and imaginative capabilities in designing. Most of the courses are common between the Bachelor
empowerment. The primary aim of Design for All is about of Design (Industrial Design), and Bachelor of Design
putting people first. It’s about designing for the needs IBI 511 Emerging Issues in Design (3 credits) (Design & Technology Education) programmes. For
of people with permanent, temporary, situational, or The aim of this course is to develop an in-depth common courses (IBC), refer to the Bachelor of Design
changing disabilities – thus all of us. understanding and analytical skills on the current (Industrial Design) programme. The education courses
98
will be listed under the Faculty of Education. neering will be a Single Major that will extend over 10 Semester 10
semesters of full-time study. It shall contain one subject Core Courses
IBD 311 Teaching Design and Technology (3 credits) called Mechanical Engineering consisting of courses MMB541 Mechanical Engineering Project II (6, pre-
This course is a professional studies component of shown below. The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 req. MMB531)
design and technology, which provides and develops shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special Regulation MMB542 Maintenance Engineering (3)
in students’ sound pedagogical knowledge and skills of 21.30. IMB523 Professional Ethics & Practice (3)
handling design and technology learning and teaching
environments in schools. The course seeks to provide Level 300 In addition, all students shall select two of the following
and develop an appreciation of the teacher’s role as a Mechanical Engineering optional courses:
manager of the learning situation. To this end it aims Semester 5 MMB543 Pneumatics and Hydraulics Systems (3,
to promote student-awareness of the interaction aspects Core Courses Option)
of the teaching processes and the complementary MAT391 Mathematics III (3, pre-requisite MAT291) MMB544 Advanced Manufacturing Processes (3, pre-
mechanisms of communication and control, which MMB331 Mechanics of Solids I (2, pre-req. CCB241) req. IMB325, Option)
underpin effective and equable learning opportunities in MMB332 Materials in Engineering (3, pre-req. MMB545 Industrial Tribology (3, Option)
the design and technology classrooms and workshops. CCB231) MMB546 Building Services Engineering (3, Option)
MMB333 Dynamics of Rigid Bodies (2, pre-req. MMB547 Mechatronics Engineering, (3, pre-req.
IBD 422 Contemporary issues in teaching Design and MMB241) MMB413, Option)
Technology (3 credits) MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation (2) MMB514 Systems and Control Engineering II (3, pre-
The course aims at providing awareness, specific and in- EEB342 Computer Programming (3) req. MMB413, Option)
depth knowledge about contemporary issues in teaching
and learning of design and technology in Schools as Semester 6 Assessment
part of the National Curriculum. The course is directed Core Courses Except for MMB231 (Engineering and Computer Aided
towards enabling students to acquire knowledge and MMB341 Mechanics of Solids II (2, pre-req. MMB331) Drafting), MMB431 (Machine Design II), MMB531
skills in the delivery of the Design and Technology in the MMB323 Thermodynamics I (3) (Project I), and MMB541 (Project II), all courses shall be
National Curriculum in order to teach it effectively. MMB334 Fluid Mechanics I (3) assessed as stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations
MMB342 Theory of Machines (3, pre-req. MMB333) 21.40. For MMB431 the ratio of marks for continuous
IBD 512 D&T Curriculum Innovations (3 credits) EEB344 Electrical Machines (3) assessment to examination shall be 1:1. For MMB231,
The aim of this course is to provide students with ITB340 Industrial Training I (4, 8 weeks, winter MMB531, and MMB541 the assessment mode shall be
grounding in the theory of curriculum design and session) by continuous assessment only.
evaluation and its application in Design and Technology.
This should enable them to continuously revise and Level 400 Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of
update the Design and Technology curriculum in schools. Mechanical Engineering Engineering (General) Degree
Semester 7 Subject to the General Regulations 000 and 200 and
IBD 513 Motion Design (3 credits) Core Courses the Faculty Special Regulations 210, the following
This course builds a foundation of the dynamic language MMB431 Machine Design I (4, pre-req. MMB341 and Departmental Regulations for the BEng. Degree (Major
of motion graphic design in film, television and MMB 342) in Mechanical Engineering) shall apply:
interactive media. The course will build an understanding LAW253 Foundation of Engineering Law (3)
of motion literacy, kinetic imagery and dynamic MMB432 Fluid Mechanics II (3, pre-req. MMB334) Entrance Requirements
typography alongside sequential aspects of composition MMB433 Advanced Thermodynamics (3, pre-req. Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering Degree (Major
and choreography. This studio class will be process- MMB323) in Mechanical Engineering) shall be as stipulated in
driven, and it will expose students to different animation MMB434 Heat Transfer Processes (3, co-req. MMB433) Faculty Special Regulations 21.20.
processes and computer graphics.
Semester 8 Programme Structure
MMB441 Machine Design II (4, pre-req. MMB431) The combined programme shall extend over 10 se-
IMB325 Manufacturing Processes (3, pre-req. mesters of full time study. It shall consist of one major
DEPARTMENT OF MMB332) subject (Mechanical Engineering) and one minor subject
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING MMB413 Systems and Control Engineering I (3, pre-
req. MMB391)
selected outside the major subject. The curriculum for
Level 100 and 200 shall be stipulated in the Faculty
MMB444 Engineering Economics (3) Special Regulations 21.30. At Levels 300, 400 and 500
Introduction
ITB440 Industrial Attachment (4, 8 weeks, winter students shall be required to follow a selected minor
The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers the
session) subject outside the major subject. The courses from the
following programmes:
minor subject shall have a minimum credit value of 23.
In addition, all students shall at least select One of the Subject to regulation 31.22, students must achieve a
• Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical)
following optional courses: minimum of 53 credits from the major subject courses
• Combined Degree (Major in Mechanical
SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Concepts and listed in 31.27, 31.28 and 31.29. In cases where a similar
Engineering)
Principles (3, Elective ) course appears in both the minor and the major subject,
• Combined Degree (Minor in Mechanical
PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration (3, there shall be no double crediting of the course. Stu-
Engineering)
Elective) dents shall be required to undertake industrial training
• Bachelor of Industrial Engineering
SOC334 Sociology of Development (3, Elective) as per Faculty of Engineering and Technology Special
• MSc in Mechanical Engineering
POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3, Elective) regulations 21.33.
Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of Engineer-
ing (Mechanical) Degree Subject to General Regulations
Level 500 Level 300
000 and 200 and the Faculty Special Regulations
Mechanical Engineering Major in Mechanical Engineering
210, the following Departmental Regulations for the
Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical) Degree (BEng)
Core Courses Core Course
shall apply:
MMB531 Mechanical Engineering Project I (6, pre-req. MAT391 Mathematics III (3, pre-req. MAT291)
MMB413, MMB431, MMB432, MMB434)
MMB532 Thermal & Fluid Systems Design (3, pre-req. Students to select and follow at least three of the
Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical
MMB434) following courses:
Engineering) Degree Programme shall be as stipulated
MMB533 Engineering and Project Management (3, MMB331 Mechanics of Solids I (2, pre-req. CCB241)
in Faculty Special Regulations 21.10.
pre-req. MMB444) MMB332 Materials in Engineering (3, pre-req.
CCB535 Environmental Management (3) CCB231)
Programme Structure
MMB333 Dynamics of Rigid Bodies (2, pre-req.
The Programme for the Degree in Mechanical Engi-
99
MMB241) MMB546 Building Services (3) EEB344 Electrical Machines I (3)

MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation (2) MMB547 Mechatronics Engineering (3, pre-req.
EEB342 Computer Programming (3) MMB441) Level 400
Minor in Mechanical Engineering
Semester 6 Assessment Semester 7
Students to select and follow at least three of the Except for MMB231 (Engineering and Computer Aided
following courses: Drafting), MMB431 (Machine Design II), MMB531 Students shall attain a minimum of six credits from any
MMB341 Mechanics of Solids II, (2, pre-req. MMB331) (Project I), and MMB541 (Project II), all courses shall be of the following optional courses:
MMB323 Thermodynamics I (3) assessed as stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations MMB431 Machine Design I (4, pre-req. MMB 341 and
MMB334 Fluid Mechanics I (3) 21.40. For MMB431 the ratio of marks for continuous MMB342)
MMB342 Theory of Machines (3, pre-req. MMB333) assessment to examination shall be 1:1. For MMB231, LAW253 Foundation of Engineering Law (3)
EEB344 Electrical Machines I (3) MMB531, and MMB541 the assessment mode shall be MMB432 Fluid Mechanics II (3, pre-req. MMB334)
by continuous assessment only. MMB433 Advanced Thermodynamics (3, pre-req.
Level 400 MMB323)
Major in Mechanical Engineering Departmental Regulations for the Combined Degree MMB434 Heat Transfer Processes (3, co-req. MMB433)
Semester 7 Programme
Semester 8
Students to select and follow at least three of the Subject to the General Regulations 000 and 200 and Students shall attain a minimum of six credits from any
following courses: the Faculty Special Regulations 210, the following of the following optional courses:
MMB431 Machine Design I (4, pre-req. MMB333) Departmental Regulations for the Minor in Mechanical MMB441 Machine Design II (4, pre-req. MMB431)
LAW253 Foundation of Engineering Law (3) Engineering shall apply: IMB325 Manufacturing Processes (3, pre-req.
MMB432 Fluid Mechanics II (3, pre-req. MMB334) MMB332)
MMB433 Advanced Thermodynamics, (3, pre-req. Entrance Requirements MMB413 Systems and Control Engineering I (3)
MMB323) Successful registration into a combined major degree MMB444 Engineering Economics (3)
MMB434 Heat Transfer Processes (3, co-req. MMB433) programme in Science, Engineering or Technology.
Courses in Mathematics must be covered in the major Assessment
Semester 8 subject with at least 2 such courses in Level 200. Except for MMB231 Engineering and Computer Aided
Students to select and follow at least three of the Drafting), MMB431 Machine Design II), all courses
following courses: Programme Structure shall be assessed as stipulated in the Faculty Special
MMB441 Machine Design II (4, pre-req. MMB431) The minor programme shall extend over 8 semester full Regulations 21.40. For MMB431 the ratio of marks for
IMB325 Manufacturing Processes (3, pre-req. time study and shall be part of a combined major in continuous assessment to examination shall be 1:1. For
MMB332) another subject. It shall consist of one subject Mechan- MMB231 the assessment mode shall be by continuous
MMB413 Systems and Control Engineering I (3) ical Engineering with courses listed in 33.25, 33.26 and assessment only.
MMB444 Engineering Economics (3) 33.27. The curriculum for level 100 shall be stipulated
in Faculty Special Regulation 21.30. In cases where a Level 300
In addition, all students shall select at least one of the similar course appears in both the minor and the major Minor in Mechanical Engineering
following optional courses: subject, there shall be no double crediting of the course. Semester 5
POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3, Elective) Students should achieve a minimum of 23 credits in the
PAD202 Public Administration in Botswana (3, minor subject of Mechanical Engineering. Students shall attain a minimum of four credits from any
Elective) of the following core courses:
SOC334 Sociology of Development (3, Elective Level 200 MMB311 Solid Mechanics (3, pre-req.CCB221)
POL306 International Political Economy (3, Elective Minor in Mechanical Engineering MMB312 Materials (2, pre-req. CCB211)
IMB523 Technological Entrepreneurship (3, Elective) Semester 3 MMB313 Mechanics of Machines (3,pre-req.
Core Course MMB222)
Level 500 CCB232 Engineering Mechanics: Statics (3) MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation (2)
Major in Mechanical Engineering MMB231 Engineering and Computer Aided Drafting
Semester 9 (3) Semester 6
Core Course Students shall attain a minimum of four credits from any
MMB531 Mechanical Engineering Project I (6 Pre-req. Semester 4 of the following optional courses:
MMB434, MMB431, MMB442, MMB413) Core Course
CCB231 Material Science for Engineers (3) MMB322 Machine Component Design (2, pre-req.
In addition, all students shall select at least two of the MMB241 Dynamics of Particles (3, pre-req. MAT291) MMB311, MMB313)
following options: MMB323 Thermodynamics I (3)
MMB532 Thermal & Fluid Systems Design (3, pre-req. Level 300 MMB324 Fluid Mechanics (3)
MMB442) Minor in Mechanical Engineering MMB325 Manufacturing (2, pre-req. MMB312)
MMB533 Engineering and Project Management (3, Semester 5
pre-req. MMB444) Students shall attain a minimum of four credits from any Level 400
CCB535 Environmental Management (3) of the following courses: Minor in Mechanical Engineering Semester 7
MMB331 Mechanics of Solids I (2, pre-req. CCB241)
Semester 10 MMB332 Materials in Engineering (3, pre-req. Students shall attain a minimum of six credits from any
Core Course CCB231) of the following optional courses:
MMB541 Mechanical Engineering Project II (6, pre- MMB333 Dynamics of Rigid Bodies (2, pre-req. MMB MMB411 Machine and Industrial Design (2, pre-req.
req. MMB531) 241) MMB322)
MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation (2) MMB421 Heat Transfer (2, pre-req. MMB323,
In addition, students shall select at least one of the EEB342 Computer Programming (3) MMB324)
following courses: MMB413 Systems and Control Engineering I (3)
MMB514 Systems and Control Engineering II (3, pre- Semester 6 MMB414 Engineering Management (3) MMB416
req. MMB413) Students shall attain a minimum of four credits from any Mechatronics (2, pre-req. MMB314,
IMB523 Professional Ethics & Practice (3) of the following courses: co-req. MMB413)
MMB543 Pneumatics and Hydraulics Systems (3) MMB341 Mechanics of Solids II (2, pre-req. MMB331)
MMB544 Advanced Manufacturing Processes (3, pre- MMB323 Thermodynamics I (3) MMB417 Thermodynamics II (2, pre-req. MMB323)
req. IMB325) MMB334 Fluid Mechanics I (3)
MMB545 Industrial Tribology (3) MMB342 Theory of Machines (3, pre-req. MMB333) MMB418 Pneumatics and Hydraulics (2)
100
Level 300 IMB522 Computer Aided Manufacturing
MMB410 Advanced Manufacturing (2) Semester 5 (3, pre-req. MMB513)
Core Courses IMB526 Production Planning and Control
Assessment MAT271 Introduction to mathematical Statistics (3) (3, pre-req. IMB425)
Except for MMB211 (Engineering Drawing) and MMB411 LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) ACC308 Cost and Management Accounting
(Machine and Industrial Design) all courses shall be MMB312 Materials (3, pre-req. CCB211) (3, pre-req. ACC201)
assessed as stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations ECO313 Engineering Economics (3)
21.30. For MMB411 the ratio of marks for continuous MGT100 Principles of Management (3) Assessment
assessment to examination shall be 1:1. For MMB211 All courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the Faculty
the assessment mode shall be by continuous assessment Level 300 Semester 6 Special Regulation 21.30.
only. Core Courses Progression from Semester to Semester
IMB321 Information System Design (3)
Departmental Special Regulations for the Bachelor of IMB325 Manufacturing Processes (3, pre-req. Progression from one semester to the next shall be as
Engineering (Industrial Engineering) MMB312) per General Regulations 00.9.
IMB411 Industrial Logistics (3) Award of the Degree
General provisions IMB425 Operations Research I(3)
Subject to the provisions of the General Regulations MKT100 Principle of Marketing (3) The Degree shall be awarded in accordance with the
000, and 200, the following Departmental Special provisions of General Regulation 00.85.
Regulations shall apply: Level 400
Semester 7 Classification of the degree shall be in accordance with
Entrance Requirements Core Courses the provisions of General Regulation 20.4
Admission into Level 100 of the Programme shall be IMB413 Simulation Modelling (3)
governed by General Regulation 20.2. IMB515 Operations Research II (3, pre-req.
IMB425) COURSE LISTING
Admission into Level 200 of the Degree programme MMB513 Manufacturing Systems (3,pre-req.
shall be satisfactorily completion of Level 100 of Bache- IMB325) FOR ALL OTHER COURSES NOT OFFERED BY THE
lor of Science with at least the equivalent of C grades in ACC201 Introduction to cost accounting(3, pre- req. DEPARTMENT PLEASE CONSULT THE RELAVENT
Mathematics, Chemistry, and Physics. OR ACC100) DEPARTMENT FOR THE SYNOPSIS
EEB315 Computer Programming (3)
Applicants in possession of an appropriate A-Level MMB231 Engineering and Computer Aided Drawing
qualification with at least C grades in Mathematics Level 400 (3)
and any one of Physics or Chemistry may be admitted Semester 8 The course provides a basic introduction to manual and
directly into Level 200 of the Degree Programme. OR Core Courses computer aided (AutoCAD software) drafting with a fo-
Applicants in possession of an appropriate Diploma in IMB322 Technological Entrepreneurship (3) cus on basic geometric construction, principles of tan-
Mechanical Engineering may be admitted directly into IMB324 Productivity and Technology gency, orthographic and isometric projections, sectional
Level 200 of the Degree Programme. Management(3) views, dimensioning, introduction to AutoCAD software,
IMB423 Process Planning and cost Estimation methods of choosing commands and settings drawing
OR (3, pre-req. ECO313) limits, basic Draw and Modify commands, dimensioning
IMB424 Industrial Quality Control commands and styles, Layers and Properties manager,
Applicants in possession of an appropriate Higher (3,pre-req. MAT271) CAD design Centre, plotting AutoCAD drawings and
Diploma in Mechanical Engineering may be admitted IMB414 Organisational Ergonomics (3) solid modelling basics.
directly into Level 300 of the Degree Programme. Winter Session
ITB400 Industrial Training II (4) MMB241 Dynamics of Particles (3)
Bachelor of Industrial Engineering Basic course for students of all engineering disciplines
Degree Structure Level 500 to develop an understanding of the relationship be-
Semester 9 tween forces and motion for particles and rigid bodies.
The Programme shall consist of a single major subject Core Courses Basic principles of mechanics are used to formulate the
called Industrial Engineering. IMB511 Project I (6, pre-req. IMB413, IMB515, equations of motion. Geometry, trigonometry, scalar
MMB513, IMB423, IMB424, IMB324) and vector algebra and calculus are used in solving the
Level 100 courses shall be as specified in the: Faculty of IMB415 Facilities planning and Value Engineering equations.
Science Special Regulations for the Bachelor of Science (3, pre-req. MMB513)
Degree. MMB331 Solid Mechanics I (3)
In addition, all students shall select at least two of the This course provides an introduction to the engineering
Level 200 Semester 3 courses shall be as specified in following optional courses: applications of basic solid mechanics principles in ma-
the Faculty Special Regulations for the Bachelor of Optional Courses: chine components and structures. The course gives the
Engineering Degree. IMB512 Project Management (3, pre-req. basis for application of mechanics theory in engineering
IBM321) practice; it forms the foundation for the design of
Level 200 IMB513 Industrial Relations (3) engineering components and structures
Semester 4 IMB516 Industrial Analysis (3, pre-req. IMB321)
Core Courses CCB315 Environmental Engineering (3) MMB332 Materials in Engineering (3)
DTB221 Workshop technology II It involves an understanding of the basic properties of
CCB221 Strength of Materials (2 credits, core, pre- Level 500 materials; how these are controlled by processing; and
CCB212) Semester 10 the chain reasoning that leads to a successful choice.
MMB221 Manual and Computer Aided Drafting (2, Core Courses The course aims to provide the basic understanding of
pre-req. MMB211) IMB521 Project II (6 pre-req. IMB511) materials selection for engineering applications.
MMB222 Dynamics (2) IMB523 Professional Ethics (3)
EEB221 A.C. Circuits Principles (2) IMB525 Production and Operations Management (3, MMB333 Dynamics of Rigid Bodies (2)
ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (2) pre-req. IMB425) Mechanics of Machines is a fundamental course for
MAT292 Engineering Mathematics (3, pre-req. 291) mechanical engineering students. Emphasis will be
In addition, all students shall select at least one (1) of focused on the study of motion (kinematics) and the
Winter Session (8 weeks) the following optional courses: devices (mechanisms) designed and utilized to transfer
ITB200 Industrial Training I (4) that motion and obtain a specific output.
Optional Courses:
101
MMB433: Advanced Thermodynamics (3) engineering plants/equipment’s.

MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation (2) Analysis of vapour power cycles: Rankine, Reheat and
The course provides students with a thorough under- regenerative cycles; Gas power cycles: Brayton, Otto, MMB543 Pneumatics & Hydraulics (3)
standing of the fundamental measurement & instru- Diesel, Dual cycles; combined gas-vapour cycles; IC Pneumatics and hydraulics (Fluid power) is the practice
mentation topics. These include standards definition engines, Mixtures of ideal gases; Psychometrics; Funda- of using fluid power to transfer energy. Various com-
and application, identification of good practice and mentals of chemical thermodynamics. Air Compressors. ponents are used during the transfer of energy in order
common errors, physical principles of typical transduc- Refrigeration and Heat Pump cycles. to control the process, protect the system and measure
ers and technology used in process instrumentation and various flow quantities.
other common engineering measurements. MMB 434: Heat Transfer Processes (3)
The course provides students with a thorough under- MMB 544 Advanced Manufacturing Processes(3)
MMB 341 Solid Mechanics II (2) standing of the fundamental Heat Transfer topics: also The course provides an introduction to advanced
The aim of the course is to extend knowledge of to apply the laws of heat transfer together with the manufacturing with a focus on principles of computer
students in Solid Mechanics; especially in the plastic correct procedure to design and analyse engineering aided manufacturing concepts related to automated
deformation. It also includes familiarizing them with problems concerned with heat transfer. manufacturing and robotics.
the fundamentals, intricacies and application of the
theory of finite element analysis and application of MMB441Machine Design II (4) MMB545 Industrial Tribology (3)
MatLab in Finite element analysis. The course focuses on the selection of Rolling Contact This is a comprehensive introduction to Tribology—sci-
bearings and Journal bearing design analysis as well as ence of lubrication, friction and wear, with
MMB323 Thermodynamics I (3) Power transmitting elements such as Spur, Helical, Bevel an emphasis on the design and performance of liq-
The course provides an introduction to heat energy. The and Worm &Worm gears, as well as Friction Brakes & uid-lubricated machine elements.
course provides an understanding of the interrelations Clutches.
between different forms of energy. The course provides MMB546 Building Services Engineering (3)
the concepts of first and second law of thermody- MMB413 Systems and Control Engineering (3) The course provides an in-depth knowledge of designs
namics, thermodynamic properties, ideal gas, control The course provides students with a thorough under- of different building services systems as would a me-
volume energy analysis, Carnot cycle, entropy, idealized standing of the fundamental control systems topics: chanical consultant do. With bias to design of heating
processes, equations of state, mixtures and exergy and also to design and analysis of simple, single axis control ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC), the course
exergetic analysis. systems to stabilise electromechanical systems together will cover other systems as energy management, fire
with the correct procedure involved in solving problems detection and protection systems.
MMB324 Fluid Mechanics I (3) concerned with systems and control engineering.
Fluid mechanics is a science that describes the me- MMB 547 Mechatronics Engineering (3)
chanics and dynamics of fluids (liquids and gases) and MMB444 Engineering Economics (3) An introduction to mechatronic systems, including uses
is based on the conservation laws of mass, momentum The course provides an introduction to engineering eco- and simple design. Simple microprocessor programming
and energy. These three laws are continuously cast in nomics concepts to engineering students with a focus Mechanical aspects of mechatronic systems.
the most applicable and simplest form to describe the on teaching engineering students how to make smart
problem at hand. The emphasis is on the physical basis financial decisions in an effort to create economical MMB514 Systems and Control Engineering II (3)
of the phenomena rather than on details of engineer- products The course provides students with a thorough under-
ing practice; specialized mathematical techniques standing of the fundamental control systems topics:
are avoided and algebraic manipulation is kept to a MMB531 Mechanical Engineering Project I (6) also to design and analysis of simple, single axis control
minimum. The aim of this course is to provide students with systems to stabilise electromechanical systems together
practical experience in some aspects of mechanical with the correct procedure involved in solving problems
MMB342 Theory of Mechanics (3) engineering e.g. design activities, project management, concerned with systems and control engineering.
Mechanics of Machines is a fundamental course for cost, etc. Students, working in groups, write a literature
mechanical engineering students. Emphasis will be survey of an assigned project, critically analyse its Bachelor of Industrial Engineering
focused on the study of motion and the devices utilized components, and develop a bill of materials necessary IMB 321Information System Design (3)
to transfer that motion and on theoretical background for the supply and completion of the project. The course System requirement analysis, data flow
in vibration and basic information on noise. allows students to integrate acquired knowledge to charts, database design and normalization,
develop a product being assigned, conduct researched, software design.
MMB431 Machine Design I (4) collect data etc.
Engineering Design is a fundamental course for me- IMB 322 Technological Entrepreneurship (3)
chanical engineering students. In this course emphasis MMB532 Thermal and Fluid System Design (3) Basic concepts of Entrepreneurship, Organizations,
will be focused on the study of static and variable Introduction to Design Process, Thermal and Fluid Funding, and Legal aspects in Entrepreneurship.
stresses in machine components as well as designing Components, Thermal and Fluid Aspects of design,
for static and fatigue strength and for impact loads. Thermal (Exergetic) Analysis of System and Components, IMB 324 Productivity and Technology Management (3)
Students will also learn the design procedures of flexible heat Transfer equipment, Piping and pumps, Costing Productivity engineering, Measurement of productivity,
mechanical elements, permanent and non-permanent and Economic Analysis, Thermo economic evaluation, productivity evaluation, technology management and
joints, shaft and associated parts and helical springs. optimization, Discussions and Presentation of projects technology transfer.
Throughout the course the Factor of Safety approach Industrial: Visits
will be incorporated as an important means in designing IMB 411 Industrial Logistics (3)
machine components. MMB533 Engineering and Project Management (3) Importance of Logistics management, customer service,
The course provides an introduction to Engineering Forecasting logistics information systems, inventory
MMB432 Fluid Mechanics II (3) and Project Management with a focus on principles management, strategic purchasing, packaging, trans-
Knowledge of fluid flow & related machinery is essential of engineering management, engineering economic portation, warehousing, Supply chain management
in all fields of engineering. Hydraulic machines have concepts related to management and types of project
important role in power generation, water supply and management techniques. Ethics in project management IMB 411 Industrial Logistics (3)
irrigation and also in most of engineering segments. and case studies. Importance of Logistics management, customer ser-
These machines are also important components of a vice,Forecasting logistics information systems, inventory
large number of products used in daily life (pumps in MMB541 Mechanical Engineering Project II (6) management, strategic purchasing, packaging, trans-
refrigerators, fans in computers/-cars, transportation This is the continuation of the course MMB531 portation, warehousing, Supply chain management.
of fluids like water, oil, etc.). Fluid machines also are to
a very large extent used in the propulsion of transport MMB542 Maintenance Engineering (3) IMB413 Simulation Modelling (3)
vehicles (jet engines and propellers for airplanes, turbo- The course provides an understanding of current prac- Introduction to simulation technique, methodology,
chargers for cars, gas turbines for fast ferries). tice relating to the design, layout, operation, control, problem formulation, discrete simulation models,
installation and maintenance strategies applied to simulation software.
102
IMB 414 Organizational Ergonomics (3)
Productivity engineering, human factors in work-study,
method study, work measurements, Incentive system,
and Ergonomics.
IMB 415 Facilities Planning and Value Engineering (3)

Facilities planning, plant layout, computerized layout,
material handling, value engineering, value analysis, and
reporting.
IMB 423 Process Planning and Cost Estimation (3)

Process planning, estimation and costing, product cost
estimation, Element of cost, estimation of machining
time, Welding cost estimation, forging cost estimation,
Foundry cost estimation.
IMB 424 Industrial Quality Control (3)

Process control, control charts for variables and
attributes, product inspection, OC curve, and sampling
methods
IMB 425 Operations Research – I (3)

Operations Research, Linear Optimization Models, The
transportation model, and Assignment problem
IMB 512: Project Management (3)

Introduction, project planning, project scheduling, time
and cost considerations, controlling projects and limited
resource scheduling.
IMB 513: Industrial Relations (3)

Productivity; Methods Engineering; SHERQ; Linear
optimisation procedures.
IMB 515 Operations Research – II (3)

Dynamic programming, waiting line models, simulation,
and Computer aided simulation models.
IMB 516 Industrial analysis (3)

Data analysis, Monte Carlo simulation, decision analysis,
reliability engineering
IMB522 Computer aided Manufacturing (3)

CAD/CAM interface, group technology, process planning
techniques, constructional features, CNC programming,
product modeling
IMB523 Professional Ethics (3)

Engineering ethics, Engineering as social experimenta-
tion, Engineer’s responsibility for safety, Responsibilities
and rights
IMB525 Production and Operations Management (3)

Forecasting, production planning, material manage-
ment, plant location, plant layout, maintenance,
personal administration, and work-study.
IMB526 Production Planning and Control (3)

Production planning systems, forecasting, sales and
Operations planning, master production scheduling,
aggregate planning, material requirements planning,
capacity and inventory planning and production activity
control, Just-in-time, optimized production
103
FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES
School of Allied Health Professions School of Nursing
School of Public Health School of Pharmacy
DEAN
Prof. I. Kasvosve
Bsc, Msc (Zimbabwe) Phd (University of Ghent)
DEPUTY DEAN
Dr. M. Magowe
PhD Nursing, MSc Midwifery, BEd (Nursing) RN, RM.
FACULTY ADMINISTRATOR (ACADEMIC)
H. Tlhabano
DARM (U.B), BA (UB), MPA (HRM) (UB)
MOL Monash University (Melbourne)
MANAGER, HUMAN RESOURCES
J. J. Tsimako
MlMEd (Austlalia), BA, PGDE (UB)
104
HEALTH SCIENCES as stipulated by the University with a the
specific requirement of a grade B or better in
Semester 5
MLS206 Medical Bacteriology I (3)
mathematics, chemistry, and biology or physics MLS207 Haematology I (3)
Academic Organisational Structure
and a grade C or better in English, or must have MLS208 Immunohematology and Blood Transfusion
Organisationally, the Faculty of Health Sciences operates
obtained grade A for double science in lieu of Techniques (3) [Prerequisites MLS204]
under schools and currently comprises the following
the subjects listed here. MLS209 Clinical Chemistry I (3)
entities:
MLS210 Principles of Molecular Diagnostics (3)
b) An applicant who holds Advanced Level passes [Prerequisites BIO212, MLS203]
- School of Allied Health Professions
in Mathematics, Chemistry and Biology/Physics
- School of Nursing
with a grade C or better will be admitted into Semester 6, Winter Semester and Semester 7
- School of Public Health
Level 200 but will be required to take GEC MLS301 Bacteriology, Serology and Parasitology
- School of Pharmacy
courses COM101 and COM102. Practicum (10)
[Prerequisites MLS205, MLS206]
The principal activity of the Faculty in the next few years
c) An applicant who holds a Diploma in Medical MLS302 Virology and Flow Cytometry Practicum (6)
will be to engage in strategic planning that will embrace:
Laboratory Technology obtained from the [Prerequisites MLS203, MLS204, MLS210
Institute of Health Sciences or Its equivalent MLS303 Haematology and Blood Bank Practicum (10)
a) Affirmation/re-affirmation of the kind(s) and
plus two years relevant experience and [Prerequisites MLS204, MLS207,MLS208]
number(s) of university-trained and educated
registered with Botswana Health Professions MLS304 Blood Transfusion Practice Practicum (4)
human resources for health that Botswana will need
Council as a medical laboratory technician will [Prerequisites MLS204, MLS208]
and the role(s) they are to play in the health system
be exempted from Level 100 and 300 courses. MLS305 Clinical Chemistry Practicum (10)
of the future;
However, they will be required to take GEC [Prerequisites MLS201, MLS209]
b) Working with all stakeholders to arrive at a Faculty
courses COM101 and COM102.
strategic plan that includes a statement of the
Semester 8
vision, mission, values, goals and objectives of the
d) An applicant who holds a BSc degree in MLS401 Medical Bacteriology II (3)
Faculty as part of a national teaching health system;
biological science/biochemistry or equivalent [Prerequisites MLS207, MLS301]
c) Designing, developing, and approving high quality
will be admitted into Level 200 and may be MLS402 Haematology II (3)
and internationally accredited curricula that are
exempted from equivalent courses prescribed [Prerequisites MLS208, MLS303]
appropriate to the Botswana and African context,
in the degree programme, subject to the MLS403 Clinical Chemistry II (3)
and are aligned with the University Learning and
recommendation of the Department. [Prerequisites MLS210, MLS305]
Teaching policy,
MLS404 Introduction to Biostatistics (3)
d) Promote intra-faculty teaching and learning and
1.2 Programme Structure MLS405 Research Methods and Proposal Writing (3)
articulate with programme offerings within
Botswana and SADC;
e) Identification of relevant and high-priority areas
BIO111 Principles of Biology (4) MLS406 Clinical Immunology (3)
of research and research training in the health
MAT111 Introductory Mathematics (4) [Prerequisites MLS205]
sciences that will contribute to improved national
CHE101 General Chemistry I (4) MLS407 Laboratory Management and Education (3)
and regional human health and welfare;
COM101 Communication and Academic Literacy MLS408 Special Microbiology and Medical Mycology
f) Ensuring that the faculty spearheads the drive for
Skills (Health Sciences and Pre-Med) (3) (3)[Prerequisites MLS206, MLS401]
excellence in health professional service delivery.
ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (2) MLS409 Research Project (3)
[Prerequisites MLS404, MLS405]
This agenda will call for a holistic and innovative
Optional Course Optional Course (3)
approach to the review of the learning and teaching,
PHY112 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, Vibrations
research and research training and professional service
and Waves (4) Optional Course Menu
and existing programmes of the faculty.
ENH222 Epidemiology (3)
Semester 2 FHS200 Health Informatics (3)
To do this within an appropriate governance framework,
BIO112 Diversity of Plants and Animals (4) LAW441 Law and Health Care (3)
and in consultation with all interested parties is expected
MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) ELC451 Resource Management in Africa (3)
to result in the University approving the establishment
[Prerequisites MAT111] ECO474 Health Economics (3)
of interim arrangements to ensure a smooth transition
CHE102 General Chemistry II (4)
from the current structures, within and outside the
[Prerequisites CHE101] 2. BSc Cytotechnology and Histotechnology Sciences
University, to those that shall obtain under the aegis of a
COM102 Health Communication (Health Sciences (BSc CHS) Programme
Faculty of Health Sciences that is embedded in a national
and Pre-Med) (3) The BSc CHS programme is designed to develop
teaching health system.
ITC122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II (2) competencies to:
[Prerequisites GEC121] a) Evaluate Pap smears and other non-gynaecologic
SCHOOL OF ALLIED HEALTH specimens for the presence of abnormal cells, and
Optional Course b) Process and screen biopsy samples for diagnostic
PROFESSIONS PHY122 Electricity and Magnetism (4) purposes.
Head: Dr Modisa S. Motswaledi, PhD (CPUT)
MS(State University of New York, Buffalo, USA), BS Semester 3 2.1 Entrance Requirements
(Old Dominion University, USA), MT (ASCP) PHY161 Physics for Nurses (3) a) Admission into Level 100 shall be according
BIO211 Cell Biology (3) to performance at BGCSE or equivalent
The School offers the following programmes leading to BIO212 Genetics (3) as stipulated by the University with a the
the award of the mentioned degrees BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) specific requirement of a grade B or better
MLS201 Clinical Laboratory Instrumentation (3) in mathematics, chemistry, and biology or
1. BSc Medical Laboratory Sciences (BSc MLS) Programme physics and a grade C or better in English, or
The programme is designed to develop knowledge, Semester 4 must have obtained grade A for double science
technical skills and professional attributes to perform BIO232 Human Physiology (3) in lieu of the subjects listed here.
testing in clinical, public health, forensic and veterinary MLS202 Laboratory Quality Management Systems (3) b) An applicant who holds Advanced Level passes
laboratories. MLS203 Medical Virology (3) in Mathematics, Chemistry and Biology/
MLS204 Introduction to Immunology and Serology(3) Physics with a grade C or better will be
1.1 Entrance Requirements MLS205 Medical Parasitology (3) admitted into Level 200 but will be required to
a) Admission into Level 100 shall be according take GEC courses COM101 and COM102.
to performance at BGCSE or equivalent c) An applicant who holds a Diploma in Medical
Laboratory Technology obtained from the
105
Institute of Health Sciences or its equivalent MLS405 Research Methods and Proposal Writing (3) Mathematics I; MAT122 Introductory
and registered with Botswana Health CHS403 Body Fluid Cytology (4) Mathematics II; PHY112 Geometrical Optics
Professions Council as a medical laboratory CHS404 Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology (4) and Mechanics; PHY122 Electricity, Magnetism
technician will have advanced placement. He/ and Elements of Modern Physics may apply to
she will be exempted from Level 100 courses, Winter Semester transfer to the B Pharm degree programme.
but will be required to take GEC courses CHS405 Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology Practicum c) Applicants who hold Advanced Level passes in
COM101 and COM102. (4) [Prerequisites CHS403, CHS404] (i) Chemistry with B or better, (ii) Mathematics,
d) An applicant who holds a BSc degree in (iii) Biology and (iv) Physics with grade C or
biological science/biochemistry or equivalent Semester 9 better will be admitted into Level 200, but will
will be admitted into Level 200 and may be MLS407 Laboratory Management and Education (3) be required to take GEC courses COM101 and
exempted from equivalent courses prescribed MLS409 Research Project (3) COM102 if not already done.
in the degree programme, subject to the [Prerequisites MLS404, MLS405] d) Applicants possessing a Diploma must
recommendation of the Department. CHS406 Slide Screening, Case Studies and Seminars satisfy General Academic Regulations 20.24.
in Cytology (3) [Prerequisites CHS402, Applicants who hold a Diploma in Pharmacy
2.2 Programme Structure CHS405] Technician obtained from Institute of Health
Semester 1 Optional Course (3) Sciences or its equivalent shall be admitted
BIO111 Principles of Biology (4) Elective Course (3) into Level 200, but will be required to take GEC
MAT111 Introductory Mathematics (4) courses COM101 and COM102 if not already
CHE101 General Chemistry I (4) Optional Course Menu done. These candidates will not be exempted
COM101 Communication and Academic Literacy ENH222 Epidemiology from practicums.
Skills (Health Sciences and Pre-Med) (3) FHS200 Health Informatics (3) e) Holders of a degree in Pharmaceutical Science
ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (2) will be considered for advanced placement
Elective Course on-a-case-by-case basis with the decision
Semester 2 One course at Level 400 outside medical laboratory guided by other pharmacy courses already
BIO112 Diversity of Plants and Animals (4) sciences completed, the duration and the area of
MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) pharmacy practice since graduation. However,
CHE102 General Chemistry II (4) 3. Assessment Pharmacy Practice and Pharmacotherapeutics
COM102 Health Communication (Health Sciences 3.1. Continuous Assessment shall be according to courses will be mandatory.
and Pre-Med) (3 (3) General Academic Regulations 00.81 shall be based f) An applicant with a BSc degree in chemistry/
ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II (2) on tests and/or assignments, and where applicable, biological science or equivalent he/she may be
clinical laboratory practice. exempted from equivalent courses prescribed
Semester 3 3.2. Final Examinations shall be conducted according to in the degree programme, subject to the
PHY161 Physics for Nurses (3) General Academic Regulations 00.82. recommendations of the School.
BIO211 Cell Biology (3) 3.3. The ratio of Continuous Assessment to Final g) Applicants may be interviewed and personal
BIO212 Genetics (3) Examination shall be 1:1. and professional behaviours will be considered
BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) in the process.
CHS201 Introduction to Cytology and 4. Progression from Semester to Semester
Histotechnology (3) To proceed from one semester to the next, a student 3.2 Programme Structure
must pass at least 50% of the attempted semester Students should have completed and passed the
Semester 4 credits and have a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or above as following courses;
BIO232 Human Physiology (3) specified in General Academic Regulation 00.9.
MLS202 Laboratory Quality Management Systems(3) Semester 1
CHS202 Introduction to Medical Laboratory Sciences 5. Award of Degree BIO111 Principles of Biology (4)
(4) To be awarded a degree, a student must satisfy the MAT111 Introductory Mathematics (4)
CHS203 Histotechnology Techniques (3) relevant General Academic Regulations 00.851 and CHE101 General Chemistry I (4)
[Prerequisites CHS201] 00.852. The Degree shall be classified in accordance with PHY112 Geometrical Optics and Mechanics (4)
CHS204 Histotechnology Techniques Practical (3) the provisions of General Academic Regulations 20.4, COM101 Communication and Academic Literacy
with the cumulative GPA of 2.0 or above calculated in Skills (Health Sciences and Pre-Med) (3)
Semester 5 accordance with General Academic Regulation 00.86. ICT121 Computer Skills FundamentalsI (2)
CHS301 Biology of Disease (4)
CHS302 Special Histotechnology Procedures (3) Semester 2
[Prerequisites CHS203, CHS204] SCHOOL OF PHARMACY BIO112 Diversity of Plants and Animals (4)
CHS303 Special Histotechnology Procedures Bachelor of Pharmacy (B. Pharm) Programme [Prerequisites BIO111]
Practical (3) MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4)
CHS304 Normal Gynaecology Cytology (3) Head: Prof. P. C. Aduhwu, PhD. (Uganda) MSc. B. Phrm [Prerequisites MAT111]
CHS305 Normal Gynaecology Cytology Practical (3) (Nigeria), MPSN (Nigeria) CHE102 General Chemistry II (4)
[Prerequisites CHE101]
Semester 6 The programme is designed to develop knowledge, PHY122 Electricity, Magnetism and Elements of
CHS306 Abnormal Gynaecology Cytology (3) technical skills and professional attributes to Modern Physics (4) [Prerequisites PHY111]
[Prerequisites CHS304, CHS305). manufacture, test, procure, distribute, dispense and COM102 Health Communication (Health Sciences
CHS307 Abnormal Gynaecology Cytology Practical(3) provide pharmaceutical care services. The graduates may and Pre-Med) (3)
CHS308 Non-Gynaecology Cytology (3) be deployed at clinics, hospitals, community pharmacies, ITC122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II (2)
CHS309 Non-Gynaecology Cytology Practical (3) teaching and research institution, quality control [Prerequisites ICT121]
CHS310 Molecular Diagnostics in Cytology and laboratories, manufacturing plants and wholesale,
Histology (3) [Prerequisites BIO211] Students who have successfully completed the Pre-
3.1 Entrance Requirements Professional Phase can apply to transfer to the Bachelor
Winter Semester and Semester 7 a) There is no direct entry into the B Pharm degree of Pharmacy Programme.
CHS401 Histotechnology Clinical Practicum (8) programme for School leavers with Botswana
[Prerequisites CHS302, CHS303] General Certificate of Secondary Education Semester 3
CHS402 Cytology Clinical Practicum (16) (BGCSE). CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional Groups
[Prerequisites CHS306, CHS307, CHS308, b) Applicants who have completed BSc Year (2) [Prerequisites CHE102]
CHS309] 1 and have passed BIO111 Principles of CHE234 Organic Chemistry Lab I (1)
Biology; BIO112 Diversity of Plants and [Prerequisites CHE102]
Semester 8 Animals; CHE101 General Chemistry I; CHE102 BIO211 Cell Biology (3)
MLS404 Introduction to Biostatistics (3) General Chemistry II; MAT111 Introductory BIO212 Genetics (3)
106
BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) Biotechnology (3) [Prerequisites PHA224, (UB), MSc, (Witwatersrand University) DLitt et Phil)
PHA211 Pharmaceutical Chemistry (3) PHA321] (University of South Africa)
PHA212 Pharmacy Practice I (3) PHA422 Pharmacotherapeutics III (3)
[Prerequisites PHA224, PHA412, PHA413, I do not know how will the student know this section
Semester 4 PHA414]
BIO232 Human Physiology (3) MLS404 Introduction to Biostatistics (3) The revised Bachelor of Nursing Science programme
PHA221 Pharmaceutics and Dosage Forms I (3) MLS405 Research Methods and Proposal Writing (3) consists of 4 to 8 semesters of full-time study leading to
PHA222 Pharmacy Practice II (3) Optional Course (3) a degree of Bachelor of Nursing Science. The program has
PHA223 Pharmacognosy (3) two streams: the generic stream consisting of 567 credits
PHA224 Pharmaceutical Microbiology (3) Optional Courses Menu completed over 8 semesters. The completion stream
[Prerequisites BIO211] PHA423 Applied Pharmaceutical Analysis (3) consists of 266 credits completed over 4 semesters plus
PHA225 Medicinal Chemistry I (3) PHA424 Pharmacognosy and Phytochemistry (3) one winter semester. The curriculum is composed of
[Prerequisites BIO211, PHA211 core, general education, optional, and elective courses.
Semester 9 Completion stream makes provision for credit transfer
Semester 4, Winter Semester PHA511 Practicum – Hospital and Clinical and recognition of prior learning to accommodate and
PHA226 Practicum – Hospital and Clinics (3) Pharmacy II (6) [Prerequisites post-basic nursing diploma.
[Prerequisites PHA211, PHA224, PHA225] PHA224, PHA325, PHA412, PHA415,
PHA227 Practicum – Central Medical Stores and PHA421, PHA422]
National Quality Control Laboratory (3) PHA512 Practicum – Community Pharmacy (3) 1. Special Regulations for the Bachelor of Nursing
[Prerequisites PHA211, PHA223) [Prerequisites PHA224, PHA325, PHA412, Science Degree Programme
PHA415, PHA421, PHA422] Subject to the provisions of the General Academic
Semester 5 PHA513 Practicum – Central Medical Stores and Regulations and the Faculty of Health Sciences
PHA311 Pharmaceutics and Dosage Forms II (3) National Quality Control Laboratory II Special Regulations, the following Departmental
[Prerequisites PHA211] (3) [Prerequisites PHA224, PHA227, Special Regulations shall apply:
PHA312 Pharmacy Practice III (3) PHA313, PHA321, PHA325]
[Prerequisites PHA213, PHA223] PHA514 Practicum – Medicine Regulatory Authority 2. Entrance Requirements for the Bachelor of nursing
PHA313 Pharmaceutical Analysis (3) and BEDAP (3) [Prerequisites PHA313, Science Programme:
[Prerequisites PHA211] PHA321, PHA325] Generic Stream
PHA314 Pathophysiology I (3) 2.1 Admission to Level 100 of the Bachelor of
[Prerequisites BIO211, BIO231 BIO232] Semester 10 Nursing Science Generic stream shall be on the basis
PHA215 Medicinal Chemistry I (3) PHA521 Medicine Information and Toxicology of performance in the Botswana General Certificate
[Prerequisites PHA225] (3) PHA522 Special Topics in of Secondary Education (BGCSE) examination, or
PHA216 Pharmacology I (3) Pharmacy Pharmacovigilance, Veterinary its equivalent, in Science subjects. There shall be
[Prerequisites BIO231, BIO232, medicines (3) cut-off points, which shall be determined by the
PHA225] PHA523 Pharmacy Management, Leadership and Directorate of Academic Services.
Entrepreneurship (3)
Semester 6 PHA524 Pharmacy Research Project (3) 2.2 Applicants who register for the Bachelor of
PHA321 Pharmaceutics and Dosage Forms III (3) [Prerequisites MLS404, MLS405 Nursing Science (Generic) stream shall be required:
[Prerequisites PHA311] Optional Course (3)
PHA322 Pharmacotherapeutics I (3) a) To have taken at least 5 subjects, including
[Prerequisites PHA311] Optional Course Menu English Language and Mathematics, at the
PHA323 Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics (3) ENH222 Epidemiology (3) Botswana General Certificate of Secondary
[Prerequisites PHA316] ENH223 Control of Communicable Diseases Education (BGCSE) examination or at one
PHA324 Pathophysiology II (3) sitting of its equivalent;
[Prerequisites PHA314] 4. Assessment b) To have obtained a minimum grade of Pass in
PHA325 Pharmacy Law, Ethics and Regulatory 4.1. Continuous Assessment shall be according to English Language;
Practice (3) [Prerequisites PHA212, PHA222, General Academic Regulations 00.81 shall be c) To have obtained a minimum grade of credit,
PHA312] based on tests and/or assignments, and where or its equivalent, in Mathematics.
PHA326 Pharmacology II (3) applicable, clinical laboratory practice.
[Prerequisites PHA315, PHA316 4.2. Final Examinations shall be conducted according 1.3 In addition to the above basic requirements,
to General Academic Regulations 00.82. applicants must have a minimum grade of C, or its
Semester 6, Winter Semester 4.3. The ratio of Continuous Assessment to Final equivalent, in at least 2 of the following subjects:
PHA327 Practicum – Managed Care Organization Examination shall be 1:1. Physics, Chemistry and Biology; and a minimum
(3) [Prerequisites PHA311, PHA324, PHA325, grade of B, or its equivalent, in Science. A double
PHA326] 5. Progression from Semester to Semester award or its equivalent is required. The other
PHA328 Practicum – Manufacturing Plant and To proceed from one semester to the next, a student qualifying subject must be one of the following:
Wholesale (3) [Prerequisites PHA313, must pass at least 50% of the attempted semester
PHA321, PHA323, PHA325] credits and have a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or above as a) Development Studies
specified in General Academic Regulation 00.9. b) Literature in English
Semester 7 c) Design and Technology
PHA411 Non-Prescription Medicines, 6. Award of Degree d) Agriculture
Complementary & Alternative Medicines (3) To be awarded a degree, a student must satisfy the e) Art
[Prerequisites PHA212, PHA322, PHA324 relevant General Academic Regulations 00.851 and f) Food and Nutrition
PHA412 Pharmacotherapeutics II (3) 00.852. The Degree shall be classified in accordance with g) Computer Studies
[Prerequisites PHA322, PHA323, PHA324] the provisions of General Academic Regulations 20.4, h) Fashion and Fabrics
PHA413 Clinical Pharmacokinetics (3) with the cumulative GPA of 2.0 or above calculated in i) Business Studies
[Prerequisites PHA321, PHA323, PHA326] accordance with General Academic Regulation 00.86. j) Home Management
PHA414 Pharmacology III (3) k) Any other subject deemed appropriate by the
[Prerequisites PHA316] Faculty of Health Sciences.
FHS200 Health Informatics (3)
2.4 An applicant who has grade E or better at Advanced
Semester 8 SCHOOL OF NURSING (A)-level or equivalent qualifications in Science
PHA421 Pharmaceutical Technology and Head: Senior Lecturer K. S. Dithole, RN, RM, Bed subjects, may be awarded credits and exempted
107
from equivalent course(s) prescribed for a Degree GEC Courses BNS411 Sexual and Reproductive Health and Rights
Programme, subject to the recommendation of ICT122 Computing Skills Fundamentals II (2) (3)
the relevant Head of Department and approval COM102 Health Communication (Health Sciences BNS413 Sexual and Reproductive Health and Rights
of the Deputy Dean. and Pre-Med) (3) Practice (3)
Optional (3)
1. STUDENT RECRUITMENT, ADMISSION AND Core Courses
SELECTION BIO232 Human Physiology (3) Optional Courses
BNS112 Introduction to Nursing and Health II (3) The student is expected to SELECT ONE Course from the
1.1 Admission to level 100 of the Bachelor of Nursing BNS114 Introduction to Nursing and Health Practice list of Courses on the table
Science Generic stream shall be on the basis of II (4)
performance in the Botswana General Certificate BIO 120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) FCS310 Nutrition in the Life Span (3)
of Secondary Education (BGCSE) examination, or POP303 Urbanization, Migration and Development
its equivalent, in Science subjects. There shall be Level 200: Semester 3 (3)
a cut-off points, which shall be determined by the Core Courses POP304 Gender, Reproductive Health and
Directorate of Academic Services. BNS301 Pathophysiology (3) Development (3)
PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3)
1.1.1 Applicants who register for the Bachelor of Nursing BNS215 Concepts in Health and Illness: Adult and Level 400: Semester 8
Science (Generic) stream shall be required ; Aged Health Nursing (3) Core Courses
BNS217 Concepts in Health and Illness: Adult and BNS412 Introduction to Critical Care Nursing (3)
1.1.2 To have taken at least five subjects, including Aged Health Nursing Practice (4) BNS414 Introduction to Critical Care Nursing
English Language and Mathematics, at the MAT111 Introductory Mathematics (4) Practice (4)
Botswana General Certificate of Secondary BNS404 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing Theory
Education examination or its equivalent Level 200: Semester 4 (3)
Core Courses BNS409 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing (4)
1.1.3 Must have obtained a minimum grade of Pass in BIO216: General Microbiology (3)
English Language, BNS200 Pharmacology (3)
BNS300 Health Assessment (3) WINTER SEMESTER
1.1.4 To have obtained a minimum grade of C, or its BNS214 Infant and Child Nursing (3)
equivalent in Mathematics BNS216 Infant and Child Nursing Practice (4) BNS415 Integrated Nursing Practice II (8)
1.1.5 In addition to the above basic requirements, Optional Courses (3) Two months integrated practice with continuous
applicants must have a minimum grade of C or its The student is expected to SELECT ONE course from the rotation in the following areas; Sexual and Reproductive
equivalent in Physics, Chemistry and Biology. For list of courses on table Health and Rights (SRHR), Psych-mental Health, Critical
a double award or its equivalent a minimum grade ALL152 Style in writing (3) Care/Accident & Emergency, Theatre and areas that
of B is required. The other qualifying subjects must BSW202 Social Policy (3) provide services for adolescents.
be one of the following; EFP201 Counselling over a Life Span (3)
1.1.6 BNS COMPLETION STREAM LEVEL
(a) English Literature Level 300: Semester 5
(b) Food and nutrition Core Courses Level 300: Semester 1
(c) Computer studies BIO223 Parasitology for Health Sciences (3)
(d) Business studies BNS306 Introduction to Nursing Research (3) COM101 Introduction to Communication and
(e) Any other subject deemed appropriate by BNS313 Introduction to Oncology and Palliative Care Academic Literacy Skills for Health Sciences
the faculty of Health Sciences. (3) (3)
STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) BIO223 Parasitology for Health Sciences (3)
1.2 Applicants who have completed BSc Year 1 or BNS209 HIV and AIDS education, prevention and BNS211 Pathophysiology (3)
equivalent will be considered on a case by case control in Botswana (3) STA111 Elementary Statistics (3)
basis but will be required to take level one BNS BNS306 Introduction to Nursing Research (3)
courses. Level 300: Semester 6 ICT 121 Computing Skills Fundamentals (2)

1.3 Applicants possessing a Diploma must satisfy Core Courses Level 300: Semester 2
General Academic Regulations 20.24. Applicants BNS314 Principles and Practice of Community
who hold a Diploma in Nursing and its equivalent Health Nursing (3) BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3)
shall be admitted into Level 300, but will be BNS316 Community Health Nursing Practicum (4) BIO216 General Microbiology (3)
required to take GEC courses COM101 and SOC332 Traditional and Alternative Health Systems COM102 Introduction to Communication and
COM102. (3) Literacy skills (3)
FHS200 Health Informatics (3) BNS200 Pharmacology (3)
2.5 Programme Structure for the Bachelor of Nursing Elective (3) ICT122 Computing Skills Fundamentals 2 (2)
Science: Generic Stream FHS200 Health Informatics (3)
WINTER SEMESTER
Level 100: Semester 1 Level 400: Semester 3
General Education Courses (GEC) BNS 318 Integrated Nursing Practice I (8)
Core Courses
COM101 Communication and Academic Literacy Two months continuous rotation in in the following BNS313 Introduction to Oncology and Palliative Care
Skills (Health Sciences and Pre-Med) (3) areas; Infant & Child Health, Oncology wards, (3)
ICT121 Computing Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) Community Health settings, and Adult and Aged care BNS411 Sexual & Reproductive Health and Rights (3)
areas. Two months integrated practice = 8 hours per day BNS413 Sexual & Reproductive Health and Rights
Core Courses x 5 days = 40 hours per week x 8 weeks = 320 hours Practice (4)
PHY161 Physics for Nurses (3) (32 Credits) BNS400 Leadership and Management in Nursing (3)
BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) BNS406 Adolescent Health & Development (3)
BNS111 Introduction to Nursing and Health I(3) Level 400: Semester 7
BNS113 Introduction to Nursing & Health Practice I Core Courses Level 400: Semester 4
BNS400 Leadership and Management in Nursing (3) Core Courses
Level 100: Semester 2 BNS406 Adolescent Health and Development (3) BNS314 Principles and practice of Community
108
Health Nursing (3) relevant General Academic Regulations 00.851 and Semester 1
BNS316 Community Health Nursing Practice (4) 00.852. The Degree shall be classified in accordance with Core Courses
BNS412 Introduction to Critical Care Nursing (3) the provisions of General Academic Regulations 20.4, CHE101 General Chemistry I (4)
BNS404 Mental Health Psychiatric Nursing Theory with the cumulative GPA of 2.0 or above completed in BIO111 Principles of Biology (4)
(3) accordance with General Regulation 00.86. Faculty of PHY112 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, Vibrations
BNS 409 Mental Health Psychiatric Nursing Practice Education. and Waves (4)
(4) MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4)
COM101 Communications and Academic Literacy
WINTER BREAK Skills (Health Sciences and Pre-Med) (3)
SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals (2)
BNS414 Introduction to Critical Care Nursing Acting Head: Dr Patience N. Erick: N. Dip, B Tech
Practice (4) (NMMU, RSA), MSc (University of Birningham, UK) Semester 2
PhD (University of Newscastle, Australia). Core Courses
3. Entrance Requirements for Bachelor of Nursing BIO112 Diversity of Plants and Animals (4)
Science: Completion stream Candidates for the The School currently has one department, the CHE102 General Chemistry II (4) [Prerequisite
Bachelor of Nursing Science Completion stream will Department of Environmental Health. However, when CHE 101]
fulfil the following requirements: fully operational, it is envisaged that the school will have PHY122 Electricity and Magnetism (4)
a) A Diploma in General Nursing or its equivalent; five departments: Environmental & Occupational Health, MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4)
b) A minimum of 2 years’ nursing experience after Epidemiology & Biostatistics, Health Management, [Prerequisite MAT 111]
completion of a Diploma in a General Nursing Behavioural Sciences for Health and Reproductive COM102 Health Communication (Health Sciences
Programme; Health. and Pre-Med) (3)
c) Current registration with the Nursing and ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II (2)
Midwifery Council of Botswana or its equivalent;
d) BGCSE or its equivalent with either a credit
DEPARTMENT OF [Prerequisite ICT 121
in Combined Science or a pass in any one of ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH Semester 3

Biology, Chemistry or Physics and a pass in any Head: Dr Patience N. Erick: N.Dip, BTech Enviro Health Core Courses
other 4 subjects. (NMMU, RSA), MSc (University of Birmingham, UK), ENH211 Introductions to Environmental Health(4)
PhD (University of Newcastle, Australia) URP110 Introductions to Planning and Built
2. Assessment Environment (3)
a) Continuous assessment in Levels 200, 300 and 400 1. Departmental Regulations for the Undergraduate ENH222 Epidemiology (3)
shall be based on tests and/or assignments, and Program BIO211 Cell Biology (3)
where applicable, clinical practice. BIO301 Quantitative Biology (3)
11.1 The ratio of continuous assessment to end of General Provisions
semester examination shall be 1:1 Subject to the provisions of the General Academic Semester 4
11.2 The student shall complete all pieces of Regulations, the following Departmental Regulations Core Courses
practical/clinical/project/ work assignments shall apply: ARB124 Environment and Comfort (2)
by the end of the examination period. FHS200 Health Informatics (3)
11.3 The student who fails to submit practical and Programs and Titles of Degrees: BIO216 General Microbiology (3)
clinical work assignment on time shall receive The Department currently offers one program in [Pre-requisite BIO111 & BIO 112]
an incomplete (I) mark. Environmental Health leading to the Bachelor of Science ENH221 Principles and Practice of Health Education
11.4 The student who has an ‘I’ mark shall complete degree in Environmental Health (BSc –EH degree). The (4)
the work by the end of the supplementary Department is also working on offering a Bachelor of ENH223 Control of Communicable Diseases (3)
examination period Science degree in Occupational Health. BIO232 Human Physiologies (3)
11.5 A student who fails to complete the practical/
clinical/project work assignments by the end Bachelor of Science Semester 5
of the supplementary examinations (for no (Environmental Health or BSc- EH degree) Core Courses
valid reasons) and shall be awarded a zero FCS204 Introductory to Housing (3)
mark for that course. 2. Entrance requirements ENH313 Basic Toxicology (3)
11.6 Failure to submit reports and assignments Prospective students must: [Prerequisite BIO 211]
within 24 hours on the scheduled date a) If entering the program through the direct entry CCB315 Environmental Engineering (3)
and time shall result in subtraction of 5% route, satisfy the University of Botswana General ENH322 Food Hygiene and Safety (4)
every day to the final mark. A student who Academic Regulation 20.21 and the Faculty of [Prerequisite BIO 216]
fails to submit the assignments by one week Science Special Regulation 23.2 of the Faculty of ENH330 Liquid & Solid Waste Management (4)
(for no valid reasons) shall be awarded a zero Science. If already registered under the Faculty of [Pre-requisite PHY 122]
mark. Science under the General BSc Program, must have
obtained at least a grade C in BIO 111 & 112; CHE Semester 6
b) The ratio of continuous assessment to an end of 101&102; MAT 111&122;PHY111,119,121&129 at Core Courses
semester examination shall be 1:1, unless otherwise first year level. ENH321 Environmental Health Sampling and
specified in the Departmental Special Regulations. b) If possessing a Diploma, satisfy General Academic Analysis (4) [Pre-requisites ENH 211 &
c) The above Regulations shall apply to both Generic Regulation 20.24. ENH 313]
(Pre-service) and In-service Bachelor of Nursing c) Applicants with a Diploma in Environmental Health ENH323 Occupational Health, Safety & Hygiene (4)
Science Streams. shall be admitted into level 200 or 300 of the [Pre-requisites ENH 211 & ENH 313]
d) General Regulations 00.811 to 00.826 and 00.842 degree programme on the basis of accumulated ENH333 Food Technology and Meat Hygiene (4)
shall apply to the Bachelor of Nursing Science credits in the area of environmental health. [Pre-requisite ENH 322]
Degree. d) If possessing other entry qualifications deemed LAW338 Law and the Environment (3)
relevant by the Department, satisfy General PHY367 Elements of Air Pollution I (3)
3. Progression from Semester to Semester Academic Regulation 20.22 or General Academic
To proceed from one semester to the next, a student Regulation 20.23. Winter Semester
must pass all courses and have a cumulative GPA of 2.0 ENH331 Internship (4)
or above as specified in General Regulation 00.842. 3. Programme structure for the Bachelor of Science
degree in Environmental Health Semester 7
4. Award of Degree Core Courses
To be awarded a Degree, a student must satisfy the ENH411 Environmental Health Risk Assessment (3)
109
[Pre-requisites ENH 313; ENH 323; ENH 321;

PHY 367]
ENH412 Environmental Health Seminars (3)
ENH414 Operational Management for Health
Practice (3)
ENS362 Environment & Disease (3)
ENS403 Environmental Hazards and Disaster
Management (3)
ENS450 African Environments (3)
Semester 8
Core Courses
ENS318 Water Resources, Development &
Management (3)
ENH413 Inspection, Compliance and Practice (3)
[Pre-requisites ENH322, ENH323, ENH411,
URP303]
ENH422 Research Project in Environmental Health
(3) [Prerequisite ENH 412]
ENH423 Case Studies (3)
4. Assessment
1. Continuous Assessment shall be according to
General Academic Regulations 00.81 and shall
be based on tests and/or assignments and/or
practical.
2. Final Examinations shall be conducted according
to General Academic Regulations 00.82.
5. Progression from Semester to Semester

To proceed from one semester to the next, a student
must pass at least 50% of the attempted semester
credits and have a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or above as
specified in General Academic Regulation 00.9.
6. Award of Degree
To be awarded a degree, a student must satisfy the
relevant General Academic Regulations 00.85. The Degree
shall be classified in accordance with the provisions of
General Academic Regulations 20.4, with the cumulative
GPA of 2.0 or above calculated in accordance with
General Academic Regulation 00.86.
110
111
FACULTY OF HUMANITIES
African Languages and Literature English French History Library and Information Studies
Media Studies Theology and Religious Studies Chinese Studies Visual and Performing Arts
Confucius Institute Portuguese Studies
DEAN
A.Chebanne ( Diploma, BA, MA)
(Universite de Grenoble III, Grenoble, France)
PhD(Universite
Stendhal, Grenoble, France)
DEPUTY DEAN
P.M.M. Sebina, (BA (UB), MA, ARM (UCL) PhD )
(University of London)
L. Monei, DABS (UB), CIS Intermediate (South Africa),
BSc HRM (Cyprus)
MSc Management (University of Northampton)
HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGER

M. K. Tshoganetso, BASS (UB), CPIR (Witwatersrand),
MSc HRM (University of Cardiff)
112
FACULTY OF 22.12 In addition to these Special Regulations, relevant
Special Departmental Regulations shall also apply.
Regulation 00.211, Departments in the
Faculty of Humanities shall offer courses
HUMANITIES which shall be prescribed in Departmental
22.2 Entrance Requirements Special Regulations.
DEAN 22.21 Admission into the Humanities Degree
A. Chebanne ,Diploma, BA, MA( Universite de Grenoble Programmes shall be on the basis of 22.42 The Faculty of Humanities shall, depending
III, Grenoble, France) performance in the Botswana General on the core course in the subject area offer
PhD(Universite Stendhal, Grenoble, France) Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) the following degree programmes:
examination, or its equivalent, in humanities
DEPUTY DEAN (languages, geography, social studies, a) Bachelor of Arts which is composed of
P.M.M. Sebina, BA (UB), MA, ARM (UCL) PhD (University history, moral/religious education, and core and optional courses from African
of London) science (cf.22.22a), and also See Regulation languages and Literature, English, French,
22.22a for other qualifying subjects) History, Archaeology, Environmental
FACULTY ADMINISTRATOR Science, Sociology, Psychology and
L. Monei, DABS (UB), CIS Intermediate (South Africa), 22.22 Applicants who register for Bachelor’s Theology and Religious Studies subjects.
BSc HRM (Cyprus), MSc Management (UK) Degree programmes in Humanities shall be
required b) Bachelor of Fine Arts
HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGER a) To have taken at least five subjects,
M. K. Tshoganetso, BASS (UB), CPIR (Witwatersrand), including English Language, at c) Bachelor of Arts in Chinese Studies
MSc HRM (University of Cardiff) the Botswana General Certificate
of Secondary Education (BGCSE) d) Bachelor of Library and Information
examination or its equivalent; Studies which is composed of core and
HUMANITIES b) To have obtained a credit in the English optional courses from the Department of
Although for administrative purposes the Departments language. Library and Information Studies
of Environmental Science and Sociology are located in
other Faculties, they are considered academically to be 22.23 An applicant who has taken relevant e)
Bachelor of Arts in Library and
part of the Faculty of Humanities. In fact, a considerable Advanced (A) ñ level or equivalent Information Studies which is composed
number of students who major in Environmental examinations and attained a minimum of of core and optional courses from Library
Science and Sociology are Humanities students. With one E and two C’s in the relevant subjects and Information Studies and another
the flexibility that is afforded by semesterised courses, may be admitted to a Bachelor degree in subject available as a major to Humanities
more departments in the Faculties of Business and Humanities programmes. students.
Science will become accessible to Humanities students,
especially through cross-faculty programmes. With 22.24 If an applicant has grade E or better f) Bachelor of Information Systems
the new focus on educating specialists in a generalist at Advanced (A)-Level or equivalent (Information Management) which is
way, the Faculty values a well-rounded education with qualifications in relevant subjects s/he composed of core and optional courses
the requisite ICT and numeracy skills. The Faculty of may, subject to the recommendation of from the Faculty of Business, Department
Humanities concentrates mainly on those studies that the relevant Head of Department and the of Computer Science and Department of
specialise in understanding human ideas, behaviour, approval of the Dean’s Office, be awarded Library and Information Studies.
culture and its mediation, with a particular emphasis credits and exempted from equivalent
on humanity in Africa in relation to the rest of the course/s prescribed for a degree programme. g) Bachelor of Information and Knowledge
world. This Faculty thus has a prime role to play in the Management which is composed of core
discovery and the appreciation of the heritage and 22.25 A student who may transfers from a and optional courses from Library and
liberal arts of the societies of Africa in general and recognized university, or any other Information Studies.
of southern Africa and Botswana in particular. In this institution of higher learning, and on
regard, the Faculty of Humanities, through research and the submission of a transcript of his/ h) Bachelor of Media Studies which is
teaching in its academic departments, is in a privileged her academic records may, subject to the composed of core and optional courses
position to effectively contribute to the realization of recommendation of the relevant Head of from the Department of Media Studies.
the Vision and Mission of the University. In addition, the Department and the approval of the Dean’s
Faculty of Humanities contributes to human resource Office, be awarded credits and exempted i) Bachelor of Arts (Media Studies) which is
development by assisting in the training of teachers. The from equivalent course/s prescribed for a composed of core and optional courses
departments in the Faculty provide the content base for degree programme. from Media Studies and another subject
secondary school and tertiary level teachers of English, available as a major to Humanities
Setswana, French, History/Social Studies, Geography 22.3 General Provisions students.
and Religious/Moral Education by offering majors in the 22.31 A course may consist entirely of fieldwork,
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Education and the Masters project work, practical-work, seminar or j) Bachelor of Arts (Pastoral Studies) which
of Education Degrees in these disciplines. As the Faculty tutorials or any combination of these is composed of core and optional
continues to implement the provisions of the Tenth components. In addition to work during the courses from Department of Theology
National Development Plan (NDP 10), the semesterised semester, a course may include prescribed and Religious Studies; Department of
academic programmes, and also plans new programmes fieldwork or assignments during university Psychology; Department of Social Work.
within the plan period, it shall simultaneously address vacation periods.
the requirements of the Revised National Policy on 22.43 A combined degree (major/major) shall be a
Education as well as the aspirations of the National 22.32 Unless otherwise provided in the departmental programme composed of core and optional
Vision 2016. It will also position itself strategically regulations, all courses are semester long. courses from two equally-weighted subjects
within the plan period processes to face the challenges which are concurrently studied. In order to
brought about by diminishing budget allocations and 22.33 For ease of reference, the use of course codes partially satisfy the requirement for a degree,
competition for fewer resources. shall provide information as follows: the first a student must take and pass a minimum of
digit refers to the level of study, the second 40 credits from each of the two subjects.
22.0 Special Regulations for the Faculty of to the status and orientation of the course,
Humanities and the last digit to the number of course in 22.44 A combined degree (major/minor) shall
each category. be a programme composed of core and
22.1 Preamble optional courses from two subjects. In
22.11 The following are the Faculty’s Special Regulations 22.4 Degree Structure order to partially satisfy the requirements
and shall apply subject to the General Academic 22.41In accordance with General Academic for a degree, a student must take and pass
Regulations
113
a minimum of 56 credits from the major Career Opportunities for the African Languages and
subject and a minimum of 24 credits from Literature Graduates 1.3.2 Continuous assessment shall normally constitute at
the minor subject. There are several career opportunities for African least two pieces of work or one long paper per
Languages and Literature graduates (B.A. Single Major semester.
22.45 In Semesters 1 and 2 (Level 1) of a degree and B.A Combined degree [Single Major, Major/Major, 1.3.3 The duration of the final examination shall be two
programme, each student shall take Courses Major/Minor]) in government, Parastatal organizations hours.
in English as well as courses from at least two and the Private Sector. The career opportunities include:
of the following subjects: African Languages education (teaching in schools and colleges), University Progression
and Literature, French, Environmental academic posts, translation and interpretation for public In order to proceed from one semester to the next, a
Science, History, Sociology, Theology and and private organizations, literary and textual expertise student must maintain a cumulative GPA in accordance
Religious Studies, Psychology. for publishing companies, curriculum development for with General Regulation 00.9.
the Ministry of Education, communication expertise in
22.46 In addition to core and optional courses, and in local languages for Mass media professions, creative Level 100
compliance with the General Regulation 00.2124d, writing, public relations, tourist guiding, and cultural Semester 1
each student shall, unless exempted, take two expertise for culture-based organizations. Core Courses
credits of General Education Courses in each of ALL122 The Characteristics of Human Language (3)
Area 1, Communication and Academy Literacy Programme Structure ALL141 Introduction to African Oral and Written
Skills and Area 2, Computer Skills Fundamentals, in Level 100 Literature (3)
each of Semesters 1 and 2 of his/her programme. At Level 100 (Semesters 1 and 2), the Programme shall
In addition, a student shall register for a minimum consist of a total of 6 credits made up of 2 core courses General Education Courses
of twelve credits of General Education Courses per semester. COM111 Communication and Academic Literacy
offered outside the Faculty of Humanities before Skills I (3)
completing his/her programme of study. Level 200 ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2)
At Level 200 (Semesters 3 and 4), the Programme shall
22.47 Departments may specify projects that each consist of a total of 6 credits made up of 2 core courses Optional Courses
student shall carry out as partial fulfilment of per semester. ALL131 Language and Communication in Africa (3)
the requirements for the award a degree, based ALL132 Language Instruction I: (Beginners
on an investigation of some original theme in Levels 300 and 400 Course in one of the Botswana Languages)
his/her major subject under the supervision of an At Levels 300 and 400 (Semesters 5 to 8), the Programme (3)
academic member of staff. This study shall be for shall comprise a Single Major, a Combined Major, a Major/ ALL151 Short Story Theory and Practice (3)
one semester and normally take place during the Minor, Minor/Major and Multi-disciplinary Streams. ALL152 Style in Writing (3)
course of the programme. The mode of assessment
shall be as prescribed under Special Departmental a) Single Major in African Languages and Literature Semester 2
Regulations. There shall only be one such project The Single Major Programme shall consist of a Core Course
per programme. total of 18 credits made up of 3 core courses and 3 ALL121 Introduction to the Study of Language
optional courses per semester, leading to the award and Linguistics (3)
22.5 Assessment of B.A. (African Languages and Literature) ALL142 The Study of Drama in Indigenous
22.51 Continuous Assessment (CA) shall be as prescribed b) Combined Major/Major in African Languages and Languages (3)
in General Academic Regulations. Literature
The Combined Major/Major Programme shall General Education courses
22.52 The examination in a course, whenever consist of a total of 9 credits made up of 2 core COM112 Communication and Academic Literacy
required, shall normally be held during the examination courses and 1optional course per semester, leading Skills II (3)
period at the end of the semester in which the to the award of B.A. ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2) (CORE)
course is taught. c) Combined Major/Minor with African Languages
and Literature as a Major Optional Courses
22.53 Performance in each course shall normally be The Combined Major/Minor with African Languages ALL134 Language Instruction II Pre: ALL132 (3)
evaluated according to stipulated departmental and Literature as a Major shall consist of 12 credits ALL153 Introduction to the African Novel (3)
requirements. Any departure from indicated ratios made up of 2 core courses and 2 optional courses ALL154 Theory of Humour in Africa (3)
shall require the approval of the Faculty Board. per semester, leading to the award of B.A.
d) Combined Minor/Major with African Languages Level 200
22.54 Overall performance in a course shall be assessed and Literature as a Minor Semester 3
on a Percentage Scale, a Letter Grade and a Grade Core Courses
Point in accordance with General Regulations. The Combined Minor/Major Programme with African ALL221 Sound Systems in African Languages (3)
Languages and Literature as a Minor shall consist of a ALL241 History and Structure of the Setswana
2.7 Award of Degree total of 6 credits made up of 1 core course and 1 optional Novel (3)
22.71 To be awarded a degree, a student must satisfy course per semester, leading to the award of B.A, if the
the appropriate provision of General Academic student is registered in the Faculty of Humanities. Optional Courses
Regulations from core and optional/ elective/ ALL231 The Perception and Transcription of
general education courses. e) Multi-disciplinary Combined Degree Programme African Language Sounds (3)
The Multi-disciplinary Combined Degree ALL232 Language Instruction III Pre: ALL 134 (3)
Programme in African Languages and Literature ALL251 Folk Speech in Africa (3)
DEPARTMENT OF AFRICAN shall consist of a minimum of 6 credits in ALL252 Rites of Passage: A Study of Social
LANGUAGES & LITERATURE accordance with Departmental Regulation 07.3.5
and General Regulation 00.62.

Semester 4
Dramas (3)
Bachelor of Arts Degree in African Languages and
Core Courses
Literature
General Education Courses ALL222 Structure of Words in African Languages (3)
General Provisions
The Department of African Languages and Literature ALL242 African Written Poetry (3)
Subject to the provisions of General Academic
offers three (3) General Education Courses (GECs).
Regulations and the Faculty of Humanities Special
Optional Courses
Regulations, the following Departmental Regulations
Assessment and Examination ALL233 Generative Phonology in
shall apply for the Bachelor of Arts Degree in the
1.3.1 Performance in each course shall be evaluated by a African Languages (3)
Department of African Languages and Literature.
combination of continuous assessment and final ALL234 Language Instruction IV Pre: ALL 232 (3)
examination marks. ALL253 The Sociology of Literature (3)
114
GEC361 Introduction to Rhetoric and Public The course will deal mainly with the relationship between
Level 300 Speaking (3) the author, the text and the readers with emphasis
Semester 5 on aspects of style that enable messages to reach the
Core Courses addressees.
ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (3) AFRICAN LANGUAGES & LITERATURE COURSE
ALL322 The Structure of Meaning (3) DESCRIPTIONS ALL153 Introduction to the African Novel (3)
ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (3) The course will basically introduce students to genre
ALL121 Introduction to the Study of Language and classification, textual analysis of the novel and the socio-
Optional Courses Linguistics (3) political as well as the gender and cultural history from
ALL331 Introduction to Translation (3) The content of the course will cover the study of which it emerged.
ALL332 Language Instruction V Pre: ALL 234 (3) human language and its significance in human life. It
ALL333 Introduction to Research Methods (3) will also deal with linguistics as the scientific approach ALL154 Theory of Humour in Africa (3) (Shelved)
ALL351 Politics and Southern African Poetry (3) to language study, the branches of linguistics, how it is The course will focus on the structure and function of
ALL352 Epic Performance in Africa (3) related to other disciplines and how linguistics can be various types of the joke genre in Africa with a special
applied to certain professions. focus on the text, context and performance aspects. The
Semester 6 issue of gender and the influence of modern technology
Core Courses ALL122 The Characteristics of Human Language (3) and the media on the genre will also be scrutinized.
ALL323 Introduction to Stylistics and Discourse The content of this course will include an overview of
Analysis (3) the various theories about the origin of language and the COM 111 Communication and Academic Literacy Skills
ALL342 African Oral Narratives (3) relationship between language origin, the development I (3)
ALL343 Introduction to African Popular of society and the structure of the brain. The course will This course is designed to assist students develop
Theatre (3) also examine the difference between human language balanced proficiency in the four major communicative
and animal communication as well as the unique skills of listening, reading, speaking, and writing for
Optional Courses characteristics of human language. academic and general purposes.
ALL334 Introduction to Modern Theories in
Grammatical Analysis (3) ALL131 Language and Communication in Africa (3) COM 112 Communication and Academic Literacy Skills
ALL335 Language Instruction Course VI The content of the course will include a study of the II (3)
Pre: ALL332 (3) communication devices among human beings, with This course is designed to provide development of
ALL336 Field Research Preparation and Proposal special reference to Africa. The course will also cover writing proficiency through intensive instruction
Writing Pre: ALL333 (3) speech acts, writing systems as well as language in academic writing skills and teaches students the
ALL353 African Oral Literature and the Media (3) acquisition phases and functions of language. rhetorical principles and writing practices necessary for
ALL354 The Contemporary Setswana Novel (3) producing effective business letters, memos, reports, and
ALL132 Language Instruction I (Beginners Course in one collaborative projects in professional contexts.
Level 400 of the Botswana Languages) (3)
Semester 7 The content will include an introduction to the culture ALL221 Sound Systems in African Languages (3)
Core Courses and history of one of the Botswana languages and The course content will include the definition of
ALL421 Introduction to Historical and training in the basic use of the language such as essential phonology, phonemic analysis and the function of
Comparative Linguistics Based on Africa (3) expressions and self-expression. The course will also distinctive features. The course will also consider the
ALL422 A Sociolinguistic Study of introduce the students to some of the basic structures structure of the syllable and other prosodic phenomena.
Southern Africa (3) of the language.
ALL441 World Literature in Setswana Translation (3) ALL222 Structure of Words in African Languages (3)
ALL134 Language Instruction II (3) The content of the course will include the definition and
Optional Courses The content of the course will include a study of the scope of morphology, the morpheme and its various
ALL431 Introduction to Psycholinguistics (3) current state of one of the Botswana languages as types as well as allomorphic variation. The course will
ALL432 Language Instruction VII Pre: ALL335 (3) well as a study of some selected areas of usage such as then focus on the various types of morphemes and
ALL433 Research Project: Data Collection reporting, expressing one’s feelings or seeking attention. apply the principles underlying word formation, analysis
Pre: ALL336 (3) The course will also introduce the students to the to an African language; discuss the processes of term
ALL451 Studies in African Aesthetics (3) description of the language’s morphology and syntax. development in Setswana.
ALL452 Popular Culture in Africa (3)
ALL453 Women’s Literature in Botswana (3) ALL141 Introduction to African Oral and Written ALL231 The Perception and Transcription of African
Literature (3) Language Sounds (3)
Semester 8 The content will include a study of sub-genres of The content of the course will include practice in
Core Courses African oral and written literatures such as oral and identifying, describing and transcribing speech sounds.
ALL423 The Bantu and Khoesan Languages of written stories (novel inclusive), oral and written poetry, Also students will be trained in classifying the sounds
Southern Africa (3) traditional drama and written plays and their form according to shared phonetic features.
ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and Practice (3) and functions in society as well as how content and
ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (3) meaning in such literatures are manipulated in order to ALL232 Language Instruction III (3)
differentiate insider/writer from outsider/ reader as well The course content will include a discussion of the
Optional Courses as men from women. current state of one of the Botswana languages and
ALL434 Introduction to Applied Linguistics (3) then train the students in oral and aural skills, texts
ALL435 Language Instruction VIII Pre: ALL432 (3) ALL142 The Study of Drama in Indigenous comprehension and an introduction to the literature
ALL436 Research Project: Data Analysis and Languages (3) created in the language. It will also provide skills in the
Interpretation Pre: ALL433 (3) The course deals with intrinsic and extrinsic aspects of description of the structure of the target language.
ALL454 Children’s Traditions and Dramatics (3) drama with emphasis on the fact that plays are not
ALL455 Postcolonial Theory and African primarily intended for reading but to be performed. ALL233 Generative Phonology in African Language
Literature (3) Analysis (3)
ALL456 Introduction to African Thought (3) ALL151 Short Story Theory and Practice (3) The course content will include an introduction to
The course deals with theories of the short story but generative phonology followed by the study of
General Education Courses (GECs) much of the time will be spent on reading short stories, segmental, auto-segmental and metrical phonology.
critically analyzing them at the same time appreciatively Setswana and one other African language will be used
Semester 1 enjoying and getting involved in their production. as case studies.
GEC261 Languages of Botswana (3)
GEC262 Introduction to Cultural Studies (3) ALL152 Style in Writing (3) ALL234 Language Instruction IV (3)
Semester 2
115
The course content will include the discussion of the in translation and structural adaptation. Case studies The course content will include an analysis and
salient issues concerning the current and future will be taken from the Botswana languages as well as interpretation of translated or transcribed oral poetry
situation of one of the Botswana languages. The international languages spoken in Botswana. that deals with socio-political criticism and the
course will enhance the students’ oral and aural skills, influence thereof of oral traditions on political poetry in
text comprehension and a good understanding of the ALL332 Language Instruction V (Beginners’ Level) (3) general. Also included will be the influence of Negritude
literature created in the language. The content of the course will include an introduction to and African- American poetry on Southern African
the culture and history of one of the major languages protest and resistance poetry.
ALL241 History and Structure of the Setswana Novel (3) of Africa and training in the basic use of the language,
The course will include an exploration of the evolution such as essential expressions and self-expression. The ALL352 Epic Performance in Africa (3)
of the novel genre over time among the Setswana course will also introduce the students to some of the The content of the course will include basic characteristics
speaking peoples of Southern Africa and how it has basic structures of the language. of African epics, their historical contexts, and the mode
been influenced by the social, cultural and political of delivery to the audience.
environment of the epoch of its composition and ALL333 Introduction to Research Methods (3)
production, especially in terms of structure, artistic style The course will introduce students to both quantitative ALL353 African Oral Literature and the Media (3)
and themes. and qualitative research paradigms in African Languages The content will include a study of the multiple ways in
and Literature. Also the content will include objectivity which the mass media influence oral literature and how
ALL242 African Written Poetry (3) in scientific research, topic selection, definition of the oral literature permeates media-manipulated texts and
The course will include a holistic theoretical approach problem, significance of a research study, formulation of contexts as well as how it is portrayed by the media in
to African written poetry utilizing the Reader response, hypotheses, research methodology, literature review and its various forms.
New Historicism and Feminist theories. Included will be research proposal framework.
the structure of poetry and the influences of various ALL354 The Contemporary Setswana Novel (3)
epochs on the form and content of African written ALL334 Introduction to Modern Theories in Grammatical The course will include a critical analysis of artistic styles,
poetry. Analysis (3) thematic trends, inter-textual relationships and literary
The course content will include a study of the current quality of the Setswana novels recently written and
ALL251 Folk Speech in Africa (3) conception of grammar, the modern grammatical published in Botswana and South Africa.
The content of the course will cover aspects of theories, and their application to African language
performance, aesthetics, form and function of the description. ALL421 Introduction to Historical and Comparative
various communicative speech acts such as proverbs, Linguistics based on Africa (3)
riddles, epithets, euphemisms and dysphemisms. The ALL335 Language Instruction Course VI (3) The course will include an introduction to historical and
focus of the study will be on both literary texts and The course content will include the study of the current comparative linguistics as a discipline and then look at
everyday discourse. state of one of the major languages of Africa as well as a how this approach has been used in the comparison,
study of some selected areas of usage such as reporting, classification and accounting for patterns of change in
ALL252 Rites of Passage: A Study of Social Dramas (3) expressing one’s feelings or seeking attention etc. Also, the languages of Africa.
The course content will cover performance, structural the course will introduce the students to the description
patterns and functions of the calendar and life cycle of the language’s morphology and syntax. ALL422 A Sociolinguistic Study of Southern Africa (3)
ritual ceremonies that affect the individual and the The course will include the patterns of language use in
community. Also the importance of symbolism, role- ALL336 Field Research Preparation and Proposal Writing Botswana, the factors that influence language change
play and reversal of roles will be explored from various (3) and maintenance and the various efforts, both formal
theoretical perspectives. The course will include techniques of fieldwork, data and informal, which are being made in order to preserve,
collection as well as archival research, resource planning, promote and empower languages.
ALL253 The Sociology of Literature (3) ethical issues and how to write a research proposal.
Basically, the course will include the importance of
sociological considerations in understanding literature. ALL337 Introduction to Computational Linguistics (3) ALL423 The Bantu and Khoesan Languages of Southern
These encompass the writer’s social situation, the The course will introduce the students to a variety Africa (3)
production and the consumption of written literature of topics in computer-based language analysis and The course content will consist of the origin and
and the impact of the historical, cultural and political processing among which three will be examined in a migration of the Bantu and Khoe-San language
environment on the production and consumption. given semester. These topics will include: computational speakers, the settling of the Bantu languages in the
syntax, computational phonology, computational Southern African region, the classification of the Bantu
ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (3) semantics, computational lexicography, speech and Khoe-San languages and their major characteristics.
The course content will include the discussion of the synthesis, and machine translation.
principles and methods of sentence analysis focusing ALL431 Introduction to Psycholinguistics (3)
on the basic structure of the sentence. The standard ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (3) The course will include the various approaches
generative grammar model will be used in sentence The course content will include five literary theories to psycholinguistics, language production and
analysis, based on Setswana. (mainly Structuralism, Psychoanalysis, Reception, comprehension, the biological foundations of language
Marxism and Deconstruction) from which at least three and language pathology.
ALL322 The Structure of Meaning (3) will be selected for discussion in a particular semester.
The course content will include the definition of ALL432 Language Instruction VII (3)
meaning, types of meaning, semantic features and ALL342 African Oral Narratives (3) The course content will include discussion of the
lexical relations. It will also consider the modes of The course will cover various sub-genres of current state of one of the major languages of Africa,
meaning interpretation, context, deictic expressions, institutionalized sub-Saharan African oral narratives comprehension texts and an introduction to the
presuppositions and speech acts. such as myths, folktales and legends that will be studied, literature created in the language, oral and aural skills
analyzed and interpreted from various theoretical and structural analysis.
ALL323 Introduction to Stylistics and Discourse Analysis viewpoints.
(3) ALL433 Research Project: Data Collection (3)
The content of the course will include the study of ALL343 Introduction to African Popular Theatre (3) The research project will be carried out through regular
register, stylistic variation, discourse devices, discourse The course content will include the history of Popular consultation with the relevant lecturer and will lead to
appropriateness and conversation structure. Theatre in Africa from the pre-colonial to the the collection of data on the chosen research topic and
postcolonial era with reference to socioeconomic documentation of the research findings.
ALL331 Introduction to Translation (3) problems facing Africa. Emphasis will be on practical
The course content will comprise the theory of drama and performances in schools and villages ALL434 Introduction to Applied Linguistics (3)
translation; types, modes and problems of translation; within the concept of intervention-participation- The course content will include the study of mental
the role of semantics, pragmatics and discourse analysis conscientisation. representation of grammar, the child’s processing of
grammar, the psycholinguistic approach to mental
ALL351 Politics and Southern African Poetry (3)
116
process and the language learning processes. raise questions of philosophical discussion. CHN201 Pre-intermediate Mandarin Chinese 1 (6)
CHN202 Pre-intermediate Mandarin Chinese 2 (6)
ALL435 Language Instruction VIII (3) GEC261 Languages of Botswana (3) CHN203 Ancient and Imperial History of China [to
The course synopsis will include a discussion of the salient The content of the course will include the study of the 1911] (3)
issues concerning the current state and future situation various language groups that settled in what is now CHN204 Modern History of China [since 1911] (3)
of one of the major languages of Africa, advanced Botswana and how they have interacted over the years CHN205 Chinese Philosophy and Religion (3)
comprehension texts and a good understanding of the to give rise to the current language situation. The course CHN206 Political Economy of Contemporary China (3)
literature created in the language, advanced oral and will also discuss the role of Setswana as a national CHN207 Introduction to Chinese Literature in
aural skills and an in-depth descriptive knowledge of language and English as an official language. Translation (3)
the language.
GEC262 Introduction to Cultural Studies (3) Level 300
ALL436 Research Project: Data Analysis and The content of the course includes theories of cultural CHN301 Intermediate Mandarin Chinese Reading
Interpretation (3) production, practices and values in Africa. Sensitive and Writing 1(6)
The course will consist of supervised work on hands-on questions of ethnicity and multiculturalism are also CHN302 Intermediate Mandarin Chinese Reading
data analysis, interpretation and research report write- discussed. and Writing 2 (6)
up. CHN303 Intermediate Mandarin Chinese Listening
GEC361 Introduction to Rhetoric and Public Speaking(3) and Speaking (3)
ALL441 World Literature in Setswana Translation (3) The content of the course will include aspects of African CHN304 Chinese for Travelling (3)
The content of the course will include primarily literature, language and philosophy with reference to CHN305 Chinese Speaking Societies in the World (in
literary texts translated into Setswana from other interpersonal communication. English) (3)
African languages, and secondly those translated from CHN306 Hot Topics in Contemporary China (in
foreign/non-African languages. A study of how (and English) (3)
why) cultures are constructed, inter-textualized and CHN307 Chinese Proficiency Test (HSK Level 3) (3)
manipulated through translation will also be done. CHINESE STUDIES CHN308 Chinese Proficiency Test (HSK Level 4) (3)
ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and Practice (3)

PROGRAMME Level 400
Programme Regulations for the Bachelor of Arts
The content of this course includes techniques of writing CHN401 Advanced Mandarin Chinese 1 (6)
Degree in Chinese Studies
in three genres: short stories, plays (drama) and poems CHN402 Advanced Mandarin Chinese 2 (6)
(poetry). CHN403 Africa’s Relations with China (3)
General provisions
CHN404 China, Globalization & Changing Power
The General Academic Regulations and the Faculty of
ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (3) Relations (3)
Humanities Special Regulations shall apply.
The course will cover the performance and significance CHN405 Chinese Literature and Culture (3)
of the various forms of indigenous oral poetry that are CHN406 Business Chinese (3)
composed and rendered by oral artists under different
Eligibility for admission to the programme shall be in
cultural and situational contexts in Botswana. 1.5 Options for a total of 15 credits will be selected
accordance with the General Academic Regulations
from a list of approved optional courses from other
and the Faculty of Humanities Special Regulations 22.2,
ALL451 Studies in African Aesthetics (3) departments.
except that the Faculty shall have discretion to admit
The course content will include theories of aesthetic
students who do not fully meet these requirements but
judgment and arguments propounded by philosophers, 1.5.1 It should be noted that due to the special nature
who have prior qualifications in Mandarin Chinese.
artists, literary critics and consumers of objects of of this programme, all the Chinese Studies courses (both
aesthetic value. language and non-language) are core. The optional
Programme Structure
courses are approved courses which may be taken from
Chinese studies at the University of Botswana shall
ALL452 Popular Culture in Africa (3) other subjects. The programme does not include any
consist of the following programme:
The course will include a study of culture, subcultures electives.
and visual culture with emphasis on music, dance, films/
videos, television, computer and their inter-textual 1.5.2 The following list is provided for this year (2019-
Single Major
relationship. It will also include the ideology of mass 19); however, the Faculty may alter the list at discretion
culture, theories of consumption and its confrontation to take account of circumstances. (See regulations.) The
1 SINGLE MAJOR:
with politics, religion and the spirit of conservatism. list below has been arranged by broad categories so as to
indicate areas of particular relevance.
1.1 The Chinese Studies programme is a
ALL453 Women’s Literature in Botswana (3)
concentrated Single Major leading to a
The course will include a study on various literary texts BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS
Bachelor of Arts degree. This concentration
created by women in Botswana from oral to written, BIS100 Introduction to Business Information
is necessary in view of the high language
how they handle relations of power, sexuality and Systems (3)
standard to be mastered in four years.
gender issues, their vision and communicative strategies. ECO111 Basic Micro-economics (3)
ECO112 Basic Macro-economics (3)
1.2 Teaching will be in English at lower levels.
ALL454 Children’s Traditions and Dramatics (3) ELC211 Introduction to Development Issues and
This is in accordance with international
The content of the course will include research on Perspectives (3)
best practice and is necessary because of
children’s traditional games, storytelling, songs, and INT200 Introduction to International Business (3)
the relative difficulty of beginning Chinese.
methods of dramatic improvisation and creative writing INT201 International Business Environment (3)
for children’s books. INT300 Export-Import Marketing (pre-req. INT200)
1.3 To successfully complete the programme,
(3)
students will be required to obtain 124
ALL455 Postcolonial Theory and African Literature (3) INT301 International Trade Institutions (pre-req.
credits.
The course examines from a historical perspective the INT200) (3)
1.4 The following will be the core courses:
national, transnational and translational boundaries INT403 Globalization and Business (3)
of culture with reference to colonial and post-colonial INT404 Contemporary Issues in International
Level 100
literature. Business (3)
CHN101 Basic Mandarin 1 (6)
MGL201 Introduction to Logistics Management
CHN102 Basic Mandarin 2 (6)
ALL456 Introduction to African Thought (3) (Shelved) (3)
CHN103 Introduction to China (3)
The course content will include philosophical treatise MGL202 Introduction to Supply Chain Management
CHN104 Understanding China (3)
that exist within the discipline of African philosophy (3)
and thought on various topics that by their very nature MGL203 Principles of Purchasing (3)
Level 200
MGT 100 Principles of Management (3)
117
MGT200 Organizational Design and Development Literature (3)

(Pre-req. MGT100)(3) ENG424 The Novel in the Modern World (3) 2. Chinese Studies Course Descriptions
MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) ENG433 Introduction to Gender Issues (3)
MKT300 International Marketing (3) ENG434 Non-European World Literature (3) CHN 101: Basic Mandarin 1
MKT303 Sales Management (3) ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (3) This is a beginner’s course for learners with no prior
MKT309 Internet Marketing (3) EPL300 Theory and Practice of Second Language knowledge of Mandarin Chinese language. It introduces
MKT405 Tourism and Hospitality Marketing (3) Teaching (3) students to basic features of Mandarin including
THM101 Principles of Tourism (3) FRE212 Business French (2) the phonetic system and grammatical system. The
THM102 Introduction to Hospitality Management FRE213 Introduction to French Literature (2) course helps students acquire a basic vocabulary of
(pre-req. THM101) (3) FRE217 French Language (3) around 400 Chinese words and master expressions of
THM104 Fundamentals of the Hospitality Industry FRE224 Conversation (3) everyday language use. The emphasis is on listening
(pre-req. THM101) (3) FRE227 French Language II (Pre-req. FRE217)(3) comprehension and oral skills.
THM308 International Tourism (3) FRE314 French Culture & Civilization (2)
THM405 Tourism in Southern Africa (pre-req. THM FRE317 French for Tourism and Hospitality (Pre-req. CHN 102: Basic Mandarin 2
101) (3) FRE227) (3) This course is for students who have completed Basic
FRE327 French for Tourism and Hospitality (Pre- Mandarin 1. The course teaches skills of reception
HISTORY AND POLITICS req. FRE317) (3) (reading and listening) and production (speaking and
ARC102 Introduction to World Prehistory (2) GEC262 Introduction to Cultural Studies (2) writing) in Mandarin Chinese at basic level. In this course
EPS405 International Organizations and Governance students are expected to start acquiring basic translation
(3) ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES skills from Mandarin into English.
GEC273 The State and Society (2) ENS251 The Human Environment System(3)
HIS102 Introduction to the Study of History (History ENS252 Botswana Environment (3) CHN 103: Introduction to China
of Botswana) (2) ENS260 Environment and Population Dynamics (3) The aim of this course is to introduce students to key
HIS104 Debates in Botswana History(2) ENS352 Globalization, Socio-Economic and features and aspects of China so that they acquire a
HIS211 The Rise of Europe to World Dominance (3) Environmental Change (3) basic general knowledge of the country and its history,
HIS214 Agriculture and Industrialization in the society and culture. The course covers topics such as
World Economy to 1945 (3) INFORMATION AND MEDIA STUDIES history, language, geography, culture and social life.
HIS331 African Diaspora in the Islamic World & Asia BIM101 Introduction to Information Science
(3) (3) CHN 104: Understanding China
HIS333 Introduction to Foreign Policy Diplomacy & LIS100 The Information Environment (3) This course provides an in-depth survey of aspects of
International Relations, 1800 to 1945 (3) LIS101 Introduction to Organizing Information Chinese society and culture. It builds on the knowledge
HIS334 Superpowers in the 20th Century (3) (3) that students have acquired in CHN 103 but aims to
HIS412 Twentieth Century South Africa (3) LIS206 Introduction to Infopreneurship (3) be more analytical and reflective. The course takes
HIS433 Civilization & Modernization in China & LIS425 Global Information Systems (3) an interdisciplinary approach and provides a further
Japan (3) BMS320 Media and Society (3) foundation for the continued study of traditional and
HIS434 Colonialism and Independence in South Asia BMS329 Development Communication(3) contemporary China.
(3) BMS421 Current Issues in African Media (3)
HIS441 Slave Trade and Colonial Conquests in East CHN 201: Pre-intermediate Mandarin Chinese 1
Africa (3) LAW This is a pre-intermediate language course for students
HIS445 Globalization & Third World Economies in GEC277 Law and Society in Botswana (3) who have successfully completed two semesters of
Africa, Latin America & South-East Asia (3) LAW215 Foundations of Business Law (3) Mandarin Chinese at introductory level and who have
HIS446 Growth, Policy and Poverty in Africa, Latin LAW538 International Organizations (3) acquired a vocabulary of around 800 words. Students are
America, South and South-East Asia (3) LAW542 International Trade Law (3) trained to communicate intelligibly in a variety of real-
PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration(3) life situations in a Chinese speaking environment.
PAD201 Organization Theories (3) PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION
POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) GEC263 The Politics of Gender (2) CHN 202: Pre-intermediate Mandarin Chinese 2
POL113 Foreign Policy and Diplomacy(3) PST309 World Religions (3) This is a pre-intermediate language course for students
POL201 Botswana Politics (3) TRS103 Religions of Botswana (3) who have successfully completed three semesters of
POL306 International Political Economy (3) TRS105 Asian Religions: A Survey (3) Mandarin Chinese. It builds on the foundation laid at
POL 401 International Relations (3) TRS107 African Traditional Religions (3) the previous levels but adds length and complexity to the
POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) TRS222 Religion and development (3) Chinese language used.
TRS402 Religion and Politics (3)
LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE TRS304 African Philosophy and Culture (3) CHN 203: Ancient and Imperial History of China (to
ALL331 Introduction to Translation (3) TRS413 Hinduism (3) 1911)
ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (3) TRS416 Religion and Modernity (3) The course examines the ancient history of China
ALL453 Women’s Literature in Botswana (3) TRS418 Contemporary African Philosophy (3) from its prehistoric/ legendary starting point to the
BFA400 Theatre History-Asia (3) TRS424 Buddhism (3) establishment of the Chinese Imperial system. It then
ELL290 Language Education Issues (3) looks at the imperial period from both a chronological
ENG121 Introduction to English Language SOCIAL SCIENCES and thematic perspective. Finally it examines Imperial
Description and Usage (3) ELC302 Gender Issues in Social Studies (3) China’s nineteenth century decline, including foreign
ENG212 Introduction to English Literature: The Novel ELC311 Multicultural Education (3) aggression, internal resistance and failed attempts to
(3) ELC312 Conflicts and Conflict Resolution in Africa (3) modernize.
ENG213 Prose Literature of Southern Africa (3) ELC461 Human Rights Issues (3)
ENG223 The Drama of Southern Africa (3) GEC278 The State and Society (2) CHN 204: Modern History of China (since 1911)
ENG233 The Poetry of Southern Africa(3) GEC372 Migration and Globalisation (2) China had a tumultuous history in the twentieth
ENG/GEC268 Literature of Liberation (2) SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Concepts and century, including revolution, civil war, foreign invasion,
ENG333 Critical Issues in Modern African Literature: Principles (3) and political extremism. In order to understand China’s
Phases of Modern African Literature (3) SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) present-day society and public affairs it is necessary to
ENG334 Commonwealth Literature (3) SOC123 Introduction to Social & Cultural understand this background. This course begins with the
ENG373 Botswana Literature (3) Anthropology (3) 1911 Revolution that ended the Empire. It then covers
ENG412 Introduction to Shakespeare (3) SOC236 Social Inequality (3) the Republican era, the triumph of the Communist Party
ENG416 Project/Essay in either Language or SOC324 Sociology of Gender (3) in 1949 and the first decades of the People’s Republic
SOC424 African Social Thought (3) ending with Deng Xiaoping’ policy of Opening Up and
118
Reform. through an examination of the historical background COM111 (3)
of these issues, their contemporary dimensions and
CHN 205: Chinese Philosophy and Religion different viewpoints on the way forward. Total credits: 17
The course introduces issues, developments and debates
of Chinese thought. It explores key concepts, such as CHN 307: Chinese Proficiency Test (HSK Level 3) Semester Two
the Tao, Heaven and qi. The course reviews in detail the This is a preparatory course for the Chinese language CORE
crucial period of the “Hundred Schools” in which the proficiency test Hanyu shuiping kaoshi (HSK). It helps CHN102 Basic Mandarin 2 (6)
main Chinese traditions, including that of Confucius, students to achieve a Mandarin Chinese language CHN104 Understanding China (3)
were established and explores how these traditions proficiency level that conforms to HSK level 3.
evolved later on. The course also covers the introduction OPTIONAL
of Buddhism to China, its acceptance and acquisition of CHN 308: Chinese Proficiency Test (HSK Level 4) Choose one (1) from the list of approved options
distinctively Chinese features. This is a preparatory course for the Chinese language
proficiency test Hanyu shuiping kaoshi (HSK). It helps GECs
CHN 206: Political Economy of Contemporary China students to achieve a Mandarin Chinese language ICT122( 2)
This course looks at modern-day China from the proficiency level that conforms to HSK level 4. COM112 (3)
perspective of the interaction between politics and
economics. It analyses four decades of economic and CHN 401: Advanced Mandarin Chinese 1 Total credits: 17
political reform paying particular attention to the The course is intended for students who have successfully
political context of economic development and the completed six semesters of Mandarin Chinese. It Year 2
political and social consequences of economic reform. focuses on language use in real life communication. All Semester One
The course aims to prepare students for a deeper learning activities are organised to build up students’ CORE
understanding of and independent thinking on modern comprehensive language abilities as a preparation CHN201 Pre-intermediate Mandarin Chinese (6)
China. to participate in real life situations. The course trains CHN203 Ancient and Imperial History of China (3)
students to communicate fluently and appropriately. CHN205 Chinese Philosophy and Religion (3)
CHN 207: Introduction to Chinese Literature in CHN207 Introduction to Chinese Literature in
Translation CHN 402: Advanced Mandarin Chinese 2 Translation (3)
This course introduces students to the broad development This is the most advanced language proficiency course
and significance of Chinese literature through studying offered in the Chinese Studies programme. It assists Total credits: 15
representative sample texts in translation. The course students to reach a high level of language proficiency.
aims partly to prepare students for the Level 400 course Students will be exposed to a variety of audio-visual Students have the possibility to add one
on Chinese literature in the original language. materials and required to discuss issues in both oral and optional course.
written form.
CHN 301: Intermediate Mandarin Chinese Reading and Semester Two
Writing 1 CHN 403: Africa’s Relations with China CORE
This is an intermediate language course for students who The aim of this course is to critically explore the changing CHN202 Pre-intermediate Mandarin Chinese 2 (6)
have successfully completed four semesters of Mandarin structure of economic, political and people-to-people CHN204 Modern History of China (3)
Chinese. It teaches more advanced vocabulary and relations between Africa and China. The course explores CHN206 Political Economy of Contemporary China (3)
syntax of Mandarin Chinese. Particular attention is paid Africa-China relations in the pre-colonial, colonial and
to training reading and writing skills in Chinese at the post-colonial era, but the main focus of the course is on OPTIONAL
intermediate level. the past decades of rapidly changing relations between Choose one (1) from the list of approved options
Africa and China
CHN 302: Intermediate Mandarin Chinese Reading and Total credits: 15
Writing 2 CHN 404: China, Globalization & Changing Power
This is an intermediate language course for students Relations Year 3
who have successfully completed five semesters of This course aims to examine the dynamic relationship Semester One
Mandarin Chinese. It teaches more advanced vocabulary between China’s economic development and the CORE
and syntax of Mandarin Chinese. The course focuses on changing structure of the global economy since the end CHN301 Intermediate Mandarin Chinese Reading
comprehensive skills development at the intermediate of the twentieth century. It critically reviews debates on and Writing 1 (6)
level. the meaning, nature and direction of globalization as CHN303 Intermediate Mandarin Chinese
well as how various countries, regions and other players Listening and Speaking (3)
affect and are affected by this process with a special CHN305 Chinese Speaking Societies in the World (in
CHN 303: Intermediate Mandarin Chinese Listening and focus on China. English) (3)
Speaking CHN307 Chinese Proficiency Test (HSK Level 3) (3)
This is an interactive Chinese language course at CHN 405: Chinese Literature and Culture
intermediate level which mainly teaches listening and This course gives students the opportunity to study a Total credits: 15
speaking skills in Chinese language communication. sample of Chinese literature in the original Chinese. It
will include ancient texts, classical fiction and poetry. Students have the possibility to add one optional course.
CHN 304: Chinese for Travelling A high level of proficiency in Mandarin Chinese is a
This is a language course which specifically teaches requirement for this course. Semester Two
communicative skills in Mandarin Chinese for travel CORE
situations (e.g. to arrange a travel schedule, to book 3. The Programme structure is as follows: CHN302: Intermediate Mandarin Chinese
tickets and hotels, etc.). Reading and Writing 2 (6)
Year 1 CHN304: Chinese for Travelling (3)
CHN 305: Chinese Speaking Societies in the World (in Semester One CHN306: Hot Topics in Contemporary China (in
English) CORE English) (3)
This course explores Chinese speaking communities CHN101: Basic Mandarin (6) CHN308: Chinese Proficiency Test (HSK Level 4) (3)
outside of Mainland China, such as those in South East CHN103: Introduction to China (3)
Asia, Australia, America and Africa. The course takes both Total credits: 15
a geographical and thematic approach. OPTIONAL
Choose one (1) from the list of approved options Students have the possibility to add one optional
CHN 306: Hot Topics in Contemporary China (in English) course.
This course examines some of the key issues and debates GECs
affecting present-day China. Students will be guided ICT121 (2) Year 4
119
Semester One Degree as per Departmental Regulations; (2) CORE

CORE c) Combined Major/Major Programme with English
CHN401 Advanced Mandarin Chinese 1 (6) and a second subject other than English as Majors, Semester 2
CHN403 Africa’s Relations with China (3) leading to the award of a Bachelor of Arts Degree as Core Courses
CHN405 Chinese Literature and Culture (3) per Departmental Regulations; ENG131 Writing in English (3)
d) Combined Major/Minor with English as the Minor, This course familiarises students with various rhetorical
OPTIONAL leading to the award of a Bachelor of Arts Degree principles and examines various features of discourse
Choose one (1) from the list of approved options as per Departmental Regulations, if the student is types specific to particular genres.
registered in the Faculty of Humanities;
Total credits: 15 e) Multi-disciplinary Programme, leading to the award ENG123 Introduction to Literature: Drama and Poetry
of a Bachelor of Arts Degree as per Departmental (3)
Semester Two Regulations. This course introduces students to the literary and
CORE theatrical aspects of drama, and to the structure and
CHN402 Advanced Mandarin Chinese 2 (6) Entry Requirements literary strategies of poetry.
CHN404 China, Globalization & Changing Power Admission requirements to the Programmes in the
Relations (3) Department of English are specified in the Faculty of GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
CHN406 Business Chinese (3) Humanities Regulation 22.2. COM112 Communication and Academic Literacy
Skills II (Humanities) (3) CORE
OPTIONAL Award of Degree ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2
Choose one (1) from the list of approved options A student must satisfy the appropriate provisions of (2) CORE
General Academic Regulation 20.4 to be awarded a
Total credits: 15 Degree. Level 200
Semester 3
4 Students with prior HSK qualifications in Chinese Career Opportunities for Graduates of the Department Core Course
language may, at the discretion of the Faculty, be given of English Band A: Language
credit for these as substituting for language courses. 1.5.1 Career prospects for Bachelor of Arts Degree holders ENG211 The Pronunciation of English (3)
in English include professional employment in the This course introduces students to articulatory processes
5. The list of approved optional courses from other fields of: and the description of English sounds.
departments shall be determined and published as a) Education, teaching at secondary and tertiary
appropriate from time to time. levels or in the field of curriculum development Optional Courses
in the Ministry of Education,
6. Assessment b) Print and Electronic Media, Band B: English Literature
Assessment shall normally include course assessment c) Publishing, ENG212 Introduction to English Literature: The Novel (3)
as provided for in General Regulations, including d) Public Relations, This course introduces students to the development of
essays, tests, presentations, project assignments, e) The Civil Service. the English Novel from its infancy in the 18th Century
group exercises, practical exercises, and other forms of to modern times. The course broadly examines the
assessment appropriate to the particular course, and 1.5.2 Training in English studies provides the recipient emergence of the English Novel and the conditions
final examinations, but the assessment requirements with the kind of adaptable mind that enables under which it emerged.
may vary between courses according to the approved him/her to fit, with some additional training, into
course prescriptions. a wide range of managerial and administrative Band C: African Literature
positions, including posts in financial and business ENG213 Prose Literature of Southern Africa (3)
7. Progression institutions. This course introduces students to the prose literature of
In order to proceed from one semester to the next, the Southern African region, covering various historical,
a student must obtain a cumulative GPA, which is in Course Structure political and social topics as they are written about in
accordance with General Regulation 00.9. 1.6.1 Courses in the Department of English shall be the literature of the region.
offered at Levels 100 to 400 for the undergraduate
programmes as outlined below. ENG223 The Drama of Southern Africa (3)
8. Award in Chinese Studies Bachelor of Arts Degree: 1.6.2 In addition to the Department’s courses, an This course introduces students to the drama of
To graduate as Bachelor of Arts in Chinese Studies, undergraduate candidate majoring in English Southern Africa, covering the genesis and development
students must qualify for a BA under the General shall take General Education Courses (GECs) and of Southern African drama, identifying a dramatic form
Regulations of the Faculty of Humanities, and satisfy the electives in accordance with General Regulation that is Southern African, and relating, comparing and
requirements for the Major in Chinese Studies. 00.2124. contrasting such a dramatic form to those from other
parts of Africa.
To graduate with the Major in Chinese Studies, a student Level 100
shall be required to obtain 124 credits. Semester 1 Semester 4
ENG121 Introduction to English Language Description Band A: Language
and Usage (3) ENG221 Introduction to English Linguistics (3)
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH This course provides an overview of basic grammatical This course is an introductory over-view of Descriptive
Departmental Regulations concepts and terms that students can apply to particular Linguistics, viewed as a foundation for the study of
Subject to the provisions of the Academic General examples and difficulties of usage. English Language and Linguistics courses.
Regulations, the following Departmental Regulations Optional Courses
shall apply:
ENG113 Introduction to Literature: Prose (3) Band B: English Literature
Programmes and Titles of Degrees This course is designed to introduce first-year students ENG222 Introduction to English Literature: Poetry and
The Department of English offers the following to the literary aspects of the essay and (auto) biography, Drama (3)
programmes leading to the award of a Degree: and to the structure and components of the novel and This course introduces students to some of the major
short story. poets and dramatists in English Literature. It examines
a) Single Major Programme, leading to the award the works of some of the major poets and dramatists in
of a Bachelor of Arts Degree as per Departmental General Education Courses English Literature from Chaucer up to the present time.
Regulations; COM111 Communication and Academic Literacy
b) Combined Major/Minor Programme with English as Skills I (Humanities) (3) CORE Band C: African Literature
the Major, leading to the award of a Bachelor of Arts ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1
120
ENG233 The Poetry of Southern Africa (3) ENG333 Critical Issues in Modern African Literature:
This course introduces students to the poetry of Southern Phases of Modern African Literature (3) ENG361 Morphology of English (3)
Africa. While focusing on the modern written forms, it This course is an examination of the major critical issues This course provides students with an understanding of
also points to the living, everyday experience of oral and trends in Modern African literature using both the morphological structure of English and their own
traditions of poetry. The course is broadly representative creative materials and critical works of African authors. languages. It also teaches students how to analyse any
of the countries, themes and forms of poetic expression language morphologically.
in the region. ENG353 Currents of Thought in the Literature of the
African Diaspora: African-American Literature (3) Band B: English Literature
Band G: Theatre Studies This course is a survey of African-American literature ENG312 Milton (3)
ENG217 Theatre History (3) from slave narratives to contemporary works. This course is a detailed study of the seminal poetical
This course introduces students to the study of Theatre writings of John Milton. It places Milton in the context
from a historical perspective. The course traces ENG363 Oral Literature (3) of the tradition of world Epic poetry and of English
developments in Theatre across the world, highlighting This course acquaints students with orality as a cultural 17th Century poetry, and systematically explores
the circumstances that have either helped develop or process. It develops an appreciation of verbal art and Miltonic ideas about literary genre, politics, religion and
stifle it. examines the fundamental sources and bases of the philosophy.
forms and structures of African and European literature.
Level 300 ENG362 English Romantic Poetry: The Later Romantics
Semester 5 ENG373 Botswana Literature (3) (3)
Core Course This course is a critical study of the novel, poetry, This course attempts to establish the relationship
Band A: Language short story and drama of Botswana. It also traces the between the Early Romantics and the Later Romantics
development of the literature. The course focuses in terms of theme and style. Focusing on Keats, Shelley
ENG351 Phonology of English (3) on stylistic, thematic and generic differences and and Byron, it attempts to place the Later Romantics in
This course introduces students to some of the similarities in the works. their proper literary and socio-political context.
phonological theories on the pronunciation of English
and other languages known to them. In addition, it Band D: World Literature ENG372 Elizabethan and Jacobean Poetry (3)
gives students the opportunity to apply this knowledge ENG334 Commonwealth Literature (3) This course examines how Elizabethan and Jacobean
to some data to enhance their understanding of the This course studies a selection of works of prose, fiction, writers employed the poetic mode to express views on
theories. drama, poetry and essays drawn from a number of private and personal feelings, and on social and public
literary traditions in The Commonwealth. The choice issues.
Optional Courses of texts for study will help students to reflect on the
Band A: Language problematic use of the English language as a medium of Band C: African Literature
ENG341 Introduction to Sociolinguistics (3) literary expression in all Commonwealth societies. ENG383 Critical Issues in Modern African Literature:
This course introduces students to the relationship Critical Debates in African Literature (3)
between language and society. It focuses in particular Band E: Theory This course continues the discussion of the major issues
on the description of varieties of English and their use in ENG415 Readings in Literary Theory 1 (3) and trends in Modern African Literature using both
various contexts, and on the analysis of and solutions to This course surveys the changing conceptions of the creative works and critical writings of African authors.
language problems, especially in developing countries. nature and function of literature in the Western
tradition, from Plato and Aristotle in the Classical period ENG343 Modern African Poetry (3)
ENG441 Introduction to Pragmatics (3) to Tolstoy and Marx in the nineteenth century. This course deals with the modes, styles and themes
This course introduces students to Pragmatics, a of modern African poetry, and the socio-political and
discipline which studies various factors involved in Band G: Theatre Studies cultural influences that have shaped it. The traditions
the appropriate use and understanding of language. ENG317 African Drama (3) of modern African poetry are studied across periods and
It looks at factors such as the speaker’s intentions and This course offers students an opportunity to critically regions.
how they are surmised by the addressee, the speaker’s look at a representative selection of African dramatic
and addressee’s background attitudes and beliefs, their literature. The course helps students to identify and ENG393 Currents of Thought in the Literature of the
understanding of the context in which the utterance appreciate the various themes explored in drama, its African Diaspora: African-Caribbean Literature (3)
is made, and their knowledge of how language can be various styles and techniques and its role in society. This course is a critical study of Caribbean literature
used for a variety of purposes. within the context of the forces and conditions that
ENG327 Practical Theatre (6, 2 Semesters) occasioned its advent, and continue to impact its
Band B: English Literature This course is an introduction to the practice of theatre. survival and future.
ENG352 The Metaphysical Poets (3) It involves such processes as script analysis, research,
This course charts the development of Metaphysical rehearsal, stagecraft and performance. The course offers Band D: World Literature
poetry during the 16th-17th Centuries through its chief students an opportunity to approach theatre holistically ENG324 Twentieth Century American Literature (3)
practitioners: Donne, Herbert, Vaughan and Marvell. and to understand the relationships between the various This course is a critical examination of twentieth-century
It studies poetic devices, styles and subjects that link arts that go into its making. American literature using representative texts of various
together these writers as Metaphysical poets. genres/types: fiction, drama and poetry.
Semester 6
ENG332 English Romantic Poetry: The Early Romantics(3) Core Course Band G: Theatre Studies
This course deals with the early part of the literature that Band A: Language ENG327 Practical Drama (6, 2 Semesters)
came to be known as English Romantic Poetry. Focus is ENG311 Modern English Grammar (3) This course is an introduction to the practice of theatre.
on Blake, Wordsworth and Coleridge. This course is a detailed description and analysis of It involves such processes as script analysis, research,
modern English grammar: the meaning of grammar, rehearsal, stagecraft and performance. The course
ENG342 Elizabethan and Jacobean Literature: Drama (3) English word classes, phrase types and sentence offers students an opportunity to approach theatre
This course is a study of Elizabethan and Jacobean drama structure. holistically and to understand the relationships between
as a significant literary, cultural, political and religious the various arts that go into its making.
expression of the age. Optional Courses
Band A: Language Level 400
ENG412 Introduction to Shakespeare (3) ENG321 Usage in English (3) Semester 7
This course deals with the achievement of Shakespeare This course examines common problems associated Core Course
as the hallmark of the English literary tradition through with word class usage (noun/pronoun agreement, Band A: Language
an exploration of three of his more famous plays and a tense and voice in verbs, comparative and superlative ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (3)
selection of his most popular poems. forms in adjectives and adverbs) and sentence usage, This course provides students with the knowledge of
Band C: African Literature including modification, coordination, subordination and various approaches to syntax with specific emphasis on
fragmentation.
121
functional approaches. ENG416 Research Essay (6, 2 Semesters)

This course offers the student the opportunity to ENG492 Modern English Poetry (3)
Optional Courses conduct supervised research which should result in the This course studies the poetry of Hopkins, W.B. Yeats, T.S.
Band A: Language submission of an essay of 5000 - 7000 words. Eliot and the poetry of WW1. The poetry explores the
ENG331 Language Acquisition (3) material and spiritual dislocations that were signs of the
This course introduces students to the principles that Band G: Theatre Studies break-up of Western Civilisation.
govern how humans acquire a first language, and ENG417 Theory and Practice of Drama (6, 2 Semesters)
a second and/or an additional language. Important This is a course designed for students with an interest Band C: African Literature
aspects of the course include the role of the brain in the practice of theatre. It is intended to deepen ENG443 The African Novel II (3)
and other speech organs in language acquisition and students’ practical theatre skills and some important This course is a study of the design and technical
processing, and learner strategies in Second Language theories underlying the skills of acting, directing for the innovations to be seen in the African novel written in
Acquisition. stage, set design, lighting, and script-writing. English or translated into English from indigenous and
other languages of the continent of Africa.
ENG471 Introduction to Literary Stylistics (3) ENG427 Dramatic Literature (3)
This course introduces students to a range of linguistic This course explores the importance of play texts in the ENG463 Gender Issues in African Literature (3)
theories on which they will draw in their analysis of development of theatre traditions around the world. It Requiring a comprehensive reading of feminist theory
selected literary texts. is designed to help students appreciate the difference and some literary texts, this course encourages
between drama as literature and drama as theatre. students to draw on different disciplines to explore
Band B: English Literature representations of motherhood and fatherhood in
ENG422 The Development of the English Novel: The Early Semester 8 nationalist politics and literature, visual representations
English Novel (3) Core Course of female and male sexuality, mainstream feminist
This course is a chronological study of the development Band A: Language criticism and “womanism”.
of the English Novel from its 18th Century inception by ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (3)
Defoe through to Romantic conceptions of the form. This is an introductory course to Semantics which ENG453 Bessie Head (3)
It considers the novel’s evolution as a form of social promotes an understanding of a framework for This course focuses on Bessie Head as one of the major
commentary and its response to diverse social and conceptualising meaning leading to clear and logical writers to emerge from Botswana and Africa.
political pressures. thinking.
Band D: World Literature
ENG432 Victorian Poetry (3) Optional Courses ENG434 Non-European World Literature (3)
This course is a study of 19th Century English Victorian Band A: Language This course provides an overview of the literatures of
poetry. It identifies the important themes and the ENG411 Form, Function and Variation in English (3) unfamiliar cultures, covering topics such as classical
characteristic poetic features of the age. It considers This course focuses on the practical analysis of texts Asian poetry, the novel in China and Japan, magical
the Victorian concerns about death, love, religious faith, against a background of various theoretical approaches realism in Latin America, identity and social status
marriage, the position of women and the great growth to Stylistics. in multi-ethnic and multi-lingual societies and the
and optimism of the age. problem of translation.
ENG431 Introduction to Discourse Analysis (3)
ENG442 Modern English Prose Fiction: 1900-1930 (3) This course introduces students to Discourse Analysis, a Band E: Theory
This course is an intensive study of a major work by discipline which is concerned with how language users ENG435 Readings in Literary Theory II (3)
each of the following writers: Joseph Conrad, E.M. produce and interpret language in situated contexts and This course surveys the various and sometimes
Forster, D.H. Lawrence, Virginia Woolf and James Joyce. how these constructions relate to social and cultural conflicting twentieth-century approaches to literature
Students will explore and analyse the way these works norms, preferences, and expectations. Among other from Russian Formalism to the more recent Feminist
relate to the intellectual, cultural and social concerns things, the course focuses on the nature and structure and Postcolonial arguments.
of the period. of written and spoken discourse and attempts to link
the characterization of speaker/writer meaning and its ENG425 Seminar on Feminist Literary Theory (3)
ENG452 Shakespearean Drama (3) explanation in the context of use. Although this course demands an in-depth reading
This course considers a selection of Shakespearean tragic, of feminist theory, emphasis is also placed on
comedic and historical texts, as well as their cultural ENG481 Language and Gender (3) interdisciplinary approaches. Students are encouraged
setting, historical context and literary environment. This course introduces students to a range of gender- to consider how theoretical statements affect their own
related theoretical and analytical issues in the structure thinking and ideologies.
Band C: African Literature and use of English, and examines the current trends in
ENG413 The African Novel 1 (3) gender-related language reform. Band F: Project/Long Essay
This course is a study of the African novel written in ENG416 Project/Essay in either Language or Literature (6,
English or translated into English from indigenous and Band B: English Literature 2 Semesters)
other languages of the continent of Africa. This study ENG462 Shakespearean Poetry (3) This course offers the student the opportunity to
concentrates on the characteristic themes and concerns This course explores a selection of Shakespeare’s Sonnets conduct supervised research which should result in the
of the African novel. and excerpts from the longer poems, focusing on major submission of an essay of 5000 - 7000 words.
themes of Elizabethan poetry such as love, time, death,
ENG433 Introduction to Gender Issues (3) religion and politics. Band G: Theatre Studies
This course combines theoretical and practical ENG417 Theory and Practice of Drama
approaches to literature in order to clarify how, and the ENG472 The Development of the English Novel: The (6, 2 Semesters)
extent to which, feminist criticism can be applied to Victorian English Novel (3) This is a course designed for students with an interest
analyse literary texts. This course is a chronological study of the traditional in the practice of theatre. It is intended to deepen
English novel from the Romantic Movement to the end students’ practical theatre skills and some important
of the reign of Queen Victoria. The problems the novel theories underlying the skills of acting, directing for the
Band D: World Literature addresses include the decline in religious faith due to stage, set design, lighting, and script-writing.
ENG424 The Novel in the Modern World (3) Darwinism, and the social pressures of the increase of
Focusing on major novels published since 1950, this urbanisation and industrialisation. General Education Courses
course provides an overview of how novelists from GEC268 Literature of Liberation (2)
different parts of the world have developed the form ENG482 Modern English Drama (3) This course covers creative work, biographies,
as a means to address important social, cultural and This course is an exploration of the stylistic and autobiographies and other digestible historical and
political issues. thematic advances made by British playwrights at the social texts that relate to the liberation of Africa and of
beginning of the 20th century and their imprint on the all the peoples of African descent.
Band F: Project/Long Essay development of drama during the rest of the century. Programme Structure
122
1.7.1 In each semester at Level 100 English shall comprise d) A project or long essay in either Language The ability to speak another of the worlds’ most widely
6 credits made up of 1 core course in Language (3 or Literature (6 credits over two semesters). used languages opens many opportunities to students.
credits) and 1 core course in Literature (3 credits). Besides the chance to teach French in secondary
1.7.11 In a Multidisciplinary Programme at Levels 300 schools or at the University level, French majors have
1.7.2 In each semester at Level 200 English shall comprise and 400, the student shall, in consultation with the possibility to work in government, international
6 credits made up of the following: his/her tutor and the Head of Department, select business and commerce, tourism, journalism, and
a) A core course in Language, and for credit relevant courses from the Departmental international law. You may choose to work in some
b) A Literature course selected from the offerings. Such courses shall normally be at Level Advertising agencies as an advertiser, a Copy writer.
available options. 300 and above. Other opportunities include working as Guide, Hostess,
Hotel or Catering Administrator, Information Officer,
1.7.3 In a Combined Degree (Major/Major) Assessment and Examination Interpreter, Translator, Journalist or archivist, Private
Programme, English shall comprise the following at Student performance in each course shall be evaluated Secretary or Private Tutor.
Level 300: In each semester, 6 credits made up of by taking into account continuous assessment and final
the core Language course and one Literature course examination, except in the case of ENG416: Research ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
selected from any of the bands. Essay, where the completed essay will take the place of Only candidates who passed FRENCH in the Botswana
1.7.4 In a Combined Degree (Major/Major) Programme, a final examination. General Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) or
English shall comprise the following at Level its equivalent may be admitted to Level 100 Group A
400: In each semester, 6 credits made up of the Progression from Semester to Semester ADVANCED.
core Language course and one Literature course In order to proceed from one semester to the next, a
selected from any of the bands. student must maintain a cumulative GPA in accordance Candidates without the above requirements may be
1.7.5 In a Combined Degree (Major/Minor) Programme, with General Regulation 00.9. admitted to Level 100 Group B BEGINNERS.
where English is the Major subject, English shall
comprise the following at Level 300: PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
a) In each semester, 9 credits made up of the core Combined Major Degree Programme
Language course, one Literature course, and DEPARTMENT OF FRENCH In a combined major Degree Programme, a student may
either another Language course or another take the following:
Literature course from a different band; GENERAL INFORMATION
b) Over the two semesters, a student may only take Semester 1
a maximum of 9 credits in Language. Why choosing to study French? All core courses as follows: one core course at Levels
French is one of the most widely used languages in 100(Group A Advanced), 200, 300 and 400; two core
1.7.6 In a Combined Degree (Major/Minor) Programme, the world, spoken in Europe, Africa, North and South courses at Level 100 (Group B Beginners);
where English is the Major subject, English shall America, and parts of Asia and the Pacific. It is, with One optional course at Level 100 (Group A advanced)
comprise the following at Level 400: English and Arabic, one of the three most widely spoken and two optional courses at Levels 200, 300 and 400.
a) In each semester, 9 credits made up of the languages on the African continent, used in more One of these optional courses shall be selected from the
core Language course, one Literature course than twenty countries from Morocco to Madagascar. prescribed courses offered by other Departments in the
and another Language or another Literature French is a major medium of international business and Faculty of Humanities; At least one elective at Levels 100,
course, provided it is from a different band; diplomacy. The literature and culture of France and the 200, 300, and 400, which may be taken from another
b) Over the two semesters, a student may only French-speaking world comprise a major international department, depending on the students’ professional
take a maximum 9 credits in Language. civilisation several centuries old. French language needs;
novels, poems, cinema, music, and journalism play an
1.7.7 In a Combined Degree (Major/ Minor) where influential role in contemporary life. Degree students Semester 2
English is the Minor subject at Level 300: In each in the French Department learn to speak and read the All core courses as follows: one core course at Levels 100
semester English shall comprise 3 credits selected language with a high level of fluency, as well as gaining (Group A Advanced), 200, 300 and 400; two core courses
in consultation with the Head of Department from a familiarity with the culture of the French-speaking at Level 100 (Group B Beginners);
the Department’s course offerings from Level 300 world. One optional course at Level 100 (Group A advanced)
and above. and two optional courses at Levels 200, 300 and 400.
1.7.8 In a Combined Degree (Major/Minor) where Degree in French offered at UB. One of these optional courses shall be selected from the
English is the Minor subject at Level 400: In each The French Department offers a four-year Bachelor of prescribed courses offered by other Departments in the
semester, English shall comprise 3 credits selected Arts programme that includes courses in both language Faculty of Humanities;
in consultation with the Head of Department from and literature and civilisation. Students who have At least one elective at Levels 100, 200, 300 and
the Department’s course offerings from Level 300 already studied French in secondary school may be 400 which may be taken from another department,
and above. permitted to begin the program at a higher level. Many depending on the students’ professional needs;
students continue after completion of the programme To be awarded a Bachelor of Arts Degree in a Combined
1.7.9 In a Single Major Programme at Level 300, English to obtain the Post-graduate Degree in Education in Major Programme, a student must have obtained 24
shall comprise the following in each semester: 15 order to teach in secondary schools. credits in the core courses and at least 28 credits in the
credits made up of: optional courses. The total number of credits must not
a) The core Language course, one optional Who would be interested in this programme? be less than 52.
Language course, two Literature courses Students who wish to speak other languages, who enjoy
selected from different bands and another literature and cultural studies, or who are interested in Combined Major/Minor (Where French is the Major)
Language or Literature course also from a international affairs and travel will find the programme In a combined Degree programme, where French is the
different band. rewarding. Major, a student shall take the following:
b) Over the two semesters, a student must take at
least 12 credits, the equivalent of 4 courses, in What courses will be taken? Semester 1
Language. Students take a core curriculum of language and All core courses as follows: one core course at Levels
literature courses that enable them to speak, read, and 100 (Group A Advanced), 200, 300 and 400; two core
1.7.10 In a Single Major Programme at Level 400: In each comprehend French with a high level of competency. In courses at Level 100 (Group B Beginners);
semester, English shall comprise 15 credits made addition, a broad array of optional courses enables them One optional course at Level 100 (Group A advanced),
up of the following: to choose the particular aspects of the field on which two optional courses at Level 200 and three optional
a) A core Language course; they wish to concentrate. These courses include topics courses at Levels 300 and 400. One of these optional
b) One optional Language course; in literature and philosophy, contemporary life and courses shall be selected from the prescribed courses
c) Two optional Literature courses provided civilisation, linguistics, and French for specific purposes offered by other Departments in the Faculty of
that each course is from a different band; such as business, tourism, diplomacy, or translation. Humanities;
At least one elective, which may be taken from
What are the career opportunities?
123
another department, depending on the students’ at Level 100 (Group B Beginners); Core Course
professional needs; One optional course at Level 100 (Group A advanced) and FRE221 Advanced French Language (3) : Prerequisite
two optional courses at Level 200; five optional courses FRE211 or equivalent.
Semester 2 at Level 300, and six optional courses at Level 400. Two
All core courses as follows: one core course at Levels 100 of these optional courses at Levels 300 and 400 shall be Optional Courses
(Group A Advanced), 200, 300 and 400; two core courses selected from the prescribed list of courses offered by FRE222 French for International relations,
at Level 100 (Group B Beginners); other Departments in the Faculty of Humanities. Tourism and Hotel Industry (2)
One optional course at Level 100 (Group A advanced), two FRE223 Introduction to African Literature in
optional courses at Level 200 and three optional courses At least one elective at Levels 100, 200, 300 and French (2)
at Levels 300 and 400. One of these optional courses 400 which may be taken from another department, FRE224 Conversation (2)
shall be selected from the prescribed courses offered by depending on the students’ professional needs;
other Departments in the Faculty of Humanities; To be awarded a Bachelor of Arts Degree in a Single Elective course
At least one elective at Levels 100, 200, 300 and Major Programme, a student must have obtained 24 FRE227 French Language II (3)
400 which may be taken from another department, credits from the core courses and 56 credits from the Prerequisite: FRE217 or equivalent
depending on the students’ professional needs; optional courses. The total number of credits must not
To be awarded a Bachelor of Arts Degree in a Combined be less than 80. LEVEL 300
Major Programme where French is a Major, a student Semester5
must have obtained 24 Credits from the core courses and Multidisciplinary Combined degree Programme Core Course
36 credits from the optional courses. The total number of In a Multidisciplinary Combined Degree Programme a FRE311 Proficiency in French Language (3)
credits must not be less than 60. student shall take a number of core and optional courses : Prerequisite FRE221 or equivalent.
that will be determined by negotiation between him and
Combined Minor/Major (Where French is the Minor) the French Department. Optional courses
In a combined degree programme, where French is the FRE312 French Novel and Poetry of the 19th
Minor, a student shall take the following: Century (2)
LIST OF COURSES AT EACH LEVEL FRE313 Introduction to French Linguistics (2)
Semester 1 FRE314 French Culture and Civilisation (2)
All core courses as follows: one core course at Levels 100 LEVEL 100 FRE315 Introduction to Text Analysis (2)
(Group A Advanced), 200, 300 and 400; two core courses ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (3)
at Level 100 (Group B Beginners); Group A. ADVANCED STUDENTS (Prerequisite: BGCSE in TRS391 African Philosophy and Culture (3)
One optional course at levels 100(Group A Advanced) to French or equivalent) ENG333 A Critical Issues in Modern African
400; At least one elective, which shall be taken from the Semester 1 Literature (3)
Major subject; Core course Elective course
FRE111 Practical French Language (3 credits) FRE317 French for Tourism and Hospitality I (3)
Semester 2 Optional courses Prerequisite FRE227 or equivalent
All core courses as follows: one core course at Levels FRE112 Spoken and Written French (2 credits) Semester 6
100(Group A Advanced), 200, 300 and 400; two core FRE113 French for Specific purposes I (2 credits) Core Course
courses at Level 100 (Group B Beginners); FRE325 Advanced Communicative French (3):
One optional course at Levels 100 (Group A Advanced) to Semester 2 Prerequisite FRE311
400 provided that no optional course has been taken in Core Course Optional Courses
the first semester; FRE121 Communication skills in French FRE321 African and Caribbean Literature in
At least one elective, which shall be taken from the (3 credits) French (2)
Major subject; Optional courses FRE322 Culture and Civilization of French
A student shall normally take a total of up to three FRE122 Techniques of oral and written expression Speaking African Countries (2)
courses in French in Two semesters (one core course (2 credits) FRE323 French Linguistics and Orthography (2)
each semester and one optional course in two semesters), FRE123 French for Specific purposes II (2 credits) FRE324 French Essay Writing (2)
giving him/her up to 8 credits. ALL333 Introduction to Research methods (3)
To be awarded a Bachelor of Arts Degree in a Combined GROUP B. BEGINNERS (Prerequisite: none) ENG373 Botswana Literature (3)
Programme where French is the Minor, student must ENG343 Modern African Poetry (3)
have obtained 24 credits from the core courses and Semester 1
at least 8 credits from the optional courses. The total Core Courses (Students should register for both FRE114 Elective course
number of credits must not be less than 32. and FRE115 which are compulsory) FRE327 French for Tourism and Hospitality II (3)
FRE114 Basic French language (3) Prerequisite: FRE317 or equivalent
Single Major FRE115 Oral and Written Comprehension (3)
In a Single major degree Programme, a student shall take LEVEL 400
the following courses: Semester 2 Semester 7
Core Courses (Students should register for both FRE124 Core Course
Semester 1 and FRE125 which are compulsory) FRE411 French language in use (3):
All core courses as follows: one core course at Levels 100 FRE124 Oral and Written Expression (3) Prerequisite FRE325
(Group A Advanced), 200, 300 and 400; two core courses FRE125 Elementary French language (3) Optional Courses
at Level 100 (Group B Beginners); FRE412 Currents of thought in the French
One optional course at Level 100 (Group A advanced) LEVEL 200 Speaking World (2)
and two optional courses at Level 200; five optional Semester 3 FRE413 Theory of translation (2)
courses at Level 300, and six optional courses at Level Core Course FRE414 Modern French Literature: Study of a
400. Two of these optional courses at Levels 300 and 400 FRE211 Intermediate French Language (3): Genre, an Author (2)
shall be selected from the prescribed courses offered by Prerequisite FRE124 & FRE125 or equivalent. FRE415 Research essay (2)
other Departments in the Faculty of Humanities. Optional Courses ENG431 Introduction to Discourse Analysis (3)
At least one elective, which may be taken from another FRE212 Business, Scientific and Technical French (2) ALL451 Introduction to African Thought (3)
department, depending on the students’ professional FRE213 Introduction to French Literature (2)
needs; FRE214 Introduction to the Culture and Civilization Semester 8
of the French Speaking World (2) Core Course
Semester 2 Elective course FRE426 Advanced Communication skills in French
All core courses as follows: one core course at Levels 100 FRE217 French Language I (3) Prerequisite: (3) ): Prerequisite FRE411
(Group A Advanced), 200, 300 and 400; two core courses NONE Optional Courses
Semester4 FRE421 French Language Through Drama (2)
124
FRE422 Advanced French Linguistics (2) of writing tasks (writing reports, summaries, formal and organisation, law, politics, etc. A survey will be made of
FRE423 Translation (2) informal letters, expressing opinions, etc.) the civilisation of French-speaking countries through
FRE424 African Literature: study of a genre, an authentic materials based on economy, social life,
author (2) FRE123 French for Specific Purposes II (2) and politics. Students will be given an opportunity to
FRE425 Aspects of French thought (2) This French language course aims at equipping students compare aspects of culture and civilization of the French
FRE427 Caribbean Literature in French (2) with reading techniques so as to understand and speaking world with their own culture.
ENG 433 Introduction to gender issues (3) interpret texts (documentation and bibliography) of their
ALL 442 Creative Writing, Theory & Practice (3) area of specialization (Library and information studies, FRE 217 French Language I (3) Elective. Prerequisite:
History etc.) written in French. The content comprises NONE
FRENCH COURSE DESCRIPTIONS analysis and description of different types of the French This course is designed to develop students’ competence
discourse used in various disciplines. Emphasis is laid in spoken and written French so as they have a more
FRE111 Practical French Language (3) on the accuracy of the vocabulary used in those non- spontaneous use of the French language. Emphasis
This course will reinforce students’ competence in standard situations of communication. will be laid on mastering basic language functions and
oral and written French so that they have a more linguistic structures for effective expression in both
spontaneous use of the French language. Emphasis FRE 124 Oral and Written Expression (3) (Register for written and verbal French. The content of this course
will be laid on mastering basic language functions and both FRE124 and FRE125 ) will cover practical exercises both oral and written in the
linguistic structures learnt by students at secondary This course aims at helping students use acquired classroom and in the Language Laboratory. The course
level for effective expression in both written and verbal communication skills so as to express themselves meets 6 Hours per week A substantial amount of time
French. It includes practical oral and written exercises in freely in accurate spoken as well as written French. is devoted to students private study in the resources
the laboratory and in the classroom. Communication activities will be performed in both centre: language Laboratory, Library and Video Library.
spoken and written French in order to give students self-
FRE112 Spoken and Written French (2) confidence in the use of the French language. FRE221 Advanced French Language (2) Prerequisite:
This course aims at rapidly developing students’ fluency FRE211
and accuracy in spoken and written French by equipping FRE 125 Elementary French Language (2) (Register for This course aims at helping students to express
them with listening and reading skills and strategies. The both FRE125 and FRE124) themselves as clearly as possible with more confidence
content of the course will cover practical exercises, both This course will develop student’s communicative skills and accuracy. Emphasis is on exercises reflecting real
oral and written, in the classroom and in the language which have already been covered and introduce new life language use and leading to better pronunciation
laboratory. speech acts and grammar structures, and building up and grammatical control. It is based on oral and written
vocabulary on new topics in order for them to achieve exercises aimed at broadening vocabulary and improving
FRE113 French for Specific Purposes (2) proficiency in spoken and written French. The content style. Composition will be done on the following areas:
This French language course aims at equipping students includes the consolidation of language functions description (to evoke places), portrait (to evoke people
with reading techniques so as to understand and and grammatical structures already acquired and the with their emotions and sentiments), and narration.
interpret texts (documentation and bibliography) of introduction of new ones.
their area of specialization (economics, law and social FRE222 French for International Relations or Tourism
sciences) written in French. The content comprises FRE 211 Intermediate French Language (3) Prerequisite and Hotel Industry (2)
analysis and description of different types of French (FRE124 & FRE125) This course aims at giving students an opportunity
discourse used in various disciplines offered to students This course aims at consolidating communicative to learn the French language that can be used in a
at this level. fluency and grammatical accuracy in order to help professional situation of communication. It consists
students achieve proficiency in spoken French. Students of study of vocabulary and savoir-faire related to
FRE 114 Basic French Language (3) will acquire useful oral and writing skills for setting international relations or to the tourism profession and
This is an intensive French Language course intended to up efficient communication in French within standard the hotel trade. Students will be required to choose one
develop students’ ability to communicate in French both situations. Focus will be placed on the study of new of the following two topics: French for International
orally and in writing. Emphasis is placed on elementary language forms and functions. Classroom activities Relations or French for Tourism, and Hotel Industry.
linguistic structures within speech acts at the same time comprise oral and written exercises.
as free expression (spoken and written). Oral exercises
are done in the language laboratory to consolidate FRE 212 Business, Scientific, and Technical French (2)
communicative and linguistic competencies. This course aims at giving students an opportunity FRE223 Introduction to African Literature (2)
to learn the French language that can be used in a This course is offered to introduce students to a
FRE 115 Oral and Written Comprehension (3) professional situation of communication. It includes variety of basic literary genres of specific authors from
The aim of this course is to develop students’ study of language mechanisms and structures necessary Francophone Africa: novels, short stories, poems, of
comprehension of spoken and written French by for understanding scientific and technical texts written intermediate difficulty. The main objective will be to
equipping them with some reading techniques in French or study of the common and important introduce students to a basic vocabulary of literary
(skimming, scanning, etc.) and listening strategies and commercial vocabulary related to the economic field. discourse in French, make them aware of literary style,
strengthening their ability to express ideas in French Students will be required to choose one of the two to provide basic abilities to communicate orally or in
by means of both oral and written speech. The course topics: Business French or Scientific and Technical writing and to generate in them the desire to read.
will be based on oral and written comprehension of French.
descriptive and narrative passages for essay writing. FRE 224 Conversation (2)
FRE 213 Introduction to French Literature (2) This course aims at developing students’ ability to
FRE 121 Communication Skills in French (3) This course is offered to introduce students to a variety understand and produce general notions (basic concepts)
This course aims at developing learners’ ability to use of basic literary genres of specific authors from France: and helping them improve their command of spoken
the French language efficiently in a practical way. It novels, short stories, poems, of intermediate difficulty. French. Realistic documents as well as communicative
incorporates language activities related to all four skills The main objective will be to introduce students to a activities will be used to strengthen students’ ability to
ñ reading, writing, listening, and speaking - that will basic vocabulary of literary discourse in French, to make communicate in French. Conversation from a topic, a
enable learners to understand and communicate in the them aware of literary style, to provide basic abilities text, a film, a documentary, a song, a poem and slides
spoken and written language. to communicate orally or in writing, and to generate in will lead to written exercises.
them the desire to read.
FRE 122 Techniques of Oral and Written Expression (2) FRE 227 French Language II 3) Elective. Prerequisite:
The aim of this course is to develop students’ fluency FRE 214 Introduction to Culture and Civilisation of the FRE217
and accuracy in spoken and written French. Students French Speaking World (2) This course is a follow up to FRE117. It aims at developing
will be trained to introduce nuances in their oral This course intends to examine aspects of the culture and learners’ ability to use the French language efficiently
expression through some communicative activities civilisation of the French-speaking world which are not in a practical way. It incorporates more advanced
(free speech, discussions, class presentations, role play, only relevant for the study of literature and language language structures and functions with emphasis on
simulation etc.) Emphasis will be placed on techniques but also are a real introduction to ways of life, social conversational skills. There will be language activities
and strategies relevant to the planning and organization
125
related to all four skills –reading, writing, listening and the French speaking world. The course meets 5 Hours (Setswana) and vice versa as well as an overview of
speaking- that will enable learners to understand and per week. A substantial amount of time is devoted to theoretical problems of translation. It will also examine
communicate in the spoken and written language for students’ private study in the resources Centre: language the role played by vocabulary, structure and meaning
practical purposes. The course meets 6 Hours per week. Laboratory, Library and Video Library. in the theory of translation from French to English and
A substantial amount of time is devoted to students vice versa.
private study in the resources Centre: language FRE321 African & Caribbean Literature in French (2)
Laboratory, Library and Video Library. Thorough This course aims to introduce students to the main FRE414 Modern French Literature: Study of a genre or
preparation to write the Paris Chamber of Commerce currents in Black African and Caribbean Francophone an author (2)
and Industries Hotel and Tourism Industry French exam. literature and to familiarise them with the history, The aim of this course is to give students more in-
culture, experiences, and aspirations of Black African depth knowledge of a particular author, genre, literary
FRE311 Proficiency in French Language (2) People and people of African descent in the Caribbean movement, or subject in modern French literature.
This course aims at helping students achieve proficiency through the study of selected works of prose and poetry Students will read several works of the chosen author,
in spoken French and improve their written language by major writers. genre, or subject.
skills. Students will obtain a deeper knowledge of the
structure and functioning of the French language in FRE322 Culture & Civilisation of French Speaking African FRE415 Research Essay (2)
order to write and speak better in French. Countries (2) The aim is to provide students with the opportunity to
The aims at giving students an opportunity to gain a conduct research and use their linguistic skills to write
FRE312 French Novel and Poetry of the 19th Century (2) basic familiarity with the Civilisation of French-speaking on a chosen topic of linguistic, literary, or cultural
The aim of this course is to introduce students to the Black Africa and the ability to understand better their interest. Students will be trained in methods of pursuing
major schools and movements of French literature own Culture by a comparison of the two. independent research and carry out such research under
through the works of some of the leading writers of the staff supervision. Submission of a finished dissertation
French tradition and to familiarise them with particular FRE323 French Linguistics and Orthography (2) of about 15 to 30 pages (3750 ñ 7500 words). Admission
expressions and stylistic features used by selected This course introduces students to the fundamental basis to this course depends on the Departmental approval.
authors in their works. Students will become familiar of the study of the French language and the application
with major writers and schools of the French tradition of scientific knowledge of the French language to the FRE421 French Language through Drama (2)
and through them improve their language skills and understanding of transcription and the writing systems The aim of this course is to develop particular
familiarity with French culture. Students will read major of the language communicative skills and strategies through the use
works of French literature from selected movements of of some theatrical techniques. Students will have an
the 19th century. FRE324 French Essay Writing (2) opportunity to learn the French language while writing
The course aims at improving students’ performance and their own plots which they will be expected to perform
FRE313 Introduction to French Linguistics (2) competence in objective reading and writing. Students subsequently.
This course will provide a general knowledge base for will learn and put into practice reading and writing
scientific study of the French language and equip techniques. FRE422 Advanced French Linguistics (2)
students with facts and skills to enable them to describe The course aims to introduce students to the scientific
the French language and account for its internal FRE 325 Advanced Communicative French (3) description of the French language with special
changes. The course will entail an elaborate description The aim of this course is to help students use acquired emphasis on the phonetics/phonology, morphology/
of the following linguistic areas: phonetics, phonology/ communication skills so as to express themselves freely syntax and semantics.
morphology, semantics, and syntax of French. and accurately in spoken and written French. The course
content will cover practical exercises that will help FRE423 Translation (2)
FRE314 French Culture & Civilisation (2) learners to use French in simulated communicative This is a practical course that will give students skills to
This course examines aspects of French culture and situations. handle the translation of French into accurate English
civilisation which are relevant for the study of literature (and if possible into Setswana) and vice versa using
and language and constitute an introduction to ways FRE327 French for Tourism & Hospitality II (3) Elective. simple texts and writings, real life documents and
of life, social organisation, law, politics, attitudes and Prerequisite: FRE317 interpretation of speech.
mentalities, etc. Students will learn to appreciate better This course aims at reinforcing all basic grammar
the civilisation of France and be able to pursue studies structures and vocabulary acquired through language
of French language and literature. Study of texts will be functions in order to equip students with the necessary FRE424 African Literature: Study of a genre or an author
extracted from newspapers, journals, as well as television oral and writing skills for setting up an efficient (2)
programs, movies, etc., to gain a basic familiarity with communication in French within professional situations This course seeks to give students more in-depth
the culture and civilisation of France. linked to Tourism and the Hotel Industry. The course knowledge of a particular author, genre, literary
meets 5 Hours per week. A substantial amount of time movement, or subject in Francophone African literature.
FRE315 Introduction to Text Analysis (2) is devoted to students private study in the resources Students will read several works of the selected author,
This course intends to give students a basic familiarity Centre: language Laboratory, Library and Video Library. genre, or subject and gain an ability to apply what they
with the genres of literature in French and with different have learnt to their other studies.
ways of approaching texts: thematic studies, use of FRE411 French Language in use (3)
language, relationship between form and content, The aim of this course is to develop particular FRE425 Aspects of French Thought (2)
characterization, and to familiarize them with the communicative skills and strategies and to carry out This course will familiarise students with currents
vocabulary used in French literary studies. Students will some communicative activities as well as to familiarise of thought in France on social, economic, political,
study some schools and methods of literary criticism students with the grammatical, stylistic, and linguistic and cultural problems, as well as their philosophical
in order to enable them to read and appreciate more problems in spoken versus written French. underpinnings, as seen by influential French writers
complex and demanding works of literature. since the 1930ís.
FRE412 Currents of Thought in the French-Speaking
FRE317 French for Tourism & Hospitality I (3) Elective. Africa (2) FRE426 Advanced Communication Skills in French (3)
Prerequisite: FRE227 The aim of this course is to familiarise students with This course aims at reinforcing students’ competence in
The aim of this course is to help students acquire a current of thought in French-speaking African and oral and written expression and comprehension so as to
basic knowledge of general French language applied Caribbean countries. It consists of study of selected give them more confidence in speaking and discussing a
to the fields of Hotel and Tourism industry. It consists philosophers and thinkers in Africa and the Caribbean: variety of topics.
of study of vocabulary and savoir faire related to the S. Senghor, A. CÈsaire, F. Fanon, J. Roumain, J.
tourism profession and the hotel trade. This topic- Rabemananjara, S. Adotevi, V.Y. Mudimbe, A. Memmi etc. FRE427 Caribbean Literature in French (2)
based language course will cover real life contexts and The objective of this course is to introduce students to
situations. Focus is on oral and written communication FRE413 Theory of Translation (2) the history, culture, experience, and aspirations of people
related to the situations and practices in the area of This course provides students with skills to handle of African descent in the French speaking Caribbean. It
Hotel and Tourism management. The course will also translation problems between French and English consists of study of selected period, theme, or piece of
examine aspects of the culture and civilization of work of an author.
126
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY b) Combined Major/Minor Programme with Archaeology
as the Major, leading to the award of a Bachelor of
debates in African archaeology and its place in World
Archaeology; (ii) provide the students with an overview
The History Department offers degree programmes
Arts Degree as per Departmental Regulations; of the earliest archaeological record of Africa, with
in History and Archaeology. These two programmes
c) Combined Major/Major Programme with Archaeology particular reference to sub-Saharan Africa; (iii) present
are separate entities.
and a second subject other than Archaeology as critical appraisal of approaches to culture change; (iv)
Majors, leading to the award of a Bachelor of Arts inculcate an ability to think and write critically about
Employment Opportunities.
Degree as per Departmental Regulations; interpretations that explain patterns in settlement and
(i) History provides a training in analytical skills and
d) Combined Major/Minor with Archaeology as the material culture. 3 lecture hours per week.
training in research, writing, analysing text, problem
Minor, leading to the award of a Bachelor of Arts
solving, and oral presentations. History graduates
Degree as per Departmental Regulations, if the ARC204 Introduction to Environmental Archaeology
from UB have entered a wide variety of professions,
student is registered in the Faculty of Humanities; This course provides students with an understanding of
including the civil service, education, business, the
e) Multidisciplinary degrees including Archaeology social and economic changes in prehistory, and helps to
media, the police, the BDF, and publishing, where
courses may be approved in special cases. Such reconstruct the interaction between people and their
communication skills, research, problem-solving,
degrees lead to the award of BA if the student is environment. It provides theoretical background in
and independent thinking are valued.
registered in the Faculty of Humanities. ecology, geology and related fields which are useful to
(ii) Archaeologists are trained in field survey and
develop competence in understanding of archaeological
excavation, Archaeological Impact Assessment
History: remains in the context of palaeo-environments. 3
required for new developments on underdeveloped
a) Single Major Programme, leading to the award lecture hours per week
land, heritage management, GIS, and other technical
of a Bachelor of Arts Degree as per Departmental
skills, as well as research and writing. In addition,
Regulations; ARC301 Archaeological Heritage Management
Archaeology develops general skills of a similar type
b) Combined Major/Minor Programme with History as This course introduces students to key concepts in
to those of History graduates (see above), which
the Major, leading to the award of a Bachelor of Arts archaeological theory and practice, and relates that to
they can apply in a wider range of professionals
Degree as per Departmental Regulations; the philosophy, policy and practice in Archaeological
including museum and ethnography.
c) Combined Major/Major Programme with History Heritage management. It introduces students to the
and a second subject other than History as Majors, history of heritage management and the activities that
General Provisions
leading to the award of a Bachelor of Arts Degree as characterized the growth of this sub-discipline, and how
Subject to the provisions of the Academic General
per Departmental Regulations; it evolved to address issues of values, ethics and practices
d) Combined Major/Minor with History as the Minor, employed by Heritage Practitioners and Archaeologists
leading to the award of a Bachelor of Arts Degree in the protection, preservation and management of
shall apply.
as per Departmental Regulations, if the student is heritage. 3 lecture hours per week.
registered in the Faculty of Humanities;
Offerings in any one semester:
e) Multidisciplinary degrees including History courses ARC302 Quantitative Techniques
The Department may not necessarily offer all courses
may be approved in special cases. Such degrees lead This course equips students for working with
listed in any one semester.
to the award of BA if the student is registered in the varied archaeological samples, and introduces basic
Faculty of Humanities. quantitative or statistical principles and techniques
Archaeology courses as part of History programmes:
applied in the field and laboratory practices as well as in
ARC101, ARC102, ARC201 and ARC202 may be credited
Entry Requirements research data analysis. 3 lecture hours per week.
as History optional courses. Other Archaeology courses
The normal Entry Requirements are as specified in
may with the permission of the History Department
Faculty of Humanities Regulation 22.2. ARC304 Research Project Proposal
be credited as History courses. However, in Major/
This course is designed to equip students with skills to
Major or Major/Minor degrees combining History and
(A) Archaeology Course Descriptions develop research proposals as fulfilment for the courses
Archaeology, Archaeology courses may not be credited
ARC101 Introduction to Archaeology ARC 471(Field work and Preminary Report)and ARC
in History.
This course provides students with a basic understanding 472(Research Project: Intermediate and Final Reports).
of archaeological practice and human cultural Introduced to research methods in archaeology through
Other courses as part of History programmes:
development, with a special focus on the archaeology of ARC 323,the students are expected to apply the gained
The History Department may in special circumstances
the African continent knowledge and develop research proposals. 3 lecture
recognise and give credit for courses offered by other
3 lecture hours per week. hour per week
departments as part of a History programme.
ARC102 Introduction to World Prehistory ARC313 Stone Tools (Lithics)
Course codes:
This course provides students with a basic understanding This course introduces students to the basics of stone
Courses normally taught in the first semester are usually
of prehistory through a critical appraisal of concepts tool technology and typology. This includes identification
indicated by odd-numbered course codes. Courses
of culture change and continuity in selected regions and description of stone artifacts, principles of lithic
normally taught in the second semester are usually
of the world. Key concepts such as human evolution, classification, drawing of illustrations and review of
indicated by even-numbered course codes. Core courses
domestication, origins of agriculture and emergence regional and international lithic case studies. 3 lecture
are usually indicated by 0 as the middle digit. However,
of complex societies are discussed. 3 lecture hours per hours
these are conventions for convenience and are not
week.
binding.
ARC 314 Ceramic Analysis
ARC201 Introduction to Archaeological Theory This course introduces students to the basics of ceramic
Degree Programmes
The course presents to students Archaeological theories, technology and style. It focuses on the following topics
The History Department offers the following programmes
and analytical techniques generally employed in the of ceramics; stages of the manufacturing process,
leading to the award of a Degree:
study of archaeological phenomena, and also discusses ethno archaeology, archaeological pottery, cultural
(i) Bachelor of Arts in Archaeology
the history of the discipline, its aims, goals, and transmission, ethno-linguistics affiliation, polity
(ii) Bachelor of Arts in History
development as a discipline. 3 lecture hours per week. membership and historical trajectories. 3 lecture hours
per week.
Archaeology and History Majors: Note that Archaeology
ARC202 Introduction to Archaeological Method
and History may be taken as separate subjects
The course is an introduction to Archaeological research ARC315 Field Techniques
in any Major or Major/Minor combination, that is: Major/
methods, organisation, curation and interpretation- This course introduces students to basic archaeological
Minor (Archaeology/History), Major/Major (Archaeology/
including reconnaissance, environmental reconstruction, field skills such as map reading, orienteering, map-
History), Major/Minor (History/Archaeology)
excavation, principles of stratigraphy, and analysis of making, survey, excavation, sorting and cataloguing
finds. 3 lecture hours per week. finds. The course starts during the end of second year
Archaeology:
winter break. During this period, students spend three
a) Single Major Programme, leading to the award of a
ARC203 Introduction to African Archaeology weeks doing intensive fieldwork under supervision and
Bachelor of Arts Degree as per Departmental
This course (i) introduces students to issues and are expected to write a field report. 3 lecture hours per
Regulations;
127
week. perspectives to heritage management focusing on Programme Structure

cultural heritage and environmental resources. At the Requirements for Major and Minor Programmes in
ARC316 Archaeological Interpretation end of the course learners are expected to be able to Archaeology
The purpose of this course is to acquaint students with appreciate and differentiate various approaches to the
aspects of Archaeological interpretation through a valuation of heritage, its development and management Level 100
series of real archaeological case studies and simulated of heritage and the role of heritage in development. It Semester 1
archaeological problems, with an emphasis on analysis is also offered as an elective to students from other Core Course
and interpretation. 3 lecture hours per week. faculties especially targeting those in related disciplines ARC102 Introduction to World Prehistory (2)
such as tourism. 3 lecture hours per week.
ARC 317 Bioarchaeology I Semester 2
The course provides students with skills for identification, ARC 421 Geoarchaeology Core Courses
analysis and interpretation of faunal (archaeozoological) The course focuses on spatial and temporal distributions ARC101 Introduction to Archaeology (2)
material from archaeological deposits. Students are of archaeological sites, landscape topography,
expected to study the relationship between human geomorphology and subsurface stratigraphy, and site Level 200
beings and their natural and social environments context formation theory. Practical classes include Semester 1
through faunal remains. 3 lecture hours per week terrain unit evaluation and a compulsory five-day field Core Courses
work (to the Makgadikgadi or the Shashe-Limpopo ARC201 Introduction to Archaeological Theory (3)
ARC321 Ethnoarchaeology Basin) during the mid-semester break. 3 lecture hours ARC203 Introduction to African Archaeology (3)
This course introduces learners to basic concepts in per week.
Ethnoarchaeology, the study of contemporary societies/ Semester 2
cultures and their relevance to archaeology. It focuses ARC422 Bioarchaeology II Core Courses
on the principles and development of the sub-discipline. . This course focuses on the scientific study of human ARC202 Introduction to Archaeological Methods (3)
3 lecture hours per week skeletal remains, with special reference to demographic ARC204 Introduction to Environmental
profiling, paleo-pathology and others. 3 lecture hours Archaeology (3)
ARC322 Computer Applications in Archaeology per week. Level 300
Study of a subject of current research and debate and/ Semester 1
or topical issues in Botswana and Southern African ARC471 Research Project: Fieldwork & Preliminary Core Courses
archaeology, based on current staff expertise currently Report. See HIS471. 3 Credits. ARC301 Archaeological Heritage Management (3)
offered as Geographical Information Systems and Upon acceptance of ARC 304 proposal by the History ARC323 Research Methods in Archaeology (3)
Archaeology. 3 lecture hours per week. Department Board, the student is allocated a supervisor
and is expected to conduct fieldwork during the winter Semester 2
ARC323 Research Methods in Archaeology period. Before fieldwork commences, the course is Core Courses
This course is an important component of methodological allocated a coordinator, who works closely with the ARC302 Quantitative Techniques (3)
discourse in archaeology and provides clear and practical appointed supervisors to ensure success of the research. ARC304 Research Project Proposal (3) (core for
approaches to research design. The preliminary draft report is presented at a seminar ARC315 Field Techniques (core for Single Majors
It equips students with basic knowledge and skills during Semester I, and the Board advises whether the and Majors in Major/Minor combination
to conceptualize plan and carry out archaeological student proceeds to ARC 472. 3 credits only) (3) credits
research and data analysis. 3 lecture hours per week. ARC472 Research Project: Intermediate & Final
Report. See HIS472. 9 Credits Level 400
ARC401 Archaeology of Botswana Upon acceptance of ARC 471 by the History Department Semester 1
The course traces the archaeological record of Botswana Board, the student proceeds with the preliminary Core Courses
and highlights major cultural periods in the country. draft report and improves it (either by carrying more ARC401 Archaeology of Botswana (3)
It focuses on Botswana and its contribution to the fieldwork or archival work) into a draft dissertation that ARC417 Heritage Management (3)
archaeology of southern Africa, is presented to the Board. Comments from the Board ARC471 Research Project Fieldwork & Preliminary
are used to produce a dissertation submitted to the Report (3 credits, core for Single Major and Majors in
ARC 402 Advanced Archaeological Theory Department at the end of semester. 9 credits. Major/minor combination only)
This course focuses on the developments in archaeological
theory from the formation stages to the present. It will Special Provisions for Courses ARC471 & ARC472: Semester 2
also develop critical thinking and understanding of the Students shall be admitted to course ARC 471 at the end Core Courses
link between theory and method. It further considers of the preceding academic year, and spend the Long ARC402 Advanced Archaeological Theory (3)
diverse disciplines that have developed and shaped Vacation undertaking independent research. Admission ARC472 Research Project Intermediate & Final
archaeological theories today. 3 lecture hours per week to ARC471 is by permission of the Department of History. Report (9 credits, core for Single Major
Admission to ARC472 is dependent on successful and Majors in Major/minor combination)
ARC 412 Human Origins completion of ARC 471 and permission of the
This course presents the naturalists point of view of Department of History. History Course Descriptions
evolution and human origins. It focuses on periods Students shall make presentations to departmental
dating from around 7 million years ago to about 10,000 research seminars, and shall be assessed (i) principally, HIS102 Introduction to the Study of History
years ago at the beginning of farming. It discusses on the basis of their Research Project; (ii) secondarily, on The course applies the skills and methods of university
the origins of anatomically modern humans and their the basis of their contribution to departmental research historians to selected aspects of the history of
spread around the world. 3 lecture hours per week. seminars Botswana and neighbouring areas, raising questions of
individual identity, gender, class, language and ethnicity,
ARC 413 Complex Societies General Education Courses: inheritance and heritage. 2 lecture hours per week.
This course examines why people turned to food
production after more than a million years of successful GEC462 Reconstructing African Heritage through HIS104 Debates in Botswana History
hunting and gathering. Case studies cover food Multimedia. This course will introduce students to controversial
production, sedentary life, human – environment The course uses specially designed audiovisual historical topics in Botswana’s past that require
relations and uses case studies of complex societies in multimedia materials to study the major achievements examining evidence and critically analysing possible
the Near East, Africa and Central America. 3 lecture of African prehistory evidenced by the remains of interpretations. 2 lecture and discussion hours per week
hours per week. material cultures, the representation of material
heritage by archaeologists, and how African heritage HIS201 African Cultures & Civilisations to c.1500
ARC 417 Advanced Heritage Management can be maintained and marketed. 2 lecture hours Selected themes in prehistory, state formation, trade,
. The course aims to develop skills in heritage management and small-scale societies from the origin and spread of
so that learners can be able to articulate the different modern humans, via Ancient Egypt, Ethiopia and West
128
African kingdoms, to the rise and fall of Great Zimbabwe. the islands of the Oceans. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS412 Twentieth Century South Africa
3 lecture hours per week. Confrontations between white Afrikaner nationalism
HIS332 African Diaspora in the Caribbean & the and black African nationalism; racial segregation
HIS202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic Slave Trade Americas and apartheid; worker resistance, native reserves and
C.1500-c.1800 Why Africans rather than natives became slaves, ëBantustansí; liberation struggles up to 1994 and
From later Islamic and Christian history in North Africa, African cultural survivals, slavery within mercantile achievements since then. 3 lecture hours per week.
via the growth of coastal and interior trading states, and industrial economies, debates about emancipation,
slave trading in the Atlantic and Indian Oceans, with subsequent racial segregation, black political and HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners & the Impact of Colonial
greater depth on south-eastern Africa. 3 lecture hours intellectual movements. 3 lecture hours per week. Rule in Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland
per week. HIS333 Introduction to Foreign Policy, Diplomacy and Forms of “parallel rule” through paramount chiefs;
International Relations, 1800 to 1945 economic and political relations with the South
HIS211 The Rise of Europe to World Dominance The concepts of diplomacy, foreign policy and Africa and Southern Rhodesia; contrasting political
The rise of Europe from the Middle Ages to its position international relations, and their historical evolution; development into kingdoms and a republic; post-
of world dominance in the late 19th century, including operation of the international system and role of big colonial internal and regional developments. 3 lecture
religion, social and cultural change, science and powers therein. 3 lecture hours per week. hours per week.
technology, witchcraft and deviance, and changing
relations with other civilizations. 3 lecture hours per HIS334 Superpowers in the 20th Century HIS416 Land, Labour & Liberation in Mozambique,
week. Conceptual frameworks for analysing the international Namibia & Zimbabwe
system; main historiographical issues concerning the Contrasting colonial conquests and heritages within the
HIS212 Catastrophe & Survival in 20th Century Europe role of the big powers and the survival of small states. 3 context of South African regional domination, white
From world dominance to near self-destruction, and lecture hours per week. settler and company land and labour alienation; armed
then recovery; in three major cycles: the two world liberation movements, post-colonial insurgence and
wars; the era of Fascism; and the era of Communism; HIS335 Colonial Latin America to 1830 land reclamation. 3 lecture hours per week.
including extremism, economic collapse and the Nazi Conquest and establishment of colonial rule by Spain
Holocaust. 3 lecture hours per week. and Portugal; the indigenous people of Latin America, HIS421 Political Ideas during the Ancient and Medieval
impact of conquest, the establishment of colonial rule, Periods
HIS213 Poverty, Economic Growth and Affluence in and anti-colonial struggles. 3 lecture hours per week. Concepts and definitions, and the development of the
Western Europe and America philosophy and theory of the State from the Ancient
Examining the transformation of Western European and HIS336 Modern Latin America to Medieval periods, to understand the origins and
American economies through the development of trade Independence and the failure of Pan Americanism; historical background to later political thoughts, cultures
in medieval Europe, feudal economies, markets during military dictatorships to bureaucratic-authoritarianism; and theories. 3 lecture hours per week.
the renaissance, and the industrialization of Western revolutions in Mexico, Cuba and Nicaragua and the rise
Europe and North America. 3 lecture hours per week. of modern Latin American democratic states. 3 lecture HIS422 Political Ideas during the Modern and
hours per week. Contemporary Periods
HIS214 Agriculture and Industrialisation in the World Further developments in the philosophy and theory of
Economy to 1945 HIS341 From Slavery to Colonialism in West Africa the State and the organisation of societies. 3 lecture
Comparing the rise of capitalism in Britain, France, Contact with Islam, growth of states, impact of slave hours per week.
Germany, Russia and parts of southern and eastern trade and Scramble, similarities and differences between
Europe, with Japan and North America: with emphasis French and British colonial conquest and systems of rule HIS431 Natives & Settlers in Early North America
on agrarian transition, commercial revolutions, economic and changes within them. 3 lecture hours per week. The dispossession of native North Americans by
crisis and recovery. 3 lecture hours per week. European settlers between the Arctic and the Caribbean;
HIS342 Modern Anglophone, Francophone & Lusophone frontier penetration and settlement by free Europeans
HIS305 Historical Research Methods & Historiography West Africa and slave Africans, native-settler contact, and land
of Botswana Political and socio-economic changes since the outbreak alienation through the 19th century. 3 lecture hours per
Stages and processes in the research and writing of the Second World War: late colonial constitutions; week.
of history including topic selection, data collection, early independence and popular betterment; military-
evaluation, dating analysis and interpretation of bureaucratic coups; structural adjustment and HIS432 Industrialisation & Expansion in Modern North
data, and systematic presentation of data as coherent multiparty democracy. 3 lecture hours per week. America
meaningful accounts of the past. Debates and research Themes from the American Revolution to the present
lacunae on historical study of Botswana ecology HIS343 Trade & Politics in Central African Kingdoms day: expansionism/ imperialism and isolationism;
and environment, culture, family life, migration and Socio-economic and political organization before extensive use of intensive agriculture; rapid development
settlement, trade and production, technological change, contact with Europeans, contact with Europeans and its of extractive and manufacturing industries; markets,
elite formation, labour relations, political institutions, impact, imposition of colonial rule, and African reaction settlement and urbanisation; origins of the Information
religion, education, etc. 4 lecture/ tutorial hours per to colonial policies up to the early 20th century. 3 Age. 3 lecture hours per week.
week. lecture hours per week.
HIS433 Civilization and Modernization in China & Japan
HIS306 Introduction to the Philosophy of History & HIS344 The Roots of Crisis in Modern Central Africa “This course aims to give students a basic knowledge and
Research Project Proposal Colonial administrations and settler economies, understanding of Modernization in China and Japan
The course discusses the issues relating to the scientific resistance to colonialism, industrial workers, modern from ancient times to the present, introducing historical
or non-scientific, objective or non-objective nature of forms of nationalism in Zambia and Malawi, armed controversies.” The description here seems to be entirely
historical knowledge, and the various theories advanced struggles in Angola and Congo; structural adjustment about the modern period. Perhaps “Contrasting two
to explain the entire course of the human past. Each and multiparty democratisation, SADC. 3 lecture hours great civilizations both in their ancient history and in
individual student writes a Research Project proposal per week. their paths to modernization...”
for consideration by the History Department Board (pre-
requisite for entering HIS 471 Research Project course). HIS401 Mfecane & the Settler Scramble for Southern HIS434 Ancient, Colonial & Independent India & South
4 lecture/tutorial hours per week. Africa Asia
Historical debates on coastal frontiers in the 18th Ancient civilisations, Muslim and early European coastal
HIS331 African Diaspora in the Islamic World & Asia century, interior states and Mfecane/ Difaqane wars, trade; British colonial rule and transformations during
In the context of the Saharan and Indian Ocean slave settlers and missionaries; diamond and gold mining, the colonial period; nationalism, independence and
trades, contrasting mining and plantation labour migrant labour; African states, Boer republics, British, partition; different trajectories of India, Pakistan, etc.
with domestic labour and military employment in the German and Portuguese colonies. 3 lecture hours per since independence. 3 lecture hours per week.
Mediterranean and the Near East, Arabia and Persia, and week.
129
HIS435 Modern Britain: Nation, Class, Gender, Race, HIS471 Research Project: Fieldwork & Preliminary HIS611 Introduction to the Economic History of Africa
Religion, Culture, Power Report The course takes a topical approach to economic
Creation of the “imagined community” of Britain out If the HIS 306 proposal has been accepted by the History development in Africa, focusing on the origins of
of disparate cultures and “nations”; elites and power Department Board, the student is allocated a supervisor ìAfrican capitalismî and industrialization in North and
structures, class conflict , gender assertion and ideas and conducts fieldwork during the winter period. The Sub-Saharan Africa, and on controversies and debates
of ”race”; post-imperial crisis of identity and European preliminary draft report is presented at a seminar during in the economic history literature. 3 seminar hours per
Union membership. 3 lecture hours per week. Semester I. 3 credits. week
HIS436 The British Empire & Commonwealth in World HIS472 Research Project: Intermediate & Final Reports HIS612 Case Studies in the Economic History of Africa
History If the HIS 472 preliminary report has been judged Topics range from the economy of precolonial Africa,
From 16th century rise to 20th century decline of British satisfactory by the History Department Board, the through critical examination of contending rationalities
world power: constitutional development of settler student presents an intermediate report to a seminar in agriculture, institutional rigidities and the political
colonies into Dominions, contrasted with non-settler and then submits a final report at the end of Semester economy of famines, hunger, and starvation, persistence
colonies; Commonwealth issues and membership crises II. 2 seminar hours per week.. 9 credits of poverty and economics of social exclusion. 3 seminar
since the 1950s. 3 lecture hours per week. hours per week
Special Provisions for Courses HIS471 & HIS472:
HIS437 Civilisations of the Ancient Near East & Students shall be admitted to course HIS471 at the end HIS613 Political and Economic Aspects of Imperialism
Mediterranean of the preceding academic year, and spend the Long European imperialism has had a profound impact
Science and technology, ancient slavery, identifying Vacation undertaking independent research. Admission on recent world history, and yet it is surprisingly
major achievements, of each major civilization, from the to HIS471 is by permission of the Department of History. hard to explain satisfactorily. This course reviews the
”hydraulic societies” of ancient Mesopotamia and Egypt, Admission to HIS472 is dependent on successful main political and economic explanations for the
through the real or supposed “democracy” of ancient completion of HIS471 and permission of the Department phenomenon. 3 seminar hours per week
Greece, to the end of the Roman and Byzantine empires. of History
3 lecture hours per week. HIS614 Cultural and Environmental Approaches to the
Students shall make presentations to departmental History of Imperialism
HIS441 Slave Trade & Colonial Conquest in East Africa research seminars, and shall be assessed (i) principally, The course considers scholarly issues and approaches
Environmental, cultural and chronological survey of on the basis of their Research Project; (ii) secondarily, on in the relationship between culture and imperialism,
hunting-gathering and pastoralism on the plains to the basis of their contribution to departmental research including “postcolonial” theory, on the topics of
settled agricultural kingdoms; trading in ivory and seminars. empire, race and gender; the Orientalism debate; and
slaves by Portuguese, French, and Swahili; British and environmental and scientific imperialism. 3 seminar
German intervention and colonial partition. 3 lecture HIS473 Special Seminar I hours per week
hours per week. Special seminars are based on reading and resources
recommended by the expert staff member in a chosen HIS615 History of Religion in Africa
HIS442 Ecology & Empire, Conservation & Politics in topic. Each seminar typically consists of an essay An overview of the historical study of religion in Africa,
Eastern Africa presentation by one student and a brief critique by including introduction to the main theoretical issues.
Human settlement in relation to natural environment, another student, followed by discussion. 3 seminar Students completing this course should be familiar
and effects of political intervention and land partition hours per week. with and able to discuss the main ideas current in the
including tsetse-fly and malaria, peasant farmers historical study of African religion. 3 seminar hours per
and white settlers, wildlife conservation and peasant HIS474 Special Seminar II week.
ëbettermentí schemes. 3 lecture hours per week. (Description as for HIS 473)
HIS616 Religion and Power in Botswana
HIS443 Islam, Imperialism & the Military in the Making HIS601 History Research Methodology The course surveys relations between religion and power,
of Modern Egypt The nature of History and the techniques utilized for including “traditional religion” and chieftainship, impact
Islamization and Arabization of the Nile valley and the research and writing in the discipline: collection, of missionaries and traders, “church and state”, conflicts
coast; Ottoman imperial rule; France and Britain; rise of evaluation, analysis and interpretation of data, and over medicine, rise of independent churches, and impact
Egyptian nationalism; Sudan condominium; Nasser and the presentation of the data in a coherent meaningful of post-colonial secularism. 3 seminar hours per week
Nasserism in the Arab world; Egypt’s role in Palestine, account in support of a point of view. 3 seminar hours
Islamic fundamentalism. 3 lecture hours per week. per week HIS627 Archaeology for Teachers
Designed for secondary school teachers to update
HIS444 French Colonialism & its Aftermath in North HIS602 Philosophy of History and expand their knowledge of three archaeological
Africa The course deals with the theoretical and philosophical modules: human evolution, the origins of food
Ottoman imperial rule but Morocco independent; aspects of historical studies. It focuses on theory of production, and the origins of civilization, including
imposition of French colonial rule, alienation of land, knowledge or epistemology of history as a discipline, current theories and case studies. 3 seminar hours per
white settlement; rise of nationalism and socialism, and the reflections of scholars on the course of human week
anti-colonial insurgence; post-colonial developments history as a whole. 3 seminar hours per week
and contemporary problems. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS651, HIS 652, HIS 653, & HIS 654 Special Topics I, II,
HIS603 Historiographical Issues in Pre-colonial III, & IV
HIS445 Globalisation and Third World Economies in Southern Africa Topics vary from year to year, but are designed to immerse
Africa, Latin America and South-east Asia The course commences by considering the major students in recent advanced scholarship in areas of
How Africa found its modern development path “schools” of historical writing about Southern Africa, expertise of current staff. The course begins with a
compared with Latin America and South-East Asia: and then examines debates among historians, mainly in historiographical introduction by the staff member, and
“African capitalism”, agrarian transition, technology the 19th century, ending with colonization and African proceeds as a seminar under his/her guidance. 3 seminar
and productivity, incorporation into the international responses to it. 3 seminar hours per week hours per week
economy, and debates in economic history. 3 lecture
hours per week. HIS604 Historiographical Issues in Modern Southern HIS662 Research Proposal for Dissertation
Africa This course provides a structure in which students
HIS446 Growth, Policy and Poverty in Africa, Latin The focus is on continual discourse and debate among prepare their research proposals. Students will meet
America, South & South-East Asia historians concerning topics mainly in the 20th regularly with assigned staff members, and will be
Comparing pre-colonial, colonial and postcolonial century, to give students a good grasp of the main required to make periodic reports. 2 credits/ tutorial
world regions: institutional settings, rise of capitalist historiographical trends and enable them to be more hours per week
development, contending rationalities in the agricultural analytical and critical in their own research. 3 seminar
sector, famines, hunger, and starvation; persistence of hours per week GEC265 Two World Wars on Film
poverty and social exclusion. 3 lecture hours per week. The course introduces students to public discourse
130
on the two World Wars of the 20th centuryóhow Double Major in Archaeology & another Subject in REC 012: INTRODUCTION TO ARCHIVES
Europe, America and Japan, and their colonial empires, Major/ Major combined degree: Historical developments of European archival practices,
underwent war and genocide; the impact of warfare 40 credits in Archaeology historical developments in Eastern and Southern African
on their economies and societies; and how visual region. Definitions and terms, acquisition of archival
media have reported, represented, interpreted and Major in Archaeology in Major/Minor combined degree: materials- transfers, in-house collection programs,
manipulated events. 2 lecture hours 56 credits in Archaeology donations, purchases. Development of acquisition policy,
appraisal, and accessioning, 3 hr lecture
GEC362 Africa and its Past on Film Minor in Archaeology in Major/ Minor combined degree:
Introducing students to the creation and recreation 24 credits in Archaeology REC 013: INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF ARCHIVAL
of the history and imagery of Africa in cinema and ARRANGEMENT
television, how the African past has been represented Multi-disciplinary combined degree, with Archaeology Principals of archival arrangement. Reasons for arranging
in major television series, and how Southern Africa courses therein: 12 credits in Archaeology Records. Early practices in arranging records. Evolution
people, particularly Zulu and Khoe and San, have been of the principles of Provenance and principle of Original
represented in drama and documentary films. 2 lecture Single Major in History: 80 credits in History Order. Arranging records into series. Administrative
hours notes. Chronological arrangement. Topographical
Double Major in History & another Subject in Major/ arrangement. Arrangement by records type. Alphabetical
GEC462 Reconstructing African Heritage through Major combined degree: 40 credits in History arrangement. Description of records. Finding aids. 3 hr
Multimedia lecture
The course uses specially designed audiovisual Major in History in Major/Minor combined degree:
multimedia materials to study the major achievements 56 credits in History REC 014: SEARCH ROOM OPERATIONS
of African prehistory evidenced by the remains of Search room design and layout, search room procedures:
material cultures, the representation of material Minor in History in Major/ Minor combined degree: Entry and exit interviews, Access to public Records.
heritage by archaeologists, and how African heritage 24 credits in History Accelerated opening.
can be maintained and marketed. 2 lecture hours Extended closure: criteria, closure period applications.
Multi-disciplinary combined degree, with History courses Privileged access: conditions, un-reviewed and unlisted
Programme Structure: therein: 12 credits in History Records. Procedures. Outreach programs: exhibitions,
Requirements for Major and Minor Programmes in educational kits, and Archival ethics. 3 hr lecture
History:
For all programmes, students must take all core courses:
Level 200 semester 1: HIS201
DEPARTMENT OF LIBRARY & REC 015: INTRODUCTION TO OFFICE SKILLS
The Office world. Location of office, office environment:
Level 200 semester 2: HIS202 INFORMATION STUDIES office layout and design, office furniture and
Level 300 semester 1: HIS305 equipment, heating lighting, ventilation, noise, and
Level 300 semester 2: HIS306 CAR100 Special Regulations for the Certificate in safety in the office. office reprographic systems, office
Level 400 semester 1: HIS401 Archives and Records Management (Offered over 2 communication systems: media selection, written
Level 400 semester 2: HIS412 or HIS414 or HIS416. winter sessions) communication, meetings and conferences: arranging
(Note: HIS102 and HIS104 will normally be taken but and servicing formal meetings. 3 hr lecture
are not core requirements.) Subject to the provisions of the General Academic REC 016: STUDENT PLACEMENTS
Students must also accumulate the necessary total Regulations and Faculty of Humanities Regulations, the Students will be attached for a period of three weeks
credits by taking optional courses. Total credits required: following Departmental Regulations shall apply: in a registry, records office, reprographic centre or
Single Major: 80 credits other information centers where they will be required
Major in Major/Minor degree: 56 credits Entrance Requirements to related course work to office environment. 6 weeks
Major in Double Major degree: 40 credits The normal requirements for entrance to the certificate duration
Minor: 24 credits (optional courses not required) in Archives and Records Management Program shall be:
Botswana General Certificate of Secondary Education REC 017: INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION
Construction of programme: or equivalent with at least passes in three subjects TECHNOLOGY
Students have a free choice as to optional courses, including English. Applicants with at least one year work Introduction to computers, computer hardware and
and may take varying numbers of optional courses experience in a registry or related institutions will be software, computer applications-databases, word
in different semesters, provided the total credits are preferred. processes and spreadsheets and e-mail, elementary web
achieved. design, introduction to electronic sources, introduction
Programme Structure Internet technology. 3 hr Computing activity
Guide to typical course loads: The Certificate in Archives and Records Management
(This is a guide to achieving the required credits in extends over two semesters for full-time study of the Level 100
an even pace, and not a requirement. It assumes that single subject Archives and Records Management Semester 1
HIS102 and HIS104 have been taken; otherwise slightly leading to the award of the Certificate in Archives and Core Courses
more courses will be required.) Records Management. Students can take a minimum LIS110: Administration and Management of
of 6 credits of optional courses or elective courses. The Information Centres (3)
Single Major: Typically one core and 3-4 optional in Program shall consist of a minimum of 30 credits. All REC011: Introduction to Records Management (3)
levels 200-400 core courses must be passed. REC012: Introduction to Archives (3).
REC015: Introduction to Office Skills (3)
Major in Major Minor: Typically one core and 2 optional COURSE SYNOPSES FOR CERTIFICATE IN ARCHIVES AND REC017: Introduction to Information Technology
in levels 200-400 RECORDS MANAGEMENT (3)
Double Major: Typically one core and one optional in REC 011: INTRODUCTION TO RECORDS COM111: Communication and Academic Literacy
levels 200-400. MANAGEMENT Skills I (Humanities) (3)
Definitions and terminology. The Records life cycle and ICT121: Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2)
Minor: One core course each semester. Records continuum. Role of Records management in the
organization. Records and society. Differences between Semester 2
Award of Degree libraries, archives, museums. Types of registries- Core Courses
The award of the Degree shall be as per General centralized versus decentralized. Filing equipment- REC013: Intro to Principles of Archival
Regulations 00.852. Candidates must pass all core selection procurement and maintenance, reprographic. Arrangement (3)
courses, and achieve credits as follows: Records inventory and analysis and scheduling, filing REC014: Search Room Operations (3)
classification systems. 3 hr lecture REC016: Practicum (3)
Single Major in Archaeology: 80 credits in Archaeology
131
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES sources that are available, these include print as well as Level 100
COM112: Communication and Academic Literacy electronic. 3-hr lecture Semester 1
Skills II (Humanities) (3) CORE Core Courses
ICT122: Computer Skills Fundamentals (2) CORE LIS 104: INTRODUCTION TO THE INTERNET AND WEB LIS 100: The Information Environment (3)
DESIGN LIS 101: Introduction to Organizing Information(3)
Optional Courses Covers the Internet and the various information LIS 103: Basic Reference Sources and Services (3)
LIS104: Introduction to the Internet and Web resources that it can provide; the history of the Internet LIS 110: Admin & Management of Information
Design (3) and the technology; retrieval and searching techniques; Centres (3)
LIS106: Information Resources Management (3) HTML for designing WWW documents and pages; BIM 100: Introduction to Information Management (3)
Aesthetic design principles and consideration of the
Progression from Semester to Semester potential users of web documents. 1-lecture hour; 2-hr GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Progression from semester to semester shall apply Computing activity. COM112: Communication and Academic Literacy
according to Regulation 00.9. Skills I (Humanities) (3) CORE
LIS 106: INFORMATION RESOURCES MANAGEMENT ICT122: Computer Skills Fundamentals (2) CORE
Assessment and Examinations The course will be introductory and will expose students
Evaluation of students’ performance in the Certificate to issues on information resources management, how Semester 2
in Archives and Records Management Program shall and why information resources should be managed, and Core Courses
be based on continuous assessment and a formal the role that technology place in this whole scenario. BIM 101: Introduction to Information Science (3)
examination at the end of each semester. The weighting 3-hr lecture LIS 114: Collection Development & Management (3)
between continuous assessment and formal examination REC 016: Practicum (3)
shall be 2:3. LIS 110: ADMINISTRATIVE AND MANAGEMENT OF
INFORMATION CENTERS GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES - CERTIFICATE IN ARCHIVES The course will introduce students to basic concepts of COM112: Communication and Academic Literacy
AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT management, relating these to management of library Skills II (Humanities) (3) CORE
Holders of the Certificate in Archives and Records and information centers. ICT122: Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2) CORE
Management will be expected to occupy positions in The course will look at the issues and of managing and
government, private, parastatal organizations, land administration of information centers and attempt to Progression from Semester to Semester
boards and district council as records officers, registry provide answers and solutions based on management Progression from semester to semester shall apply
clerks and administrative officers. concepts. 3-hr lecture according to Regulation 00.9.
CLS100 Special Regulations for the Certificate in Library LIS 112: INTRODUCTION TO PUBLISHING AND THE BOOK Assessment and Examinations
and Information Studies (Offered over 2 winter sessions) TRADE Evaluation of students’ performance in the Certificate
Subject to the provisions of the General Academic Aims at exposing students to the different stages of the in Library and Information Studies shall be based on
Regulations and Faculty of Humanities Regulations, the publishing industry and to the modern techniques of continuous assessment and a formal examination
following Departmental Regulations shall apply: the publishing industry; the book trade in general and at the end of each semester. The weighting between
in Africa and problems therein, and possible steps and continuous assessment and formal examination shall
solutions that have been suggested. 3-lecture hour be 2:3.
The normal requirements for entrance to the Certificate LIS 114: COLLECTION DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT CAREER OPPORTUNITIES - CERTIFICATE IN LIBRARY AND
in Library and Information Studies Program shall be: Students will be introduced to the need for collection INFORMATION STUDIES
Botswana General Certificate of Secondary Education development and management in library and Candidates with the Certificate in Library and
or equivalent with at least passes in three subjects information centers. This will cover what to consider Information Studies will be expected to occupy positions
including English. Applicants with at least one year when developing collections: user needs, evaluating in government, private, parastatal organizations, schools,
work experience in a library or related institutions will materials, development of collection development colleges and universities as library clerks, library officer
be preferred. policies and so on. 3-hr lecture or junior information officer.
Programme Structure DIS110 Special Regulations for the Diploma in Library

The Certificate in Library and Information Studies BIM 100: INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION and Information Studies
extends over two winter semesters for full-time study in MANAGEMENT. Subject to the provisions of the General Academic
the single subject Library Information Studies leading to The purpose of the course is to familiarize students with Regulations and the Faculty of Humanities, the
the award of the Certificate in Library and Information the principles of information management especially following Departmental Regulations shall apply:
Studies. Students can take a minimum of 6 credits of the importance of information management practice
optional courses or elective courses. The Program shall within organisations. Topics covered include: Data Entrance Requirements
consist of a minimum of 30 credits. All core courses must content (quality) and structure; creating data standards; The normal requirement for entrance to the Diploma in
be passed. data access; record retention; information reporting. Library and Information Studies Program shall be:
1-lecture hour; 2-hr Computing activity.
COURSE SYNOPSES FOR CERTIFICATE IN LIBRARY AND Botswana General Certificate of Secondary Education or
INFORMATION STUDIES BIM 101: INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SCIENCE equivalent with a credit in English; Certificate in Library
Introduction to information science concepts. Students and Information Studies from this University or its
LIS 100: INFORMATION ENVIRONMENT will be familiarized with the problems of defining equivalent from any other recognized institution.
The course will cover the meaning of information and information as well as the scope information science.
its importance; what an information environment Various information science topics will be covered, such Candidates with a Certificate in Library and Information
encompasses, and the specific environment of Africa. as information representation, information storage Studies from this University shall be admitted directly to
3-hr lecture and retrieval systems, user studies, information seeking Level 2 of the Diploma Program.
behaviour, etc. 3 hr lecture
LIS 101: INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIZING INFORMATION All candidates for admission must have a minimum
The course will introduce students to the need for REC 016: STUDENT PLACEMENTS of credit in English Language in Botswana General
organizing information in order to facilitate its retrieval. Students will be attached for a period of three weeks in Certificate of Secondary Education or equivalent.
The principles of classification and cataloguing will be a library or other information centers where they will be
taught in both manual and computerized environments. required to related course work to office environment. 6 Programme Structure
3-hr lecture weeks duration The Diploma in Library and Information Studies
Programme extends over four semesters for full-time
LIS 103: BASIC REFERENCE SOURCES AND SERVICES study or six semesters for part-time (distance learning)
A course introducing students to the various reference
132
study in the single subject Library and Information developing digital libraries. 3-hr lecture CAREER OPPORTUNITIES - DIPLOMA IN LIBRARY AND
Studies leading to the award of the Diploma in Library INFORMATION STUDIES
and Information Studies. LIS 227: INTRODUCTION TO KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT Holders of the Diploma in Library and Information
The course will cover definitions of knowledge Studies certificate will be expected to occupy positions
COURSE SYNOPSES FOR THE DIPLOMA IN LIBRARY AND management; importance of knowledge management in government, private, parastatal organisations, schools,
INFORMATION STUDIES in an organisational setting; processes and tools of colleges and universities as assistant librarians or library
knowledge management. 3-hr lecture officers.
Level 100 Same as in the Certificate in Library and
Information Studies LIS 230: LEGAL ISSUES OF INFORMATION DAR110 Special Regulations for the Diploma in Archives
The course will cover various legal issues of information, and Records Management
LIS 200: ORGANIZING INFORMATION including intellectual property laws, copyright, Subject to the provisions of the General Academic
A practical course on classification and. Covers transborder information flows, privacy of information, Regulations and the Faculty of Humanities Regulations,
information carriers; principles of cataloguing, etc. 3-hr lecture the following Departmental Regulations shall apply:
descriptive cataloguing, choice of access points;
fundamentals of classification, Dewey Decimal BIM 202: DATABASES AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL Entrance Requirements
Classification scheme, Library of Congress Classification This course will give the students the ability to utilize The normal requirements for entrance to the Diploma in
scheme. 3-hr lecture a broad variety of existing databases and to create Archives and Records Management Programme shall be:
databases of their own using a database management a) Certificate in Archives and Records Management
LIS 202: IT TOOLS AND APPLICATIONS software package. 1-lecture hour; 2-hr Computing from this University or its equivalent from any other
This course covers the various applications of information activity. recognized institution;
technology tools for managing and disseminating
information. This covers software applications as well as Level 100 Same as in the Certificate in Library and b) Botswana General Certificate of Secondary Education
networking applications. 3-hr Computing activity. Information Studies or equivalent with a credit in English;
LIS 203: AFRICAN INFORMATION RESOURCES Level 200 c) Candidates with a credit in the Certificate in Archives
The course will provide an overview of the various Semester 3 and Records Management from this University shall
African information resources. Included will be a look at Core Courses be admitted directly to Year Two of the Diploma
indigenous knowledge systems that have been such an LIS202: IT Tools and Applications (3) Programme. Those with a pass in the Certificate in
integral part of the African culture. 3-hr lecture. LIS223: Digital Libraries (3) Archives and Records Management of this University
LIS206: Introduction to Infopreneurship (3) plus two years post qualification experience will be
LIS 205: LIBRARY PRACTICE AND ATTACHMENT General Education Courses should not exceed 6 credits admitted directly to Year Two.
Students are attached to libraries and information for both semesters
centers in order to gain experience of real-life libraries Programme Structure
and understand the issues that such libraries have Optional Courses The Diploma in Archives and Records Management
to deal with, and also suggest possible solutions to LIS203: African Information Environment (3) Programme extends over four semesters for full-time
problems that may pertain in those libraries. 6 weeks LIS211: Information and Society (3) study or six semesters for part-time (distance learning/
duration BIM200: Information Management Systems sandwich) study in the single subject Archives and
Development (3) Records Management leading to the award of the
LIS 206: INTRODUCTION TO INFOPRENEURSHIP Diploma in Archives and Records Management. The
Aims to guide, encourage and point out to students the GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Programme shall consist of a minimum of 30 credits per
options, openings and possibilities for self-employment, COM112: Communication and Academic Literacy year. All core courses must be passed.
employment creation and the requirements for Skills II (Humanities) (3) CORE
establishing and managing of enterprises with a specific ICT122: Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2) CORE COURSE SYNOPSES FOR DIPLOMA IN ARCHIVES AND
focus on information based enterprises. Will introduce RECORDS MANAGEMENT
the concept of entrepreneurship and what it entails. LEVEL 100
3-hour lecture Level 100 courses: same as in the Certificate in Archives
and Records Management Programme.
LIS208: PRINCIPLES OF DATA COMMUNICATIONS Semester 4
Protocols and architecture. Data Transmission. Core Courses LEVEL 200
Transmission Media and multiplexing. Data encoding. LIS200: Organising Information (3)
Data communication interface. Data link control. LIS205: Library Practice and Attachment (3) REC 211: ADMINISTRATIVE HISTORY
Network hardware and software. Evolving network LIS227: Introduction to Knowledge Administration: the word and concept, colonial
technologies. 3-hour lecture Management (3) administration and colonial records. The evolution of
ISS221: Data and Information Management 1 (3) central departments and ministerial arrangements, local
LIS 211 INFORMATION AND SOCIETY General Education Courses should not exceed 6credits administration. The struggle for independence. Post-
Covered will be: introduction information; why is for both semesters independence administrative arrangements. Types and
information important in society; the impact of formats of records created under these administrative
information on society; issues of information privacy, Optional Courses arrangements 3 hr lecture
information and development; right to information. LIS212: Information Resources in Business (3)
3-hr lecture LIS230: Legal Aspects in Information (3) REC 212: MANAGING MEDIA ARCHIVES
Nature of audio-visual materials. Uses of a-v
LIS 212: INFORMATION RESOURCES IN BUSINESS Progression from Semester to Semester materials. Formats of a-v archives-films, photographs,
This course will be an exploration of the universe of Progression from semester to semester shall apply phonographic records, audiocassettes, microforms,
business information sources and services. It will according to Regulation 00.9. maps, art works. Advantages and disadvantages,
introduce students to the business information world, selection and acquisition of, handling and of audio-
the value chain and competitiveness, nature, type Assessment and Examinations visual materials, storage equipment, staffing, evaluation
and range and role of business information, Business Evaluation of students’ performance in the Diploma of a-v programs, access and copyright restrictions. 3 hr
information sources, systems and services. 3-hr lecture in Library and Information Studies shall be based on lecture
continuous assessment and a formal examination at the
LIS 223: DIGITAL LIBRARIES end of each semester. The weighting between continuous REC 213: INTRODUCTION TO PRESERVATION AND
The course will cover definitions of digital libraries, their assessment and formal examination shall be 2:3. CONSERVATION
implications for the future of the library as we know it, Definitions and terminology, history of preservation and
and the different initiatives that are in place towards conservation, history of writing and recording media,
133
characteristics of paper and materials used in books REC218: Computer Applications in Archives and Studies leading to the award of the Bachelors Degree in
and other media, the agents of deterioration, preventive Records Management (3) Library and Information Studies.
conservation, cleaning methods, data migration, disaster LIS101: Introduction to Organizing Information
prevention and recovery, planning and implementing a (3) (pre-requisite for LIS 200) Degree in Library and Information studies
preservation program. 3 hr lecture
General Education Courses LEVEL 100
REC 215: REPROGRAPHICS Semester 4 Level 100 courses: same as Diploma program in LIS
Principles of printing, photography, xerography, Core Courses LEVEL 200
photocopying, principles of microphotography, hardware LIS200: Organising Information (3) Level 200 courses: same as Diploma program in LIS.
systems, COM and electronic typesetting, Selection and Pre-requisite, LIS101) LEVEL 300
acquisition of reprographic equipment, maintenance. REC211: Administrative History (3)
Design and control of central microfilming service. Links REC215: Microphotography & Reprographics (3) LIS 300: ONLINE INFORMATION RETRIEVAL
with Vital Records program. 3 hr lecture REC216: Records Centre Management (3) Provides an in-depth look at the concepts of information
retrieval, and will be focused on the skills and techniques
REC 216: RECORDS CENTRE MANAGEMENT Optional Courses of information retrieval look at some of the products
Location of Records centres, building requirement, BMS207: Public Relations, Writing and Reporting(3) (CD-ROM and Internet search engines and others) that
storage and facilities, procedures for Records transfer LIS212: Information Resources in Business (3) are available and how to maximize on using these tools
and retrieval, links with government agencies, staffing. LIS230: Legal Aspects in Information (3) for retrieval. 3-hr Computing activity.
Reference services. 3 hr lecture LIS227: Introduction to Knowledge
Management (3) LIS 303: ADVANCED IT TOOLS AND APPLICATIONS
REC 218: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN ARCHIVES AND An advanced course on IT applications for the
RECORDS MANAGEMENT Progression from Semester to Semester organization, management and dissemination of
This course is designed to enable students understand Progression from semester to semester shall apply information. This course will build on to LIS 202, offered
the appropriate use of Information Communication according to Regulation 00.9. in the first year of the BLIS. 3-hr Computing activity.
Technologies (ICTs) in the design, implementation and
evaluation of an efficient and effective archives and Assessment and Examinations LIS 304: UNDERSTANDING THE USER
records management programme. It provides students Evaluation of students’ performance for the Diploma in Covers user needs, information needs, information
an opportunity to study in-depth issues, challenges, and Archives and Records Management shall be based on seeking behaviour, different categories of users;
strategies associated with electronic records/archival continuous assessment and a formal examination at the community information needs and users’ information
management. 3 hr Computing activity end of each semester. The weighting between continuous seeking behaviour; evaluate, develop and manage
assessment and formal examination shall be 2:3. convenient, accessible and cost effective reference and
Level 100 information services. 3-hr lecture
Same as in the Certificate in Archives and Records CAREER OPPORTUNITIES - DIPLOMA IN ARCHIVES AND
Management RECORDS MANAGERS LIS 305: ADVANCED ORGANIZING INFORMATION
Holders of the Diploma in Archives and Record In-depth consideration of the methods of indexing and
Semester 1 Management will be expected to occupy positions in abstracting. Topics will include: subject indexing, general
Core Courses government, private, parastatal organizations, land principles, evaluation of indexing systems; vocabulary
LIS110: Admin. and Management of Information boards and district councils records managers and control, construction and use of thesaurus, controlled
Centres (3) administrative personnel in records centres. indexing lists; abstracting techniques, general principles,
REC011: Introduction to Records Management (3) types of abstracts. 3-hr lecture
REC012: Introduction to Archives (3) BIS220 Special Regulations for the Bachelor of Library
REC015: Introduction to Office Skills (3) and Information Studies (BLIS) ñ Single Major Subject to LIS 306: PROFESSIONAL ATTACHMENT
REC017: Introduction to Information Technology (3) the provisions of the General Academic Regulations and A course where students are attached to a library or
the Faculty of Humanities Regulations, the following information center for practical experience. 6 weeks
General Education Courses Departmental Regulations shall apply: duration
COM111: Communication and Academic Literacy
Skills I (Humanities) (3) Entrance Qualifications LIS 309: SCHOOL LIBRARIANSHIP
ICT121: Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) The normal requirements for entrance to the BLIS single This course will be a detailed examination of the special
major degree shall be: requirements of school librarianship. In essence, this
Semester 2 course will integrate all that has been learned in the
Core Courses a) A pass in the Diploma in Library and Information broader subject of librarianship to what pertains in the
REC013: Intro to Principles of Archival Studies from this university or its equivalent from school library environment. 3-hr lecture
Arrangement (3) any other recognized institution
REC014: Search Room Operations (3) b) Botswana General Certificate of Secondary Education LIS 310: HEALTH INFORMATION SYSTEMS
REC016: Practicum (3) or equivalent. All candidates for admission must have The course will consider the rationale for establishing
a minimum of credit in English Language. health information systems. The special problems facing
Optional Courses the African continent in providing health information
LIS104: Introduction to the Internet & Web c) Candidates with at least one year’s experience in a for professionals as well as information for consumers of
Design (3) library or related institution will be given preference. health will be dealt with. 3-hr lecture
LIS106: Information Resources Management (3)
d) Candidates with a Diploma in Library and Information LIS 311: BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Studies of this university or its equivalent from Defines business information systems, why they are
COM112: Communication and Academic Literacy any other recognized institution may be admitted important and they role they can play in boosting
Study Skills II (Humanities) (3) CORE directly to Level 3 of the program. business performance. The course will survey the
ICT122: Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 e) Candidates with a Certificate in Library and Information different sources and resources of business information.
(2) CORE Studies of this university or its equivalent from any 3-hr lecture
other recognized institution may be admitted directly
Level 200 at Level 2 of the program. LIS 312: LEGAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Semester 3 This course offers an introduction to the bibliographic
Core Courses Programme Structure organization of legal literature and to techniques of
REC212: Managing Media Archives (3) The BLIS is a full-time Programme extending over eight legal information research utilizing all formats; including
REC213: Introduction to Preservation and semesters in the single subject Library and Information print, online automated legal research databases, and the
Conservation (3)
134
Internet. The course presents the mechanics and search LIS 407: EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES General Education Courses
strategies of legal information research with the aim to This course will present an overview of the state of the Should not exceed 6 credits for both semesters.
equip students with a working knowledge of a variety of art in ICTs and what is being forecast as the next level of
legal information sources and services with emphasis to technology and the implications for information work. Optional Courses
African environments. 3-hr lecture 3-hr Computing activity. LIS203: African Information Environment (3)
LIS211: Information and Society (3)
LIS 313: GENDER AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT LIS 408; PROJECT WORK LIS230: Legal Issues of Information (3)
This course will deal with issues of gender in information Supervised independent study. 3 credits BIM200: Information Management Systems
management and dissemination. It will expose students Development (3)
to sources and services available to individuals working LIS 412: INFORMATION POLICIES
with gender issues. 3-hr lecture Management of information, like any other type of Semester 4
management requires policies. This course will define Core Courses
LIS 314: AGRICULTURAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS information policies, explain why they are needed, and LIS200: Organising Information (3)
This course is designed to expose students to all types of consider the different levels of information policies ñ (Pre-requisite, LIS101)
agricultural information products, services and systems. within organizations, nationally and internationally. 3-hr LIS208: Principles of Data Communications (3)
The course covers an overview of current development lecture ISS221: Data and Information Management (3)
goals and trends in agriculture in Africa; agricultural data, LIS227: Introduction to Knowledge
information and knowledge; processes and technologies LIS 426: INDEPENDENT STUDY Management (3)
that constitute agricultural information and knowledge Students wishing to undertake an in-depth study of a (pre-requisite for LIS403)
systems; target groups for agricultural information particular area will be encouraged to do an independent
at international, national and organizational levels; study. This study will be undertaken under direction from General Education Courses
indigenous agricultural information and knowledge a staff member of the department. 3 credits Should not exceed 6 credits for both semesters.
systems, products, services and processes. 3-hr lecture
LEVEL 400 LIS 452: GLOBAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS Optional Courses
Covers issues arising from the fact that globalization has LIS212: Information Resources in Business (3)
LIS 401: ORGANIZING INTERNET RESOURCES resulted in what has been termed global information LIS230: Legal Issues in Information (3)
Suggestions have been made that there is a need to systems; issues of the digital divide; Africa’s information
organize Internet resources using a combination of infrastructure and how this is affecting Africa’s ability to
humans and automated tools. Students will be exposed be an effective player in the global information system. Level 300
to the processes, procedures and issues of organizing 3-hr Computing activity. Semester 5
Internet resources. 3-hr Computing activity. Core Courses
Level 100 LIS300: Online Information Retrieval (3)
LIS 402: MARKETING OF INFORMATION SERVICES Semester 1 LIS304: Understanding the User (3)
This course focuses on the theory and techniques of Core Courses LIS303: Advanced IT Applications (3)
marketing whilst paying particular attention to the LIS100: The Information Environment (3) (pre-requisite LIS202)
library and information services environment. The LIS101: Introduction to Organising Information
course seeks to introduce students to the basic concepts (3) (pre-requisite for LIS200) General Education Courses
of marketing theory and to enable them develop the LIS103: Basic Reference Sources and Services (3) Should not exceed 6 credits for both semesters.
ability to identify opportunities for their application LIS110: Admin. and Management of Information
to information services organizations in African Centres (3) Optional Courses
environments. 3-hr lecture BIM100: Introduction to Information LIS309: School Librarianship (3)
Management (3) LIS310: Health Information Systems (3)
LIS 403: KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT
To teach students how to determine the infrastructure General Education Courses Semester 6
requirements to manage the intellectual capital in COM111: Communication and Academic Literacy Core Courses
organizations. This course follows on from LIS 227. It Skills I (Humanities) (3) LIS305: Advanced Organization of Information
looks in further details at the current theories, practices, ICT121: Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) (3) (pre-requisite LIS200)
tools, and techniques in knowledge management. 3-hr LIS306: Professional Attachment (3)
Computing activity. Semester 2
Core Courses General Education Courses
LIS 404: ADVANCED INFOPRENEURSHIP BIM101: Introduction to Information Science (3) Should not exceed 6 credits for both semesters.
The course will define the entrepreneuring concept, and LIS114: Collection Development and
consider why it is required in today’s environment. The Management (3) Optional Courses
processes and issues of entrepreneuring will be covered LIS311: Business Information Systems (3)
and then related to the information environment (This Optional Courses LIS312: Legal Information Systems (3)
course builds on LIS 206). 3-hr lecture LIS104: Intro. to the Internet and Web Design (3) LIS313: Gender and Information Management (3)
LIS106: Information Resources Management (3) LIS314: Agricultural Information Systems (3)
LIS 406: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND LIS112: Intro. to Publishing and the Book Trade (3)
DESIGN Level 400
An advanced course in the design, development and use GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Semester 7
of database management systems. Cover other aspects COM112: Communication and Academic Literacy Core Courses
of DBMS, such as their use in data mining and data Skills II (Humanities) (3) CORE LIS401: Organising Internet Resources (3)
warehousing, as well as the foundation of management ICT122: Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2) LIS402: Marketing of Information Services (3)
information systems, knowledge management systems, CORE LIS403: Knowledge Management (3)
expert systems, etc. 3-hr lecture (prerequisite, LIS227)
Level 200 BIM402: Research in Information Management
CSI 461: COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS Semester 3 (3) (pre-requisite for LIS408)
MANAGEMENT Core Courses
Data communications: theory, and systems structures. LIS202: IT Tools and Applications (3) Optional Courses
Networks types, structures, ISO-OSI reference model (Pre-requisite for LIS303) LIS407: Emerging Technologies (3)
Protocols types and structure. Protocol layers: functions. LIS223: Digital Libraries (3) LIS412: Information Policies (3)
LAN and WAN and ISDN; Network management and LIS206: Introduction to Infopreneurship (3) ENV440: Geographic Information Systems (2)
Administration. 3-hr Computing activity. (Pre-requisite for LIS404)
135
Semester 8 LIS101: Introduction to Organising Information LIS408: Project Work (3) (pre-requisite, BIM402)
Core Courses (3) (pre-requisite for LIS200)
LIS404: Advanced Infopreneurship (3) BIM100 Introduction to Information Management (3) Progression from Semester to Semester
(pre-requisite LIS206) Progression from semester to semester shall apply
LIS406: Database Management Systems Design (3) General Education Courses according to Regulation 00.9.
LIS408: Project Work (3) (pre-requisite, BIM402) COM111: Communication and Academic Literacy
Skills I (Humanities) (3) Assessment and Examinations
General Education Courses (3 credits) ICT121: Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) Evaluation of student performance in BALIS shall be
Optional Courses based on continuous assessment and formal examination
LIS425: Global Information System (3) Semester 2 at the end of each semester. The weighting between
LIS426: Independent Study (3) Core Courses continuous assessment and formal examination shall be
BIM101: Introduction to Information Science (3) 2:3.
Progression from Semester to Semester LIS114 : Collection Development and
Progression from semester to semester shall apply Management (3) Award of BALIS
according to Regulation 00.9. Candidates must obtain a minimum of 120 credits,
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES including all core courses in both subjects. In addition,
Assessment and Examinations COM112: Communication and Academic Literacy Regulation 00.85 shall apply.
Evaluation of students’ performance in BLIS shall Skills II (Humanities) (3) CORE
be based on continuous assessment and a formal ICT122: Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES - BACHELOR OF ARTS, LIBRARY
examination at the end of each semester. The weighting (2) CORE AND INFORMATION STUDIES
between continuous assessment and formal examination Holders of the Bachelor of Arts, Library and Information
shall be 2:3. Level 200 Studies degree will be expected to occupy positions
Semester 3 in secondary schools and public libraries as teacher-
Award of the BLIS Single Major Degree General Education Courses (4 to 6) librarians and librarians or Information managers in
Candidates must obtain a minimum of 120 credits Other Subject Core Courses (12) private and parastatal organizations.
including all core courses and optional courses or
elective courses, and twenty General Education Courses. Core Courses BIS210 BACHELOR OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS
In addition, Regulation 00.85 shall apply. LIS223: Digital Libraries (3) (INFORMATION MANAGEMENT) (BIS) DEGREE
LIS202: IT Tools and Applications (3)
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES - BACHELOR OF LIBRARY AND (pre-requisite site for LIS303) Entrance Requirements
INFORMATION STUDIES LIS211: Information and Society (3) The normal requirements for entrance to the Bachelor of
Holders of the Bachelor of Library and Information Information Systems (Information Management) Degree
Studies will be expected to occupy positions in Semester 4 Programme shall be the Botswana General Certificate
academic, special, college, and public libraries and Core Courses of Secondary Education or equivalent with a credit in
private organizations as librarians, assistant librarians, LIS200: Organising Information (3) English Language and Mathematics.
library officers and information resources managers. (pre-requsite, LIS101)
Some candidates have found employment in financial LIS208: Principles of Computer Communication (3) Programme Structure
institutions such as banks. ISS221: Data and Information Management 1 (3) The BIS Degree is a full-time programme extending
over eight semesters in the subject of Information
BIS230 Special Regulations for the Bachelor of Arts, Level 300 Management, leading to the award of a Bachelor of
Library and Information Studies General Education Courses (4 to 6) Information Systems Degree.
(BALIS) Combined Major Other Subject Core Courses (12)
Subject to the provisions of the General Academic COURSE SYNOPSES FOR BACHELOR OF INFORMATION
Regulations and the Faculty of Humanities Regulations, Semester 5 SYSTEMS (INFORMATION MANAGEMENT) (BIS) DEGREE
the following Departmental Regulations shall apply: Core Courses Degree in Information systems (Information
LIS300: Online Information Retrieval (3) Management)
Entrance Requirements LIS303: Advanced IT Applications (3) LEVEL 100
The normal requirements for entrance to the BALIS (pre-requisite, LIS202) LIS 100: THE INFORMATION ENVIRONMENT
Combined Major Degree Programme are that applicants LIS304 Understanding the User (3) The course will cover the meaning of information and
shall have the Botswana General Certificate of Secondary its importance, what an information environment
Education or equivalent, with a credit in English. Semester 6 encompasses, and the specific environment of Africa. On
Those applicants who will major in Social Science or Core Courses completion of the module the students should be able to
Science Subjects must obtain a minimum of credit in LIS305: Advanced Organisation of Information discuss and evaluate: Africa’s information environment
Mathematics or Computer Studies. (3) (pre-requisite, LIS200) in terms of its past, present and future and the global
LIS306: Professional Attachment (3) information environment and its interrelationship with
Programme Structure Africa’s information environment. 3-hr lecture
The BALIS is a full-time programme extending over eight Level 400
semesters in the single subject Library and Information General Education Courses (4 to 6) ISS101: IS FOUNDATIONS 1
Studies and another subject leading to the award of Other Subject Core Courses (12) Course covers the fundamental concepts and
a BALIS Combined Major with another subject. The components of information systems; achieving
Programme shall consist of a minimum of 30 credits per Semester 7 competitive advantage with information systems,
year. All core courses must be passed. LIS Core Courses information technology infrastructure; hardware,
LIS401: Organising Internet Resources (3) software, telecommunications and networks (the
BA LIS COURSE SYNOPSES- See the Bachelor of Library LIS402: Marketing of Information Services (3) Internet, wired and wireless technologies), databases
and Information Studies Programme LIS403: Knowledge Management (3) and information management. Personal technology.
(pre-requisite, LIS227) 3-hr lecture/lab
Level 100 BIM402: Research in Information Management (3)
General Education Courses (4 to 6) (pre-requisite for LIS408) REC011: INTRODUCTION TO RECORDS MANAGEMENT
Other Subject Core Courses (12) This course covers the definitions and terminology;
Semester 8 the Records life cycle and Records continuum; role
Semester 1 LIS Core Courses of Records management in the organization; records
Core Courses LIS425: Global Information Systems (3) and society. Differences between libraries, archives,
LIS100: The Information Environment (3) LIS406: Database Management Systems Design (3) museums. Types of registries- centralized versus
136
decentralized. Filing equipment-selection procurement LEVEL 200 ISS202: IT TOOLS & PRODUCTIVITY
and maintenance, reprographic. Records inventory and This course introduces knowledge work productivity
analysis and scheduling, filing classification systems. 3 SEMESTER 3 concepts; advanced software functionality to support
hr lecture personal and group productivity such as templates
BIM200: INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS and macros; reuse rather than build from scratch;
LIS 101: INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIZING INFORMATION DEVELOPMENT organization and management of data (sorting, filtering)
The course will introduce students to the need for This course discusses how to generate a new system via spreadsheets and database tools; building decision
organizing information in order to facilitate its retrieval. design to meet the new requirements of an information support systems; accessing organizational and external
The principles of classification and cataloguing will be system. Creating a new model from existing data flow data; information search strategies; tool use optimization
taught in both manual and computerized environments. diagrams of the system and mapping the model to a and personalization; professional; Web page design and
3 hr lecture physical system. Designing for job enrichment, data publishing. 3-hr lecture
security, and implementation and evaluation skills for
BIM 100: INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION the redesigned system. 3-hr computing activity. 3-hr LIS227: INTRODUCTION TO KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT
MANAGEMENT. lecture / lab The course will cover definitions of knowledge
The purpose of the course is to familiarize students with management; importance of knowledge management
the principles of information management especially ISS211: INTERMEDIATE PROGRAMMING in an organisational setting; processes and tools of
the importance of information management practice This course introduces the software development knowledge management. 3-hr lecture
within organisations. Topics covered include: Data lifecycle and UML; Classes, objects, and collections;
content (quality) and structure; creating data standards; Inheritance, containment and polymorphism; Arrays ISS212: ADVANCED PRROGRAMMING
data access; record retention; information reporting. of objects; Events; Generic programming; Structured This course enables students apply OO concepts to
1-lecture hour; 2-hr Computing activity. 3 hr lecture exception handling; Overview of the .Net environment. solve real-world problems by exploring advanced string
GUI programming: List boxes, combo boxes, and other manipulation and regular expressions; Advanced GUI
BIM 101: INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SCIENCE controls and objects; Data validation; Working with files: design & implementation; Multiple-form programs;
The course introduces basic information science text files, binary files, XML files; Object serialization. 3-hr Implementing menus; Implementing online help;
concepts. Students will be familiarized with the lecture / lab Graphics; Multithreading; Network programming;
problems of defining information as well as the scope Designing and implementing database front ends: writing
information science. Various information science topics ISS221: DATA AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT I queries and stored procedures, making connections,
will be covered, such as information representation, The course discusses fundamental principles and concepts executing SQL commands, etc. 3-hr lecture / lab
information storage and retrieval systems, user studies, of databases; DBMS architecture; components of DBMS; LEVEL 300
information seeking behaviour, etc. 3 hr lecture data models; database design: conceptual and logical; Semester 5
ER and Relational model; ER to Relational; Schema
ISS102: IS FOUNDATIONS 2 refinement, functional dependencies, normalization; ISS321: DATA & INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 2
The course introduces fundamental concepts of IS. Topics SQL: DDL and DML; database application development. This course introduces database management and
covered included: Electronic Business Systems (Enterprise 3-hr lecture / lab design concepts by exploring advanced SQL: sub queries
Applications & Functional Systems), Electronic Commerce and correlated queries, SQL functions, procedural SQL;
Systems, Decision Support Systems and Knowledge LIS 206: INTRODUCTION TO INFOPRENEURSHIP database application development: database life cycle;
Management Systems, Building information systems and This course aims to guide, encourage and point out to XML data management: data model, query; Security
managing projects, securing information systems, ethical students the options, openings and possibilities for self- and authorization; database administration: tools
and social issues in information system, etc. 3 hr lecture employment, employment creation and the requirements and strategies; emerging database technologies and
for establishing and managing of enterprises with a applications. 3-hr lecture / lab
ISS112: PROGRAMMING 1 specific focus on information based enterprises. Will
The courses introduces classes, objects and methods; introduce the concept of entrepreneurship and what it ISS331: NETWORK MANAGEMENT
Variables, assignment statements, and built-in data entails. 2-hour lecture The course introduces the basic of network management
types; Expressions and statements; Control Statements: by exploring the different types of networks; Core
if, if-else; while and do while; for; switch, break and network components; OSI and TCP/IP models; Network
continue; Logical operators; Increment and decrement LIS211: INFORMATION AND SOCIETY security and security devices; The Internet as a key
operators; Arrays; Introduction to algorithms: pseudo- This course discusses how information is used in the networking platform; Data centers and network data
code; counter-controlled repetition, sentinel-controlled society. Topics covered include: introduction information; storage; Service oriented network architectures; IT
repetition, nested control statements. Input/output why is information important in society; the impact of management frameworks; Business continuity planning;
statements and streams; Introduction to modularity, information on society; issues of information privacy, Network device configuration; Connecting to the
with emphasis on well-designed functions/methods to information and development; right to information. ISP; Network topologies and protocols; Management
facilitate debugging, maintainability and reuse of code. 3-hr lecture paradigms and protocols for both wired and wireless
networks; Network monitoring and tuning. 3-hr lecture
COM 111 Communication and Academic Literacy BIM201: WEB INFORMATION MANAGEMENT / lab
Skills 1 (3) Discusses ways in which information can be managed on
This course is designed to assist students develop Web-based environments with a special focus on imaging ISS323: IS ANALYSIS & DESIGN 1
balanced proficiency in the four major communicative pervasive information management conceptualisation. This course introduces the basic concepts of Systems
skills ó listening, reading, speaking, and writing for The course discusses how to design and manage Web Analysis and design, SDLC, OO Systems Analysis, the
academic and general purposes. platforms and explores the different technologies used Unified Process, the Unified Modelling Language, Project
in Web environments. 3-hr lecture identification and Selection, Feasibility study techniques,
COM 11 Communication and Academic Literacy Project Management, Requirements Analysis, Use Case
Skills 11 (3) LIS203: AFRICAN INFORMATION ENVIRONMENT Diagrams, Class Diagrams and Interaction Diagrams.
This course is designed to provide development of The course will provide an overview of the various
writing proficiency through intensive instruction African information resources. Included will be a look at LIS300 ONLINE INFORMATION RETRIEVAL
in academic writing skills and teaches students the indigenous knowledge systems that have been such an This course provides an in-depth look at the concepts of
rhetorical principles and writing practices necessary for integral part of the African culture. 3-hr lecture information retrieval, and will be focused on the skills
producing effective business letters, memos, reports, and and techniques of information retrieval look at some of
collaborative projects in professional contexts. SEMESTER 4 the products (CD-ROM and Internet search engines and
others) that are available and how to maximize on using
STA114: BUSINESS STATISTICS these tools for retrieval activity. 3-hr lecture
LIS304: UNDERSTANDING THE USER

The course covers user needs, information needs, and
137
information seeking behaviour, different categories controlling, and closing projects. Understand that project STA 101; STA 102 (see descriptions under the Department
of users; community information needs and users’ management in the modern organization is a complex of Mathematics)
information seeking behaviour; evaluate, develop team-based activity, where various types of technologies
and manage convenient, accessible and cost effective (including project management software as well as STA 112; STA 114 (see descriptions under the Department
reference and information services. 3-hr lecture software to support group collaboration) are an inherent of Statistics)
part of the project management process. Resourcing
SEMESTER 6 of projects through internal and external sources. 3-hr CSI 241; CSI 252; CSI 272; CSI 292; CSI 314; CSI 315; CSI
lecture 342; CSI 362; CSI 392; CSI 414; CSI 461; CSI 471; CSI
ISS324: IS ANALYSIS & DESIGN 2 472 (See descriptions under Department of Computer
This course explores System Design, Class and Method BIM 400: INDIVIDUAL PROJECT Science).
Design, Data Base Design, User Interface Design, Systems This course is a supervised independent study on
Acquisition, Systems Development, systems Installation current issues of information systems and information BIS 302; BIS 303; BIS 307; BIS 308; BIS 405; BIS 420 (See
and Testing, Systems Documentation, Systems Review. management in organisations. 3 credits descriptions under Faculty of Business).
3-hr lecture
BIM 402: RESEARCH IN INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Level 100
ISS332: SYSTEMS ADMINISTRATION This course explores the study of information systems Semester 1
This course explores operating systems (functions and research, its methods, practices, social context and Core Courses
services, file systems and storage, user interfaces); relationships to other fields of study. Research skills LIS100: The Information Environment (3)
Introduction to system administration; Installation including research design, literature evaluation, data BIM100: Introduction to Information
of some current OS and applications; Configuration collection and data analysis. 3-hr lecture Management (3)
of installed OS and applications; Maintenance of STA101: Maths for Business and Social Sciences I (3)
installed OS and applications; Virtualization; System LIS403: KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT ISS101: IS Foundations 1 (3)
documentation; Server services(print, file, DHCP, DNS, This course teaches students how to determine the STA116: Business Statistics 1 (4)
FTP, HTTP, mail, SNMP, SSH, Database, Web, network infrastructure requirements to manage the intellectual
services, etc); Client services; System and application capital in organizations. This course follows on General Education Courses
support; Server administration and management; User from LIS 227. It looks in further details at the current COM111: Communication and Academic Literacy
and group management; Backup management; Disaster theories, practices, tools, and techniques in knowledge Skills I (Humanities) (3)
recovery; System support; User support and education; management. 3-hr lecture ICT121: Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2)
Administrative domains (Web, Network, Database, OS,
Support). 3-hr lecture / lab LIS407: EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES Semester 2
This course will present an overview of the state of the Core Courses
ISS334: IS SECURITY art in ICTs and what is being forecast as the next level of BIM101: Introduction to Information Science (3)
This course introduces the basic concepts of information technology and the implications for information work. STA102: Maths for Business and Social Sciences II (3)
security; Operational, physical, and personnel security 3-hr lecture ISS102: IS Foundations 2 (3) (pre-requisite ISS101)
issues; Access control; Basic cryptography; Operating ISS112: Introduction to Programming (3)
system security; Network security; Application security; LIS412: INFORMATION POLICIES
Security policies and models; Intrusion detection, This course covers the management of information, GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
prevention and response; Risk assessment. 3-hr lecture like any other type of management requires policies. COM112: Communication and Academic Literacy
/ lab This course will define information policies, explain why Skills 11 (Humanities) (3) CORE
they are needed, and consider the different levels of ICT122: Computer Skills Fundamentals 2
BIM 303: INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT II information policies ñ within organizations, nationally (2) CORE
A practicum designed to give students in-depth and internationally. 3-hr lecture
professional development. 12 weeks duration Level 200
Semester 3
SEMESTER 8 Core Courses
LIS305: ADVANCED ORGANISATION OF INFORMATION ISS442: IS & SOCIETY BIM200: Information Management Systems
This course explores an In-depth consideration of the This course introduces the theories of information systems Development (3)
methods of indexing and abstracting. Topics will include: and societal change; information systems influencing ISS211: Intermediate Programming (3)
subject indexing, general principles, evaluation of society; societal influence on information systems; (pre-requisite, ISS112)
indexing systems; vocabulary control, construction and acceptance and adoption; appropriate technologies; ISS221: Data & Information Management I (3)
use of thesaurus, controlled indexing lists; abstracting uses, access and skills; participatory processes; the future
techniques, general principles, types of abstracts. 3-hr of information systems and society; ethical, legal and Optional Courses
lecture social issues of information. 3-hr lecture BIM201: Web Information Management (3)
LIS206: Introduction to Infopreneurship (3)
LEVEL 400 ISS446: STRATEGIC IS MANAGEMENT (pre-requisite for LIS404)
This course introduces students to a high-level LIS211: Information and Society (3)
SEMESTER 7 approach to the management and acquisition of IS-
resources within the firm. The course explores the GECs and Electives
ISS431: ENTERPRISE ARCHITECTURE issues and approaches in managing the information General Education Courses and electives to be chosen
This course introduces enterprise architecture systems function in organizations and how the IS by the student from any discipline throughout the
frameworks, Systems integration, and Enterprise resource function integrates/supports/enables various types University.
software. Service oriented architecture, Data/information of organizational capabilities. A senior management
architecture and data integration, content management, perspective is assumed in exploring the acquisition, Semester 4
System administration, IT investment analysis, Audit and development and implementation of plans and policies Core Course
compliance, IT control and management frameworks, to achieve efficient and effective information systems. ISS212: Advanced Programming (3)
emerging technologies. Practical applications using 3-hr lecture (pre-requisite, ISS211)
Enterprise Architecture Toolkits. 3-hr lecture / lab STA114: Statistical Tools for Business (3)
LIS404: ADVANCED INFOPRENEURSHIP BIM204: Designing and Implementing Intranets (3)
ISS441: IS PROJECT MANAGEMENT The course will define the entrepreneuring concept, and ISS202: IT Tools & Productivity (3) (pre-requisite,
This course introduces the processes, methods, consider why it is required in todayís environment. The ISS112)
techniques and tools that organizations use to manage processes and issues of entrepreneuring will be covered
their information systems projects. Apply a systematic and then related to the information environment. 3-hr
methodology for initiating, planning, executing, lecture
138
Optional Courses Optional Courses seek permission from the Deputy Dean’s office. A part-
BIM205 Business Process Modelling (3) LIS404: Advanced Infopreneurship (3) time student undertaking a certificate, diploma, degree
LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge (pre-requisite, LIS206) program should carry a workload of between 6 to 14
Management (3) LIS425 Global Information Systems (3) credits per semester, unless officially exempted.
(pre-requisite for LIS403)
General Education Courses and electives to be chosen by It is possible to carry a higher workload within each
GECs and Electives the student. semester as a strategy of completing the requirements
of a student’s program. However, there is always the risk
General Education Courses and electives to be chosen Progression from Semester to Semester of carrying too many credits
by the student from any discipline throughout the Progression from semester to semester shall apply
University. according to Regulation 00.9. 12. How many credits should I take in order to graduate?
Program Minimum number of credits from core, optional
Level 300 Assessment and Examination and elective courses for purposes of graduation
Semester 5 Evaluation of students’ performance shall be based on Certificate 30 (including 4 credits from General
Core Courses continuous assessment and a formal examination at the Education courses)
BIS302: Decision Support Systems I (3) end of each semester. The weighting between continuous
CSI315: Web Technology and Applications (3) assessment and examinations shall be determined in Diploma 60 (including 8-10 credits from General
each course. Education courses)
ISS321: Data & Information Management 2 (3)
(pre-requisite, ISS221) CAREER OPPORTUNITIES- BACHELOR OF INFORMATION Bachelors 120 (including 20 credits from General
ISS323: IS Analysis & Design 1 (3) (pre-requisite, SYSTEMS (INFORMATION MANAGEMENT) Education courses)
ISS102) Holders of the Bachelor of Information Systems
ISS331: Network management (3) (Information Management) will be expected to Masters 54 (including 24 credits from dissertation and 6
occupy positions in private, parastatal organisations, credits from practical attachment)
Optional Courses universities and colleges as network managers,
LIS300: Online Information Retrieval (3) database administrators, information systems managers,
ISS334: Information Systems and Security (3) information technology consultant, end-users support
BIS308: Marketing Information Systems (3) specialists, system analyst and system developers. BACHELOR OF INFORMATION AND
General Education Courses and electives to be chosen by KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT
the student. Award of the Degree
Candidates must obtain a minimum of 120 credits The Bachelor of Information and Knowledge
Semester 6 including all core courses and optional or elective Management is a 4-year full-time single major,
Core Courses courses, and 20 General Education Courses. In addition, combined major and major-minor degree extending
ISS332: Systems administration (3) Regulation 00.85 shall apply. over a period of eight semesters. The BIKM programme
((pre-requisite, ISS331) (3) will lead to the award of the following degrees: BIKM
ISS334: IS Security (pre-requisite, ISS221) For all students, the total credits for GECs/Electives must (Knowledge Management), BIKM (Archives and Records
ISS324: IS analysis & Design 2 (3) ((pre-requisite, not exceed a third of the total credits for a programme: Management) and BIKM (Library and Information
ISS323) Certificate students may have no more than 10 credits Studies) for single major and BA (IKM) for the combined
BIM303: Industrial Attachment (3) from GEC/Elective courses. This will be one third of the major and the major-minor.
minimum 30 credits required over 2 semesters to earn
Optional Courses the award.
BIS334: Business Web Application Development Programme Structure
I (3) Diploma students may have no more than 20 credits The BIKM single major common core courses are the
CSI314: Decision Support Systems II (3) GEC/Elective courses. This will be one third of the same for all students in the three streams at level 100
General Education Courses and electives to be chosen by minimum 60 credits required over levels 1 and 2 to earn and 200. From level 300 students pursuing a single major
the student. the award. Holders of Certificates who are exempted will be expected to specialise in any one of the following
from Diploma level 100 must take up to 6 credits of GEC/ areas:
Level 400 elective courses. • BIKM (Knowledge Management)
Semester 7 Degree students may have no more than 40 credits GEC/ • BIKM (Archives and Records Management)
Core Courses Elective courses. This will be one third of the minimum • BIKM (Library and Information Studies)
ISS431: Enterprise Architecture (3) 120 credits required over levels 1, 2, 3 and 4 to earn the
(pre-requisite, ISS324) award. Holders of Diplomas who are exempted from Most courses offered in the BIKM programme have 3
ISS441: IS Project Management (3) Degree levels 1 and 2 must take at least 12 credits of credits except for projects and industrial placement
(pre-requisite, ISS324) GEC/elective courses including at least credits from Area which carry a maximum of 4 credits. The minimum
BIM400: Individual Project (3) 3. average credit load per semester in BIKM core courses
BIM402: Research in Information Management (3) varies depending on the combination that the candidate
Students are required to take GEC/Elective credits as chooses. For example, a BIKM (single major) candidate
Optional Courses follows: will carry credit load of 15 credits, BIKM (combined
LIS403: Knowledge Management (3) Certificate and Diploma Students major) 6 credits, BIKM (major minor) 10 credits per
(pre-requisite LIS227) At least 6 credits in Area 1 (COM 111 and 112) semester respectively.
LIS407: Emerging Technologies (3) At least 4 credits in Area 2 (ICT 121 and 122)
LIS412: Information Policies (3) BIKM (Single Major)
CSI414: Information Interfaces and Presentation (3) Degree students Candidates must obtain a minimum of 124 credits
BIS405: Legal and Ethical Issues of Information At least 6 credits in Area 1 (COM 111 and 112) including all core courses and optional courses or
Systems (3) (pre-requisite BIS100) At least 4 credits in Area 2 (ICT 121 and 122) elective courses. The average 4-year programme credit
At least 2 credits in Area 3 accumulation in core courses will be as follows:
General Education Courses and electives to be chosen by At least 10 credits from Areas 4, 5, 6 and 7 • BIKM (Knowledge Management) - 87 credits
the student. • BIKM (Archives and Records management) -
11. How many credits could I take in a semester? 81 credits
Semester 8 A full-time student undertaking a certificate, diploma, • BIKM (Library and Information Studies) - 81
Core Courses degree program should carry a minimum workload of credits
ISS446: Strategic IS Management (3) 15 credits per semester. Students may also carry up to
ISS442: IS and Society (3) 18 credits maximum, and beyond that, would have to Entrance Qualifications
The normal requirements for entrance to the BIKM single
139
major degree shall be: LIM204: Information Literacy (3 credits) IKM303: Industrial Attachment (4 credits) (Pre-r
• Botswana General Certificate of Secondary equisites: ARM200, IKM200 and LIM200)
Education or equivalent. All candidates for Semester 5 Optional Courses
admission must have a minimum of credit Knowledge Management Stream Core Courses LIM301: Business Information Systems (3 credits)
in English. ISS321: Data and Information Management LIM302: Content Management (3 credits)
• A pass in the Diploma in Information (3 credits) (Pre-requisite: ISS221) LIM303: Health Information Systems (3 credits)
and Knowledge Management from this IKM300: Customer Knowledge Management LIM304: Information and Society (3 credits)
university or its equivalent from any other (3 credits)
recognized institution. IKM301: The Knowledge Economy (3 credits) Semester 7
• Candidates with a Diploma in Library and LIM300: User Needs and Services (3 credits) Knowledge Management Stream Core Courses
Information Studies, Archives and Records IKM400: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (3 credits)
Management and Knowledge Management Optional Courses IKM401: Competitive Intelligence (3 credits)
from the University of Botswana or its ARM 300: Vital Records and Disaster Planning LIM400: Project Management for Information
equivalent from any other recognized (3 credits) Professionals (3 credits)
institution may be admitted directly to Level LIM304: Information and Society (3 credits) LIM401: Marketing of Information Services (3 credits)
300 of the programme.
• Candidates with a Certificate in Library and Library and Information Studies Stream Core Courses One elective course
Information Studies, Archives and Records ISS321: Data and Information Management
Management, Information and Knowledge (3 credits) (Pre-requisite: ISS221) Library and Information Studies Stream Core Courses
from the University of Botswana or its IKM300: Customer Knowledge Management LIM400: Project Management for Information
equivalent from any other recognized (3 credits) Professionals (3 credits)
institution may be admitted directly at Level IKM301: The Knowledge Economy (3 credits) LIM401: Marketing of Information Services (3 credits)
200 of the programme. LIM300: User Needs and Services (3 credits)
Optional Courses
Semester 1 Optional Courses ARM400: Access and Reference Services (3 credits)
Core Courses ARM300: Vital Records and Disaster Planning (Pre-requisite: ARM200)
ARM100: Introduction to Records Management (3 credits) IKM400: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (3 Credits)
(3 credits) LIM304: Information and Society (3 credits) IKM401: Competitive Intelligence (3 credits)
IKM100: Introduction to Knowledge Management
(3 credits) Archives and Records Management Stream Core Courses One elective course
LIM100: Introduction to Information Science ISS321: Data and Information Management Archives and Records Management Stream Core Courses
(3 credits) (3 credits) ARM400: Access and Reference Services (3 credits)
LIM 101: Collection Development Management ARM300: Vital Records and Disaster Planning (Pre-requisite: ARM200)
(3 credits) LIM300: User Needs and Services LIM400: Project Management for Information
Professionals (3 credits)
General Education Optional Courses LIM401: Marketing of Information Services (3 credits)
COM111: Communication and Study Skills I (3 credits) IKM 300: Customer Knowledge Management (3 credits)
ICT121: Computing and Information Skills (2 Credits) IKM 301: The Knowledge Economy Optional Courses
IKM400: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (3 Credits)
Semester 2 Semester 6 IKM401: Competitive Intelligence (3 credits) One
Core Courses Knowledge Management Stream Core Courses elective course
LIM102: Introduction to Organising Information IKM302: Research Methods in IKM (3 credits) One elective course
(4 credits) IKM303: Industrial Attachment (4 credits) (Pre-
IKM101: Knowledge Management Theory and requisites: ARM200, IKM200 and LIM200) Semester 8
Practice (3 credits) ARM301: Electronic Records Management (3 credits) Knowledge Management Stream Core Courses
ARM101: Introduction to Archives (3 credits) LIM301: Business Information Systems (3 credits) IKM402: Knowledge Management Strategies for
Information Agencies (3 credits)
General Education Optional Courses LIM402: Information Ethics, Legal and Policy Issues
COM112: Communication and Study Skills II (3 credits) LIM302: Content Management (3 credits) (3credits)
ICT122: Computing and Information Skills (2 credits) LIM303: Health Information Systems (3 credits) LIM403: Project Work in Information and Knowledge
LIM304: Information and Society (3 credits) Management (4 credits)
Semester 3
Core Courses Library and Information Studies Stream Core Courses Optional Courses
LIM200: Digital Libraries (3 credits) IKM302: Research Methods in IKM (3 credits) ARM402: Management of Records in Specialised
IKM200: Knowledge Management Systems (3 credits) IKM303: Industrial Attachment (4 credits) (Pre- Environment (3 credits)
ISS221: Data and Information Management 1 requisites: ARM200, IKM200 and LIM200) LIM404: Information Security (3 credits)
(3 credits) LIM301: Business Information Systems (3 credits)
LIM302: Content Management (3 credits) Library and Information Studies Stream Core Courses
Optional Courses LIM402: Information Ethics, Legal and Policy Issues
LIM201: Publishing and the Book Trade (3 credits) Optional Courses (3credits)
ARM201: Preservation of Information Materials ARM301: Electronic Records Management (3 credits) LIM403: Project Work in Information and Knowledge
(3 credits) (Pre-requisite: ARM100) Management (4 credits)
Semester 4 ARM302: Orality and Indigenous Knowledge Systems LIM404: Information Security (3 credits)
Core Courses (3 Credits)
LIM202: Management of Library and Information LIM303: Health Information Systems (3 credits) Optional Courses
Systems (3 credits) LIM304: Information and Society (3 credits) ARM401: Managing Audio Visual Archives (3 credits)
ARM200: Archival Arrangement and Description (Pre-requisite: ARM101)
(3 credits) (Pre–requisite: ARM101) Archives and Records Management Stream Core Courses ARM402: Management of Records in Specialised
ARM201: Preservation of Information Materials ARM301: Electronic Records Management (3 credits) Environments (3 credits)
(3 credits) (Pre-requisite: ARM100) IKM402: Knowledge Management Strategies for
ARM302: Orality and Indigenous Knowledge Systems Information Agencies (3 credits)
Optional Courses (3 credits)
LIM203: Social Networking Issues for Information IKM302: Research Methods in IKM (3 credits)
Professionals (3 credits)
140
Archives and Records Management Stream core Courses Systems (3 credits) Semester 3
ARM401: Managing Audio Visual Archives (3 credits) ARM200: Archival Arrangement and Description (3 Core Courses
(Pre-requisite: ARM101) credits) (Pre –requisite: ARM101) IKM200: Knowledge Management Systems (3 credits)
LIM402: Information Ethics, Legal and Policy Issues LIM200: Digital Libraries (3 credits)
(3credits) Semester 5 ISS221: Data and Information Management 1
LIM403: Project Work in Information and Core Courses (3 credits)
Knowledge Management (4 credits) ISS321: Data and Information Management (3 credits)
(Pre-requisite: ISS221) Semester 4
Optional Courses LIM300: User Needs and Services (3 credits) Core Courses
ARM402: Management of Records in Specilaised LIM202: Management of Library and Information
Environments (3 credits) Semester 6 Systems (3 credits)
IKM402: Knowledge Management Strategies for Core Courses ARM200: Archival Arrangement and description (3
Information Agencies (3 credits) IKM302: Research Methods in IKM (3 credits) credits) (Pre–requisite: ARM101)
LIM 404: Information Security (3 credits) IKM303: Industrial Attachment (4 credits) (Pre- ARM201: Preservation of Information Materials (3
requisites: ARM200, IKM200 and LIM200) credits)
Combined Major and Major/Minor
Special Regulations Optional Courses Semester 5
ARM301: Electronic Records Management (3 credits) ( Core Courses
Subject to the provisions of the General Academic Pre –requisite: ARM100) ARM300: Vital Records and Disaster Planning (3
Regulations and Faculty of Humanities, the following ARM302: Orality and Indigenous Knowledge Systems credits)
Departmental Regulations shall apply. (3 credits) IKM301: Knowledge Economy (3 credits)
LIM303: Health Information Systems (3 credits) ISS321: Data and Information Management (3
Entrance Qualifications LIM304: Information and Society (3 credits) credits) (Pre-requisite: ISS221)
The normal requirements for entrance to the BA IKM LIM300: User Needs and Services (3 credits)
Combined Major and Major/Minor Degree Programme Semester 7
are that applicants shall have the Botswana General Core Courses Semester 6
Certificate of Secondary Education or equivalent, with LIM400: Project Management for Information Core Courses
credit in English. Those applicants who will major Professionals (3 credits) IKM302: Research Methods in IKM (3 credits)
in Social Sciences or Science subjects must obtain a LIM401: Marketing of Information Services (3 credits) IKM303: Industrial Attachment (4 credits) (Pre-
minimum credit in mathematics or Computer Science. requisites: ARM200, IKM200 and LIM200)
Optional Courses ARM301: Electronic Records Management (3 credits)
Programme Structure ARM400: Access and Reference Services (3 credits) (Pre –requisite: ARM100)
The BA IKM is a full-time programme extending over (Pre –requisite: ARM200)
eight semesters in the single subject information and IKM400: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (3 credits) Optional Courses
knowledge and another subject leading to the award IKM 401: Competitive Intelligence (3 credits) ARM302: Orality and Indigenous Knowledge Systems
of either a BA IKM Combined Major or BA IKM Major (3 credits)
Minor. Students pursuing a major in BIKM as part of Semester 8 LIM303: Health Information Systems (3 credits)
a Combined major are required to take a total of 60 Core Courses LIM304: Information and Society (3 credits)
credits from BIKM and those pursuing a Major-minor are LIM402: Information Ethics, Legal and Policy Issues
required to take 84 credits from the BIKM programme (3credits) Semester 7
shall consist of a minimum of 30 credits per year. All core LIM403: Project Work in Information and Knowledge Core Courses
courses must be passed Management (4 credits) ARM400: Access and Reference Services (3 credits)
(Pre–requisite: ARM200)
The rest of the credits needed for the award of the BIKM Optional Courses IKM400: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (3 Credits)
degree will be accumulated from optional courses, GECs ARM401: Managing Audio Visual Archives (3 credits) LIM400: Project Management for Information
and electives (Pre-requisite: ARM101) Professionals (3 credits)
RM402: Management of Records in Specialised LIM401: Marketing of Information Services (3 credits)
Environments (3 credits)
BA (IKM) - COMBINED MAJOR IKM402: Knowledge Management Strategies for Optional Courses
Information Agencies` (3 credits) IKM401: Competitive Intelligence (3 credits)
Semester 1 IKM400: Entrepreneurship and Innovation
Core Courses BA (IKM) - Major Major/Minor
ARM100: Introduction to Records Management (3 Semester 8
credits) Semester 1 Core Courses
IKM100: Introduction to Knowledge Management (3 Core Courses LIM402: Information Ethics, Legal and Policy Issues
credits) ARM100: Introduction to Records Management (3credits)
LIM100: Introduction to Information Science (3 (3 credits) LIM403: Project Work in Information and Knowledge
credits) IKM100: Introduction to Knowledge Management (3 Management (4 credits)
Semester 2 credits) LIM404: Information Security (3 credits)
Core Courses LIM100: Introduction to Information Science (3 Optional Courses
LIM 102: Introduction to Organising Information (4 credits) ARM401: Managing Audio Visual Archives (3 credits)
credits) LIM101: Collection Development Management (3 (Pre-requisite: ARM101)
IKM 101: Knowledge Management Theory and credits) ARM402: Management of Records in Specialised
Practice (3 credits) Environments (3 credits)
ARM101: Introduction to Archives (3 credits) Semester 2 IKM402: Knowledge Management Strategies for
Core Courses Information Agencies` (3 credits)
Semester 3 LIM 102: Introduction to Organising Information (4
Core Courses credits) Course Descriptions
LIM200: Digital Libraries (3 credits) IKM 101: Knowledge Management Theory and Courses for the Knowledge Management Stream
ISS221: Data and Information Management 1 (3 credits) Practice (3 credits) IKM 100: Introduction to Knowledge Management: The
ARM101: Introduction to Archives (3 credits) course discusses the following: Concepts, Definition,
Semester 4 Origin, Nature and Types of Knowledge; Major Drivers
Core Courses and Benefits of Knowledge Management; Organisational
LIM202: Management of Library and Information
141
Impacts of Knowledge Management; Various Knowledge report from the company. Organisational Cultures, Types and Characteristics
Processes with specific emphasis on knowledge sharing; of Organisational Cultures, Assessing Organisational
Knowledge Management Infrastructure and Different IKM 400: Entrepreneurship and Innovation: Cultures and Promoting Information Management in
Types of Knowledge Management Strategies; and The course covers the following topics: Introduction the Various Organisational Cultures
the Role of Information Technology in Knowledge to Entrepreneurship and Innovation, Planning,
Management Endeavours. Development of Entrepreneurial and Innovative ARM 200: Archival Arrangement and Description:
Ventures, Foundations of Entrepreneurship, Techniques This course explores the principles and practices
IKM 101: Knowledge Management Theory and Practice: for Creative Thinking, and Processes for Developing, that underpin the arrangement and description of
The course discusses the following: Knowledge Creation Planning and Launching a New Venture including archival collections. The topics to be covered include:
Model; Knowledge Artefacts; Knowledge Agents; Protecting Intellectual Property, Evaluating Markets, Arrangement and Description of Archives using the
Content Management, Theoretical Framework for Developing Innovative Business Models, Budgeting, Principles of Provenance and Original Order, Levels of
Knowledge Management Process to Improve Knowledge and Raising Finance, Communication, Public Speaking, Arrangement, Arranging Records into Series, Preparation
Performance; Diffusion of Knowledge; Communication; Writing, Interpersonal/Group Skills, Time Management, of Administrative Notes, Other Types of Archival
and Leadership Subject Knowledge. Business Analysis, Market Research, User Orientation, Arrangement such as Chronological Arrangement,
Service Orientation, Customer Management, Customer Topographical Arrangement, and Arrangement by
IKM 200: Knowledge Management Systems: The course Service, Negotiation, Public Relations Records Type. Alphabetical Arrangement, The Role of
discusses the following: Origin, Evolution, and Role of Descriptive Standards in Facilitating Access to Archival
Knowledge Management Systems; Components of IKM 401: Competitive Intelligence: The course covers: Materials, Preparation of Archival and Finding Aids.
a Knowledge Management System; Environmental Introduction to Competitive Intelligence, Components
Scanning; Developing Knowledge Management in the Intelligence Cycle, Competitive Analysis and ARM 201: Preservation of Information Materials:
System Blue Print; Prototyping and Deployment; Major Decision-making, Setting the Stage for the Brand, The purpose of this course is to introduce students to
Knowledge Management Systems including Document (Porter/PESTEL), Understanding the Customers of the measures required to prolong the useful life of
Management Systems, Decision Support Systems, Analysis, Defining the Analysis Problem and Process, records, archives and other documentary materials and
Group Support Systems, Executive Information Systems, Environmental Scanning. to ensure that they remain accessible over time. The
Workflow Management Systems; Conceptual and topics to be covered include: History of Paper and Paper
Theoretical Frameworks on Integration of Systems in IKM 402: Knowledge Management Strategies for Making, Preservation and Conservation, Nature and
Organizations’ Business Processes. Information Agencies: Quality of Materials; Agents of Deterioration – Physical,
The course covers the following: Introduction to Mechanical, Biological, Chemical, Damage, Collection
IKM 300: Customer Knowledge Management: The course Knowledge Management Strategies for Information Care, Disaster Management and Disaster Preparedness,
discusses the following: Importance and Effects of Agencies, An Overview of Strategic Planning and Preservation Planning Programmes, Policies and
Customer Knowledge Management in the Knowledge Management in the Public Sector, Strategic Level, Procedures, National and International Preservation
Economy; Sources and Critical Success Factors of Managerial and Supervisory Levels in Information Organizations
Customer Knowledge Management; Role of Customers Agencies, Managing the Procurement of Information
in Knowledge Creation; Integrative Technologies; Resources and Services, Managing People, Managing ARM 300: Vital Records and Disaster Planning:
Five Styles of Customer Knowledge Management; ICT, Quality Management Issues; Security and Business The course aims at equipping students with skills for
an Integrated Approach to Customer Knowledge Continuity Issues, Policy and Strategy Issues; Legal the management of vital records and development
Management. Issues, Organisation, Management and Co-ordination. and implementation of records disaster plans. Topics
to be covered include: Types of Disasters -Natural
IKM 301: Knowledge Economy: The course discusses Courses for Archives and Records Management and Man-made, Identification of Potential Disasters
the following: Content Management, Major Tenets Stream and Risks Assessment in Organisations, Selection and
of a Knowledge Economy; Harnessing and Synthesis Identification of Vital Records, Copying and Duplication
of Knowledge Resources into Different National ARM 100: Introductions to Records Management: of Vital Records, Onsite and Offsite Storage Facilities,
Socio-economic Value Chains for Competitiveness; This course introduces students to managing records Disaster Planning, Response and Recovery, Formulation
Environmental Scanning, Business Analysis, Market as tools for good governance, accountability and of Disaster Preparedness Policies and Procedures and
Research, Marketing, Awareness of Current Affairs, transparency, and effective decision making in ensuring National Disaster Management Strategies.
Knowledge of the Industry Trends. legislative and regulatory compliance and preserving
corporate memory of organizations. Topics to be covered ARM 301: Electronic Records Management:
include: Definitions of Records, Records Management This course introduces students to the management of
IKM 302: Research Methods in Information and Theories, Procedures for Managing Current (Developing electronic records. It provides the skills and knowledge
Knowledge Management: and Designing Classification and Records Tracking needed to manage electronic records throughout the
The purpose of the course is to introduce learners to Systems), Managing Semi-current (Records Retirement, records lifecycle, and to take steps required to transition
research methodologies in knowledge management. Application and Use Records Retention and Disposition from a paper to an electronic records environment.
Among topics to be covered will include: cognitive Schedules) and Managing Non-current Records, Topics to be covered include: The Nature of Electronic
maps, literature search, statistics, writing, qualitative Records, Understanding the Concepts of Electronic
methods, mixed methods, good examples of information ARM 101: Introduction to Archives: Records Management, Preserving Electronic Records in
and knowledge management research. The course introduces students to the practice of a Trusted Digital Environment, Planning and Managing
managing archives as well as the role and place of an Electronic Records Management Programme,
IKM 303: Industrial Attachment: archives in society and organisations. Topics to be Managing the Creation, Use and Disposal of Electronic
Placements are an integral part of the BIKM programme. covered include: Definitions and Terms used in Archives Records, Opportunities and Challenges of ERM Planning;
They are incorporated in the courses and earn credits. Administration, the Nature of Archives, (Public, verses Technological and Organisation Context of ERM and
During the third year of their study, students are Private Archives, Manuscripts Collections),the Role of Managing an ERM Programme.
expected to undertake a six week up to a year’s Archives in Society, Acquisition of Archives, Records
placement in industry to gain practical experience, assist Appraisal, Macro and Micro appraisal, Accessioning, ARM 302: Orality and Indigenous Knowledge Systems:
their academic learning and boost their employability Introduction to Arrangement and Description of The course introduces students to oral traditions and
after graduating. Through the placements students Archives. indigenous knowledge systems, their role in society and
not only acquire skills as they put their knowledge into their capture and management. Topics to be covered
practice but are also able to develop their career plans. ARM 102: Organisational Cultures and Archives and include: Role of Oral Traditions in African societies,
The placements are offered each year. All students are Records Management: This course introduces students Colonial Interpretations of the African Past, Role of
supervised by a tutor from the school. All placements to organisational cultures and how they impact on Archivist and Archival Institutions in Collection and
are assessed on the basis of a written report, an oral processes in Archives and Records Management. Preservation of Oral Tradition, Forms of Oral Traditions
presentation during visitations and an assessment The topics to be covered include: Introduction to (including story-telling, song and performance), Oral
Organisational Cultures, Factors that Influence Traditions and Written Records, Oral Traditions and the
142
Media, New Approaches to Collecting and Documenting that students would be able to catalogue different types LIM 300: User Needs and Services:
Oral Traditions (including transcription; video and of information carriers at the end of the course. The general purpose of this course is to enable students
video representation), Oral Traditions in the Electronic to understand the theory, principles, and techniques
Age, Training (skills) in Conducting Fieldwork, Ethical LIM 200: Digital Libraries: The course is designed to give underlying information use and seeking behaviour
Considerations in Fieldwork, and Problems associated the students an overview of digital libraries and their with special emphasis on applying user-centred
with Oral Traditions. role in the information or digital era. Content covers: approaches. The content covers; Definition, Basic
Conceptual, Practical and Technical Issues, Problems Concepts and History of User Study, Types of Users, User
ARM 400: Access and Reference Services: and Approaches to Digital Libraries, Overview of Studies and Human Information Behaviour, Models of
This course will cover archival concepts and principles Differing Efforts, and Evolving Concepts and Thinking Information Seeking Behaviour, Different Information
and their impact on archival access. The topics to be in a Number of Fields and Enterprises, Types of Digital Seeking Behaviour, User-centred Design, Information
covered include: Principles governing access to archives, Library Collections, Organization, Access and Use of and Poverty and Everyday Life Information Seeking
Search Room Layout, Design and Equipment, Retrieval Digital Libraries, Technical Infrastructure and Processes Behaviour, Community Information Needs and Services,
Processes and Procedures, Administering Archival for Building Digital Libraries, Research Projects, such as Evaluation of Reference and Information Services.
Reference Programmes. Types and Uses of Archival Digital Libraries Initiatives, Social and Economic Issues,
Finding Aids; Archival Ethics, Protecting and Preserving Integration of Digital and Traditional Resources in LIM 301: Business Information Systems:
Archives while Administering Access, Legal Issues Libraries. The course presents the concepts, principles, issues, and
and Related Concerns in Access to Archival Records, techniques for managing corporate data resources;
Marketing and Promotion of Archival Services. LIM 201: Publishing and the Book Trade: techniques for managing design and the development
The publishing industry underpins the work of librarians of information systems. The content covers: Definitions
ARM 401: Managing Audio Visual Archives: and how it operates has implications for how librarians of Information Systems, Philosophy of IS Department,
The course introduces students to the management of work, and of course, what items they stock in their Approaches to Understanding IS Phenomenon, Survey
various types of audio visual archives including but libraries. The course considers the relationship between of Information Systems Technology, Strategies for
not limited to still pictures, motion pictures and sound libraries and the book trade together with three IS Design, the Decision-making Process, Concepts of
recordings. This course will cover the Types and Nature areas of the law (Copyright, Public Lending Right and Information, System Concepts, Organizational Structure
of Audio-visual Records, The Importance of Audio-visual Censorship) which affect both libraries and the trade. and Management Concepts.
Materials to Society, History, Handling and Storage It studies each step of the publishing process, the role
of Films, Photography, Video, CDs, DVDs, Maps and of marketing and how books are promoted and the LIM 302: Content Management
Plans, Works of Art, Appraisal and Selection of Sound different types of publishers, including issues related to The course exposes students to the principles of data
Records, Handling and Storage Requirement for Sound electronic publishing. Additionally, the course examines organization using advanced techniques of developing
Recordings, Evaluating Audio-visual and Television the publishing industry in the SADC countries as well as indexes and abstract that will guide user to locate
Archives. the role of women’s publishers today. information carriers in a collection. The main areas of
focus will include: Introduction to Data/Information
ARM 402: Management of Records in Specialised LIM 202: Management of Library and Information Organization, Data/Information Organization using
Environments: Systems: Metadata and Data Dictionary (Types of Metadata,
This course introduces students to the management The course covers the structure and components of Functions of Metadata, etc); Indexing Methods and
of records in special environments including but not management systems for library and information service Procedures, Pre-coordination and Post-coordination in
limited to human resources, land, security, medical, and providers and creators. Content includes: Management Indexing and Quality of Indexes, Introduction to Abstract
judicial. Topics to be covered include: Characteristics Information Systems and Packages for Transaction and Abstracting (Overview and Theory of Abstracting,
of Records in Specialised Environments; Legislative Processing and Decision Support; Expert Systems, Types of Abstracts, Principles and Procedures of
Requirements for Managing Records in Specialised Artificial Intelligence and Strategies for providing Abstracting, Determining Aboutness in Documents for
Environments, Identification of Records Requirements Successful Management Information. Abstracting).
for these Records; Development and Implementation of
Retention Schedules Specific to these Records. LIM 303: Health Information Systems:
Courses for the Library and Information Studies Stream LIM 203: Social Networking for Information Professionals: The course is IT-oriented, designed to prepare Information
This course will explore the concept, theory and practice Management students for health care IT related
LIM 100: Introduction to Information Science: This of social media and social networking technologies roles e.g. as users, managers, designers and evaluators
course provides an introduction to the nature of within the context of libraries and work of information of Health Information Systems. It will consider the
information science, information architecture and professionals, with a particular focus on Library 2.0 Rationale for Establishing Health Information Systems,
general principles that underlie information processing and participatory library service. This subject requires the Role of ICT in Health Care (Computer based
and information theory. It will cover topics such students to immerse themselves within a range of social Information Systems); Life Cycle Phases of Health
as: Definitions of Information Science; Information networking environments, including the use of Facebook, Information System, Human and Implementation Issues
Architecture; Human Computer Interaction, Models of IM, YouTube, Blogs, Wikis, Social Bookmarking, Flickr, in IHS, and Professional Code of Ethics. It will also look
Information Retrieval, Information Systems Analysis; and Second Life, and evaluate their learning experiences into special problems facing the African continent in
Organisational Informatics; IT and Organisations and throughout the session as both social networker and providing health information for professionals as well as
Knowledge Management. information professional. The subject will also introduce information for consumers of health.
students to emerging and social networking issues
LIM 101: Collection Development and Management: LIM 304: Information and Society:
This course examines how libraries build and maintain LIM 204: Information Literacy: Technology plays an increasingly important role in
collections. It introduces students to the concept of The course will equip students with knowledge to today’s global society. In this course, the impact and
collection development and management in library and understand and define information literacy theories significance of the information age is explored in
information centres as well as expose them to various and models, information seeking behaviour, as well several social contexts including economic, political,
reference sources in print and electronic format; general as the role and purpose of cognitive skills such as cultural, legal, environmental, historical, ergonomic, and
and subject specific reference sources. Focus will be on recognition of relevance, analysis, synthesis, induction, psychological. The course covers the technical, moral,
Selection of Materials, Producers of Materials, Weeding, deduction, evaluation, and thinking processes such as ethical, and legal challenges of information access
Budgeting and Censorship.. Content will also include defining a problem. The course will also equip students and use. The course covers MDGs and Information;
what to consider when developing collections, User with problem-solving strategies which should be Universal Access, Universal Services, Open Access;
Needs, Collection Evaluation, and Collection Policies. instrumental in imparting the knowledge of utilizing Internet Regulation, Legislation, Legal Cases and Issues,
new and unique sources of information, as well as Internet and Democracy: Governmental Transparency
LIM 102: Introduction to Organising Information: The embracing emerging information literacy standards and Citizens’ Political Participation, Using and Misusing
course aims at introducing students to the principles which promote life-long learning skills. These skills are the Internet, Who is Afraid of the Internet, Privacy
underlying the organization of data and information embodied in the various information literacy models and Security, WSIS, Digital Solidarity Fund, AISI, ICT
sources. Students will be taken through the theory and and theories which will form part of the course. Infrastructure Development in Africa, Africa e-Schools
practice of cataloguing and classification. It is expected Project and e-Europe.
143
LIM 400: Project Management for Information indexer; information and knowledge manager; business CORE
Professionals: analyst; end-user support specialist; information COM111 Communication and Academic Literacy
This course provides students with an overview of project systems manager; project manager; systems analyst; Skills 1 (Humanities) (3) CORE
management as it relates to projects undertaken in company/corporate archivist and web content manager. ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1: (2)
today’s libraries, archives and information/IT sectors. It CORE
also provides an introduction to project management
theory and practice, with an emphasis on the practical 17 CREDITS
skills required to work successfully within a team- DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA Level 1 Semester 2
based environment. The course will sensitize students
on concepts of project management and project
STUDIES BMS112 Introduction to Media Technology, (3)
CORE
management techniques and software. The following BMS113 Theories of Mass Communication (3)
BACHELOR OF MEDIA STUDIES (BMS)
are some of the topics that are covered under this CORE
course; Introduction to Project Management, the ENG131 Writing in English (3) CORE
The Bachelor of Media Studies (BMS) that has been
Project Life Cycle, Working with Project Teams, Tools and ENG123 Introduction to Literature, Drama and
taught since 2002 has now been phased out and replaced
Processes for Project Management, Communication, Poetry: (3) CORE
with a revised BMS, a BA (Media Studies), a major/major
Decision-making, Risk and Evaluation. COM112 Communication and Academic Literacy
and a minor programme in Media Studies.
Skills 11 (Humanities) (3) CORE
LIM 401: Marketing of Information Products and ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2)
Services: The course teaches students the skills CORE
1.0.1 The normal minimum entrance requirement
needed in the design, packaging and customisation
shall be the Botswana BGCSE or the equivalent
of information products and services. It also aims at 17 CREDITS
with credit in English and in three other
equipping students with strategies and techniques of
subjects.
marketing information products and services. Level 2 Semester 3
BMS232 Introduction to Techniques of Digital
1.0.2 Candidates who fulfil Regulation 1.0.1, have a
LIM 402: Legal, Ethical and Policy Issues in Information Media 3 credits CORE
credit in English and work experience in Media
Management: BMS221 Introduction to Journalism (3) CORE
are preferred.
This course exposes students to some of the legal, BMS222 Introduction to Broadcasting (3) CORE
ethical and policy issues in information management. It BMS223 Introduction to PR & Advertising (3)
1.0.3 Candidates who do not meet Regulation 1.0.1
covers: Definition of Concepts, Ethics, Legislation, Policy; CORE
but have the BGCSE or equivalent and the CMS
Overview of Ethical Theories and how they inform agency BMS224 Introduction to Film and Video (3) CORE
from a recognised institution may be admitted
policies and practices. It examines selected policy issues 15 CREDITS
directly to Level 100 of the Programme.
relating to information and communications: Copyright,
Intellectual Property, Privacy, Censorship, Equity of Level 2 Semester 4
1.0.4 Candidates with a Diploma in Media Studies or
Access, Freedom of Access, Professional Liability, and BMS225 Media Attachment (1) CORE
its equivalent may be admitted directly to level
other issues; Legal Implications and Safeguards; Issues BMS226 Ethics for Media Professionals (3) CORE
300 of the programme, but may be required
and Challenges faced in developing and implementing BMS227 Print Journalism Reporting &Writing (3)
to take lower level courses specified in their
policies within organizations and companies. OPTIONAL
admission letter.
BMS228 Broadcast Interviewing & Presentation
LIM 403: Project Work in Information and Knowledge Techniques (3) OPTIONAL
1.1 Career opportunities
Management: This is an independent study to be carried BMS229 Basics of Video Production (3) OPTIONAL
The Media Studies programmes are vocational and
out by each student under an assigned supervisor. It BMS230 Writing for PR & Copy-writing (3)
prepare graduates for a variety of career opportunities
aims at making students apply knowledge gained in the OPTIONAL
in media, such as newspapers, Internet, radio, television,
Bachelor of Information and Knowledge Management BMS231 Major Film & Video Genres (3) OPTIONAL
video production, multi-media and public relations.
(LIS option) to solving a particular problems in selected
libraries or information centres. 16 CREDITS
1.2.1 The Bachelor in Media Studies is a full-time
LIM 404: Information Security: Level 3 Semester 5
programme extending over eight semesters.
The purpose of this course is to provide the students BMS320 Media & Society (3) CORE
The programme should contain a minimum
with contemporary and emerging perspectives on BMS321 Media Law (3) CORE
of 76 and a maximum of 88 BMS credits,
information security management. Students are BMS322 Audio Technology (3) OPTIONAL
including all core courses. Students will be
expected to build a picture of what information security BMS338 UB Horizon 1 (3) OPTIONAL
expected to take between one and four BMS
management is, form a view as to the purposes of BMS324 Broadcast News Writing & Production (3)
courses per semester to reach the minimum
information security management and recognize the OPTIONAL
and maximum number of credits required
benefits it can bring to an organization. Students will BMS325 Basics of TV Production (3) OPTIONAL
to graduate. Part-time study for the Degree
be introduced to the following topics: Secure Programs BMS326 Research for PR & Advertising (3)
is also possible. It is expected that part-time
and Programming, Operating System Security, Data and OPTIONAL
students would finish their coursework in not
Information Security, Cryptography and its applications, BMS327 History of Film & Video documentary (3)
more than ten semesters.
PKI, AES, RSA, Harsh Key Management, Analysis of OPTIONAL
Kerbelos and other protocols, Network and Internet 15 CREDITS
1.2.2 In Levels 2 (2nd semester) 3 and 4 of the Degree
Security, Access Control, Security and Risk Management,
Programme, five specialised streams will be
Security Under Constraints, Security Economics, Privacy Level 3 Semester 6
offered:
and Management of Sensitive Data, Legal and Ethical BMS328 Communication Research Methods (3)
a) Print media
Considerations, and Security in Information Sensitive CORE
b) Radio broadcasting
Environments. BMS329 Developmental Communication (3)
c) Television broadcasting
CORE
d) Public Relations
Job Opportunities for BIKM Graduates BMS330 Media attachment (3) CORE
e) Film and Video
BIKM majors have the possibility to work in positions BMS339 UB Horizon 2 (3) credits OPTIONAL
such as: knowledge manager; knowledge project BMS332 Beat Reporting (3) OPTIONAL
Level 1 Semester 1
manager; knowledge analyst; data analyst; data BMS333 Radio Documentary writing &
BMS110 History of World Media, (3) CORE
manager; internal communications manager; knowledge Production (3) OPTIONAL
BMS111 Media in Botswana, (3) CORE
leader; information manager; records manager; web BMS334 TV & Video Documentary Writing &
ENG121 Intro to English Language, Description
manager; information specialist; information consultant; Production (3) OPTIONAL
and Usage, (3) CORE
information analyst; internet and intranet expert; BMS335 Motion Graphics (3) OPTIONAL
ENG113 Introduction to Literature and Prose: 3)
144
BMS336 PR & Advertising Campaigns (3) ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals1 2 credits Level 4 Semester 7
OPTIONAL CORE BMS421 Current Issues in African media (3) CORE
BMS337 Cinema Language in World Film (3) BMS422 Broadcast Programming (3) OPTIONAL
OPTIONAL 16 CREDITS BMS423 Investigative Journalism (3) OPTIONAL
BMS424 Radio Drama Script-writing & Production
15 CREDITS Level 1 Semester 2 (3) OPTIONAL
EITHER BMS425 TV & Video Drama (3) OPTIONAL
Level 4 Semester 7 BMS112 Introduction to Media Technology, (3) BMS426 Economic & Social Issues in PR &
BMS420 Media project or Dossier (1) 2 credits CORE; OR Advertising (3) OPTIONAL
CORE BMS113 Theories of Mass Communication (3) BMS427 African Cinemas (3) OPTIONAL
BMS421 Current Issues in African media (3) CORE CORE
BMS422 Broadcast Programming (3) OPTIONAL ENG131 Writing in English: (3) CORE Level 4 Semester 8 1, 2 OR 3 OUT OF:
BMS423 Investigative Journalism (3) OPTIONAL ENG123 Introduction to Literature, Drama and BMS429 Media Management &Entrepreneurship
BMS424 Radio Drama Script-writing & Poetry: (3) CORE (3) CORE
Productions (3) OPTIONAL COM112 Communication and Academic Literacy BMS430 On-Line Media Production (3) OPTIONAL
BMS425 TV & Video Drama (3) OPTIONAL Skills II (Humanities) (3) CORE BMS431 Health & Scientific Reporting (3)
BMS426 Economic & Social Issues in PR & ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2) OPTIONAL
Advertising (3) OPTIONAL credits CORE BMS432 Live Radio Broadcasting (3) OPTIONAL
BMS427 African Cinemas (3) OPTIONAL 17 CREDITS BMS433 TV Entertainment Shows (3) OPTIONAL
BMS434 Public Communication Campaign (3)
15 CREDITS Level 2 Semester 3 OPTIONAL
BMS222 Introduction to Broadcasting, (3) BMS435 Current Cinema (3) OPTIONAL
Level 4 Semester 8 OPTIONAL
BMS428 Media Project or Dossier (2) 4 credits CORE BMS232 Introduction to Techniques of Digital Minor Programme in Media Studies
BMS429 Media Management & Entrepreneurship Media, (3), OPTIONAL
(3) CORE BMS221 Introduction to Journalism, (3) OPTIONAL 1.0 Entrance Requirements
BMS430 On-Line Media Production (3) OPTIONAL BMS223 Introduction to PR & Advertising, (3) 1.0.1 The normal minimum entrance requirement shall
BMS431 Health & Scientific Reporting (3) OPTIONAL be the Botswana BGCSE or the equivalent with
OPTIONAL BMS 224 Introduction to Film and Video, (3) credit in English and in three other subjects.
BMS432 Live Radio Broadcasting (3) OPTIONAL OPTIONAL
BMS433 TV Entertainment Shows (3) OPTIONAL 1.0.2 Candidates who fulfil Regulation 1.0.1, have a
BMS434 Public Communication Campaign (3) Level 2 Semester 4 credit in English and work experience in Media
OPTIONAL BMS226 Ethics for Media Professionals, (3) CORE are preferred.
BMS 435 Current Cinema (3) OPTIONAL OPTIONAL
BMS227 Print Journalism Reporting & Writing, (3) 1.0.3 Candidates who do not meet Regulation 1.0.1
15 CREDITS OPTIONAL but have the BGCSE or equivalent and the CMS
BMS228 Broadcast Interview & Presentation from a recognised institution may be admitted
BA (MEDIA STUDIES) Techniques (3) OPTIONAL directly to Level 100 of the Programme.
1.0 Entrance Requirements as for BMS BMS229 Basics of Video Production, (3) OPTIONAL
BMS230 Writing for PR & Copy-writing, (3) 1.0.4 Candidates with a Diploma in Media Studies or
1.1 Programme Structure OPTIONAL its equivalent may be admitted directly to level
1.1.1 The BA (Media Studies) is a full-time programme BMS231 Major Film & Video Genres,3 credits, 300 of the programme, but may be required
extending over eight semesters. It is OPTIONAL to take lower level courses specified in their
available as the Major part of a Major/Minor admission letter.
combination and as the Major part of a Major/ Level 3
Major combination. Semester 5 1.1 Programme Structure
1.1.2 BA (Media Studies) Major/Minor combination EITHER 1.1.1 The Minor programme in Media Studies is a
should contain a minimum of 54 and a BMS320 Media & Society (3) CORE; OR full-time programme extending over eight
maximum of 56 BMS credits, including all BMS321 Media Law 3 credits CORE semesters, as the Minor part of a Combined
core courses. Students will be expected to take BMS322 Audio Technology (3) OPTIONAL Major/Minor programme. The Media Studies
one, two or three BMS courses per semester BMS338 UB Horizon 1 (3) credits OPTIONAL programme should contain a minimum of
to reach the minimum and maximum number BMS324 Broadcast News Writing & Production (3) 30 credits. Students will be expected to take
of credits required. Part-time study for the OPTIONAL one or two courses per semester to reach the
Degree is also possible. It is expected that part- BMS325 Basics of TV Production (3) OPTIONAL minimum number of credits required. Part-
time students would finish their coursework in BMS326 Research for PR & Advertising (3) time study for the Programme is also possible.
not more than ten semesters. OPTIONAL It is expected that part-time students would
1.1.3 BA (Media Studies) Major/Major combination BMS327 History of Film & Video documentary (3) finish their coursework in not more than ten
should contain a minimum of 40 BMS credits, OPTIONAL semesters. Streams are available in journalism,
including all core courses. Part-time study public relations and radio / TV broadcasting.
for the Degree is also possible. It is expected Level 3 Semester 6
that part-time students would finish their BMS329 Developmental Communication (3) Level 1 Semester 1
coursework in not more than ten semesters. OPTIONAL BMS110 History of World Media, (3) OPTIONAL
BMS339 UB Horizon 2 (3) credits OPTIONAL BMS111 Media in Botswana, (3) OPTIONAL
Level 1 Semester 1 BMS332 Beat Reporting (3) OPTIONAL
EITHER BMS333 Radio Documentary Writing & Level 1 Semester 2
BMS110 History of World Media, (3) CORE; OR Production (3) OPTIONAL BMS112 Introduction to Media Technology, (3)
BMS111 Media in Botswana, (3) CORE BMS334 TV & Video Documentary Writing & OPTIONAL
ENG121 Intro to English Language, Description Production (3) OPTIONAL BMS113 Theories of Mass Communication, (3)
and Usage (3) CORE BMS335 Motion Graphics (3) OPTIONAL OPTIONAL
ENG113 Introduction to Literature and Prose: (3) BMS336 PR & Advertising Campaigns (3)
CORE OPTIONAL Level 2 Semester 3
COM111 Communication and Academic Literacy BMS337 Cinema Language in World Film (3) BMS221 Introduction to Journalism, (3) OPTIONAL
Skills 1 (3) (Humanities) credits CORE OPTIONAL BMS223 Introduction to PR & Advertising, (3)
145
OPTIONAL Award of Degree BMS230 WRITING FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS &

BMS222 Introduction to Broadcasting, (3) The award of the Degree shall be as per General COPYWRITING (3)
OPTIONAL Regulations 00.8 A mainly practical course on the basic requirements of
BMS224 Introduction to Video & Film, (3) copy-writing for both print and broadcast media in the
OPTIONAL COURSE LISTINGS field of Public Relations and Advertising. Course and
assessment linked to UB Horizon.
3 CREDITS BMS110 HISTORY OF WORLD MEDIA (3)
A brief history of world media from the invention of BMS231 MAJOR CINEMA & VIDEO GENRES (3)
Level 2 Semester 4 writing through to the internet and other 21st century A survey of the major genres, such as comedy,
BMS227 Print Journalism Reporting & Writing, (3) developments. The course will also look at some of the adventures, blockbusters, thrillers, art films, dramas and
OPTIONAL major social impacts of media developments through the animated films.
BMS229 Basics of Video Production, (3), OPTIONAL ages.
BMS230 Writing for Public Relations, (3) OPTIONAL BMS232 INTRODUCTION TO TECHNIQUES OF DIGITAL
BMS231 Major Cinema Genres, (3) OPTIONAL BMS111 MEDIA IN BOTSWANA (3) MEDIA (3)
A brief survey of media in Botswana, including indigenous An introduction to principles and practice of design for
Level 3 Semester 5 communication techniques, and showing links to media digital media (desk-top publishing, digital imaging and
BMS321 Media Law, (3) OPTIONAL in the region and the wider world. A survey of current web design).
BMS325 Basics of TV Production, (3) OPTIONAL media houses, trends and genres in Botswana is included.
BMS320 Media and Society, (3) OPTIONAL BMS320 MEDIA & SOCIETY (3)
BMS326 Research for PR & Advertising (3) BMS112 INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (3) A theoretical course analyzing the way media represent
OPTIONAL An introduction to communication principles followed various social groups and the way the media impact
by a survey and simple explanation of the major upon society.
Level 3 Semester 6 technologies used by 21st century media.
BMS329 Development Communication, (3) BMS321 MEDIA LAW (3)
OPTIONAL BMS113 THEORIES OF MASS COMMUNICATION (3) A survey of laws relevant to journalism, broadcasting and
BMS339 UB Horizon 2, (3) OPTIONAL A survey of some major theories of Mass Communication, telecommunications, with case studies to illustrate their
BMS332 Beat Reporting, (3) OPTIONAL including their applications in communication practice application.
BMS333 Radio Documentary Writing & (both mediated and non-mediated)
production, (3) OPTIONAL BMS322 AUDIO TECHNOLOGY (3)
BMS334 TV/Video Documentary Writing & BMS221 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM (3) A mostly technical course training students in the
Production, (3) OPTIONAL A practical introduction to the techniques of reporting correct use of various types of microphones, mixers and
BMS336 PR & Advertising Campaigns, (3) and writing for newspapers. other examples of audio technology.
OPTIONAL
BMS222 INTRODUCTION TO BROADCASTING (3) BMS324 BROADCAST NEWS WRITING & PRODUCTION (3)
Level 4 Semester 7 A survey of radio and television industries, including a Electronic news gathering, news writing and production
BMS423 Investigative Journalism, (3) OPTIONAL description of the whole production process and the for both radio and television.
BMS424 Radio Drama Scriptwriting & Production, main requirements of a broadcaster.
(3) OPTIONAL BMS325 BASICS OF TV PRODUCTION (3)
BMS425 TV & Video Drama Script & production, BMS223 INTRODUCTION TO PR & ADVERTISING (3) The techniques of planning, writing and production of
(3) OPTIONAL A survey of the Public Relations and advertising industries, television programmes both in the studio and outside.
BMS426 Economic & Social Issues in PR & including a description of the whole production process
Advertising, (3) credits OPTIONAL and the main requirements of a worker in the Public BMS 326 RESEARCH FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS &
Relations and Advertising industries. ADVERTISING (3)
Level 4 Semester 8 Market and product research in order to motivate
BMS429 Media Management & Entrepreneurship, BMS224 INTRODUCTION TO FILM & VIDEO (3) campaigns in the fields of Public Relations and
(3) OPTIONAL A survey of the history of world film, from silent Advertising.
BMS431 Health and Scientific Reporting, (3) movies through to the digital age, including the major
OPTIONAL production methods.
BMS433 TV/Video entertainment Shows, (3) BMS327 HISTORY OF FILM & VIDEO DOCUMENTARY (3)
OPTIONAL BMS225 MEDIA ATTACHMENT (1) The history and genres of Film and Video documentary,
BMS435 Current Cinema, (3) OPTIONAL A one month internship in a media company during linked to practical work in documentary and feature
BMS434 Public Communication Campaign (3) which the student observes and becomes familiar with script-writing.
OPTIONAL media organization and participates in work practices
3 or 6 CREDITS BMS328 COMMUNICATION RESEARCH METHODS (3)
BMS226 MEDIA ETHICS (3) An intensive course explaining the principles of research
General provisions An analysis of theoretical issues concerning media ethics and useful quantitative and qualitative media research
and their practical application in various case studies of methodologies. This course prepares students for the
Assessment media within Botswana and beyond. Courses BMS 420 and BMS 428.
Assessment shall be as per General Academic Regulation
00.8 BMS227 PRINT JOURNALISM REPORTING AND WRITING BMS329 DEVELOPMENT COMMUNICATION (3)
(3) A survey of major development communication theories
Progression from one Semester to the next This practical course builds on BMS 221 Introduction to and their application in different media projects as part
Progression from one Semester to the next shall be as per Journalism and includes advanced reporting techniques of total communications strategies.
General Regulations 00.9 and feature writing.
BMS 330 MEDIA ATTACHMENT II (3)
GEC and elective credits BMS228 BROADCAST INTERVIEWING & PRESENTATION A three-month internship in a media company during
In accordance with General Regulations 00.619 and TECHNIQUES (3) which the student observes and becomes familiar with
00.620, a student must during the first two semesters at A practical course in the techniques of interviewing and media organization and participates in work practices.
the university register for at least 10 general education presentation for radio and television.
courses and in addition must register for a minimum BMS 338 UB Horizon 1 (3)
of an additional nine credits of elective or general BMS229 BASICS OF VIDEO PRODUCTION (3) A course that grounds students in the principles and
education courses. A mainly practical course on the basic requirements of practices of editing for print journalists and editors.
pre-production, production and post-production in the Course and assessment linked to UB Horizon. Continues
making of video films. as BMS 338
146
BMS339 UB HORIZON 2 (3) ethics and corporate responsibility. semester.
A course that grounds students in the principles and BMS427 AFRICAN CINEMAS (3) 6. Students pursuing a Single Major in TRS are required
practices of editing for print journalists and editors. The course will include skills in film reviewing. to take a total of 96 credits in TRS consisting of 48
Course and assessment linked to UB Horizon. Follows on credits from the core courses and additional credits
from BMS 338 BMS428 MEDIA PROJECT & DOSSIER II (4) from optional and other courses.
This is a continuation of BMS 420. A project that may 7. Students pursuing a Major in TRS as part of a
BMS332 BEAT REPORTING (3) be theoretical research or a practical media artefact that combined Major/Minor are required to take a total
A course that prepares students for reporting in shows the student has acquired the skills of using media of 84 credits in TRS consisting of 48 credits from the
specialized fields such as crime, sport, environment and techniques for communication. core courses and additional credits from optional and
politics. other courses.
BMS429 MEDIA MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP 8. Students pursuing a Major in TRS as part of a
BMS333 RADIO DOCUMENTARY WRITING & (3) combined Major/Major are required to take a total
PRODUCTION (3) A practical and theoretical course on how management of 60 credits in TRS consisting of 24 credits from the
Skills for script-writing (and other pre-production work), / organizational issues relate to the wider economic core courses and additional credits from optional and
production and post-production for radio documentaries landscape. other courses.
and features. 9. Students pursuing a Minor in TRS as part of a
BMS430 ON-LINE MEDIA PRODUCTION (3) combined Minor/Major are required to take a total
BMS334 TV AND VIDEO DOCUMENTARY WRITING & Preparation of material for online publishing; this of 36 credits in TRS consisting of 24 credits from the
PRODUCTION (3 includes streaming of video and audio content, core courses and additional credits from optional and
Skills for pre-production work, production and post- formatting images and text, and web-programming. other courses.
production for TV/Video documentaries and features. 10. Unless otherwise specified in the published course
BMS431 HEALTH & SCIENTIFIC REPORTING (3) description or in a written syllabus distributed by
BMS335 MOTION GRAPHICS (3) A journalism course on the special skills needed for the instructor to the students during the first week
A mainly practical course in special visual effects and researching and writing stories on issues of Health and of class lectures, course assessment will be by a
animation for television and video. Science. standard (750-1,000 word) written assignment, a
mid-term test, and a final examination, weighted 1:
BMS336 PR & ADVERTISING CAMPAIGNS (3) BMS432 LIVE RADIO BROADCASTING (3) 1: 2 respectively.
Skills for planning, designing, writing and implementing Techniques of radio for studio and outside live Broadcast 11. Students from other departments and other faculties,
total campaigns for Public Relations and Advertising. shows in News, Educational and Entertainment fields. who wish to take TRS courses as electives, may take
Course and assessment linked to UB Horizon. any course for which they have the pre-requisites.
BMS433 TV/VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT SHOWS (3) 12. Students pursuing a Single Major with concentration
BMS337 CINEMA LANGUAGE IN WORLD FILM (3) Production of entertainment programmes such as game in Biblical studies are recommended to include Biblical
A survey of important cinematography and editing styles shows, talk shows, and music shows for television or languages either Hebrew (for Old Testament) or Greek
(such as montage, neo-realism, cinema noire and magic video. (for New Testament).
realism), along with mini video projects to apply the
theories in practice. BMS 434 PUBLIC COMMUNICATION CAMPAIGNS (3) Programme Structure
Planning, designing and implementation of public media
BMS420 MEDIA PROJECT & DOSSIER I (2) communication campaigns for government or NGO SINGLE MAJOR PROGRAMME
The course is linked to BMS 428 and is the start of project social change agencies In a Single Major Degree, a student shall take the
that may be theoretical research or a practical media following:
artefact that shows the student has acquired the skills of BMS435 CURRENT CINEMA (3)
using media techniques for communication. Current issues in film and video production, distribution, Level: 100
exhibition, reception and aesthetics. Semester 1:1 core course, any one optional course.
BMS421 CURRENT ISSUES IN AFRICAN MEDIA (3) Semester 2:1 core course, any one optional course.
The course will provide an overview of current issues
affecting African media including the press or broadcast
organizations that influence the media.
DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY Level: 200
Semester 3
AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES 1 core course, any one optional course.
BMS422 BROADCAST PROGRAMMING (3) Degree Programmes
How to design short and long term programme schedules Semester 4
for radio and television broadcasting. The 2nd half of the Bachelor of Arts in Humanities and Degree Programme 1 core course, any one optional course.
semester may be split into radio & television. Bachelor of Arts in Pastoral Studies
Level: 300
BMS423 INVESTIGATIVE JOURNALISM (3) Special Regulations for the BA Programme Semester 5
In depth, carefully researched, critical journalism for 1. Theology and Religious Studies is offered as a Single Three core courses and any three optional courses.
print or broadcast media. For students taking the print Major Subject, a Major Subject in a Combined Major Semester 6: Three core courses and any three optional
pathway; the course and assessment are linked to UB programme, a Major and Minor Subject and as a courses.
Horizon. multidisciplinary degree as stipulated in General.
Level: 400
BMS424 RADIO DRAMA SCRIPT-WRITING & Regulations 22.37 and 00.2114 and departmental Semester 7
PRODUCTION (3) regulations. Three core courses and any three optional courses.
Writing drama scripts and producing them for radio 2. A multidisciplinary degree including Theology and
broadcasts, including casting, rehearsing, recording and Religious Studies may, in accordance with General Semester 8:Three core courses and any three optional
post-production editing. Regulation 00.2114 be approved in special cases, but courses.
only at the discretion of the TRS Department.
BMS425 TV & VIDEO DRAMA (3) 3. All courses offered in the TRS Department will be MAJOR (TRS)/ MINOR
Writing drama scripts and producing them for TV and semester long. However, students taking TRS 420 In a Major/Minor Degree a student shall take the
Video drama, including casting, rehearsing, recording Directed Research II will also be required to have taken following courses:
and post-production editing TRS 326 Directed Research I.
4. Unless indicated otherwise all courses will carry 3 Level: 100
BMS426 ECONOMIC & SOCIAL ISSUES IN PR & credits. Semester 1
ADVERTISING (3) 5. Not all courses listed may be offered in any one 1 core course, any one optional course.
The impact of economic and social issues on Public
Relations and Advertising campaigns including issues of Semester 2
147
1 core course, any one optional course. optional courses. Core Courses
TRS201 Logic I: Introduction to Logic (3)
Level: 200 MINOR (TRS) /MAJOR
Semester 3 In a Minor/ Major Degree the student shall take the Optional Courses
1 core course, any one optional course. following courses: TRS202 Hebrew Bible Narratives (3)
Semester 4: 1 core course, any one optional course. TRS203 African Traditional Religions in Botswana (3)
Level: 100 TRS204 Theologies of Gender (3)
Level: 300 Semester 1 TRS205 History of Philosophy II: Post-Aristotle to
Semester 5 1 core course. Medieval (3)
2 core courses in the area of specialisation (TRS 301 TRS206 Beginning Biblical Greek I: New
for Theology, TRS 304 for Biblical Studies, TRS 302 for Semester 2 Testament Greek (3)
Religious Studies and TRS 305 for Philosophy), other area 1 core course. TRS207 Introduction to Christian Theology (3)
and two optional courses. TRS208 The Hebrew Bible as History & Story (3)
Level: 200
Semester 6 Semester 3 Semester 4
2 core courses in the area of specialisation (TRS 315 for 1 core course. Core Courses
Theology, TRS 316 for Religious Studies, TRS 317 for TRS209 History of Christian Thought (3)
Biblical Studies and TRS 318 for Philosophy), any two Semester 4
optional courses. 1 core course. Optional Courses
TRS210 Gospel Narratives (3)
Level: 400 Level: 300 TRS211 Ecclesiology (3)
Semester 7 Semester 5:1 core course in the area of specialisation TRS212 Beginning Biblical Greek II: New
2 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS 401 for (TRS 301 for Theology, TRS 302 for Religious Studies, TRS Testament Greek (3)
Theology, TRS 402 for Religious Studies, TRS 403 for 303 for Biblical Studies and TRS 304 for Philosophy) and TRS213 Johannine corpus (3)
Biblical Studies and TRS 404 for Philosophy), and two any one optional course. TRS214 Beginning Arabic I: Intro. to the basic
optional courses. Arabic (3)
Semester 6 TRS215 Metaphysics I: Appearance and Reality (3)
Semester 8 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS 314 for TRS216 History of Philosophy III: Post-Medieval
2 core course from the area of specialisation (TRS 415 Theology, TRS 315 for Religious Studies, TRS 316 for to 19th Century (3)
for Theology, TRS 416 for Religious Studies, TRS 417 for Biblical Studies and TRS 317 for Philosophy) and any one TRS220 Critical Thinking (3)
Biblical Studies and TRS 418 for Philosophy), and any two optional course. TRS221 Politics of Gender (3)
optional courses. TRS222 Religion and Development (3)
Level: 400
MAJOR (TRS)/ MAJOR Semester 7 Level 300
In a Major/Major Degree a student shall take the 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS 401 for Semester 5
following courses: Theology, TRS 402 for Religious Studies, TRS 403 for Core Courses
Biblical Studies and TRS 404 for Philosophy) and any one TRS301 Christology (3)
Level: 100 optional course. TRS302 Missionaries in 19th Century
Semester 1 South Africa(3)
1 core course and any one optional course. Semester 8:1 core course in the area of specialisation TRS303 Creation and the Bible (3)
(TRS 415 for Theology, TRS 416 for Religious Studies, TRS TRS304 African Philosophy and Culture (3)
Semester 2 417 for Biblical Studies and TRS 418 for Philosophy) and
1 core course and any one optional course. any one optional course. Optional Courses
TRS305 Judaism (3)
Level: 200 Entry Requirements TRS306 Intermediate Greek I: Exam. of selected
Semester 3 The normal entry requirements shall be as stipulated in texts (3)
1 core course and any one optional course. General 20.2 and Departmental Regulations. TRS307 Beginning Arabic II: Arabic construction (3)
Semester 4 Level 100 TRS308 Beginning Biblical Hebrew I:
1 core course and any one optional course. Semester 1 Introduction to Hebrew Script (3)
Core courses TRS309 Psychology of Religion (3)
Level: 300 TRS310 Professional Ethics (3)
Semester 5 TRS101 Introduction to Biblical Studies (3) TRS311 Metaphysics II: Idealism (3)
1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS 301 for Optional Courses TRS312 Logic II: Logic and the Sciences (3)
Theology, TRS 302 for Religious Studies, TRS 303 for TRS102 Religion and Science (3) TRS313 History of Christianity: Medieval to the
Biblical Studies and TRS 304 for Philosophy), and any TRS103 Religions of Botswana (3) Reformation (3)
two optional courses. TRS104 Christianity and the rise of New
Religious Movements in Botswana (3) Semester 6
Semester 6 TRS105 Asian Religions: A Survey (3) Core Courses
1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS 314 for TRS106 Ethics: Classical Theories (3) TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (3)
theology, TRS 315 for Religious Studies, TRS 316 for TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3)
Biblical Studies and TRS 317 for Philosophy) and any two Semester 2 TRS316 History and Mythology of Jesus (3)
optional courses. Core Courses TRS317 Theodicy: The Co-existence of God and
TRS107 African Traditional Religions (3) Evil (3)
Level: 400
Semester 7 Optional Courses Optional Courses
1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS 401 for TRS108 History of Philosophy I: Classical Greek TRS318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II: Translation
Theology, TRS 402 for Religious Studies, TRS 403 for Philosophy (3) of Hebrew Texts (3)
Biblical Studies and TRS 404 for Philosophy) and any two TRS109 Biblical Interpretation (3) TRS319 Philosophy of Religion (3)
optional courses. TRS110 God in the Hebrew Bible (3) TRS320 Epistemology II: Theories of Truth (3)
TRS111 Epistemology I: Theory of Knowledge (3) TRS321 Metaphysics III: Body/mind Problem (3)
Semester 8 TRS112 Bible and Gender (3) TRS322 History of Christianity in Southern Africa (3)
1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS 415 for TRS323 Intermediate Greek II: Translation of
Theology, TRS 416 for Religious Studies, TRS 417 for Level 200 selected texts (3)
Biblical Studies and TRS 418 for Philosophy) any two Semester 3 TRS324 Intermediate Arabic I: Arabic grammar (3)
148
TRS325 Foundational Structures of Islam (3) TRS 104 Christianity and the Rise of New Religious location implied in the narrative.
TRS326 Directed Research I: Research Methods (3) Movements in Botswana (3)
This course will study changes that have taken place in TRS 203 African Traditional Religions in Botswana (3)
Level 400 the Christian churches of Botswana since independence. This course will study the beliefs and practices of
Semester 7 It will examine the rise of New Religious Movements traditional religions in Botswana. It will survey a large
Core Courses and the integration of Christian belief and practice with number of the ethnic groups in the country, with
TRS401 New Religious Movements (3) cultural tradition. emphasis on continuity and change in their mutual
TRS402 Religion and Politics (3) relationships and in their development.
TRS403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible (3) TRS 105 Asian Religions A Survey (3)
TRS404 Metaphysics IV: Personal Identity (3) This course will present a comprehensive survey of TRS 204 Theologies of Gender (3)
Asian religions, namely Jainism, Sikhism, Zoroastrianism, This course will explore theological questions
Optional Courses Confucianism, Bahái, Shinto and Taoism. surrounding the issues of gender and gender identity. It
TRS405 Intermediate Hebrew I: Examination of will examine traditional theological positions as well as
selected Hebrew texts (3) TRS 106 Ethics: Classical Theories (3) those of feminist/womanist theologians
TRS406 Intermediate Arabic II: Translation of This course will offer an introduction to moral philosophy
Arabic texts (3) particularly by exploring the origins of ethical reflection TRS 205 History of Philosophy II: Postaristotle to
TRS407 Islam’s socio-cultural, legal and political among the classical Greek philosophers, including the Medieval (3)
structures (3) Sophists, Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. This course will study the development of philosophy
TRS409 African Christian Theologies (3) from the time following the classical Greek Philosophers
TRS410 Theory of Government (3) TRS 107 African Traditional Religions (3) until the Middle Ages. In particular it will examine the
TRS411 Politics and Development of Biblical This course will study the beliefs and practices of African interaction of philosophy and religious thought, both
Thought 3) traditional religions from a phenomenological point of Christians and Islamic.
TRS412 Ecumenical Theology (3) view. It will focus in particular on the traditional religions
TRS413 Hinduism (3) of Southern Africa. TRS 206 Beginning Greek I: New Testament Greek (3)
TRS414 Metaphysics V: Materialism (3 ) This course will introduce students to the basic elements
TRS 108 History of Philosophy I: Classical Greek of New Testament Greek (Koine) and teach them how to
Semester 8 Philosophy (3) write it. It will focus on basic Koine grammar and how to
Core Courses This course will study the thought of major Greek read some prescribed texts.
TRS415 Twentieth Century Theologians (3) Philosophers of the classical period, including the pre-
TRS416 Religion and Modernity (3) Socratics (e.g Parmenides, Heraclitus, Pythagoras and TRS 207 Introduction to Christian Theology (3)
TRS417 Paul’s Epistles (3) Pratogoras), Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle, and the This course will study the nature of theology, its different
TRS418 Contemporary African Philosophy (3) post- Aristotle schools of Stoicism, Epicureanism and branches and its relevance to society. It will focus on the
Skepticism. different methods used in doing theology, its sources, its
Optional Courses relationships with other sciences and its application.
TRS419 Intermediate Hebrew II: Hebrew Texts TRS 109 Biblical Interpretation (3)
and Dead Sea Scrolls (3) This course will study different methods, both modern TRS 208 The Hebrew Bible as History and Story (3)
TRS420 Directed Research II: Research Project (3) and contemporary, of reading the Bible. It will explore This course will study both the historical texts in the
TRS421 History of Christianity: Modern and modern historical critical methods like textual, form, Hebrew Bible and the eternal historical factors that
contemporary (3) compositional and redactional criticisms. have shaped the formation of the Hebrew Bible. It will
TRS422 Epistemology III: Rationalism & examine in detail the theological focus and agenda of
Empiricism (3) TRS 110 God in the Hebrew Bible (3) Hebrew Bible historical texts.
TRS423 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary (3) This course will study the diverse depictions of God
TRS424 Buddhism (3) in the Hebrew Bible, including the identities of the TRS 209 History of Christian Thought (3)
TRS425 The theology of the Reformation (3) surrounding cultures. In particular, it will explore such This course will study the development of Christianity
TRS426 Religious Rituals and Sacred Places (3) themes as anthropomorphism, creation, monotheism and Christian thought from the New Testament period
TRS427 Applied Ethics (3) and mythology, the justice of God, the figure of Wisdom, to its establishment as the state religion of the Roman
TRS428 Religious Pluralism (3) female imagery and God. Empire under Constantine. It will emphasize relations
between the Church and the state and how these
TRS 111 Epistemology I: Theory of Knowledge (3) affected the life of the Church and of Christian believers.
THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES COURSE This course will introduce students to the theory of
DESCRIPTIONS knowledge. Students will explore how Plato, René TRS 210 Gospel Narratives (3)
Descartes, Baruch de Spinoza and Gottfried von Leibniz This course will study gospels of the New Testament,
TRS 101 Introduction to Biblical Studies (3) approached the theory of knowledge from a rationalist Mark, Matthew, Luke and John. Students will study the
This course will present a general overview of the point of view. gospels through employing different perspectives such
contexts in which the Old Testament and the New as historical, literacy, sociological and liberation methods.
Testament came into being and a survey of the contents TRS 112 Bible and Gender (3)
of both testaments. It will consider various ways in which This course will explore the construction of gender TRS211 Ecclesiology (3)
the Bible is used in Judaism and Christianity. and identity in the Hebrew and Christian Testaments. This course will study the doctrine of the Christian Church,
It will examine how different types of biblical its nature and functions in relation to other doctrines,
TRS 102 Religion and Science (3) literature constructed gender over various times and such as the doctrine of God, Christology, and sacraments.
This course will study the assumptions, practices, and circumstances. It will examine the scriptural, historical and systematic
methodologies of what is commonly called “religion” dimensions of the doctrine of the Church from its origin
and what is commonly called “Science”. It will ascertain TRS 201Logic I: Introduction to Logic (3) in New Testament times through the patristic period, the
the similarities and differences, continuities and This course will defines “Philosophy” and Logic”, and Reformation, and the post-Reformation period.
discontinuities between the two domains. examine in detail informal fallacies and deductive
methods of reasoning. It will explore the nature of TRS 212 Beginning Greek II: New Testament (3)
TRS 103 Religions of Botswana (3) definitions, decisions, and classifications. This course is a continuation of Beginning Koine Greek I.
This course will study the different religious traditions
that exist in Botswana with the view towards a better TRS 202 Hebrew Bible Narratives (3) TRS 213 Johannine Corpus (3)
understanding of their beliefs, rituals and practices. This course will study several short narratives from the This course will study the Johannine Corpus both the
It will survey ATR, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Bahái, Hebrew Bible selected from different books. Focus will Gospel of John and the Epistles of John. It will examine
Sikhism and Buddhism as they have developed and are be on the literary dimension of the story, narrative the historical, philosophical and political factors that
currently practiced in Botswana. technique, effect on a reader, ideology and social shaped its theology in the apostolic period.
149
TRS214 Beginning Arabic I: Introduction to Basic Arabic the history of the Jewish people. TRS 317 Theology: The Co-existence of God and Evil (3)
(3) This course will examine various philosophical arguments
This course will introduce students to the Arabic script TRS 306 Intermediate Greek I: Examination of Selected for the existence of God. It will discuss the ontological,
and teach them how to write it. It will study basic Arabic Texts (3) cosmological, and teleological arguments for the
grammar and how to read basic prescribed texts. This course will build on the knowledge of New existence of God. It will examine the problem of Evil and
Testament vocabulary, grammar and syntax acquired in the difficulties it poses for arguments for the existence
TRS 215 Metaphysics I: Appearance and Reality (3) Beginning Koine Greek I and II. of God.
This course will introduce student to basic and
fundamental concepts of metaphysics. Students will TRS 307 Beginning Arabic II: Arabic Construction(3) TRS 318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II: Translation of
examine why the Platonic theory assigns reality to the This course is a continuation of Beginning Arabic I. Biblical Texts (3)
“forms” and appearance to the sensible objects. This course is a continuation of Beginning Biblical
TRS 308 Beginning Biblical Hebrew I: Introduction to Hebrew I.
TRS 216 History of Philosophy III: Post-Medieval of 19th Hebrew Script (3)
Century (3) This course will introduce the student to the Hebrew TRS 319 Philosophy of Religion (3)
This course will survey the main strands of philosophy script and teach them how to write it. It studies basic This course will study some fundamental issues
from the Renaissance to modern times. It will consider Hebrew grammar and how to read basic prescribed texts. connected with the human activity called “religion”.
Renaissance philosophy, the critical examination of It will use rational, critical analysis to investigate the
reason and pragmatism. TRS 309 Psychology of Religion (3) nature of belief, worship, and sacrifice, and the roles
This course will critically discuss the relationship between that religion plays in the lives of human beings. It will
TRS 220 Critical Thinking (3) religion and psychology. It will study and examine the examine the validity of the argument from miracles,
This course will train students not to take anything various theories, principles, and methods spruced by the moral argument, and religious experience as proofs of
they hear, read, write and do for granted without first psychologists of religion. God’s existence.
critically assessing and analyzing them. In order to do
these students will examine key logical concepts and TRS 310 Professional Ethics (3) TRS 320 Epistemology II: Theories of Truth (3)
principles such as laws of identity, non contradiction and This course will examine the question of whether This course will examine the concepts of knowledge
exclude middle. Some logical formal and informal will professional morality is independent of and separate and belief and relate them to theories of truth. It will
also be dealt with. from ordinary morality. It will look at business, medicine, discuss theories such as the “correspondence theory”, the
law and political ethics. “coherence theory”, and the “pragmatist theory”.
TRS 221 The Politics of Gender (3)
This course will discuss the roles and contributions of TRS 311 Metaphysics II: Ideal Ism (3) TRS 321 Metaphysics III: Body/mind Problem (3)
men and women in nation building. It will examine in This course will study issues of particular importance This course looks at the mind and body problem. It will
particular the disadvantaged position women hold in in the philosophy of the metaphysical idealists George examine different theories that arose as an attempt to
most societies. Berkeley, Immanuel Kant, George W. F. Hegel and others. answer the questions concerning dualism, behaviourism,
Concepts such as existence, being causality, change, time functionalism, epiphenomenalism and others.
TRS 222 Religion and Development (3) and other shall be examined.
This course undertakes a study of religion amidst social TRS 322 History of Christianity in Southern Africa (3)
transformation in different countries with special TRS 312 Logic II: Logic and the Sciences (3) This course will study the origin and development of the
reference to sub-Saharan Africa. In the process of This course will examine the place of logic in philosophy, Christian Church in Southern Africa from its inception
assessing the role of religion, taking into account the sciences, and other human activities and relations. to the present. It will examine the cultural context in
the theories of development, secularization and It will study the concepts (in) validity and soundness of which the Church was introduced and the role of foreign
modernization, it also looks at the paradigms in conflict arguments, and the different patterns that arguments missionary societies in that process.
in the socio-political and economic spheres. can follow. It will consider the benefits of symbols
and will introduce students to the use of elementary TRS 323 Intermediate Greek II: Translation of Selected
symbolic language. Texts (3)
TRS 301 Christology (3) This course will build on the knowledge of New
This course will study the meaning and significance TRS 313 History of Christianity: Medieval To Reformation Testament vocabulary, grammar and syntax acquired in
of the person of Jesus Christ. It will examine critically (3) Beginning Koine Greek I and II and intermediate Koine
the life of Jesus from the time of his conception to This course will study the development of the church Greek I. Students will translate and study closely selected
his resurrection and the developing understanding from the Middle Ages to the Reformation. It will examine passages from one book of the New Testament.
of Christology through the first five years of Christian the separation between Eastern and Western Christianity,
thought. scholasticism, sacramentalism and opposition to TRS 324 Intermediaries Arabic I: Arabic Grammar (3)
monarchic papacy. This course will study intermediate Arabic grammar and
TRS 302 Missionaries in Nineteenth Century Southern examine classical and contemporary Arabic texts. It will
Africa (3) TRS 314 Christian Moral Theology (3) also expose the student to standard Arabic oral drills.
This course will investigate early missionaries’ attitudes This course will examine the moral implications of being
toward African culture, beliefs and practices. It will draw a Christian in a secular society in the context of the TRS 325 Foundation Structures of Islam (3)
much of its information from primary sources. teachings of the Christian church. It will focus on issues This course will study the basic doctrines and practices of
related to Christian behaviour in regard to marriage and Islam. It will introduce the primary sources of Islam and
TRS 303 Creation and the Bible (3) other ethical issues. survey the social history of the Muslim community from
This course will focus on the creation texts of the Hebrew its emergence through its early years.
Bible. They will be compared and contrasted with other TRS 315 Sociology of Religion (3)
ancient Near Eastern creation accounts. This will also This course will study the influence of religion in society. TRS 326 Directed Readings: Research Methods (3)
examine creation in the New Testament. It will examine sociological theories of religion and the In this course the student will undertake independent
concrete interaction of religion and particular societies. study under the guidance of a supervisor who will be
TRS 304 African Philosophy and Culture (3) responsible for advising and instructing the student in
This course will examine how philosophy and culture TRS 316 History of Mythology (3) matters of research method as well as content.
have interacted in an African context. It will investigate This course will study the presentation of Jesus in the four
the thought of several African thinkers. gospels. It will investigate how each gospel characterizes TRS 401 New Religious Movements (3)
Jesus and the significance of such characterisation, as This course will examine new Christian theologies from
TRS 305 Judaism (3) well as the character of Jesus that emerges in Paul’s new Christian movements emerging today in various
This course will present an introduction to the main writings. regional, social and intellectual settings across the world.
beliefs and practices of the several forms of post-biblical It will pay special attention to theological and social
Judaism. The course will cover some of the milestones of developments in Africa.
150
TRS 402 Religion And Politics (3) the uniformity of law, the denial of teleology, the denial political factors that led to the Reformation and counter
This course will foster a rethinking of the relationship of any form of existence beyond that envisaged by the –Reformation in the sixteenth century Europe. It will
between religion and politics and analyze the changing natural sciences. Particularly attention will be given consider some of the important theological themes that
dimensions of society, religion, and the state. to the thought of Karl Marx, William James and John dominated the thinking of the Reformers.
Dewey.
TRS403 The Doctrine of Sin In The Bible (3) TRS 426 Religious Rituals and Sacred Places (3)
This course examines the concepts of “Sin” and “evil” TRS 415 Twentieth Century Theologians (3) This course will study the role of sacred sites, shrines,
in the Hebrew Bible and the Christian New Testament. This course will study several major theologians, rivers, mountains, worship centers and other sacred
It will investigate related concepts such as law and Protestant and Roman Catholic, of the twentieth century, places in several religious traditions.
commandment, purity/impurity, judgement, punishment, and the contributions their thought has made to the
and forgiveness. development of contemporary systematic theology. TRS 427 Applied Ethics (3)
This course will study the concept of human rights, the
TRS 404 Metaphysics IV: Personal Identity (3) TRS 416 Religion and Modernity (3) nature and origin of human rights, and some specific
This course will examine the question of personhood. The This course will study the relationship and interaction contemporary ethical issues that arise from the question
course will look at different criteria of personal identity. between religion and popular culture. It will explore the of human rights, such as abortion, infanticide and others
It will also look at divided minds and consciousness. significance and importance of religious expressions
contained in various media such as films, theatre, music TRS 428 Religion and Pluralism (3)
TRS 405 Intermediate Hebrew: Examination of Selected and others. This course will discuss the relationship between religion
Texts (3) and religious pluralism. It will explore the theories
This course will build on the knowledge of Biblical Hebrew TRS 417 Paul’s Epistle (3) pertaining to religious pluralism, and probe the related
vocabulary, grammar and syntax acquired in Beginning This course will cover the Pauline and Deutero- Pauline notions or religious language, religious dialogue and
Biblical Hebrew I and II. The student will study closely set letters of the New Testament. It will use different inter-religious cooperation.
texts from all three main divisions of the Hebrew Bible. methods to analyze the socio historical context that
gave rise to Pauline letters. BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PASTORAL STUDIES
TRS 406 Intermediate Arabic II: Translation of Arabic (BAPS)
Texts (3) TRS 418 Contemporary African Philosophy (3)
This course is continuation of Intermediate Arabic I yet This course will study some of the major issues that have 6. PROGRAMME REGULATIONS
students who have not successfully completed that shaped, and continue to shape, African’s social, economic 6.1 Entry qualification: As per University General
course may take TRS 406. and political landscape. It will examine the development Regulations 1.1.1
and application of such theories as humanism, African 6.2 The B.A in Pastoral Studies (BAPS) will be offered
TRS 407 Socio-Cultural, Legal and Political Structures of socialism and others. as a Single Major Subject (22.42) and a Combined
Islam (3) Major /Major programme (22.43); (as defined in
This course will study the growth of the early Muslim TRS 419 Intermediate Hebrew II: Hebrew Texts and Dead Faculty Special Regulation 22.44).
community. It will trace and reflect critically upon Sea Scrolls (3)
the development and evolution of the theological, This course will build on the knowledge of Biblical Hebrew 6.3 All courses offered in the B. A in Pastoral Studies
jurisprudential and mystical schools. It will explore the vocabulary, grammar and syntax acquired in Beginning will be semester long.
thoughts and practices of individual representatives of Biblical Hebrew I and II. Set texts from the Hebrew Bible
these schools. and the Dead Sea Scrolls will be studied closely. 6.4 Unless indicated otherwise all courses will carry
3 credits.
TRS 409 African Christianity Theologies (3) TRS 420 Directed Research (3)
This course will comprise readings from African In this course the student will undertake independent 6.5 .Not all courses listed may be offered in any one
theologians that focus on important theological issues study under the guidance of a supervisor who will be semester.
facing the African Church today. It will examine the responsible for advising and instructing the student in
question of the enculturation of the Church in Africa, matters of research method as well as content. 6.6 Students pursuing a Single Major in BAPS will be
taking into account the cultural, social, economic and required to take a total of 130 credits consisting
political factors in both colonial and postcolonial Africa. of 108 credits in BAPS comprising 84 credits from
TRS 410 Theories of Government (3) TRS 421History of Christianity: Modern and the core courses and additional 22 credits from
This course will discuss the theory of the state, such Contemporary (3) the optional and GEC/Elective courses.
thinkers as Plato, Thomas Hobbes, John Locke, Jean- This course will study the expansion of the church from
Jacques Rousseau and Karl Marx have presented it. Europe and America to other parts of the world during 6.7 Students pursuing a Major in BAPS as part of a
the missionary era of the nineteenth and twentieth combined Major/Major are required to take a
TRS 411 Politics and the Development of Biblical Thought centuries. It will discuss issues such as colonialism and total of 76 credits consisting of 54 credits in
(3) missiology. BAPS comprising 48 credits from the core courses
This course will foreground the idea that the texts of and additional 22 credits from the optional and
the Bible were written, collected, edited and read in TRS 422 Epistemology: Rationalism and Empiricism (3) Elective/GCE courses.
political environments. Political agendas, in turn, have The student will study the philosophy position that
left discernible traces in biblical literature. knowledge is only attained through the senses, and that 6.8 Unless otherwise specified in the published course
truth must conform to the rules of logic and of material description or in a written syllabus distributed
TRS 412 Ecumenical Theology (3) science. by the instructor to the students during the
This course will study the theological foundations of the first week of class lectures, course assessment
ecumenical movement, whose aim is to achieve organic TRS 423 History of Contemporary Philosophy (3) will be by two written assignments or two term
church unity. It will investigate the New Testament, This course will study the basic tenets of logical positivism tests, and a final examination, weighted 1: 1: 2
especially the Johannine and Pauline writings, to discern and ordinary language philosophy. It will also explore respectively.
the scriptural basis for ecumenical theory and practice. philosophical questions that arise from contemporary
concerns such as war and peace and others. 6.9 Students from other departments and other
TRS 413 Hinduism (3) faculties, who wish to take BAPS courses as
This course will study Hinduism from the Harrappan TRS 424 Buddhism (3) general education courses or electives, may take
culture to contemporary period. The approach will be This course will study the origin, development and any course. They are advised, however, to take
thematic including themes such as creation, sacrifice, basic concepts of Buddhism. It will trace ways in which courses from the first and second levels since
polytheism and others. different “Buddhisms” developed. these are generally more introductory in nature.
TRS 414 Metaphysics V: Materialism (3) TRS 425 The Theology of the Reformation (3) 6.10 Students pursuing a Single Major in BAPS are
This course will examine the main tenets of materialism: This course will study the religious, social economic and recommended to include Biblical languages
151
either Hebrew (for Old Testament) or Greek (for Two core courses and one Elective/GEC PST202 Introduction to Christian Education (3)
New Testament). PST203 Religion and Development (3)
Semester 6 PSY203 Developmental Psychology of
6. 11 All students pursuing a Single Major in BAPS will Two core courses and one Elective/GEC Childhood and Adolescent (3)
be required to take TRS 408 Directed Research Level four HIS 201 African cultures and civilisations to
I: Research Methods and TRS 420-Directed c.1500 (3)
Research II: Research Project Semester 7
Two core courses and one optional course Core Courses
6.12 All students pursuing a Single Major in BAPS Semester4
will be required to undergo internship during Semester 8 TRS 209 History of Christian Thought (3)
the long break between the sixth and seventh Two core courses and one optional course PST 204 Pastoral Care and Counselling (3)
semester of their academic programme at a PSY 102 Biological Basis of Human Behaviour(3)
church, hospital, clinic, prison, army, college Award and classification of BAPS DSW 203 AIDS and Home Based Care(3)
or secondary school of their choice under the In order to be awarded a degree in BAPS, a student
supervision of a member of TRS staff. must have passed all courses offered in the programme Optional courses
and the degree shall be classified in accordance with TRS210 Gospel Narratives
the provisions of the General Regulation 20.4 with the TRS212 Beginning Biblical Greek II: New
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE cumulative GPA computed in accordance with General Testament Greek (3)
SINGLE MAJOR PROGRAMME Academic Regulation 00.86. PST205 Liturgical Studies (worship) (3)
TRS 213 Johannien Corpus (3)
Level 100 EFH 204 Ethical and Legal Issues in Counselling (3)
Semester 1 PROGRAMME STRUCTURE FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS PSY206 Developmental Psychology of
TRS 101 and any other two core courses; DEGREE IN PASTORAL STUDIES Adulthood and Old Age (3)
one optional course and two GECs
Semester 2 Level 100 Semester 5
TRS 107 and any other two core courses; Core courses
one optional course and two GECs Semester 1 PST301 Systematic Theology I: The Divine
Core Courses Essence (3)
Level 200 TRS101 Introduction to Biblical Studies (3) PST302 Homiletics (3)
Semester 3 EFH100 Foundation of Guidance and Counseling (3) EFH308 Family and Marriage Counseling (3)
TRS207 and any other two core courses; PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) PST303 Institutional Chaplaincy (3
one optional course, and one Elective/GEC PST101 Psychological Foundations of Pastoral
Counseling (3) Optional courses
Semester 4 COM111 Communication and Academic Literacy TRS302 Missionaries in 19th Century Southern
TRS209 and any other two core courses; one optional Skills I(3) Africa (3)
course, and one Elective/GEC ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (3) TRS306 Intermediate Greek I: Examination of
selected texts
Level 300 Optional Courses TRS308 Beginning Biblical Hebrew I:
Semester 4 TRS103 Religions of Botswana (3) Introduction to Hebrew Scripture (3)
core courses; one optional course and one DSW101 Social work with communities and PST304 Reading the Bible in the context of HIV
Elective/GEC groups (3) and AIDS (3)
PST305 Prophecy in the Hebrew Bible (3)
Semester 5 Level 100 PSY304 Health Psychology (3)
Four core courses; one optional course and one Elective Semester 2 ENG333 Critical Issues in Modern African Literature:
GEC Core Courses Phases of Modern African Literature (3)
TRS107 African Traditional Religions (3) Semester Six
BSW104 Introduction to Social Work (3) Core courses
Level 400 EFH102 Indigenous Guidance and counselling PST306 Systematic Theology II: Anthropology (3)
Semester 7 Techniques (3 TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (3)
Four core courses and one optional course in semester DSW108 Interpersonal Communication (3) EFH304 HIV Counselling (3)
seven COM112 Communication and Academic Literacy PST307 Internship (3)
Skills II (3)
Semester 8 ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals II (2) Optional courses
Four core courses and one optional course in semester Optional courses TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3)
eight TRS109 Biblical Interpretation (3) TRS318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II: Translation
PST102 Stewardship (3) of Hebrew Texts (3)
MAJOR/MAJOR PROGRAMME PST103 Christian Leadership(3) TRS319 Philosophy of Religion (3)
PST104 Hospital Ministry (3) TRS323 Intermediate Greek II: Translation of
Level 100 selected texts (3)
Semester 1 Semester 3 PST308 Prophetic Ministry in contemporary
Two core courses and two GECs Core Courses society (3)
TRS 207 Introduction to Christian Theology (3) PST309 World Religions (3)
Semester 2 EFH 202 Theories and techniques of counselling (3) HIS344 The Roots of Crisis in Modern Central
Two core courses and two GECs PSY 201 Theories of personality (3) Africa (3)
BSW 201 Introduction to working with families
Level 200 and individuals (3 Semester Seven
Semester 3 Core courses
Two core courses and one Elective/GEC Optional courses PST401 Systematic Theology III: Ecclesiological
TRS204 Theologies of Gender (3) Studies (3)
Semester 4 TRS206 Beginning Biblical Greek I: New TRS403 The doctrine of sin in the Bible (3)
Two core courses and one Elective/GEC Testament Greek (3) PST402 The History of the Church in Botswana (3)
TRS208 The Hebrew Bible as History and Story (3) TRS408 Directed Research I: Research Method (3)
Level Three PST201 Christian Spirituality (3)
Semester 5
152
Optional courses in Botswana will be guided on how to work with doctors, nurses and
TRS401 New Religious Movements (3) other hospital attend as well as to how give counseling
TRS405 Intermediate Hebrew I: Examination of EFH100 Foundation of Guidance and Counseling to patients as well as conduct prayers for the sick and
Selected Hebrew Texts (3) The course is designed to assist learners to understand staff. Students will be exposed to some elements of
TRS412 Ecumenical Theology (3) the basic concepts and principles of guidance and medical ethics so that they can know how to deal with
PST 403 Liberation Theologies I: Latin American counseling. It facilitates insight into the guidance patients with confidence and confidentiality.
and Black Theologies (3) counselor’s professional roles in the school and
PST 404 Theology of Hope and Compassion (3) community. TRS 112-Bible and Gender
PST 405 Religion and the Environment (3) This course will explore the construction of gender and
ALL 452 Popular Culture in Africa (3) PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology identity in the Hebrew and Christian Testaments. It will
This is a foundation course to the study of psychology examine how different types of biblical literature (las,
Semester 8 as a scientific discipline and it introduces students to prophecy, wisdom, gospels, epistles, apocalypses etc)
Core courses major themes in psychology such as cognition, emotion, construct gender over various times and circumstances.
PST 406 Mission and Evangelism (3) behavior, intelligence, learning and motivation from It will investigate how biblical constructions affect the
PST 407 History and doctrine of Pentecostal various theoretical perspectives. status of women and men in contemporary world. It
Christianity (3) will also investigate how various biblical readers have
PST 407 Media and Pastoral Studies (3) responded to the prevailing gender constructions and
TRS 420 Directed Research II: Research Project (3) DSW 101 Social work with communities and groups their impact on the lives of women and men in biblical (
SEMESTER TWO Christian & Jewish )nations.
Optional courses
PST 409 Theology of the African Independent TRS 107 African Traditional Religions LEVEL TWO
Churches (3) This course will study the beliefs and practices of SEMESTER THREE
PST 410 Liberation Theologies II: African and African Traditional Religions from a phenomenological TRS 207 Introduction to Christian Theology
Feminist Christian Theologies (3) perspective point of view. It will focus in particular This course will study the nature of theology, its different
TRS 415 Twentieth Century Theologians (3) on the traditional religions of Southern Africa. It will branches and its relevance to society. It will focus on the
TRS 417 Paul’s Epistles (3) examine in detail such themes as deities, ritual specialists, different methods used in doing theology, its sources,
TRS 419 Intermediate Hebrew II: Hebrew Text and intermediaries and mediation. its relationships with other sciences and its application.
Dead Sea Scrolls (3) Selected doctrines such as God, creation, sin, Christology,
TRS 425 The theology of the Reformation (3) BSW 104: Introduction to Social Work salvation, faith, grace, sacraments, prayer, the last things
ALL 456 Introduction to African Thought (3) EFH 102 Indigenous Guidance and Counselling and others shall be discussed from within the African
Techniques Synopsis (This course is in place) context.
DSW 108 Interpersonal Communication
COURSE DISCRIPTION EFH 202-Theories and techniques of counselling
TRS 109 Biblical Interpretation The course examines the extent to which counseling
LEVEL 100 This course will study different methods, both modern could be used to facilitate behavioral change in clients.
and contemporary of reading the Bible. It will explore The multicultural aspects of counseling as well as ethical
PST 101 Psychological Foundations of Pastoral modern historical critical methods like textual, form, and other issues relating to the therapeutic process will
Counselling compositional and redactional criticism. It will also be learnt and applied to case studies.
This course will study some elements of foundational examine more recently developed methods like literacy
psychology, which form the basis of effective and holistic approaches (rhetorical, narrative and reader response PSY-Theories of personality
forms of pastoral counseling in the life of individuals criticism), approaches drawn from sociological theory
and communities for purposes of understanding, and practice and from social anthropology, and liberation BSW 201-Introduction to working with families and
preventing and relieving psychologically based distress approaches (including such hermeneutics as womanists/ individuals
in order to promote good mental health and personal feminist, post-colonial, “reading with non-academic The course sensitizes students to goal oriented
development. It will explore how a good understanding readers” , two-thirds world hermeneutics” and the like. approaches to working with distressed individuals and
of modern psychological thought can help the pastoral families. Topics covered include: Theories and approaches
counselor to deal with different aspects of the clients’ Course Code and Title: PST 102- Stewardship to integrated social work practice; and the processes and
psycho-social and moral problems and help them to This course will study the meaning of stewardship in phases of intervention with individuals and families.
connect with their spiritual centre. The course will help the context of the church specifically and the society
students to understand the role of mental functions and in general. The study will be based on the doctrine of Course Code and Title: TRS 204 Theologies of Gender
how these affect individual and social behavior. Issues creation of human beings in the image and likeness of This course will explore theological questions
such as human development, emotions, personality, God and their responsibility in managing God’s world surrounding the issues of gender and gender identity t
interpersonal relationships, the development of the as managers. Themes covered will include management (male, female, transgendered) and of sexual orientation
human mind throughout the life span and others shall of God’s people in the church, management of church (heterosexual, homosexual, bisexual). It will examine
be examined. funds, management of the environment and other traditional theological positions as well as feminist/
resources that God has given to the world. The theology womanist, gay, lesbian and queer theologians. It will also
TRS 101 Introduction to Biblical Studies of stewardship will also be discussed. consider documents from different Christian churches
This course will present a general overview of the context and church organizations on gender issues.
in which the Old Testament and the New testament PST 103 -Christian Leadership
came into being and a survey of the contents of both This course explores the inter-relationship between TRS 206 Beginning Biblical Greek I: New Testament Greek
testaments. It will consider various ways in which the professional leadership and biblical vitality and TRS 208 The Hebrew Bible as History and Story
Bible is used in Judaism and Christianity. It will examine leadership. This course trains students on the skills of This course will study both the historical texts in the
selected OT and NT texts in their historical, geographical day to day management of a church or congregation. Hebrew Bible and the eternal historical factors that
and literary contexts, and will discuss some key concepts Students study different forms of church polity and have shaped the formation of the Hebrew Bible. It will
(such as covenant, canon, monotheism, salvation, administration and are guided on how they can plan examine in detail the theological focus and agenda of
kingdom of heaven etc.). for their administrative activities as administrators, the Hebrew Bible historical texts. It will also consider
managers and leaders in line with the philosophy of their ostensibly historical narratives in the Hebrew Bible that
TRS 103 Religions of Botswana churches. appear to be more concerned with “telling a good story”.
This course will study the different religions that exist in The question of the course titled will be explored from
Botswana with the view towards a better understanding PST 104-Hospital Ministry several different angles and with a variety of critical
of their beliefs, rituals, and practices. It will survey This is a supervised course in hospital chaplaincy. It will approaches. Particular attention will be paid to selections
ATR, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Bahai, Sikhism and introduce students to doing pastoral work in the context from the following texts: Deuteronomistic history, 1 & 2
Buddhism as they have developed are currently practiced of a hospital or clinic for a period of semester. Candidates Chronicles, Ezra, Nehemiah and Ruth.
153
PST 201- Christian Spirituality empirical development. It deals with the basic units EFH 308 Family and Marriage Counselling
This course examines Christian spirituality as expressed of the central and peripheral nervous system, neuro- The course explores the indigenous and modern
in various contexts of the Christian tradition. It will draw anatomy and physiology. It establishes a foundation in marriage and family counseling structures with the view
resources in classical Christian texts, religious movements understanding the brain-behaviour relationship. to provide culture-sensitive on issues of marriage, sex
such as monasticism and others. Other spiritualties and family adjustment.
prevalent in Botswana today such as Islamic, Hindu, DSW 203-AIDS and Home Based Care
Buddhist and African Traditional Religious spiritualities PST 303 –Institutional Chaplaincy
shall also be examined. TRS 210-Gospel Narratives This course equips students to carry out chaplaincy
This course will study the gospels of the New Testament, work in hospitals, clinics, army barracks, the Police
PST 202-Introduction to Christian Education Mark, Matthew, Luke and John. Students will study the force, schools and the like. Students will be attached
The course will serve as an introduction to the ministry gospels through employing different perspectives such as to an institution of their choice and will be guided by a
of Christian education. This course will focus on the historical, literacy, sociological and liberation methods. It supervisor on how to carry out their internship there at
teachings of the church for practical leaving. It will will also explore some contemporary uses of the gospels the end of which they are expected to write and submit a
expose students to various teachings of the church in in literature, films, songs, art, folklore, political rhetoric report. The report will be graded on pass/fail basis.
relation to human behavior, interpersonal relationships, and environmental HIV/AIDS concerns.
the virtues of Christian life, bible knowledge, TRS 302-Missionaries in 19th Century South Africa
TRS 212 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II: New Testament This course will investigate early missionaries’ attitude
PST 203-Religion and Development Greek toward African culture, beliefs and practices. It will
This course will examine the role of religion in This course is a continuation of Beginning Koine Greek I. draw much of its information from primary sources,
development. Various sociological theories such as those namely the writings and teachings of the missionaries
of Max Weber, Karl Marx and others will be discussed. PST 205 Liturgical studies (Worship) themselves.
The course will also focus on the contribution of religion This course is a survey of the history, practice and
in the development of the African continent generally theology of Christian worship with particular attention TRS 306 Intermediate Greek I: Examination of selected
and Botswana in particular. Particular attention will paid to modern church practices. Topics discussed include the texts
to religion’s contribution to world peace and solidarity ministry of the Word, the celebration of the Lord’s Supper, This course will build on the knowledge of New
among nations. Religious conflicts as a disruption force weddings, funerals, baptisms, and other ceremonies in Testament vocabulary, grammar and syntax acquired in
to development shall also be discussed. accordance with different church traditions namely Beginning Koine Greek I and II. The student will study
Mainline Churches, Pentecostal Churches, and African closely some selected texts from all four of the main
PSY 203-Developmental Psychology of childhood and Independent Churches. divisions of the New Testament (Gospels, History, Epistles
adolescence and Apocalypse).
This course traces human development through prenatal TRS 213-Johannine Corpus
period, infancy and childhood up to adolescence. This course will study the Johannine corpus both the TRS 308 Beginning Biblical Hebrew I: Introduction to
Emphasis is placed on physical, cognitive, emotional and Gospel of John and the Epistles of John. It will examine Hebrew Scripture
social development and relevant theories. the historical, philosophical and political factors that This course will introduce the student to the Hebrew
shaped its theology in the apostolic period. script and teach them how to write it. It studies basic
HIS 201-African cultures and civilisations to c 1500 Hebrew grammar and how to read basic prescribed texts.
A survey of pre-colonial Africa discussing selected EFH 204-Ethical and Legal Issues in Counselling
themes in prehistory, state formation, trade and small- The course is an introduction to ethical and legal issues PST 304 Reading the Bible in the context of HIV and AIDS
scale societies. Including the origin and spread of modern in the professional practice of counseling. The course This courses enables students to read the Bible in the
humans, their languages and cultures, Nile civilisations, examines codes of ethics, standards and legislations context of HIV and AIDS pandemic. It examines the
Christianity and Islam, Sudanic states, early trade on the governing the provision of counseling services. various situations that call for compassion and love in
East Coast and the rise and fall of Great Zimbabwe. times of adversity and explores the meaning of love,
suffering, caring and forbearing in the midst of natural
SEMESTER FOUR PSY 206-Developmental Psychology of Adulthood and disasters. It explores both the Old and New Testaments
Old Age and see what these testaments say about the love of God
TRS 209 –History of Christian Thought This course examines life-span development during in relation to the suffering humanity in modern times.
This course will study the development of Christianity and early, middle and late adulthood considering biological,
Christian thought from the New Testament period to its cognitive, emotional and social factors and the relevance PST 305-Prophecy in the Hebrew Bible
establishment as the state religion of the Roman Empire of life events (e.g. marriage, parenthood, divorce, first This course will examine the tradition of classic Hebrew
under Constantine . It will emphasize relations between employment, unemployment, retirement, illness and Prophets both major and minor prophets of Israel such as
the Church and the state and how these affected the life death) for development. Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Amos, Hosea, Micah, Zephaniah,
of the Church and of Christian believers. It will explore and others. It will examine their social, economic,
the development of Christian doctrine from the New LEVEL THREE religious and political background. It will also examine
Testament through patristic period and the role played their theology especially with reference to Yahwism,
by the early church councils in formulating doctrines. PST 301 Systematic Theology I: The Divine Essence the concept of sin, ethics, the divine kingship and their
This course examines the concept of God and God’s involvement in political processes of the Kingdom of
PTS 204-Pastoral Care and Counselling relationship with human beings and the created universe Judah and Israel before and after the exile.
This is an introductory course into the skills, techniques from a Christian perspective. It examines the doctrines of
and practice of pastoral counseling leading to Trinity, Incarnation, Christology and Pneumatology both PSY 304-Health Psychology
specific types of counseling. The course examines the from a Western tradition and African perspectives. This is an applied psychology course that focuses on
psychological mental conditions of clients, the biblical, the contributions of psychology to the understanding
theological and ethical bases of pastoral counseling and PST 302-Homiletics of physical and mental health and illness with regard to
methods of pastoral counseling. These include person to This course introduces the student into the science of prevention and intervention, behavioural, environmental,
person counseling, group therapy, counseling through preaching. It examines things such as sources, sermon psychosocial and cultural factors that may affect health
worship, prayer meetings, bible study and others. preparation, sermon delivery and sermon evaluation. The and illness and addressed and applied to various fields
Emphasis is placed on spiritual growth and development use of the Bible, Christian ethics, systematic theology, of health psychology such as cardiology, oncology,
of clients as they make decisions for reconciliation and experiences of the community, personal experience and rehabilitation and HIV and AIDS.
unity within themselves, with others and with God other branches of knowledge in sermon preparation will
leading to righteous living. be explored. The course will involve actual preaching in ENG 333-Critical issues in Modern African Literature:
the context of the church and a critical examination of Phases of Modern African Literature
PSY 102-Biological basis of Human Behaviour the same. An examination of the major critical issues and trends in
This course is an introduction to essential topics in the Modern African Literature using both creative materials
area of psychobiology and its historical, contextual and and critical works of African authors.
154
PST 306 Systematic Theology II: Anthropology problems associated with the theory and practice of study under the guidance of a supervisor who will be
This course examines the nature of human beings and translation. responsible for advising and instructing the student in
their place in Salvation History. The course examines matters of research methods as well as content.
the doctrine of creation, hamartiology, soteriology and PST 308 Prophetic ministry in contemporary society
eschatology from a Christian perspective. As far as This course will examine the prophetic ministry of the TRS 401-New Religious Movements
possible reference shall be made to the African culture Church as derived from the prophetic ministry of the This course will examine the Christian theologies
and explore how these doctrines can be expressed using prophets in the Old Testaments and Prophets in the New emerging today in various regional, social and
African cultural concepts and stories. Comparison shall Testament. Great emphasis will be placed on the prophetic intellectual settings across the world. It will consider
also be made with similar doctrines in other world ministry of Christ and the mission of the Church to the theological developments in such contexts as the two-
religions. world in a globalized context and multiculturalism. The thirds world, with special attention to Africa and New
role of the Church as the voice of the voiceless shall be Religious Movements.
TRS 314 Christian Moral Theology examined. The Church’s role of advocacy for social justice
This course will examine the moral implications of being and human rights especially of minority groups shall be TRS 405-Intermediate Hebrew I: Examination of selected
a Christian in a secular society in the context of the discussed. The issues of corruption and other moral ills Hebrew texts
teachings of the Christian Church. It will focus on issues in society will form part of the discussion. This course will build on the knowledge of Biblical Hebrew
related to Christian behavior in regard to marriage and vocabulary, grammar and syntax acquired in Beginning
sex, sanctity of life, the use of force, the freedom of the PST 309 World Religions Biblical Hebrew I and II. The student will study closely set
Christian, the question of sin and evil, the problems of This course will examine the origin and development texts from all three main divisions of the Hebrew Bible
wealth, crime and punishment, Christian values and such of a number of world religions such as, Judaism, Islam, (Torah, Prophets and Writings).
like. Hinduism, Buddhism, Sikhism, Bahai and others. Their
main teachings will be discussed and their interaction TRS 412-Ecumenical Theology
EFH 304 HIV Counselling with other world religions in the world stage will be This course will study the theological foundations of the
The course is an overview of basic anatomy, physiology, examined. ecumenical movement, whose aim is to achieve organic
and the normal functioning of body system with church unity. It will investigate the New Testament,
emphasis on HIV/AIDS. The course will focus on HIS 344-The Roots of Crisis in Modern Central Africa especially the johannine and Pauline writings, to discern
approaches applicable to HIV/AIDS patients and provision Students should be able to appreciate the major the spiritual basis for ecumenical theory and practice.
of care and support services. Emphasis on problems and historical episodes which have shaped modern Central It will also examine the different theological models of
issues encountered throughout the life span of a family Africa. They should be able to relate these events to a ecumenism and the institutional positions on ecumenism
and societal and cultural implications. The course will broader environment including comparable historical expounded by the Roman Catholic Church and various
provide awareness and understanding of HIV/AIDS and events in different regions of Africa and to the wider Protestant Churches. Among the documents discussed
the role of counselors in education the society. world in general. will be those of the Second Vatican Council and agreed
statements between various churches, particularly
Course Code and Title: PST 307 –Internship LEVEL FOUR those between the Roman Catholic Church on the one
In this course a student will be placed for personal hand and the Orthodox Churches, the Anglicans and
exposure at a clinic, school, college, hospital, prison, PST 401 Systematic Theology III: Ecclesiological studies the Lutherans on the other. The course will attempt
church on any other institution for a period of at least 30 This course examines doctrines that are related to the to determine the direction in which the ecumenical
days where the student can learn something in practical nature and work of the Christian church. It examines the movement is developing.
terms in area of counseling, pastoral care or any other concept of the Church, the sacraments or ordinances of
necessary experience for ministry. At the report of the the Church, divine grace, from both western traditional PST 403-Liberation Theologies I-Latin American and
placement a report shall be submitted to the supervision perspective and African perspective. Black Theologies
and it will be graded on pass or fail basis. This course examines Theologies of Liberation in Latin
TRS 403-The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible America and Black Theology in North America and their
This course will examine the concepts of sin and evil spread to other parts of the world especially to South
TRS 315-Sociology of Religion in the Hebrew Bible and the Christian New Testament. Africa. It examines their origins, methods of theologizing,
This course will study the influence of religion in society. It will also investigate related concepts such as law main theological tenets and their impact in third world
It will examine sociological theories of religion and the and commandment, ritual purity/impurity, powers countries. The contribution of liberation theologians
concrete interaction of religion and particular societies. of evil (Satan, evil spirits), judgment, punishment such as Gustavo Gutierrez, Juan Segundo, James Cones
In particular, it will explore the ways in which religions and forgiveness. Biblical texts will be drawn from the and others shall be examined.
are a source of peace and stability (that is, a conservator commandments and the laws of the Torah, from the
of values) as well as of social change and conflict. social critiques of the prophets, from the traditional PST 404 -Theology of hope and Compassion
teaching of the sages and the challenge to it in the book This course examines the biblical foundations of the
TRS 318-Beginning Biblical Hebrew II: Translation of of Job, and from the preaching of Jesus as reflected in theology of hope and compassion and their translability
Hebrew texts. the Gospels and elaborated in the Epistles. and applicability in the era of HIV and AIDS. The emphasis
This course is a continuation of Beginning Hebrew I. is on combating stigma against people infected and
PST 402-The History of the Church in Botswana affected by the HIV and AIDS pandemic in order to
TRS 319-Philosophy of Religion This course examines the origin, development and promote a holistic society. Faith healing as practiced in
This course will study some fundamental issues expansion of the Church in Botswana. It surveys the the Old Testament, New Testament, in the early church
connected with the human activity called religion. It will traditional culture of the Batswana prior to the coming and in the church generally today are discussed.
use rational, critical analysis to investigate the nature of of the missionaries and how it impacted on the lives of
belief, worship, and sacrifice, the question of existence of the people. The course places emphasis on the activities PST 405-Religion and the Environment
a supernatural being, and the roles that religion plays in of the missionaries in Botswana through the activities This course examines the role of religion in the
the lives of human beings. of missionary societies such as the LMS and others. maintenance, preservation and promotion of
Missionary activities of key figures such as Robert environmental issues in traditional African societies and
TRS 323 Intermediate Greek II: Translation of selected Moffat, David Livingstone and others are discussed. other world religions. The focus will be on teachings of
texts Missionary strategies in the missionary field are also the Bible and Christian churches in general. The course
This course will build on the knowledge of New Testament discussed and the peoples’ response to such strategies also examines government policies pertaining to the
vocabulary, grammar and syntax acquired in Beginning are examined. The rise of New Religious Movements as preservation of the environment and the activities
Koine Greek I and II (and possibly, intermediate Koine a reaction against missionary cultural imperialism are of non-government organizations that promote the
I). Students will translate and study closely selected also examined leading to faster growth of Christianity promote the environment in Botswana and national
passages from one book of the New Testament. They will in Botswana. monuments. Things such as, sanitation, air pollution,
also explore some exegetical methods, such as textual, deforestation, water pollution, overgrazing, littering, lack
redactional, rhetorical and narrative criticism and apply TRS 408-Directed Research I: Research Methods of public toilets in cities and towns are examined.
them to the selected book. The course will also discuss In this course the student will undertake independent
155
ALL 452-Popular Culture in Africa TRS 417 Paul’s Epistles students have more than 120 credits, they must
The course will include a study of culture, subcultures This course will cover the Pauline and Deutero-Pauline ensure that two thirds (2/3) of their credits are
and visual culture with emphasis on music, dance, letters of the New Testament. It will use different VAPA core and optional courses, while one third
films/videos, television, computer and their inter- methods to analyse the socio-historical context that (1/3) are electives.
textual relationship. It will also include the element gave rise to Pauline letters.
of everydayness, ideology of mass culture, theories of BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS COURSES
consumption and its confrontation with politics, religion TRS 419-Intermediate Hebrew II: Hebrew Text and Dead
and the spirit of conservatism. Sea Scrolls Level 100
This course will build on the knowledge of Biblical BFA100 Introduction to the Theatre100 Core (3)
PST 406 Mission and Evangelism Hebrew, grammar and sytax acquired in Beginning BFA121 Workshop Theatre I Core (3)
This course examines the theological basis of church Biblical Hebrew I and II. BFA102 Theatre in Botswana I (Origins) Core(3)
planting and growth focusing on the theology of BFA122 Workshop Theatre II Core (3)
Christian missions in Africa. The relationship between the Course Code and Title: TRS 425-Theology of the ENG121 Introduction to English Language
early Christians and African culture shall be examined. Reformation Description and Usage (3)
The course also examines the different strategies used This course will study the religious, social economic and ENG113 Introduction to Literature: Prose (3)
in evangelism by traditional means as well as the media political factors that let to the Reformation and Counter- ENG131 Writing in English (3)
and modern technology such as the internet, satellite, Reformation in the sixteenth century and the attempts ENG123 Introduction to Literature: Drama and
radio, television and the printed word. made by the Catholic Church to reform itself from within Poetry (3)
and stop the Reformation movement from spreading
PST 407-History and doctrine of Pentecostal Christianity world-wide. The course will consider some of the major GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
This course will study the history and theology of theologians and important themes that dominated the Semester one
Pentecostal Christianity. It will trace the history of theological thinking of this period. COM111 Communication and Academic Literacy
Pentecostal expressions of Christianity culminating in Skills I (Humanities) (3)
the Azusa street Revival. Focus will be on Pentecostal ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (3)
Christianity in Africa including its expressions in VISUAL AND PERFORMING Semester two
charismatic groups even within non-Pentecostal
churches. The course will discuss Pentecostal theology
ARTS PROGRAMME COM112 Communication and Academic Literacy
Skills II (Humanities) (3) CORE
Departmental Regulations
such as the doctrine of “wealth and health.” The ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2)
contribution of this form of Christianity both to the CORE
Subject to the provisions of the Academic General
Christian faith and to Botswana and African society in
general, will be analysed. Level 200
BFA203 Acting, Movement & Mime I Core (3)
shall apply:
PST 408-Media and Pastoral Studies BFA205 Designs & Technical Theatre I Core (3)
This course examines the role of media in the life and BFA206 Theatre in Africa I Core (3)
Programmes and Titles of Degrees
work of the church. The course emphasizes the role of BFA221 Production Workshop I Core (3)
The Visual and Performing Arts Program currently offers
modern technology in disseminating the word of God. BFA200 Theatre History I Core (3)
the following courses leading to the award of a Bachelor
It also examines the impact of ethical issues on the BFA202 Theatre in Botswana II Core (3)
of Fine Arts (Theatre Studies) Degree.
freedom of speech of the media. BFA204 Playwriting Core (3)
BFA222 Production Workshop II Core (3)
Entry Requirements
TRS 420- Directed research II: Research Project
Admission requirements to the Programmes in the Visual
In this course the student will undertake independent Level 300
and Performing Arts Program are specified in the Faculty
study under the guidance of a supervisor who will be BFA309 Directing I Core (3)
of Humanities Regulation 22.2.
responsible for advising and instructing the student in BFA310 Dramatic Literature I [Africa] Core (3)
Award of Degree
matters of research methods as well as content. BFA312 Stage Management Core (3)
A student must satisfy the appropriate provisions of
BFA313 Theatre Ethics Core (3)
General Academic Regulation 20.4 to be awarded a
PST 409-Theology of the African Independent Churches BFA302 Theatre in Botswana [Theatre & Mass
Degree.
This course examines the history and theologies of the Media]Optional (3)
African Independent Churches (AICs) in Africa generally BFA303 Acting, Movement & Mime II Optional (3)
and Botswana in particular. It examines the sources from BFA304 Playwriting II Optional (3)
which the AICs develop their theologies and critically BFA305 Design & Technical Theatre II Optional (3)
1.1.1 The Bachelor of Fine Arts (Theatre Studies) is a
evaluates the sources and the developed theologies. BFA306 Theatre in Africa II Optional (3)
full-time professional programme extending
BFA308 American Theatre Optional (3)
over eight semesters. The Theatre Studies
PTS 410- Theologies of Liberation II: African and Feminist BFA311 Playback Theatre Optional (3)
programme is a practical skills course that
Christian Theologies BFA314 Theatre History [Europe] Optional 3
seeks to develop qualified theatre practitioners.
This course examines the origin and development of BFA318 Theatre Attachment Core 3
Currently the programme focuses on four
African Christian Theology and Feminist Theology and
main areas of specialisation, namely Directing,
their impact in Africa today. It examines their sources, Level 400
Playwriting, Acting, Movement and Mime as
methods of theologizing, their main tenets and their BFA400 Theatre History: Asia Optional (3)
well as Design and Technical Theatre. Students
stand in the world-wide theological discourse. BFA403 Acting, Movement & Mime III Optional (3)
are introduced to the different specialities
BFA404 Playwriting III Optional (3)
in second and third year, and can then begin
TRS 415 –Twentieth Century Theologians BFA405 Design & Technical Theatre IIIOptional (3)
to focus on their areas of interest. Students
This course will study several major theologians, BFA406 Theatre & Society in Africa
may also take optional courses from other
Protestant and Roman Catholics of the twentieth century [Special Author] Optional (3)
Departments such as Media Studies, English,
and the contributions their thought has made to the BFA409 Advanced Directing Optional (3)
Education and Industrial Design to augment
development of contemporary systematic theology. It BFA410 Dramatic literature II [Europe]
their skills set. In order to graduate students
will consider such figures as Karl Barth, Rudolf Bultmann, Optional (3)
must complete a minimum of 120 credits
Paul Tillich, Dietrich Bonhoeffer, Jurgen Moltmann, and BFA411 Theories of Modern Drama
worth of courses, including GEC courses in IT
Roman Catholic theological thought before and after the [1920-Present] Optional (3)
and Communications (10 credits). A minimum
Second Vatican Council, particularly that of Hans Kung, BFA412 Theatre Administration Optional (3)
of 80 credits must be VAPA core and optional
Karl Rahner and Eduard Schillebeecck. It will also discuss BFA415 Drama-in-Education [DIE Optional (3)
coursesóincluding core courses offered in the
the relevance of twentieth century Christian theology to BFA416 Senior Project Core (6 credits)
Department of English at level 1 and optional
contemporary social, economic, political and religious BFA418 Theatre & Tourism Optional (3)
courses housed under other departmentsówhile
issues. BFA427 Development Theatre I Optional (3)
the remaining 40 credits can be electives. Where
156
BFA428 Development Theatre II Optional (3) APPENDIX 1: THEATRE PROGRAMME [ABBREVIATED ACTING, MOVEMENT AND MIME I LEVEL 2
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS] [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS
NOTE: This course offers a critical and creative introduction to
All Practical courses are assessed on a 70% INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATRE acting, movement and mime for the stage. The course,
[practical exam] and 30% [CA] format. The practical LEVEL 1 [CORE] 3 CREDITS devoted to the development of the physical instrument
examination is a semester-long/year-long extensive This course offers a theoretical panoramic coverage of of the actor [the body], will include basic physical, vocal,
work on a theatre project that culminates in a important theoretical foundations from the ancient imaginative skills, miming skills, and development of
performance. Greek period to the modern period. Course spread general stage movement for the beginning actor.
This course will be assessed on a 60% [ensemble touches on most arms of the arts of Theatre, ranging
production] and 40% [CA] format from stage movement to costume, scene design and Outcomes: Information and communication technology
These are existing courses in the Department of construction, acting and directing. This course helps to knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning
English familiarize students with the traditions, components skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-
These courses are part of ENG327 [Practical Theatre] and development of Theatre and dramatic arts from the solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship
and ENG417 [Theory and Practice of Drama] currently earliest times to the 21st century. and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork
being offered in the Department of English skills; Research skills and information literacy; Cross-
All practical courses shall, to a large degree be linked Outcomes: cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical standards.
to workshops, festivals or other community activities Information and communication technology knowledge
and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical
OPTIONAL COURSES FROM OTHER and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving skills; Mode of Assessment
DEPARTMENTS Entrepreneurship and employability skills; Research 30% coursework
ALL142: The Study of Drama in Indigenous skills and information literacy; Cross-cultural fluency; 70% Practical exam
Languages 100 Optional 3 Accountability and ethical standards.
Credits DESIGN AND TECHNICAL THEATRE I LEVEL 2 [OPTIONAL]
ARB121: Design Communication Optional 3 Mode of Assessment 3 CREDITS
Credits 40% coursework An introduction to the techniques involved in costume,
ARB123: History of Art Optional 3 Credits 60% Written exam light, set, and sound designing for the Theatre.
COM111 Communication and Academic Literacy Productions currently being presented at the University
Skill GEC 3 THEATRE IN BOTSWANA LEVEL 1 will serve as the sources for study.
MTK100 Principles of Marketing Optional 3 [CORE] 3 CREDITS
Credits This introductory course offers a composite coverage of Outcomes: Information and communication technology
DSW207 Culture, Change and Social Work in the socio-historical contexts and philosophical bases of knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning
Botswana Optional 3 Credits drama, performance and Theatre practices and traditions skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-
DTB222 Graphics Optional 3 Credits in Botswana looking at indigenous performances and solving skills; Entrepreneurship and employability skills;
EPP201 Art Introduction Optional 3 Credits Theatre practices, colonial and postcolonial literary Organizational and teamwork skills; Research skills and
EPP202 Practical Arts Skills for the Teacher drama and Theatre in Botswana. information literacy; Interpersonal skills; Cross-cultural
fluency.
Optional 3 Credits Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical
GEC200 GEC 2 and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving skills; Mode of Assessment
GEC200 GEC 2 Research skills and information literacy; and Cross- 30% coursework
cultural fluency. 70% Practical exam.
MTK200 Integrated Communications Optional 3
ALL343 Introduction to African Popular Theatre Mode of Assessment
40% coursework PLAYWRITING LEVEL 2 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS
Optional 3 60% Written exam Principles of playwriting will be taught through practices.
ALL352 Epic Performance in Africa Optional 3 Development of techniques required for dramatic stage
BMS329 Developmental Communication WORKSHOP THEATRE LEVEL 1 [OPTIONAL] 6 CREDITS scripts include original writing and adaptations with
Optional 3 An introduction to the paradigm shifts from conventional emphasis on play construction, character development,
BMS333 Radio Documentary Writing & to the actor, dancer and musicianís Theatre. The course dialogue, and mood.
Production Optional 3 is geared towards nurturing the talents of emerging
BMS334 TV and Video Documentary Writing & Theatre practitioners and to focus the studentsí natural Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills;
Production Optional 3 sense of play on the creative process of Theatre. This Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving
DTB312 Aesthetics Optional 3 course will enable students to understand the concepts skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship and
EPP302 Practical Skills in Teaching of Art techniques used in the devising plays, and facilitation of employability skills; skills and information literacy; Cross-
Optional 3 community-Theatre. Students will acquire workshopping cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical standards.
GEC300 GEC 2 skills in creating independent plays, while providing
GEC300 GEC 2 them with fresh insights into collaborative and ensemble Mode of Assessment
HEE358 Fashion and Society Optional 3 playing. 30% coursework
HEE359 Design Fundamentals Optional 3 70% Exam [original one-act play]
MKT304 Advertising (Prerequisite: MKT200) Outcomes: Information and communication technology
Optional 3 knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning PRODUCTION WORKSHOP I LEVEL 2 [OPTIONAL]
POP302 Research Methods Optional 3 Credits skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- 6 CREDITS
ALL454 Childrenís Traditions and Dramatics solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship This intensive workshop course introduces students
Optional 3 and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork to the processes of working with a scripted play and
BMS424 Radio Drama Script-writing & Production skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social preparing the play for performance. Students will engage
Optional 3 responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; in text analysis, social research, creative interpretation,
GEC400 GEC2 Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical rehearsals and then performance. This is a course for
GEC400 GEC 2 standards. performers, designers, and directors.
HEE457 History and Conservation of Textiles
Optional 3 Mode of Assessment Outcomes: Information and communication technology
PHR424 Movement & Creative Dance Technique 30% coursework knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning
Optional 3 70% exam skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-
NOTE solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship
All optional courses from other Departments are existing and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork
courses.
157
skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social from contemporary dramatic literature. This is a course skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-
responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; for actors, dancers and physical performers and as such solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship
Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical will uncover a performerís physical personality and and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork
standards. presence on stage, to prepare work using the body as skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social
an intuitive and symbolizing instrument. Students taking responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills;
Mode of Assessment this course will also explore Physical Theatre forms and Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical
30% coursework approaches. standards.
70% Practical exam
Outcomes: Information and communication technology Mode of Assessment
THEATRE HISTORY I [1642-1800] LEVEL 2 [OPTIONAL] 3 knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning 30% coursework
CREDITS skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- 70% Practical exam
This is a follow-up on the Theatre History course in Level I. solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship
this course specifically tracks the historical development and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork DRAMATIC LITERATURE [AFRICA] LEVEL 3
of British Theatre and drama from the Middle Ages to skills; Research skills and information literacy; [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS
1800, the Spanish Theatre to 1700, and Theatre in France Interpersonal skills; and Cross-cultural fluency. This course focuses on the history and development of
1500-1700. drama in Africa. Dramatic literature refers to the texts of
Mode of Assessment plays that can be read, as distinct from being seen and
Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; 30% coursework heard in performance. Therefore, drama will be studied
Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving 70% Practical exam primarily as a literary form but attention will also be
skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship and given to placing the drama in the Theatre and cultural
employability skills; Research skills and information AMERICAN THEATRE [20-21st CENTURY] LEVEL 3 [CORE] milieu from which it developed. Authors to be studied
literacy; Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and 3 CREDITS will include, for instance, Soyinka, J.P. Clark, Wilde, Shaw,
ethical standards. This course focuses on the development of the American Aidoo, Fugard etc.
Theatre from the 20th to the 21st century, paying
Mode of Assessment attention to the changing conditions of the Theatre in Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical
40% coursework the United States and other American nations. Topics and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving skills;
60% Written exam include black Theatre, Womenís Theatre, off-Broadway Entrepreneurship and employability skills; Research skills
and Minority Theatre. It examines the plays as theatrical and information literacy; and Cross-cultural fluency.
THEATRE IN AFRICA LEVEL 2 [CORE] 3 CREDITS experiences to such aspects as staging, acting, lighting
This course explores the nexus between history, culture and music and the responses of American drama to Mode of Assessment
and identity in African performance. The course raises changing social and political thought in the Americas. 40% coursework
questions about representation and the production of 60% Practical exam
theatrical knowledge within and across African cultures. Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical
While play-texts dealing with cultural practices, history, and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving skills; PLAY BACK THEATRE LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS
politics, religion and social problems plaguing the Entrepreneurship and employability skills; Research skills This course will place Playback Theatre in a literary
African continent will be studied, in-depth historical and information Interpersonal skills; and Cross-cultural and historical context as a modern development of
and sociological studies of indigenous forms of drama in fluency. oral traditional ceremonial ritual. Students will learn
Africa will also be surveyed. about stories and how they work; about the history
Mode of Assessment of the approach and its comparison to Theatre of the
Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; 40% coursework oppressed, Theatre for development, and other forms of
Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving 60% Written exam interactive Theatre; and about the underlying theories of
skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship and respect for persons and positive social change on which
employability skills; Research skills and information it is based. The basic forms of Playback Theatre will be
literacy; Interpersonal skills; and Cross-cultural fluency. DESIGN AND TECHNICAL THEATRE II LEVEL 3 taught experientially, and students will practice the roles
[OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS of actor, musician, conductor, and teller. Also introduced
Mode of Assessment This course is a follow-up to Design and Technical Theatre will be the group dynamics necessary for successful
40% coursework I. in this course the techniques involved in costume, light, encounters with community audiences.
60% Written exam set, and sound designing for the Theatre are taken to
a higher level. Productions currently being presented at Outcomes: Information and communication technology
THEATRE IN BOTSWANA [POPULAR THEATRE] LEVEL 2 the University will serve as the sources for study. knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning
[CORE] 3 CREDITS skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-
This course is a continuation of Theatre in Botswana at Outcomes: Information and communication technology solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship
Level 1. The course will now take a more detailed look knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork
at popular performances and Theatre-for-Development skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social
in Botswana. solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills;
and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical
Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical skills; Research skills and information literacy; standards.
and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving skills; Interpersonal skills; and Cross-cultural fluency.
Communication skills; Research skills and information Mode of Assessment
literacy; Interpersonal skills; and Cross-cultural fluency. Mode of Assessment 30% coursework
30% coursework 70% Practical exam
Mode of Assessment 70% Practical exam
40% coursework PLAYWRITING II LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS
60% Written exam DIRECTING I LEVEL 3 [CORE] 3 CREDITS This course continues, at an advanced level, the
This is an introductory practical course in directing playwriting course in Level 2. At this level the techniques
ACTING, MOVEMENT AND MIME II LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 plays and an analysis of skill and role of the director. of writing other forms such as Film, Radio and TV scripts
CREDITS: PREREQUISITE: ACTING, The course will explore script analysis, casting, staging, will be added to the course.
MOVEMENT AND MIME I space, composition, movement, picturization, rhythm
A more advanced course on acting, movement, and and tempo of actors, and scripts. Special emphasis will Students will be expected to write a short play loosely
mime for the stage. This course continues development be on directing the one-act play. based on an existing classic from which they write their
of skills acquired in Acting, Movement and Mime I. Helps own ñ fresh, relevant and personal - new, full-length
students develop believable characters while working on Outcomes: Information and communication technology play. The idea behind this approach is two-fold. Firstly, it
acting, movement and mime exercises and duet scenes knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning gives the writers a sense of complete creative freedom,
158
along with the security of a failsafe structure. Secondly, exploration, as well as providing a conceptual framework ADVANCED DIRECTING LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS
through the deep investigation of a classic work, the for Theatre research in modern European drama. This course is an advanced exploration of the directing
writers absorb an understanding of how all the elements process. This course is the principal training forum for
of drama are effectively employed. Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; the directing specialization. It is a rigorous practicum
Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving that hones the vision of each student-director. Each
Outcomes: Information and communication technology skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship and directing student will analyze a play script to uncover
knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning employability skills; Research skills and information dramatic events, beats, dramatic structure, spine or
skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- literacy; and Cross-cultural fluency. through-line, and inciting incident which will culminate
solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship in the performance of a full-length play by each student
and employability skills; Research skills and information Mode of Assessment offering this course.
literacy; and Cross-cultural fluency. 40% coursework
60% Written exam Outcomes: Information and communication technology
Mode of Assessment knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning
30% coursework THEATRE IN AFRICA II LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-
70% Exam [original multi-scene play] This course is an extension of Theatre in Africa I. the solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship
course seeks to imbue students with knowledge of and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork
STAGE MANAGEMENT LEVEL 3 [CORE] 3 CREDITS drama, thematic concerns, and theatrical practices skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social
This course deals with the techniques and conventions [performance mode and styles] as they obtain in West responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills;
commonly in use for staging the production, planning, and east Africa from pre-colonial days to the present. Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical
rehearsals, coordinating, technical requirements, and Play-texts which explore African problems from the standards.
professional standards expected in staging a production. colonial period to the present will be studied.
Mode of Assessment
Outcomes: Outcomes: 30% coursework
Information and communication technology knowledge Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical and creative 70% Practical exam
and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; thinking skills; Problem-solving skills; Entrepreneurship
Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving and employability skills; Research skills and information DESIGN AND TECHNICAL THEATRE III LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL]
skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship and literacy; and Cross-cultural fluency. 3 CREDITS
employability skills; Organizational and teamwork A study of the technical aspects of Theatre including set,
skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social Mode of Assessment properties construction, scene designing and painting,
responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; 40% coursework costumes construction, lights and sound design at an
Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical 60% Written exam much advanced level. This course will also include script
standards. analysis, the creation of floor plans, elevated drawings
THEATRE IN BOTSWANA [THEATRE AND THE MASS of stage sets, construction of a stage model, lighting
Mode of Assessment MEDIA] LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS plot, phases of costume design, analysis of characters,
30% coursework The focus of this course will be contemporary Theatre and period research. Students specialize in one of the
70% Practical exam in Botswana, taking particular look at Botswana Theatre following areas: costume/make-up, lighting, or set
and the mass media - television drama; video drama/ design. Each specialization offers students an opportunity
THEATRE ETHICS LEVEL 3 [CORE] 3 CREDITS movie. to receive an advanced hands-on training and contribute
This course will examine a series of contemporary to a range of staged theatrical productions.
plays and Theatre productions in relation to the ethics Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical
of representation. It will explore the writerís or the and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving skills; Outcomes: Information and communication technology
directorís responsibilities in staging the self and the Entrepreneurship and employability skills; Research skills knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning
other in Theatre and the strategies they adopt to and information literacy; and Cross-cultural fluency. skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-
highlight and problematize this process. By combining solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship
theoretical, textual and performance analysis, the course Mode of Assessment and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork
will engage with debates surrounding, for instance, 40% coursework skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social
alterity, community research, consent, cultural and 60% Written exam responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills;
autobiographical memory, defamation, intellectual Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical
property rights, representation of violence, sexuality, and ACTING, MOVEMENT AND MIME III LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] standards.
trauma in Theatre. The course will also look at concepts 3 CREDITS: PREREQUISITE: ACTING, MOVEMENT AND
such as meta-Theatre and the role of the author in the MIME II Mode of Assessment
Theatre text as well as practices that aim to embody A much more advanced course on acting, movement, and 30% coursework
ethical positions in and through performance. Theatre mime for the stage. This course continues development 70% Practical exam
Ethics will combine the pleasure and excitement of of skills acquired in Acting, Movement and Mime II. Helps
attending live Theatre, with the challenge of exploring students develop believable characters while working on DRAMA-IN-EDUCATION LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS
and discussing the principles that frame moral choice. acting, movement and mime exercises and duet scenes This course introduces Drama-in-Education as a
from contemporary dramatic literature. The students methodology for learning. It enables communication
Outcomes: Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- offering this course will form the core of actors for between individuals exploring person to person
solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship students offering Advanced Directing. experiences. Drama brings people in touch with play,
and employability skills; Research skills and information improvisation, group interaction, role play and creative
literacy; Interpersonal skills; Cross-cultural fluency; Outcomes: Information and communication technology problem solving. While the Drama-in-Education course
Accountability and ethical standards knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning will consist mainly of practical and experiential work,
skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- there will also be an important theoretical aspect
Mode of Assessment solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship included.
70% coursework and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork
30% exam skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social Outcomes: Information and communication technology
responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning
THEATRE HISTORY: EUROPE LEVEL 3 [OPTIONAL] 3 Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-
CREDITS standards. solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship
This course surveys the heritage and beginning of modern and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork
European drama, investigating significant movements Mode of Assessment skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social
and key personalities in Theatre practice from 1875- 30% coursework responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills;
1915. This course will provide a theoretical base for the 70% Practical exam
159
Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical costs, and dealing with publishers and agencies. Regional Theatre organization and participates in work practices.
standards. Theatre problems are analyzed. This course will, therefore,
focus on the business of Theatre, administration, Outcomes: Information and communication technology
Mode of Assessment budgeting, feasibility studies, funding, publicity/ knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning
30% coursework promotion, master scheduling, and event handling. skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-
70% Practical exam solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship
Outcomes: Information and communication technology and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork
DRAMATIC LITERATURE II [EUROPE] LEVEL 4 knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social
[OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills;
This course is a continuation of the introductory work solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical
done in third year at an advanced level. This course and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork standards.
will entail detailed study of dramatists and play texts. skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social
Among the dramatists to be studied will be Aeschylus, responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; Mode of Assessment
Sophocles, Euripides, Menander, Seneca, the Wakefield Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical 100% coursework
Master, Marlowe, Shakespeare, Ben Jonson, Lope de standards.
Vega, Moliere, Racine, Dryden, and Congreve. DEVELOPMENT THEATRE I LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL]
Mode of Assessment 3 CREDITS
Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical 30% coursework This course introduces students to the concept of Theatre
and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving skills; 70% Practical exam as an instrument of conscientization and empowerment
Entrepreneurship and employability skills; Research skills for the socially deprived communities. In this course,
and information literacy; and Cross-cultural fluency. THEATRE AND SOCIETY IN AFRICA [SPECIAL AUTHOR] Theatre will be approached an agent of integrated rural
LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS development used as a method for non-formal adult
Mode of Assessment This course provides the students the opportunity of education in rural and marginalized areas. The course
40% coursework studying in depth the work of a particular African author. will enable students to perceive the relationship between
60% Practical exam The author, content bibliography and mode of teaching popular Theatre and non-formal education as it will
this course will be determined from time to time as be anchored on the grassroots approach to education
PLAYWRITING III LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS circumstances allow. The study of such an author affords and development. The course will also train students to
In Playwriting III [Advanced playwriting] each student is the students the opportunity of also surveying the role become catalysts and participants in rural development.
expected to produce a full-length play of any style. This of African Theatre and playwrights in their engagement
course is for the student who has developed experience with the nagging problems of the environment and Outcomes: Information and communication technology
in creating a narrative presentation, this course will cultural super-structures, including econo-political knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning
further the study of the dramatic structure of short and conditions in African societies. This course responds to skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-
full length plays, screenplays, and teleplays. This course the growing awareness of the contributions, and impact solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship
focuses on the writing of an original full-length play. of Theatre on African societies and arms students with and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork
the tools of theatrical/dramatic criticism of society. skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social
Outcomes: Information and communication technology responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills;
knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical
skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving standards.
solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship and
and employability skills; Research skills and information employability skills; Research skills and information Mode of Assessment
literacy; and Cross-cultural fluency. literacy; and Cross-cultural fluency. 100% coursework
DEVELOPMENT THEATRE II LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL]

Mode of Assessment Mode of Assessment 3 CREDITS
30% coursework 40% coursework The course is aimed at applying the theories and skills
70% Exam [original multi-scene play] 60% Written exam of Theatre for Development acquired in Development
Theatre I. Students in group of 3-4, find a development
SENIOR PROJECT LEVEL 4 [CORE] 6 CREDITS THEATRE AND TOURISM LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] partner such as a Non-Government or Community
In this course each student majoring in Theatre will write 3 CREDITS Organisation with which it develops a strategy for using
a proposal on any chosen topic on any of the major This course will focus on the role of Theatre in promoting theatre as a method of developmental communication.
areas of Theatre. After writing the proposal students can tourism in Botswana by exploring ways of matching The students create a project proposal and apply it
then either choose to carry out a practical project on the touristsí actual experiences of the destination with through research, devising of a play, performance and
topic, or complete a full-length essay on the topic. the image and expectations created by the Theatre. evaluation.
This course will also explore not only issues of basic Mode of Assessment
Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; satisfaction, but also of authenticity, changes in culture, 50% coursework
Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving heritage interpretation, and presentation. This course 50% practical examination
skills; Information and communication technology will involve the students working with communities to
knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning produce plays or devising plays for communities. THEATRE HISTORY: ASIA LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL]
skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- 3 CREDITS
solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship Outcomes: Information and communication technology This course will explore the history and origins of
and employability skills; Research skills and information knowledge and skills; Self-directed, lifelong learning the major forms of Asian Theatre, performance and
literacy; Social responsibility and leadership skills; Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem- production style and practices of both the traditional
skills; Interpersonal skills; Cross-cultural fluency; solving skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship Asian Theatre and the contemporary theatrical trends
Accountability and ethical standards. and employability skills; Organizational and teamwork and influences with the objective of exposing students
skills; Research skills and information literacy; Social to, and broadening their appreciation of, the theatrical
Mode of Assessment responsibility and leadership skills; Interpersonal skills; arts of Asia. This course will also identify the similarities
100% coursework Cross-cultural fluency; Accountability and ethical and the differences between the various Asian theatrical
standards. Mode of Assessment 60% coursework 40% forms, and explore the influences of western style
THEATRE ADMINISTRATION LEVEL 4 [OPTIONAL] 3 Practical exam Theatre on Asian theatrical practices, and the significant
CREDITS influences of Asian Theatre on the west.
This course is designed to study the tools of Theatre THEATRE ATTACHMENT LEVEL 3 [CORE] 3 CREDITS
management and producing, box office, price and A one month internship in a Theatre company during Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills;
percentages, publicity, pro-motion, and production which the student observes and becomes familiar with Critical and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving
skills; Communication skills; Entrepreneurship and
160
employability skills; Research skills and information
literacy; Social responsibility and leadership skills;
Interpersonal skills; and Cross-cultural fluency.
Mode of Assessment
40% coursework
60% Practical exam
THEORIES OF MODERN DRAMA [1920-PRESENT] LEVEL 4

[OPTIONAL] 3 CREDITS
The course involves the study of the major modern
theories and developments that have shaped the
Twentieth Century Theatre from 1920 to the present.
Students will be trained to become familiar with modern
and experimental developments of Theatre and drama.
Outcomes: Self-directed, lifelong learning skills; Critical

and creative thinking skills; Problem-solving skills;
Entrepreneurship and employability skills; Research skills
and information literacy; and Cross-cultural fluency.
Mode of Assessment
40% coursework
60% Written exam
Career opportunities Bachelor of fine Arts (Theatre).

1. Acting for stage radio or video
2. Advertising
3. Communication industries
4. Community Cultural Development Indus
tries
5. Correctional Facilities
6. Dance Industries
7. Design Industries
8. Education (formal & informal)
9. Entertainment Industries
10. Film Industries
11. Mass media Industries
12. Public Relations firms
13. Research (especially action research)
14. Script-writing
15. Theatre Industries
16. Tourism Industries
161
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
Anaesthesia & Critical Care Medicine Biomedical Sciences Emergency Medicine
Family Medicine & Public Health Medicine Internal Medicine Medical Education
Obstetrics and Gynaecology Paediatrics & Adolescent Health Pathology
Psychiatry Radiology Surgery
Ag. DEAN
Prof. D. Ramogola-Masire
BMedSci(Uni of Nottingham), BMBS (Uni of Nottingham), FCOG
(RSA), MSC-Public Health (Uni of London)
Ag. DEPUTY DEAN
Dr. J. Masunge
MBChB (Glasgow), DCH, FC Paeds (RSA)
Mr. M. Mogalakwe (BA, PGDE (UB), PGC-ERM (BAC))
HR MANAGER
Mr. N.A. Nkanga (BA, MLIS (UB) MSc HRM (Cardiff))
162
DEPARTMENTS The learning framework in Year 5 is largely contact
with a wide variety of patients through an “assistant
- Students who are ill and whose illness causes
them miss a required session, an examination, a
intern scheme”. The PBL process continues but the summative assessment, or a submission date must
1. Anaesthesia & Critical Care Medicine
emphasis changes to consider broader issues of patient inform the Phase I coordinator or your facilitator
2. Biomedical Sciences
management. Apart from the PBL sessions (which should and provide a doctor’s certificate as soon as possible.
3. Emergency Medicine
as much as possible be on real patients), the tutor’s role If their absence is prolonged (more than 1 week), if
4. Family Medicine & Public Health Medicine
should concentrate on observation of and feedback on they are repeatedly absent, or if their illness causes
5. Internal Medicine
the student-patient encounter rather than on transfer of them to request a suspension of their studies they
6. Medical Education
factual information which the students can find out for should ask their doctor to provide more detailed
7. Obstetrics and Gynaecology
themselves with appropriate guidance. Students must information to the Phase I coordinator.
8. Paediatrics & Adolescent Health
keep a record of skills they have acquired which has been • If a student is unable to meet the required minimum of
9. Anatomical Pathology
signed off by a senior member of staff. 80% attendance of contact sessions in any course
10. Psychiatry
due to exceptional or extenuating circumstances,
11. Radiology
Special Regulations of the Faculty of Medicine for the the candidate may be admitted in the end-of-
12. Surgery
MBBS Programme course and end-of-year examination provided
The important requirements to note for students reading that the Dean had been notified in writing (with
Entry Requirements to the Bachelor of Medicine Bachelor
for Bachelor of Medicine Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS): copies to the Phase I coordinator and Head(s) of
of Surgery (MBBS) Programme
1. Students needs to pass Continuous Assessment (CA) department concerned) within 48 hours of the
There is no direct entry into the Bachelor of Medicine
to be allowed to sit for the Final Examination. event. Such a letter should describe the nature of
Bachelor of Surgery programme at Faculty of Medicine.
2. Students are required to score 50% and above in the the circumstance. In all cases, the department(s)
The only opportunity for an applicant to be considered
Final Examination to pass a course. concerned should advise on the preparedness of the
directly is when they have attained Advanced levels
candidate to sit for the exam or be considered for a
(A-levels), BSc year 1 or equivalent be it in Botswana or
ASSESSMENT AND ACADEMIC PROGRESSION special examination.
abroad.
REGULATIONS • If a student has met all the requirements in any
1.0 Regulations Guiding Assessments in Phase I of the course, but is unable to sit for the end-of-course
Admission to the Faculty of Medicine
MBBS Programme or end-of-year examination due exceptional or
The University of Botswana selects students to enter the
extenuating circumstance (bereavement, ill health
medical degree programme in August, over May, June and
1.1 Senate’s General Academic Regulations or other circumstances that may cause emotional
July. Students seeking admission must apply immediately
• The Senate’s General Academic regulations of the trauma), for which the Dean has been duly notified,
when the announcement is made. These students will be
University of Botswana (modified where necessary the candidate can apply to be considered for a
selected on the basis of their year one results in BSc,
to accommodate the peculiarities of assessment in special end-of-course or end-of-year examination.
A’ level results or equivalent, followed by assessment
medical education), shall apply to all assessments in The special examination must take place before the
of their application form and interviews. Personal and
Phase I. beginning of the next academic year but not earlier
professional behaviours, academic performance and
• All assessments in the Phase I of the MBBS programme than 48 hours after the student is certified fit to sit
communication skills will be considered in the process.
shall be blueprinted to the three core themes of the for the examination.
Successful candidates will be immediately enrolled in
programme: • Once a student has sat for the end-of-course or end-
the Faculty of Medicine MBBS programme to begin the
- Medical and related science of-year examination, he or she may not afterwards
Phase I, Problem Based Learning (PBL) Curriculum.
- Doctor-patient relationship apply for a special examination on the basis of
- Public Health Medicine unforeseen circumstances.
Undergraduate Degree Programme
The undergraduate programme is five years in length and
1.2 Academic Year 1.4 Progression from Year to Year.
divided into two parts. Part One (Phase I of the MBBS
• The academic year in both years shall comprise 35 Progression through the Programme is dependent on a
programme) consists of 2 years in a fully integrated
teaching weeks, a one week of reading (revision) and student demonstrating the following:
curriculum of basic medical sciences within clinical PBL
three weeks to prepare for and undergo for a final • Suitable engagement with and application to the
cases and clinical skills teaching with regular clinical
integrated theory and practical examination. Programme, usually measured by attendance at
attachments. A 7 week Winter Semester has been added
• There shall be no semester courses in Phase I – courses classes and involvement in coursework.
to allow for the greater intensity of medical education
vary from 2-6 weeks in duration. The SOM courses • Sufficient progress in academic work and acquiring of
and Public Health training. The teaching methodology
in both years are assessed at the end of each course skills, usually measured by summative assessments
is based on body systems and includes plenary lectures,
(called ‘blocks’ in Phase I and ‘rotations’ in Phase To pass to the next stage of a student must:
PBL within small groups, workshops, with laboratories
II). However academic standing is determined and • Obtain at least 50% overall for each course and pass all
and clinical skills for practical learning. The curriculum is
progression decisions are made at the end of each courses in each stage
intended to have a strong focus on the community. It is
academic year. • Fulfil the attendance and performance requirements
flexible to meet the needs of both faculty and students,
within the Programme, including attendance at
and responds to changing health care demands of the
1.3 Attendance all PBL, clinical skills and clinical placement and
country. Design of the PBL content reflects the health
• Attendance of all contact sessions (PBL, clinical skills practical sessions. Attendance and engagement at
problems and resources of the community.
sessions, community placements, practical sessions, all these sessions will be recorded.
workshops and seminars) in all courses in Phase I
The second part, or the three subsequent Phase II years,
is compulsory. Students are expected to have 100% 1.5 Minimum Standardization Requirements (Standard
requires hospital and clinic rotations in the major
attendance during these contact sessions in each Setting)
disciplines. These experiences are enhanced with an
course. Students who have attended less than 80% • According to the Faculty of Medicine Regulations on
opportunity to explore community services and public
of the contact periods in any course(without valid assessment, both internal and external moderation
health efforts. Phase II of the programme consists of
reasons) will not be allowed to participate in the of assessment tasks shall occur.
Years 3-5. The students are exposed to learning in a
end-of-semester or end-of year examination in that • All written examination questions shall be internally
clinical context that eventually enables them to acquire
course and shall be awarded a zero mark in that moderated by a panel of examiners selected
the competencies for independent practice as graduates
particular examination. from the relevant disciplines. This panel will
of medicine at the end of their medical internship
• Absence and illness carry out a pre-assessment moderation of all the
programme. Acquiring most competencies in the clinical
- Students requiring leave of absence for any reason questions not later than 6 weeks before the date
years is progressive throughout the undergraduate life.
should seek permission in advance from the Phase I of the examination. In the case of the end-of-year
Therefore, the complete Phase II competencies can only
coordinator and should notify relevant tutors and integrated examination, all internally moderated
be fully assessed at the end of Year 5. This assessment is
their PBL facilitator. Students who have to be absent questions must also be externally moderated by
done in each of the 5 courses of that year and also in a
unexpectedly for an urgent reason should notify the an external examiner appointed by the Dean,
case-based fully integrated examination at the end of
Phase I coordinator who will offer any help s/he FOM on behalf of Senate, following departmental
the year.
can, and will inform relevant tutors of the student’s recommendation and endorsement of the Faculty
absence.
163
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
Board. The HOD (Biomedical Sciences) must ensure epidemiology and data and information search. and meet all the requirements including continuous
that the internally moderated questions are sent • An Anatomy/Histology spot test or practical exam also assessment and final examination for all courses
to their appointed external moderators not later providing 20%. for the repeat year. Any student who fails to obtain
than 4 weeks before the commencement of the • An Integrated Medical Science written exam: an a pass mark at the end of the repeat year shall be
examination. Such an external examiner shall serve integrated exam based on cases. This examination treated as in (1.7.3) above.
for three consecutive years and shall not be re- will contain material from all courses and all
appointed. The function of the external examiner programme themes. It will contain several types 1.7.5 Notwithstanding the forgoing Faculty of Medicine
shall be limited to the moderation of questions in of question format: multiple choice, extended special regulations on assessment in Phase I of
the end-of year integrated examinations in Phase I. matching, and very short answer questions. The the MBBS programme, Senate has the power to
• After each end-of-course or end-of-year examination written examinations will provide 60% of the final overrule any of the regulations. In such cases, the
has been marked the pass mark is calculated using mark for the course. Senate General regulations on assessment shall
the modified Cohen method and individual student supersede the provisions of any or all sections of the
marks adjusted accordingly. A student must attain/achieve a minimum mark of 50% regulations set forth in this document.
in each component to pass these courses. There shall
1.6.0 Assessment be no compensation of marks from one component 2.0 Regulations Guiding Assessments in Phase II of the
to the other. All examination questions in all the MBBS Programme
1.6.1 Continuous Assessment for non-Public Health courses shall be externally moderated by external
Medicine Courses examiners appointed by the Senate of the University 2.1 Senate’s General Academic Regulations
Assessment of students’ progress shall be on a of Botswana. • The Senate’s General Academic regulations of the
continuous basis. Formative assessment shall take University of Botswana (modified where necessary
place formally as well as informally throughout 1.6.4 Assessment for Public Health Medicine Courses to accommodate the peculiarities of assessment in
each course. Continuous assessment shall carry 40% (SOM 208 and SOM 308) medical education), shall apply to all assessments in
of the year mark in each course. The following shall In the Public Health Medicine courses there is no Phase II.
form the components of continuous assessment in continuous assessment mark. A final course mark is • All assessments in the Phase II of MBBS programme
each course: allocated at the end of the course from the following shall be blueprinted to the three core themes of the
• PBL assessment: this is made up of an assessment components: a written group project report; a group programme:
of each student’s performance in PBL sessions as project presentation; a group poster presentation; - Medical and related science
judged by the facilitator individual performance in an online Ethics course; a - Doctor-patient relationship
• Biopractical/workshop/seminar write-ups or oral personal reflection; and an individual attendance and - Public Health Medicine
presentations participation mark.
• Other forms of work suitable for assessment. 2.2 Academic Year
Each component of the examination must be passed • The academic year shall comprise 40 teaching weeks,
Final continuous assessment marks must be ready and in all courses. There shall be no compensation of marks a one week of reading (revision) and two weeks of
be forwarded to the Phase I coordinator not later than from one component to the other. All examination examination.
one week after the course. The Board shall consider and questions in all the courses shall be externally moderated • All courses in Phase II shall be yearlong courses and
formally issue progress reports on each student during by external examiners appointed by the Senate of the progression decisions shall only be made at the end
the following meeting of the Board after each course. University of Botswana. of the year. There shall be no semester courses and
academic standing is determined at the end of the
A student is expected to have a minimum mark of (50%) 1.7.0 Re-assessment Opportunity academic year.
in the continuous assessment (20 marks out of 40) to be
in academic good standing. Any student who fails the The following regulations shall apply to students who fail 2.3 Attendance
continuous assessment shall not be admitted to the end- to obtain pass marks at the first assessment opportunity: • Attendance of all contact sessions (clinical
of-course year examination. The format of continuous ward work, PBL, whole class lectures, community
assessment shall be the same for all the non-Public 1.7.1 A student who fails to obtain a pass mark in up placements, tutorials and others as may be
Health Medicine courses in Phase I. to two courses (40% of attempted year credits), determined by the department) in all courses in
shall apply for supplementary examination in the Phase II is compulsory. Students are expected
1.6.2 End-of-Course Examinations for non-Public Health failed courses. The mark for the reassessed courses to have 100% attendance during their clinical
Medicine Courses shall be recorded as the minimum required for the work and community programmes. Students
• For each course in both year of Phase I assessments student to pass if the student scores higher than who have attended less than 80% of the contact
take place in the form of a written examination this. However, if a student obtains a lower mark periods in any course (without valid reasons) will
taking place in the last week of the course, which after being reassessed, the initial mark obtained in not be allowed to participate in the end-of-year
shall carry 60% of the year mark. the end-of-year examination shall be recorded as examination in that course and shall be awarded
• The examination will consist of MCQs, EMIs and short the final mark. The continuous assessment marks zero mark in that particular examination. They will
answer questions. The examinations will normally be for any student supplementing a course shall count have to repeat the clinical rotation period in that
two hours long but could be longer or shorter for in the final computation of the year mark. course and meet up the minimum 80% attendance
courses of non-standard length. before being assessed.
1.7.2 A student who supplements a course and fails to • If a student is unable to meet the required minimum of
1.6.3 ‘Integrated Medical Science’ Courses (SOM 209 and obtain a pass mark shall repeat the year of study. 80% attendance of contact sessions in any course(s)
SOM 310) Such a student must repeat all the courses for that due to exceptional or extenuating circumstances,
At the beginning of the winter semester in each year in year and meet all requirements for that year before the candidate may be admitted in the end-of-
Phase I a course with this name will be presented. being admitted to the ‘Integrated Medical Science’ year assessment provided that the Dean had been
Each will be three weeks long, providing a one course and examination. notified in writing (with copies to the Phase II
week revision period and a two week examination coordinator and Head of Department concerned)
period. These courses will take place after all system 1.7.3 A student who fails to obtain a pass mark at the within 48 hours of the event. Such letter should
based courses have been completed but before the end of a repeat year shall be discontinued from the describe the nature of the circumstance. In all cases,
community attachment courses are taken. Students MBBS programme. A student who is discontinued the department concerned should advice on the
will be required to pass these courses in each year in from the MBBS programme shall not be eligible for preparedness of the candidate to sit for the exam or
order to proceed to the next year of the programme. re-admission into the programme. Such a student be considered for a special examination.
The assessment of these courses will contain no may apply to another programme for which the • If a student has made all the requirements in any
continuing assessment (CA) component, but 3 student qualifies. course(s), but is unable to sit for the end-of-year
exams in the following format: examination due exceptional or extenuating
• An objective structured clinical exam (OSCE) providing 1.7.4 A student who fails up to 3 or more courses in the circumstance (bereavement, ill health or other
20% of the final mark for the course. This exam year (up to 50% or more of the year attempted circumstances that may cause emotional trauma)
assesses basic communication and physical skills credits), shall repeat the year of study. Such a for which the Dean has been duly notified, the
using patients (normal/simulated), biostatistics, student must repeat all the courses for the year candidate can apply to be considered for a special
164
end-of-year examination. The special examination This shall carry 10% of the continuous assessment hour 30 mins)
must take place before the beginning of the next mark.
academic year but not earlier than 48 hours after Workplace-based assessment: this shall consist of mini- Each component of the examination must be passed.
the student is certified fit to sit for the examination. clinical examinations (mini-CEXs), direct observation There shall be no compensation of marks from one
• Once a student has sat for the end-of-year of practical skills – DOPS) etc. Each student must component to the other. All examination questions in
examination, he or she may not afterwards apply complete the number of procedures outlined in all the courses shall be externally moderated by external
for a special examination on the basis of unforeseen the department’s logbook. The procedures shall be examiners appointed by the Senate of the University of
circumstances. categorized into those observed (O), assisted in (A) Botswana.
or performed (P) by the student. This must be dated
2.4 Progression from year to year. and signed by the supervising clinician. Students are In Year 4, the following shall form the components of
A student must pass all the components of the expected to carry out 100% of the listed procedures the examination:
assessment (written, clinical etc.) and meet all the to be logged in as determined by the department
requirements for that year in all courses before before they can sit for the examination. This shall In clinical courses:
progressing to the next year of study. There shall carry 10% of the continuous assessment mark.
be no carry over. The pass mark shall be 50%. All • Formulation of management plan and evidence-based 2.6.3(ii) Written Examination
high stakes examinations shall undergo minimum decision making: This shall follow the student’s There shall be one written paper principally assessing
standardization before being administered, or patient presentations and will involve requisition understanding and application, comprising MCQs EMIs
during the examination in case of the clinical of laboratory or imaging procedures to aid the and SAQs worth 120 marks (2 hours) in each course.
component. diagnosis/management and interpretation of the This shall carry 20% of the year mark. All examination
same by the student etc. In all cases, the student questions shall be externally moderated by external
2.5 Minimum Standardization Requirements (Standard is expected to follow-up the patient until discharge examiners appointed by the Senate of the University of
Setting) or demise of the patient. In the latter case, if an Botswana.
• According to the Faculty of Medicine Regulations on autopsy is requested the student must attend the
assessment, both internal and external moderation autopsy session and write down the findings as part 2.6.3(iii) Clinical Examination
of assessment tasks shall occur. of the documentation of the patient’s illness. This This shall normally be in the form of objective structured
• All written examination questions shall be internally shall carry 10% of the continuous assessment mark. clinical examination (OSCE).
moderated by a panel of examiners selected from • Engagement with the PBL process: All students are to There shall be a minimum (16 OSCE stations in all) for
the clinical specialties. This panel will carry out a be assessed during their PBL session for attendance, this part of the examination. The time allocation to each
pre-assessment moderation of all the questions contribution and reflective ability on each case. This station must be equal and it will range from a minimum
not later than 6 weeks before the date of the shall carry 10% of the continuous assessment mark. of 10 minutes to a maximum of 15 minutes per station.
examination. All internally moderated questions This shall carry 40% of the year mark. OSCE stations
must also be externally moderated by an external 2.6.2 Continuous Assessment (CA) in the Public Health assessing communication skills and professionalism must
examiner (in each course) appointed by the Dean, Medicine Course in Year 4 be included. All clinical examination shall be externally
FOM on behalf of Senate, following departmental The continuous assessment in Public Health Medicine moderated by the external examiners appointed by the
recommendation and endorsement of the Faculty will consist of student presentations on the field activity Senate of the University of Botswana. There shall be one
Board. All HODs must ensure that their internally (10%), personal reflection (10%) and report on the external examiner for each course.
moderated questions are sent to their appointed community project (20%).
external moderators not later than 4 weeks before In Year 5, the following shall form the components of
the commencement of the examination. Such an All continuous assessment (CA) marks must be ready and the examination:
external examiner shall serve for three consecutive be forwarded to the Phase II coordinator not later than
years and shall not be re-appointed. The function one week after the course. The Departmental Board shall 2.6.3(iv) Written Examination
of the external examiner shall be limited to consider and formally issue progress reports on each In each course there shall be one written paper
the moderation of questions in all high stakes student during the following monthly meeting of the principally assessing application, comprising MCQs EMIs
examination in Year 3. In Years 4 and 5 however the Board after each rotation. and SAQs worth 120 marks (2 hours). This shall carry
external examiner shall moderate the questions and 60% of the year mark. All examination questions shall be
be invited to examine in the clinical component of A student is expected to have a minimum mark of (50%) externally moderated by external examiners appointed
the examination. in the continuous assessment (20 marks out of 40) to by the Senate of the University of Botswana.
• After each end-of-course or end-of-year examination be in academic good standing. Any student who fails
has been marked the pass mark is calculated using the continuous assessment shall not be admitted to 2.6.4 Assessment in the Public Health Medicine Course
the modified Cohen method and individual student the end-of-year examination. The format of continuous (Rotation) in Year 4
marks adjusted accordingly. assessment shall be the same for all the clinical years. This assessment will consist of:
2.6.0 Assessment 2.6.3 End-of-Year Examinations in Clinical Courses 2.6.4(i) Continuous Assessment
There shall be an end-of-year examination which shall • Personal reflection (10%)
2.6.1 Continuous Assessment (CA) in Clinical Courses carry 60% of the year mark. Progression decisions • Presentations (10%)
Assessment of students’ progress in all three years of on each student shall only be made at the end • Project report (20%)
Phase II shall be on a continuous basis. Formative of the year. There shall be written and clinical
assessment shall take place informally all through components of the examination in all the core 2.6.4(ii) End-of-year Examination
the clinical rotation period in all the courses. Clinical clinical specialties except in Year 3 in which the • This shall consist of a 2hour paper which shall carry
instructors are expected to monitor each student’s end-of-year examination shall consist of two 60% of the year mark. The Examination paper shall be
performance in their courses through various written papers. There shall be no structured oral externally moderated.
methods such as case presentations, PBL sessions, (viva voce) examination.
workplace-based assessment etc. and promptly Each component of the assessment must be passed.
give feedback to the students on their level of In Year 3, the end-of-year examination shall consist of There shall be no compensation of marks from one to
performances. The continuous assessment shall the following components: the other. Students who fail to pass their CAs may not be
carry 40% of the year mark in each course (other admitted to the end-of-year examination.
than SOM 606 ‘Integrated Clinical Practice’ which 2.6.3(i) Written Examination:
carries no CA mark). The following shall form the It shall be administered in each course as follows: 2.6.5 Assessment of the Elective and Research Course
components to be assessed using the logbook: a. Knowledge and understanding paper: comprising (Rotation) in Year 4
MCQs and extended matching items (EMIs) worth The Elective and Research course shall be graded as pass
• Clerking and presentation of patients: Each student in 90 marks (1 hour 30 mins) in each course. or fail, in each of its two components:
the firm must clerk and present a minimum of one b. Key clinical features: short answer questions (SAQs) • At the end of the 6 week elective course, students are
case per week (assigned by the clinical instructor(s). around clinical presentations worth 90 marks (1 required to submit an individual 1500 word scientific
165
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
report on the project and/or what they studied recorded as the minimum required for the student SOM302 Infections; Viral, Bacterial and Parasitic
during the elective period under the guidance of a to pass if the student scores higher than this. Disease (6, pre-requisites SOM 201-SOM
designated supervisor(s). However, if a student obtains a lower mark after 208)
• At the end of the first 4 courses of the year (i.e. before being reassessed, the initial mark obtained in the SOM303 Pregnancy, Birth and Child Health (5, pre-
the 6 week Elective rotation commences) students end-of-year examination shall be recorded as the requisites SOM 201-SOM 208)
are required to submit a 3000 word report on the final mark. The course marks (CA) for any student SOM305 Cardiovascular and Respiratory System II
research project they have undertaken in small supplementing a course shall count in the final (5, pre-requisites SOM 201-SOM 208)
groups and under supervision throughout the year. computation of the year mark, in courses where CA
marks are used to compute a final mark. Semester 4
It is a requirement to pass both components of the SOM304 Urinary System II (2, pre-requisites
Elective and Research course before graduation. A formal 2.7.3 A student who supplements a course and fails to SOM201-SOM208)
report from the students’ supervisors shall be submitted obtain a pass mark shall repeat the year of study. SOM306 Muscular Skeletal System II
to the School of Medicine. Such a student must repeat all the courses for that (5, pre-requisites SOM201-SOM208)
year and meet all requirements for that year before SOM307 Nervous System and Special Senses II
2.6.6 Assessment of the Integrated Clinical Practice being admitted to the end-of-year examination. (3, pre-requisites SOM201-SOM208)
Course in Year 5 SOM309 Gastrointestinal Diseases (5, pre-requisites
This assessment shall not contain a continuous 2.7.4 A student who fails to obtain a pass mark at the SOM201-SOM208)
assessment (CA) component and shall consist of: end of a repeat year shall be discontinued from the
• Two fully integrated written papers. By ‘fully integrated’ MBBS programme. A student who is discontinued Second Winter Semester
is meant that the papers will be structured around from the MBBS programme shall not be eligible for SOM209 Integrated Medical Sciences II (3)
common clinical cases. Each of these ‘cases’ re-admission into the programme. Such a student SOM308 Community Attachment, Public Health
will contain questions related to the aetiology, may apply to another programme for which the Project II (3, pre-requisites SOM 201-SOM
presentation, diagnosis, management and/or student qualifies. 208)
prevention of the condition concerned, drawn
from a variety of relevant clinical and biomedical 2.7.5 A student who fails up to 3 or more courses in the PHASE II PROGRAMME – THREE YEARS
disciplines (including Pharmacology) as well as year (up to 50% or more of the year attempted
Public Health Medicine, Ethics, Forensic Medicine credits), shall repeat the year of study. Such a Year Three
and Toxicology. Together they will contribute 50% student must repeat all the courses for the year SOM402 Internal Medicine I (General)
to the final mark for the course. and meet all the requirements including continuous (8, prerequisites MBBS year 2 courses
• Two integrated OSCEs in the same format as described assessment before being admitted to the end of the SOM 301-SOM 309)
above. There shall be up to 16 OSCE stations repeat year examination. Any student who fails to SOM404 Family Medicine I (8, pre-requisites MBBS
altogether for this component of the examination obtain a pass mark at the end of the repeat year year 2 courses SOM 301-SOM 309)
(8 in each OSCE). Each shall be for a minimum of shall be treated as in 2.7.4 above. SOM405 Surgery I (General, Anaesthesiology)
10 minutes and a maximum of 15 minutes. Each (8, pre-requisites MBBS year 2 courses
station must be of the same time allocation. OSCE 2.7.6 Any student who repeats the final year and fails to SOM 301-SOM 309)
stations assessing ethics, communication skills and obtain a pass mark shall be discontinued from the SOM406 Obstetrics & Gynaecology I
professionalism must be included. Together they will MBBS programme as in 2.7.4 above. (8, prerequisites MBBS year 2 courses
contribute 50% to the final mark for the course. SOM 301-SOM 309)
2.7.7 Notwithstanding the forgoing Faculty of Medicine SOM407 Paediatrics & Adolescent Health I
All exams will be blueprinted according to given learning special regulations on assessment in Phase II of (8, prerequisites MBBS year 2 courses
outcomes. All written and clinical examinations shall the MBBS programme, Senate has the power to SOM 301-SOM 309)
be externally moderated by the external examiners overrule any of the regulations. In such cases, the
appointed by the Senate of the University of Botswana. Senate General regulations on assessment shall Year Four
There shall be one external examiner for this course. The supersede the provisions of any or all sections of the SOM502 Internal Medicine II: General Internal
written papers will be standard set using the modified regulations set forth in this document. Medicine, Infectious Diseases, Dermatology
Cohen method. Both the written exams and the OSCEs (8, pre-requisites SOM 402- SOM 407)
have to be passed to pass the course. This rotation has Internship SOM503 Electives and Research: Special Project
to be passed to pass the year. The usual regulations for Following graduation of their medical training with UB, (8, pre-requisites SOM 502, SOM 504,
supplementary examinations will be applied. doctors are expected to complete an internship before SOM 505, SOM 507)
being registered by the Botswana Health Professions SOM504 Psychiatry (8, pre-requisites SOM 402-
2.7.0 Re-assessment Opportunity Council (BHPC) as independent practitioners. SOM 407)
2.7.1 Supplementary Examination SOM 505 Public Health Medicine
Subject to the Senate General regulations on assessment PHASE I PROGRAMME (TWO YEARS) (8, pre-requisites SOM 402- SOM 407)
(section 00.95), and the Faculty of Medicine Special Semester 1 SOM507 Surgery II: Orthopaedics, Ophthalmology,
Regulations on assessment in the MBBS programme, SOM201 Foundations of Medicine (5) Otorhinolaryngology (8, pre-requisites
supplementary examination shall be held within six (6) SOM202 Cardiovascular and Respiratory Systems (5) SOM 402- SOM407)
weeks after the end-of-year examination result has SOM203 Gastrointestinal and Urinary systems (6)
been published and in any case, not later than the 3rd SOM205 Blood and Immune system (4) Year Five
week of July. The 6 weeks’ time shall be a remediation SOM602 Internal Medicine III (General)
period for the students who qualify for supplementary Semester 2 (8, prerequisites SOM 502-SOM 507)
examination at the end-of-year examinations in Years SOM204 Growth, Reproduction and Endocrine SOM603 Obstetrics & Gynaecology II
3, 4 and 5 – so too for the Integrated Clinical Practice system (6) (8, pre-requisites SOM 502-SOM 507)
course examination. Reassessment is only available for SOM206 Muscular Skeletal, Nervous System and SOM604 Paediatrics & Adolescent Health II,
up to two failed courses. Special Senses (6) (8, pre-requisites SOM 502-SOM 507)
SOM207 Psychological Health (5) SOM605 Family Medicine II (8, pre-requisites
The following regulations shall apply to students who SOM 502-SOM 507)
fail to obtain pass marks at the first assessment First Winter Semester SOM613 Surgery III: General, Anaesthesiology,
opportunity: SOM209 Integrated Medical Sciences I (3) Emergency Medicine (8, pre-requisites
SOM208 Community Attachment – Public Health (3) SOM 502-SOM 507)
2.7.2 A student who fails to obtain a pass mark in up to SOM606 Integrated Clinical Practice
two courses (40% of attempted year credits), shall Semester 3 (2, pre-requisites all SOM courses in Phase II)
apply for supplementary examination in the failed SOM301 Skin Pathology, Atherosclerosis and Cancer
courses. The mark for the reassessed courses shall be (5, pre-requisites SOM 201-SOM 208)
166
167
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
Biological Science Chemistry Computer Science Environmental Science
Geology Mathematics Physics
DEAN
Prof. J.R. Atlhopheng
B.Sc (East Anglia, UK)
MSc (London, Kings College, UK)

PhD (Wollongong, Australia)
L.M. Paledi
BA, MPA (UB)
MANAGER, HR
M. Segaetsho
MSc HRM (Salford, UK), BA Public Administration
and Political Science (UB)
168
FACULTY OF SCIENCE h) To conduct research in various fields of Science,
especially as they relate to Botswana;
g) Computer Studies
h) Fashion and Fabrics
i) Business Studies
Faculty of Science Special Regulations
i) To recommend to the Senate those students who have j) Home Management
qualified for the award of the following qualifications: k) Any other subject deemed appropriate by the
The mission of the Faculty of Science is to promote
the Diploma in Computer Studies, the Bachelor of Faculty of Science.
science with particular attention to the development of
Science (BSc) Degree and the Master of Science (MSc)
Botswana.
Degree. The MPhil and PhD Degree Programmes are 23.2.5 An applicant who has taken the relevant Advanced
now offered in most of the Departments. (A)-level or equivalent examinations and who
Towards achieving this mission, the Faculty shall promote
has attained a minimum of 1 E and 2 O’s in the
excellence in teaching and learning, research and service.
Special Regulations for the Faculty of Science relevant subjects may be admitted to a Bachelor
Subject to the provision of the General Academic of Science Degree Programme.
In teaching and learning the Faculty shall stimulate to
Regulation, the following Special Regulations in the
acquire and generate knowledge and skills in the various
Faculty of Science shall apply: 23.2.6 If an applicant has a Grade E or better at the
branches of science so that they will be both productive
Advanced (A)-level, or equivalent qualifications
in the workplace and develop attitudes that aim to
23.1 Programme Titles and Degrees in Science subjects, he/she may, subject to
make them possible members of society. In research the
• Bachelor of Science (Biological Sciences) the recommendation of the relevant Head of
Faculty shall endeavor to conduct both applied and pure
• Bachelor of Science (Chemistry) Department and approval of the Deputy Dean, be
research in Science subjects. The members of the Faculty
• Bachelor of Science (Computer Science) awarded credits and exempted from equivalent
shall aim to provide service in various capacities at both
• Bachelor of Science (Environmental Science) course(s) prescribed for a Degree Programme.
national and international levels.
• Bachelor of Science (Geology)
• Bachelor of Science (Mathematics) 23.3 Degree Structure
Introduction
• Bachelor of Science (Physics) 23.3.1 The single Major Programme shall be composed
The Faculty of Science compromises seven Departments
• BIS (Computer Information Systems) of core and optional courses from one subject, as
• Department of Biological Sciences
• Bachelor of Science (Computing with Finance) well as electives and General Education Courses.
• Department of Chemistry
• Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) In order to partially satisfy the requirement for a
• Department of Computer Science
Degree, a student must take and pass a minimum
• Department of Environmental Science
Graduate Programmes are offered in the Departments of 80 credits in the relevant subject.
• Department of Geology
of Computer Science, Biological Sciences, Chemistry,
• Department of Mathematics
Environmental Science, Geology, Mathematics and 23.3.2 The Combined Degree (Major/Minor) Programme
• Department of Physics
Physics. For Programme Titles, see departmental sections. shall be composed of core and optional courses
from 2 subjects, normally in the ratio of
Objectives of the Faculty
23.2 Entrance Requirements major:minor approximately 70-30, as well as
The objectives of the Faculty are:
23.2.1 Admission to Level 100 of the Bachelor of Science electives and General Education Courses. In order
a) To promote excellence in teaching and research service
Degree Programme shall be on the basis of to partially satisfy the requirements for a Degree,
performance in the Botswana General Certificate a student must take and pass a minimum of 56
b) To develop the critical abilities of students through the
of Secondary Education (BGCSE) examination, or credits from the major subject and a minimum of
Faculty of Science
its equivalent, in the Science subjects. Cut-off 24 credits from the minor subject.
points shall be determined by the Directorate of
c) To help students become responsible members of
Academic Services. 23.3.3 The Combined Degree (Major/Major) Programme
society through their education and proficiency in the
shall be composed of core and optional courses
various branches of Science;
23.2.2 Applications who register for the Bachelor of from 2 equally-weighted subjects that are
Science Degree Programmes shall fulfill the independently studies, as well as electives and
d) To cooperate with other faculties in the training of
following requirements: General Education Courses. In order to partially
various professionals. For example, in the Faculty of
a) To have taken at least 5 subjects, including satisfy the requirements for a Degree, a student
Education, students registered for the Bed (Science),
English Language and Mathematics at the must take and pass a minimum of 40 credits from
Bed (Secondary Education) and the Bed (Science
Botswana General Certificate of Secondary each of the 2 subjects.
Education) Degrees are taught all their Science
Education (BGCSE) examination or a 1 sitting
content by the Faculty of Science. BSc Degree
of its equivalent; 23.3.4 The Combined Degree (Multi-disciplinary)
holders do their Postgraduate Diploma in the Faculty
b) To have obtained a minimum grade of Pass in Programme shall be a Faculty-approved
of Education. Students registered for BEd(Sc), BNS
English Language; programme composed of core and optional
(Nursing Science), and BEd (Home Economics) are
c) To have obtained a minimum grade of Credit, or courses from more than 2 subjects, as well as
also taught their Science content by the Faculty of
its equivalent in Mathematics. electives and General Education Courses.
Science. In addition, the Faculty’s Department of
Environmental Science has been responsible for the
23.2.3 In addition to the above basic requirements, 23.3.5 In Semesters I and 2 of any Degree Programme
teaching of Environmental Science to students in the
applications for the Bachelor of Science offered in the Faculty of Science, each student
Faculty of Humanities, Education and Social Sciences;
Programmes must have the following: shall take courses in Mathematics as well as
a) A minimum grade of C, or its equivalent, in courses from 2 or, with the permission of the
e) To provide a firm Year 1 foundation in the basic
at least 2 of the following subjects: Physics, Deputy Dean, 3 subjects from the following:
Sciences for those students who transfer to other
Chemistry, Biology or: Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Geology and
Faculties, for example, to the Faculty of Agriculture
b) A minimum grade of BB, or its equivalent, in Statistics (where Statistics is a subject in the
to take the BSc(Agric) Degree, and those who transfer
Science: Double Award or its equivalent, or: Faculty of Social Sciences).
to the Faculty of Engineering and Technology to take
c) A minimum of A, or it’s equivalent in the subject
the BEng Degree;
Physical Science and C in Biology. 23.3.6 A student registered in the Combined Degree
Programme (Major/Major or Major/Minor shall
f) To provide a firm intellectual base for those students
23.2.4 The other qualifying subject must be one of carry out a Project in only one of his/her major
who are designated for transfer to other institutions
the following: subjects of study. The mode of assessment
to take programmes which are not offered in this
a) Development Studies shall be as prescribed under Special Department
University, for example, Medicine, Veterinary Science,
b) Literature in English Regulations.
Pharmacy;
c) Design and Technology
d) Agriculture 23.4 Assessment
g) To prepare its graduates for further study and post-
e) Art 23.34.1 Assessment shall be as prescribed in General
graduate work in various fields of Science;
f) Food and Nutrition Academic Regulation 00.8.
169
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
23.4.2 Performance in each course shall normally be Biological Sciences and another Science subject Students are also advised to take as electives CHE211
evaluated by the combination of continuous leading to the award of the degree of Bachelor of & CHE213 (Analytical Chemistry), CHE232 & CHE234
assessment and final examination marks in Science (B.Sc.). (Organic Chemistry) and CHE242 & CHE244 (Physical
which continuous assessment shall not exceed 50 (iv) Combined degree (Minor/Major) programme with Chemistry).
percent of the final grade. Any departure from Biological Sciences as the Minor leading to the
this ratio shall require the approval of the Faculty award of the degree of Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.). 2.1.3 Semesters 5 and 6
Board. Students must take BIO301, BIO307 and at least two
1.3 General Aim Optional Courses in Semester 5.
23.5 Progression from Semester to Semester The Department of Biological Sciences is convinced
23.5.1 At the end of each semester, a student’s progress that national development efforts in agriculture, Students must take BIO306, BIO308 and at least two
will depend on his/her cumulative GPA, in environment, health, industrial production, natural Optional Courses in Semester 6.
accordance with General Regulation 00.0 and any resources utilisation and management, tourism and
of the following recommendations may be made: others have biological components. Cognisant of this, 2.1.4 Semesters 7 and 8
a) Proceed (P), in accordance with General Regulation the Department aims to play a leading role in the Students must take BIO453 and at least 3 Optional
00.91; training of high quality personnel and independent Courses in semester 7.
b) Proceed with Probation (PP), in accordance with thinkers in various fields of Biological Sciences and its
General Regulation 00.92; applications. Students must take BIO454 and at least 3 Optional
c) Retake a course (R), in accordance with General Courses in semester 8.
Regulation 00.93; 1.4 Programme Objectives
d) Fail and Discontinue (FD), in accordance with (i) To provide effective teaching in Biological 2.1.5 Template for degree in Biological Sciences (Single
General Regulation 00.95. Sciences so as to produce competent Major)
graduates capable of functioning efficiently in
23.6 Award of Degree the workplace COURSE
23.6.1 To be awarded a Degree, a student must satisfy (ii) To offer training that will produce academics Semester 1
the appropriate provision of General Academic in the field of Biological Sciences willing and BIO111 Principles of Biology 4
Regulations 00.851 and 00.852. capable to further contribute to the subject CHE101 General Chemistry I 4
through independent research
23.6.2 The Degree shall be classified in accordance with (iii) To train graduates with capacity to apply Semester 2
the provisions of General Academic Regulation their acquired knowledge and skills to solving BIO112 Diversity of Plants & Animals 4
20.4, with the cumulative GPA computed in biological and related problems CHE102 General Chemistry II 4
accordance with General Regulation 00.86.
1.5 Entrance Requirements Semester 3
23.7 Special Regulations for the Master of Science Admission to the Biological Sciences shall be as specified BIO211 Cell Biology 3
Degree in the Faculty of Science Special Regulations. Entrance BIO214 Introduction to Mammalian Physiology 3
The Faculty of Science degree offers the Master requirements specific to particular programmes shall be BIO217 Animal Diversity 3
of Science Degree in Departments for which as specified under the specific programmes below. BIO218 Biology of Flowering Plants 3
such programmes have been approved. General
Regulation 40.0 and Special Departmental 2.0 Structure of the Programme Semester 4
Regulations shall apply. The Department of Biological Sciences shall: BIO212 Genetics 3
(i) Offer courses at levels 100 to 400 for the BIO213 Plant Structure & Function 3
23.8 Special Regulations for MPhil and PhD Degrees undergraduate programme BIO215 Principles of Ecology 3
23.8.1 The Faculty of Science offers the MPhil and (ii) From time to time, design and offer courses for BIO216 General Microbiology 3
PhD Degrees in Departments for which such specific needs of other Departments in the
programmes have been approved. General University provided there are no suitable courses Semester 5
Regulation 50.0 and Special Department already on offer. BIO301 Quantitative Biology 3
Regulations shall apply. (iii) Contribute to General Education Courses offered BIO307 Biochemistry 3
through the Faculty of Science. Optional 3
(iv) Offer a Single Major Degree programme as per Optional 3
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL Departmental Special Regulations 2.1.
SCIENCES (v) Offer a Combined Degree Major/Minor
programme as per Departmental Special
Semester 6
BIO306 Developmental Biology 3
Regulations 2.2. BIO308 Molecular Biology 3
Departmental Regulations For Undergraduate
(vi) Offer a Combined Degree Major/Major Optional 3
Degree Programmes
programme as per Departmental Special Optional 3
Regulations 2.3.
1.0 Preamble
(vii) Offer a Combined Degree Minor/Major programme Semester7
1.1 General Provisions
as per Departmental Special Regulations 2.4. BIO453 Research Proposal Writing (2)
Optional 3
Subject to the provisions of the General Academic
2.1 SINGLE MAJOR (Biological Sciences) Optional 3
Regulations and the Faculty of Science Special
To be admitted into the Single Major (Biological Sciences) Optional 3
programme, a student must have obtained at least Grade
shall apply.
C (GPA: 2.5) in both BIO111 and BIO112. Semester 8
BIO454 Research Project (4)
1.2 Programmes and Titles of Degrees
2.1.1 Semesters 1 and 2 Optional 3
The Department of Biological Sciences offers the
All students who wish to pursue the Biological Sciences Optional 3
following programmes leading to the award of the
programme as Single Major should, in addition to BIO111 Optional 3
mentioned degrees:
and BIO112, must take and pass CHE101 and CHE102.
(i) Single Major Programme leading to the award
2.2 COMBINED DEGREE (MAJOR/MINOR)
of the degree of Bachelor of Science (Biological
2.1.2 Semesters 3 and 4 To be admitted into the Combined degree (Major/Major)
Sciences, Single Major); B.Sc. (Biological Sciences).
Students must take BIO211, BIO214, BIO217 and BIO218 programme, a student must have obtained at least
(ii) Combined degree (Major/Minor) programme with
in Semester 3. Grade C (GPA: 2.5) in both BIO111 and BIO112.
Biological Sciences as the Major leading to the
Students must take BIO212, BIO213, BIO215 and BIO216
award of the degree of Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.).
in Semester 4.
(iii) Combined degree (Major/Major) programme with
170
2.2.1 Semesters 1 and 2 Students are also advised to take CHE101 and CHE102. BIO211 Cell Biology (prerequisites BIO111, BIO112)
All students who wish to pursue the Biological Sciences (pre-req.to BIO307 (3credits)
degree programme as a Major/Minor should, in 2.3.2 Semesters 3 and 4 BIO212 Genetics
addition to BIO111 and BIO112, must take and pass Students must take BIO211 or BIO212 and at least 1 (prerequisites BIO111& BIO112)
CHE101 and CHE102. outof BIO214, BIO217, and BIO218 in Semester 3. (pre-req.to BO308) (3)
Students must take BIO212 or BIO211 and at least 1 out BIO214 Introduction to Mammalian Physiology
2.2.2 Semesters 3 and 4 of BIO213, BIO215 and BIO216 in Semester 4. (prerequisites BIO111& BIO112)(pre.req.
Students must take BIO211 and at least 2 out of to BIO317) (3)
BIO214, BIO217, BIO218 in Semester 3. 2.3.3. Semesters 5 and 6 BIO216 Genera Microbiology
Students must take BIO212 and BIO215, and either Students must take BIO301 and/or BIO307 and/or 1 (prerequisites BIO111&BIO112) pre-req.to
BIO213 or BIO216 in Semester 4. Optional Course in Semester 5. BIO309, BIO310, BIO312, BIO416, BIO416,
Students must take BIO306 and/or BIO308 and/or 1 BIO418, BIO419, BIO420, BIO436) (3)
Students are also advised to take as electives CHE211 Optional Course in Semester 6. (also offered in semester 4)
& CHE213 (Analytical Chemistry), CHE232 & CHE234 BIO217 Animal Diversity (prerequisites BIO111 &
(Organic Chemistry) and CHE242 & CHE244 (Physical 2.3.4 Semesters 7 and 8 BIO112)(pre-req.to BIO315) (3)
Chemistry). Students must take at least 2 Optional Courses from BIO218 Biology of Flowering Plants
the Level 400 in each semester. One of the Optional (prerequisites BIO 111, BIO 112) (3)
2.2.3 Semesters 5 and 6 Courses may be BIO453 (Project proposal Writing) and
Students must take BIO301, BIO307 and at least 1 BIO454(Research Project) worth 3 credits each. Semester 4
Optional Course in Semester 5. BIO211 Cell Biology (prerequisites BIO111 & BIO112)
Students must take BIO306, BIO308 and at least 1 2.3.5 Template for Combined degree (Major/Major) (pre-req.to BIO307) (3) (also offered in
Optional Course in Semester 6. semester 3)
Semester 1 BIO212 Genetics (prerequisites BIO111&BIO112)
2.2.4 Semesters 7 and 8 BIO111 Principles of Biology 4 (pre-req.to BIO308) (3 credits) (also
Students must take BIO453 and at least 2 Optional offered in semester 3)
Courses in semester 7. Semester 2 BIO213 Plant Structure and Function
Students must take BIO454 and at least 2 Optional BIO112 Diversity of Plants & Animals 4 (prerequisites BIO111&BIO112) (pre-req.
Courses in semester 8. BIO111&BIO112) (pre-req.toBIO316) (3)
Semester 3 BIO215 Principles of Ecology
2.2.5 Template for Combined Degree (Major/Minor) BIO211 Cell Biology /BIO 212 Genetics 3 (prerequisites BIO111 & BIO112)
At least 1 out of BIO214, BIO217 and (pre-req. to BIO313, BIO314, BIO408,BIO409,
Semester 1 BIO218 3 BIO411,BIO412,BIO426, BIO429, BIO434) (3)
BIO111 Principles of Biology 4 BIO216 GeneralMicrobiology
CHE101 General Chemistry I 4 Semester 4 (prerequisites BIO111 & BIO112)
BIO212 Genetics /BIO 211 Cell Biology 3 (pre-req.to BIO309, BIO310, BIO312,
Semester 2 At least 1 out of BIO213, BIO215 and BIO216 3 BIO416, BIO418, BIO419, BIO420,
BIO112 Diversity of Plants & Animals 4 BIO420,BIO436) (3)
CHE102 General Chemistry II 4 Semester 5 (also offered in semester 3)
BIO301 or BIO307 or Optional 3
BIO211 Cell Biology 3 Semester 6 BIO301 Quantitative Biology (3)
At least 2 out of BIO214, BIO217 and BIO218 3 BIO306 or BIO308 or Optional 3 BIO307 Biochemistry (prerequisite to BIO308
and BIO417) (3)
Semester 4 Semester 7 BIO309 Mycology (prerequisite BIO216) (3)
BIO212 Genetics 3 Optional 3 BIO313 Dynamics of Savannah Ecosystems (pre
BIO215 Principles of Ecology 3 Optional 3 requisite BIO215) (3)
BIO315 Invertebrate Zoology(pre-req.to BIO421
Either BIO213 or BIO216 3 Semester 8 and BIO422) (3)
Optional 3 BIO316 Plant Physiology (prerequisite BIO213) (3)
Semester 5 Optional 3 BIO317 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology
BIO301 Quantitative Biology 3 (prerequisite BIO214) (3)
BIO307 Biochemistry 3 2.4 COMBINED DEGREE (MINOR/MAJOR)
Optional 3 Students who wish to take Biological Sciences as a Minor Semester 6
can take any 8 courses, each course worth 3 credit hours, BIO306 Developmental Biology (3)
Semester 6 as long as they satisfy prerequisites for the courses they BIO308 Molecular Biology
BIO306 Developmental Biology 3 select. (prerequisite to BIO417) (3)
BIO308 Molecular Biology 3 BIO310 Bacteriology (prerequisite BIO216) (3)
Optional 3 2.5 COURSE LIST WITH PREREQUISITES BIO311 Plant Systematics (3)
All courses are worth 3 credits each except BIO111, BIO112 BIO312 Virology (prerequisite BIO216) (3)
Semester 7 and BIO454 (worth 4 credits each), and BIO453 (worth BIO314 Conservation Biology
BIO453 Research Proposal Writing 3 2 credits). Students who wish to pursue Single Major, (prerequisite BIO215) (3)
Optional 3 Major/Minor or Major/Major in Biological Sciences must BIO318 Chordates (3)
Optional 3 take and pass BIO111 & BIO112. BIO412 Aquatic Biology (pre-req.BIOio215) (3)
BIO424 Vertebrate Structure (3)
Semester 8
BIO454 Research Project 3 Semester 1 Semester 7
Optional 3 BIO111 Principles of Biology (prerequisite to BIO403 Applied Botany (3)
Optional 3 Single Major, Major/Minor and Major) BIO409 Life History Strategies (pre-req BIO215) (3)
BIO417 Biotechnology (pre-req BIO307 &
2.3 COMBINED DEGREE (MAJOR/MAJOR) Semester 2 BIO308) (3)
2.3.1 Semesters 1 and 2 BIO112 Diversity of Animals and Plants (pre-req. BIO419 Medical Microbiology (pre-req BIO216) (3)
Students are required to take and pass BIO111 and to Single Major, Major/Minor) BIO421 Entomology(pe-req.BIO315) (3)
BIO112. Semester 3 BIO423 Exercise Physiology (3)
171
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
BIO425
BIO426
Parasitology(pre-req.BIO315) (3)
Behavioural Ecology(pre-req.BIO215) (3)
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY and 2 credits of Year Three practical.
BIO427 Evolution (3) COMMON FIRST YEAR PROGRAMME

BIO431 Plant Responses to Environmental Stress (3) Semester 1
Departmental Regulations for Undergraduate Courses
BIO432 Plant Tissue Culture (3) CHE101 General Chemistry I (4 credits)
The Department has a curriculum that will enable
BIO436 Environmental Microbiology MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4 credits)
undergraduates to qualify for a Bachelors Degree
(prerequisite BIO216) (3) PHY112 Geometrical optics and Mechanics,
in the single subject of Chemistry, and a Bachelors
BIO453 Research Proposal Writing (2) Vibrations and Waves (4 credits)
Degree with a Major in Chemistry and a Major or a
COM141 Communication and Academic
Minor in one other Science subject.
Semester 8 Literacy Skills (Science) (3credits)
BIO408 Wildlife Biology of Southern Africa ICT121 Computing Skills Fundamentals 1
The Department also offers a Minor programme in
(prerequisite BIO215) (3) (2 credits)
Chemistry. The Department offers the following
BIO411 Wetlands Ecology and Management
programmes:
(prerequisite BIO215) (3) Service Courses
• Single Major programme leading to a Bachelor of
BIO416 Immunology (prerequisite BIO216) (3) CHE107 Chemistry Applied to family and
Science Degree in Chemistry
BIO418 Food Microbiology (prerequisite BIO216) (3) Consumer Sciences (3 credits)
• A Combined Degree with a Major in Chemistry and
BIO420 Plant Pathology (prerequisite BIO216) (3) CHE109 Introductory Chemistry for BNS
a Major or Minor in another Science subject leading
BIO422 Applied Entomology (prereq BIO315) (3) (3 credits)
to a Combined Bachelor of Science Degree.
BIO429 Ecological Impact Assessment
(prerequisite BIO215) (3) Recommended Electives
1.1 Entry Requirements
BIO430 Post-harvest Physiology (3) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3 credits)
To enter into any of the Chemistry programmes, in
BIO434 Plant Ecology (prerequisite BIO215) (3) MGT100 Principles of Management (3 credits)
addition to fulfilling the faculty requirements for
BIO454 Research Project BIO454 (pre-req.BIO453 (4)
progression from Year One to Year Two, students
Semester 2
must also have the following:
2.6 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (B.Ed) DEGREE CHE102 General Chemistry II (4 credits)
B.Ed students can take any of the courses in Biological (Pre-req) CHE101
(a) For entry into the SINGLE MAJOR PROGRAMME,
Sciences as prescribed by the Faculty of Education as MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4 credits)
a student must obtain a minimum of C+ average in
long as they satisfy course prerequisites. PHY122 Electricity, Magnetism and Elements of
the level 200 chemistry courses including lab courses
Modern Physics (4 credits)
with no less than a C grade in any of these courses.
2.7 SERVICE COURSES COM142 Academic and Professional
These courses are NOT available for students taking Communiction (Science) (3 credits)
(b) For entry into the CHEMISTRY MAJOR PROGRAMME,
the BSc (Single Major, Major/Minor or Major/Major) ICT122 Computing Skills Fundamentals 2
a student must obtain a minimum of C average in
program with Biological Sciences as the Major. (2 credits)
the level 200 chemistry courses including lab courses
with no less than a C- grade in any of these courses.
2.7.2 Bachelor of Nursing Education Recommended Electives
BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3)[Semester 2] ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3 credits)
1.2 Programme Outlines and Structures
BIO223 Parasitology for Health Sciences (3) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3 credits)
(a) Common First Year Programme
[Semester3] MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3 credits)
Two general Chemistry courses, CHE101 and CHE102,
BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) [Semester 3]
each consisting of 3-credit lectures and a 1-credit
BIO232 Human Physiology (3) [Semester 4] CHEMISTRY AS SINGLE MAJOR PROGRAMME
lab, will be offered to the common programme
for first year Science students. For a student to be
2.7.2 Family and Consumer Sciences Semester 3
awarded a grade for level 100 chemistry course he/
Courses for the Bachelor of Education in Home Economics Core Courses
she must have completed the practical component
Education shall be specified by the Department of Family CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry
and Consumer Sciences. Two such courses are: (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE 101 & CHE102)
(b) Single Major Programme ( Entry to single major
CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I
programme is by application to HOD)
BIO122 Anatomy, Physiology and Biochemistry (3) (1 credit) (Pre - req CHE 101 &

[Semester 1] CHE 102; Co-req CHE211)
In the Single Major programme, students take 85
BIO123 Introduction to Microbiology and Stored CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional
credits of core courses, 20 credits of General
Products Entomology [Semester 2] Groups I (2 credits)
Education courses, and will have opportunities
(Pre-req CHE 101 & CHE102)
to select more credits from a range of optional
2.8 Assessment and Examination CHE234 Organic Chem. Lab I (1 credit) (Pre-req
and elective courses. Eleven (11) credits of each of
i) All courses except BIO453 and BIO454 shall normally CHE101 and CHE 102; co-req CHE 232)
Mathematics and Physics courses, are included in the
(unless otherwise stated) be assessed on the basis of MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3 credits)
core credits.
continuous assessment and one final examination in PHY231/PHY232 Mechanics, Vibrations
the ratio of 2:3 (CA: Exam). Continuous Assessment & Waves, Physical Optics(3 credits)/
(c) Combined Degree Programme (Chemistry Major)
shall be comprised of at least one written test, one Properties of Matter, Basic Thermodynamics
Students in the Combined Degree programme with
practical and one assignment. and introduction to Nuclear Physics
a Major in Chemistry, in addition to the 34 credits
ii) There shall be no written examination in BIO453 and (3credits)
taken in Year One, must complete a minimum of
BIO454.
47 credits in Chemistry, a minimum of 3 credits
Semester 4
each in Mathematics and Physics, and 12 credits in
BIO453 shall be assessed as follows: Core Courses
General Education courses. Students must also meet
1. Class quizzes and assignments 10% CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main
the requirements for the second Major or Minor as
2. Tests 10% Group Chemistry (2 credits)
specified by the appropriate department.
3. Oral presentation 20% (Pre-req CHE 101 & CHE102)
4. Proposal report 60% CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I (1 credit)
(d) Combined Degree (Major/ Minor) Programme
(CHE 101 & CHE 102; Co-req CHE221)
(Chemistry Minor)
BIO454 shall be assessed as follows: CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2 credits)
1. Progress reports to the supervisor 10% (Pre-req CHE 101 & CHE102, MAT122)
Students in the Combined Degree (Major/Minor)
2. Project report 60% CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1 credit)
programme with a Minor in Chemistry, in addition
3. Oral presentation 30% (Pre-req CHE 101 & CHE 102 ; Co-req
to the 34 credits taken in Year One, must complete
CHE242)
18 credits in Chemistry core courses consisting of 12 core
credits in Year Two, 4 core credits in Year Three,
172
Semester 5 Semester 8 CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic and
Core Courses Core Course Electrochemistry (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE242)
CHE311 Separation Techniques (3 credits) CHE452 Student Research Project (3 credits) CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (1 credit)
(Pre-req CHE211) (Pre-req CHE352) (Pre-req CHE242 & CHE 244)
CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2 credits) CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1 credit)
(Pre-req CHE221) Optional Courses: Take at least 9 Credits from the
CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (1 credit) following Recommended Electives
(Pre req CHE 223; Co-req CHE321) CHE412 Sample Handling & Biochemical Analysis BIO 307 Biochemistry (3 credits)
CHE331 Structure and Survey of Functional (3 credits)(Pre-req CHE311& CHE312) PHY 353 Mathematical Methods of Physics I(3 credits)
Groups II (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE232) CHE416 Environmental Chemistry (2 credits)
CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic and (Pre-req CHE311 and CHE312 Co-req Semester 6
Electrochemistry (2 credits) CHE412) CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2 credits)
(Pre-req CHE 242) CHE418 Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry (Pre-req CHE311)
CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE311 &CHE312) CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II
(1 credit) (Pre-req CHE242 & CHE 244) CHE422 Advanced Organo-metallic and Solid (1 credit) (Pre-req CHE311 Co req
CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1 credit) State Chemistry (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE322) CHE 312)
CHE426 Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic
Recommended Electives (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE322) Chemistry (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE321)
BIO307 Biochemistry (3 credits) CHE432 Secondary Metabolites and Biomolecules CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2 credits)
PHY353 Mathematical Methods for Physical (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE331& CHE 332) (Pre-req CHE232 & CHE 331)
Sciences (3 credits) CHE436 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1 credit)
(2 credits) (Pre-req CHE331) (Pre-req CHE234 & CHE331)
Semester 6 CHE442 Advanced Physical Chemistry II CHE352 Literature based Project (1 credit)
CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2 credits) (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE341) (Pre-req CHE351+ all 200 level courses +
(Pre-req CHE311) CHE470 Excited State Chemistry (2 credits) at least one section at 300 level in which
CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II student intends to carry out the literature
(1 credit) (Pre-req CHE 311; Co req survey) (For Chemistry major students only)
CHE 312) CHEMISTRY AS MAJOR SUBJECT IN COMBINED DEGREE
CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic Semester 7
Chemistry (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE321) Semester 3 Optional Courses: Take at least 6 Credits from the
CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2 credits) Core Courses following
(Pre-req CHE232 & CHE 331) CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry CHE411 Advanced Analytical Techniques (3 credits)
CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1 credit) (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE 101 & CHE102) (Pre-req CHE311 & CHE312)
(Pre-req CHE234 & CHE 331) CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal Chemistry
CHE342 Quantum Chemistry & its Applications (1 credit) (Pre - req CHE 101 & CHE 102; (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE322)
(3 credits) (Pre-req CHE242) Co-req CHE211) CHE431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic Reactions
CHE352 Literature based Project (1 credit) CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional and Design of Organic Synthesis (3 credits)
Pre-req CHE351+ all 200 level courses Groups I (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE 101 & (Pre-req CHE331 & CHE332)
+ at least one section at 300 level in CHE102) CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I (3 credits)
which student intends to carry out CHE234 Organic Chem. Lab I (1 credit) (Pre-req CHE341)
the literature survey) (For Chemistry (Pre-req CHE 101 and CHE 102; co-req
major students only) CHE 232) Semester 8
MAT291 Engineering Mathematics (3 credits) Core Courses
Semester 7 PHY231/PHY 232 Mechanics , Vibrations CHE342 Quantum Chemistry & its Applications
Core Courses & Waves, Physical Optics (3 credits)/ (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE242)
CHE411 Advanced Analytical Techniques (3 credits) Properties of Matter , Basic CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1 credit)
(Pre-req CHE311& CHE312) Thermodynamics and Introduction to (Pre-req CHE234 & CHE331)
CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal Chemistry Nuclear Physics ( 3 credits) CHE452 Student Research Project (3 credits)
(3 credits) (Pre-req CHE322) (Pre-req CHE352)
CHE431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic Semester 4
Reactions and Design of Organic ] Core Courses Recommended Elective
Synthesis (3 credits) (Pre- req CHE331 CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main ENS402 Natural Resources Management and
& CHE 332) Group Chemistry (2 credits) Economics (3 credits)
CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE101 & CHE102)
(Pre-req CHE341) CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I (1 credit) CHEMISTRY AS MINOR SUBJECT IN COMBINED DEGREE
Optional Courses: Take at least ONE course from the (CHE 101 & CHE102; Co-req CHE221) Semester 3
following CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2 credits) Core Courses
CHE413 Advanced Analytical Chemistry (Pre-req CHE 101 & CHE102, MAT122) CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry
Laboratory (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE311 , CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1 credit) (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE 101 & CHE102)
CHE312 & CHE 314) (Pre-req CHE 101 & CHE 102 ; CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (1 credit)
CHE423 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (2 credits) Co-req. CHE242) (Pre-req CHE101 & CHE102,
(Pre req CHE 323; Co-req CHE421) Co- req CHE211)
CHE433 Advanced Organic Chemistry Laboratory Semester 5 CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional
(2 credits) (Pre-req CHE334) Core Courses Groups I (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE 101&
CHE443 Physical Chemistry Laboratory III CHE311 Separation Techniques (3 credits) CHE102)
(2 credits) (Pre-req CHE343) (Pre-req CHE211) CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1 credit)
CHE446 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE 101 and CHE 102; co-req
(2 credits) (Pre-req CHE341 & CHE342) (Pre-req CHE221) CHE 232)
CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II
Recommended Elective (1 credits) (Pre ñ Req CHE 223; Semester 4
PHY472 Statistical Mechanics (3 credits) Co-req CHE321) Core Courses
PHY 473 Solid State Physics (3 credits) CHE331 Structure and survey of functional groups II CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main
(3 credits) (Pre Req: CHE 232) Group Chemistry (2 credits) (Pre-req
173
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
CHE 101 &CHE102) 2.0 Department of Chemistry Course Listing CHE234 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I
CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I (1 credit)
(1 credit) (Pre-req CHE 101 & CHE 102 100 Level Courses Course topics include: Purification and separation
Co-req. CHE221) of organic compounds-distillation and fractional
CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2 credits) CHE101 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I (4 credits) distillation, crystallization and recrystallization melting
(Pre-req CHE 101 & CHE102, MAT122) Course covers fundamental concepts and principles point and refractive index determination; Introduction
CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1 credit) of chemistry, i.e. the structure of matter, quantitative to qualitative analysis of organic compounds;
(Pre-req CHE101 & CHE102, Co-req CHE242) as well as qualitative aspects of chemistry. Preparations of simple organic compounds.
Required to take at least 6 Credits including 2 Credits of
Laboratory Courses from the CHE Courses in Semester CHE102 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II (4 credits) CHE242 INTRODUCTORY PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (2
5 and 6 This is a continuation of CHE101. The fundamental credits)
principles associated with properties of chemical Basic principles of thermodynamics: first, second
Semester 5 systems will be presented. and third laws of thermodynamics; rates of chemical
CHE311 Separation Techniques (3 credits) reactions.
(Pre-req CHE211) CHE107 CHEMISTRY APPLIED TO FAMILY AND CONSUMER
CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2 credits) SCIENCES (3 credits) CHE244 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I
(Pre-req CHE221) The role that chemistry plays in everyday life will be (1 credit)
CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (1 credit) presented. Atomic structure, periodic table, oxidation This is an introduction to laboratory techniques in
(Pre req CHE 223, Co-req CHE321) and reduction, chemistry of carbon compounds, acids physical chemistry, Experiments dealing with pro-
CHE331 Structure and Survey of Functional and bases, soaps and detergents, food and energy, fats, perties of solutions, Calorimetry, thermodynamics,
Groups II (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE232) carbohydrates, proteins, minerals and vitamins, additives, electrochemistry and chemical kinetics.
CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic and poisons and toxins, gases, polymers and plastics,
Electrochemistry (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE242) cosmetics. 300 level courses
CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (1 credit)
(Pre-req CHE242 & CHE 244) CHE109 INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY FOR BACHELOR OF CHE311 SEPARATION TECHNIQUES (3 credits)
CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1 credit) NURSING SCIENCE, BNS Introduction to chromatographic separation and
(3 credits) detection techniques: Liquid-liquid extraction; column
Semester 6 Topics include: Structure and bonding, stoichiometry, chromatography, TLC, GC and HPLC, Supercritical fluid;
CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2 credits) solutions, chemistry of certain elements, electricity and Capillary electrophoresis. Detection systems include
(Pre-req CHE311) chemical change, osmosis, reaction rates and catalysis, FID/ECD & thermal conductivity for GC. UV-Vis,/ DAD/
CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II radioactivity. fluorescence detector for HPLC. Electrochemical /
(1 credit), (Pre-req CHE 311 Co req conductivity detectors for Ion Chromatography.
CHE 312) 200 Level courses
CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic Chem CHE312 ANALYTICAL SPECTROSCOPY (2 credits)
istry (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE321) CHE211 INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Introduction to spectroscopic methods. Molecular
CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2 credits) (2 credits) absorption & emission:- UV-visible, IR, phosphorescence,
(Pre-req CHE232 & CHE 331) Basic principles of analytical chemistry, concepts fluorescence, Fourier transform spectroscopy. Atomic
CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II of classical and modern methods in analytical absorption & emission techniques; AAS /AES and ICP-MS.
(1 credit) (Pre-req CHE234 & CHE 331) chemistry, statistical treatment of experimental
CHE342 Quantum Chemistry and Applications data including error analysis and significance tests; CHE314 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II
(3 credits) (Pre-req CHE242) Gravimetry, titrimetry. (1 credit)
Introduction to practical aspects of spectroscopic
Recommended Electives CHE213 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I(1 methods of analysis: UV-visible, IR, Fourier transform
BIO308 Molecular Biology (3 credits) credit) spectroscopy, GC, HPLC, AAS/AES, etc.
MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business Practical experience in analytical procedures, classical
Formations (3 credits) and modern methods of analytical chemistry, an CHE321 COORDINATION CHEMISTRY
overview of analytical instrumentation and the progress (2 credits)
Semester 7 made towards development of analytical methodology, Introduction to nomenclature, properties and reactions
Not required to take any Chemistry courses. gravimetric analysis, titrimetric analysis, Electro of coordination compounds & complexes; isomerism
analytical/ spectrophotometry. and magnetic properties. Valence bond and crystal
Semester 8 field theories; absorption spectra; field strength; Jahn-
Not required to take any Chemistry courses. CHE221 ATOMIC STRUCTURE, BONDING AND MAIN Teller effects; covalency and electron delocalization in
Recommended Electives GROUP CHEMISTRY (2 credits) complexes. Thermodynamics of complex formation. Hard
Structure of the atom based on elementary quantum and soft acids and bases. Non-aqueous chemistry. The
ENS402 Natural Resources Management and theory. Bonding in simple molecules based on molecular chemistry of d-block elements and their compounds.
Economics ( 3 credits) orbital and valence bond theories; Trends in periodic Trends in the properties of elements of groups 3 to 12.
properties and chemical reactions of s- and p-block
1.3 Assessment and Examination elements. CHE322 GROUP THEORY AND ORGANOMETALLIC
The coursework shall be continuously assessed. CHEMISTRY (3 credits)
Continuous assessment shall consist of written CHE223 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I (1 credit) Introduction to group theory and basic knowledge of
tests, assignments and laboratory exercises where This course covers qualitative inorganic analysis, the organo-metallic chemistry. Fundamental concepts of
applicable. The weighting of final examination where synthesis of a selection of compounds, as well as organometallic chemistry; organometallic chemistry
applicable, shall not be less than 50% of the overall solution chemistry of main group elements. of transition elements; catalytic applications of
grade for a given course. organometallic compounds.
CHE232 STRUCTURE AND SURVEY OF FUNCTIONAL
1.4 Progression from one Semester to the next Semester GROUPS I (2 credits) CHE323 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II (1
Progression from one semester to the next shall be as Survey of various functional Groups; Aspects of credit)
per General Regulations 00.9 stereochemistry; Review of alkanes, alkenes and alkynes: Synthesis of inorganic compounds and their
addition and substitution reactions. Organic halogen characterization using various techniques such as NMR,
1.5 Award of Degree compounds: substitution and elimination reactions, IR and UV-VIS spectroscopy; Reactions of transition
The award of the degree shall be as per General aromatic compounds, and electrophilic substitution elements and their compounds.
Regulations 00.852 reactions. Introduction to chirality, Acids and bases,
alcohols, ethers, epoxides, carbonyl compounds.
174
CHE331 STRUCTURE AND SURVEY OF FUNCTIONAL CHE352 LITERATURE BASED PROJECT (1 credit) crystal defects; metallic bonding; spinels.
GROUPS II (3 credits) Course will cover professional writing in chemistry and CHE423 ADVANCED INORGANIC LABORATORY
Spectroscopic methods in organic chemistry: UV, IR NMR scholarly project reports. Writing styles in chemistry: (2 credits)
and MS. Stereochemistry: Chirality, chiral compounds comprehensive report on an assigned topic in chemistry Physical methods in Inorganic Chemistry: the study of
without stereogenic centres, prochiral centres. Theory of under the supervision of an academic staff. ; Thorough physical and chemical properties of transition metal and
aromaticity, nucleophilic aromatic substitution reactions search of the chemical literature including the latest organometallic complexes using electronic, infrared, and
and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. Conformations of information available on the subject. nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy techniques
cycloalkanes. Reactions of enolate anions: Aldol, Claisen 400 Level Courses as well as optical isomerism, reaction kinetics, and inert
and Knoevenegel condensations, Michael addition and atmosphere techniques.
Robinson annulation reactions. Enamines. The Mannich CHE411 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
reaction. (3 credits) CHE426 SPECIAL TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (2
Advanced analytical methods: Statistical treatment credits)
CHE332 PHYSICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (2 credits) of experimental data; Electroanalytical Chemistry;- Selection may be made from the following special-
Study of reaction mechanisms. Review of nucleophilic potentiometry, voltammetry, coulometry, classical and ised topics: Nanochemistry, Synthesis of inorganic
substitution and elimination reactions - E1, E2, Sn1, modern polarography, Instrumentation and application materials for the fabrication of semiconductors;
Sn2, Sni, and E1CB. Structure ñ reactivity relationships: of GC-MS, LC-MS, CE-MS, tandem MS, Thermochemical Molecular orbital calculations; Kinetics and mechanisms
equilibrium and rate constants – the Hammett equation. and Radiochemical methods of analysis; isotope dilution of inorganic reactions in solution media; Applied
Methods for determining reaction mechanisms. and activity analysis. homogeneous catalysis with organometallic compounds;
Pericyclic reactions: Frontier Molecular Orbital Theory, Chemistry and applications of boranes, carboranes and
cycloadditions, electrocy-clic reactions and sigmatropic CHE412 SAMPLE HANDLING AND BIOCHEMICAL metalloboranes.
rearrangements. ANALYSIS (3 credits)
Sampling strategies, sample preparation and clean-up CHE431 HETEROCYCLIC CHEMISTRY SYNTHETIC
CHE334 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY III (1 credit) techniques; solid phase extraction, solid phase micro REACTIONS AND DESIGN OF ORGANIC SYNTHESIS (3
Introduction to modern synthetic and characterization extraction, dialysis, solvent extraction, supported liquid credits)
methods for organic compounds: Preparation of liquid membrane. Enzymatic analysis methods; application Aromaticity and reactions of heterocyclic comp-
and solid products then separation, purification and of immobilised enzymes, competetive binding ounds ñ furan, pyrrole, thiophene, pyridine, indole,
identification by physical and spectroscopic properties- immunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, proteomics, and and quinoline. Synthetic reactions, Protective groups.;
UV, IR and NMR techniques. Chemical and spectroscopic genomics. Properties of antibodies. Polymer structure Molecular rearrangements. Design of organic synthesis:
methods in qualitative analysis of organic compounds. elucidation of carbohydrate polymers; precipitation introduction to disconnection approach / retrosynthetic
Molecular modeling. Simulation of spectra. assays. analysis.
CHE341 APPLICATIONS OF THERMODYNAMIC AND CHE413 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY LABO- CHE432 SECONDARY METABOLITES AND BIOMOLECULES
ELECTROCHEMISTRY (2 credits) RATORY (2 credits) (3 credits)
Introduction to the applications of chemical thermos- Modern instrumental methods of analysis: atomic Carbohydrates: structure, nomenclature, stereochemistry
dynamics to solutions and electrochemical processes. absorption (AAS), flame emission, graphite furnace- and reactions of monosaccharides and disaccharides.
Partial molar quantities, thermodynamics of mixing, AAS, inductively coupled plasma- AAS. Sample handling Structure and properties of polysaccharides. Amino
properties of ideal solutions, non-ideal solutions, strategies. Micro high performance anion exchange acids and proteins: structure, nomenclature and
activity and activity coefficient, phase diagrams, chromatography. Hyphenated techniques; LC-MS, MS- stereochemistry of amino acids and peptides, analysis
chemical equilibrium, conductivity, ion activities, capillary electrophoresis, electrochemistry workstations. of peptides and proteins. Chemistry of purines and
standard potentials, electrochemical cells applications pyrimidines. Nucleosides, nucleotides and nucleic acids.
of standard potentials. CHE416 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY (2 credits) Mechanisms of co-enzymes. Examples of secondary
Introduction to environmental pollutants and their metabolites from the acetate, mevalonate and shikimic
CHE342 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY AND ITS APPLICATIONS analysis using local case studies e.g., SO2 emission acid pathways.
(3 credits) from the BCL mine; Pesticide analysis, industrial waste
Microscopic concepts of physical chemistry. Basic management; Selection of safe methods of disposal. CHE433 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
principles of quantum mechanics, postulates, simple Degradation reactions and the dispersal pathways of (2 credits)
quantum mechanical systems (particle in a1-D and materials into the environment. Advanced laboratory techniques in organic synthesis-
3-D box), rotational and vibrational energy levels multi-step synthesis of organic compounds. Extraction
in molecules, rotational, vibrational and electronic CHE418 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY and isolation of naturally occurring compounds from
spectroscopy, photophysical and photochemical (2 credits) plant origin- application of chromatographic and
processes in molecules and atoms, photochemical Special topics selected from the following: Application spectroscopic methods. Analysis of mixtures of organic
kinetics. of Analytical Chemistry, Food, Drugs and Forensic compounds.
Analysis, Chemostatistics and Clinical Analysis.
CHE343 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II (1 credit) CHE436 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (2
Practical familiarization with microscopic and time CHE421 ADVANCED TRANSITION METAL CHEMISTRY credits)
dependent macroscopic aspects of physical chemistry. (3 credits) Selection may be made from the following specialised
Laboratory experiments in application of quantum Advanced topics in transition metal chemistry and topics: Chemistry of drugs; Chemistry of lipids; Selected
chemistry, spectroscopy, photochemical kinetics, introductory bio-inorganic chemistry. Electronic natural products; Agrochemicals; Free radicals and
conductivity and transport phenomena. properties of transition metal complexes; magnetic photochemistry; Polymer materials
properties of transition metal complexes; inorganic
CHE351 CHEMICAL INFORMATICS (1 credit) reaction mechanisms; introduction to photo-chemical CHE441 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I
Use of conventional and electronic chemical reactions; f-block chemistry; introduction to bioinorganic (3 credits)
information resources. An overview of information chemistry. Entropy and probability, partition functions, applications
resources in chemistry. Purpose of scientific literature. of statistical thermodynamics. Colloidal solutions,
Peer review process. Electronic and non-electronic CHE422 ADVANCED ORGANOMETALLIC AND SOLID electrical double layer, Liquid-gas and liquid-liquid
databases. Searching methodologies including Internet STATE CHEMISTRY (3 credits) interfaces, Gibbs adsorption equation, spreading, solid-
searching (use of chemical web browsers). Searching Organometallic Chemistry: Main group organometallics; gas interface, adsorption isotherms, rates of surface
for information using chemical names, CAS numbers, structure and chemistry of (C5H5)2MLn complexes; processes, adsorption and catalysis.
structures, sub-structures, molecular formulas, etc. organometallic chemistry in synthesis; stereochemically
Searching material safety data sheets (MSDS). non-rigid molecules; metal clusters and metal-metal
bonds; low- and high-nuclearity clusters; NMR spectra;
Latimer diagrams, oxidation state stability. Solid state
chemistry: lattices; crystal packing; ionic structures;
175
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
CHE442 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II b. Candidates holding a post-Secondary qualification Optional Courses
(3 credits) which is considered by the department as (Min 6 credits from)
Reaction kinetics, techniques of fast reactions, theories being at least equivalent to the 100- level of CSI344 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (3)
of reaction rates, reaction in solution, composite the programme and so deemed to earn the (Pre-req CSI247)
reactions, chain reactions, explosions. Transport candidate an exemption from the 100-level of CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3)
phenomena. Polymers, kinetics of polymerization, the programmes. (Pre-req CSI342)
osmometry, viscometry, gel-permeation chromatog- MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business
raphy, TGA, DSC. Introductory polymer processing. c. Candidates holding a post-Secondary qualification Formation (3) (Pre-req MGT202)
who do not meet criteria b) above may be
CHE443 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY III (2 required to take some 100-level courses Winter Semester
credits) CSI352 Industrial Attachment (3)
Laboratory experiments in polymers, surface and colloid Semester I (Pre-req CSI354, CSI374, CSI342)
chemistry. Core courses For semester VII and VIII, students choose from the
CSI131 Discrete Structures I (3) following areas of specialization:
CHE446 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (2 CSI141 Programming Principles (3) 1. Software Engineering
credits) CSI161 Introduction to Computing (3) 2. Systems & Networks
Detailed treatment of topics chosen from: solid-state MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4)
chemistry; irreversible thermodynamics; molecular COM141 Communication and Academic Literacy Semester VII
dynamics; intermolecular forces; atmospheric and/or skills (Science) (3 credits) Core courses
astrophysical chemistry. CSI413 Theory of Computation (3)
Semester II (Pre-req CSI323)
CHE452 STUDENT RESEARCH PROJECT (3 credits) Core Courses CSI475 Social Informatics (3) (Pre-req CSI352)
The course involves scientific bench work research. CSI132 Discrete Structures II (3) (Pre-req CSI131) CSI481 Database Systems(3 credits)
Will comprise a study leading to a written report CSI142 Object-Oriented Programming (4) (Pre-req.CSI262)
and shall be based on an original investigation of (Pre-req CSI141)
a chemical problem. To be carried out under the MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) Software Engineering stream
supervision of a member of staff. (Pre-req MAT111) Optional Courses (minimum 6 credits)
STA122 Introductory Concepts of Probability (4) CSI473 Software Design (3)(Pre-req CSI341)
CHE470 EXCITED STATE CHEMISTRY (2 credits) COM142 Academic and Professional CSI443 Requirements Engineering (3)
Boltzmann population distributions, comparison of Communication (Science) (3) (Pre-req CSI341)
ground and excited states, methods of excitation, CSI435 Intelligent Systems (3) (Pre-req CSI344)
experimental methods of studying excited states, Semester III Systems & Networks stream
chemistry of the excited states of molecules, Application Core Courses
of chemistry of excited states (e.g. Lasers.) CSI247 Data Structures (3) (Pre-req CSI132, Optional Courses (minimum 6 credits)
CSI142) CSI462 Distributed Computing (3) (Pre-req
CSI243 Functional Programming (4)(Pre-req CSI354, CSI374)
CSI142) CSI453 Sensors Networks (3) (Pre-req CSI374)
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER CSI213 Discrete Structures III (3) (Pre-req CSI132) CSI493 Computer Graphics (3) (Pre-req CSI247)
SCIENCE MAT221 Calculus I (3)
Elective *(3) Semester VIII
*- students are advised to take MGT202 which is a pre- Core courses
The department offers the following undergraduate
requisite to MGT303 CSI408 Project (4) (Pre-req CSI352, CSI315, CSI341)
single major programmes leading to the award of:
CSI428 Programming Language Translation (3)
Semester IV (Pre-req CSI413)
a) B.Sc. (Computer Science),
Core Courses CSI468 Computer Networks & Security (3) (Pre-
b) B.Sc. (Computing with Finance),
CSI262 Database Concepts (3) (Pre-req CSI247) req CSI374)
c) BIS (Computer Information Systems)
CSI223 Systems Programming (3) (Pre-req CSI247)
d) B.Sc. (Information Technology)
CSI251 Computer Architecture & Organization (3) Software Engineering stream
(Pre-req CSI161, CSI141) Optional Courses (minimum 6 credits)
It also offers combined Major/Minor programmes leading
MAT212 Introductory Linear Algebra (3) CSI444 Software Project Management (3)
to the award of:
Elective (3) (Pre-req CSI443 or CSI473)
a) B.Sc. (other subject Major/ Computer Science Minor)
CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3)
Semester V (Pre-req CSI342)
B.Sc. (Computer Science)
Core courses CSI345 Integrative Programming (3) (Pre-req
CSI323 Algorithms(3)(Pre-req CSI247) CSI223, CSI354)
Entry Requirements
CSI354 Operating Systems(3)
(Pre-req CSI247, CSI251) Systems & Networks stream
Subject to the General Academic Regulation 00.5, the
CSI374 Computer Networks (3) Optional Courses (minimum 6 credits)
following departmental programme entry requirements
(Pre-req CSI142, CSI251) CSI464 Mobile Computing (3) (Pre-req CSI374)
shall apply for the programmes:
CSI342 Systems Analysis & Design (3) CSI424 Network Algorithms (3)(Pre-req CSI374,
Pre-req CSI262) CSI323)
i) For entry into 100-level, candidates must have a
Elective (3)
minimum grade of C in Mathematics and two other
Minor in Computer Science
science subjects with computer studies recognized as
Semester VI The following courses constitute a minor in Computer
a science subject and with a minimum grade of D
Core Courses Science with a total credit of 34.
in English.
CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3)
(Pre-req CSI262, CSI374) First Year
ii) For entry into the programme at higher level, the
CSI332 Programming Languages (3) CSI131 Discrete Structures I(3)
following shall apply.
(Pre-req CSI243) CSI141 Programming Principles (3)
CSI341 Introduction to Software Engineering (3) CSI161 Introduction to Computing (3)
a. Transfer student from a Computer Science or
(Pre-req CSI342) CSI132 Discrete Structures II (3 credits)
Information Systems or equivalent programme
CSI142 Object-Oriented Programming (4)
from a higher institution considered equivalent
to the University of Botswana, subject to General
Academic Regulation 00.313.
176
Second Year ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) FIN403 Financial Institution and Markets II (3)
CSI247 Data Structures (3) (Pre-req FIN301)
CSI262 Database Concepts (3) Optional Courses (Min 3 credits from) CSI420 Web Computing (3) (Pre-req CSI315)
CSI251 Computer Architecture & Organization (3) MGT202 Small Business Management (3) CSI444 Software Project Management (3)
LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) (Pre-req CSI473)
Third Year
CSI354 Operating Systems (3) Semester IV B.Sc. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
CSI374 Computer Networks (3) Core Courses Entry Requirements
CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3) CSI262 Database Concepts (3) (Pre-req CSI247) Subject to the General Academic Regulation 00.5, the
ACC200 Financial Accounting I (3) (Pre-req following departmental programme entry requirements
Services Courses ACC100) shall apply for the programme:
The following courses are available as service courses for CSI251 Computer Architecture & Organization i.) For entry into 100-level, candidates must have a
other departments. (3) (Pre-req CSI141, CS161) minimum grade of C in Mathematics and two other
CSI101 Computing Fundamentals (3) STA114 Business Statistics (3) science subjects with computer studies recognized as
CSI102 Programming with C++ (3) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) a science subject and with a minimum grade of D in
CSI104 Programming with VB.NET (3) English.
CSI105 Introduction to Web Design (3) Semester V ii.) For entry into the programme at higher level:
Core Courses a. Transfer student from an Information Technology
B.Sc. Computing with Finance CSI354 Operating Systems (3) (Pre-reqCSI247, or equivalent programme from a higher institution
Entry Requirement CSI251) considered equivalent to the University of Botswana,
Subject to the General Academic Regulation 00.5, the FIN301 Financial Institutions and Markets I (3) subject to General Academic Regulation 00.313.
following departmental programme entry requirements (Pre-req FIN200) b. Candidates holding a post-Secondary qualification
shall apply for the programme: CSI374 Computer Networks (3) (Pre-req CSI141, which is considered by the department as being at
CSI251) least equivalent to the 100- level of the programme
For entry to the B.Sc. Computing with Finance, the CSI342 Systems Analysis & Design (3) (Pre req and so deemed to earn the candidate an exemption
following entry requirements shall apply. CSI262) from the 100-level of the programmes.
i) For entry into 100-level, candidates must have a ACC302 Auditing I(3) (Pre-req ACC200) c. Candidates holding a post-Secondary qualification
minimum grade of C in Mathematics and two other who do not meet criteria b) above may be required to
science subjects with Computer Studies recognized as Semester VI take some 100-level courses
a science subjectand with a minimum grade of C in Core courses
English. FIN302 Financial Planning and Forecasting (3) Semester I
(Pre-req FIN200) Core courses
ii) For entry into the programme at higher level: CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3) CSI131 Discrete Structures (3)
(Pre-req CSI262, CSI374) CSI141 Programming Principles (3)
a. Transfer students from a Computing with Finance FIN300 Financial Management (3) CSI161 Introduction to Computing (3)
or equivalent programme from a higher institution (Pre-req FIN200) STA116 Introduction to statistics (4 credits)
considered equivalent to the University of Botswana, CSI341 Introduction to Software Engineering (3) COM141 Communication and Academic Literacy
subject to General Academic Regulation 00.313. (Pre-req CSI342) Skills (Science) (3)
Optional Courses (Min 3 credits from)
b. Candidates holding a post-Secondary qualification CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3)(Pre-req Semester II
which is considered by the department as being at CSI342) Core Courses
least equivalent to the 100- level of the programme MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business CSI132 Discrete Structures II (3) (Pre-req CSI131)
and so deemed to earn the candidate an exemption Formation (3) (Pre-req MGT202) CSI142 Object-Oriented Programming
from the 100-level of the programmes. (4 credits) (Pre-req CSI141)
Winter Semester MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4 credits)
c. Candidates holding a post-Secondary qualification Core course COM142 Academic and Professional
who do not meet criteria b) above may be required to CSI352 Industrial Attachment (3) Communication (Science) (3)
take some 100-level course (pre-req CSI354, CSI374, CSI342) Optional Courses (Min 3credit from)
STA211 Statistical Methods (3)
Semester I Semester VII LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge Management (3)
Core Courses Core Courses
CSI141 Programming Principles (3) CSI473 Software Design (3) (Pre-req CSI341) Semester III
CSI161 Introduction to Computing (3) CSI481 Databases (3) (Pre-req CSI262) Core courses
MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) CSI323 Algorithms (3) (Pre-req CSI247) CSI247 Data Structures (3) (Pre-req CSI132,
CSI131 Discrete Structures I (3) CSI475 Social Informatics (3) (Pre-req CSI352) CSI142)
COM141 Communication and Academic Literacy Optional Courses (Min 3 credits from) CSI244 Information Management (3)
Skills (Science) (3) FIN402 International Business Finance (3) CSI293 Information Technology Fundamentals (3)
(Pre-req FIN301) MGT100 Principles of Management (3)
Semester II CSI443 Requirements Engineering (3) (Pre-req MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4)
Core Courses CSI341) ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3)
ACC100 Introduction to accounting (3) CSI435 Intelligent Systems (3) (Pre-req CSI344)
CSI142 Object-Oriented Programming (4) (Pre- Semester IV
req CSI141) Semester VIII Core courses
MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) (Pre-req Core Courses CSI262 Database Concepts (3) (Pre-req CSI247)
MAT111) CSI408 Project (4) (pre-req CSI352, CSI315, CSI341) CSI263 Computer Architecture (3)(Pre-req
CSI132 Discrete Structures II (3) (Pre-req CSI131) CSI454 Information Security Administration (3) CSI161)
COM142 Academic and Professional (Pre-req CSI374) CSI223 Systems Programming (3) (Pre-req CSI247)
Communication (Science) (3) BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3) MGT200 Organizational Design and Development (3)
(Pre-req ACC200) (Pre-req MGT100)
Semester III
CSI247 Data Structures (3) (Pre-req CSI132, Optional Courses (Min 6 credits from :) Optional Courses (Min 3 from)
CSI142) FIN404 Investment Analysis and Portfolio ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3)
FIN200 Business Finance (3) Management (3) (Pre-req FIN300) STA211 Statistical Methods (3)
MAT221 Calculus I (3) LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge Management (3)
177
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
Semester V ii.) For entry into the program me at higher level, the Implementation (3 credits) (Pre-req ISS323)
Core courses following shall apply. ISS332 System Administration (3) (Pre-req ISS331)
CSI354 Operating Systems (3) (Pre-req CSI263, ISS334 Information Systems Security (3)
CSI247) a.) Transfer student from a Computer Science or (Pre-req. ISS331)
CSI374 Computer Networks (3) (Pre-req CSI141, Information Systems or equivalent programme CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3)
CSI263) from a higher institution considered equivalent (Pre-req ISS221, ISS331)
CSI342 Systems Analysis & Design (3) (Pre-req to the University of Botswana, subject to General Optional Courses (Min 3 credits from)
CSI262) Academic Regulation 00.313. MGT303 Entrepreneurship & New Business
MGT301 Organizational Behaviour (3) (Pre-req Formation (3) (Pre-req MGT202)
MGT200) b.) Candidates holding a post-Secondary qualification CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3)
Elective * (3 credits) which is considered by the department as (Pre-req ISS221)
*- students are advised to take MGT202 which is a pre- being at least equivalent to the 100-level of Winter Semester
requisite to MGT303 the program me and so deemed to earn the ISS302 Industrial Attachment (3) (pre-req ISS202
candidate an exemption from the 100-level of & ISS211)
Semester VI the programmes.
Core courses Semester VII
CSI345 Integrative Programming (3) (Pre-req c.) Candidates holding a post-Secondary qualification Core courses
CSI354, CSI223) who do not meet criteria b) above may be ISS431 Enterprise Architecture (3) (Pre-req ISS324)
CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3 s) required to take some 100-level courses. ISS441 IS Project Management (3) (Pre-req ISS324)
(Pre-req CSI262, CSI374) ISS443 IS Research (3 credits) (Pre-req STA114)
CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3) Semester I CSI418 Decision Support Systems (3)
(Pre-req CSI342) Core courses (Pre-req ISS321)
CSI341 Introduction to Software engineering (3) STA101 Mathematics for Social Sciences I (4) Elective (3)
(Pre-req CSI342) ISS101 Information Systems Foundations I (3)
CSI161 Introduction to Computing (3) Semester VIII
Optional Courses (Min 3 credit from) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Core courses
MGT303 Entrepreneurship and Business COM141 Communication and Academic Literacy ISS402 IS Project (4 credits) (Pre-req ISS212,
Formation (3 credits) (Pre-req MGT202) Skills (Science) (3) ISS321, ISS324)
BIS304 Management Information Systems (3) ISS442 IS and Society (3)
Semester II ISS446 Strategic IS Management (3)(Pre-req
Winter Semester Core courses ISS102)
Core courses STA102 Mathematics for Social Sciences II (4) CSI420 Web Computing (3) (Pre-req CSI315)
CSI352 Industrial Attachment (3) ISS102 Information Systems Foundations II (3) Elective (3)
(Pre-req CSI354, CSI374, CSI342) (Pre-req ISS101)
ISS112 Introduction to Programming (3)
Semester VII ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) DEPARTMENT OF
Core courses
CSI481 Database Systems (3)(Pre-req CSI262)
Communication (Science) (3)
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
CSI475 Social Informatics (3) (Pre-req CSI352)
PROGRAMME STRUCTURES
CSI482 Information System Engineering (3) (Pre- Semester III
In accordance with the Departmental Regulations set
req CSI345) Core courses
out in Section 5.1 above,
CSI485 System Administration (3) ISS211 Intermediate Programming (3)(Pre-req
(Pre-req CSI354, CSI374) ISS112)
a) Environmental Science courses shall be offered from
Optional Courses (Min 3 credit from) ISS221 Data & Information Management I(3)
levels 100 to 400 to students from the Faculties of
LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) CSI247 Data Structures (3) (Pre-req ISS112)
Humanities and Social Science, and from levels 200
FIN200 Business Finance (3) FIN200 Business Finance (3)
to 400 to students from the Faculty of Science.
LIS 403 Knowledge Management (3) MGT202 Small Business Management (3)
(Pre-req LIS227)
b) In accordance with Academic General Regulation
Semester IV
00.2124 and Faculty of Science Special Regulation
Semester VIII Core courses
32.46 in addition to Environmental Science courses,
Core courses ISS212 Advanced Programming (3) (Pre-req
students shall take General Education Courses (GECs)
CSI408 Project (4)(Pre-req CSI352, CSI315, CSI341) ISS211)
and Electives.
CSI420 Web Computing (3 credits) ISS202 IT Tools and Productivity (3) (Pre-req
(Pre-req CSI315) ISS112)
c) The Department of Environmental Science shall offer
CSI454 Information Security Administration (3) CSI263 Computer Architecture (3) (Pre-req
GECs under Area 5 of Academic General Regulation
(Pre-req CSI374) CSI161)
00.2124 as indicated in Regulation 2.2 subject to the
CSI446 Information Systems Project STA114 Business Statistics (3)
availability of resources and facilities.
Management (3) (Pre-req CSI482) Elective (3 credits)
Physical Environment Programme
Optional Courses (Min 3 credits from) Semester V
The Physical Environment programmes are designed for
BIS417 Information System auditing (3) Core courses
students registered in the Faculty of Science, subject to
MKT401 Marketing Management and Strategy (3) ISS321 Data & Information Management II (3)
the Departmental Regulations 5.1 b, c, d & e
(Pre-req ISS221)
ISS331 Network Management (3)
Programme Courses Level 100 Courses
BIS (Computer Information Systems) ISS323 Information Systems Analysis (3) (Pre-re
In accordance with Faculty of Science Special Regulation
Subject to the General Academic Regulation 00.5, the qISS102)
23.45, Environmental Science is not offered at this level
following departmental programme entry requirements CSI354 Operating Systems (3) (Pre-req CSI263,
to students in the Faculty of Science.
shall apply for the program BIS (Computer Information CSI247)
Systems). Elective (3)
Levels 200 Courses
i.) For entry into 100-level, candidates must have
Semester 3 Courses
a minimum grade of C in Mathematics and two Semester VI
Core Courses
other science subjects with computer studies Core courses
ENS211 The Earth Environment System (3)
recognized as a science subject and with a ISS324 Information Systems Design and
(Pre-reg ENS 101, or Bio 111, or CHE 101,
minimum grade of D in English.
178
or PHY 112) Semester 6 Courses (Pre-req ENS 313 or ENS 314)
ENS242 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) Core Courses (Single Majors only) ENS443 Advanced Cartography (3) (Pre-req ENS 343)
ENS302 Sustainable Development (3) ENS444 Digital Image Processing and Analysis (3)
Optional Course None (Pre-req ENS 301) (Pre-req ENS344 or CBG 224 or CBG 416)
ENS251 The Human Environment System (3) ENS343 Cartography and Map Analysis (3) ENS448 Environmental Quality Management for
(Pre-reg ENS102, or BIO111, or CHE101, (Pre-reg ENS 242) Water and Waste Water (3)
or PHY 122) ENS344 Remote Sensing for Environmental (Pre-req ENS348 or BIO111 or CHE101 or
Electives Scientists (3) (Pre-req ENS 243 or ENH 211)
Students are advised to take at least one course from CGB 211 or CGB 221) ENS456 Transport & environment (3)
Geology, Chemistry, Biology, or Physics(3) ENS382 Project Proposal (3) (Pre-req ENS 381) (Pre-req ENS 353) (NOT OFFERED
IN 2019/2020)
Semester 4 Courses Optional Courses ENS458 Gender and Environment (3)
Core Courses ENS312 Range Ecology (3) (Pre-req ENS 211)
ENS243 Introduction to Remote Sensing(3) ENS314 Synoptic and Dynamic Climatology(3) b) Major-Minor (Environmental Science as Major)
(Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 211 or ENS 241 programme
Optional Courses or PMT 299) In semesters 5 to 8 accordance with Academic General
ENS241 Quantitative Techniques in ENS316 Geomorphological Techniques (3) Regulation 00.62, the Major-Minor programme in
Environmental Science (3) (Pre-req ENS 211 or GEO 111 or GEO 112 physical environment shall consist of 6 or 9 credits of
(Pre reg ENS 142 or STA 101/STA 116/STA or CGB 222) optional courses, to make up a total of no more than
121/STA 122/MAT 122) ENS318 Water Resources Development and 15 credits per academic year. The optional courses are
ENS252 Botswana Environment 3 credits Management (3) (Pre-req ENS 211 or to be selected from the list provided for each semester.
ENS260 Environment and Population ENS 251 or ENH 330) Availability of courses is subject to the staffing situation
Dynamics (3) (Pre reg ENS 102 or ENS 251) ENS319 Pedology (3) (Pre-req ENS 211) in the particular semester. Please confirm registration
with the Department.
Electives Semester 7 Courses
Students are advised to take at least one course from Core Courses (Single Majors only) Semester 5 Courses
Geology, Chemistry, Biology or Physics (3 ENS481 Project Data Collection, Processing & Core courses
Analysis (3) (Pre-req ENS 382) ENS342 Elements of GIS (3) (Pre-req ENS242)
Levels 300 - 400 Courses ENS381 Introduction to Research Methods in
a)Single Major Programme Optional Courses Environmental Science (3) (Pre-req ENS 211
In accordance with Academic General Regulations 00.62, ENS403 Environmental Hazards and Disaster or ENS241 or ENS251)
the Single Major programme in the Physical Environment Management (3)
shall consist of 12 credits core and optional courses, and ENS411 Principles of Rangeland Management (3) Optional Courses
3 credits from Electives/GECs in each of Semesters 5 to (Pre-req ENS 311 or ENS 312) ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues
8. The optional courses may be selected from the list of ENS413 Physical Climatology (3) (Pre-req ENS 313 (3) (Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 251)
courses provided in each semester. Courses ENS 381, or ENS 314 0r PMT 299 or PMT 321) ENS311 Biogeography 3 (3) ) (Pre-req ENS 211)
ENS 382, ENS 481 and ENS 482 jointly satisfy Faculty ENS415 Arid Lands Geomorphology (3) ENS313 General climatology (3) )
Regulation 23.47(i). Availability of courses is subject to (Pre-req ENS 315 or ENS 316) (Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 241 or PMT 299)
the staffing situation in the particular semester. Please ENS417 Hydrological Analysis (3) ENS315 Process Geomorphology (3)
confirm registration with the Department. (Pre-req ENS 317) (Pre-req ENS 211)
ENS419 Soil Survey (3) (Pre-req ENS 319 or ENS317 Principles of Hydrology (3)
Biophysical Environment Career Areas: ENS 320) (Pre-req ENS211)
ENS441 Multivariate Quantitative Techniques in ENS320 Principles of Soil Science (3)
Semester 5 Courses Environmental Science (3) (Pre-req ENS 211)
Core Courses (Pre-req ENS 341) ENS341 Advanced Quantitative Techniques in
(Single Majors only) ENS442 Advanced GIS (3) pre-req ENS 342 or Environmental Science (3)
ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues (3) CGB224 or CGB 416 (Pre-req ENS241 or ENS 142 or STA 102
(Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 251) ENS447 Environmental Quality Management or STA 116 or STA 121 or MAT 122)
ENS342 Elements of GIS (3) (Pre-req ENS 242) for Land & Air (3) (Pre-req ENS348 or ENS345 Air Photo-Interpretation (3)
ENS381 Introduction to Research Methods in BIO 111 or CHE 101 or ENH 211) (Pre-req ENS243)
Environmental Science (3) (Pre-req ENS ENS449 Land Reclamation (3) ENS348 Analytical Methods in Environmental
211or ENS 241 or ENS251) ENS457 Energy and Environment (3) Quality Assessment (3) (Pre-reg ENS241
pre-req ENS 352 or ENS 353 or ENS 211or ENS 252 or BIO 111 or CHE 101
Optional Courses or ENH 211)
ENS311 Biogeography (3) (Pre-req ENS211) Semester 8 Courses
ENS313 General Climatology (3) Core Courses (Single Majors only) Semester 6 Courses
(Pre-req ENS211 or ENS 241 or PMT299) ENS404 Environmental Impact Assessment (3) Core Courses (Single Majors only)
ENS315 Process Geomorphology (3) ENS482 Project Report (3) (Pre-req ENS 481) ENS344 Remote Sensing for Environmental
(Pre-req ENS 211) Scientists (3) (Pre-req ENS 243 or
ENS317 Principles of Hydrology (3) Optional Courses CGB 211or CGB 221)
(Pre-req ENS 211) ENS410 Special Topics in Environmental Science ENS382 Project Proposal (3) (Pre-req ENS 381)
ENS320 Principles of Soil Science(3) (ENS211) (3) (NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020)
ENS341 Advanced Quantitative Techniques in ENS412 Methods & Techniques in Rangeland Optional Courses
Environmental Science (3) Management (3) (Pre-req ENS 311 or ENS302 Sustainable Development (3)
(Pre-req ENS 241 0r ENS142 or STA102 or ENS 312) (Pre-req ENS301)
STA 116 or STA 121 or MAT 122) ENS414 Applied Climatology (3) ENS312 Range Ecology (3) (Pre-req ENS211)
ENS345 Air Photo-Interpretation (3) (Pre-req ENS 313 or ENS 314 ) ENS314 Synoptic and Dynamic Climatology (3)
(Pre-req ENS 243) ENS416 Applied Geomorphology (3) (Pre-req ENS211 or ENS 241 or PMT 299)
ENS348 Analytical Methods in Environmental (Pre-req ENS 315 or ENS 316) ENS316 Geomorphological Techniques (3)
Quality Assessment (3) ENS418 Applied Hydrology (3) (Pre-req ENS 317) (Pre-req ENS211or GEO111 or GEO112 or
(Pre-reg ENS211 or ENS241 or ENS252 ENS420 Applied Soil Science (3) CGB 222)
or BIO111 or CHE101 or ENH211) (Pre-req ENS 320 or ENS 319) ENS318 Water Resources Development and
ENS421 Climates of Southern Africa (3) Management (3) (Pre-req ENS211 or
179
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
ENS251 or ENH 330) the Major-Major programme in physical environment CGB224 or CGB 416)
ENS319 Pedology (3) (Pre-req ENS211) shall consist of 6 credits from optional courses, with ENS447 Environmental Quality Management
ENS343 Cartography and Map Analysis (3) optional courses selected from the list provided for each for Land & Air (3) (Pre-req ENS 348 or
(Pre-req ENS242) semester. Course ENV 483 satisfies Faculty regulation BIO 111 or CHE 101 or ENH 211)
23.47(ii). Availability of courses is subject to the staffing ENS449 Land Reclamation (3)
Semester 7 Courses situation in the particular semester. Please confirm ENS457 Energy and Environment (3)
Core Courses (Single Majors only) registration with the Department (Pre-req ENS 352 or ENS 353)
ENS404 Environmental Impact Assessment (3)
ENS481 Project Data Collection (3) Semester 5 Courses Semester 8 Courses
(Pre-req ENS 382) Optional Courses Optional Courses
ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues ENS410 Special Topics in Environmental Science
Optional Courses (3) (Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 251) (3) (NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020)
ENS401 Environmental Policy Analysis (3) ENS311 Biogeography (3) (Pre-req ENS 211) ENS412 Methods & Techniques in Rangeland
ENS403 Environmental Hazards and Disaster ENS313 General Climatology (3) (Pre-req ENS 211 Management (3) (Pre-req ENS 311 or
Management (3) or ENS 241 or PMT 299) ENS 312)
ENS411 Principles of Rangeland Management (3) ENS315 Process Geomorphology (3) ENS414 Applied Climatology(3)
(Pre-req ENS 311 or ENS 312) (Pre-req ENS 211) (Pre-req ENS313 or ENS314)
(NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020) ENS317 Principles of Hydrology (3) ENS416 Applied Geomorphology (3)
ENS413 Physical Climatology (3) (Pre-req ENS 211) (Pre-req ENS 315 or ENS316)
(Pre-req ENS 313 & ENS 314 or PMT 299 ENS320 Principles of Soil Science (3) ENS418 Applied Hydrology (3) (Pre-req ENS 317)
or PMT 321) (Pre-req ENS 211) ENS421 Climates of Southern Africa (3)
ENS415 Arid Lands Geomorphology (3) ENS341 Advanced Quantitative Techniques in (Pre-req ENS313 or ENS314)
(Pre-req ENS315 or ENS316) Environmental Science (3) ENS443 Advanced Cartography (3)
ENS417 Hydrological Analysis (3) (Pre-req ENS 241 or ENS 142 or STA 102 (Pre-req ENS343)
(Pre-req ENS317) or STA 116 or STA 121 or MAT 122) ENS444 Digital Image Processing and Analysis (3)
ENS419 Soil Survey (3) (Pre-req ENS319 or ENS342 Elements of GIS (3) (Pre-req ENS 242) (Pre-req ENS344 or CGB224 or CGB416)
ENS 320) ENS345 Air Photo-Interpretation (3) ENS448 Environmental Quality Management for
ENS441 Multivariate Quantitative Techniques (Pre-req ENS 243) Waste and Waste Water (3)
in Environmental Science (3) ENS348 Analytical Methods in Environmental Pre-req ENS348/ENH 211 or BIO 111 or
(Pre-req ENS341) Quality Assessment (3) (Pre-req ENS 211 or CHE 101
(NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020) ENS 241 or ENS 252) ENS458 Gender and Environment (3)
ENS442 Advanced GIS (3) (Pre-req ENS342 ENS483 Research Essay (3) (Pre-req ENS 211 or
CGB224 or CGB416) Semester 6 Courses ENS 251 or ENS 364)
ENS447 Environmental Quality Management Optional Courses
for Land & Air (3) (Pre-req ENS348 or ENS302 Sustainable Development (3) d) Minor-Major (Environmental Science as Minor)
BIO 111 or CHE 101 or ENH 211) (Pre-req ENS 301) programme.
ENS449 Land Reclamation (3) ENS312 Range Ecology (3) (Pre-req ENS 211) In accordance with Academic General Regulation 00.62,
ENS457 Energy and Environment (3) ENS314 Synoptic and Dynamic Climatology (3) the Minor-Major (programme in physical environment
(prereq ENS352/353) (Pre-req ENS 211 ENS 241 or PMT 299) shall consist of 3 credits of optional courses, with
ENS316 Geomorphological Techniques (3) optional courses selected from the list provided for each
Semester 8 Courses (Pre-req ENS 211 or GEO 111 or GEO 112 semester. Availability of courses is subject to the staffing
Core courses or CGB227) situation in the particular semester. Please confirm
ENS482 Project Report (3) (Pre-req ENS 481) ENS318 Water Resources Development and registration with the Department.
Management (3) (Pre-req ENS 211 or
Optional Courses ENS 251 or ENH 330) Semester 5 Courses
ENS410 Special Topics in Environmental Science ENS319 Pedology (3) (Pre-req ENS 211) Optional Courses
(3) (NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020) ENS343 Cartography and Map Analysis (3) ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues (3)
ENS412 Methods & Techniques in Rangeland (Pre-req ENS 242) (Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 251)
Management (3) (Pre-req ENS 311 ENS344 Remote Sensing for Environmental ENS311 Biogeography (3) (Pre-req ENS 211)
or ENS 312) Scientists (3) (Pre-req ENS 243 or ENS313 General Climatology (3) (Pre-req ENS 211 or
ENS414 Applied Climatology(3) CGB 211 or CGB 221) ENS 241 or PMT 299)
(Pre-req ENS 313 or ENS 314) ENS315 Process Geomorphology (3)
ENS416 Applied Geomorphology (3) Semester 7 Courses (Pre-req ENS 211)
(Pre-req ENS 315 or ENS 316) Optional Courses ENS317 Principles of Hydrology (3)
ENS418 Applied Hydrology (3) (Pre-req ENS 317) ENS401 Environmental Policy Analysis (3) ) (Pre-req ENS 211 )
ENS420 Applied Soil Science (3) (Pre-req ENS320 ENS403 Environmental Hazards and Disaster ENS320 Principles of Soil Science (3)
or ENS 319) Management (3) (Pre-req ENS 211)
ENS421 Climates of Southern Africa (3) ENS411 Principles of Rangeland Management (3) ENS341 Advanced Quantitative Techniques in
(Pre-req ENS313 or ENS 314) (Pre-req ENS 311 or ENS 312) Environmental Science (3)
ENS443 Advanced Cartography (3) (Pre-req ENS 343) NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020 (Pre-req ENS 241 or ENS 142 or STA 102
ENS444 Digital Image Processing and Analysis ENS413 Physical Climatology (3) or STA 116 or STA 121 or MAT 122)
(3) (Pre-req ENS 344 or CGB224 or (Pre-req ENS 313 or ENS 314 or PMT 299 ENS342 Elements of GIS (3) (Pre-req ENS 242)
CGB416) or PMT 321) ENS345 Air Photo-Interpretation (3)
ENS448 Environmental Quality Management ENS415 Arid Lands Geomorphology (3) (Pre-req ENS 243)
for Wasteand Waste Water (3) (Pre-req ENS 315 or ENS 316) ENS348 Analytical Methods in Environmental
(Pre-reg ENS 348 or BIO 111 or CHE 101 ENS417 Hydrological Analysis (3) Quality Assessment (3) (Pre-reg
or ENH 211) (Pre-req ENS 317) ENS 211 or ENS 241 or ENS 252 or BIO 111
ENS458 Gender and Environment (3) ENS419 Soil Survey (3) (Pre-req ENS 319 or ENS 320) or CHE 101 or ENH 211)
ENS483 Research Essay (3) ENS441 Multivariate Quantitative Techniques
(Pre-reg ENS 211 or ENS 251 or ENS 364) in Environmental Science (3) Semester 6 Courses
(Pre-req ENS341) Optional Courses
c) Major-Major programme (NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020) ENS302 Sustainable Development (3)
In accordance with Academic General Regulation 00.62, ENS442 Advanced GIS (3) (Pre-req ENS 342 or (Pre-req ENS 301)
ENS312 Range Ecology (3) (Pre-req ENS 211)
180
ENS314 Synoptic and Dynamic Climatology (3) Human Environment Programme Areas of Specialization for Single Majors Only
(Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 241 or PMT 299) The Human Environment programmes are designed for
ENS316 Geomorphological Techniques (3) Combined Major students registered in the Faculties Carreer Areas
(Pre-req ENS 211 or GEO 111 or GEO 112 of Humanities and Social Sciences, and students from 1.Geo-Spatial Information Systems for Environmental
or CGB 222) these Faculties admitted to the Single Major programme, Science
ENS318 Water Resources Development and subject to Department Regulations 5.1b, c, d, e & f. 2. Management of Natural Resources
Management (3) (Pre-req ENS 211 or 3. Environmental and Social Impacts of Development
ENS 251 or ENH 330) Programme Courses 4. Environmental Hazards and Disaster Management
ENS319 Pedology (3) (Pre-req ENS 211) Level 100 5. Management of the Urban
ENS343 Cartography and Map Analysis (3) ALL Courses at this level are CORE courses & Rural Environments
(Pre-req ENS 242)
ENS344 Remote Sensing for Environmental Semester 1 Semester 5
Scientists (3) (Pre-req ENS 243 or ENS101 Introduction to Environmental Science: Core Courses (Single Majors Only)
CGB 211 or CGB 221) Physical (3) ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues(3)
ENS141 Introductory Quantitative Techniques in (Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 251)
Semester 7 Courses Environmental Science I (3) ENS342 Elements of GIS (Career Area 1) (3)
Optional Courses (Pre-req ENS 242)
ENS401 Environmental Policy Analysis (3) ) Semester 2 ENS381 Introduction to Research Methods in
ENS403 Environmental Hazards and Disaster ENS102 Introduction to Environmental Science: Environmental Science (3)
Management (3) Human (3) (Pre-reg ENS 101) (Pre-req ENS241 or ENS 211 or ENS 251)
ENS411 Principles of Rangeland Management (3) ENS142 Introductory Quantitative Techniques in
(Pre-req ENS 311 or ENS 312) Environmental Science II (3) Optional Courses by Career Areas
(NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020) (Pre-Req ENS141 or STA101 or ENS341 Advanced Quantitative Methods in Envi
ENS413 Physical Climatology (3) STA116 or MAT 122) ronmental Science (3)
(Pre-req ENS 313 & ENS 314 or PMT 299 (Pre-req ENS 241 or ENS 142 or STA 102
or PMS 321) Level 200 Courses or STA 116 or STA 121 or MAT 122)
ENS415 Arid Lands Geomorphology (3) (Pre-req In each of Semesters 3 and 4, Environmental Science ENS345 Air Photo-Interpretation (Career Area 1) (3)
ENS315 or ENS316)(3) students must take a minimum of 9 credits core and (Pre-req ENS ENS 243)
ENS417 Hydrological Analysis (3) optional courses, and a minimum of 6 credits elective/ ENS351 Agricultural Development and
(Pre-req ENS 317) GEC courses. Environment (Career Area 3) (3)
ENS419 Soil Survey (3) (Pre-req ENS 319 or (Pre-req ENS 251 or ENS 252)
ENS 320) Semester 3 ENS353 Concepts and Principles of
ENS441 Multivariate Quantitative Techniques Core Courses Industrialization(3) (Pre-req ENS 251
in Environmental Science (3) (Pre-req ENS242 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) or ECO 111)
ENS 341) (NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020) ENS360 Concepts and Principles of Population
ENS442 Advanced GIS (3) (Pre-req ENS 342 Optional Course Geography(Career Area 3,4,5) (3)
or CGB224 or CGB416) ENS211 The Earth Environment System (3) (Pre-req ENS 260 or ENS 251)
ENS447 Environmental Quality Management (Pre-req ENS 101 or BIO 111 or CHE 101 or ENS362 Environment and Disease
for Land & Air (3) (Pre-req ENS 348 or PHY 122 or PHY 112) (Career Area 3,4,5) (3)
BIO 111 or CHE 101 or ENH 221) ENS251 The Human Environment System (3) (Pre-req ENS 251, ENS 260 & ENH221
ENS449 Land Reclamation (3) (Pre-req ENS 102 or BIO 111 or CHE 101 or ENH 211)
ENS457 Energy and Environment(3) or PHY 112 or PHY 122) ENS365 Human Settlements and Environment
(Pre-req ENS 353 or ENS 352) (Career Area 3,4,5 (3) (Pre-req ENS 251
Semester 4 or ENS 101)
Semester 8 Courses Core Courses ENS367 Principles and Practice in Tourism
Optional Courses ENS243 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3) (Career Area 2) (3)
ENS410 Special Topics in Environmental Science (3) (Pre-req ENS 251 or THM 101)
(NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020) Optional Courses
ENS412 Methods & Techniques in Rangeland ENS252 Botswana Environment (3) Semester 6
Management (3) (Pre-req ENS 311 or ENS241 Quantitative Techniques in Core Courses
ENS 312) Environmental Science (3) (Single Majors Only)
ENS414 Applied Climatology(3) (Pre-req ENS313 (Pre-req ENS 142 or STA 101 or STA 121 ENS302 Sustainable Development (3)
or ENS314) or STA 116 or STA 122 or MAT 122) (Pre-req ENS 301)
ENS416 Applied Geomorphology (3) ENS260 Environment and Population ENS344 Remote Sensing for Environmental
(Pre-req ENS315 or ENS316) Dynamics (3) (Pre-req ENS 102 or Scientists (Career Area 1) (3)
ENS418 Applied Hydrology (3) ENS 251) (Pre-req ENS 243 or CGB 211 or CGB 221)
(Pre-req ENS 317) ENS382 Project Proposal (3) (Pre-req ENS 381)
ENS420 Applied Soil Science (3) Level 300 – 400 Courses
(Pre-req ENS 320 or ENS 319) a) Single Major Programmes Optional Courses by Career Areas
ENS421 Climates of Southern Africa (3) In each of Semesters 5 to 8, in accordance with ENS318 Water Resources Development &
(Pre-req ENS3 13 or ENS 314) Academic General Regulation 00.62, the Single Major Management(Career Area 2, 3) (3)
ENS443 Advanced Cartography (3) programme in Environmental Science shall consist of (Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 251 or ENH 330)
(Pre-req ENS 343) 12 credits core and optional courses for each of the ENS343 Cartography and Map Analysis
ENS444 Digital Image Processing and Analysis (3) human environment areas of specialization, with 3 (Career Area 1) (3) (Pre-req ENS 242)
(Pre-req ENS344 CGB224 or CGB416) credits optional courses selected from the list of courses ENS352 Globalization, Socio-Economic and
ENS448 Environmental Quality Management for provided in each semester. Availability of courses and Environmental Change (Career Area 3) (3)
Waste and Waste Water (3) areas of specialization is subject to the staffing situation (Pre-req ENS 251 or ENS 101 or ECO 111 or
Pre-req ENS348/BIO 111 or in the particular semester and/or year. Please confirm ECO 112)
CHE 101/ENH 221 registration with the Department. ENS361 Techniques in Population Geography
ENS458 Gender and Environment (3) (Career Areas 3,4,5)(3)
ENS483 Research Essay (3) (Pre-req ENS241or ENS 260 or ENS 360))
(NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020) ENS363 Health Care Geography
(Career Area 5) (3) (Pre-req ENS 251
181
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
or ENS 362 or ENH 221 or ENH 211) to be selected from the list of courses provided for each 367/THM 101)
ENS364 Urban and Rural Survey Techniques semester. The Career areas specified above also apply
(Career Area 5) (3) to this programme. Availability of courses and areas Semester 7
(Pre-req ENS241 or ENS251) of specialisation is subject to the staffing situation in Core Courses
ENS368 Methods and Techniques in Tourism the particular semester and/or year. Please confirm ENS 481 Project Data Collection, Processing
(Career Area 2) (3) registration with the Department. and Analysis (3) Pre-req ENS382
(Pre-req ENS 367 or THM 101)
Semester 5 Optional Courses
Semester 7 Core Courses ENS401 Environmental Policy Analysis (ALL) (3)
Core Courses ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues(3) ENS403 Environmental Hazards and Disaster
(Single Majors Only) (Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 251) Management (Career Area 3, 4) (3)
ENS404 Environmental Impact Assessment (3) ENS342 Elements of GIS (Career Area 1) (3) ENS441 Multivariate Quantitative Techniques in
ENS481 Project Data Collection, Processing and (Pre-req ENS 242) Environmental Science (3) (Pre-req ENS 341)
Analysis (3) (ENS382) ENS381 Introduction to Research Methods in (NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020)
Environmental Science(3) ENS442 Advanced GIS (Career Area 1) (3)
Optional Courses by Career Areas (Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 241 or ENS 251) (Pre-req ENS342/CGB224/CGB416)
ENS401 Environmental Policy Analysis (ALL) (3) ENS451 Rural Development Theory and Practice
ENS403 Environmental Hazards and Disaster Optional Courses by Career Areas (Career Area 5)(3)
Management (Career Area 3, 4) (3) ENS341 Advanced Quantitative Methods in ENS453 Development Geography (3)
ENS441 Multivariate Quantitative Environmental Science (3) (Pre-req. ENS352)
Techniques in Environmental Science (3) (Pre-req ENS 241/ENS 142/STA102/ ENS455 Industry and Environment
(Pre-req ENS 341) STA116/STA121/\MAT 122) (Career Area 3) (3) (Pre-req ENS353)
ENS442 Advanced GIS (Career Area 1) (3) (Pre-req ENS345 Air Photo-Interpretation ENS457 Energy and Environment (Career Area 3) (3)
ENS 342 CGB224 or CGB416) (Career Area 1)(3) (Pre-req ENS ENS 243) (Pre-req. 352/353)
ENS451 Rural Development Theory and Practice( ENS351 Agricultural Development and ENS461 Advanced Techniques in Population
Career Area 5)(3) Environment (Career Area 3)(3) Geography (3) (Pre-req ENS 361)
ENS455 Industry and Environment (Pre-req ENS 251 or ENS 252) ENS465 Urbanization and Environment
(Career Area 3) (3) (Pre-req ENS 353) ENS353 Concepts and Principles of (Career Area 3, 5)(3)
ENS457 Energy and Environment (Career Area 3) Industrialization (3) ENS467 Ecotourism (Career Area 2) (3) (Pre-req
(3) (Pre-reg ENS 351/ENS 352/ENS 353 (Pre-req ENS 251/ECO 111) ENS 367 or ENS 368 or THM 101)
ENS461 Advanced Techniques in Population ENS360 Concepts and Principles of Population
Geography (3) (Pre-req ENS 361) Geography(Career Area 3,4,5) (3) Semester 8
ENS465 Urbanization and Environment(Career (Pre-req ENS260/ENS 251) Core Courses
Area 3, 5)(3) ENS362 Environment and Disease ENS482 Project Report (3) Pre-req ENS 481
ENS467 Ecotourism (Career Area 2) (3) (Pre-req ENS (Career Area 3,4,5) (3) (Pre-req ENS251,
367 or ENS 368 or THM 101) ENS260 or ENH221 or ENH 211) Optional Courses by Career Areas
ENS365 Human Settlements and Environment ENS402 Natural Resources Management and
Semester 8 (Career Area 3,4,5 (3) (Pre-req ENS251/ Economics (Career Area 2)(3)
Core Courses (Single Majors Only) ENS101) ENS410 Special Topics in Environmental Science
ENS482 Project Report (3) Pre-req ENS 481) ENS367 Principles and Practice in (ALL) (3) (NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020)
Tourism(Career Area 2) (3) ENS443 Advanced Cartography
Optional Courses (by Career Areas) (Pre-req ENS251/TMH 101) (Career Area 1) (3) (Pre-req ENS343)
ENS402 Natural Resources Management and ENS444 Digital Image Processing and Analysis
Economics (Career Area 2)(3) Semester 6 (Career Area 1) (3)
ENS410 Special Topics in Environmental Core Courses (Pre-req ENS344/CGB224/CGB416)
Science (ALL) (3) ENS344 Remote Sensing for Environmental ENS450 African Environment
(NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020) Scientists (Career Area 1) (3) (Career Area 5) (3)
ENS443 Advanced Cartography (Career Area 1) (3) (Pre-req ENS243 or CGB 211 or CBG 221) ENS452 Rural Development in Botswana
(Pre-req ENS343) ENS 382 Project Proposal (3) Pre-req. ENS381 (Career Area 5) (3)
ENS444 Digital Image Processing and Analysis ENS454 Industrialization Trends in the
(Career Area 1) (3) (Pre-req ENS344 Optional Courses Developing World (Career Area 5) (3)
or CGB224 or CGB 416) ENS302 Sustainable Development (3) (Pre-req ENS 353)
ENS450 African Environment (CareerArea5) (3) (Pre-req ENS 301) ENS456 Transport and Environment
ENS452 Rural Development in Botswana ENS318 Water Resources Development & (Career Area 3) (3)
(Career Area 5) (3) Management(Career Area 2, 3) (3) (Pre-req ENS 353)
ENS454 Industrialization Trends in the (Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 251/ENH 330) ENS458 Gender and Environment (Career Area 3)(3)
Developing World (Career Area 5)(3) ) ENS343 Cartography and Map Analysis ENS466 Urbanization in Developing Countries
(Pre-req ENS353) (Career Area 1) (3) (Pre-req ENS 242) (Career Area 5)(3)
ENS456 Transport and Environment ENS352 Globalization, Socio-Economic and ENS468 Tourism and Development
(Career Area 3) (3)(Pre-req ENS353) Environmental Change (Career Area 3) (3) (Career Area 2) (3) (Pre-req ENS 367
ENS458 Gender and Environment (Career Area 3) (3) Pre-req ENS251/ENS101/ECO111/ or ENS 368 or THM 101)
ENS466 Urbanization in Developing Countries ECO112/SOC 121/ENS 252)
(Career Area 5)(3) ENS361 Techniques in Population Geography c) Major-Major Programme
ENS468 Tourism and Development (Career Areas 3,4,5)(3) There are no core courses for the combined Major-
(Career Area 2) (3) (Pre-req ENS367 (Pre-req ENS 241/ ENS 260/ENS 360) Major students. They shall take 6 credits of optional
or ENS368 or THM101) ENS363 Health Care Geography Environmental Science courses in each of semesters 5
(Career Area 5) (3) (Pre-req ENS 251 to 8. No areas of specialisation are prescribed under this
b) Major-Minor (ES Major) Programme or ENS 362 or/ENH 211/ ENH 221) programme. However, candidates could use templates
In semesters 5 to 8, in accordance with Academic ENS364 Urban and Rural Survey Techniques for Single Majors or Major-Minors (ES major) to guide
General Regulation 00.62, the Major-Minor programme (Career Area 5) (3) (Pre-req ENS ENS 251/ their selection of courses. Availability of courses is
in Environmental Science shall consist of 6 or 9 credits ENS241) subject to the staffing situation in the particular
of optional courses, to make up a total of no more than ENS368 Methods and Techniques in Tourism semester and/or year.
15 credits per academic year. The optional courses are (Career Area 2) (3) (Pre-req ENS Semester 5
182
Optional Courses ENS451 Rural Development Theory and Practice (Pre-req ENS 251, ENS 260 or
ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues(3) (Career Area 5)(3) ENH221/ENH 211)
(Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 251) ENS453 Development Geography (3) ENS365 Human Settlements and
ENS342 Elements of GIS (Career Area 1) (3) (Pre-req ENS 352) Environment (Career Area 3,4,5 (3)
(Pre-req ENS 242) ENS455 Industry and Environment (Pre-req ENS 251/ENS 101)
(Career Area 3) (3) (Pre-req ENS 353) ENS367 Principles and Practice in Tourism
Optional Courses by Career Areas ENS457 Energy and Environment (Career Area 3) (Career Area 2) (3)
ENS341 Advanced Quantitative Methods in (3) (Pre-req ENS 352/ENS353) (Pre-req ENS 251/THM 101)
Environmental Science (3) ENS461 Advanced Techniques in Population
(Pre-req ENS 241/ENS 142/STA102/ Geography (3) (Pre-req ENS 361) Semester 6
STA116/STA121/MAT 122) ENS465 Urbanization and Environment(Career Optional Courses
ENS345 Air Photo-Interpretation (Career Area 1) Area 3, 5)(3) ENS302 Sustainable Development (3)
(3) (Pre-req ENS ENS 243) (ENS467 Ecotourism (Career Area 2) (3) (Pre-req ENS (Pre-req ENS 301)
ENS351 Agricultural Development and 367 or ENS 368 or THM 101) ENS318 Water Resources Development
Environment (Career Area 3)(3) & Management ( Career Area 2, 3) (3)
(Pre-req ENS 251 or ENS 252) Semester 8 (Pre-req ENS211 or ENS 251/ ENH 330)
ENS353 Concepts and Principles of Optional Courses by Career Areas ENS343 Cartography and Map Analysis
Industrialization (3) ENS402 Natural Resources Management and (Career Area 1) (3) (Pre-req ENS 242)
(Pre-req ENS 251/ ECO 111) Economics (Career Area 2)(3) ENS344 Remote Sensing for Environmental
ENS360 Concepts and Principles of Population ENS410 Special Topics in Environmental Science Scientists (Career Area 1) (3)
Geography(Career Area 3,4,5) (3) (ALL) (3) (Pre-req ENS 243/CGB 211/CGB221)
(Pre-req ENS 260/ENS 251) (NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020) ENS352 Globalization, Socio-Economic and
ENS362 Environment and Disease ENS443 Advanced Cartography Environmental Change (Career Area 3) (3)
(Career Area 3,4,5) (3) (Pre-req ENS 251, (Career Area 1) (3) (Pre-req ENS 343) (Pre-req ENS251/ENS101/ECO111/
ENS 260 or ENH221 or ENH 211) ENS444 Digital Image Processing and Analysis SOC121/ENS 252/ECO 112)
ENS365 Human Settlements and Environment (Career Area 1) (3) ENS361 Techniques in Population Geography
(Career Area 3,4,5 (3) (Pre-req ENS 344/CGB 224/CBG 416) (Career Areas 3,4,5) (3)
(Pre-req ENS 251 or ENS 101) ENS450 African Environment (Career Area 5 (3) (Pre-req ENS241 / ENS260/ENS 360)
ENS367 Principles and Practice in Tourism ENS452 Rural Development in Botswana ENS363 Health Care Geography
(Career Area 2) (3) (Career Area 5) (3) (Career Area 5) (3) (Pre-req ENS 251
(Pre-req ENS 251/THM 101) ENS454 Industrialization Trends in the or ENS 362 or ENH 221/ ENH 211)
Developing World (Career Area 5)(3) ) ENS364 Urban and Rural Survey Techniques
Semester 6 (Pre-req ENS 353) (Career Area 5) (3)
Optional Courses ENS458 Gender and Environment (Career Area 3) (3) (Pre-req ENS 241 ENS251)
ENS302 Sustainable Development (3) ENS466 Urbanization in Developing Countries ENS368 Methods and Techniques in Tourism
(Pre-req ENS 301) (Career Area 5)(3) (Career Area 2) (3)
ENS318 Water Resources Development & ENS468 Tourism and Development (Pre-req ENS 367/THM 101)
Management(Career Area 2, 3) (3) ( Career Area 2) (3) (Pre-req ENS 367
(Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 251/ENH 330) or ENS 368 or THM 101) Semester 7
ENS343 Cartography and Map Analysis Optional Courses
(Career Area 1) (3) (Pre-req ENS 242) d) Major-Minor (ES Minor) Programme ENS401 Environmental Policy Analysis (ALL) (3)
ENS344 Remote Sensing for Environmental In the combined Major-Minor (with Environmental ENS403 Environmental Hazards and Disaster
Scientists (Career Area 1) (3) Science as minor) programme, students shall take 3 Management (Career Area 3, 4) (3)
(Pre-req NS 243/CGB211/CBG221) credits of Environmental Science courses in each of ENS441 Multivariate Quantitative Techniques in
ENS352 Globalization, Socio-Economic and semesters 5 to 8. No areas of specialisation apply to this Environmental Science (3)
Environmental Change programme. The availability of courses is subject to the (Pre-req ENS 341)
(Career Area 3) (3) staffing situation in the particular semester. ENS442 Advanced GIS (Career Area 1) (3) (Pre-req
(Pre-req ENS251/ENS101/ECO111/ ENS 342/CGB224/CGB 416)
EC112/SOC121ENS252) Semester 5 ENS451 Rural Development Theory and Practice
ENS361 Techniques in Population Geography Optional Courses (Career Area 5)(3)
(Career Areas 3,4,5)(3) (Pre-req ENS 241 / ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues(3) ENS453 Development Geography (3)
ENS 260/ENS 360) (Pre-req ENS 211 or ENS 251) (Pre-req ENS 352)
ENS 363 Health Care Geography (Career Area 5) ENS342 Elements of GIS (Career Area 1) (3) ENS455 Industry and Environment
(3) (Pre-req ENS 251 or ENS 362 or (Pre-req ENS 242) (Career Area 3) (3) (Pre-req ENS 353)
ENH 221/ENH 211) ENS457 Energy and Environment (Career Area 3)
ENS 364 Urban and Rural Survey Techniques Optional Courses by Career Area (3) (ENS352/353)
(Career Area 5) (3) ENS341 Advanced Quantitative Methods in ENS461 Advanced Techniques in Population
(Pre-req ENS 241 ENS251) Environmental Science (3) Geography (3) (Pre-req ENS 361)
ENS 368 Methods and Techniques in Tourism (Pre-req ENS241/ENS142/STA102/ ENS465 Urbanization and Environment
(Career Area 2) (3) STA116/STA121/MAT122) (Career Area 3, 5)(3)
(Pre-req ENS 367 or THM 101) ENS345 Air Photo-Interpretation ENS467 Ecotourism (Career Area 2) (3)
(Career Area 1)(3) (Pre-req ENS ENS 243) ENS 367/ENS 368/THM 101
Semester 7 ENS351 Agricultural Development and
Optional Courses Environment (Career Area 3)(3) Semester 8
ENS401 Environmental Policy Analysis (ALL) (Pre-req ENS 251 or ENS 252) Optional Courses by Career Areas
(3) ENS353 Concepts and Principles of ENS402 Natural Resources Management and
ENS403 Environmental Hazards and Disaster Industrialization (3) Economics (Career Area 2) (3)
Management (Career Area 3, 4) (3) (Pre-req ENS 251\ ECO111) ENS410 Special Topics in Environmental Science
ENS441 Multivariate Quantitative Techniques in ENS360 Concepts and Principles of Population (ALL) (3) (NOT OFFERED IN 2019/2020)
Environmental Science (3) Geography(Career Area 3,4,5) (3) ENS443 Advanced Cartography
(Pre-req ENS 341) (Pre-req ENS 260/ENS 251) (Career Area 1) (3) (Pre-req ENS 343)
ENS442 Advanced GIS (Career Area 1) (3) ENS362 Environment and Disease ENS444 Digital Image Processing and Analysis
(Pre-req CGB 224 or CGB 416 or ENS 342) (Career Area 3,4,5) (3) (Career Area 1) (3)
183
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
(Pre-req ENS 344/CGB224/CGB 416) Award of the Degree Semester 4

ENS450 African Environment (Career Area 5) (3) To be awarded a Bachelor of Science Degree in Geology Core Courses
ENS452 Rural Development in Botswana or a Bachelor of Science for a Combined Degree GEO202 Optical Mineralogy (3 credits)
(Career Area 5) (3) involving Geology as a subject, a student must have (Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112)
ENS454 Industrialization Trends in the taken and passed the relevant courses prescribed in GEO203 Remote Sensing Applied to Geology
Developing World (Career Area 5) (3) sections 3.1 and 3.2 and must satisfy General Academic (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112)
(Pre-req ENS 353) Regulations 00.85 and 00.9 and Faculty of Science GEO206 Petrography (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO111 &
ENS456 Transport and Environment Special Regulation 23.7. GEO112)
(Career Area 3) (3) (Pre-req ENS 353) MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (3 credits)
ENS458 Gender and Environment (Career Area 3) (3) Course Structure (Pre-req MAT111 &MAT112)
ENS466 Urbanization in Developing Countries Geology courses shall be offered at Levels 100 to 400
(Career Area 5)(3) for the Undergraduate Programme as outlined in WINTER SEMESTER
ENS468 Tourism and Development Regulations 2.1 to 2.4 below and Levels 600 to 700 for
(Career Area 2) (3) Master of Science candidates GEO301 Field Mapping (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO201
(Pre-req ENS 367 or ENS 368 or & GEO206)
THM 101) COMMON FIRST YEAR PROGRAMME FOR ALL GEOLOGY
DEGREE PROGRAMMES INCLUDING APPLIED Semester 5
GEOPHYSICS PROGRAMME Core Courses
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Semester 1
CHE101 General Chemistry I (4 credits)
GEO302 Igneous Petrology (3 credits (Pre-req
GEO202 & GEO206)
COM141 Communication and Academic Literacy GEO303 Sedimentary Petrology (3 credits) (Pre-req
Skills (Science) (3 credits) GEO202 & GEO206)
The Department of Geology offers the following
GEO111 General Geology I (3 credits) GEO305 Ore Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO202 &
Programmes leading to the award of the mentioned
ICT121 Computing Skills Fundamentals 1 (2 GEO206)
Degrees:
credits) GEO306 Exploration Geophysics 1 (3 credits) (Pre-
• Single Major Programme, leading to the award of
MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4 credits) req GEO201, MAT291 & MAT292)
a Bachelor of Science Degree in Geology as per
PHY112 Geometrical Optics and Mechanics, GEO317 Computer Applications to Geology (3
Departmental Regulation 2.2
Vibrations and Waves (4 credits) credits) ((Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112)
• Combined Major/Minor with a Geology major leading
to the award a Bachelor of Science degree as per
Service Courses (For non Geology Majors) Semester 6
GEO304 Advanced Structural Geology (4 credits)
• Combined Major/Major Degree Programme with
GEO103 Geology for Teachers (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO201)
Geology and one of Chemistry, Environmental
GEO104 Introduction to Geology for GEO308 Metamorphic Petrology (3 credits) (Pre-
Science and Physics leading to the award of a
Mining Engineers (3 credits) req GEO202 & GEO303)
Bachelor of Science Degree as per Departmental
GEO309 Hydrogeology (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO205)
Regulations 2.2
General Education Courses GEO310 Exploration Geophysics II (3 credits) (Pre-
• Combined Major/Minor with Geology as a Minor
GEC250 Earth Processes, Mineral Resources and req GEO306, MAT291 & MAT292)
leading to the award of the degree in which the
Development (2 credits) GEO319 Introduction to Geochemistry (3 credits)
student is enrolled as per Departmental Regulation
GEC251 Groundwater and Society (2 credits) (Pre-req GEO302)
2.2
• Single Major Programme (in collaboration with the
Department of Physics), leading to the award of a
CHE102 General Chemistry II (4 credits) (Pre-req Core Courses
Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied Geophysics as
CHE101) GEO407 Economic Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req
per in the Faculty of Science Regulations 23.2.1 and
COM142 Academic and Professional Communica GEO305)
23.4.
tion (Science) (3 credits) GEO408 Environmental Geology (3 credits) (Pre-
GEO112 Introduction to Geology II (3 credits) req GEO111 & GEO112)
• Master of Science Programme leading to the award of
(Pre-req GEO111) GEO411 Regional Geology of Southern Africa (3
a Master of Science Degree in Hydrogeology as per
ICT122 Computing Skills Fundamentals 2 (2 credits) (Pre-req GEO111, GEO112 &
Departmental Regulation 4.0.
credits) GEO201)
• MPhil and PhD degree programme in Geology in
MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4 credits) GEO413 Research Project for Single Majors I (3
accordance with General Regulation 50.1 and 50.2f
(Pre-req MAT111) credits) (Pre-req GEO301 & GEO317)
for the degrees of Master of Philosophy (MPhil) and
PHY122 Electricity, Magnetism and Elements of
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) (UB Graduate Calendar
Modern Physics (3 credits) Optional Course
2019/2020)
GEO410 Advanced Exploration Geophysics (3
GEOLOGY AS SINGLE MAJOR PROGRAMME credits) (Pre-req GEO306 & GEO310)
Entry Requirements
(a) Admission to the Geology Single Major and Combined
Degree Programmes shall be as specified in the Faculty
of Science Regulations 23.2.1 and 23.4.
GEO201 Structural Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO402 Geotectonics (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO201
GEO111 & GEO112) & GEO206)
(b) Students who wish to register for Geology (Single
GEO205 Hydrogeology (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO111 GEO405 Engineering Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req
Major or Combined Degree) at Level 200 must have
& GEO112) GEO201; GEO203)
taken and passed Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and
GEO211 Basic Mineralogy (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO412 Mineral Exploration (3 credits) (Pre-req
Geology at Level 100.
GEO111 & GEO112) GEO305 & GEO407)
GEO316 Introduction to Sedimentology and Stra GEO414 Research Project for Single Majors II
(c) A student admitted to Level 200 Geology who has
tigraphy (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO111 & (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO413)
successfully completed Level 100 Geology courses must
GEO112)
comply with the University of Botswana Academic
STA116 Basic Statistics (3 credits)
General Regulation 00.311 by taking relevant General
MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3 credits)
Education courses or Elective courses in consultation
(Pre-req MAT111 &MAT112)
with the Head of Department.
184
GEOLOGY MAJOR/MAJOR PROGRAMME- with Semester 4 GEO306 Exploration Geophysics 1 (3 credits)
CHEMISTRY Core Courses (Pre-req. GEO201, MAT291 & MAT292)
GEO203 Remote Sensing Applied to Geology
Semester 3 (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112) Semester 6
Core Courses GEO206 Petrography (3 credits) GEO308 Metamorphic Petrology (3 credits) (Pre-
GEO201 Structural Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req (Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112) req GEO202 & GEO203)
GEO111 & GEO112) GEO309 Hydrogeology (3 credits)
GEO205 Hydrogeology (3 credits) WINTER SEMESTER (Pre-req GEO205)
(Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112)
GEO211 Basic Mineralogy (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO301 Field Mapping (3 credits) Semester 7
GEO111 & GEO112) (Pre-req GEO201 & GEO206) Core Courses
GEO316 Introduction to Sedimentology and Stra GEO407 Economic Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req
tigraphy (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO111 & Semester 5 GEO305)
GEO112) Core Courses GEO408 Environmental Geology (3 credits) (Pre-
GEO302 Igneous Petrology (3 credits (Pre-req req GEO111 & GEO112)
Semester 4 GEO202 & GEO206) GEO411 Regional Geology of Southern Africa
Core Courses GEO305 Ore Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO202 (3 credits) (Pre-req Pre-req GEO111,
GEO202 Optical Mineralogy (3 credits) (Pre-req & GEO206) GEO112 and GEO201)
GEO111 & GEO112)
GEO203 Remote Sensing Applied to Geology (3 Semester 6 Semester 8
credits) (Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112) GEO308 Metamorphic Petrology (3 credits) (Pre- Core Course
GEO206 Petrography (3 credits) req GEO202 & GEO303) GEO402 Geotectonics (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO201
(Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112) GEO309 Hydrogeology (3credits) & GEO206)
(Pre-req GEO205) GEO405 Engineering Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req
WINTER SEMESTER GEO201 & GEO203)
Semester 7 GEO406 Research Project for Combined Majors (3
GEO301 Field Mapping (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO201 Core Courses credits) (Pre-requisite GEO301)
& GEO206) GEO407 Economic Geology (3 credits)
(Pre-req GEO305) GEOLOGY MAJOR (MINOR CHEMISTRY,
Semester 5 GEO408 Environmental Geology (3 credits) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND PHYSICS) IN
Core Courses (Pre-req GEO1111 & GEO112) COMBINED DEGREE
GEO302 Igneous Petrology (3 credits ) GEO411 Regional Geology of Southern Africa (3
(Pre-req GEO202 & GEO206) credits) (Pre-req GEO111, GEO112 & Semester 3
GEO305 Ore Geology (3 credits) GEO201) Core Courses
Semester 8 GEO201 Structural Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req
Semester 6 Core Course GEO111 & GEO112)
GEO308 Metamorphic Petrology (3 credits) GEO402 Geotectonics (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO201 GEO205 Hydrogeology (3 credits)
(Pre-req GEO202 & GEO303) & GEO206) (Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112)
GEO319 Introduction to Geochemistry (3 credits) GEO405 Engineering Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO211 Basic Mineralogy (3 credits) (Pre-req
(Pre-req GEO302) GEO201 & GEO203) GEO111 & GEO112)
GEO406 Research Project for Combined Majors (3 GEO316 Introduction to Sedimentology and Stra
Semester 7 credits) (Pre-requisite GEO301) tigraphy (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO111 &
Core Courses GEO412 Mineral Exploration (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO112)
GEO407 Economic Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO305 & GEO407)
GEO305) Semester 4
GEO408 Environmental Geology (3 credits) GEOLOGY MAJOR/MAJOR PROGRAMME-with PHYSICS Core Courses
(Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112 GEO202 Optical Mineralogy (3 credits) (Pre-req
GEO411 Regional Geology of Southern Africa (3 Semester 3 GEO111 & GEO112)
credits) (Pre-req GEO111, GEO112 & Core Courses GEO203 Remote Sensing Applied to Geology (3
GEO201) GEO201 Structural Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req credits) (Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112)
Semester 8 GEO111 & GEO112) GEO206 Petrography (3 credits)
Core Course GEO205 Hydrogeology (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112)
GEO402 Geotectonics (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO201 (Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112)
& GEO206) GEO211 Basic Mineralogy (3 credits) WINTER SEMESTER
GEO405 Engineering Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req (Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112)
GEO201 & GEO203) GEO301 Field Mapping (3 credits)
GEO406 Research Project for Combined Majors (3 Semester 4 (Pre-req GEO201 & GEO206)
credits) (Pre-requisite GEO301) Core Courses
GEO412 Mineral Exploration (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO203 Remote Sensing Applied to Geology Semester 5
GEO305 & GEO407) (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112) Core Courses
GEO206 Petrography (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO302 Igneous Petrology (3 credits (Pre-req
GEOLOGY MAJOR/MAJOR PROGRAMME-WITH GEO111 & GEO112) GEO202 & GEO206)
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE GEO305 Ore Geology (3 credits)
WINTER SEMESTER (Pre-req GEO202 & GEO206)
Semester 3 GEO301 Field Mapping (3 credits) GEO306 Exploration Geophysics 1 (3 credits) (Pre-
Core Courses (Pre-req GEO201 & GEO206) req GEO201, MAT291 & MAT292)
GEO201 Structural Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO317 Computer Applications to Geology
GEO111 & GEO112) Semester 5 (3 credits)
GEO205 Hydrogeology (3 credits) Core Courses
(Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112) GEO302 Igneous Petrology (3 credits (Pre-req Semester 6
GEO211 Basic Mineralogy (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO202 & GEO206) GEO304 Advanced Structural Geology (4 credits)
GEO111 & GEO112) GEO303 Sedimentary Petrology (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO201)
(Pre-req. GEO202 & GEO206)
185
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
GEO308 Metamorphic Petrology (3 credits) who has successfully completed Level 100 Geology GEO111 & GEO112)
GEO309 Hydrogeology (3 credits) courses must comply with the University of Botswana GEO316 Introduction to Sedimentology and Stra
GEO319 Introduction to Geochemistry (3 credits) Academic General Regulation 00.311 by taking tigraphy (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO111 &
relevant General Education courses or Elective courses GEO112)
Semester 7 in consultation with the Head of Department. GPH201 Fundamentals of Geophysics (3 credits)
Core Courses (MAT111, MAT112, PHY111, PHY121; Co-
GEO408 Environmental Geology (3 credits) Award of Degree req MAT221)
GEO411 Regional Geology of Southern Africa (3 To be awarded a Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied MAT221 Calculus I (3 credits) (Pre-req MAT111
credits) (Pre-req GEO111, GEO112 & Geophysics a candidate must have taken and passed &MAT112)
GEO201) the relevant courses prescribed in section 9 and must
GEO413 Research Project for Single Majors I (3 satisfy General Academic Regulations 00.85 and 00.9 Optional Courses
credits) (Pre-req GEO301 & GEO317) and Faculty of Science Special Regulation 23.7. GEO205 Hydrogeology (3 credits)
(Pre-req GEO111& GEO112)
Semester 8 Programme Structure PHY231 Mechanics and Physical Optics (3 credits)
Core Course The Programme is designed in such a manner as to PHY239 Physics Practical’s 2.1 (1 Credit)
GEO402 Geotectonics (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO201 gradually introduce students to the principles of Applied
& GEO206) Geophysics in the third year. It is envisaged that at this Notes: Candidates intending to take Environmental
GEO405 Engineering Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req level, students are sufficiently grounded in the basic Geophysics at level 400 are advised to take GEO205 as
GEO201 & GEO203) theories and principles used in Geophysics and can one of the optional courses.
GEO412 Mineral Exploration (3 credits) (Pre-req appreciate all the scientific/practical developments
GEO305 & GEO407) in this field they are likely to encounter. They should Semester 4
GEO414 Research Project for Single Majors II (3 have been exposed to adequate field work through the Core Courses
credits) (Pre-req GEO413) geologic field course taken during Level 100 and 200. GEO206 Petrography (3 credits)
GEOLOGY MINOR SUBJECT IN COMBINED DEGREE The fourth and final year consists of the completion MAT222 Calculus II (3 credits) (Pre-req MAT111
(MAJOR CHEMISTRY, ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND of the Geology and Applied Geophysics courses and & MAT112)
PHYSICS) emphasis is placed on application of the various PHY232 Properties of Matter, Basic
geophysical methods in exploration and fieldwork Thermodynamics and Introduction to
Semester 3 (where the students will be acquainted with the use of Nuclear Physics (3 Credits) (Pre-req PHY112)
Core Courses various geophysical equipment) which forms a major PHY241 Electricity and Magnetism
GEO201 Structural Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req component of the course. (3 credits) (Pre-req PHY112)
GEO111 & GEO112) PHY249 Physics Practical 4.1 (1 credits)
GEO205 Hydrogeology (3 credits) The courses are also designed to satisfy the required (Pre-req PHY112)
(Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112) training expected for an applied geophysicist. This will
GEO211 Basic Mineralogy (3 credits) (Pre-req enable graduates of the programme to qualify to be Optional Courses
GEO111 & GEO112) members of professional societies such as the Society of GEO203 Remote Sensing and GIS
GEO316 Introduction to Sedimentology and Stra Exploration Geophysicists (SEG). Applied to Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req
tigraphy (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO111 & GEO111 & GEO112)
GEO112) In the final year students will have the option of choosing MAT242 Computing I (3 credits)
either the Mining Geophysics or the Environmental MAT244 Numerical Methods (3 Credits)
Semester 4 Geophysics Stream, the latter including geotechnical and PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics (3 credits)
Core Courses groundwater studies.
GEO206 Petrography (3 credits) WINTER SEMESTER
(Pre-req GEO111 & GEO112) Semester 1
CHE101 General Chemistry I (4 credits) GEO301 Field Mapping (3 credits)
WINTER SEMESTER COM141 Communication and Academic Literacy (Pre-req GEO201 & GEO206)
GEO301 Field Mapping (3 credits) Skills (Science) (3 credits)
(Pre-req GEO201 & GEO206) GEO111 General Geology (3 credits) Semester 5
ICT121 Computing Skills Fundamentals 1 (2credits) Core Courses
Semester 5 MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4 credits) CCB313 Surveying (3 credits)
Core Courses PHY112 Geometrical Optics and Mechanics, GPH301 Gravity and Magnetic Methods
Vibrations and Waves (4 credits) (3 credits) (MAT221, MAT222, GEO201)
GEO305 Ore Geology (3 credits) (Co-req CCB313)
(Pre-req GEO202 & GEO206) Service Courses PHY353 Mathematical Methods for Physical
Sciences (3 credits)
Semester 6 (None) Semester 2
CHE102 General Chemistry II (4 credits) (Pre-req Optional Courses
Semester 7 CHE101) GEO304 Advanced Structural Geology (4 credits)
Core Courses COM142 Academic and Professional Communication (Pre-req GEO201)
GEO408 Environmental Geology (3 credits) (Pre- (Science) (3 credits) GEO305 Ore Geology (3 credits) ((Pre-req GEO202)
req GEO111 & GEO112) GEO112 Physical Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req MAT324 Different ial Equations (3 credits)
GEO111) PHY315 Introduction to Potential Fields
BSc 201-APPLIED GEOPHYSICS PROGRAMME ICT122 Computing Skills Fundamentals 2 (2 credits) Geophysics (3 credits)
MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4 credits) PHY354 Advanced Electronics I (3 credits)
Entry Requirements (Pre-req MAT111)
PHY122 Electricity, Magnetism and Elements of Semester 6
(a) Admission to the Applied Geophysics Degree Modern Physics (3 credits) GPH302 Electrical and electromagnetic Methods
Programmes shall be as specified in the Faculty of (3 credits) (Pre-req MAT221, MAT222,
Science Regulations 23.2.1 and 23.4. Semester 3 PHY221, GEO201
Core Courses
(b) Students who wish to register for Applied Geophysics GEO201 Structural Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req GPH304 Seismic Imaging: Theory
at Level 200 must have taken and passed Mathematics, GEO111 & GEO112) and Applications (3 credits)
Physics, Chemistry and Geology at Level 100. GEO211 Basic Mineralogy (3 credits) (Pre-req (Pre-req MAT221, MAT222,
(c) A student admitted to Level 200 Applied Geophysics
186
GEO201; Co-req CCB313) In addition candidates are required to take 3 credits of as the Minor leading to the award of a Bachelor
Electives/GEC of Science Degree as outlined in Departmental
GPH306 Geophysical Data Analysis and ENVIRONMENTAL GEOPHYSICS STREAM Regulation 2.4.
Interpretation (3 credits) (Pre-req
MAT221, MAT222, GPH301) Semester 7 Entry Requirements
(Co-req GPH302, GPH304) Core Courses Admission to the Mathematics Programmes shall be as
GEO408 Environmental Geology (3 credits) (Pre- specified in Faculty of Science Regulation 23.21.
Optional Courses req GEO111 & GEO112)
GEO309 Hydrogeology (3 credits) GPH401 Research Project I (3 credits) (Pre-req The entry requirement for Single Major and Major/Minor
(Pre-req GEO205) GPH307) (with Mathematics Major) at level 300 shall be a GPA of
PHY361 Introduction to Electromagnetism GPH403 Seismic Data Processing and Interpreta 3.0 in the Mathematics courses at levels 100 and 200
(3 credits) (Pre-req PHY241) tion (3 credits) (Pre-req MAT221, subject to approval by the Head of the Department.
PHY364 Advanced Electronics II (3 credits) MAT222, GPH306)
(Pre-req. PHY354) GPH405 Well Logging and Formation Evaluation Single Major (Mathematics Major)
PHY476 Mathematical Methods for Physical (3credits) (Pre-req GPH304; GEO316) Level 100
Sciences (3 credits) (Pre-req PHY353) Semester 1
Electives Optional Course MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I
Candidates are also advised to take the following courses GEO407 Economic Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req (4, Pre-req. O-Level Credit in
or any other 3 credit course of their choice as an elective GEO305) Mathematics)
GEO411 Regional Geology of Southern Africa (3
ENV312 Sustainable Development (3 credits) credits) (Pre-req GEO111, GEO112 & Semester 2
GEO201) MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4, Pre-req.
WINTER SEMESTER GPH404 Environmental Geophysics Taken MAT111)
(3 credits) (Pre-req GPH301; GPH304)
GPH307 Geophysical Field School (3 weeks) (3 GPH406 Mining Geophysics (3 credits) (Pre-req Level 200
credits) (Pre-req MAT221, MAT222, GPH301; GPH304) Semester 3
GEO301, GHP301, GPH302, GPH 304) GPH407 Global Geophysics (3 credits) (Pre-req In Semester 3, the Single Major Programme shall consist
MAT221, MAT222) of 6 credits of core courses and a minimum of 6 credits
MNING GEOPHYSICS STREAM PHY481Atomic and Basic Nuclear Physics (3 credits) optional courses.
Semester 7 Semester 8 Core Courses

Core Courses Core Course MAT211 Introductory Set and Number Theory
GEO407 Economic Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO405 Engineering Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req (3, Pre-req. MAT111, A-Level Maths. or
GEO305) GEO201 & GEO203) equivalent)
GPH401 Research Project I (3 credits) (Pre-req GPH402 Geophysical Time Series (3 credits) (Pre- MAT221 Calculus I (3, Pre-req. MAT122, A-Level
GPH307) req GPH304, GPH306) Maths. or equivalent)
GPH403 Seismic Data Processing and Interpretation GPH404 Environmental Geophysics (3 credits)
(3 credits) (Pre-req MAT221, MAT222, (Pre-req GPH301; GPH304) Optional Courses
GPH306) GPH412 Research Project II (3 credits) (Pre-req MAT244 Numerical Methods I
GPH405 Well Logging and Formation Evaluation GPH401) (3, Pre-req. MAT122)
(3 credits) (Pre-req GPH304; GEO316) MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics
Optional Course (3, Pre-req. MAT122)
Optional Course GEO402 Geotectonics (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO201 MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics
GEO408 Environmental Geology (3 credits) ((Pre- & GEO201) (3, Pre-req. MAT122
req GEO111 & GEO112) GPH407 Global Geophysics (3 credits) (Pre-req
GEO411 Regional Geology of Southern Africa (3 MAT221, MAT222) Semester 4
credits) (Pre-req GEO111, GEO112 & PHY485 Microcomputing for Physical Sciences (3 Core Courses
GEO201) credits) In Semester 4, the Single Major Programme shall consist
GPH404 Environmental Geophysics of 6 credits of core courses and a minimum of 6 credits
(3 credits) (Pre-req GPH301; GPH304) In addition candidates are required to take 3 credits of of optional courses.
GPH407 Global Geophysics (3 credits) (Pre-req Electives/GEC
MAT221, MAT222) MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra
PHY481 Atomic and Basic Nuclear Physics (3 (3, Pre-req. MAT111, A-Level Maths. or
credits) equivalent)
DEPARTMENT OF MAT222 Calculus II (3, Pre-req. MAT221)
Semester 8
Core Course
MATHEMATICS
Optional Courses
GEO405 Engineering Geology (3 credits) (Pre-req MAT214 Discrete Mathematics
GEO203 & GEO203) (3, Pre-req. MAT111)
The Department of Mathematics offers the following
GPH402 Geophysical Time Series (3 credits) (Pre- MAT242 Computing (3, Pre-req. GEC121 and GEC122)
Programmes leading to the award of the mentioned
req GPH304, GPH306) MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3, Pre-req. MAT251)
degrees:
GPH406 Mining Geophysics (3 credits) (Pre-req
GPH301; GPH304) Level 300
• Single Major Programme leading to the award of
GPH412 Research Project II (3 credits) (Pre-req Semester 5
a Bachelor of Science Degree in Mathematics as
GPH401) In Semester 5, the Single Major Programme shall consist
outlined in Departmental Regulation 2.1
of 6 credits of core courses.
• Combined Major/Minor Programme with Mathematics
Optional Course
as the Major, leading to the award of a Bachelor
GEO402 Geotectonics (3 credits) (Pre-req GEO206 Additional minimum 6 credits should be taken from
of Science Degree as outlined in Departmental
& GEO206) optional courses in accordance with General Regulation
Regulation 2.2
PHY485 Microcomputing for Physical Sciences (3 00.62.
• Combined Major/Major Programme leading to the
credits)
award of a Bachelor of Science Degree as outlined
Core Courses
MAT311 Abstract Algebra I(3, Pre-req. MAT211)
• Combined Major/Minor Programme with Mathematics
187
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
MAT321 Real Analysis I (3, Pre-req. MAT222) (3, Pre-req. MAT211) Core Courses
MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3, Pre-req. MAT312) MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3, Pre-req. MAT211)
Optional Courses MAT422 Functional Analysis (3, Pre-req. MAT322) MAT321 Real Analysis I (3, Pre-req. MAT222)
MAT323 Vector Calculus (3, Pre-req. MAT222) MAT424 Dynamical Systems (3, Pre-req. MAT324)
MAT344 Numerical Methods for Linear Algebra MAT426 Partial Differential Equations Optional Courses
(3, Pre-eq. MAT212) (3, Pre-req. MAT423) MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics
MAT361 Mathematical Programming and MAT428 Introduction to Probability Theory (3, Pre-req. MAT122)
Game Theory (3, Pre-req. MAT425) MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics
(3, Pre-req. MAT221 and MAT222) MAT432 Algebraic Topology (3, Pre-req. MAT431) (3, Pre-req. MAT122)
MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I MAT454 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics MAT323 Vector Calculus (3, Pre-req. MAT222)
(3, Pre-req. MAT271) (3, Pre-req. MAT323) MAT344 Numerical Methods for Linear Algebra
MAT464 Introduction to Mathematical Modelling (3, Pre-eq. MAT212)
Semester 6 Applied to Life Sciences MAT361 Mathematical Programming and Game
In Semester 6, the Single Major Programme shall consist (3, Pre-req. MAT324) Theory (3, Pre-req. MAT221 and MAT222)
of 9 credits of core courses. An additional minimum MAT472 Linear Models (3, Pre-req. MAT471) MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I
3 credits should be taken from optional courses in MAT474 Stochastic Processes (3, Pre-req. MAT371) (3, Pre-req. MAT271)
accordance with General Regulation 00.62. MAT478 Introduction to Statistical Analysis
of Reliability (3, Pre-req. MAT372) Semester 6
Core Courses In Semester 6, the Combined Major/ Minor Programme
MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3, Pre-req. MAT311) Combined Major/Minor Programme (Mathematics Major) shall consist of 3 credits of core courses. Additional
MAT322 Real Analysis II (3, Pre-req. MAT321) minimum 6 credits should be taken from optional
MAT324 Differential Equations Level 100 courses.
(3, Pre-req. MAT222 or MAT382) Semester 1
MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I Core Courses
Optional Courses (4, Pre-req. O-Level Credit MAT324 Differential Equations
MAT346 Numerical Methods II in Mathematics) (3, Pre-req. MAT222 or MAT382)
(3, Pre-req. MAT244 or MAT344)
MAT348 Introduction to Computational Semester 2 Optional Courses
Mathematics (3, Pre-req. MAT242 MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4, Pre-req. MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3, Pre-req. MAT311)
and MAT344) Taken MAT111) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3, Pre-req. MAT321)
MAT352 Dynamics I (3, Pre-req. MAT252) MAT346 Numerical Methods II
MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II Level 200 (3, Pre-req. MAT244 or MAT344)
(3, Pre-req. MAT371 Semester 3 MAT348 Introduction to Computational
In Semester 3, the Combined Major/Minor Programme Mathematics (3, Pre-req. MAT242
Level 400 shall consist of 6 credits of core courses and 3 credits and MAT344)
Semester 7 from optional courses. MAT352 Dynamics I (3, Pre-req. MAT252)
In Semester 7, the Single Major Programme shall consist MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II
of 7 credits of core courses. Additional minimum 6 credits Core Courses (3, Pre-req. MAT371)
should be taken from optional courses in accordance MAT211 Introductory Set and Number Theory
with General Regulation 00.62. (3, Pre-req. MAT111, A-Level Maths. Level 400
or equivalent) Semester 7
Core Courses MAT221 Calculus I (3, Pre-req. MAT122, In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Minor Programme
MAT401 Introduction to Mathematical Writing (1) A-Level Maths. or equivalent) shall consist of 4 credits of core courses. Additional
MAT411 Linear Algebra (3, Pre-req. MAT212) minimum 6 credits should be taken from optional
MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable Optional Courses courses.
(3, Pre- req. MAT321) MAT244 Numerical Methods I (3, Pre-req. MAT122)
MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics Core Courses
Optional Courses (3, Pre-req. MAT122) MAT401 Introduction to Mathematical Writing (1)
MAT423 Mathematical Methods MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable
(3, Pre-req. MAT324) (3, Pre-req. MAT122) (3, Pre-req. MAT321)
MAT425 Measure Theory
(3, Pre-req. MAT322) Semester 4 Optional Courses
MAT431 General Topology (3, Pre-req. MAT322) In Semester 4 the Combined Major/Minor Programme MAT411 Linear Algebra (3, Pre-req. MAT212)
MAT451 Dynamics II (3, Pre-req. MAT352) shall consist of 6 credits of core courses and 3 credits MAT423 Mathematical Methods
MAT461 Optimisation and Control Theory from optional courses. (3, Pre-req. MAT324)
(3, Pre-req. MAT324) MAT425 Measure Theory (3, Pre-req. MAT322)
MAT471 Multivariate Statistics (3, Pre-req. MAT372) Core Courses MAT431 General Topology (3, Pre-req. MAT322)
MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra MAT451 Dynamics II (3, Pre-req. MAT352)
Semester 8 (3, Pre-req. MAT111, A-Level Maths. MAT461 Optimisation and Control Theory
In Semester 8, the Single Major Programme shall consist or equivalent) (3, Pre-req. MAT324)
of 3 credits of core course and a minimum of 9 credits of MAT222 Calculus II (3, Pre-req. MAT221) MAT471 Multivariate Statistics
optional courses in accordance with General Regulation (3, Pre-req. MAT372
00.62. Optional Courses
MAT214 Discrete Mathematics (3, Pre-req. MAT111) Semester 8
Core Courses MAT242 Computing(3, Pre-req. GEC121 and GEC122) In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Minor Programme
MAT406Project (3, Pre-req. MAT401) MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3, Pre-req. MAT251) shall consist of 3 credits of core course 9 credits of
optional courses.
Optional Courses Level 300
MAT404 Topics in Advanced Mathematics Semester 5 Core course
(3, Pre-req. Student must be a In Semester 5, the Combined Major/Minor Programme MAT406 Project (3, Pre-req. MAT401)
fourth year Maths major) shall consist of 6 credits of core courses. Additional
MAT412 Number Theory (3, Pre-req. MAT311) minimum 6 credits should be taken from optional Optional Courses
MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory courses. MAT402 History of Mathematics
188
(3, Pre-req. MAT122) (3, Pre-req. MAT111) (3, Pre-req. MAT371)
MAT412 Number Theory (3, Pre-req. MAT311) MAT242 Computing (3, Pre-req. GEC121 and GEC122) MAT402 History of Mathematics
MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3, Pre-req. MAT251) (3, Pre-req. MAT122)
(3, Pre-req. MAT211) MAT406 Project (3, Pre-req. MAT401)
MAT416 Abstract Algebra III Level 300 MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory
(3, Pre-req. MAT312) Semester 5 (3, Pre-req. MAT211)
MAT422 Functional Analysis In Semester 5, the Combined Major/Major Programme MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3, Pre-req. MAT312)
(3, Pre-req. MAT322) shall consist of 6 credits of core courses. Additional MAT422 Functional Analysis (3, Pre-req. MAT322)
MAT424 Dynamical Systems minimum 3 credits should be taken from optional MAT428 Introduction to Probability Theory
(3, Pre-req. MAT324) courses in accordance with General Regulation 00.62. (3, Pre-req. MAT425)
MAT426 Partial Differential Equations MAT464 Introduction to Mathematical Modelling
(3, Pre-req. MAT423) Core Courses Applied to Life Sciences
MAT428 Introduction to Probability Theory MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3, Pre-req. MAT211) (3, Pre-req. MAT324)
(3, Pre-req. MAT425) MAT321 Real Analysis I (3, Pre-req. MAT222)
MAT432 Algebraic Topology (3, Pre-req. MAT431) Combined Major/Minor Programme
MAT454 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics Optional Courses (Mathematics Minor)
(3, Pre-req. MAT323) MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics
MAT464 Introduction to Mathematical Modelling (3, Pre-req. MAT122) Level 100
Applied to Life Sciences MAT323 Vector Calculus (3, Pre-req. MAT222) Semester 1
(3, Pre-req. MAT324) MAT344 Numerical Methods for Linear Algebra MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I
MAT472 Linear Models (3, Pre-req. MAT471) (3, Pre-eq. MAT212) (4, Pre-req. O-Level Credit
MAT474 Stochastic Processes (3, Pre-req. MAT371) in Mathematics)
MAT478 Introduction to Statistical Analysis Semester 6
of Reliability (3, Pre-req. MAT372) In Semester 6, the Combined Major/Major Programme Semester 2
shall consist of 3 credits of core courses. Additional MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II
Combined Major/Major Programme minimum 3 credits should be taken from optional (4, Pre-req. Taken MAT111)
courses in accordance with General Regulation 00.62.
Level 100 Level 200
Semester 1 Core Courses Semester 3
MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4, Pre-req. MAT324 Differential Equations In Semester 3, the Combined Major/Minor Programme
O-Level Credit in Mathematics) (3, Pre-req. MAT222 or MAT382) with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 credits of
core courses.
MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4, Pre-req. MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics Core Courses
Taken MAT111) (3, Pre-req. MAT251) MAT211 Introductory Set and Number Theory
MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3, Pre-req. MAT311) (3, Pre-req. MAT111, A-Level Maths. or
Level 200 MAT322 Real Analysis II (3, Pre-req. MAT321) equivalent)
Semester 3 MAT346 Numerical Methods II MAT221 Calculus I (3, Pre-req. MAT122, A-Level
In Semester 3, the Combined Major/Major Programme (3, Pre-req. MAT244 or MAT344) Maths. or equivalent)
shall consist of 6 credits of core courses. Additional MAT348 Introduction to Computational
credits may be taken from optional courses in accordance Mathematics (3, Pre-req. MAT242 Semester 4
with General Regulation 00.62 and MAT344) In Semester 4, the Combined Major/Minor Programme
MAT352 Dynamics I (3, Pre-req. MAT252) with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 credits of
Core Courses core courses.
MAT211 Introductory Set and Number Theory Level 400
(3, Pre-req. MAT111, A-Level Maths. Semester 7 Core Courses
or equivalent) IIn Semester 7, the Combined Major/Major Programme MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra
MAT221 Calculus I shall consist of 3 credits of core courses. Additional (3, Pre-req. MAT111, A-Level Maths. or
(3, Pre-req. MAT122, A-Level Maths. or minimum 6 credits should be taken from optional equivalent)
equivalent) courses in accordance with General Regulation 00.62. MAT222 Calculus II (3, Pre-req. MAT221)
Optional Courses Core Courses Level 300

MAT244 Numerical Methods I MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable Semester 5
(3, Pre-req. MAT122) (3, Pre-req. MAT321) In Semester 5, the Combined Major/Minor Programme
MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 credits of
(3, Pre-req. MAT122) Optional Courses optional courses.
MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics MAT361 Mathematical Programming and Game
(3, Pre-req. MAT122) Theory (3, Pre-req. MAT221 and MAT222) Optional Courses
MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics
Semester 4 (3, Pre-req. MAT271) (3, Pre-req. MAT122)
In Semester 4, the Combined Major/Major Programme MAT401 Introduction to Mathematical Writing (1) MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics
shall consist of 6 credits of core courses. Additional MAT411 Linear Algebra (3, Pre-req. MAT212) (3, Pre-req. MAT122)
credits may be taken from optional courses in accordance MAT423 Mathematical Methods MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3, Pre-req. MAT211)
with General Regulation 00.62. (3, Pre-req. MAT324) MAT323 Vector Calculus (3, Pre-req. MAT222)
MAT425 Measure Theory (3, Pre-req. MAT322) MAT344 Numerical Methods for Linear Algebra
Core Courses MAT431 General Topology (3, Pre-req. MAT322) (3, Pre-eq. MAT212)
MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra
(3, Pre-req. MAT111, A-Level Maths. Semester 8 Semester 6
or equivalent) In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Major Programme In Semester 6, the Combined Major/Minor Programme
MAT222 Calculus II (3, Pre-req. MAT221) shall consist of 6 credits of optional courses. with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 credits of
optional courses.
Optional Courses Optional Courses
MAT214 Discrete Mathematics MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II
189
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
Optional Courses ICT121 Computing and Information Skills, Semester 6

MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics Fundamentals I (2 credits, GEC) MAT322 Real Analysis II
(3, Pre-req. MAT251) MGT100 Principles of Management (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAT321)
MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3 credits, core) MAT324 Differential Equations
(3, Pre-req. MAT311) COM141 Communication Skills I (3 credits, GEC) (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAT222)
MAT346 Numerical Methods II MAF302 Stochastic Calculus I
(3, Pre-req. MAT244 or MAT344) Semester 2 (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAT222
MAT348 Introduction to Computational MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II FIN304 Principles of Risk Management and
Mathematics (3, Pre-req. MAT242 and (4 credits, core) Insurance. (3 credits, core,)
MAT344) MAF102 Mathematics of Finance II FIN 302 Financial Planning and Forecasting
(3 credits, core) (3 credits, core)
Level 400 ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics FIN 300 Financial Management
Semester 7 (3 credits, core) (3 credits, core,
In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Minor Programme ICT122 Computing and Information Skills, MAF 300 Industrial Attachment
with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 3 credits of Fundamentals II (2 credits, core) (3 Credits, core)
optional courses. ACC100 Introductory to Accounting
(3 credits, GCE) Level 400 Shall consist of the following courses:
Optional Courses COM142 Communication Skills II
MAT321 Real Analysis I (3, Pre-req. MAT222) (3 credits Pre-req. COM 111) Semester 7
MAT361 Mathematical Programming and Core Courses
Game Theory (3, Pre-req. MAT221 Level 200 Shall consist of the following courses: FIN400 Financial Theory and Analysis
and MAT222) (3 credits, core, Pre-req. FIN300)
MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I Semester 3 MAF401 Stochastic Calculus II
(3, Pre-req. MAT271) MAT221 Calculus I (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAF302)
MAT411 Linear Algebra (3, Pre-req. MAT212) (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAT122)
MAT242 Computing I Optional Courses (Choose any 3)
Semester 8 (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAT122) MAT474 Stochastic Processes
In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Minor Programme MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (3 credits, optional, Pre-req. MAT371)
with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 credits of (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAT122) MAT471 Multivariate Statistics I
optional courses. FIN200 Business Finance (3 credits, Optional, Pre-req. MAT371)
(3 credits, core, Pre-req. ACC100) MAT461 Calculus of Variations & Control Theory
Optional Courses ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3 credits, Optional, Pre-req. MAT324)
MAT322 Real Analysis II (3, Pre-req. MAT321) (3 credits, core, Pre-req. ECO111) MAT421 Function of Complex Variables
MAT324 Differential Equations ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3 credits, Optional, Pre-req. MAT321)
(3, Pre-req. MAT222 or MAT382) (3 credits, Core, Pre-req. ACC100)
MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II Semester 8
(3, Pre-req. MAT371) Core Courses
MAT402 History of Mathematics Semester 4 MAT423 Mathematical Methods
(3, Pre-req. MAT122) MAT222 Calculus II (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAT324)
MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAT221) MAF400 Project: Topics in Finance
(3, Pre-req. MAT211) MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAF301, FIN301)
(3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAT111) FIN404 Investment Analysis and Portfolio
BSc Mathematics of Finance ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics Management (3 credits, Corer,
Entrance Requirements (3 credits, core, Pre-req. ECO112) Pre-req. FIN300)
MAT244 Numerical Methods
(a) Admission into the Bachelor of Mathematics of (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAT122) Optional Courses (Choose any 2)
Finance programme shall be as stipulated in the ACC206 Accounting for Manufacturing and MAF402 Optimization in Finance
General Regulations of Faculty of Science. Alternative Entities (3 credits, core, (3 credits, optional, Pre-req. MAT 361)
Pre-req. ACC100) FIN403 Financial Institutions and Markets II
(b) Admission into level 100 of the Bachelor of Science MAF201 Mathematics of Finance III (3 credits, optional, Pre-req. FIN301)
of Mathematics of Finance Degree programme (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAF102) MAF404 Financial Models
shall be as stipulated in the General Admission (3 credits, optional, Pre-req. MAF401)
Regulations. BIS309 Accounting Information Systems
(c) Applicants in possession of O’ Level or BGCE Level 300 Shall consist of the following courses: (3 credits, optional, Pre-req. ACC206)
qualification at least B grades in Mathematics, FIN402 International Business Finance
minimum of grade C in English and any two Semester 5 (3 credits, core, Pre-req. FIN301)
Science subjects may be admitted directly into level Core courses
100 of the degree programme. MAT321 Real Analysis I Courses for Non-Mathematics Majors (Service courses)
(3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAT222) MAT103 Mathematics for Allied
(d) Applicants who are in possession of an appropriate ACC308 Cost and Management Accounting Sciences I (3, Pre-req. O-Level Credit in Mathematics)
Diploma in Mathematics of Finance or equivalent (3 credits, core, Pre-req. ACC201) MAT104 Mathematics for Allied Sciences II
may be admitted directly into Level 200 of the MAF301 Mathematics of Finance IV (3, Pre-req. MAT103)
Degree programme. (3 credits, core, Pre-req. MAF201) MAT201 Ancillary Mathematics
FIN301 Financial Institutions and Markets I (3, Pre1-.req. MAT122 or A-Level Maths
Programme Structure (3 credits, core, Pre-req. FIN200) .or equivalent)
Level 100 shall consist of the following courses: Optional Courses (choose any 2) Engineering Mathematics
STA361 Time Series Analysis MAT191 Design Mathematics I (3)
Semester 1 (3 credits, Optional, Pre-req. MAT271) MAT192 Design Mathematics II (3)
MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I MAT361 Linear Programming and Game Theory MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I
(4 credits, core) (3 credits, Optional, Pre-req. MAT212) (3, Pre-req. MAT111 and MAT122)
MAF101 Mathematics of Finance I (3 credits, core) MAT371 Mathematical Statistics II MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II
ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3 credits, core) (3 credits, Optional, Pre-req. MAT271) (3, Pre-req. MAT291)
190
MAT391

Engineering Mathematics III
(3, Pre-req. MAT292)
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Semester 6
In semester 6, the single major programme shall consist
MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IV of 11 credits of core courses and additional credits may
BSC230: BSc DEGREE IN PHYSICS
(3, Pre-req. MAT391) be taken from optional courses in accordance with
• Single major programme
MAT394 Engineering Mathematics IVB General Regulation 00.62.
(Departmental Regulation2.3.1), leading to the award
of BSc (Physics).
MAT491 Engineering Mathematics V Core Courses
• Combined major/minor
(Physics Major) (DepartmentalRegulation 2.3.2),
MAT492 Engineering Mathematics VI PHY361: Introduction to Electromagnetism) (3)
leading to the award of BSc
(3, Pre-req. MAT292) (Pre-requisite = PHY241
• Combined major/major programme
PHY362: Analytical Thermodynamics (3)
(DepartmentalRegulation 2.3.3), leading to the award
Bachelor of Education Degree (Secondary) (Pre-requisite = PHY232)
of BSc
In Semesters 5 to 8, students pursuing the Bachelor of PHY363: Vibrations, Waves and Advanced
• Combined major/minor (Physics Minor)
Education (Secondary) Programme shall take credits Physical Optics (3)
(DepartmentalRegulation 2.3.4), leading to the award
from the following core courses: (Pre-requisite = PHY231)
of BSc if the student is registered in the Faculty of
PHY369: Physics Practicals 6.1 (2)
Science
Semester 5 (Pre-requisites = PHY239 and PHY249)
MAT381 Calculus for Teachers I (3)
LEVEL 100
MAT383 Linear Algebra for Teachers (3) Optional Courses
Semester 1
MAT387 Mechanics for Teachers I (3) PHY364: Advanced Electronics II (3)
PHY112: Geometrical Optics and Mechanics (4)
MAT389 Linear Programming and Game Theory (Pre-requisite= PHY354)
for Teachers (3) PHY365: Physics of the Environment (3)
Semester 2
(Pre-requisite = PHY231)
PHY122: Electricity, Magnetism and Elements of
Semester 6 PHY367: Elements of Air Pollution I (3)
Modern Physics (4)
MAT382 Calculus for Teachers II
(3, Pre-req. MAT381) Semester 7
LEVEL 200
MAT384 Computing for Teachers (3) In semester 7, the single major programme shall consist
Semester 3
MAT388 Mechanics for Teachers II of 11 credits of core courses and additional credits may
PHY231: Mechanics, Vibrations and Waves, Physical
(3, Pre-req. MAT387) be taken from optional courses in accordance with
Optics (3) (Pre-req. = PHY112)
General Regulation 00.62
PHY232: Properties of Matter, Basic
Semester 7
Thermodynamics and Introduction to
MAT481 Geometry for Teachers I (3) Core Courses
Nuclear Physics (3)
MAT483 Real Analysis for Teachers (3) PHY472: Statistical Mechanics I (3)
(Pre-req. = PHY112)
MAT485 Number Theory and Abstract Algebra PHY473: Solid State Physics (3)
for Teachers (3) PHY478: Project in Physics I (3)
(Pre-req. = PHY112, Co-req. = PHY231 or
PHY232)
Semester 8 (Pre-requisite = PHY359
MAT324 Differential Equations or PHY369)
Semester 4
(3, Pre-req. MAT222 or MAT382)
PHY241: Advanced Electricity and Magnetism (3)
MAT482 Geometry for Teachers II Optional Courses
(Pre-req. = PHY122)
(3, Pre-req. MAT481) PHY474: Physics of Renewable Energy (3)
PHY242: Basic Electronics (3)
MAT484 Introduction to Probability and Statistics PHY475: Microprocessor and Digital Systems (3)
(Pre-req. = PHY122)
for Teachers (3) (Pre-requisite = PHY354)
PHY 249: Physics Practicals 4.1 (1 Credit)
PHY476: Mathematical Methods for Physical
(Pre-req.=PHY122,Co-req.= PHY241
General Education Courses Sciences II (3) (Pre-requisite =
or PHY242)
MAT101 Mathematics for Social Scientists (3) PHY353)
MAT102 Mathematics in Business (3) PHY477: Elements of Air Pollution II (3)
Levels 300 and 400
MAT105 Numeracy Skills (2)
Single Major Programme
Semester 8
Assessment and Examination In semester 8, the single major programme shall consist
Semester 5
Performance in each course shall be evaluated by of 11 credits of core courses and additional credits may
In semester 5, the single major programme shall consist
the combination of continuous assessment and final be taken from optional courses in accordance with
of 11 credits of core courses and additional credits may
examination marks: General Regulation 00.62.
be taken from optional courses in accordance with

General Regulation 00.62.
(a) Continuous Assessment (CA): In all years CA shall be Core Courses

based on tests and/or assignments with at least two tests PHY 481: Atomic and Basic Nuclear Physics (3)
Core Courses
per semester. PHY482: Statistical Mechanics II (3)
PHY351: Advanced Mechanics ( (3)
(Pre-requisite = PHY472)
(Pre-req. = PHY231)
(b) The Project courses MAT401, MAT406; and the course PHY483: Advanced Solid State Physics (3)
PHY352: Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3)
MAT404 shall be assessed by CA only. (Pre-requisite = PHY473; Co-requisite =
(Pre-req. = PHY231)
PHY 482)
PHY354: Advanced Electronics I) (3)
(c) Examinations: Each course shall be examined at the PHY489: Physics Practicals 8.1 (2)
(Pre-req.= PHY242
end of the semester. (Pre-requisite = PHY359 or PHY369)

(Pre-reqs.=PHY239 and PHY249)
(d) Final marks: The ratio between CA and Examination Optional Courses
normally shall be 1:2. For the courses MAT242, MAT348 PHY485: Microcomputing for Physical Sciences (3)
Optional Courses
and MAT384 the ratio between CA and Examination shall PHY486: Basic Seismology (3)
PHY353: Mathematical Methods for Physical
be 1:1. PHY487: Introduction to Astrophysics (3)
Sciences I (3)
PHY488: Project in Physics II (3)
PHY355: Basic Potential Fields in Geophysics (3)
Progression from Semester to Semester
PHY356: Special Relativity (3)
In order to proceed from one semester to the next, Combined Major/Minor Programme (Physics Major)
( P r e - r e q s . = P H Y 2 31 , P H Y 2 41 )
a student must obtain a cumulative GPA, which is in

accordance with General Regulation 00.9. Semester 5
191
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
In semester 5, the combined major/minor programme PHY488: Project in Physics II (3) BSC202: BSc DEGREE IN PHYSICS WITH METEOROLOGY
shall consist of 8 credits of core courses and at least 3 (Departmental Regulations 23.2.1 and 23.4) leading to
credits from optional courses. Combined Major/Major Programme the award of BSc (Physics with Meteorology)
Core Courses Semester 5 REGULATIONS

PHY351: Advanced Mechanics (3) In semester 5, the combined major/major programme
(Pre-requisite= PHY231) shall consist of 8 credits of core courses. Additional Entrance Requirements
PHY352: Introduction to Quantum Mechanics) credits may be taken from optional courses PHY353, Admission to the degree programme shall be as specified
(3) (Pre-requisite = PHY231) PHY354, PHY355 and PHY356 in accordance with in the Faculty of Science Regulations 23.2.1 and 23.4
PHY359: Physics Practicals 5.1 (2) General Regulation 00.62.
(Pre-requisite = PHY239 and PHY249) Award of Degree
Core Courses To be awarded a degree, a candidate/student must have
Optional Courses PHY351: Advanced Mechanics (3) taken and passed all relevant courses as prescribed in
PHY353: Mathematical Methods for Physical (Pre-requisite = PHY231) Section 13 and must satisfy the University of Botswana
Sciences I (3) PHY352: Introduction to Quantum Mechanics Academic General Regulations 00.8 and 00.9 and
PHY354: Advanced Electronics I (3) (3) (Pre-requisite = PHY231) Faculty of Science Special Regulation 20.
(Pre-requisite = PHY242) PHY359: Physics Practicals 5.1 (2)
PHY355: Basic Potential Fields in Geophysics (3) (Pre-requisite = PHY239 and PHY249) Programme Structure
Level I00
Semester 6 Semester 6 Semester I
In semester 6, the combined major/minor programme In semester 6, the combined major/major programme PHY112: Geometrical Optics and Mechanics (4)
shall consist of 8 credits of core courses and at least 3 shall consist of 8 credits of core courses. Additional CHE101: General Chemistry I (4)
credits from optional courses. credits may be taken from optional courses PHY363, MAT111: Introductory Mathematics I (4)
PHY364, PHY365 and PHY367 in accordance with COM141: Communication and Academic Literacy
Core Courses General Regulation 00.62. Skills (Science) (3)
PHY361: Introduction to Electromagnetism (3) ICT121: Computing Skills Fundamentals 1 (2 )
(Pre-requisite = PHY241) Core Courses
PHY362: Analytical Thermodynamics (3) PHY361: Introduction to Electromagnetism) (3) Semester II
(Pre-requisite = PHY232) (Pre-requisite = PHY241) PHY122: Electricity and Magnetism, Introduction
PHY369: Physics Practicals 6.1 (2) PHY362: Analytical Thermodynamics ( (3) to Modern Physics (4)
(Pre-requisite = PHY239 and PHY249) (Pre-requisite = PHY232) CHE102: General Chemistry II (4)
PHY369: Physics Practicals 6.1 (2 ) (Pre-requisite:CHE 101)
Optional Courses ( P re - re q u i s i t e = P H Y 2 3 9 a n d 2 4 9 ) MAT122: Introductory Mathematics II (4)
PHY363: Vibrations, Waves and Advanced Physical (Pre-requisite: MAT 111)
Optics (3) (Pre-requisite = PHY231) Semester 7 COM142: Academic and Professional Communication
PHY364: Advanced Electronics II) (3) In semester 7, the combined major/major programme (Science) (3)
(Pre-requisite = PHY354) shall consist of 8 credits of core courses. Additional ICT122: Computing Skills Fundamentals 2 (2)
PHY365: Physics of the Environment (3) credits may be taken from optional courses PHY474,
(Pre-requisite = PHY231) PHY475, PHY477 and PHY478 in accordance with LEVEL 200
PHY367: Elements of Air Pollution I (3) General Regulation 00.62. Core Courses
Semester III
Semester 7 Core Courses PHY232: Properties of Matter, Basic Thermodynamics
In semester 7, the combined major/minor programme PHY472: Statistical Mechanics I (3 ) and Introduction to Nuclear Physics (3)
shall consist of 8 credits of core courses and at least 3 PHY473: Solid State Physics (3) (Pre- requisite: PHY 112)
credits from optional courses. PHY479: Physics Practicals 7.1 (2) (Pre-requisite PMT231: The Earth’s Atmosphere (3)
= PHY359 or PHY369)
Core Courses MAT271: Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (3)
PHY472: Statistical Mechanics I (3) Semester 8 (Pre-requisite: MAT 122)
PHY473: Solid State Physics (3) In semester 8, the combined major/major programme MAT221: Calculus I (3)(Pre-requisite: MAT 122)
PHY479: Physics Practicals 7.1 (2) shall consist of 8 credits of core courses. Additional CHE211: Introduction to Analytical Chemistry
(Pre-requisite = PHY359 or credits may be taken from optional courses PHY 486 or (2) (Pre-requisite: CHE 102) Optional
PHY369) PHY 488 in accordance with General Regulation 00.62. Course(3)

Optional Courses Core Courses Semester IV
PHY474: Physics of Renewable Energy (3) PHY481: Atomic and Basic Nuclear Physics (3) PHY242: Basic Electronics (3) (Pre-requisite:
PHY475: Microprocessor and Digital Systems (3) PHY485: Microcomputing for Physical Sciences (3) PHY122)
(Pre-requisite = PHY354) PHY489: Physics Practicals 8.1 (2) (Pre-requisite = PMT241 Thermodynamics (3)
PHY477: Elements of Air Pollution II (3) PHY359 or PHY369) MAT222: Calculus II(3) (Pre-requisite: MAT 221)
PHY 478: Project in Physics I (3) MAT244: Numerical Methods (3)
(Pre-requisite: MAT122)
Combined Major/Minor Programme (Physics Minor) PMT242: Computer Programming – FORTRAN,
Semester 8 Semesters 5-8 MatLab (3)
In semester 8, the combined major/minor programme In semesters 5 - 8, the combined major/minor (Physics
shall consist of 8 credits of core courses and at least 3 Minor) programme shall consist of 6 to 8 credits of WINTER SEMESTER
credits from optional courses. any of the physics courses from the core courses or PMT299: Internship: Synoptic Meteorology (3)
optional courses of the Combined Major/Minor Physics
Core Courses Programme as defined in Regulation 2.3.2, in the given Level 200
PHY481: Atomic and Basic Nuclear Physics semester. To complete the Physics Minor programme, Optional Courses
PHY485: Microcomputing for Physical Sciences (3) a candidate must take 4 credits of practical courses, Semester III
PHY 489: Physics Practicals 8.1 (2) (Pre-requisite = PHY359 or PHY369 at Level 300, and PHY479 or PHY489 PHY231: Mechanics, Vibrations and Waves (3)
PHY359 or PHY369) at Level 400. (Pre-requisite: PHY 112)
Optional Courses MAT242: Computing I (3) (Pre-requisite: ICT 121
PHY487: Introduction to Astrophysics (3) and 122)
192
Level 300 Section 13 and must satisfy the University of Botswana PRH354: Introduction to Radiology (3)
Semester V Academic General Regulations 00.8 and 00.9 and
Core Courses Faculty of Science Special Regulation 20. Optional Course (3)
PMT351: Atmospheric Radiation (3)
PMT352: Atmospheric and Ocean Dynamics I (3) Programme Structure
(Pre-requisite: MAT331 OR MAT222) Semester VI
PHY353: Mathematical Methods for Physical LEVEL 100 Core Courses
Sciences I (3) Semester I PRH361: Radiobiology and Protection (3)
MAT371: Mathematical Statistics 1 (3) PHY112: Geometrical Optics and Mechanics (4) PRH362: Physics of Medical Imaging (3)
(Pre-requisite: MAT271) CHE101: General Chemistry I (4) (Pre-requisite: PRH 354)
MAT111: Introductory Mathematics I (4) PRH363: Radiation Detection and
Optional Course (3) COM141: Communication and Academic Literacy Instrumentation (3)
Semester VI Skills (Science) (3) (Pre-requisite: PHY242)
Core Courses ICT121: Computing Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) PRH365: Environmental Physics (3)
PMT361: Introduction to Agrometeorology (3) Elective Course (3)
PMT362: Numerical Weather Prediction (3) Semester II
(Pre-requisite: PHY 232 and PMT352) PHY122: Electricity and Magnetism, Introduction WINTER SEMESTER
PMT369: Electronic Instrumentation (3) to Modern Physics (4) PRH399: Internship: Supervised Clinical and/or
(Pre-requisite: PHY 242) CHE102: General Chemistry II Industrial Exposure (3)
Optional Course (6) (Pre-requisite: CHE101)
MAT122: Introductory Mathematics II (4) LEVEL 300
WINTER SESSION (Pre-requisite: MAT111) Optional Courses
COM142 Academic and Professional Communica
PMT399: Internship: Forecasting and tion (Science) (3) Semester V (May take any one course)
Agrometeorology (3) ICT122: Computing Skills Fundamentals 2 (2) MAT371: Mathematical Statistics I (3)
LEVEL 300 LEVEL 200 Semester III ENH313: General Climatology (3)
Optional Courses PHY232: Properties of Matter, Basic Thermody PHY367: Elements of Air Pollution I (3)
Semester V namics and Introduction to Nuclear Physics
PHY354: Advanced Electronics I (3) (3) (Pre-requisite: PHY112) LEVEL 400
(Pre-requisite: PHY 242) PHY239: Physics Practicals 3.1 (1) Semester VII
ENS314: Synoptic and Dynamic Climatology (3) (Pre-requisite: PHY112) Core Courses
CHE211: Introduction to Analytical Chemistry PRH471: Nuclear Rules and Regulations (3)
Semester VI (2 Credits) (Pre-requisite: CHE102) PRH472: Fundamentals of Nuclear Energy
PHY364: Advanced Electronics II(3) CHE213: Analytical Chemistry Laboratory (1) (3) (Pre-requisite: PHY232)
(Pre-requisite: PHY254) (Co-requisite: CHE211) PRH481: Applied Nuclear Physics (3)
PHY367: Elements of Air Pollution I (3) ENH211: Introduction to Environmental Health (3) (Pre-requisite: PHY232)
PHY365: Physics of the Environment (3) MAT221: Calculus I (3) (Pre-requisite: MAT122) Optional Course (3)
(Pre-requisite: PHY231) MAT271: Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (3) Elective Course (3)
LEVEL 400 Semester VIII
Semester VII Semester IV PRH482: Radiation Protection and Dosimetry (3)
Core Courses Core Courses (Pre-requisite: PRH361)
PMT471: Global Circulation Models I (3) PHY242: Basic Electronics (3) PRH483: Applied Radiation Safety Techniques (3)
(Pre-requisite PMT352) (Pre-requisite: PHY122) PRH485: Anatomy and Physiology for Medical
PMT472: Atmospheric and Ocean Dynamics II (3) PHY249: Physics Practicals 4.1 (1) Physics (3)
(Pre-requisite: PMT352) (Pre-requisite: PHY122) PRH489: Research Project (6)
PMT473: Boundary Layer Meteorology (3) PRH241: Radiation Physics I (3)
(Pre-requisite: PMT351) PRH242: Radiation Therapy I (3) LEVEL 400
PMT474: Basic Atmospheric Chemistry (3) Optional Courses
Elective Course(3) Optional Course (3) Semester VII (May take any one course)
Elective Course (3) PHY477: Elements of Air Pollution II (3)
Semester VIII PHY476: Microprocessor and Digital Systems (3)
PMT481: Global Circulation Models II (3) WINTER SEMESTER (Pre-requisite: PHY353)
(Pre-requisite: PMT 352) PRH299: Internship: Supervised Clinical and/or PRH484 Environmental Radioactivity as one
PMT482: Global Climate Change (3) Industrial Exposure (3) of the optional courses.
(Pre-requisite: PMT 231)
PMT483: Cloud Physics (3)(Pre-requisite: PMT 351) LEVEL 200 SERVICE COURSES
PMT489: Research Project (6) Optional Courses The following Physics courses are offered as Service
Semester IV (May take any one course) Courses for non-Physics majors.
BSc203: BSc DEGREE IN RADIATION AND HEALTH PHY241: Electricity and Magnetism (3) PHY161: Physics for Nurses (3)
PHYSICS (Pre-requisite: PHY 122) PHY162: Physics Applied to Home Economics (3)
(Departmental Regulations 23.2.1 and 23.4) leading to CSI241: Structured Programming (3)
the award of BSc (Radiation and Health Physics) ENH222: Epidemiology (3) BEd (Secondary)
REGULATIONS LEVEL 300 Semesters 5-8

Entrance Requirements Semester V In Semesters 5 - 8, students pursuing the BEd (Secondary)
Admission to the degree programme shall be as specified Core Courses programme shall choose credits from the core courses
in the Faculty of Science Regulations 23.2.1 and 23.4 PRH351: Radiation Physics II (3) or optional courses of the Combined Major/Minor
(Pre-requisite: PRH241) Physics Programme as defined in Regulation 2.3.2, or
Award of Degree PRH352: Radiation Therapy II (3) from the Combined Major/Major Programme as defined
To be awarded a degree, a candidate/student must have (Pre-requisite: PRH242) in Regulation 2.3.3, in the given semester. The courses
taken and passed all relevant courses as prescribed in PRH353: Introduction to Radiography (3) chosen must include practical courses PHY359, PHY369,
193
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
PHY479 and PHY489.
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES

The Department of Physics currently offers the following
General Education courses under the Area 5 (Science
and Technology) pending the outcome of the University
review of General education Courses:
GEC252: Origin of the Universe (2)

GEC253: Energy and Society (2)
Assessment
Performance in each course shall be evaluated by
the combination of continuous assessment and final
examination marks in the ratio of 1:1, except for Practical
courses and Physics projects which will be assessed by CA
only.
Progression
In order to proceed from one semester to the next, a
student must obtain a Cumulative GPA which is in
accordance with General Regulation 00.9.
Bachelor of Geomatics
CGB111 Geomatics I (4)
Introduction to Geomatics and review of the necessary

mathematics; measurements of land: plane surveying;
geodesy: the scientific foundation; measurements from
space: satellite positioning and navigation. Mapping and
managing geographic information.
194
195
FF AACCUUL TL YT YO FO SF C SI EONCC IEA L SCIENCES
Economics Law Political and Administrative Studies Social Work
Sociology Statistics Psychology Population Studies
Ag. DEAN
Prof. D. Sebudubudu
BA (UB) MA & PhD (Leeds)
DEPUTY DEAN
Prof. K. Thaga
BA (UB), MSC & PhD (Manitoba)
M. B. Maje,
BA PGDE (UB), MEd(Birmingham)
FACULTY HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGER
T. Monthe,
BA (UB), MBA(UB)
196
Special Regulations of the (3) (pre-requisites, ECO231, sta116 and/
orsta121)

ECO469
(pre-requisite, ECO211)
Money and Banking
Faculty of Social Sciences. Level 300
(pre-requisite, ECO212)
ECO473 Financial Economics
24.00 General Regulations of the University shall apply. All courses at this level are Core. (pre-requisite, ECO332)
Semester 1 ECO474 Health Economics (pre-requisite, ECO211)
24.01 Failure, without good cause, to deliver an ECO311 Microeconomics I (3) ECO475 Transport Economics (pre-requisite,
assignment within the first 24 hours of the due (pre-requisite, ECO231 & ECO211) ECO211 & ECO331)
date shall carry a penalty of 5 percentage marks. ECO321 Macroeconomics I (3)
Failure to submit the assignment before the end (pre-requisite, ECO 212) NB: ECO221 and ECO222 are not available for Students
of the week from the due date shall incur a zero ECO331 Mathematics for Economists I (3) taking Economics as a Major or Minor.
mark. (pre-requisite, ECO231) NB: Students in Levels 300 and 400 may take any of the
ECO341 Econometrics I (3) (pre-requisite, ECO232) above-listed optional courses provided they satisfy the
ECO463 Economics of Botswana and Southern pre-requisites.
Africa (3)
DEPARTMENT OF (pre-requisite ECO 212) Combined Major Programme
Students intending to take Economics as a Combined
ECONOMICS Semester 2 Major shall take and pass the following courses:
ECO312 Microeconomics II (3)
Bachelor of Arts in Economics Degree Programme (pre-requisite, ECO311) Level 100
Special Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of ECO322 Macroeconomics II (3) All courses at this level are Core.
Arts in Economics (Combined Degree and Economics (Pre-requisite, ECO 321)
Minor) ECO332 Mathematics for Economists II (3) Semester 1
(pre-requisite, ECO331) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3)
Entry Requirements ECO342 Econometrics II (3) (pre-requisite, ECO341) STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social
Subject to the provisions of General Regulation 20.20, ECO465 History of Economic Thought (3) Sciences I (3)
at least a credit in Mathematics shall be required for (pre-requisite ECO 211, ECO 212) STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4)
all students intending to take Economics as a Major
or Minor subject. Alternative qualifications may be Winter Session Semester 2
accepted as per General Academic Regulation 20.24b. ECO461 Industrial Attachment (3) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3)
Requirements for entry into the Bachelor of Arts STA102 Mathematics for Business and
(Economics) Single Major Degree Programme are Level 400 Social Sciences II (3)
determined by the Department of Economics Board STA121 Elements of Probability (2)
and may vary from year to year. The Department Semester 1
offers Economics as a Single Major Bachelor of Arts ECO431 Research Methods in Economics (3 core) Level 200
(Economics) Degree, a Combined Major (Major/Major) Plus: 4 Optional Courses. All courses at this level are Core.
Degree for the BASS and other Degrees, and a Minor Semester 2
in Economics. Students majoring in other subjects may ECO432 Project in Applied Economics (3, core) Semester 1
take courses in Economics provided the pre-requisites Plus: 4 Optional Courses. ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3)
are satisfied. ECO231 Intermediate Mathematics for Economists
Optional Courses (3)
Single Major Programme. ECO221 Intermediate Microeconomics for
Students intending to take Economics as a Single Major Non-Majors Semester 2
shall take and pass the following courses: ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for Non- ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3)
Majors ECO232 Intermediate Statistics for Economists (3)
Level 100 ECO411 Development Economics (pre-requisite,
All courses at this level are Core. ECO211 & ECO212) Level 300
ECO412 Development Problems and Policy (pre- All courses at this level are Core.
Semester 1 requisite, ECO211, & ECO212 OR ECO221
ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) & ECO222) Semester 1
STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social ECO421 International Trade (pre-requisite, ECO211 ECO311 Microeconomics I (3)
Sciences I (3) & ECO212) ECO321 Macroeconomics I (3)
STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) ECO422 International Finance (pre-requisite, ECO331 Mathematics for Economists I (3)
ECO421)
Semester 2 ECO441 Economics of Agriculture (pre-requisite, Semester 2
ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) ECO312) ECO312 Microeconomics II (3)
STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social ECO442 Agricultural Policy and Rural Development ECO322 Macroeconomics II (3)
Sciences II (3) (pre-requisite, eco441) ECO332 Mathematics for Economists II (3)
STA121 Elements of Probability (2) ECO451 Environmental Economics (pre-requisite,
ECO211) Level 400
Level 200 ECO452 Resource Economics
All courses at this level are Core. (pre-requisite, ECO211) Semester 1
ECO463 Economics of Botswana and Southern ECO341 Econometrics I (3)
Semester 1 Africa (pre-requisite, ECO212) ECO463 Economics of Botswana and Southern
ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) ECO464 Techniques of Planning (pre-requisite, Africa (3)
(Pre-requisite, ECO111) ECO211 & ECO212) Plus one Optional Course
ECO231 Intermediate Mathematics for Economists ECO465 History of Economic Thought (pre- Semester 2
(3) (pre-requisite, ECO111, requisite ECO 211, ECO 222) ECO342 Econometrics II (3)
ECO112 & sta101) ECO466 Public Finance (pre-requisite, Plus: 2 Optional Courses.
ECO211 & ECO212)
Semester 2 ECO467 Labour Economics (pre-requisite, Minor in Economics.
ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) ECO211 & ECO222) Students intending to take Economics as a Minor
(pre-requisite, ECO112) ECO468 Industrial Economics subject shall take and pass the following courses:
ECO232 Intermediate Statistics for Economists
197
Level 100 3. Subject to Academic General Regulation 00.4, a student LAW234 Constitutional Law (3)
All courses at this level are Core. admitted to the LLB programme with a Diploma in GEC /Elective (2)
Law shall be exempted from taking Levels 100 and Total Number of Credits 15
Semester 1 200 courses on the LLB programme designated by
ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) the Departmental Board as equivalent to courses Semester 4
STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social passed under the Diploma in Law Programme and LAW235 Specific Offences in Criminal Law (3)
Sciences I (3) shall be allocated comparable credits under the LLB LAW236 Specific Delicts (3)
Semester 2 programme for the exemptions. A student admitted LAW237 Administrative Law (3)
ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) to the LLB programme with a Diploma in Law will not LAW201 Introduction to Property Law (3)
STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social normally be entitled to register for courses offered GEC / Elective (4)
Sciences II (3) at levels 300, 400 and 500 of the LLB programme Total Number of Credits 16
before completing and accumulating credits for levels
Level 200 100 and 200 Core, Optional, Electives and General Level 300
All courses at this level are Core. Education Courses. Semester 5
Semester 1 LAW202 Land and Mineral Resources Law (3)
ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) Duration LAW331 Civil Procedure and Practice (4)
The normal duration for the LLB degree programme LAW332 Evidence (4)
Semester2 shall be ten (10) semesters on a full-time basis. LAW333 Criminal Procedure (3)
ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) Students entitled to exemptions in terms of Academic LAW334 Employment Law (3)
General Regulations, Faculty and Special Departmental Total Number of Credits 17
Levels 300 and 400 Regulations may however complete the programme
Students are required to take 2 Optional Courses. within a shorter period which, for students with a Semester 6
Diploma in Law, may not be less than six (6) semesters LAW335 Sale, Lease and Credit Agreements (3)
Assessment. on a full time basis. LAW336 Negotiable Instruments and Banking Law (3)
The continuous assessment (CA) of each course will LAW337 Labour Relations Law (3)
normally include at least 2 components as outlined Programme Structure. LAW338 Law and the Environment (3)
in the General Academic Regulation 00.811. These 2 1.The LLB programme shall consist of specified Core (C) LAW339 Succession and Administration of Estates (2)
components will normally be in written form. However, and Optional (O) courses in the principal subject Law And one of
non-written presentations will count for no more than offered at Levels 100 to 500, and Electives (E) and LAW340 Insurance and Agency Law (3)
10 percent of the CA. The CA will count for 40 percent General Education Courses (GEC) in other subject LAW217 Insolvency and Secured Transactions (3)
of the total assessment while the final examination areas offered at comparable levels. LAW218 Tax Law in Botswana (3)
will count for 60 percent of the total assessment. This Total Number of Credits 17
applies to all courses except ECO432 (Project in Applied 2. Students shall normally be required to take and
Economics) complete credits for the Core courses in the manner Level 400
and sequence indicated in the programme structure. Semester 7
Research Proposal The Core courses at each level and semester from LAW431 Public International Law I (3)
All students taking ECO431 Research Methods in Levels 100 to 400 have generally been designed and LAW432 Jurisprudence (4)
Economics shall write a research proposal that shall be arranged to prepare LLB students for other Core LAW433 Clinical Legal Education I (4)
graded, and there shall be no final examination for that courses at each successive higher level. LAW434 Law of Business Associations I (3)
course. The proposal for this course will normally be
used as a basis for ECO432 Project in Applied Economics. 3. Optional courses on the LLB programme shall be And One of
offered subject to optimal student and approval of LAW439 Gender and the Law (3)
Progression from one Semester to Semester. the Departmental Board. LAW440 Law and the Media (3)
Progression from one Semester to the next shall be as LAW441 Law and Health Care (3)
per General Regulations 00.9 4. Subject to changes approved from time to time, LLB LAW442 Social Security Law (3)
courses shall be arranged as follows:- Total Number of Credits 17
DEPARTMENT OF LAW Level 100 Semester 8

Semester 1 LAW435 Public International Law II (3)
The Department of Law offers programmes and courses COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy LAW436 Clinical Legal Education II (4)
leading to the award of the following qualifications: Skills (Social Sciences) (3) LAW437 Human Rights Law (3)
ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (2) LAW438 Law of Business Associations II (3)
• Bachelor of Laws (LLB) LAW131 Introduction to Law (3)
• Master of Laws (LLM) LAW132 Comparative Legal History and Systems (3) And one of
LAW133 Law of Persons (3) LAW439 Gender and the Law (3)
Departmental Regulations General Provisions GEC / Elective (3) LAW440 Law and the Media (3)
Subject to the provisions of Academic General Total Number of Credits 17 LAW441 Law and Health Care (3)
Regulations and Faculty of Social Sciences Regulations, LAW442 Social Security Law (3)
the following Departmental Regulations shall apply. Semester 2
COM152 Academic and Professional Total Number of Credits 16
Bachelor of Laws (LLB) Degree Communication (Social Sciences) (3)
Entry Requirements ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2) Level 500
1. The normal requirement for admission to the Bachelor LAW106 Customary Law (3) Semester 9
of Laws degree programme shall be the Botswana LAW134 Family Law (3) LAW531 Clinical Legal Education III (4)
General Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) LAW135 Law and Social Research Methods (2) LAW532 Conveyancing Principles and Practice (4)
obtained at one sitting with a minimum of five GEC / Elective (3) LAW535 Research Paper (3)
credits, one of which shall be in English language, or Total for Number of Credits 16
an equivalent qualification. And at least two of
™Level 200 LAW536 International Moot (3)
Semester 3 LAW537 Private International Law I (3)
2. An applicant in possession of a Diploma in Law from LAW231 Criminal Law, General Principles (3) LAW538 International Organizations (3)
this University, obtained with a minimum classification LAW232 Delict, General Principles (3) LAW539 International Business Transactions (3)
of a credit, or an equivalent qualification shall also be LAW233 Contract Law (4) LAW540 Intellectual Property Law I (3)
eligible for admission to the LLB programme.
198
Total Number of Credits 17 b) LAW 436 Clinical Legal Education II LAW353 Planning and Environmental Law
1. Oral Examination on work performed in the Legal (3, Sem 1 or 2)
Semester 10 Clinic - 40% LAW354 Land Law for Geomatics (3, Sem 1)
LAW533 Introduction to Notarial Practice (4)
ACC407 Accounting for Lawyers (4) 2. Moot/Mock trial documents and performance Level 400
And at least three of 60% LAW452 Construction Law (3, Sem 1 or 2)
LAW536 International Moot (3) Total 100% LAW453 Labour and Industrial Property Law
LAW541 Intellectual Property Law II (3) (3, Sem 1 or 2)
LAW542 International Trade Law (3) c) LAW 531 Clinical Legal Education III
LAW538 International Organizations (3)
LAW543 Private International Law II (3) 1. Internship Report - 30% DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL
LAW539 International Business Transactions (3)
Total Number of Credits 17
2. Moot/mock trial documents and performance
- 50%
AND ADMINISTRATIVE
Minimum Total Credits for the Programme: 165 Credits STUDIES
3. Oral examination on work performed in the Diploma in Defence and Strategic Studies
Award of Degree Legal Clinic - 20%
A student shall be eligible for the award of the LLB Total 100% Special Regulations for Diploma in Defence and
degree upon completion of a minimum of 165 credits Strategic Studies
from the Core, Optional, Electives and GECs indicated in International Moot
the programme structure. The Course Law536, International Moot, shall be 13.1 Preamble
assessed as follows: Subject to the provisions of the General Academic
1. Documents prepared for the Moot - 60% Regulations 10.1, special departmental regulations shall
Assessment apply.
1. The following Special Regulations shall supplement 2. Advocacy skills in the Moot - 40%
Academic General Regulations and Faculty of Social Total 100% 13.2 Diploma Programme
Sciences Regulations on assessment and grading of The programme of study shall be offered for the award
law courses on the LLB programme. Research Paper of the Diploma in Defence and Strategic Studies
The final version of the research paper in course LAW535 (DDSS).
2. Except for courses LAW135, Law and Social Research shall be submitted for examination by the relevant date
Methods; LAW433, Clinical Legal Education I; and marked out of 100 per cent. A student who fails
LAW436, Clinical Legal Education II; LAW531, Clinical to submit the research paper for examination by the 13.3 Entrance requirements
Legal Education III; LAW535, Research Paper; and relevant date shall be awarded an incomplete Grade In line with University of Botswana entrance
LAW536, International Moot, each Core and Optional (I) in accordance with Academic General Regulation qualifications (General Regulation 10.21 (a), admission
course on the LLB programme shall be assessed 00.844. Delay and Failure to Submit Continuous into the diploma shall be at least six subjects not below
through continuous assessment and a formal written Assessment Work Subject to Special Departmental the grade of E in the BGCSE or equivalent. English shall
examination taken at or before the end of the Regulations 3.6.4 and 3.65, failure without good cause be one of the required subjects. Five subjects may be
semester. to submit continuous assessment work within twenty- accepted. A grade of C shall be required in at least three
four hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of 5 of the five subjects.
Continuous Assessment percentage marks. Failure to submit the work within
1. Continuous assessment shall consist of at least two forty-eight hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of This programme is specifically meant for applicants
or more of the following pieces of work: written 50 percentage marks. Failure to submit the work within nominated by the Botswana Defence Force (BDF).
assignments, written tests, oral tests, mock trials, one week from the due date shall incur a zero mark.
moots, class or seminar exercises, practicals, projects, 13.4 Duration of the programme
research exercises or independent study. Formal Examinations The programme shall be offered over a period of four
Formal written examinations for Core and Optional law semesters including the winter break and shall comprise
2. Except for the courses LAW135, Law and Social courses on the LLB programme shall be of the type and of 64 credit hours.
Research Methods; LAW433, Clinical Legal Education for the duration approved by the Departmental Board
I; LAW436, Clinical Legal Education II; LAW531, and indicated in the course outline or at the beginning 14.0 Programme Structure
Clinical Legal Education III; LAW535, Research Paper; of each course. The Diploma in Defence and Strategic Studies shall
and LAW536, International Moot, the ratio between comprise of 100 and 200 core and optional courses,
continuous assessment and the formal examination Service Courses electives in other areas offered at comparable levels
in law courses shall be 2:3. Subject to optimal student demand and the availability and general education courses (GECs). The diploma
of staff and other resources, the Department of Law programme will also benefit from degree level courses
3. Law and Social Research Methods, LAW135, Law and shall offer the following courses at levels 100 to 600 to that do not have pre-requisites.
Social Research Methods, shall be assessed through at students not registered for law programmes.
least two or more pieces of continuous assessment 14.1 Students wishing to graduate with a
work. Each piece of continuous assessment work shall Level 100 Diploma in Defence and Strategic Studies shall take
be marked and shall contribute towards the final mark GEC277 Law and society in Botswana and pass 8 core courses of 3 credits (24), 8 optional
of 100 per cent for the course. (2 sem 1 or 2) courses of 3 credits (24), 2 elective courses of 3
LAW151 Law and social work (4 sem 1) credits (6), and 5 general education courses (10).
4. Clinical Legal Education Courses I to III shall be The courses are listed below:
assessed as follows: Level 200
LAW251 Foundations of Business Law Core Courses:
a) LAW433 Clinical Legal Education I (3, Sem 1) POL100 Botswana Society, Politics, Economy and
1. Participation in seminars and written LAW252 Specific Business Transactions Government (3)
assignments - 30% (4, Sem 2) POL103 Research Methodology (3)
LAW253 Foundations of Engineering Law POL105 Introduction to Strategic Studies (3)
2. Oral examination on work performed in the Legal (3, Sem 2) POL205 Botswana in the Region Context (3)
Clinic - 20% POL206 Introduction to International Peace
3.End of semester examination - 50% Level 300 Keeping (3)
Total 100% LAW351 Introduction to Company Law POL401 International Relations (3)
(4, Sem 1) POL406 Africa in World Politics (3)
LAW111 Introduction to Law of Armed Conflict (3)
199
Optional Courses: Sciences) (3) Regulations 2.3) leading to the award of the BA
POL112 Botswana’ National Security Policy (3) ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2) (Social Science)
POL113 Foreign Policy and Diplomacy (3) 4.2.4 Combined Major/Minor Programme (PAS
POL207 Media and Public Relations in the Military (3) Semester 3 Regulations 2.4.1 and 2.4.2) leading to the award
POL208 Ethics and Accountability in the Military (3) Core Course of BA (Social Science)
POL209 Gender Issues within the Military (3) POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) 4.2.5 Combined Minor in Public Administration +
POL213 Security Sector Governance (3) POL401 International Relations (3)
POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) Major in Other Programme
POL407 Civil Military Relations (3) Optional Courses 4.2.6 Combined Minor in Political Science + Major
POL409 Security Studies (3) Choose any three from Other Programme
PAD200 Human Resource Management in the PAD200 Human Resource Management in the
Military (3) Military (3) 4.3 Entry Requirements
PAD203 Financial Resources Management in the POL407 Civil Military Relations (3) Admission to the programmes offered by the Department
Military (3) PAD203 Financial Resources Management in the shall be on the basis of performance in the Botswana
PAD413 Leadership and Governance (3) Military (3) General Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE)
ENS403 Environmental Hazards and Disaster POL409 Security Studies (3) examination, or its equivalent, and as specified in
Management (3) ENS403 Environmental Hazards and Disaster the General Academic Regulations. Requirements for
Management (3) entry into the Bachelor of Arts (Public Administration/
General Education Courses: PAD413 Leadership and Governance (3) Political Science) Single Major Degree Programme
ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) are determined by the Department of Political and
COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy Administrative Studies Board and may vary from year
Skills (Social Sciences) (3) Electives to year. Applicants with a recognised Diploma in Public
ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2) Take 1 (one) elective course Administration may also be considered for entry into the
COM152 Communication and Academic Literacy Bachelor of Arts Public Administration programme.
Skills (Social Sciences) (3) General Education Course
GEC232 Critical Thinking (3) TRS232 Critical Thinking (2) 4.4 Assessment
Performance in each course shall be evaluated by
15.0 Assessment the combination of continuous assessment and final
14.2 The programme structure is illustrated below: Subject to the Academic General Regulation 10, the examination marks in the ratio of 2:3 in favour of the
following Departmental regulations shall apply: final examination. The only exceptions are internships,
Semester 1 15.1 The mark for the continuous assessment of the projects and seminars, which shall be assessed only
Core Course diploma is 40% while the final examination through assignments. The final examination for every
POL100 Botswana Society, Politics, Economy and carries 60%. The continuous assessment may course shall normally be 2 hours long. However, the
Government (3) be in the form of written examinations or essay department reserves the right to review the mode
POL105 Introduction to Strategic Studies (3) assignments as directed by a Lecturer of any of assessment, and respective lectures shall specify
POL205 Botswana in the Region Context (3) particular course. approved mode of assessment prior to any intake or at
15.2 All students shall be required to pass in all the the start of the semester in which the course is taken.
Optional Courses prescribed courses.
Choose any two from 15.3 Each course shall be examined by a two hour 4.5 Award of Degree
POL112 Botswana’ National Security Policy (3 written examinations at the end of each semester To be awarded a Degree, a student must satisfy the
credits) during which the course is offered. appropriate provisions of the General Academic
POL113 Foreign Policy and Diplomacy (3 credits) 15.4 The written examinations shall constitute Regulation 23.71 and the Special Regulations of the
POL208 Ethics and Accountability in the Military 60% (final examination) and 40% (continuous Faculty of Social Sciences.
(3 credits) assessment ) of the final grade.
PAD200 Human Resource Management in the 15.5 The pass mark for each course shall be 50% 4.6 Degree Structure
Military (3) 15.6 A student who fails a course shall repeat it in the 4.6.1 The Public Administration and Political Sciences
following year as there is no provision for a re-sit courses shall be offered at Levels 100 to 400 for
General Education Course in line with the regulations governing the conduct the undergraduate programmes.
Take two compulsory GEC’s of examinations at the University of Botswana. 4.6.2 In addition to Public Administration and Political
COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy Sciences courses, an undergraduate candidate
Skills (Social Sciences) (3) 16.0 Award of Diploma in Defence and Strategic Studies majoring in these courses shall take the General
ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) A student shall be eligible for the award of Diploma in Education Courses (GECs) and Electives in
Defence and Strategic Studies after satisfying all the accordance with the General Regulation 00.2124.
Semester 2 requirements of the programme. The award shall be 4.6.3 The Department of Political and Administrative
Core Course classified as distinction, merit, credit or pass accordingly Studies offers undergraduate Public
POL103 Research Methodology (3 credits) to the GPA as per UB general regulation 10.41. Administration and Political Science courses (as
POL206 Introduction to International Peace Combined Majors including a Major combined
Keeping (3 credits) Bachelor of Arts Degree with a Minor) to students majoring in other
LAW111 Introduction to Law of Armed Conflict (3) Subject to the provisions of the General Academic subjects. In addition, the Department offers
Regulations, the following Departmental single majors in Political Science and Public
Optional Course Regulations shall apply. Administration, subject to departmental approval.
Choose any three from 4.6.4 The Department of Political and Administrative
POL207 Media and Public Relations in the Military 4.2. Programme Structures Studies offers GECs as outlined in the General
(3 credits) The Department of Political and Administrative Studies Academic Regulations.
POL213 Security Sector Governance (3 credits) offers the following undergraduate programmes leading
POL209 Gender Issues within the Military to the award of the under-mentioned degrees:
(3 credits) 5.0 Undergraduate Degree Course Listings.
PAD203 Financial Resources Management in the 4.2.1 Single Major Public Administration Programmes
Military (3) (PAS Regulations 2.1) leading to the award of the 5.1 Bachelor of Arts Degree in Public Administration
BA (Public Administration) (Single Major)
General Education Course 4.2.2 Single Major Political Science Programme
Take two compulsory GEC’s (PAS Regulations 2.2) leading to the Level 100
COM152 Communication and Academic and award of the BA (Political Science) Semester 1
Professional Communication (Social 4.2.3 Combined Major/Major Programme (PAS
200
Core Courses Total Credits 15 One Optional Course from:
PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration (3) POL204 Media and Politics (3)
ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Level 400 SOC236 Social Inequality (3)
POL101 Introductions to Political Science (3) Semester 1 Plus one Elective (3)
STA111 Basic Statistics (3) Core Courses Total Credits 15
ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals (2) PAD401 Development Administration (3)
COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy PAD403 Internship (3) Level 300
Skills (Social Sciences) (3) PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) Semester 1
Total Credits 17 POL301 Modern Political Thought (3)
Two Optional Courses from; POL306 International Political Economy (3)
Semester 2 PAD405 Seminar in Public Policy (3) POL310 Contemporary Africa (3)
Core Courses PAD407 Comparative Public Administration (3)
PAD102 Institutions and Processors of Public PAD413 Leadership & Governance (3) One Optional Course from:
Administration (3) Total Credits 15 POL302 Politics of South Africa (3)
POL102 The Modern State (3) SOC334 Sociology of Development (3)
ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Semester 2 Plus one Elective (3)
STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research (3) Core Courses Total Credits 15
(Prereq STA111) PAD406 Ethics and Public Administration (3)
ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals (2) PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public Admin (3) Semester 2
COM152 Communication and Academic and PAD410 Public Financial Management (3) Core Courses
Professional Cmmunication (Social Sciences) (3) POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3)
Total Credit 17 Two Optional Courses from: POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3)
PAD408 International Administration (3) LAW237 Administrative Law (3)
Level 200 PAD411 Local Government Finance (3)
Semester 1 PAD412 Research Project in Public Administration (3) Two Optional Courses from:
Core Courses Total Credits 15 POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Africa (3)
PAD201 Organization Theories (3) SOC327 Political Sociology (3)
ECO221 Basic Macroeconomics for non-Majors (3) 5.2 Bachelor of Social Science Degree Programme in POL308 Politics & Management of Natural
(prerequisite, eco111) or Political Science (Single Major) Resources (3)/ core-coding
ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues (2) or
(pre-requisite, ECO111) (3) Level 100 ENS402 Natural Resource Management &
LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) Semester 1 Economics (2)
Plus one Elective Core Courses Total Credits 15
Total Credits 15 POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3)
PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration (3) Level 400
Semester 2 ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3) Semester 1
Core Courses STA111 Basic Statistics (3) Core Courses
PAD202 Public Administration in Botswana (3) ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) POL401 International Relations (3)
ECO222 Intermediate Macro Economics for Non- COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3)
Majors (pre-requisite, ECO112) (3); or Skills (Social Sciences) (3) POL410 Internship in Political Science (3)
ECO212 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) (pre- Total credits 17
requisite, ECO112) Two Optional Courses from:
SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social Semester 2 POL406 Africa in World Politics (3)
Research (3) Plus one optional (3) Core Courses POL407 Civil Military Relations (3)
One Elective (3) POL102 The Modern State (3) PAD402 Government Budgeting (3)
Total Credits 15 PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public PAD413 Leadership & Governance (3)
Administration (3) Total Credits 15
Level 300 ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3)
Semester 1 STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research (3) Semester 2
Core Courses (Prereq STA111) Core Courses
PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) POL405 Comparative Politics (3)
PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) COM152 Academic and Professional POL409 Security Studies (3)
PAD303 Local Government Management (3) Communication (Social Sciences) (3)
Total Credits 17 Two Optional Courses from:
One Optional Course from: POL403 Modern Ideologies (3)
SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) Level 200 POL411 Research Project in Political Science (3)
PAD308 Industrial Relations (3) Semester 1 PAD408 International Administration (3)
POL306 International Political Economy (3) Core Courses Plus one Elective (3)
POL310 Contemporary Africa (3) POL201 Botswana Politics (3) Total Credits 15
Plus one elective (3) ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for
Total Credits 15 Non-major (3) or 5.3 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences Degree
ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) Programme
Semester 2 LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) Plus one Elective(3) Major in Public Administration + Major in Political
Core Courses ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) Science
PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) Total Credits 17
PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) Level 100
LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Semester 2 Semester 1
Two Optional courses from: Core Courses Core Courses
POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Africa (3) POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration (3)
SOC327 Political Sociology (3) or ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3)
ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues (2) or Non-major (3) or ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3)
ENS402 Natural Resources Management and ECO212 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) STA111 Basic Statistics (3)
Economics (2) SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2)
Research (3) COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy
Skills (Social Sciences) (3)
Total Credits 17
201
Core Courses ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3)

Semester 2 PAD401 Development Administration (3) SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social
Core Courses POL401 International Relations (3) Research (3)
PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) Plus Two Other Major courses (6)
Administration (3) Two Optional Courses from: Total Credits 15
POL102 The Modern State (3) PAD403 OR POL410 Internship in Public Administration/
ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Political Science (3) Level 300
STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research (3) PAD407 Comparative Public Administration (3) Semester 1
(Prereq STA111) PAD405 Case Studies in Public Policy Core Courses
ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) PAD413 Leadership & Governance POL301 Modern Political Thought (3)
COM152 Academic and Professional POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) POL306 International Political Economy (3)
Communication (Social Sciences) (3) POL406 Africa in World Politics (3)
Total Credits 17 Total Credits 15 One Optional Course from:
POL302 Politics of South Africa (3)
Level 200 Semester 2 SOC334 Sociology of Development
Semester 1 Core Courses or Optional Course from Other Major (3)
Core Courses PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public Plus One Elective (3) Plus one other
PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) Administration (3) Major Course (3)
POL201 Botswana Politics (3) POL405 Comparative Politics (3) Total Credits 15
ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for
Non-Majors (3) or Three Optional Courses from: Semester 2
ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) PAD406 Ethics and Public Management (3) Core Courses
LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) PAD408 International Administration (3) POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3)
Plus one Elective (3) Total Credits 15 PAD410 Public Financial Administrations (3) LAW237 Administrative Law (3)
POL409 Security Studies (3)
Semester 2 PAD412 OR POL411 Research Project in Public One Optional Course from:
Core Courses Administration/Political Science (3) POL305 Politics of Southern (3)
PAD202 Public Administration in Botswana (3) Total Credits 15 POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Africa (3)
POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) ENG301 Environmental Issues (2) or
ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for Non- 5.4 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences Degree ENG402 Natural Resource Management and
Majors (3) or Programme Major in Political Science and Major in Economics (2)
ECO212 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) Another Subject. Plus Two Other Major courses (3)
Total Credits 15
Two Optional Courses from: Level 100
POL204 Media and Politics (3) Semester 1 Level 400
SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social Core Courses Semester 1
Research (3) POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) Core Courses
SOC236 Social Inequality (3) ECO111 Basic Micro-Economics (3) POL401 International Relations (3)
Total Credits 15 STA111 Basic Statistics (3) POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3)
ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2)
Level 300 COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy One Optional Course from:
Semester 1 Skills (Social Sciences) (3) and one Other POL406 Africa in World Politics (3)
Core Courses Major course POL407 Civil Military Relations (3)
PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) Total Credits 17 POL411 Research Project in Political Science (3)
POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) or Optional Course from Other Major
Semester 2 Plus Two Other Major courses (6)
Three Optional Courses from: Core Courses Total Credits 15
POL310 Contemporary Africa (3) POL102 The Modern State (3)
PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) Semester 2
POL302 Politics in South Africa (3) STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research (3) Core Courses
PAD303 Local Government Management (3) (Prereq STA111) POL405 Comparative Politics (3)
POL306 International Political Economy (3) ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) Two Optional Courses from:
PAD308 Industrial Relations (3) COM152 Academic and Professional
Total Credits 15 Communication (Social Sciences) (3) POL403 Modern Ideologies (3)
One Other Major course POL409 Security Studies (3)
Semester 2 Total Credits 17 PAD408 International Administration (3) or
Core Courses Optional Course from other major (3)
PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) Level 200 Plus Two other Major courses (6)
POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) Semester 1 Total Credits 15
LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Core Courses
POL201 Botswana Politics (3) 5.5 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences Degree
Two Optional Courses from: LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) Programme Major Public Administration + Other
POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) ECO221 Intermediate Microeconomics for Non- MAJOR
POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Africa (3) Economists (3) or
PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) Level 100
ENS301: Contemporary Environmental Issues (2) Two Other Major courses Semester 1
or Total Credits 15 Core Courses
ENS402: Natural Resource Management PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration (3)
& Economics (2) Semester 2 ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3)
Total Credits 15 Core Courses STA111 Basic Statistics (3) Plus
POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2)
Level 400 ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for Non- COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy
Semester 1 Majors or
202
Skills (3) and Other Major course. Optional Course from other major (3)
Total Credits 17 One other Major Course (3) Level 300
Total Credits 15 Semester 1
Semester 2 Semester 2 Core Courses
Core Courses Core Courses POL301 Modern Political Thought (3)
PAD102 Institutions & Processes of Public PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public POL310 Contemporary Africa (3)
Administration (3) Administration (3)
ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) One Optional Course from
STA112 Statistical Tools Economics (3) One Optional Course from POL302 Politics of South Africa (3)
(Prereq STA111) PAD406 Ethics and Accountability (3) POL306 International Political Economy (3)
ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) PAD408 International Administration (3) SOC338 Democracy and Development (3)
COM152 Academic and Professional PAD410 Public Financial Administrations (3) Plus one Elective (3)
Communication (Social Sciences) (3) PAD412 Research Project in Public Administration One Minor course (3)
Plus one Other Major course. or Optional Course from other major Plus Total Credits 15
Total Credits 17 One Elective (3)
Two other Major Courses (6) Semester 2
Level 200 Total Credits 15 Core Courses
Semester 1 POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3)
Core Courses 5.6 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences Degree POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3)
PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) Programme: Major in Political Science and Minor in LAW237 Administrative Law (3)
LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) Other Subject
ECO221 Intermediate Microeconomics for One Optional Course from
Non-majors (3) or Level 100 POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Africa (3)
ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) Semester 1 ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues (2)
Plus Two Other Major courses (6) Core Courses or
Total Credits 15 POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) ENS402 Natural Resource Management and
ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Economics (2) Plus one Minor course (3)
Semester 2 STA111 Basic Statistics (3) Total Credits 15
Core Courses ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2)
PAD202 Public Administration in Botswana (3) COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy Level 400
ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for Skills (Social Sciences) (3) Plus Minor Semester 1
Non-Majors (3) or Course (3) Core Courses
ECO212 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) Total Credits 17 POL401 International Relations (3)
SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3)
Research (3) Semester 2
Total Credits 17 Core Courses One Optional Course from:
POL102 The Modern State (3) POL406 Africa in World Politics (3)
Level 300 ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) POL407 Civil Military Relations (3)
Semester 1 STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research (3) POL410 Internship in Political Science (3)
Core Courses (Prereq STA111) Plus one Elective (3) and one Minor
PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2) Course (3)
PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) COM152 Academic and Professional Total Credits 15
One Optional Course from: Communication (Social Sciences) (3)
PAD308 Industrial Relations Total Credits 17 Semester 2
PAD303 Local Government Management (3) or Core Courses
Optional Course from other major Plus Level 200 POL405 Comparative Politics (3)
one Elective (3), and Other Major course. Semester 1 POL409 Security Studies (3)
Total Credits 15 Core Courses
POL201 Botswana Politics (3) One Optional Course from:
Semester 2 ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for Non- POL403 Modern Ideologies (3)
Core Courses Majors (3) or POL411 Research Project in Political Science (3)
PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) ECO211 Intermediate Micro Economics (3) Plus one Elective (3), and one Minor
LAW237 Administrative LAW (3) Course (3)
One Optional Course from: Total Credits 15
One Optional course from: LAW234 Constitutional Law (3)
PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) Plus one Elective (3) one Minor course (3) Total 5.7 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences Degree
ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues (2) or Credits= 15 Programme
ENS402 Natural Resource Management & PAD201 Organisational Theories Major in Public Administration + Minor
Economics (2) or
Optional Course from the Major (3) Semester 2 Level 100
Plus Two Other Major courses (6) Core Courses Semester 1
Total Credits 15 POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) Core Courses
ECO222 Intermediate Macro Economics for Non- PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration (3)
Level 400 Majors (3) or ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3)
Semester 1 ECO212 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3)
Core Courses SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social STA111 Basic Statistics (3)
PAD401 Development Administration (3) Research (3) Plus two GECs and one Minor Course.
PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) Total Credits 19
One Optional Course from:
POL204 Media and Politics (3)
Two Optional Courses from: SOC236 Social Inequality (3) Semester 2
PAD403 Internship (3) Plus One Minor course (3) Core Courses
PAD407 Comparative Public Administration (3) Total Credits 15 PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public
PAD405 Case Studies in Public Policy or
203
Administration (3) Core Courses Semester 2

POL102 The Modern State (3) PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public Core Courses for Minor
ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) Administration (3) POL405 Comparative Politics (3)
STA112 Statistical Tools Social Research (3) PAD410 Public Financial Management (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one
(Prereq STA111) Optional Course, one Elective and one
Plus two GECs and one Minor Course. One Optional Course from: GEC.
Total Credits 19 PAD406 Ethics and Public Management (3) Total Credits 17
PAD411 Local Government Finance (3)
Level 200 PAD412 Research Project in Public Administration (3) 5.9 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences Degree
Semester 1 Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor course Total Programme: Minor in Public Administration + Major in
Core Courses Credits 17 Other Subject.
PAD201 Organisation Theories (3)
LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) 5.8 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences Degree Level 100
ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for Non- Programme: Minor Political Science + Major in Other Semester 1
Majors (3) Subject Core Courses for Minor
Plus one Elective, two GECs and one Minor Course PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration (3)
Total Credits 19 Level 100 STA111 Basic Statistics (3)
Semester 1 Plus two Major Core Courses, and two
Semester 2 Core Courses for Minor GECs.
Core Course POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) Total Credits= 16
PAD202 Public Administration in Botswana (3) STA111 Basic Statistics (3)
ECO222 Intermediate Macro Economics for Non- Plus two Major Core Courses (6), and two GECs. Total Semester 2
Majors (3) Credits 16 Core Courses for Minor
PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public
One Optional Course from: Semester 2 Administration (3)
SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social Research (3) Core Courses for Minor STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research (3)
Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor POL102 The Modern State (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, and two GECs.
Course Total Credits 17 STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research (3) Total Credits= 16
POL 204 Media and Politics (Prereq STA111)
Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective and two Level 200
Level 300 GECs. Semester 1
Semester 1 Total Credits 16 Core Courses for Minor
Core Courses PAD201 Organisation Theories (3)
PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) Level 200 Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective
PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) Semester 1 and two GECs.
Two Optional Courses from: Core Courses for Minor Total Credits 16
PAD303 Local Government Management (3) POL201 Botswana Politics (3)
PAD308 Industrial Relations (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective Semester 2
SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) and two GECs. Core Courses for Minor
Plus one GEC and one Minor Course Total Credits 16 PAD202 Public Administration in Botswana (3)
Total Credits 17 Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Course, one
Semester (2) Elective and one GEC.
Semester 2 Core Courses for Minor Total Credits 17
Core Courses POL202 Classical Political Thought (3)
PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Course, one Level 300
LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Elective and one GEC. Semester 1
Total Credits 17 Core Courses for Minor
One Optional Course from: PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) OR:
PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) Level 300
POL308 Politics and Management of Semester 1 Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Course, one
Natural Resources (3) or Core Courses for Minor Elective and one GEC.
ENS301 Contemporary Environmental Issues (2) or POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) Plus two Major Total Credits 17
ENS402 Natural Resource Management and Core Courses, one Optional Course, one Elective and one
Economics (2) GEC. Semester 2
Plus two GECs and one Minor course. Total Credits 17 Core Courses for Minor
Total Credits 16 PAD307 Human Resource Management (3)
Semester 2 Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Course
Level 400 Core Courses for Minor and two GECs.
Semester 1 POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) Total Credits 16
Core Courses Plus two Major Core Courses,
PAD401 Development Administration (3) one Optional Course, one Elective and one Level 400
PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) GEC. Semester 1
Total Credits 17 Core Courses for Minor
One Optional Course from: PAD401 Development Administration (3)
Level 400 Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Course
PAD403 Internship (3) Semester 1 and one Elective.
PAD407 Comparative Public Administration (3) Core Courses for Minor Total Credits 18
PAD405 Case Studies in Public Policy Analysis (3) POL401 International Relations (3)
Plus one Elective and one Minor course Plus two Major Core Courses, one Semester 2
Total Credits 15 Optional Course, one Elective and one Core Courses for Minor
GEC. PAD406 Ethics & Public Management (3) OR:
Semester 2 Total Credits 17 PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public
204
Administration Plus two Major Core POP202 Introduction to Population and Technical Demography (3)
Courses, one Optional Course, Developments (3) STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social
one Elective and one GEC. POP206 Population Policy of Botswana (3) Sciences (3) (Prereq STA101)
Total Credits 17 General Education Courses (6) General Education courses (8)
DEPARTMENT OF Semester 4
Core Courses (3 credits)
Level 200
Semester 3
POPULATION STUDIES POP203 Demographic Data Analysis and Report
Writing (3)
Core courses (6 credits)
POP220 History of Fertility, Mortality and
Diploma in Population Studies Migration (3)
Special Regulations for Diploma in Population Studies Optional courses (3) POP221 Theories of Fertility, Mortality and
Subject to the provisions of the Academic General Select one from the following: Migration (3)
Regulations 000 and 100, and the Faculty of Social POP204 Reproductive Health and Family Planning (3)
Sciences Special Regulations, the following Special POP205 Demography of Southern Africa (3) Students entering the degree programme after the
Regulations shall apply: Elective courses (6) completing of their diploma should take STA101 as
General Education courses (3). well if the course was not taken during the diploma
Entrance Requirements studies.
The normal requirement for entrance into Diploma in It is recommended that all Diploma students do
Population Studies shall be: POP202: Introduction to Population and Development. Semester 4
Core courses (6 credits)
a) A minimum of 3 credits (one of which is 2. METHODS OF ASSESSMENTS POP222 Demography of Botswana (3)
Mathematics) in the Botswana General Certificate of Each course shall be evaluated by a combination of POP223 Demographic Techniques (3)
Secondary Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent; continuous assessment and final examination or
Or: semester paper in the ratio of 2:3. Optional courses (3)
Select one from the following:
b) A GPA of at least 2.0 at the Certificate in Civil Award of Diploma
Registration and Population Dynamics of this In order to be awarded the Diploma, a student mus POP224 Demographic Aspects of the Labour Force (3)
University or its equivalent; have completed a minimum of 60 credits and have a POP225 Demographic Aspects of the HIV/AIDS
cumulative GPA of at least 2.0. Epidemic (3)
Duration of the Programme
The normal duration of the Diploma in Population Bachelor of Arts Degree Elective courses (3)
Studies Programme shall be 4 semesters on a Special Regulations for the Major/Major Programme General Education courses (3)
full-time basis. in Population Studies. Students entering the degree programme after the
completing of their diploma should take STA102 as
Programme Structure Subject to the provisions of the Academic General well if the course was not taken during the diploma
The curriculum and methods of assessment shall be as Regulations 000 and 200, the following Special studies.
follows: Regulations shall apply:
Level 300
1. CURRICULUM: Entrance Requirements Semester 5
The normal requirement for entrance into the Core course (9 credits)
Level 100 Bachelor’s Degree in Population Studies Programme POP300 Sources, Evaluation, Adjustment and
Semester 1 shall be: Analysis of Demographic Data (3)
Core courses (6 credits) POP302 Research Methods (3)
POP120 Introduction to Substantive Demography (3) a) A minimum of 5 credits (one of which is Mat POP304 Inter-relationships of Fertility,
STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) ematics) in the Botswana General Certificate of Se Mortality and Migration (3)
Elective courses (6) ondary Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent;
General Education courses (3) Or: Semester 6
b) A GPA of at least 2.0 in the Diploma in Population Core courses (3 credits)
Students planning to enter a degree programme after Studies of this University or its equivalent; Other POP301 Computer Applications in Population
the completing of their Diploma should take STA101 qualifications for entrance to the Bachelor’s Degree Analysis (3)
as well. in Population Studies may be accepted on their
own merit as alternatives as shown by the General Optional courses (3)
Semester 2 Regulation 00.052. Select from the following:
Core courses (6 credits) POP303 Migration, Urbanisation and Development(3)
POP121 Introduction to Epidemiology and Duration of the Programme POP305 Population Policies and Programmes (3)
Technical Demography (3) The normal duration for the Bachelor of Arts Degree General Education courses (4)
POP110 Elements of Research Methods (3) in Population Studies Programme shall be 8 to 10
Elective courses (6) semesters of full-time study. Level 400
General Education courses (3) Semester 7
Level 100 Core courses (9 credits)
Students planning to enter a degree programme after Semester 1 POP400 Integrating Population Variables into
the completing of their Diploma should take STA102 Core courses (9 credits) Development Planning (3)
as well. POP120 Introduction to Substantive Demography (3) POP402 Indirect Estimation Techniques (3)
STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social Elective courses (3)
Level 200 Sciences (3) General Education courses (2)
Semester 3 STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4)
Core courses (6 credits) General Education courses (8) Semester 8
POP200 Methods of Demographic Analysis (3 credits) Core course
POP201 Computing for Demographers (3) Semester 2 POP401 Research paper (3)
Optional courses (3credits) Core courses (6 credits)
Select from the following: POP121 Introduction to Epidemiology and Optional courses (6 credits)
205
Select from the following: 2.4 Programme Structure Semester 8

POP403 Population, Development and Level 100 Optional Courses
Environment (3) Semester 1 PSY410 Applied Psychology (3)
POP404 Gender, Reproductive Health and Core Courses PSY411 Psychopathology (3)
Development (3) STA101*) Mathematics for Social Sciences I (3) PSY412 Research Project (3)
POP405 Demographic Dimensions of Poverty (3) STA116*) Introduction to Statistics (4) 2.5 Assessment
POP406 Demographic Aspects of Ageing (3) PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Assessment of psychology courses shall be based on
POP407 Demographics (3) *) or equivalent course any one or combinations of the following: tests, a
signments, written examinations, oral examinations
Assessment Semester 2 as approved by the Department.
Each course shall be evaluated by a combination Core Courses
of continuous assessment and final examination or PSY102 Biological Basis of Human Behaviour (3) 3.0 Bachelor of Psychology (B.Psych.) Programme
semester paper in the ratio of 2:3.
Level 200 3.1 Objectives of the Programme
Progression Combined Major students are expected to enrol in at Students who graduate with a Bachelor of Psychoogy
In order to proceed from one semester to the next, least two psychology courses per Semester. (B.Psych.) degree shall be qualified to work as semi-
a student must obtain a Cumulative GPA that is in professionals in the field of psychology, more specifically
accordance with General Regulation 00.9. Semester 3 as “psychological counsellors”. In order to become full
General Education Courses offered by the Department. Core Courses professional psychologists, graduates would, however,
PSY201 Theories of Personality (3) require post-graduate training in Psychology on either
Semester 1 & 2 PSY209 Research in Psychology: Methods and Masters or Doctorate level that provides coursework and
GEC372 Migration and Globalisation (2) Designs (3) internship.
GEC278 Population and Society (2)
GEC330 Research Methods (3) (Co-taught on Optional Courses 3.2 Entrance Requirement
rotational basis with Sociology Department). PSY202 Social Psychology (3) Subject to provisions of General Academic Regul
PSY203 Developmental Psychology of Childhood tions 20.2, a credit in Mathematics shall be required
and Adolescence (3) for applicants intending to enrol for a B.Psych.
DEPARTMENT OF PSY204 History and Philosophy of Psychology (3) degree.
PSYCHOLOGY Semester 4 3.3 General Provisions

Core Courses 3.3.1 The B.Psych. degree shall consist of an eight-
Programmes PSY208 Statistics for Psychology I (3) semester programme.
The Department offers two degree programmes at
undergraduate level: Optional Courses 3.3.2 A student who intends to pursue a B.Psych. dgree
PSY206 Developmental Psychology of Adulthood shall take a minimum of 87 credits in psychoogy
i) Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences degree with and Old Age (3) courses (consisting of 54 credits in core and
Psychology as Combined Major (Major/Major) and PSY207 Psychology of Work and Labour Relations (3) 15credits in optional psychology courses and
ii) Bachelor of Psychology degree, which is a semi- 18 creditsin the internship), 6 credits from core
professional programme. Level 300 Mathematics and Statistics courses, and 20 credits
For the Combined Major, all but one Level 300 from General Education Courses. Required credits
2.0 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences with psychology courses are optional in order to enable the from another subject taken during Level 100 and
Psychology as Combined Major student flexibility in his/her choice of courses. Level 300 Level 200 shall be determined by this other subject.
Combined Major students are expected to enrol in at
2.1 Aims of the Programme least two psychology courses per Semester. 3.3.2.1 The core and optional psychology courses shall
The main aim of a Bachelor’s programme with consist of 6 credits at Level 100, 12 credits at
Psychology as a Combined Major is to introduce Semester 5 Level 200, 24 credits at Level 300 and 33 credits
students to the discipline of psychology and provid Optional Courses at Level 400.
them with basic knowledge about major substantive PSY302 Psychological Testing and Psychometrics (3)
areas of research in psychology. PSY303 Cognition and Learning (3) 3.3.2.2B.Psych. Students at any level of their unive sity
PSY305 Organisational and studies may be allowed to enroll in a psychology
2.2 Entrance Requirement Personnel Psychology (3) course at another level with the permission of
Subject to provisions of General Academic Regul the Head of Department.
tions 20.2, a credit in Mathematics shall be required Semester 6
for applicants intending to enroll for Psychology as a Optional Courses 3.3.2.3 A student who intends to pursue a B.Psych.
Combined Major. PSY309 Human Factors in the Work Environment (3) degree shall enroll in a Bachelor’s programme
PSY310 Consumer Psychology (3) of any faculty at Level 100 and Level 200 and
2.3 General Provisions. PSY304 Health Psychology (3) study psychology together with another major
2.3.1 Psychology as a Combined Major shall consist PSY312 Research Proposal in Psychology (3) subject.
of an eight semester programme and with core
and optional psychology courses. 2.3.2 Subject Level 400 3.3.2.4 Students shall normally be selected for the
to special regulations of programmes in other For the Combined Major, all Level 400 psychology B.Psych. programme after completing Level
departments, students may pursue a combined courses are optional in order to enable the student 200 to start the programme at Level 300 (fifth
major in psychology and any other major of their flexibility in his/her choice of courses. Level 400 semester).
choice. Combined Major students are expected to enrol in at 3.3.2.5 Students who are not selected for the B.Psych.
2.3.3 Students who enrol for psychology as part of a least two psychology courses per Semester. programme may continue with psychology as a
combined degree (major/major) shall be expected to Semester 7 Combined Major.
combine courses from psychology and the second Optional Courses
subject in the ratio of 50:50 (major/major). 2.3.4 PSY406 Psychological Challenges of HIV/AIDS (3) 3.3.2.6 The B.Psych. programme shall consist of core
Students at any level of their university studies PSY407 Special Topics in Psychology (3) and optional psychology courses that include
may be allowed to enroll in a psychology course at PSY409 Sensation and Perception (3) lectures, seminars, laboratory work and
another level with the permission of the Head of PSY405) Training and Human Resource supervised practical work and a research project
Department. Development (3) based on empi ical data.
206
3.3.2.7 The B.Psych. programme shall include a supe vised only) 200.
internship undertaken over six months with a PSY403 Counselling II (3) (Pre-requisite PSY306 &
minimum of 960 hours practical experience. restricted to B Psych students only) 3.7.3 A student who intends to pursue a B.Psych. degree
PSY404*) Psychotherapy (3) (Restricted to B Psych may be permitted to register for the programme
students only) only at Level 300 but not before.
3.4 Programme Structure Optional courses 3.7.3.1 The intake into the B.Psych. programme at Level
(Students choose at least two courses) 300 shall be based on academic merit and
Level 100 restricted to a specified number of students per
Semester 1 PSY405**) Training and Human Resource annum. The number of students selected into
Core Courses Development (3) the B.Psych. programme shall be determined by
STA101*) Mathematics for Social Sciences I (3) PSY406 Psychological Challenges of HIV/AIDS (3) the Department from time to time.
STA116*) Introduction to Statistics (4) PSY407 Special Topics in Psychology (3)
PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) PSY409 Sensation and Perception (3) 3.7.3.2 The criteria for selection into the B.Psych.
*) or equivalent course programme shall take into consideration
*) This course is recommended to students who wish to academic performance, performance in a
Semester 2 pursue a career in the field of clinical psychology. selection interview and the number of spaces
Core Courses available for practical training.
PSY102 Biological Basis of Human Behaviour (3) **) This course is recommended to students who wish to
pursue a career in the field of industrial psychology. 3.7.3.3 A student who does not meet the requirements
Level 200 for the B.Psych. programme may be permitted
Semester 3 Semester 8 to continue his/her studies with psychology as
Core Courses Core Course a combined major.
PSY201 Theories of Personality (3) PSY408 Internship* (18 credits) (Restricted to B
PSY202 Social Psychology (3) Psych students only) 3.8 Award of the Degree
PSY209 Research in Psychology: Methods and In order to be awarded the B.Psych. degree, a student
Designs (3) The internship shall start with the first week of S must meet the requirements of the Academic General
mester VIII and continue for at least eight weeks into Regulations, Faculty and Departmental Special
Optional Courses the Winter vacation. Regulations and obtain a minimum of Grade Point of
(Students choose at least one) 3.0 (60%) in the internship.
PSY203 Developmental Psychology of 3.5 Assessment
Childhood and Adolescence (3) 3.5.1 Assessment of psychology courses shall be based
PSY204 History and Philosophy of Psychology (3) on any one or combinations of the following: tests, DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL
Semester 4
assignments, written examinations, oral examin
tions, practical examinations as approved by the
WORK
Diploma in Social Work (DSW) Programme
Core Courses Department.
PSY208 Statistics for Psychology I (3)
Entry Requirements.
3.5.2 Assessment of the performance on the inter
Subject to the General Regulations 200 and the Special
Optional Courses ship shall consist of an evaluation of the intern
Regulations of the Faculty of Social Sciences, the
(Students choose at least one) according to criteria set by the Department.
following Special Regulations of the Department
PSY206 Developmental Psychology of
of Social Work shall apply: The normal minimum
Adulthood and Old Age (3) 3.5.2.1 A student who fails the internship shall be
requirement is a BGCSE with credit in English or a
PSY207 Psychology of Work and Labour Relations (3) permitted to repeat the internship only once.
Certificate in Social Work from this University or an
3.5.2.2 A student who, for a good reason, fails to
equivalent qualification. Students shall be subject to the
Level 300 complete the internship may be awarded an “I”
guidelines and regulations of the Department’s Fieldwork
Semester 5 (incomplete) grade and may, with the consent
Manual.
Core Courses of the Head of Department and the Dean of the
PSY301 Abnormal Psychology I (3) Faculty, be allowed an additional period, not
DSW Programme Structure and Content.
PSY302 Psychological Testing and Psychometrics (3) exceeding ten weeks, to complete the work.
The Diploma in Social Work (DSW) programme has a
total of 72 to 74 credits.
Optional Courses 3.5.3 A student who fails the B.Psych. requirements
(Students choose at least one) may be permitted to continue his/her psychology
Level 100
studies as a combined major.
Semester 1
PSY304 Health Psychology (3)
DSW100 Introduction to Social Work and
PSY305 Organisational and Personnel Psychology (3) 3.6 Special Departmental Regulation
its Literature (3)
PSY303 Cognition and Learning (3) Subject to provisions of the General Examination
DSW101 Social Work with Communities
Regulations, admission to an examination of a course
and Groups (3)
Semester 6 that contains essential practical components (e.g.PSY305,
DSW102 Social Services in Botswana (2)
Core Courses PSY306, PSY403, PSY404 and PSY405) shall be subject to
DSW103 Social Work with Youth (2)
PSY306 Counselling I (3) given if students have achieved a class attendance of at
DSW104 Social Work in Health Services (3)
PSY307 Psychological Assessment (3) least 80% and a continuous assessment mark of at least
PSY312 Research Proposal in Psychology (3) 50%. Students who fail to achieve the required minimum
Skills (Social Sciences) (3)
class attendance or continuous assessment mark in
ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (2)
Optional Courses courses with an essential practical component may be
18 credits.
(Students choose at least one) permitted to repeat the course only once.
PSY309 Human Factors in the Work Environment (3)
Semester 2
PSY310 Consumer Psychology (3) 3.7 Progression from Level to Level
SWF101 Orientation to Fieldwork (1)
PSY304 Health Psychology (3) 3.7.1 A student who intends to pursue a B.Psych. degree
DSW105 Social Work with Families and Children (3)
must achieve an average of at least 60% (Grade
DSW106 Psychology for Social Work (3)
Level 400 Point 3.0) in all core psychology courses at Level 100.
DSW107 Social Work and Disabilities (2)
Semester 7
DSW108 Interpersonal Communication (2)
Core Courses 3.7.2 A student who intends to pursue a B.Psych. degree
STA111 Elementary Statistics (3)
PSY401 Research Project (3) (Pre-requisite PSY312 & must achieve an average of at least 60% (Grade
restricted to B Psych students only) Point 3.0) in all core psychology courses at Level
Communication (Social Sciences) (3)
PSY402 Abnormal Psychology II (3) (Pre-requisite
PSY301 & restricted to B Psych students
207
ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2) Level 100 BSW301 Administration and Change in the
19 credits. Semester 1 Social Services (3)(pre-requisite BSW202)
Winter Semester BSW100 Reading and Writing in Social Work (2) BSW302 Counselling(3)(pre-requisite BSW201)
SWF200 Fieldwork (Block Placement) (3) PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) BSW303 Social Work Practice with AIDS (3)(pre-
POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) requisite BSW200, BSW201, BSW205)
Level 200 LAW151 Social Work and Law (3) *General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3credits)
Semester 1 SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Concepts and 16-17 credits.
SWF200 Fieldwork (Block Placement) (3) Principles (3)
SWF201 Fieldwork and Professional Development COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy Semester 2
(3) (pre-requisite SWF200) Skills (Social Sciences) (3) SWF302 Fieldwork Practice, Culture and Social
DSW200 Introduction to Counselling in Social Work ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals I (2) Work (2)(pre-requisite BSW200, SWF201)
(3) (pre-requisite DSW106, DSW 108) 19 credits. BSW305 Community with Practice (3)(pre-
DSW201 Introduction to Social Policy (2) requisite BSW200)
DSW202 Selected Issues in Social Work (2) Semester 2
DSW205 Probation (3) (pre-requisite DSW101, BSW102 Oral Communication (3) BSW306 Research in Social Work (3)(pre-
DSW105) BSW103 Introduction to Social Welfare (3) requisite STA111, STA112)
BSW104 Introduction to Social Work (3) BSW307 Social Service Planning (3)
General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 cre SWF102 Helping in the Community–Fieldwork *General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 credits)
its)18/19 credits. Experience (3) 15-17 credits.
NB:SWF200 is a 12-week block placement in social Communication (Social Sciences) (3) Winter semester
welfare agencies that takes place during the long ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2) SWF400 Fieldwork II (Block Placement) (3)(pre-
vacation between Levels 1 and 2. 17 credits. requisite SWF300, BSW302, BSW305)
Semester 2 Level 200. Level 400

DSW203 AIDS and Home Based Care (3) Semester 1 (Regular Entry) Semester 1
DSW204 Social Work and Social Development (3) BSW200 Introduction to Community Work (3) (pre- SWF402 Linking Theory and Fieldwork (3)
DSW206 Management and Supervision in the requisite BSW104) (pre-requisite SWF400)
Human Services (3) (pre-requisite BSW201 Introduction to Working with Families and BSW401 Supervision in Social Work (3)(pre-
DSW102, DSW201) Individuals (3) (pre-requisite requisite BSW301)
DSW207 Culture, Change and Social Work in BSW104)
Botswana (3) STA111 Elementary Statistics (3)
SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Students shall take one of the following:
General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 credits) LAW151 Social Work and Law (3) BSW402 Seminar (3)(pre-requisite BSW306)
NB: A student can choose to take a GEC or an Ele General Education Course/Elective BSW403 Seminar (3)(pre-requisite BSW306)
tive course. (2 or 3 credits) 18-19 credits. BSW404 Seminar (3)(pre-requisite BSW306)
(17-18 Credits) BSW405 Seminar (3)(pre-requisite BSW306)
Semester 1 (Direct Entry) or:
Assessment. BSW201 Introduction to Working with Families and BSW406 Research Project I (3)
Assessment shall be as per General Academic Individuals (3) (pre-requisite (pre-requisite BSW306)
Regulations 00.8. Assessment criteria shall also be BSW104)
stated in each course outline. POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) General Education Course/Elective (3 Credits each) 15
LAW151 Social Work and Law (3) credits.
Progression from Semester to Semester. STA111 Elementary Statistics (3)
Progression from one semester to the next shall be as ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Semester2
per General Academic Regulations 00.9. SWF401 Integrative Fieldwork Practice (3)
General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 credits)
Award of the Diploma 18-19 credits. Students shall take two of the following:
The award of the Diploma shall be as per General NB: Direct entry students are exempted from BSW200. BSW407 Seminar (3) (pre-requisite BSW306)
Regulations 00.852. BSW408 Seminar (3) (pre-requisite BSW306)
Semester 2 BSW409 Seminar (3) (pre-requisite BSW306)
Bachelor of Social Work Programme SWF101 Orientation to Fieldwork (1) BSW410 Seminar (3) (pre-requisite BSW306)
BSW202 Social Policy (3) (pre-requisite ECO111,
Entry Requirements. POL101) Or:
Subject to the General Regulations 200 and the BSW203 Social Work and Mental Health (3) BSW415 Research Project II (6) and 1 Seminar.
Special Regulations of the Faculty of Social Sciences, (pre-requisite PSY101, BSW201) General Education Course/Elective (3 Credits)
the following Special Regulations of the Department BSW204 Theory and Social Work Practice (3) 15 Credits.
of Social Work shall apply: (pre-requisite BSW103, BSW104)
1. The normal minimum requirement for entry into the BSW205 Introduction to Group Work (3) NB: Students with a minimum of a B average from
Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) Programme is a credit STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research (3) Level 2 and 3 and a minimum of B average from
in Mathematics. (pre-requisite STA111)16 credits. BSW306 can choose BSW406 and BSW415 in place
of one seminar in Semester 1 and one seminar in
2. Students shall be subject to the guidelines and Winter semester Semester 2.
regulations of the Department’s Fieldwork Manual. SWF300 Fieldwork I (Block Placement) (3) (Direct
Entry Students Exempted) (pre- NB: SWF300 and SWF400 are 9-week fieldwork
3. Applicants with a Diploma in Social Work from this requisite BSW200, BSW201, BSW203, placements in social welfare agencies that take place
University or an equivalent qualification with a SWF101) during the long vacation between Levels 2 and 3 and
minimum grade of a credit shall be eligible for entry Levels 3 and 4 respectively.
at Level 2 of the first semester of the second year of
the BSW Programme. Level 300 Assessment
Semester 1 Assessment shall be as per General Academic Regul
BSW Programme Structure and Content. SWF301 Reflective Practice on Fieldwork (2)(pre- tions 00.8. Assessment criteria shall also be stated in
The BSW programme has a total of 129-137 credits. requisite SWF300) each course outline.
208
SOC225 Sociology of Policing (3) CJS 433 Sentencing (3)
Progression from Semester to Semester SOC233 Families and Households (3) CJS 444 Organized Crime (3)
Progression from one semester to the next shall be as SOC241 Social Structure of S. African Societies (3) plus Electives (3)
per General Academic Regulations 00.9. SOC243 Crime and Social Justice (3) Requirements for a Combined Major/Major Degree
SOC246 Communities and Crime (3) A student intending to pursue a double major degree
Award of the Degree STA241 Statistical Analysis (3) plus Electives (3) with Sociology as a major subject must take and pass
The award of the Degree shall be as per General or GEC (5) the following Sociology courses:
Regulations 00.852.
Level 300 Level 100
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Core Courses Core Courses
SOC322 Classical Sociological Theories (3) SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Concepts and
Programme Structure SOC339 Quantitative Research Methods (3) Principles (3)
The Department offers Sociology as a subject in the STA111 Elementary Statistics (3); or Equivalent
following Programmes: Optional Courses course(s) approved by the Department.
Any two of the following courses:
1. Single Major Programme leading to the award of SOC328 Comparative Social Institutions (3) Optional Courses
Bachelor of Arts Degree (Sociology) SOC329 Urban Sociology (3) Any one of the following courses:
2. Combined Major/Major Programme leading to the SOC331 Industry and Society (3) SOC125 Theories of Deviance and Crime (3)
award of Bachelor of Arts Degree SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) SOC130 Crime and Punishment in Modern Society
3. Combined Major/Minor (with Sociology as Minor) SOC342 Crime and Victimization (3) (3) plus Electives (3) or GEC (4)
Programme leading to the award of Bachelor of Arts plus Electives (3) or GEC (3)
Degree. Semester 2
Requirements for the Single Major Degree in Sociology Core Courses Any one of the following courses:
Only students with a cumulative GPA of at least 3.5 SOC341 Qualitative Research Methods (3) SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3)
(B-) for all Sociology courses taken during the first and SOC123 Introduction to Social and Cultural
second years of their studies will be invited to pursue Optional Courses Anthropology (3)
a single major degree in Sociology. A student pursuing Any four of the following courses: SOC127 Introduction to Penology (3)
a single major degree in Sociology must take and pass SOC324 Sociology of Gender (3) SOC133 The History of Punishment in Botswana
the following Sociology courses: SOC326 Race and Ethnicity (3) (3) plus Electives (3) or GEC (4)
SOC327 Political Sociology (3) Level 200
Level 100 SOC332 Traditional and Alt Medical Systems (3)
Semester 1 SOC335 Rural Sociology (3) Semester 1
Core Courses SOC343 Advanced Criminological Theories (3) Core Courses
SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Concepts and CJS 324 White Collar Crime (3) SOC224 Introduction to Sociological Theory (3)
Principles (3) CJS 329 Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Justice (3)
STA111 Elementary Statistics (3); or Equivalent plus Electives (3) Optional Courses
course(s) approved by the Department. Any one of the following courses:
Optional Courses Level 400 SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Africa (3)
Any one of the following courses: Semester 1 SOC236 Social Inequality (3)
SOC125 Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) Core Courses SOC242 Concepts of Health and Illness (3)
SOC130 Crime and Punishment in Modern Society SOC424: African Social Thought (3) SOC245 Gender and the Criminal Justice System
(3) PLUS Electives (3) or GEC (4) SOC436: Micro Sociological Theories (3) (3) plus Electives (3) or GEC (4)
SOC441: Research Proposal (3)
Optional Courses Optional Courses Core Courses
Any one of the following courses: Any one of the following courses: SOC226 Concepts and Principles of Social Research(3)
SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) SOC428 Family and Kinship (3)
SOC123 Introduction to Social and Cultural SOC431 Sociology of Law (3) Optional Courses
Anthropology (3) SOC434 Social Movements (3) Any one of the following courses:
SOC127 Introduction to Penology (3) SOC432 Work and Occupations (3) SOC225 Sociology of Policing (3)
SOC133 The History of Punishment in Botswana(3) SOC439 Special Topics in Sociology (3) SOC233 Families and Households (3)
plus Electives (3 credit)or GEC (4) CJS 422 Management of Criminal Justice SOC241 Social Structure of S. African Societies (3)
Organizations (3) SOC243 Crime and Social Justice (3)
Level 200 CJS 424 Domestic and International Security (3) SOC246 Communities and Crime (3)
Semester 1 Electives (3) STA241 Statistical Analysis (3)
Core Courses plus Electives (3) or GEC (5)
SOC224 Introduction to Sociological Theory (3) Semester 2
Core Courses Level 300
Optional Courses SOC421 Contemporary Sociological Theories (3) Semester 1
Any one of the following courses: SOC422 Research Project (6) Core Courses
SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Africa (3) SOC442 Data Analysis and Report Writing (3) SOC322 Classical Sociological Theories (3)
SOC236 Social Inequality (3) SOC339 Quantitative Research Methods (3)
SOC242 Concepts of Health and Illness (3) Optional Courses
SOC245 Gender and the Criminal Justice System Any one of the following courses: Optional Courses
(3)plus Electives (3)or GEC (4) SOC438 The Medical Prof and Allied Occupations (3) Any one of the following courses:
SOC439 Special Topics in Sociology (3) SOC328 Comparative Social Institutions (3)
Semester 2 SOC443 Sentencing Theory and Practice (3) SOC329 Urban Sociology (3)
Core Courses SOC444 Contemporary Research in Criminology (3) SOC331 Industry and Society (3)
SOC226 Concepts and Principles of Social Research(3) CJS 423 international Policing (3) SOC334 Sociology of Development (3)
CJS 425 Privatization/Commercialization of SOC342 Crime and Victimization (3)
Optional Courses Criminal Justice (3)
Any one of the following courses:
209
Semester 2 Level 200 The normal duration for the Bachelor of Arts in Criminal
Core Courses Semester 1 Justice Studies shall be eight (8) semesters on a full-
SOC341 Qualitative Research Methods (3) Core Courses time basis. Students who are granted exemptions under
SOC224 Introduction to Sociological Theory (3) the Departmental regulations may be able to complete
the programme in a shorter period of time.
Optional Courses Optional Courses Level 100
Any two of the following courses: Any one of the following courses: Semester 1
SOC324 Sociology of Gender (3) SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Africa (3) Core Courses
SOC326 Race and Ethnicity (3) SOC236 Social Inequality (3) CJS121 Introduction to Criminology (3)
SOC327 Political Sociology (3) SOC242 Concepts of Health and Illness (3) SOC125 Theories of Crime and Deviance(3)
SOC332 Traditional and Alt Medical Systems (3) SOC245 Gender and the Criminal Justice System LAW131 Introduction to Law (3)
SOC335 Rural Sociology (3) (3) plus Electives (3) or GEC (4) COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy
SOC343 Advanced Criminological Theories (3) Skills (Social Sciences) (3)
Semester 2 ICT121 Computer Skills Fundamentals 1 (2)
Level 400 Core Courses
Semester 1 SOC226 Concepts and Principles of Social Research(3) Optional Courses
Core Courses Any one of the following courses:
SOC441 Research Proposal (3) Optional Courses SOC130 Crime and Punishment in Modern
Any one of the following courses: Society (3)
Optional Courses SOC225 Sociology of Policing (3) PSY101 Introduction to Psychology
Any two of the following courses: SOC233 Families and Households (3) plus Electives (3) or GEC (4)
SOC241 Social Structure of S. African Societies (3)
SOC424 African Social Thought (3) SOC243 Crime and Social Justice (3) Semester 2
SOC428 Family and Kinship (3) SOC246 Communities and Crime (3) Core Courses
SOC431 Sociology of Law (3) plus Electives (3) or GEC (5) STA111 Elementary Statistics (3)
SOC432 Work and Occupations (3) COM152 Academic and Professional
SOC434 Social Movements (3) Level 300 Communication(Social Sciences) (3)
SOC436 Micro Sociological Theories (3) Semester 1 ICT122 Computer Skills Fundamentals 2 (2)
SOC439 Special Topics in Sociology (3) Core Courses
SOC322 Classical Sociological Theories (3) Optional Courses
Semester 2 SOC339 Quantitative Research Methods (3) Any two of the following courses:
Core Courses SOC127 Introduction to Penology (3)
SOC421 Contemporary Sociological Theories (3) Level 400 SOC133 The History of Punishment in Botswana (3)
SOC442 Data Analysis and Report Writing (3) Semester 1 PAD102 Institutional Process of Public
Core Courses Administration (3)
Optional Courses SOC441 Research Proposal (3) SOC122 Social Structure of Society (3)
Any one of the following courses: plus GEC (4)
SOC438 The Medical Prof and Allied Occupations (3) Semester 2
SOC439 Special Topics in Sociology (3) Core Courses Level 200
SOC443 Sentencing Theory and Practice (3) SOC421 Contemporary Sociological Theories (3) Semester 1
SOC444 Contemporary Research in Criminology(3) Core Courses
SOC442 Data Analysis and Report Writing (3) CJS221 Classical and Post-Classical Criminological
Requirements for a Combined Major/Minor [Sociology Theories (3)
Minor] Assessment LAW234 Constitutional Law (3)
A student intending to pursue a degree with Sociology Performance shall be evaluated by the combinatio
as a minor subject must take and pass the following of continuous assessment scores (CAS) and final Optional Courses
Sociology courses: examination marks; each contributing 50 percent to Any two of the following courses:
the final grade awarded. Seminars, internships and CJS227 Criminal Justice Work Experience (3)
Level 100 research projects will be assessed through assig CJS223 Media, Crime and Culture (3)
Semester 1 ments, term papers and research reports. CJS245 Gender, Crime and Justice (3)
Core Courses SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Africa (3)
SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Concepts Progression from one Semester to another Semester BSW201 Introduction to working with Families and
and Principles (3) Progression from one Semester to the next shall be as Individuals (3) plus Electives (3)
STA111 Elementary Statistics (3); or Equivalent per General Regulation 00.9
course(s) approved by the Department. Semester 2
Award of Degree Core Courses
Optional Courses The award of the degree shall be as per General CJS222 Basic Concepts and Principles in
Any one of the following courses: Regulation 00.852 Criminological Research (3)
SOC125 Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice Studies (Single SOC246 Communities and Crime (3)
SOC130 Crime and Punishment in Modern Society Major)
(3) plus Electives (3) or GEC (4) Optional Courses
Entry Requirements Any two of the following courses:
Semester 2 Admission to the BA CJS will be as per the University SOC225 Sociology of Policing (3)
Optional Courses of Botswana General Regulation 20.2 or succes SOC243 Crime & Social Justice (3)
Any one of the following courses: ful completion of the Diploma in Criminal Justice LAW 235 Specific Offences in Criminal Law (3)
SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) Studies (DCJ). Applicants who hold the DCJ from the LAW237 Administrative Law (3)
SOC123 Introduction to Social and Cultural University of Botswana will be admitted to the third plus Electives (3)
Anthropology (3) year of the BA CJS degree programme. These students
SOC127 Introduction to Penology (3) will be advised to take three new courses (1 at Level 300
SOC133 The History of Punishment in Botswana (3) 1st year level, and 2 at second year level) as electives Semester 1
plus Electives (3)or GEC (4) in order to satisfy requirements. Core Courses
CJS326 Crime Prevention, Management and
Duration of Programme Control (3)
210
SOC343 Advanced Criminological Theories (3) 1.2 Direct Entry into the Diploma Programme DST221 Statistical Modelling (3 Sem 2)
LAW333 Criminal Procedure (3) Students possessing an Ordinary Level pass with grade C DST222 Sampling Concepts in Survey Work (3
or better in Mathematics, or an additional Mathematics Sem 2)
paper are eligible for direct entry admission to the DST223 Practical Project (3.Sem 2)
Diploma Programme; those who have a credit of C or
Optional Courses better in the extended Mathematics option for BGCSE Optional Courses
Any two of the following courses: are also eligible for admission. Must take one course per semester (2 courses, 6 credits)
SOC342 Crime and Victimization (3) from any of the following:
CJS325 Risk Management (3) 1.3 Duration of the Programme
CJS328 Psychology of Criminal Behaviour (3) The normal duration of the Programme is 4 semesters Semester 1
LAW332 Evidence (4) on a full-time basis carrying a minimum of 64 MAT221/POP201/ECO211/STA201
SOC324 Sociology of Gender (3) accumulated credits for required courses.
Semester 2
Semester 2 1.4 Programme Structure MAT212/POP223/STA 212/ECO212
Core Courses The core Programme comprises 11 courses in Statistics
CJS321 Research Methods in Criminal Justice (3) totalling 33 credits. In addition, there are 11 optional/ Elective Courses
CJS322 Policy Analysis in Criminal Justice (3) elective courses with 27 credits and 2 General Semester 1:
CJS323 Criminal Justice Practicum (3) Education Courses with 4 credits. Students can take A 200 Level course from Economics/Populations Studies/
electives from other related disciplines. Students Environmental Science or any other related discipline
Optional Courses intending to take BSC statistics later should take MAT (3, sem1)
Any two of the following courses: option. Those intending to combine Statistics and
CJS324 White Collar Crime (3) Economics should take Economics courses while those Semester 2:
CJS327 Forensic Criminology (3) intending to major in Population Studies should take A 200 Level course from Economics/Populations Studies/
CJS329 Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Justice(3) Population Studies courses. Environmental Science or any other related discipline
PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) (3 sem2)
1.5 Core Courses
Level 400 Level 100 Assessment
Semester 1 DST111 Statistical Systems (3.Sem 1) Unless otherwise specified the mode of delivery and
Core Courses DST112 Collecting and Organizing Data (3, Sem 1) learning objectives for this programme does not follow
CJS426 Electronic Crime (3) DST121 Handling and Analyzing Data Basic the usual conventions of teach test and examine. Some
CJS445 Data Analysis in Criminal Justice Studies (3) (3, Sem 2) courses are theory based; some are more practical and
DST122 Presenting Statistical Data and Results interactive while others require some degree of field
Optional Courses (3, Sem 2) work and report writing. Hence the details on how each
Any Two of the following courses: DST123 Using Prob. Ideas in Dealing with data course shall be assessed are shown under the course
CJS422 Management of Criminal Justice (3, Sem 2) description.
Organisations (3) Optional Courses
CJS424 Domestic and International Security (3) Award of Diploma
LAW432 Jurisprudence (4) Semester 1: A student shall be eligible for the award of the Diploma
SOC431 Sociology of Law (3) plus Electives (3) Either STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social in Statistics after completing a minimum of 64 credits
Sciences I or MAT 111. for courses specified in section 7.3.
Semester 2
Core Courses Semester 2: Classification of the Diploma
CJS421 Research Project (6) Either STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social The award of the Diploma shall be classified as
CJS444 Organised Crime (3) Sciences II or MAT 122. Distinction, Merit, Credit or Pass, according to the GPA
LAW437 Human Rights Law (3) as per General Regulation 10.4.
Elective Courses.
Optional Courses Semester 1: Undergraduate Degree Programmes.
Any one of the following courses: A 100 Level course from Economics/Populations Studies/ The Department offers Statistics as a subject in the
CJS423 International Policing (3) Environmental Science or any other related discipline combined Bachelor of Arts Degree in Social Sciences and
CJS425 Privatisation/Commercialisation of (3, sem1) in the Single Major Bachelor of Science Degree for both
Criminal Justice (3) Semester 2: A 100 Level course from Economics/ the Social Sciences and Science students. In addition
CJS427 Criminal Offender Profiling (3) Populations Studies/Environmental Science or any Statistics is offered as a subject for the Combined
CJS428 Special Topics in Criminal Justice Studies (3) other related discipline (3 sem2) Bachelor of Science Degree in Science. For the Diploma
SOC443 Sentencing Theory & Practice (3) Programme in Statistics see Faculty Regulation 180.
Progression from one Semester to another Semester Semester 1 Special Regulations for the Undergraduate Degree
Progression from one Semester to the next shall be as 1. COM151 Communication and Academic Literacy Programmes
per General Regulation 00.9 Skills (Social Sciences) (3) Special Regulation for the Combined Bachelor of Arts
2. ICDL International Computer Driver’s License Part Degree in Statistics Subject to the General Academic
Award of Degree 1 (3) or ICT121. Regulations 00.00 and 20.00 the following Departmental
The award of the degree shall be as per General Regulations shall apply:
Regulation 00.852 Semester 2
3. COM152 Academic and Professional Entrance Requirements
Communication (Social Sciences)(3) 1. Entrance requirements are subject to the Faculty
DEPARTMENT OF STATISTICS General Regulations.
Level 200
Diploma in Statistics Programme. Semester 2 2 . Students who have passed the Diploma in
DST211 Introduction to Basic Statistical Statistics Examination of this University or who
Special Regulations for the Diploma in Statistics Concepts (3 Sem 1) possess the equivalent qualification can be
Programme. DST212 Introduction to Time Series Concepts admitted to Semester 5 of the Programme.
Subject to the General Academic Regulations 000 and (3 Sem 1)
100, the following Special Departmental Regulations DST213 Index Numbers and Economics Duration of the Programme
shall apply: Statistics (3 Sem 1) The normal duration for the Bachelor of Arts Degree
211
in Statistics Programme shall be 8 semesters on a courses listed under the Department of Statistics Combined Major Degree in Statistics Programme shall
full-time basis. Students, who were granted exemption Special Regulation 1.3.3 before Semester 5 of study. be 8 semesters on a full-time basis.
under the Departmental Regulations, may be able to
complete the Programme in a shorter period of time. Duration of the Programme Programme Structure
The normal duration for the Bachelor of Science 1 At Levels 100 and 200, the Statistics component of the
Programme Structure Degree Programme shall be 8 semesters on a full-time Combined Major requires 8 core courses in Statistics
1 At Levels 100 and 200, the Statistics part of the basis. Students who join under Departmental Special and Mathematics totaling 28 credits normally taken
Programme requires 10 core courses in Statistics Regulation 4.6.1.3 may be able to complete the during the first 4 semesters. In addition courses from
totalling 29 credits, normally taken during the first 4 Programme in a shorter period. the other major as well as electives and General
semesters. In addition courses from the other major Education Courses are required as per General
as well as electives and General Education Courses Programme Structure Academic Regulations.
are required as per Faculty Regulations. Core courses 1 At Levels 100 and 200, the Programme requires 11
are listed in Sections 1.4.1, 1.4.2 and 1.4.3. core courses in Statistics and Mathematics totalling 2 At Levels 300 and 400, the Statistics part of the
37 credits, normally to be taken during the first 4 Programme consists of 8 core courses in Statistics
2 At Levels 300 and 400, the Statistics part of the semesters. In addition students are expected to take totaling 24 credits, normally for Semester 5 and
Programme consists of 8 core courses in Statistics elective and General Educations Courses as required upwards. In addition, there are 3 optional courses in
totalling 24 credits normally taken in Semester 5 and by their Faculty Regulations. Statistics totaling 9 credits to be taken during the
upwards. In addition, students are required to take 12 same period. Courses from the other major electives
credits of optional courses and 4 credits of General 2 At Levels 300 and 400, the Programme consists of 15 and General Education Courses will supplement the
Education Courses. Core and optional courses are core courses in Statistics and Mathematics totalling Programme structure.
given in Sections 1.4.1, 1.4.2, and 1.4.3. 48 credits that are usually taken from Semester 5
upwards. In addition, there are 3 optional Statistics Assessment
Assessment courses totalling 9 credits. Normally assessment of any course is based on the
Normally the assessment for any course is based on the continuous assessment and the examination in the
continuous assessment and the final examination in Assessment ratio 1:2, unless specified otherwise in the Department
the ratio of 1:2, unless otherwise specified. Normally assessment of any course is based on of Statistics Special Regulations.
the continuous assessment and the examination
Award of Bachelor of Arts Degree in the ratio 1:2, unless otherwise specified in the Award of the Combined Bachelor of Science Degree
A student who has completed the entire core, optional, Departmental Special Regulations. 1 A student who has successfully completed the entire
elective and General Education Courses as listed above core, optional, elective and General Education Courses
shall be eligible for the award of the Bachelor of Arts Award of Bachelor of Science in Statistics Degree shall be eligible for the award of the Bachelor of
Combined Degree in Statistics. A student who has completed all core, optional, elective Science Combined Major Degree.
and General Education Course requirements shall
Bachelor of Science in Statistics Degree be eligible for the award of the Bachelor of Science 2 Classification of Degree
The Single Major Bachelor of Science Programme can be (Statistics) Degree. The award shall be classified according to theGPA, as per
taken by students from the Faculty of Science as well General Regulation 20.4.
as students from the Faculty of Social Sciences or any Classification of Degree
other faculty, provided they satisfy the requirements The award shall be classified according to the GPA as Level 100
outlined below. per General Regulation 20.4. Undergraduate Degree Programmes
Combined Bachelor of Science Degree At Level 100 a student majoring in the Combined
Special Regulations for the Single Major Bachelor of The Combined Major Bachelor of Science Degree Bachelor of Arts Degree in Statistics shall take:
Science in Statistics Degree Programmes are for students who take Statistics as a
Subject to General Regulation 20.00 and the relevant major with any other subject major from the Faculty Semester 1
Faculty of Science Special Regulations, the following of Science. STA101 Mathematics for Social Sciences I(3)
Department of Statistics Special Regulations shall STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4,)
apply: Special Regulations for the Combined Major Bachelor of
Science in Statistics Degree. Semester 2
Entrance Requirements The Programme will be offered under the General STA102 Mathematics for Social Sciences II (3)
1 Students who are admitted to the Faculty of Science Regulations of the University, the Faculty of Science (pre-requisite STA101)
and who have passed each of the 2required Level 100 Special Regulations, which allows Statistics as one of STA121 Elements of Probability (2)
Statistics and Mathematics courses are eligible to the subjects available to the students at Level 100,
join the Bachelor of Science (Statistics) Single Major and the Department of Statistics Special Regulations.
Degree Programme. The specific combined major Subject to General Regulation 20.00 and the relevant Elective Courses
programme on the optional courses (MAT/ECO/POP Faculty of Science Special Regulations, the following Semester 2
etc) taken during the diploma. Department of Statistics Special Regulations shall One Course on the advice of the Department (3)
apply: At Level 100 a student intending to major in Statistics
2 Students admitted to other faculties, such as the in the Bachelor of Science Programme shall take:
Faculty of Social Sciences, who have passed each of Entrance Requirements
the 2 required Level 100 Statistics and Mathematics 1 The Faculty of Science students can take Statistics as Semester 1
courses are eligible to join the Bachelor of Science a Major subject combined with any other Science MAT111 Introductory Concepts of Mathematics I (4)
(Statistics) Single Major Degree Programme. The subject. In order to take Statistics as a Major the STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4)
decision as to what major is to be taken should be student should have passed the 2 relevant Level 100
made as early as possible, preferably not later than courses in Statistics. The decision as to what major to Semester 2
Semester 5 of the undergraduate studies. take is to be made as early as possible, preferably not MAT122 Introductory Concepts of Mathematics II
later than Semester 5. (4, Sem 2)
3 Students who have passed the Diploma in Statistics 2 Students who intend to join the Bachelor of Science STA122 Introductory Concepts of Probability )
examination of this University with a credit or who Combined Major Programme in Statistics are normally (pre-requisite STA116)
possess equivalent qualifications can join at level expected to complete the courses listed under the (4, Sem 2)
Semester 5 of the Programme on condition of Department of Statistics Special Regulation 1.3.2
Departmental recommendation. before Semester 5. General Education Courses
Two GEC courses as required for the Faculty (2+2
4 Students who intend to join the Single Major Duration of the Programme credits) in semester one.
Programme are normally expected to complete the The normal duration for the Bachelor of Science
212
Two GEC courses as required by the Faculty (2+2 credits) Semester 2 Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits)
in semester two. Core Courses
STA321 Statistical Distributions II (3) Semester 1
Level 200 (pre-requisite STA221 OR (DST211 & DST221) STA381 Statistical Quality Control (3)
At Level 200 a student majoring in Statistics for th STA354 Survey Research Methods (3) STA361 Time Series Analysis (3)
Combined Bachelor of Arts Degree in Social Sciences STA352 Regression and Linear Models (3) Semester 2
shall take: (pre-requisite STA202 & 211) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3)
STA382 Operations Research I (3)
Semester 1 Semester 2 STA383 Econometric Methods (3)
STA201 Elementary Calculus (3) ) (pre-requisite STA322 Probability II (3,) STA384 Economic Statistics (3)
STA101 & STA102) STA353 Experimental Design I (3)
STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3) ) (pre- Level 400
requisite STA121) Optional Courses (2 courses, 6 credits) At Level 400, a student majoring in Statistics for the
Combined Bachelor of Arts Degree shall take:
STA202 Matrix Algebra (3) (pre-requisite STA102) STA361 Time Series Analysis (3) (pre-requisiteSTA211) STA431 Theory of Estimation (3, Sem 1) (pre-
STA222 Probability I (3) ) (pre-requisite STA121) STA381 Statistical Quality Control (3) requisite STA322)
STA211 Statistical Methods (3) ) (pre-requisite (pre-requisite STA221) STA453 Sampling Theory and Applications
STA221) (3, Sem 1)
STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Semester 1 and 2) Semester 2 STA432 Theory of Hypothesis Testing (3, Sem 2) )
(1 course, 3 credits) (pre-requisite STA431)
General Education Courses STA382 Operations Research I (3)
A GEC course (2 credit) STA384 Economic Statistics (3) Optional Courses
STA391 Field Survey (3) (2 courses, 6 credits)
At Level 200 a student majoring in Statistics for the
Combined Bachelor of Science Degree shall take: At Level 300, a student majoring in Statistics for the One From
Combined Major Bachelor of Science Degree shall take: Semester 1
Semester 1 STA421 Multivariate Distributions (3)
STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3,) Semester 1 (pre-requisite STA321)
STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Sem 1&2) Core Courses STA461 Elements of Stochastic Process (3)
MAT212 Introduction to Algebra (3) STA321 Statistical Distributions II (3) STA481 Operations Research II (3)
(pre-requisite STA221) (pre-requisite STA382)
Semester 2 STA352 Regression and Linear Models (3) STA483 Health Statistics (3) ) (pre-requisite STA211)
STA222 Probability I (3) (pre-requisite STA202 & STA211) STA490 Research Project (6, Sem 1 and 2) (will be
STA211 Statistical Methods (3) (pre-requisite STA221 STA354 Survey Research Methods (3) allowed for exceptionally motivated
OR (DST211 & DST221) students). (pre-requisite STA321 & STA354)
Semester 2
Optional Courses. STA322 Probability II (3) ) (pre-requisite STA222) One From
One 200 level courses from Mathematics/Computer Sc/ STA353 Experimental Design I (3) ) (pre-requisite Semester 2
Econ/ Pop. Studies/Env. Science (3, Sem3) STA351 & STA352) STA433 Introduction to Bayesian Inference (3)
Optional Courses (pre-requisite STA431)
One 200 level course from Math/Comp.Sc/ Econ/Pop. (3 courses, 9 credits) STA471 Multivariate Data Analysis (3)
Studies/ Env. Science (3, Sem 4) STA482 Agricultural Statistics (3)
Semester 1 STA484 Design and Analysis of Clinical Trials (3)
At Level 200 a student majoring in Statistics for the STA361 Time Series Analysis (3, Sem 1) STA490 Research Project (6, Sem 1 and 2)
Single Major Bachelor of Science Degree shall take: STA381 Statistical Quality Control (3, Sem 1) (will be allowed for exceptionally motivated
(pre-requisite STA221 OR (DST211 & DST221) students).
Semester 1 MAT321 Real Analysis I (3, Sem 1)
MAT221 Calculus I (3) At Level 400, a student majoring in Statistics for the
STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3) Semester 2 Combined Major Bachelor of Science Degree shall take:
STA382 Operations Research I (3)
Semester 2 (pre-requisite STA202) Semester 1
MAT222 Calculus II (3) STA383 Econometric Methods (3) STA421 Multivariate Distributions (3)
STA211 Statistical Methods (3) (pre-requisite STA202) STA431 Theory of Estimation (3)
STA222 Probability I (3) STA391 Field Survey (3) (pre-requisite STA354) STA432 Theory of Hypothesis Testing (3, Sem 2)
STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Sem 1&2) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3)
Optional Courses
Optional Course At Level 300 A student majoring in Statistics for the (3 courses, 9 credits)
1. Two 200 level courses from Math/Comp Sc/Econ/ Pop. Single Major Bachelor of Science Degree shall take:
Studies/Env. Science (3+3 credit) One From
2. A 200 level course from Math/Comp.Sc/ Econ/Pop. Core Courses STA453 Sampling Theory and Applications (3) )
Studies/ Env.Science (3) MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) (pre-requisite STA354)
STA321 Statistical Distributions II (3) STA461 Elements of Stochastic Process (3)
Electives STA352 Regression and Linear Models (3) (pre-requisite STA322)
One 200 level course (2or 3) STA354 Survey Research Methods (3) STA483 Health Statistics (3)
General Education Courses STA490 Research Project (6 credits, Semesters 1)
GEC course (2) Semester 2 (pre-requisite STA321 & 354)
STA302 Linear Algebra for Statistics (3) and 2) (will be allowed for exceptionally
Levels 300 STA322 Probability II (3) motivated students).
At Level 300, a student majoring in Statistics for the STA353 Experimental Design (3)
Combined Bachelor of Arts Degree shall take: STA391 Field Survey (3) OneFrom
Semester2
213
STA433 Introduction to Bayesian Inference (3)

STA451 Experimental Design II (3)
(pre-requisite STA353)
STA452 Introduction to Generalized Linear
(pre-requisite STA321 & STA352)
Model (3)
STA462 Applied Stochastic Process (3)
STA471 Multivariate Data Analysis (3)
STA482 Agricultural Statistics (3)
STA484 Design and Analysis of Clinical Trials (3)
STA490 Research Project (6 credits,
Semesters 1 and 2) (will be allowed
for exceptionally motivated students)
(pre-requisite STA321 & 354)
At Level 400 A student majoring in Statistics for the

Single Major Bachelor of Science Degree shall take:
Semester 1
Core Courses
STA421 Multivariate Distributions (3)
STA431 Theory of Estimation (3)
STA453 Sampling Theory and Applications(3)
STA490 Research Project (6 credits, Semesters 1
(pre-requisite STA321 & 354)and 2)
Semester 2
STA461 Elements of Stochastic Process (3)
STA432 Theory of Testing of Hypothesis (3)
STA433 Introduction to Bayesian Inference(3)
STA490 Research Project (6 credits, Semesters
(pre-requisite STA321 & 354)
1 and 2)
Optional Courses
(2 courses, 6 credits)
Semester 1
Take One from
STA483 Health Statistics (3)
STA481 Operations Project II
One from
Semester 2
STA451 Experimental Design II (3)
STA452 Introduction to Generalized Linear Model
(pre-requisite STA321 & STA352 (3)
STA462 Applied Stochastic Process (3)
STA471 Multivariate Data Analysis (3)
STA482 Agricultural Statistics (3)
(pre-requisiteSTA353 & STA354)
STA484 Design and Analysis of Clinical Trials (3)
214
215
ACT AND STATUTES
ACT AND STATUTES

CHAPTER. 57:01 UNIVERSITY OF BOTSWANA ACT
UNIVERSITY OF BOTSWANA ACT - 217 PART XXXV APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND

PART XXI PLANNING AND RESOURCES REVIEW COMMITTEES - 226
UNIVERSITY OF BOTSWANA STATUTES - 217 COMMITTEE - 222
FACULTY APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS
PART I PRELIMINARY - 217 PART XXII ACADEMIC POLICY REVIEW AND REVIEW COMMITTEES - 226
AND PLANNING COMMITTEE - 222
PART II MEETINGS OF COUNCIL - 217 APPOINTMENT, PROMOTION AND REVIEW
PART XXIII BOARDS OF FACULTIES, SCHOOLS, OF ACADEMIC STAFF IN INSTITUTES OR
PART III THE UNIVERSITY SEAL - 217 INSTITUTES AND CENTRES - 223 CENTRES - 227
PART IV APPOINTMENT OF PART XXIV EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES SUPPORT STAFF APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS
THE VICE CHANCELLOR - 218 OF BOARDS, SCHOOLS, AND REVIEW COMMITTEES - 227
INSTITUTES OR CENTRES - 224
PART V APPOINTMENT OF DEPUTY VICE SPECIAL APPOINTMENTS - 227
CHANCELLORS - 218 PART XXV EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES
OF FACULTY BOARDS - 224 MISCELLANEOUS - 227
PART VI AUDITOR - 218
PART XXVI EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF PART XXXVI TERMS AND CONDITIONS
PART VII EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES OF SERVICE OF MEMBERS OF
COUNCIL -218 - 224 UNIVERSITY STAFF - 227
PART VIII AUDIT COMMITTEE - 218 PART XXVII EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES OF PART XXXVII STUDENTS
INSTITUTES OR CENTRES - 224 REPRESENTATIVE COUNCIL - 227
PART IX FINANCE COMMITTEE - 218
PART XXVIII DEANS OF FACULTIES PART XXXVIII SECURITY - 228
PART X HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE AND SCHOOLS, AND DIRECTORS
- 218 OF INSTITUTES AND CENTRES - 224 PART XXXIX ORDINANCES/REGULATIONS - 228
PART XI PHYSICAL RESOURCES PART XXIX DEPUTY DEANS OF FACULTIES - 224 PART XXXX AMENDMENTS TO STATUTES - 228
COMMITTEE - 218
PART XXX APPOINTMENTS OF DEANS, DEPUTY
PART XII STAFF APPOINTMENTS AND DEANS AND DIRECTORS OF
PROMOTIONS COMMITTEE INSTITUTES OR CENTRES - 224
- 220
PART XXXI APPOINTMENT OF THE
PART XIII STAFF APPEALS COMMITTEE - 220 DEAN OF THE SCHOOL OF GRADUATE
STUDIES - 225
PART XIV VICE CHANCELLOR - 220
PART XXXII DEPARTMENTAL BOARDS - 225
PART XV DEPUTY VICE CHANCELLORS - 221
PART XXXIII HEADS OF ACADEMIC
PART XVI SENATE - 221 DEPARTMENTS - 226
PART XVII EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF SENATE PART XXXIV AFFILIATED AND ASSOCIATE
- 222 INSTITUTIONS - 226
PART XIX HONORARY DEGREES - 222 ASSOCIATE INSTITUTIONS - 226
PART XX ACADEMIC HONOURS COMMITTEE-

-222
216
ACT AND STATUTES
UNIVERSITY OF BOTSWANA ACT provided in the Statutes; suitable member of the University staff, to act as
(c) establish or participate in the establishment of Vice- Chancellor,
University of Botswana Act, 2008 trading, research or other co-operations as may be (5) The Vice-Chancellor and the Deputy Vice-Chancellors
No15 of 2008. necessary in the discharge of its functions; shall together constitute an executive management
(d) collaborate with business, professional, cultural, social team to provide executive leadership to the
An Act to re-enact the University of or other interests within and outside Botswana as University.
Botswana Act with substantial revisions may be necessary in the discharge of its functions;
of the governance structures of the (e) collaborate with alumni and associations of alumni Establishment of Council
and graduates of the University; 9.(1) There shall be established the University Council
University and matters incidental thereto. (f) receive and accept donations on such terms and which shall consist of the following 32 members -
Date of assent: 28.08.2008 conditions as shall not be inconsistent with this Act (a) 12 people appointed by the Minister, five of whom
Date of Commencement: ON NOTICE and the functions of the University; shall be appointed by the Minister at his or her
(g) maintain, manage, administer and invest funds in a discretion and seven on the recommendation of the
ENACTED by the Parliament of Botswana. manner which shall not be inconsistent with this Act Council;
and the functions of the University; and (b) seven people representative of civil society and the
PART I -Preliminary (h) acquire and hold movable or immovable property, sell, private sector, appointed by the Chancellor on the
Short title and commencement lease, mortgage or otherwise alienate or dispose of recommendation of Council in accordance with the
1. This Act may be cited as the University of Botswana the property, and enter into other transactions. procedure and criteria specified in the Statutes;
Act, 2008, and shall come into operation on such a date (3) Where the University has resolved that it is necessary (c) two people who are not resident in Botswana
as the Minister may, by Order published in the Gazette, or expedient to acquire a property under subsection appointed by the University Council by reason of
appoint. (2) (h), the property may be treated as property their special knowledge and competence in tertiary
required for public purposes, and the Acquisition of education;
Interpretation Property Act shall apply with necessary modifications (d) one graduate of the University and its antecedents
2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires - to allow for the vesting of the property acquired in who is not a member of staff of the University
“Council” means the University Council established the University and for the cost to be defrayed by the elected by the Alumni Association of the University;
under section 9; University. (e) the Vice-Chancellor and Deputy Vice-Chancellors;
“member” means a member of the Council; “Minister” (f) two members of Senate elected by Senate, one of
means the Minister of Education and Skills Development; PART 111- Governance of University whom shall be a professor and the other a Dean of
“Statutes” means the statutes enacted under section 22; Principal officers and governance bodies Faculty;
“University” means the University of Botswana 6. The Principal officers and the governance bodies of the (g) one member of the academic staff who is not on
established under section 3. University shall be - Senate, elected by members of academic staff; (h)
(a) Chancellor; two members of the support staff elected by the
PART II -Establishment of University of Botswana (b) Chairperson of the University Council; support staff, one of whom shall be a senior member
Continuance of University (c) Vice-Chancellor; of staff; (i) one student elected by the student body
3. (1) The University of Botswana, established in terms of (d) University Council; of the University.
section 2 of the Act repealed under section 23, shall (e) Senate; and (2) The procedure for election of members under
continue to exist as if established under this Act. (f) Deputy Vice-Chancellors paragraphs (d), (f), (g), {h) and (i) of subsection (1)
(2) The University shall be a body corporate with shall be prescribed in the Statutes.
perpetual succession and common seal, capable of Chancellor (3) A member shall be responsible to the Council and
suing and being sued in its own name and, subject 7. (1) The Chancellor shall be appointed by the President not to the entity that appointed or elected the
to the provisions of this Act, performing such acts as of Botswana, member and shall have a duty to act in good faith,
bodies corporate may by law perform. (2) The Chancellor shall hold office for five years and avoid conflict of interest and, to exercise skill and
shall be eligible for one more term of five years. judgment in the interest of the University.
Functions of University (3) The Chancellor shall be the titular head of the (4) A member shall have collective responsibility for the
4. The functions of the University shall include the University and shall be its ambassador, promoting decisions of the Council.
following – goodwill and mobilising resources for the University.
(a) providing higher education and training; (4) The Chancellor shall preside over ceremonial Chairperson of Council
(b) advancing and disseminating knowledge through assemblies of the University, confer awards of the 10.(1) The Minister shall appoint the Chairperson
teaching; University and, perform and exercise other functions of Council and members shall elect the Vice-
(c) undertaking, promoting and facilitating research and and powers as described in this Act and in the Chairperson from amongst those members that are
scholarly investigations; Statutes, not employees or students of the University.
(d) supporting and contributing to the realisation of (5) In the absence of the Chancellor, the Chairperson of 2) The Chairperson of the Council shall-
economic and social development of the nation; the Council shall act as Chancellor. (a) provide leadership to the Council;
(e) contributing to the cultural and social life of the (b) conduct meetings of Council;
community; and Vice-Chancellor (c) act as the representative and spokesperson of
(f) contributing to the advancement of the intellectual 8. (1) The Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed by the Council; and
and human resource capacity of the international Minister after consulting the University Council and (d) subject to restrictions and directions of the Council,
community. the Senate. act for and make decisions on behalf of the Council
(2) The Vice-Chancellor shall be the chief executive where it is not feasible or practicable to convene a
Powers of University officer of the - University with overall responsibility meeting of the Council for that purpose.
5. for academic and administrative leadership as well (3) The Vice-Chairperson of the Council shall act as
(1) The University shall have the power to do all as chief disciplinary officer of the University, subject Chairperson in the absence of the Chairperson.
things necessary or expedient for exercising and to directions of policy that the University may give
discharging its functions subject to this Act. from time to time. Functions of Council
(2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the University (3) The Council shall, in consultation with the Senate, 11. (1) The Council shall be the governing body with
shall have the power to- appoint Deputy Vice-Chancellors in accordance ultimate responsibility for ensuring the performance
(a) provide programmes and courses of study, conduct with the Statutes, of the University in accordance with the powers
examinations and other methods of assessment, and (4) When the post of Vice-Chancellor is vacant, or when conferred by this Act.
award degrees and other qualifications; the Vice- Chancellor is absent, or for any reason (2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the Council shall-
(b) establish relationships and collaborate with other unable to perform the functions of Vice-Chancellor, (a) set the strategic directions of the University by
persons or bodies, or other institutions of learning, the Council shall appoint, in accordance with the overseeing the development and adoption of the
higher education, training or research, within or Statutes, one of the Deputy Vice-Chancellors, or if mission and strategic plans of the University;
outside Botswana, upon such terms as may be no Deputy Vice-Chancellor is available, any other (b) approve major policies, capital plans, and the annual
planning and budget report;
217
ACT AND STATUTES
(c) monitor and review the overall performance of election for one more term at the end of the first of not less than one half of the members, call a
the University in relation to plans, policies, values, period. meeting,
academic standards, financial management and (3) The member elected by the student body shall hold (4) The Chairperson may, where the urgency of the
buildings and estates management; office for a period not exceeding one year and shall matter does not permit giving notice as required in
(d) approve the annual report and annual statement of be eligible for re-election for one more term. paragraph (a), call a special meeting of the Council,
accounts of the University; giving a shorter notice,
(e) ensure the strategic leadership of the University; Disqualification, removal and resignation of (5) The Chairperson shall preside at any meeting of
(f) enhance the engagement between the University and member Council, but in the absence of the Chairperson the
the community; 15, (1) A person shall not be appointed, or elected Vice-Chairperson shall preside, and in the absence
(g) approve the institutional plan of the University; and a member or be qualified to continue to hold of both the Chairperson and Vice-Chairperson, the
(h) maintain, through Senate, high levels of academic office,who members present shall elect one of them, not being
standards. (a)in terms of a law In force in any country- an employee or student of the University, to preside
(i) been adjudged or otherwise declared bankrupt and at that meeting.
Powers of Council has not been discharged; or (6) The quorum at any meeting of Council shall be one
12. (1) The Council shall have the power to do or provide (ii) made an assignment, arrangement or composition half of the members.
for any act or thing which it considers necessary or with his or her creditors, which has not been (7) A decision of the Council on any question shall
expedient for the performance or exercise of its rescinded or set aside; be taken by the majority of the members present
powers and functions under this Act, (b) within a period of 10 years immediately preceding and voting at that meeting, and in the event of an
(2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the Council shall- the date of his or her appointment, been convicted - equality of votes, the person presiding shall have a
(a) determine persons who are authorised to sign (i) of a criminal offence in any country; or casting vote in addition to that person’s deliberative
contracts, cheques and other documents on behalf (ii) of a criminal offence for which he or she has not vote.
of the University, and otherwise regulate procedure received a free pardon and notwithstanding that the (8) The Council may invite any person whose presence
in relation to transactions entered into by the sentence has been suspended, which, if committed in it considers necessary, to attend and to participate
University; Botswana, would have been committed, the penalty in the deliberations of the Council, but such person
(b) provide for the safe custody and proper use of the for which would be at least six months imprisonment shall have no vote.
seal of the University; and without the option of a fine,
(c) approve terms and conditions of service for employees (2) The Council may remove a member from office after Disclosure of interest
of the University, consultation with the appointing authority if the 17. (1) A member who has a direct or an indirect interest
(3) The Council may, where it deems it necessary or member- in a private capacity in any matter to be considered
desirable, prohibit the admission of a person as a (a) is absent without reasonable cause from three by the Council or a committee of Council shall,
student of the University. consecutive meetings of the Council of which the as soon as practicable after the commencement
(4) The Council shall exercise the powers under member has had notice; of the meeting, disclose the interest and shall not,
subsection (3) notwithstanding the disciplinary (b) is inefficient; unless the Council otherwise directs, take part in
powers conferred on the Vice-Chancellor by section (c) has been found to be physically or mentally incapable any consideration or discussion of, or vote on, any
8(2), of performing his or her duties efficiently; or question relating to the matter.
(5) Without prejudice to the powers conferred on any (d) contravenes this Act, Statutes, or other instruments (2) A disclosure of interest made under this section shall
other person or public officer under any other law, stipulating the duties and responsibilities of be recorded in the minutes of the meeting at which
the Council shall have the power, after consultation members, or otherwise misconducts himself or it is made,
with the Minister and the Senate, to declare the herself to the detriment of the objectives of the (3) Where a member fails to disclose his or her interest
University closed for purposes of offering some or all Council. in accordance with subsection (1) and a decision
academic programmes and courses and, whenever (3) A member may resign from office by giving 30 days by the committee is made which benefits ‘-. such
possible, indicate the period during which the notice in writing to the person or officer designated member directly, such decision shall be null and void,
University shall remain closed, in the Statutes as the Secretary to the Council, (4) A member who contravenes the provisions of
(6) Notwithstanding subsection (5), where there is an (4) The office of a member shall become vacant after- subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence and liable
emergency, the Chairperson shall have the power (a) a period of 30 days from the date the member is to a fine not exceeding P6 000, or to imprisonment
to act on behalf of the Council and order the convicted of an offence referred to under subsection for a term not exceeding 12 months, or to both.
Univ2ersity closed. (1) (b), where the member does not appeal;
(b) a period of 30 days from the date a ruling against the Confidentiality
Accounts and annual reports member is made on an appeal made in respect of a 18.(1) Every member and any person co-opted
13, (1) The Council shall cause the accounts of the conviction against the member under subsection (1) to a committee shall observe and preserve the
University to be annual report drawn up, audited and (b), where the member appeals; confidentiality of all matters coming before a
published annually and at such times and in such (c) a period of 30 days has elapsed from the date the committee, and such confidentiality shall subsist
manner as the Minister may direct, member gave notice in writing of his or her intention even after the termination of his or her term of
(2) The Council shall cause, within six months after the to resign in accordance with subsection (3); office or his or her co-option
end of each academic year, a report of the activities (d) a period of 30 days has elapsed from the date the (2) A person to whom confidential information is revealed
of the University to be drawn up and made available member is given notice in writing by the Council to through working with a committee shall not disclose
to the public. vacate office; or that information to any other person unless he or
(3) The Council shall, within 30 days of receiving a copy (e) a member is summarily required by the Council she is required to do so in terms of any written law
of the audited accounts and the report give such to vacate office on the grounds referred to in or for purposes of any judicial proceedings.
copy and report to the Minister. subsection (2) (d), (3) A member or an expert engaged to render services
(4) The Minister shall, within 90 days of receiving the (5) Where the office of a member becomes vacant that may include access to confidential information
report and a copy before the expiry of the member’s term of office, the shall not, for a period of two years after leaving
of the audited accounts, lay such report and accounts Secretary shall initiate the process of appointing or office or rendering such expert service, use to their
before the National Assembly. ,electing a replacement who shall hold office for a personal advantage information acquired by him or
full term, her by virtue of being associated with a committee.
(4) Any person who contravenes the provisions of this
Tenure of office for members
Meetings of Council section shall be guilty of an offence and liable to a
14. (1) The Chairperson and Vice-Chairperson of Council
16. (1) Subject to this Act and the Statutes, the Council fine not exceeding P6 000, or to imprisonment for
shall hold office for a period of three years and shall
shall regulate its own proceedings. a term not exceeding 12 months, or to both, and
be eligible for re-election for one more term.
(2) The Council shall meet at least three times in an for a second or subsequent offence to a fine not
(2) All appointed or elected members, other than the
academic year, exceeding P10 000, or to imprisonment for a term
member elected by the student body of the University,
(3) The Chairperson may, upon giving a written notice not exceeding two years, or to both.
shall hold office for a period not exceeding three
years and shall be eligible for reappointment or re of not less than 14 days, and upon a written request
218
ACT AND STATUTES
Committees of Council Savings

19. (1) The Council shall have the following committees 25. (1) All Statutes, rules, ordinances and regulations “Director” means the head of an institute, an
whose terms Commttees of of reference and made under the repealed Act shall, to the extent academic centre or an administrative department;
membership shall be as specified in the Statutes – consistent with this Act, and until otherwise
(a) the Executive Committee of Council; provided for in terms of this Act, continue to apply “Graduate” means a graduate of the University or a
(b) the Joint Committee of the Council and the Senate; and have effect. graduate of the former universities, in accordance
(c) the Audit Committee; (2) All principal officers, the Council and the Senate with the Act;
(d) the Finance Committee; appointed under the repealed Act shall continue
(e) the Human Resources Committee; to hold and perform the duties and exercise the “Quorum” means the minimum number of members
(f) the Staff Appeals Committee; and powers conferred under the repealed Act until they that must be present to constitute a valid meeting.
(g) the Physical Resources Committee. are replaced by officers and governance structures Except where otherwise specified by the Statutes,
(2) The Council may from time to time establish provided for in this Act. the quorum of every committee shall be 50% (fifty
other Committees of a special or general nature, percent) of the membership thereof;
consisting of its members or other suitably qualified Transitional Provisions
persons, as it may deem fit. 26. (1) Upon commencement of this Act, there shall “Senate” means the Senate established under
(3) The Council may delegate any of its functions under be transferred to and vested in the University, by Section 21 of the Act;
this Act to a committee established in terms of virtue of this Act and without further assurance,
subsection (2). all property, rights, liabilities and obligations that, “Staff Development Fellow” means an employee
(4) The provisions of sections 16 and 17 shall, with immediately before the commencement of this Act, of the University who is required to undertake
necessary modifications, apply to a member of a were the property, rights, liabilities and obligations of programmes of study or training in order to become
committee. the former University. a member of the academic staff;
(2) The Minister may, by notice published in the Gazette,
Remuneration and Allowances make such transitional arrangements not otherwise “Student” means any person currently registered for
20. A member may be paid remuneration and provided for in this Act as shall be necessary. the receipt of instruction in the University;
allowances, if any, as Government may from time to Passed by the National Assembly this 14th day of August,
time determine. 2008. “Support Staff” means an employee of the
E.S. MPOFU, University whose terms and conditions of service
Senate Clerk of the National Assembly. do not include the primary obligation to undertake
21. (1) There shall be a Senate which shall have overall teaching and research;
responsibility for the -
“University” means the University of Botswana
(i) academic policies and academic plans, UNIVERSITY OF BOTSWANA STATUTES established under Section 3 of the Act;
(ii) academic development strategy, and (2014 Edition)
(iii) research and community service functions of the
University. “Vice Chancellor” means the Vice Chancellor
University of Botswana Statutes
(2) The Senate shall consist of the Vice-Chancellor and appointed pursuant to Section 8 (1) of the Act.
In Exercise of the powers conferred by Section 23 of the
such other members as shall be specified in the University of Botswana Act (Cap.57:01), the Council of
Statutes. 3. Nothing in these Statutes shall be interpreted in
the University of Botswana hereby makes the following
The Senate shall - such a manner as to conflict with the provisions
Statutes:
(a) have control and direction of teaching, research, of the Act and where such conflict occurs the
assessment, conferment of degrees and granting of provisions of the Act shall take precedence.
other awards of the University;
(b) be responsible for the integration of academic, PART I PRELIMINARY 4. The members of the University shall be:
financial and physical plans through the annual
planning and budget report; 1. These Statutes shall be cited as the University (a) The members of the Council;
(c) be responsible for articulating the objectives, goals, of Botswana Statutes, 1982, which came into (b) The members of the Senate;
mission and strategic direction of the University for operation on 7th October 1983; as revised from time (c) The employees of the University;
approval by the Council; to time. (d) The professors emeritus;
(d) be responsive to requests of Council and regularly (e) The graduates;
monitor its own performance; and 2. In these Statutes, unless the context otherwise (f) The students;
(e) establish committees of the Senate and regulate their requires: (g) Such other persons as the Council may
membership as it sees fit. declare to be members.
(4) The Senate shall have such other functions and “Academic staff ” means an employee of the
powers as shall from time to time be specified in the University whose terms and conditions of service 5. The membership of students on Council, Senate, the
Statutes. include the obligation to undertake teaching, Committees of Council and Senate, and any other
research and service and/or holders of posts declared Committees or Boards defined in these Statutes
by Council on the advice of Senate to be academic; shall cease if they cease to be registered students of
PART IV - General
the University or when they are suspended, provided
Indemnity “Act” means the University of Botswana Act that during such period of suspension the Student
22. No matter or thing done or omitted to be done by
(Cap.57:01); Representative Council may nominate replacement
a member or a member of a committee shall, if the
members from its membership.
matter or thing is done or omitted to be done bona
“Chancellor” means the person holding the office of
fide in the course of operations of the Council or
Chancellor in accordance with Section 7 of the Act; 6. Unless otherwise specified in these Statutes, the
a committee, render a member or a member of a
Secretary of every Committee or Board shall be
committee personally liable for an action, claim or
“Council” means the University Council established appointed by the Chairperson of the Committee or
demand.
under Section 9 of the Act; Board.
Statutes “Department” means either an academic 7. The Secretary to Council, Senate, and any other
23. The Council, acting in consultation with the Senate department of the University established under Committee or Board defined in these Statutes shall
may, from time to time, enact Statutes for the better Statute 49 in which one or more programmes of also be the Secretary to the respective Executive
carrying into effect of this Act. study are offered, or an administrative department; Committee.
Repeal of Cap.57:01 “Deputy Vice Chancellor” means a Deputy Vice

24. The University of Botswana Act, hereinafter Chancellor appointed under Part V hereof;
referred to as the repealed Act, is hereby repealed.
219
ACT AND STATUTES
PART II MEETINGS OF COUNCIL authority of the Senate; provided however, that (b) No person shall be so appointed who, or any of
it is specifically recorded that any failure by the whose partners, is a member of the Council or
8. (i) The Council shall hold an annual meeting in each University to affix the University Seal shall not staff of the University.
calendar year within six months after the end of affect the enforceability of such lease, contract or
each academic year, as shall be appointed by the agreement in any manner whatsoever. 16. The Auditor appointed in accordance with Statute
Chairperson of Council. 15 may require:
(iii) Except as provided in Statute 12 (ii), the University
(ii) At each annual meeting the Council will receive Seal shall be used only on the specific authority (i) Any member, servant or agent of the University
an annual report of the activities of the University, of the Council. to produce such material information in regard
together with an audited Statement of Accounts, (iv) The affixing of the University Seal to any to any transaction of the University or the
and the Council shall take such action as may certificates, diplomas, degrees or any awards shall management of its affairs as such member,
be necessary and make such appointments as be attested to by the Secretary to Council and servant or agent is reasonably able to provide;
required to be made at an annual meeting. witnessed by a Dean of Faculty or School. and
(iii) Notice of the annual meeting shall be circulated (v)

The affixing of the University Seal to any (ii) The production for inspection by the Auditor
by the Secretary of Council at least twenty-one document, other than certificates, diplomas, of any book or document relating to the affairs
days before the date thereof and a copy of the degrees or awards, as authorised by Council shall of or any cash or securities belonging to the
annual report and the audited Statement of be attested to by the Secretary to Council and by University by the member, servant or agent
Accounts shall be sent to every member of the a witness who shall be a member of the Council. of the University in possession of such book,
Council at least fourteen days before the date of document, cash or securities.
the annual meeting.
PART IV APPOINTMENT OF THE VICE CHANCELLOR 17. The Auditor appointed in accordance with Statute
(iv) An agenda shall be circulated by the Secretary to 15 shall report directly to the Council on whether
Council at least fourteen days before any meeting 13. (i) There shall be a Joint Committee of the proper books of account have been kept and
of the Council. Council and the Senate to recommend to the whether the financial statements of the University:
Council what advice it should give to the Minister,
(v) The Council shall exclude from its meetings the in terms of Section 8(1) of the Act, on the (a) Were prepared on a basis consistent with the
student members when it is considering the appointment of a Vice Chancellor. requirements of the Council and/or in agreement
restricted agenda of Council. with the books of account;
(ii) The Joint Committee shall consist of the following
(vi) Subject to these Statutes, Council shall regulate its members: (b) In the case of the income and expenditure
own procedure. statement gives a true and fair view of the
(a) A chairperson, who is not the chairperson of income and expenditure of the University for
9. The University’s duly appointed Director of Legal Council, appointed by Council from among those the financial year; and
Services shall act as Secretary to Council and shall of its members who are not employees of the
be responsible for the management of the Council University; (c) In the case of the balance sheet gives a true and
Committee structure. fair view of the University’s state of affairs as at
(b) Three persons appointed by the Council from the end of the financial year.
10 (i) When a vacancy occurs in the membership among those of its members who are not members
of the Council the Secretary shall notify the of the Senate; and
appointing or electing person or body, as PART VII EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL
appropriate, requesting the appointment or (c) Three persons appointed by the Senate.
election of a successor to the vacant office, in 18 (i) There shall be an Executive Committee of the
accordance with Section 9 of the Act and the Council (in this part referred to as “the Executive
schedule thereto. PART V APPOINTMENT OF DEPUTY VICE Committee”) which shall consist of the following
CHANCELLORS members:
(ii) The Secretary shall arrange the conduct of all
elections to other bodies and offices by the 14. (i) There shall be a Joint Committee of the Council and (a) The Chairperson of Council;
Council, its committees, and such other groups of the Senate which shall make recommendations (b) The Vice -Chairperson of Council;
University staff as shall be determined from time to the Council in respect of the appointment of (c) The Vice -Chancellor; and
to time by the Vice Chancellor. Deputy Vice Chancellors. (d) Chairpersons of the Committees of Council.
(iii) Elections conducted under Statute 10 (ii) to (ii) The Joint Committee prescribed by the Statute (ii) The Executive Management Team of the
membership of Council shall shall be constituted as in Statute 13 (ii) except University shall attend meetings of the Executive
be conducted by secret ballot. that the Vice Chancellor shall also be a member. Committee, but only the Vice Chancellor shall be
a member of the Executive Committee.
11. The Secretary shall be responsible for the signing (iii) The Council shall appoint Deputy Vice
and custody of notices and legal documents on Chancellors after considering recommendations (iii) The quorum at any meeting of the Executive
behalf of the University and Council shall pass a from the Joint Committee of Council and Senate, Committee shall be four (4) members.
resolution to such effect for the purpose of legal and for such period and under such conditions as
process. the Council shall determine. (iv) The Chairperson of the Council shall preside
at any meeting of the Executive Committee,
but in the absence of the Chairperson the Vice
PART III THE UNIVERSITY SEAL PART VI AUDITOR - Chairperson shall preside, and in the absence
of both the Chairperson and Vice – Chairperson,
12. (i) The Secretary to Council shall be responsible to 15. Unless otherwise directed under the provisions of the members present shall elect one of them, not
the Council for the safe custody of the University Section 13 of the Act, the Council shall appoint an being an employee of the University, to preside at
Seal. Auditor provided that: that meeting.
(ii) The University Seal shall be affixed to leases, (a) The person so appointed shall be, in the opinion (v) The Executive Committee may invite any person
contracts and agreements to which the University of the Council, a qualified accountant actively whose presence it considers necessary, to attend
is a party, and to parchments issued in respect of practising his/her profession; and and to participate in its deliberations, but such
any degree, diploma or certificate conferred by the person shall have no vote.
220
ACT AND STATUTES
(vi) The Executive Committee may make other controls and risks of fraud including from regulate and advise the Council on the finances,
rules and regulations to govern its proceedings the use of information and communication accounts, annual estimates of expenditure,
provided that the Chairperson of Council may technologies investments, property business and generally, the
summon meetings whenever the Chairperson financial affairs of the University. Without prejudice
may deem it necessary to do so. (d) Review the management letter from external to the generality of the foregoing, the Committee
auditors and make recommendations to Council; may:
19. The Executive Committee may:
(e)
Receive and review the audited annual (a) Recommend policies regarding the management
(a) Act on behalf of the Council between meetings statement of income and expenditure and make and administration of the finances of the
of the Council and deal with such matters as recommendations to Council; University;
may be referred to it by the Council;
(f) Recommend to Council the form in which the (b) Receive the annual estimates of revenue and
(b) At the request of the Chairperson of the Council, annual estimates of revenue and expenditure expenditure and act as an advisory committee
act as an advisory body to the Chairperson of and financial statements shall be prepared; to Council on such estimates;
Council.
(g) Recommend to Council rules and procedures for (c) Recommend to Council the form in which the
(c) Deal with such other matters as may from time the control of expenditure and generally for the annual estimates of revenue and expenditure
to time be referred to it by the Council. administration of financial affairs; and financial statements shall be prepared;
(h) Oversee systems of internal controls and their (d) Recommend to Council rules and procedures for
PART VIII AUDIT COMMITTEE effectiveness within the University; the control of expenditure and generally for the
administration of financial affairs; and
20. (i) There shall be an Audit Committee of the Council (i) Monitor and review the University’s accounting
(in this Part referred to as “the Committee”), policies and risk assessment procedures and (e) Recommend to Council the persons who shall
which shall consist of the following members: make recommendations for amendment to be authorised to sign cheques, contracts and
Council; other financial orders and documents on behalf
(a) A Chairperson appointed annually by of the University, provided such persons shall
Council from among those of its members (j) Make such recommendations as the Committee include the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Finance and
who are not employees of the University; may deem appropriate to Council. Administration).
(b) Two members appointed annually by 24. (i) The Committee shall recommend to Council the
Council from among those of its members PART IX FINANCE COMMITTEE establishment of a fund (in this Statute referred
who are not employees of the University; to as “the Fund”).
22. (i) There shall be a Finance Committee of the
(c) Two members appointed annually who are Council (in this Part referred to as “the (ii) There shall be paid into the Fund:
suitably qualified and experienced auditors; Committee”) which shall consist of the following
members: (a) Monies representing any gift, donation,
(d) Additional members appointed by Council legacy or endowment received by the
for their expertise. (a) A Chairperson appointed annually by University without direction as to the
Council from among those of its members purpose to which the same shall be applied;
(ii) Subject to any directions, which may be given who are not employees of the University;
by the Council, the Committee shall regulate its (b) Monies appropriated in terms of Statute 24
own procedure and may invite members of the (b) One member of Council appointed annually (iii); and/or
Executive Management Team or any employee(s) from among those of its members who are
of the University to its meetings. not employees of the University; (c) Monies accruing or realised from any
investment or deposit made under Statutes
21. Subject to such limitations as the Council may (c) Vice Chancellor; 24 (iv) or (v).
impose, the Committee shall meet at least twice
a year and monitor financial and administrative (d) Deputy Vice Chancellors; (iii) The annual estimates of the University shall
controls, risk, fraud, reporting and advise the make provision for the expenditure of any
Council on internal and external audits of (e) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry monies to be appropriated by the Committee
finances, accounts, investments, property, business, of Education & Skills Development or for payment into the Fund, and shall specify
administrative procedures and generally, the representative; the purposes for which those monies may be
financial and administrative affairs of the University; paid from the Fund.
and recommend external auditors for appointment (f) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of
by the Council, Without prejudice to the generality Finance and Development Planning or (iv) Pending payment from the Fund, monies of
of the foregoing, the Committee may: representative; the Fund (including monies appropriated
for payment into the Fund) shall, as far as is
(a) Recommend policies regarding the management (g) Director of Financial Services; practicable, be invested.
and administration of the audit of the University
to Council and ensure the carrying out and (h) One student appointed annually by the (v) Monies of the Fund which are not invested
effectiveness of the annual statutory audit of Students Representative Council of the in accordance with Statute 24 (iv) shall be
the University accounts and assets; University; deposited in a University bank account
specifically opened for that purpose.
(b) Recommend external auditors for appointment (i) Additional members appointed by Council
by Council, verify the independence of the for their expertise. (vi) Subject to the supervision of the Committee,
auditor; recommend the audit fee and the scope investments of the monies of the Fund may
of the appointment of auditors, the nature and (ii) Subject to any directions, which may be be released at any time.
extent of non-audit services and the approval of given by the Council, the Committee shall
contracts for non-audit services; regulate its own procedure. (vii) Monies may be paid from the Fund either for
the purposes specified under Statute 24 (iii)
(c) Oversee internal audit processes, approve the 23. Subject to such limitations as the Council may or for such other purposes as the Committee
internal audit plan, review internal financial impose, the Committee may govern,manage, may determine.
221
ACT AND STATUTES
25. (i) The Committee shall cause to be kept all Committee. (d) Two external members of Council appointed
proper books and records of account of the by Council;
income, expenditure, assets and liabilities of the 30. The Committee shall inter alia recommend to
University. Council, for approval, policies regarding the human (e) One Dean of Faculty elected by the Deans;
resource development and training needs, the
(ii) Within three months of the end of each financial terms and conditions of service, and benefits of the (f ) Director of Human Resources;
year, the Committee shall cause to be submitted employees of the University.
to the Auditor the account of the University (g) Three professors from within the University,
together with: PART XI PHYSICAL RESOURCES COMMITTEE coming from different faculties, elected by
Senate for a term of three years after which
(a) a statement of income and expenditure 31. (i) There shall be a Physical Resources Committee they shall be eligible for re-election for a
during such year; and (in this Part referred to as “the Committee”) second term only.
which shall consist of the following members:
(b) a statement of the assets and liabilities of (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual basis, a
the University on the last day of such year. (a) Vice Chancellor; chairperson from amongst the members of the
Committee.
26. The financial year of the University shall be the (b) Deputy Vice Chancellor;
period from 1st April in one year to 31st March in (iii) Deans of Faculties and Schools, Directors
the following year. (c) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of of Institutes and Centres, and Directors of
Education or representative; Administrative Departments to or within which
27. (i) Subject to the approval of the Council, the an appointment or promotion is to be made may
Committee shall by regulation prescribe the (d) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of be invited but only when the business of their
level of fees payable, and the dates by which Finance and Development Planning or Faculty, School, Institute, Centre, or Department
such fees shall be paid, in respect of tuition, representative; is under consideration.
maintenance and such other facilities and
services of the University as the Council may (e) One member of Senate appointed by Senate; (iv) Subject to any directions which may be given by
from time to time determine. the Council, the Committee shall regulate its own
(f ) Director of Institutional Planning; procedure.
(ii) The Committee shall by regulation declare that
no student shall be awarded a degree or other (g) Director of Campus Services; 34.(i) Subject to such directions as may be given by
qualification of the University unless he/she shall the Council, the Committee shall make every
have paid, or have had paid on his/her behalf, all (h) Director of Financial Services; appointment and every promotion of the
fees including fines due to the University. academic staff of the University of the rank of
(i) Director of the Department of Architecture associate professor and above, the appointment
28. The Committee may exercise or perform any and Building Services in the Ministry of of Deans and Deputy Deans of Faculties, Directors
duty conferred or imposed on it with financial Works, Transport, and Communications or of Institutes and Centres, and the appointment
implications, subject to such limitations as the representative; of support staff of the University of the rank of
Council may specify. Director or equivalent.
(j) A representative of a local authority as a co-
opted member; (ii) No appointment or promotion of such members
PART X HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE of the academic and the support staff of the
(k) The member of Council appointed to Council University as are specified in Statute 34 (i)
29. (i) There shall be a Human Resources Committee from Senate; shall be made by the Committee unless it has
of the Council (in this Part referred to as “the considered every recommendation made to it
Committee”) which shall consist of the following (l) One external member of Council appointed by an Appointments, Promotions and Review
members: by Council. Committee in accordance with Part XXXV.
(a) Vice Chancellor; (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual basis, a 35. (i) Subject to such directions as may be given by the
chairperson from amongst the members of the Council, every appointment and every promotion
(b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; Committee. of the academic staff of the University below
the rank of associate professor, and of the
(c) Director of Human Resources; 32. (i) The Committee shall, inter alia recommend to support staff of the University below the rank of
the Council policies on the physical development director, shall be made by the Vice Chancellor or
(d) A person appointed by Senate; of the University and the overall management such persons as to whom such powers may be
of construction, maintenance and security delegated by the Vice Chancellor.
(e) One Dean of Faculty elected by the Deans; of buildings, grounds, campus properties,
equipment and vehicles of the University. (ii) No appointment or promotion of such members
(f ) One external member of Council appointed of the academic and the support staff of the
by Council; University as are specified in Statute 35 (i) shall
PART XII STAFF APPOINTMENTS AND be made by the Vice Chancellor or such persons
(g) One member of the academic staff elected by as to whom such powers may be delegated
PROMOTIONS COMMITTEE
the academic staff; until the Vice Chancellor has considered every
recommendation made by the Appointments,
33. (i) There shall be a Staff Appointments and
(h) One member of the support staff elected by Promotions and Review Committee in accordance
Promotions Committee of the Council (in this
the support staff; with Part XXXV.
Part referred to as “the Committee”) which shall
consist of the following members:
(i) At the discretion of the chairperson, not 36. The Vice Chancellor may refer decisions in respect
more than two additional members with of University staff appointments or promotions to
(a) Vice Chancellor;
special competence from within or outside Council and defer their implementation until Council
the University. has taken a decision on them.
(b) Deputy Vice Chancellors;
(ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual basis, a (c) Principal of the Botswana College of
chairperson from amongst the members of the Agriculture;
222
ACT AND STATUTES
PART XIII STAFF APPEALS COMMITTEE (a) Prohibit the admission as a student of any (e) Three students one of whom should be a
person to the University; graduate student appointed annually by the
37. (i) There shall be a Staff Appeals Committee Students Representative Council;
of Council (in this Part referred to as “the (b) Prohibit, for such period as shall be specified,
Committee”) which shall consist of the following any student from attending classes or a (f ) Director of Academic Development;
members particular class;
(g) Two representatives of each Faculty, elected
a) two external members of Council appointed (c)
Prohibit any student from entering or by the Faculty Board one of whom shall be a
by Council; remaining on such part or parts of the Professor or an Associate Professor;
University precinct as shall be specified; (h) Director of Library Services;
b) one member of Senate appointed by Senate;
(d) Dismiss or suspend for such period as shall be (i) Director of Research and Development;
c) additional members appointed by Council specified any student or group of students;
acting on the recommendation of the (j) Deputy Director of Affiliated Institutions;
Committee. (e) Take any other action against any student as
the Vice Chancellor may in the circumstances (k) Director of Academic Services;
(ii) Council shall appoint, on an annual basis, a deem appropriate.
Chairperson from amongst the members of the (l) Director of Continuing Education.
Committee. (ii) The Vice Chancellor may appoint a disciplinary
committee, with such membership as is deemed (ii) The Vice Chancellor shall be Chairperson of the
(iii) Subject to any directions which may be given by appropriate, to assist the Vice Chancellor in the Senate and in the Vice Chancellor’s absence the
Council, the Committee shall regulate its own performance of the Vice Chancellor’s duties Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall
procedures. under this Statute. act as Chairperson of Senate.
38. Subject to such directions as may be given by the 43. Subject to the Act and to Statute 41, the Vice (iii) Where Senate is considering any matter where
Council, the Committee shall hear appeals by Chancellor may delegate such powers, duties or conflict of interest might arise when discussed in
staff against decisions of Management and make functions as is deemed fit and prescribe conditions the presence of any member, such a member shall
appropriate recommendations to Council. governing the exercise of any delegated power, duty be required by the Senate to recuse themselves
or function, provided that, in the absence of express from any further consideration of the matter.
provision made by him/her power delegated shall not
PART XIV VICE CHANCELLOR include power to sub delegate. (iv) The Senate shall exclude from its meetings
the student members when it is considering
39. Subject to the Act, the Vice Chancellor shall be 44. The Vice Chancellor shall by virtue of office be a the academic performance in examinations or
the Chief Executive Officer of the University and member of every Faculty and of every other entity of otherwise, of individual students, or matters
shall have overall responsibility for academic the University established by or under the Statutes relating to a member or members of staff
and administrative leadership by directing policy and of every board or committee appointed by the which the Senate in its discretion shall consider
formulation and institutional planning and Council, by the Senate, by any Faculty or by any other confidential.
development; for the management and development authority of the University established by or under
of the University by ensuring implementation of these Statutes. (v) Senate shall regulate its own procedures by the
University policy; and for the achievement of its standing orders formulated by itself.
mission through monitoring and evaluation of the
performance of the University in realizing its goals PART XV DEPUTY VICE CHANCELLORS (vi) The Senate may:
and objectives.
45. (i) The Deputy Vice Chancellors shall be responsible (a)
Appoint any committee consisting of
40. The Vice Chancellor shall be responsible to the Council to the Vice Chancellor For providing leadership members of the Senate and such other
for maintaining and promoting the reputation and through policy formulation and planning, persons as it deems appropriate;
good order, efficient and effective processes and management and administration in their
procedures of the University, and shall have all respective areas of responsibilities as may be (b) Authorise any committee appointed under
such powers as are necessary or expedient for the defined in the Ordinances/Regulations provided this Statute to act jointly with any committee
performance of these duties, and may establish for by Part XXXIX, if any. appointed by the Council; and
such committees as the Vice Chancellor may deem
necessary for the better carrying into effect of these (ii) By virtue of office, a Deputy Vice Chancellor (c) Delegate any of its powers and functions to
functions. shall be a member of such other committees of any committee appointed under this Statute.
Council and Senate as may from time to time be
41. The Vice Chancellor shall have overall direction and prescribed in these Statutes. 47. Senate shall be the academic authority of the
responsibility over the academic and administrative University and shall have overall responsibility
work of the University and the staff thereof, and the for the academic policies, plans, and programmes
officers and servants employed in, or in connection PART XVI SENATE of the University and shall have general control
with, such work, including (but without limitation and direction under the Council of the teaching,
by reason of such particularity) the Deputy Vice 46. (i) The membership of the Senate shall consist of: research, examinations, conferment of degrees and
Chancellors, and has such other powers and shall the granting of other awards of the University. In
perform such other duties as may be conferred upon (a) Vice Chancellor; addition, Senate shall be responsible for articulating
or assigned to the Vice Chancellor by the Council; the mission statement, goals and objectives of the
it being specifically recorded that any derogation of (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; University for approval by Council.
responsibility to such officers, servants and Deputy
Vice Chancellors made in accordance with these (c)
Three representatives from each faculty 48. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Senate shall
Statutes shall be strictly without derogation to the elected by the Faculty Board , two of whom have power to:
authority of the Vice Chancellor as provided for by shall be professors or Associate professors
Section 8 (2) of the Act. and the other a senior lecturer or lecturer.; (a)
Make regulations relating to teaching and
instruction within the University including
42. (i) Subject to such regulation as the Council (d)
Deans of the Faculties, Schools of the programmes of study and contents of courses,
may approve, the Vice-Chancellor may, in the University and the Deans of the Botswana provided that the introduction of new
performance of his/her duties under Statute 39, College of Agriculture; programmes of study shall be subject to the
by order:
223
ACT AND STATUTES
approval of the Council; (g) The Director of Research and Development. or a resolution of the Senate and the Council
passed by not less than two thirds of the
(b) Make regulations governing the admission of (ii) The Committee may make rules and regulations members of the Senate and the Council present,
persons to programmes of study in the University; to govern its proceedings provided that the Vice on the recommendation of an Academic Honours
Chancellor may summon meetings whenever the Committee.
(c) Make regulations governing methods of Vice Chancellor may deem it necessary to do so.
assessing and examining the academic
performance of students, and regulations for the (iii) The Vice Chancellor shall be Chairperson of the PART XX ACADEMIC HONOURS COMMITTEE
conduct of examinations; Executive Committee and in the Vice Chancellor’s
absence the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic 55.(i) There shall be an Academic Honours Committee
(d) Make regulations governing the award of such Affairs) shall act as Chairperson. of Senate (in this part referred to as “the
fellowships, scholarships, studentship, exhibitions Committee”) which shall consist of the following
and other prizes as the Council may establish, 52. The Executive Committee may: members:
subject to any conditions made by the founders
or donors thereof and accepted by the Council; (a) Act on behalf of the Senate between Senate (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs)
meetings and deal with such matters as may be who shall be chairperson;
(e) Authorise the conferment of degrees, diplomas, referred to it by Senate;
certificates and other awards and shall be (b) Three persons appointed by the Council;
determined their titles and abbreviations; (b) At the request of the Vice Chancellor, act as an from among those of its members who are
advisory body to the Vice Chancellor; not members of the Senate; and
(f )
By regulation, define academic dress and
prescribe the use thereof; (c) Deal with such other matters as may from time to (c) Three professors appointed by the Senate.
time be referred to it by Senate.
(g)
Recommend to Council the conferment of (ii) The Committee shall recommend to Senate the
the title and status of Emeritus Professor on conferment of honorary degrees.
any Professor at or after his/her retirement in PART XVIII CONGREGATION
recognition of long and distinguished service (iii) Subject to any directions which may be given by
to the University or to the former University of 53. (i) There shall be a Congregation of the University the Council and the Senate, the Committee shall
Botswana and Swaziland and their antecedents; for the purpose of Conferring degrees and regulate its own procedure.
honorary degrees and for granting diplomas,
(h) Initiate proposals relating to the conduct of the certificates and other awards of the University.
University generally, discuss matters relating to PART XXI PLANNING AND RESOURCES
the University and make representations thereon (ii) All members of the University, as defined in COMMITTEE
to the Council; exercise all such other powers as Statute 2, shall be members of the congregation
are or may be conferred upon the Senate by the and it shall be open to the Senate to invite other 56. There shall be a Planning and Resources Committee
Act, by the Statutes, or by the Council, and make persons to a Congregation. of Senate (in this part referred to as “the Committee”)
such regulations or rules as are necessary in the which shall consist of the following members:
exercise of those powers. (iii) A Congregation shall be presided over by the
Chancellor or in the Chancellor’s absence by the (a)
Deputy Vice Chancellor (Finance and
49. The Senate shall recommend to the Council the Vice Chancellor. Administration) who shall be the chairperson;
establishment of academic Departments and
determine which Departments and academic (iv) A Congregation shall be held at least once in (b) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs);
subjects shall form part of or be the responsibility each academic year and shall be called by the
of each Faculty or school and may determine that a authority of the Senate. (c) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Student Affairs);
Department or academic subject shall form part of
or be the responsibility of more than one Faculty or (d) The Deans of the Faculties and Schools;
School. PART XIX HONORARY DEGREES
(e) Two members of the academic staff appointed by
50. The Senate shall meet at least twice each semester. 54. (i) Any degree may be awarded honoris causa. Senate;
(ii) Honorary degrees may from time to time be (f ) Director of Academic Services;
PART XVII EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF SENATE conferred upon any person who is not an
employee of the University and who has rendered (g) Director of Financial Services;
51. (i) There shall be an Executive Committee of distinguished service in the advancement of
the Senate (in this part referred to as “the any branch of learning or who has otherwise (h) Director of Campus Services;
Committee”) which shall consist of the following rendered himself/herself worthy of such degree.
members: (i) Director of Human Resources;
(iii) At the invitation of the Vice Chancellor,
(a) Vice Chancellor; members of the University may submit written (j) The Directors of Institutes and Centres;
nominations for the conferment of honorary (k) Director of Library Services; and
(b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; degrees upon deserving persons.
(l) Director of Institutional Planning.
(c) The Deans of the Faculties and Schools of the (iv) Each such nomination shall be accompanied by a
University and the Deans of the Faculties of statement of the degree recommended and the 57. The Committee shall inter alia:
the Botswana College of Agriculture; grounds for making the recommendation.
(a) Review the mission statement, goals, and
(d) Two persons who are members of the Senate, (v) The Vice Chancellor shall be the sole authority to objectives of the University and recommend to
elected by the Senate, one of whom shall be a ask persons upon whom it is proposed to confer Senate accordingly;
Professor or an Associate Professor; honorary degrees whether or not they wish to
accept such award. (b)
Co-ordinate the University’s planning and
(e) Director of Academic Services; development strategy;
(vi) Notwithstanding Statute 54 (i), an honorary
(f ) Director of Continuing Education; and degree shall be conferred only on the authority
224
ACT AND STATUTES
(c) Co-ordinate the methodology of allocation and plan, setting out the resource implications of (i) Direct and regulate, within the general academic
distribution of internal resources in support of implementation, and advise Senate accordingly; policy formulated by the Senate, all matters
the institutional planning and development relating to teaching, instruction and research
strategy; (v) Review continually the needs which underpin within each Faculty or School, including curricula
the elements of the University’s academic plan and examinations, and advise the Senate on such
(d) Review sectional planning submissions in order and, where necessary and appropriate, suggest matters;
to ensure their appropriateness and consistency changes and improvements to Senate.
with the mission, strategy and objectives of the (ii) Appoint internal and external examiners and
University, and advise Senate accordingly; recommend to the Finance Committee the fees
payable to the examiners;
(e) Evaluate sectional planning submissions and PART XXIII BOARDS OF FACULTIES, SCHOOLS,
recommend funding priorities to Senate; and INSTITUTES AND CENTRES (iii) Make recommendations to the Senate in respect
of the award of degrees, diplomas, certificates
(f) Advise Senate on the integration of academic, 60. Each Faculty, School, Institute or Centre shall have a and other awards, academic titles and distinctions
financial and physical plans into the University’s Board which shall meet at least twice each semester within the Faculty;
institutional plan. but otherwise shall regulate its own procedure by the
standing orders formulated by it. (iv) Discuss any matters relating to the work of the
Faculty and submit recommendations thereon to
PART XXII ACADEMIC POLICY REVIEW AND 61. (i) There shall be a Faculty Board of each Faculty the Senate;
PLANNING COMMITTEE which shall consist of the following members:
(v) From time to time, consider the progress and
58. There shall be an Academic Policy Review and (a) The Dean of the Faculty, who shall be conduct of the students of the Faculty and make
Planning Committee of Senate (in this part referred Chairperson; regular reports to the Senate;
to as the “Committee”) which shall consist of the
following members: (b) The Deputy Dean of the Faculty; (vi) Consider all matters referred to it for its
consideration by the Senate and report to the
(a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) who (c) Heads of Departments; Senate;
shall be the chairperson;
(d) Such members of the academic staff of the (vii) Receive at each meeting oral and/or written
(b) Principal of the Botswana College of Agriculture Departments of the Faculty as the Board reports from Heads of Departments and Faculty
or representative; may determine; representatives on University committees and
boards;
(c) Deans of the Faculties and Schools of the (e) One representative of each of the Faculties
University and the Deans of the Faculties of the including the Faculties of Botswana College (viii) Appoint committees consisting of members
Botswana College of Agriculture; of Agriculture; of the Faculty and such other persons as it
thinks fit and delegate any of its functions to the
(d) Director of Library Services; (f ) Director of Library Services or representative; committees so appointed.
(e) Director of Academic Services; (g) One representative of each of the Institutes 63.(i) There shall be a School of Graduate Studies, the
and Centres of the University; Board of which (“the School Board”) shall consist
(f) Director of Academic Development; of the following members:
(h) Such number of students as the Board may
(g) Two persons appointed by Senate, one of whom determine; (a) Dean of the School, who shall be
should be a Professor or an Associate Professor; Chairperson;
(i) Such number of staff development fellows
(h) Director of Institutional Planning; of the Departments of the Faculty as the (b) One person appointed by Senate;
Board may determine;
(i) Director of Research and Development; (c) One representative from each Faculty,
(j) Such other persons as the Senate may determine. School, Institute or Centre who shall be
(j) Director of Continuing Education. of the rank of at least senior lecturer or
(ii) The members of a Faculty Board referred to in equivalent;
59. The Committee shall: Statute 61 (i), (e), (g) and (h) shall vacate their
seats at the end of each academic year but shall (d)
One representative of each of the
(i) Review the University’s academic policies and be eligible for reappointment. Departments offering postgraduate
advise Senate accordingly; programmes;
(iii) The quorum of a Faculty Board shall be one third
(ii) Review proposals from the Faculties, Schools, of the membership thereof. (e) Director of Library Services or representative;
Institutes and Centres and from the academic
support service units for changes in academic (iv) Part-time members of academic staff may attend (f) Two post graduate students elected for a
policy, ensure their compliance with the meetings of the Faculty Board at the discretion of period of one academic year by and from
academic policies of the University, and advise the Dean but shall have no vote. among the postgraduate students; and
Senate accordingly;
(iii) Review and advise Senate on the submissions (v) A Faculty Board shall exclude from its meeting (g) Such other persons as the Senate may
from the Faculties, Schools, Institutes and Centres the student members when it is considering the determine.
and from the academic support service units in academic performance of individual students, or
which are outlined in the academic plans for when it is discussing any other matter relating to (ii) The members of the School Board referred to in
the accomplishment of the University’s mission, a member or members of staff which a Faculty Statute 63 (i) (b) and (c) shall vacate their seats
objectives, and strategies with a statement of Board in its discretion shall consider confidential. at the end of each academic year but shall be
the attendant human, financial, and physical eligible for reappointment.
resource requirements; 62. Subject to the Statutes and to such limitations as
the Senate may impose, a Faculty Board or School (iii) The quorum of the School Board shall be one
(iv) Integrate and consolidate the academic planning may: third of the membership thereof.
submissions into the University’s academic
225
ACT AND STATUTES
(iv) The School Board shall exclude from its meeting Centre; Committee”) shall consist of the following members:
the student members when it is considering
the academic performance in examination or (c) Notwithstanding the generality of Statute (a) The Dean of the School, who shall be Chairperson;
otherwise, of individual students, or when it is 65 (i), advise the Director of the Institute
discussing any matters relating to a member or or Centre on the priorities and emphasis of (b) The Faculty representatives on the Board;(c)
members of staff which the Board in its discretion scholarship required for the benefit of the One person appointed by the Senate;
shall consider confidential. nation or of particular sectors of the nation;
(d) One person who is a member of the School Board,
64. Subject to the Statutes to such limitations as the (d) Approve the affiliation or attachment to an elected by the School Board.
Senate may impose, the School Board shall: Institute or Centre of individual academics;
(i) Promote the development of quality and (e) Generally direct and approve proposals PART XXVII EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES OF
relevance in the provision of graduate studies; for activities of the Institute or Centre in INSTITUTES OR CENTRES
pursuance of its objectives;
(ii) Approve admissions and progression for all 69. The Executive Committee of the Board of an Institute
graduate students; (f) Consider all matters referred to it by Senate or Centre (in this part referred to as “the Committee”)
(iii) Provide leadership in the co-ordination and and report thereon to the Senate. shall consist of the following members:
development of graduate studies;
(iv) The quorum of the Board of an Institute or Centre (a) The Director of the Institute or Centre, who shall
(iv) Maintain quality across all graduate programmes; shall be one third of the membership thereof. be the Chairperson;
(v) Assist with fund-raising and marketing of PART XXIV EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES OF BOARDS, (b) The Deputy Director of the Institute or Centre;
graduate programmes; SCHOOLS, INSTITUTES OR CENTRES
(c) The Heads of Departments or Units of the
(vi) Establish guidelines for supervision of graduate 66. (i) There shall be an Executive Committee of the Institute or Centre; and
students (approval of supervisors and monitor Board of each Faculty, School, Institute or Centre.
the progress of graduate students); (d) One person who is a member of the Board of the
(ii) The Executive Committee shall: Institute, elected by the Board of the Institute.
(vii) Maintain clear lines of communication with
each faculty and department offering graduate (a) Act on behalf of the Board between Board
studies; meetings and deal with such matters as may PART XXVIII DEANS OF FACULTIES AND SCHOOLS,
be referred to it by the Board; AND DIRECTORS OF INSTITUTES AND CENTRES
(viii) Work to enhance the facilities available to
graduate students. (b) Act at the request of the Dean of a Faculty 70 (i) The Dean or Director shall be the chief
or School, or the Director of an Institute or executive officer of the Faculty, Institute or Centre
65. (i) There shall be a Board of each Institute or Centre Centre as an advisory body to the Dean or shall, subject to the Act and to these Statutes,
which shall consist of the following members: Director. be responsible for its general administration, the
supervision of the academic and the support
(a) The Director of the Institute or Centre who (iii) The Committee may make rules and regulations staff, the teaching and study of the subjects
shall be the chairperson; to govern its proceedings, provided that the assigned to the Faculty, School, Institute, or
Dean or the Director may summon meetings Centre, the welfare and academic progress of
(b) Such members of the academic staff as the whenever the Dean or Director may deem it the students, and shall have such other powers
Board may from time to time determine; necessary to do so. and duties as may be assigned to him/her by the
Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) on
(c) One member from each Faculty elected by
behalf of, and as directed by, the Vice Chancellor.
the Faculty Board;
PART XXV EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES OF FACULTY
(d) One member of Senate elected by Senate;
BOARDS (ii) The Dean or Director shall participate in the
formulation, implementation and evaluation
67. (i) The Executive Committee of each Faculty Board of the academic policies of the University
(e) Such other persons as the Senate may
(in this part referred to as “the Committee”) shall and shall promote academic excellence in the
determine; and
consist of the following members: teaching, research and service programmes of
the University. He/she shall provide academic
(f ) Such number of staff development fellows
(a) The Dean of the Faculty; leadership to the Faculty, School, Institute,
of the Institute or Centre as the Board may
or Centre by planning, directing, and co-
determine.
(b) The Deputy Dean of the Faculty; ordinating the formulation and implementation
of the academic plans and programmes of the
(ii) The members of the Board referred to in Statute
(c) The Heads of Department of the Faculty; departments of the Faculty, School, Institute, or
65 (i) (c) and (d) shall vacate their seats at the
Centre.
end of each academic year but shall be eligible
(d) Two persons elected by the Faculty Board
for reappointment.
one of whom shall be a professor or an (iii) The Dean or Director, subject to the approval
associate professor. of the Vice Chancellor may delegate any powers
(iii) Subject to the direction of Senate, the Board of
or duties under this Statute subject to such
an Institute or Centre may:
(ii) The Dean of the Faculty shall be the restrictions and conditions as may be imposed,
Chairperson of the Executive Committee and provided that a power delegated shall not
(a) Decide on matters of general policy
in his/her absence the Deputy Dean shall act as include power to sub delegate.
regarding the work of the Institute or
Chairperson.
Centre, after consultation with the staff of
(iv) By virtue of office, the Dean or Director shall be a
the Institute or Centre;
member of all the boards and committees in the
PART XXVI EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE Faculty, School, Institute or Centre. In addition,
(b) Establish advisory groups to give the Board
SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES he/she shall be a member of such committees
and the Director advice on any academic
of the Council and Senate as may from time to
work, research project, or consultancy being,
68. The Executive Committee of the Board of the School time be prescribed in these Statutes.
or to be, undertaken by the Institute or
of Graduate Studies (in this part referred to as “the 71. Where the Dean of a Faculty is unable, whether by
reason of his/her absence from the University, or for
226
ACT AND STATUTES
any other reason, to carry out his/her functions as Faculty, or where a vacancy of Dean of Faculty Dean or Deputy Director, the assessment shall
such, the Deputy Dean of the Faculty shall act as has been advertised in accordance with be done by the Dean or Director, as the case
Dean of the Faculty. If the Deputy Dean is unable to Statute 75 (ii) and it has been determined that may be. (xiii) On completion of two consecutive
act as Dean, the Deputy Vice Chancellor may, after there are no suitable internal candidates, the terms of office, a Dean, Deputy Dean or Director
consulting the Dean, if that is reasonably practicable, University shall, after consultation with the shall not be eligible for further apointment to
and the members of the Executive Committee of the Faculty Appointments, Promotions and Review the position of Dean, Deputy Dean or Director
Faculty Board appoint a person of or above the rank Committee, extend the search for a Dean until a three year period has elapsed.
of senior lecturer from among those members of the internationally. In this event, the requirements
Faculty Board referred to in Statute 61 (i) (c) to act as shall be for a person holding the rank of
Dean of the Faculty. associate professor or above. PART XXXI APPOINTMENT OF THE DEAN OF THE
72. Where the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies (v) A Dean appointed in accordance with Statute 75 SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES
is unable, whether by reason of absence from the (iv) above shall, upon successful completion of
University, or for any other reason, to carry out two three-year terms, have the option to apply 76. (i) The Dean of the School of Graduate Studies
functions as such, the Deputy Vice Chancellor to take up appointment at the appropriate rank shall be appointed by the Staff Appointments and
(Academic Affairs) shall, after consulting the Dean, in the relevant Department by filling a vacant Promotions Committee taking into consideration
if that is reasonably practicable, and the members of position. Alternatively, the University may offer the recommendation of a Special Selection
the Executive Committee of the Board of the School appointment on supernumerary basis for a Committee which shall consist of the following
of Graduate Studies, appoint a person of the rank of period not exceeding three years. members:
at least an associate professor from among members
of the Faculty Boards to act as Dean of the School. (vi) The file of candidates shall be reviewed by the (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs)
appropriate Appointments, Promotions and who shall be chairperson;
73. Where the Director of an Institute or a Centre is Review Committee which shall recommend
unable, whether by reason of absence from the a short list of candidates to the Staff (b) The Deans of the Faculties and the Schools of
University, or for any other reason, to carry out Appointments and Promotions Committee of the University and the Deans of the Faculties
functions as such, the Deputy Vice Chancellor persons for appointment as Deans and Deputy of the Botswana College of Agriculture;
(Academic Affairs) shall appoint from among the Deans of the Faculties and Directors of Institutes
academic staff of the Institute or Centre a person of and Centres. (c) Two Professors appointed by the Senate;
or above the rank of senior lecturer to act as Director
of the Institute or Centre. (vii) No person shall be eligible for appointment (d)
Director of Human Resources or
as Dean, Deputy Dean, or Director unless he/ representative.
she has been, for the twelve months preceding
PART XXIX DEPUTY DEANS OF FACULTIES appointment, of or above the rank of senior (ii) Where there is a vacancy in the office of the
lecturer or equivalent. Dean of the School of Graduate Studies, the
74. (i) The Deputy Dean of a Faculty shall assist the Dean Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall
in the formulation, planning and implementation (vi) The Dean, Deputy Dean or Director shall be cause the position to be advertised within the
of academic policy of the Faculty and shall have subject to an annual performance appraisal University inviting applications from suitably
responsibility for ensuring the academic welfare and review undertaken by the Deputy Vice qualified members of the University staff. No
of the students registered in the Faculty. Chancellor (Academic Affairs) who shall provide person shall be eligible for appointment as
a report to the appropriate Appointments, Dean unless he/she has been, for the twelve
(ii) By virtue of office, the Deputy Dean shall be Promotions and Review Committee which shall (12) months immediately preceding the
a member of all the boards and committees recommend to the Staff Appointments and appointment, of or above the rank of associate
in their Faculty. In addition, the Deputy Dean Promotions Committee. professor.
shall be a member of such committees of the
Council and Senate as may from time to time be (ix) Subject to these Statutes, the Dean, Deputy (iii) Candidates for the position of Dean shall make
prescribed in these Statutes. Dean, or Director shall hold the appointment as their candidacy known either through an
such for three years, and shall be eligible for re- application or through a nomination.
appointment for a further term of three years
PART XXX APPOINTMENTS OF DEANS, DEPUTY provided that he/she shall not hold office for a (iv) The file of candidates shall be reviewed by
DEANS AND DIRECTORS OF INSTITUTES OR continuous period exceeding six years. the Special Selection Committee which
CENTRES shall recommend a short list to the Staff
(x) Before the completion of the initial three year Appointments and Promotions Committee of
term, the Dean, Deputy Dean, or Director shall persons for appointment as Dean of the School.
75. (i) Each Faculty shall have a Dean and a Deputy
inform the Deputy Vice Chancellor of his/her
Dean and each Institute or Centre shall have a
intentions regarding renewal of the term of (v) No person shall be eligible for appointment
Director who shall be appointed by the Academic
office; which intention shall be recorded in as Dean unless he/she has been, for the twelve
and Administrative Staff Appointments and
writing at least 60 days prior to the completion months preceding the appointment, of or above
Promotions Committee taking into consideration
of the said initial three year term. the rank of associate professor.
the recommendation of the appropriate
Appointments, Promotions and Review
(xi) If the Dean, Deputy Dean or Director does not (vi) The Dean shall be subject to an annual
Committee.
intend to renew his/her term of office, the performance appraisal and review undertaken
Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall by the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic
(ii) Where there is a vacancy in any of the offices
initiate the process of appointment of a new Affairs) who shall provide a report to the Staff
referred to under Statute 75 (i), the Deputy Vice
Dean, Deputy Dean or Director. Appointments and Promotions Committee.
Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall cause the
position to be advertised within the Faculty,
(xii) If the Dean or Director intends to renew the (vii) Subject to these Statutes, the Dean of the
Institute, or Centre.
term of office, the Deputy Vice Chancellor School shall hold the initial appointment as
(Academic Affairs) shall submit an assessment such for three years, and shall be eligible for re-
(iii) Candidates for the position of Dean, Deputy
of the performance of the incumbent to appointment for a further term of three years
Dean, or Director shall make their candidacy
the appropriate Appointments, Promotions provided that he/she shall not hold office for a
known either through an application or through
and Review Committee which shall make a continuous period exceeding six years.
a nomination or by invitation of the University
recommendation to the Staff Appointments and (viii) If the Dean intends to extend the term of
of Botswana.
Promotions Committee on re-appointment of office, the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic
the Dean or Director. In the case of a Deputy
(iv) In the event of the establishment of a new
227
ACT AND STATUTES
Affairs) shall submit an assessment of the (e) From time to time consider the progress and (vii) If the Head of a Department intends to renew
performance of the incumbent to the Special conduct of the students of the Department the term of office (which intention shall be
Selection Committee which shall make a and make regular reports to the Faculty recorded in writing at least 60 days prior to the
recommendation to the Staff Appointments and Board and to the Board of the School of completion of the said initial three year term),
Promotions Committee on the reappointment of Graduate Studies; the Dean shall, after consultation with the full-
the Dean. time members of the academic staff and the
(f )
Consider other academic matters as Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs), make
determined by the Department. a recommendation to the Vice Chancellor on re-
(ix) Before the completion of the initial three year appointment of the Head of Department.
term, the Dean shall inform the Deputy Vice (ii) A Departmental Board shall exclude from
Chancellor of his/her intentions regarding its meetings the student members when it (vii) If the Head of a Department does not intend
renewal of the term of office; which intention is considering the academic performance to renew his/her term of office, the Dean shall
shall be recorded in writing at least 60 days prior in examinations or otherwise, of individual initiate the process of appointment of a new
to the completion of the said initial three year students, or when it is discussing the Head of Department.
term. appointment or promotion of a member of staff
or any other matter relating to a member or
(x) If the Dean does not intend to renew the term members of staff which a Departmental Board PART XXXIV AFFILIATED AND ASSOCIATE
of office, the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic in its discretion shall consider confidential. INSTITUTIONS
Affairs) shall initiate the process of appointment
of a new Dean. 79. Every Departmental Board shall meet at least twice 81. Affiliated Institutions
each semester, but otherwise shall regulate its own
procedure including the creation and establishment (i) The Council may, on the recommendation of
PART XXXII DEPARTMENTAL BOARDS of committees. the Senate, approve the affiliation with the
University of any other institution of teaching
77. (i) Every Academic Department shall have a or research situated within or outside Botswana
Departmental Board which shall consist of the PART XXXIII HEADS OF ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS and may designate it an Affiliated Institution of
following members: the University.
80. (i) The Head of a Department shall participate in
(a) The Head of the Department, who shall be the formulation, implementation and evaluation (ii) In respect of any Affiliated Institution the
Chairperson; of the academic policies of the University Senate shall:
and shall promote academic excellence in the
(b) All the full-time members of the academic teaching, research and service programmes (a) Advise on and assist in the preparation of
staff of the Department; of the University. In addition, the Head of a programmes of instruction;
Department shall provide academic leadership
(c) Not more than three students elected to the Department by planning, directing, (b)
Validate programmes of instruction,
annually by the students of the Department and co-coordinating the formulation and examinations and the granting of
from among themselves; implementation of the academic plans and certificates and other awards of the
programmes of the Department. Affiliated Institutions; and
(d)
Staff Development Fellows of the
Department; (ii) The Head of a Department shall be appointed (d) Have the right of visitation and inspection
by the Vice Chancellor after receiving a of each institution affiliated to the
(e) Such other persons as the Department may recommendation from the Dean of the University to ensure observance of affiliation
determine from time to time. Faculty concerned, who shall make such regulations.
recommendation after consulting the full-
(ii) Part-time members of the academic staff may time members of the academic staff of the (iii) The Senate shall establish a Board of Affiliation
attend the meeting of the Departmental Board Department and the Deputy Vice Chancellor with the following functions:
at the discretion of the Head of Department but (Academic Affairs).
shall have no vote. (a) To consider recommendations concerning
(iii) No person shall be eligible for appointment the growth and development of the
(iii)
A Departmental Board may co-opt as Head of Department unless he/she has Affiliated Institutions;
representatives of Departments with related been, for the twelve months preceding his/her
interests. appointment, of or above the rank of senior (b) To consider matters concerning regulations,
lecturer. syllabi, assessment procedures, and teaching
78. (i) The functions of a Departmental Board shall be methods and to make recommendations to
to: (iv) The Head of Department shall be subject to Senate accordingly;
an annual performance appraisal and review
(a) Make recommendations for programmes undertaken by the Dean of the Faculty who shall (c) To oversee assessment procedures and to
and courses in the Department; provide a report to the Deputy Vice Chancellor appoint external examiners;
(Academic Affairs).
(b) Consider the general organisation of (d) To deal with any matter of affiliation that
programmes and courses of study and (v) Subject to these Statutes, the Head of a may be delegated by Senate from time to
research within the Department and make Department shall hold the appointment as time;
recommendations to the Faculty Board and such for three years, and shall be eligible for
the Board of the School of Graduate Studies; reappointment for a further term of three years (e) To receive reports on other matters
provided that he/she shall not hold office for a concerning Affiliated Institutions;
(c) Make arrangements for the examination of continuous period exceeding six years.
each course in the Department and selection (f ) To encourage research initiatives in the areas
of external examiners for their academic (vi) On completion of the second term of office, a of educational expertise of the Affiliated
programmes; Head of a Department shall not be eligible for Institutions;
(d) Initiate recruitment and recommend further appointment to the position of Head (g) To present periodic reports to Senate;
candidates for appointment to posts within of a Department until a three year period has
the Department; elapsed. (h) To consider and recommend examination
results and awards to Senate.
228
ACT AND STATUTES
(iv) The membership of the Board of Affiliation shall Chairperson; from outside the Institute or Centre.
be determined by Senate after consultation
with the governing bodies of the Affiliated (b) The Deputy Dean; (v) No recommendation on the appointment, promotion
Institutions. or review of academic staff of the University who are
(c) Heads of Departments; members of an Institute or a Centre which is not part
(v) The Director of Academic Development shall be (d) Two members elected by the Faculty Board; of a Faculty shall be made by a Faculty Appointments,
chairperson of the Board. Promotions, and Review Committee unless it has
(e) One professor or associate professor from considered every recommendation made to it by an
each Department, elected by the members of Appointments, Promotions, and Review Selection
82. ASSOCIATE INSTITUTIONS the Departmental Board; provided where the Committee in accordance with Statute 85 (iv).
Department does not have positions of associate
(i) The Council may, on the recommendation of professor and professor, or the positions are
the Senate, designate any academic or research vacant, the Department shall be represented by 86. SUPPORT STAFF APPOINTMENTS,
institution situated within Botswana and a senior member of the academic staff elected PROMOTIONS AND REVIEW COMMITTEES
seeking to offer programmes leading to the by members of the Departmental Board;
award of degrees, diplomas and other awards (i) For the purposes of this Statute, the Library and any
of the University of Botswana, an Associate (f ) At the discretion of the chairperson, not more other group of staff which Council shall specify, shall
Institution of the University. than two Professors with special competence be regarded as Departments and the term Head of
from outside the Faculty; and Department shall be correspondingly interpreted.
(ii) The award of degrees, diplomas and other
awards of an Associate Institution shall be the (g)
The Director of Human Resources or (ii) Where support staff consists of a cadre confined to
responsibility of, and shall be made by, the representative. a single Department, there shall be Departmental
University of Botswana. Appointments, Promotions, and Review Committees
(ii) Subject to such directions as may be given by the which shall consist of the following members:
(iii) In respect of degrees, diplomas or other awards Staff Appointments and Promotions Committee, the
to be granted by the University, the University Committee shall recommend the appointment, the (a) The Head of Department, who shall be
Senate shall be entirely responsible for approving promotion and review of the academic staff of the chairperson;
programmes and courses of study, regulating Faculty.
the conduct of examinations, the marking of (b) Director of Human Resources or representative;
examinations, and the granting of such degrees,
diplomas, or awards. 85. APPOINTMENT, PROMOTION AND REVIEW OF (c) Three members of the staff of the Department;
ACADEMIC STAFF IN INSTITUTES OR CENTRES and
(iv) The governing body of an Associate Institution
shall obtain the approval of the University in (i) The appointment, promotion, or review of academic (d) At the discretion of the chairperson, not more
respect of: staff who are members of a Centre or Institute than four additional members with special
which is not part of a Faculty shall be considered competence from within or outside the
(a) The appointment, promotion and review by the Faculty Appointments, Promotions, and University.
of academic staff and of Deans and Heads Review Committee of that Faculty which contains
of Departments who teach courses, or are the discipline or academic subject area of the staff (iii) Where support staff consist of a common cadre
responsible for programmes leading to the member under consideration. which is not confined to a single Department,
awards by the University of Botswana; and there shall be for each such cadre a Common Cadre
(ii) In such circumstances, the membership of the Appointments, Promotions, and Review Committee
(b) The establishment of Boards for each Faculty Faculty Appointments, Promotions and Review which shall consist of the following members:
or Department which is responsible for committee specified under Statute 84 (i) shall be
programmes leading to the awards of the extended to include the Director of the Institute or (a) The Director, Human Resources, who shall be the
University of Botswana. Centre concerned. Chairperson;
PART XXXV APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND (iii) When considering the appointment, promotion (b) The Deputy Director (Appointments and
REVIEW COMMITTEES or review of professors of the University who are Administration);
members of an Institute or Centre which is not part
83. (i) The appointment, promotion, and annual of a Faculty, the membership of the Committee (c) Two members of the staff belonging to the
appraisal and performance review of every specified under Statute 84 (i) shall be extended to common cadre;
academic member of staff and of every member include a professor or an associate professor of the
of the support staff of the University shall be Institute or Centre concerned provided where the (d) At the discretion of the chairperson, not
made by an Appointments, Promotions, and Department does not have positions of associate more than four additional members with
Review Committee. professor and professor, or the positions are vacant, special competence from within or outside the
the Department shall be represented by a senior University.
(ii) Appointments, Promotions, and Review Committees member of the Academic Staff elected by members
shall make recommendations for the appointment of the Departmental Board. (iv)
Heads of Departments to, or within which, an
or the promotion of staff in accordance with the appointment or a promotion of common cadre staff
provisions of Statutes 34 and 35. is to be made shall be invited but only when the
(iv) An Institute or a Centre which is not part of a Faculty business of their Department is under consideration.
84. FACULTY APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND shall have an Appointments, Promotions, and Review
REVIEW COMMITTEES Selection Committee which shall consist of the
following members: 87. SPECIAL APPOINTMENTS
(i) There shall be a Faculty Appointments, Promotions
and Review Committee of each Faculty (in this part (a) The Director of the Institute or Centre who shall (i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Statutes 84, 85,
referred to as “the Committee”) which shall consist of be the Chairperson; and 86, the Vice Chancellor may, in the event that
the following members: (b) Three members of the academic staff of the he/she is satisfied that exceptional circumstances
Institute or Centre elected by the academic staff so require, and on the recommendation of any
(a) The Dean of the Faculty who shall be Chairperson; of the Institute or Centre; academic, support or other unit of the University,
and where the Dean is under review, the Deputy appoint any person as a member of staff of the
Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall be the (c) Two co-opted members with special competence, University for a period not exceeding twelve (12)
229
ACT AND STATUTES
months. (ii) The constitution of the Students Representative

Council shall be subject to review and/or
(ii) Appointments made under this provision shall be amendment in such manner as the Constitution
reported periodically to the Staff Appointments and provides and/or as directed by Council should
Promotions Committee. Council find it necessary orexpedient in the
interests of the student body.
88. MISCELLANEOUS (iii) The function of the Students Representative

Council shall be:
(i) Where a spouse or relation of a member of
Appointments, Promotions Review Committee, (a) To represent the students in their relations
constituted under these Statutes is a candidate for with the authorities of the University and
appointment or promotion under consideration by other relevant bodies;
the Committee, the member concerned shall recuse
himself/ herself from any further consideration of (b) To develop the intellectual, cultural, social
the matter. Where the Chairperson is recused in and sporting life of the students; and
accordance with the provisions hereof, another
member shall be elected to preside. Heads of (c) To foster the corporate spirit of the students.
Departments, where recused, must be represented by
a senior member of staff of the Department. 93. Subject to the observance by them of the Statutes
and of regulations prescribed under these Statutes,
(ii) Subject to Statute 87, no appointment shall be the students shall enjoy all the privileges and
made to any vacant post within the approved facilities available to them in the University.
establishment of any Department of the University
unless the vacancy which exists has been advertised
publicly for a reasonable period in such a manner as PART XXXVIII SECURITY
the Council shall determine.
94. The University reserves the right, through Ordinances
and/or Regulations, to implement measures to
PART XXXVI TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE control and to regulate access to, and movement
OF MEMBERS OF UNIVERSITY STAFF within, its buildings and premises, and to promulgate
such other regulations as may be required to
89. (i) Subject to these Statutes, an employee of the establish and maintain good order, and to protect
University shall hold his/ her appointment upon persons and property provided that such measures
such terms and conditions of service as the shall at all times be consistent with the preservation
Council shall in each case determine. of individual rights of movement, association and
privacy.
(ii) The terms and conditions of service of every
employee of the University shall be sent out in a
written contract of service. PART XXXIX ORDINANCES/REGULATIONS
(iii) Without prejudice to the foregoing, every 95. (i) Subject to the Act and the Statutes, the
member of staff of the University shall be Council may make Ordinances/ Regulations
subject to the general authority of the Council prescribing any matter which, in the opinion of
and of the Vice Chancellor. Council, is appropriate to be prescribed for the
better carrying out of the University’s functions
90. Every contract of service between the University and and in furtherance of these Statutes.
an employee of the University shall contain or be
deemed to contain a provision that the contract is (ii) Ordinances/Regulations may provide such
subject to the Employment Act, University Act and information, activities or acts as, in the opinion
Statutes, and to all regulations made hereunder. of the Council, may be appropriate.
91. Where an employee of the University is convicted by (iii) The Council may at any time amend or repeal
a court within or outside Botswana, of an offence any Ordinance/ Regulation.
which is a criminal offence under the laws of
Botswana and in consequence thereof is sentenced to (iv) Ordinances/Regulations need not be published
imprisonment, whether in respect of the nonpayment in the Calendar, but the Council shall publish
of a fine imposed for the offence or otherwise, such them in such a manner as the Council considers
employee shall receive no emoluments in respect will best make them known to the persons to
of the period of detention in prison in execution of whom they apply.
that sentence unless the Council otherwise directs.
In addition to the aforegoing such conviction shall
render the employee liable for immediate termination PART XXXX AMENDMENTS TO STATUTES
in respect thereof.
96. Without prejudice to the provisions of Section 23 of
the Act, the Council shall not amend, or revoke any
PART XXXVII STUDENTS REPRESENTATIVE Statute which, in the opinion of the Council, affects
COUNCIL academic matters without first consulting the Senate
92. (i) The affairs of the students of the University and considering any representations the Senate may
shall be governed by a Students Representative make upon such Statute, amendment, or revocation
Council. as the case may be.
230
ACT AND STATUTES
231

UNDERGRADUATE CALENDAR Mmadikolo

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

UNDERGRADUATE CALENDAR Mmadikolo

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

UNDERGRADUATE CALENDAR Mmadikolo

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

UNDERGRADUATE

Academic Calendar 2019/20

welcome to the premier tertiary institute of higher learning www.ub.bw

University of Botswana Public Affairs Office Student Mail Produced by:

4 Introduction 109 School of Public Health

104 FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES 216 ACT AND STATUTES

• Advance knowledge and understanding through excellence in research and

• Improve economic and social development by high impact engagement with

Chairman of Council Chancellor Vice Chancellor

SEMESTER ONE 2019

SEMESTER TWO 2020

JANUARY Classes Begin 27 January

Last Day of Classes 15 November

SENATE 27 February APRIL

SENATE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 10 June

SEMESTER ONE – 2019 SEMESTER TWO - 2020

Faculties and Departments Student Admissions

1.2.2 Each Application shall consist of:

PROGRAMMES FEES 2019/20

Other Faculties Group Study Abroad (Special Service) = 20%

* Based on normal load of 30 credits for undergraduates ,

00.249 Service Course: 00.32 Responsibilities of Students

00.313 Transfer Student: 00.5 Entrance Qualifications

00.84 Overall Course Grade table in regulation 0.842;

00.92 Academic Warning and Academic Probation

00.96 Prerequisite Courses

follows: 4 to 6 semesters on a full-time basis; 8 to 12 semesters on a part-time Classification Cumulative GPA

20.4 Degree Classification General Education courses available to all students

(2, Theology and Religious Studies) Selection Committee.

Regulations for the Award of Fellowships, 90.30 Scholarships

4. Michael Hamlyn Prize 12. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Health Sciences

44. The Lady Ruth Khama Prize 57. Mascom Prize

4.1 Misconduct Under the Statute 4.42 Examination Venues

5. The Committee may refuse to proceed with an appeal or complaint if it concludes

Accounting & Finance

B.Com (UB) MA (Essex) PGD, PhD (Sheffield Halaam)

BA (UB), MA (Essex) PhD (Ballarat)

BCom (UB), MBA (UB), MA(Development Studies)(UB)

MANAGER, HUMAN RESOURCE

BA (UB), MSc HRM (Salford)

Option (3) BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE Semester 2

Level 300 BACHELOR OF BUSINESS Semester 8

Level 400 Semester 2 FOREIGN LANGUAGE COURSES

Professor Lily Mafela

Bed (UBS) Med (Bristol,UK) MA (NorthWestern) USA, MBA (DeMontfort)

PhD (Northwestern) USA

BA (University of Botswana), MSc (Wisconsin), Phd (Georgia)

ACTING TEACHING PRACTICE COORDINATOR

BAcc (University of Botswana), PGDAcc, MSc (Birmingham)

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGER

BCom (UB), HRM (Sheffield)

Electives Semester 8 A two year in-service/four year pre-service in Bachelor

Optional Courses -Raise the awareness level of the student in respect

Entry Requirements African Languages CORE (To be taken by All)

Applicants for the Bachelors in Special Education History Plus GEC

specialization Education (2 credits) ENG471 Introduction to Literary Stylistics (2)

Disabilities/Difficulties (3) D. Physics– (take all) Core

Elective (3) Semester 1 African Languages and Literature

CORE COURSE HIS331 African Diaspora in the Islamic World &